Wa s h b u r n Un i v e r s i t y Un i v e r s i t y Ca t a l o g 2010-2011

1700 SW College Avenue Topeka, Kansas 66621 Phone: (785) 670-1010 Toll Free (Outside Topeka): (800) 332-0291 TDD: (785) 670-1025

http://www.washburn.edu Completed in 2003, a water feature is a pleasant enhancement to the corner of 17th and Washburn. Ta b l e o f Co n t e n t s Purpose of This Publication...... 1 Intensive English Program...... 48 Statement of Responsibility ...... 1 Kansas Studies...... 49 Class Cancellations/Changes in Schedules...... 1 Pre-Professional Studies ...... 50 Welcome to Washburn University...... 3 Center for Diversity Studies...... 51 General Information ...... 5 Peace, Justice and Conflict Resolution Studies...... 51 Vision of the University...... 7 Women’s and Gender Studies...... 51 Core Values of the University...... 7 Joint Center on Violence and Victim Studies...... 52 Mission of the University...... 7 Office of Academic Outreach...... 52 Equal Educational and Employment Opportunity...... 8 2+2 Plan Bachelor Degree Completion Programs...... 53 Sexual Harassment and Harassment Policy ...... 8 Evening and Weekend Classes...... 53 History of the University...... 10 Summer Session ...... 53 University Assessment...... 10 Academic Policies...... 54. University Accreditation ...... 11 Student Responsibilities...... 56 Open Meetings and Records...... 11 Course Numbering System ...... 58 Campus and Facilities ...... 11 Degrees ...... 58 Housing on Campus...... 13 Student Records...... 58 Off-Campus Housing ...... 14 Drug Free Schools, the Student Right to Know Act Admission, Registration, Enrollment, and Campus Security...... 62 Diplomas...... 62 and Residence Qualifications ...... 15 Credit By Examination ...... 62 Admission...... 17 Credit Granted for Military Service...... 64 Registration and Enrollment...... 19 Grading System...... 64 Residence Qualifications ...... 20 Grade Appeal Procedure ...... 66 Student Services and Academic Academic Probation, Suspension and Reinstatement. . . . 67 Support...... 2. 3 Academic Fresh Start...... 68 Center for Undergrad. Studies and Programs (CUSP)...... 25 Programs, Degrees and Graduation Mathematics Enrichment Program – Tutor Center...... 25 Requirements ...... 70 English Department Writing Center ...... 25 Graduation Requirements ...... 72 Information Systems and Services...... 26 University Requirements - Bachelor Degrees ...... 72 International Student Services...... 26 University Requirements - Associate Degrees...... 73 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 27 General Education Statement ...... 73 Office of Student Life ...... 27 General Education Requirements ...... 74 Career Services...... 27 General Education Requirements for Specific Counseling Services...... 28 Bachelor’s and Associate Degrees...... 75 Health Services ...... 28 Academic Programs...... 76 Multicultural Affairs...... 28 College of Arts and Sciences Degree Programs...... 76 Residential Living...... 28 School of Business Degree Programs...... 77 Student Activities and Greek Life...... 28 School of Nursing Degree Programs...... 77 Washburn Student Government Assoc. (WSGA)...... 29 School of Applied Studies Degree Programs...... 77 Campus Activities Board (CAB)...... 29 Washburn Institute of Technology...... 77 Greek Organizations...... 29 Honorary Organizations...... 29 College of Arts and Sciences...... 80. Student Publications...... 29 General Information...... 82 Student Recreation and Wellness Center...... 30 Graduation Requirements ...... 82 Student Services ...... 30 Declaring a Major ...... 82 Optional Minor ...... 83 Fees and Financial Aid...... 33 Filing for Graduation...... 83 Financial Obligations ...... 35 Degrees and Majors Offered ...... 83 Tuition...... 35 Undergraduate Courses and Programs...... 87 Categories of Charges...... 35 American Citizenship...... 87 Fees...... 35 Anthropology ...... 87 Miscellaneous Charges ...... 36 Art...... 91 Fines...... 36 Astronomy ...... 97 Refunds ...... 37 Biology...... 98 Financial Aid...... 38 Chemistry...... 101 University Educational Opportunities Clinical Laboratory Sciences ...... 104 And Initiatives...... 39 Communication...... 105 Washburn Transformational Experience Scholarly and Creative Computer Information Sciences...... 108 Endeavors ...... 41 Economics ...... 113 Learning in the Community (LinC)...... 42 Education...... 114 Institute for the Study and Practice of Leadership...... 43 Engineering ...... 123 International Programs...... 44 English...... 124 Bonner Leaders Program...... 45 French ...... (see Modern Languages) Honors Program...... 46 Geography...... 130 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 47 Geology ...... 130 German...... (see Modern Languages) Bachelor of Applied Science in Human Services...... 229 Health...... 131 Certificates of Completion ...... 229 History ...... 131 Human Services Course Offerings...... 230 Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts...... 135 Addiction Counseling...... 230 Integrated Studies ...... 135 Developmental Disabilities...... 231 Kinesiology...... 138 Gerontology ...... 233 Japanese ...... (see Modern Languages) Mental Health...... 233 Mass Media ...... 144 Morita Therapy...... 234 Mathematics and Statistics...... 147 Non-Proft Management ...... 234 Modern Languages...... 151 Victims/Survivor Services...... 235 Music ...... 158 Youth Service...... 235 Natural Sciences and Mathematics ...... 167 Department of Social Work...... 235 Peace, Justice, and Conflict Resolution Studies ...... 168 Program Information...... 236 Philosophy ...... 169 Admission Requirements...... 237 Physics...... 172 Degree Requirements ...... 237 Political Science and Public Administration ...... 174 Social Work Courses ...... 239 Pre-Theology ...... 180 School of Business...... 2. 42 Psychology...... 180 School of Business...... 244 Public Administration ...... (see Political Science) General Information...... 244 Religious Studies...... 183 Scholarships...... 245 Sociology ...... 184 Academic Advising and Admission Requirements...... 248 Spanish...... (see Modern Languages) Graduation Requirements ...... 249 Theatre...... 187 Major Areas of Concentration...... 251 Women’s and Gender Studies...... 189 Accounting...... 251 School of Applied Studies ...... 192 Economics...... 251 Brief History ...... 194 Finance...... 251 Mission...... 194 Management...... 252 General Degree Requirements...... 194 Marketing...... 252 Certificate Programs...... 194 General Business ...... 252 Accreditation and Approval...... 194 Undergraduate Courses...... 253 Academic Advisement ...... 195 Accounting ...... 253 Academic Standards ...... 195 Business ...... 254 Joint Programs with Washburn Institute of Technology . . . . . 195 Economics...... 257 Banking...... 195 School of Nursing...... 260 SAS Departmental Honors...... 195 General Information...... 262 School of Applied Studies Shared Courses...... 195 Admission Policies...... 262 Allied Health Department...... 200 Degree Requirements ...... 264 Bachelor of Health Science ...... 200 Baccalaureate Nursing Curriculum...... 265 Health Services Administration...... 200 R.N. Articulation...... 266 Medical Imaging...... 201 Graduation and Degree Requirements...... 268 Diagnostic Medical Sonography...... 201 School Nurse Certification Program ...... 270 Cardiac Sonography...... 202 School of Nursing General Policies ...... 270 General Sonography ...... 202 ROTC Programs...... 272 Vascular Sonography...... 202 Course Descriptions...... 272 Health Information Technology...... 202 Physical Therapist Assistant...... 203 Graduate Programs...... 2. 76 Radiation Therapy ...... 204 Business (MBA)...... 278 Radiologic Technology...... 204 Criminal Justice (MCJ)...... 284 Computed Tomography ...... 205 Education (MEd)...... 287 Magnetic Resonance Imaging ...... 205 Liberal Studies (MLS)...... 295 Respiratory Therapy...... 205 Nursing (MSN)...... 298 Surgical Technology...... 206 Social Work (MSW) ...... 305 Allied Health Course Offerings ...... 206 Psychology (MA) ...... 313 Technology Administration...... 214 Officers of the University...... 316 Department of Criminal Justice and Legal Studies. . . 215 Board of Regents...... 318 Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice ...... 216 Administrative Officers...... 318 Criminal Justice Course Offerings ...... 217 Washburn Alumni Association ...... 318 Corrections...... 219 General Faculty ...... 319 Law Enforcement...... 220 Faculty Emeriti...... 328 Legal Studies...... 221 Index...... 332 Security Administration...... 223 Campus Map ...... 339 Military and Strategic Studies...... 223 ROTC...... 225 Human Services ...... 228 Degree Requirements ...... 229 Associate of Applied Science in Human Services ...... 229 THE COVER ART The photo that appears on the cover of this catalog was taken by Deedra Baker on Washburn’s campus during a beautiful August afternoon. The sky was brilliant blue and the clouds were crisp and white, creating a powerful reflection in the windows of Bianchino Pavilion. Deedra Baker is pursuing a Bachelor of Fine Arts degree at Washburn University. Her work revolves around photogra- phy and its ability to communicate to the viewer. She strives to create conceptually and visually stimulating artwork. After graduation, Deedra will pursue a Master of Fine Arts and a career as a working and exhibiting artist.

PURPOSE OF THIS PUBLICATION This catalog is intended as a description of the educational program and activities offered by Washburn University. Washburn University makes no representations that following a particular course curriculum outlined in the catalog will result in specific achievement, employment or qualification for employment, admis- sion to degree programs, or licensing for particular professions or occupations. This catalog is explanatory in nature and is not a contract between the student and Washburn University. Washburn University reserves the right to withdraw courses at any time, change the fees, change the rules and calendar regulating admission and graduation requirements, and change any other regulations affecting the student body. Changes shall become effective whenever the proper authorities so determine and shall apply not only to prospective students but also to those who at the time are matriculated in the university. Information in this catalog is correct according to information available to the Washburn University admin- istration at the time of publication. It is understood that the ultimate responsibility for complying with degree requirements rests with the student.

STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY The University does not assume responsibility for injury or property loss, or damage sustained by persons on or off the University’s premises. Incidents of injury or property damage which could result in claims should be reported to the police immediately.

CLASS CANCELLATIONS/CHANGES IN SCHEDULES In the event of unforeseen circumstances, Washburn University reserves the right to cancel courses or change meeting times, classroom assignments, or instructors.

NOTE: We are interested in knowing any improvements to this catalog the readers believe to be appropriate. We accept suggestions in writing and incorporate them in future editions when possible. Appreciation is extended to Dr. Nancy Tate and Emily Rishel for their assistance in producing the catalog.

Photos by Peggy Clark, University Photographer

1 A sculpture of the Ichabod, Washburn’s mascot, is the focal point of the garden at the Bradbury Thompson Alumni Center.

2 WELCOME TO WASHBURN UNIVERSITY Inside this catalog is an exciting story learning that goes beyond traditional methods about Washburn University as an outstand- of lecture and reading. Courses now are taught ing institution of higher learning. We wel- traditionally in the on-site classrooms, but come you to our school and its many out- increasingly in virtual classrooms using com- standing programs. Washburn’s mission and puters, video-conferencing, and webcams. The vision emphasize our strengths in academic focus of education is to prepare our students programming, leadership development, with the desire for lifelong learning so they can community commitment and global aware- continue to adapt to our rapidly changing world ness. Each of our programs is committed throughout their lives. to providing our students with an outstand- Washburn University has much to offer our ing preparation to become highly principled students. We currently have over 200 programs citizens. in the sciences, liberal arts, and professional Our ability to meet schools. Outstanding faculty the future needs of our work closely with students students is grounded in to achieve their educational our rich tradition. Sound goals in small classes de- academic programs signed to promote individual have been the founda- student achievement. While tion of the school since at Washburn, students can it was established in participate in our Leadership 1865. In an early catalog Institute or internships with Washburn proclaimed local businesses. While “the standard of educa- obtaining their degree, they tion is far in advance of may also enjoy becoming any other college this involved in our many extra- side of the Missouri and co-curricular activities River and equal to any such as community service, in the land.” For ex- sports, or student clubs. In ample, early students addition, Washburn students completed four years have the opportunity to of Greek to obtain a study abroad and to partake bachelor of arts degree. in international activities on While Greek is not a campus. requirement today, our There is more to programs continue the tradition of a sound Washburn University than you can see be- curriculum that prepares the graduate with tween these covers. We have an outstanding essential skills and knowledge for a suc- faculty that focuses on teaching and mentoring cessful work career. Courses may change, students. If you are new to our campus please but our commitment to academic excellence give us a chance to show you around our remains the same. great university and visit with our faculty and What is different is the way we teach students. If you are a returning student best and learn. With the rapid implementation of wishes for a successful year! technology in and outside of the classroom, Once again, we warmly welcome you to students experience the world in a much Washburn University! broader and more intimate way. Technology expands the potential for experiential

3 Students display their Ichabod spirit while cheering on the football team.

4 GENERAL INFORMATION

The Vision of the University

The Core Values of the University

The Mission of the University

Equal Educational and Employment Opportunity

Sexual Harassment and Harassment Policy

History of Washburn University

Assessment

Accreditation

Open Meetings and Records

Campus and Facilities

Housing on Campus

Off-Campus Housing

5 Patriotic headwear is the choice during a visit to the Great Wall of China.

President Farley gets in on the action as students move into the residence halls.

6 Wa s h b u r n Un i v e r s i t y Se l e c t Un i v e r s i t y Mi s s i o n Washburn University shall prepare qualified indi- Vision, Va l u e s , Mi s s i o n viduals for careers, further study and life long learning through excellence in teaching and scholarly work. Pr e a m b l e Washburn University shall make a special effort to help The road to graduation from Washburn University individuals reach their full academic potential.* should be a transformative experience, rather than *The Select University Mission was approved by the merely a series of transactions by which a student Washburn Board of Regents in 1999 to more concisely completes an array of courses and is rewarded with a describe the comprehensive mission of the university diploma. Washburn’s goal is to graduate students who approved in 1996. are highly principled citizens who make a difference in society. Mi s s i o n o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y Vision o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y Washburn University strives to continue to be an outstanding public metropolitan educational resource for Washburn University will be widely recognized for the people of Kansas and the region, emphasizing excel- academic excellence, evidenced by student and faculty lence in teaching. This emphasis on quality instruction in achievement, leadership development, community com- the learning/teaching process has been maintained since mitment, and global understanding. Washburn’s founding in 1865 and its evolution from a small church college to a comprehensive public metro- Co r e Va l u e s o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y politan university. The University takes pride in its faculty • Washburn University values high quality instruction and staff and the talent and diversity they bring to the in the learning/teaching process. educational process. The University’s educational objectives are to pre- • Washburn University values diversity, is dedicated pare individuals for careers and further study in a variety to equality, and is committed to serving a diverse of disciplines and for a lifetime of continuous learning. population including residents of Topeka, Shawnee The open admissions policy on the undergraduate level County, Kansas, the nation and the world. allows Washburn to offer higher education to a diverse • Washburn University values the fundamentals of a population, but also requires the University to make a general education. special effort to help individuals reach their full academic • Washburn University values helping individuals potential. An extensive advising system complements the reach their full academic potential. educational program. • Washburn University values a collegial and interac- Washburn provides educational opportunities tive process in planning and decision making, pro- principally for the residents of Topeka, Shawnee County moting civility, understanding, and mutual concern. and Northeast Kansas. It also attracts students from the • Washburn University values improvement, continu- entire state, nation and the world. Degrees are awarded ously assessing undergraduate and graduate pro- at the associate, bachelor, master and professional grams to meet community needs and professional levels. The general education foundation is the common expectations. base for all the University’s undergraduate degrees. The College of Arts and Sciences and the School of Law his- • Washburn University values both tradition and in- torically have been and continue to be areas of strength novation. for Washburn. As a metropolitan institution, programs in • Washburn University encourages the growth and the Schools of Business, Nursing and Applied Studies, development of all learners and those who facilitate and the Division of Continuing Education are special these processes. emphases of the University. Washburn is responsive to • Washburn University values integrity and ethical the needs of the recent high school and community col- behavior in all matters. lege graduate, but it also has an additional commitment • Washburn University provides a professional and to provide educational opportunities for the adult learner. supportive work environment where our employees As a metropolitan university, it is not only a uni- enjoy freedom of conscience and the right to refuse versity located in the city, it is an integral part of the to engage in actions that violate ethical principles, community, the state and the region. It must focus on professional standards, or provisions of law. the total educational needs of the area and must adapt • Washburn University values transformational expe- and change with the ever varying demands placed on riences in leadership, community service, interna- it. Through musical and theater performances, library tional education and scholarly and creative activities services, public forums, lecture series and art exhibitions, for all students. the University enriches the community’s cultural and in- • Washburn University values its role in the commu- tellectual life. Working with business and industry, health nity and is closely engaged with the community be- care providers, government, social agencies, public yond the campus, providing services and outreach schools and regional educational institutions, Washburn activities that enhance the social and economic assists others in establishing and reaching their goals vitality of the region. and objectives. University faculty and staff engage in research and creative activities and participate on com- missions and boards to improve teaching effectiveness, meet community needs, and contribute to the extension 7 of knowledge. The University also joins with other • submission to or rejection of such conduct by an post-secondary institutions and organizations in offering individual is used as the basis for employment deci- educational opportunities for the people of Kansas and sions affecting such individual; is committed to participation in appropriate cooperative • such conduct has the purpose or effect of un- ventures. reasonable interfering with an individual’s work Washburn University is accountable to itself, its performance or creating an intimidating, hostile, or students, the citizens of Topeka and the taxpayers of offensive working environment; or, Kansas. It is committed to accreditation of appropriate • such conduct emphasizes the sexuality of an indi- academic programs, to vigorous regular self-assessment vidual in a manner which prevents or impairs that of both academic and non-academic programs, and to individual’s full enjoyment of work and/or educa- continuous improvement. tional benefits, environment, or opportunities. Eq u a l Ed u c a t i o n a l a n d Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual Emp l o y m e n t Opp o r t u n i t y nature constitute sexual harassment when: Washburn University is committed to a policy of equal • the conduct has the purpose or effect of interfering educational and employment opportunity without regard with the individual’s work or academic performance, to race, color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, dis- or of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive ability, sex, marital or parental status, or sexual orienta- work or educational environment; or tion/gender identity. Each unit within the University is • it is imposed by an employee or agent of the Uni- charged with conducting its practices in conformity with versity and denies, limits, conditions, or provides these principles. different aid, benefits, services, or treatment. Equal educational opportunity includes, but is not lim- Harassment is defined to have occurred when, on ited to, admissions, recruitment, extracurricular programs the basis of color, race, religion, age, national origin, an- and activities, counseling and testing, financial aid, cestry, disability, sex, marital or parental status, or sexual health services, and employment. orientation/gender identity, a hostile or intimidating envi- Equal employment opportunity includes, but is not lim- ronment is created in which verbal or physical conduct, ited to, recruitment, hiring, assignment of duties, tenure because of its severity and/or persistence, is likely to and promotion determinations, compensation, benefits, interfere significantly with an individual’s work or educa- training, and termination. Positive action shall be taken tion, or affect adversely an individual’s living conditions. to assure the full realization of equal opportunity for all Complaints of sexual harassment or harassment (as employees of the University. defined above are to be made to the Equal Opportunity Responsibility for monitoring and implementation of Director, Ms. Carol Vogel, Morgan Hall Room 380A. this policy is delegated to the Equal Opportunity Director; Phone: 785-670-1509. Email: carol.vogel@washburn. however, all employees will share in the specific activities edu. Complaints must be filed within 180 days of the necessary to achieve these goals. latest alleged incident. The Equal Opportunity Director is Ms. Carol Vogel, Complaint Procedures . Individuals who believe they Morgan Hall, Room 380A. Phone: 785-670-1509. may be or are victims of discrimination or harassment in E-mail: [email protected] violation of the University’s equal opportunity and harass- (Washburn University policy, regulations and proce- ment policies should promptly take one or more of the dures manual, Section I, 1.) steps outlined below, as applicable. It is not necessary for all steps to be taken or to be taken in order. Nothing Se x u a l Ha r a s s m e n t a n d in these procedures shall be construed as preventing any Ha r a s s m e n t Po l i c y individual from pursuing any other legal action. Any retaliation against an individual who files All persons must be allowed to pursue their activities a complaint of discrimination/harassment or against at the University free from sexual harassment and unwel- individuals who participate in the proceedings is strictly come sexual advances. Such conduct will not be toler- prohibited. ated. All individuals must be allowed to pursue activities The Equal Opportunity Director may become at the University free from harassment based on color, aware of an incident of alleged discrimination/ha- race, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, rassment even though not reported by the alleged sex, marital or parental status, or sexual orientation/gen- victim . Incidents of discrimination/harassment pose der identity. Responsibility for maintaining a harassment legal risks to the University. Therefore, the University free campus environment rests with all employees and retains the right to conduct investigations into alleged students, and others while on the University campus or incidents of discrimination/harassment and take appro- involved in University-sponsored activities. priate measures. This is true even if the alleged victim is Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual unwilling or chooses not to report or to pursue the matter. advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or The complainant will be notified of the disposition physical conduct of a sexual nature when: of the complaint at each stage of the process . If a • submission to such conduct is made either explicitly finding of discrimination/harassment is made, appropriate or implicitly a term or condition of an individual’s corrective and remedial action will be taken. employment; Self Help . The complaint procedure does not require the complainant to confront the alleged perpetrator in any manner or for any reason prior to initiating a formal

8 grievance. The complainant may elect to employ self- The complaint procedure identifies the alleged help measures. One course of action by individuals who victim as the “complainant” and the alleged offender as believe they have been discriminated against/harassed the “respondent.” by someone is to inform that person emphatically the The EOD initiates the following actions in no partic- conduct is unwelcome, offensive, violates University ular order, normally within 10 business days of the filing policy, and must stop. There are two methods by which of the informal complaint: this may be done. An individual may: • Apprising the respondent of the charge of discrimi- • Personally inform the person either verbally or in nation/harassment; writing; or, • Eliciting from the respondent an explanation of what • Ask a supervisor or the EOD to notify the person. occurred from the respondent’s perspective; Consultation and Evaluation. Individuals who • Gathering any other information or conducting any believe they may be or are a victim of discrimination/ investigation or interviews the EOD deems to be harassment may contact the EOD. This should be done necessary; normally within 10 days of the alleged incident giving rise • Attempting to facilitate a solution acceptable to both to the complaint. The consultation/evaluation has several the complainant and the respondent; purposes. • Taking such other steps deemed appropriate by the To help the individual in determining if the percep- EOD; tion of discrimination/harassment is valid; • Advising the individual of the EOD’s conclusion To discuss the rights, under the policy, of both the regarding whether or not an issue of discrimination/ individual and the person against whom the allegation is harassment is present, based on the information made; presented in the investigation; To discuss possible methods the individual could undertake to address and to eliminate the unwanted • Making a written record of the informal procedure. conduct (whether or not it is discrimination/harassment); Any resolution will be maintained in the EOD office and, for a minimum of 3 years; and, To advise the individual . The EOD will: • Notifying the complainant and the respondent that • Help the individual determine what courses of ac- retaliation for having exercised their rights under tion exist if an issue of discrimination/harassment is this policy is prohibited. believed present. A formal complaint may follow if a solution to • Assure the individual that all complaints will be the situation acceptable to the complainant cannot be promptly and thoroughly investigated and decided reached. The request must be submitted in writing to the within the time frames set forth below at each stage EOD within 10 business days from the completion of the of the process. informal complaint procedure. • Advise the individual that a complaint normally must Formal Complaint Procedure . be filed within 10 business days: An individual’s request for a formal complaint will be given to the President. The request: • Of the incident giving rise to the complaint; or, procedure • Must be in writing; • Following consultation with the EOD in 4.3 • May be submitted by either the complainant or the above. EOD on the complainant’s behalf; • Notify the individuals that retaliation for having • Shall be delivered to the respondent at the same exercised their rights under this policy is strictly time it is delivered to the President; and, prohibited. • Shall be granted by the President unless it appears • Advise the individual of the EOD’s conclusion some other disposition satisfactory to the complain- regarding whether or not an issue of discrimina- ant can be made. tion/harassment is present. The conclusion will be based upon all of the information presented and The President will furnish the EOD, normally within gathered. 10 days from the date the request is granted, a list of 7 University Employees from which one member of a hear- • Confidentiality. The EOD shall take steps to keep ing committee will be selected. information confidential to the greatest extent pos- , nor- sible. No assurance of complete confidentiality may The hearing committee will be established mally within 20 business days of the individual’s request. be given. THE EOD will coordinate the selection process. First, Document Retention. Records will remain with the the complainant shall select one University Employee EOD for a minimum of three years. to serve on the hearing committee. The respondent Informal Complaint Procedure . then shall select one University Employee to serve on An informal complaint may be filed by the individ- the committee. The third member shall be selected as ual believing to have been the victim of discrimination/ follows: harassment, normally within 10 business days: The first and second members will alternate elimi- • Of the incident giving rise to the complaint; or, nating one name at a time from the list of 7 University • Following consultation with the EOD in 4.3 above. Employees furnished by the President, starting with the Or, the EOD may take action when the informal person selected by the complainant until only one of the complaint procedure is deemed necessary. The EOD’s names remains. This individual becomes the third com- determination will be based upon the information and mittee member. evidence provided by the alleged victim. 9 The first meeting of the hearing committee nor- Expansion of the school was constant. The School mally will be scheduled by the EOD within 10 days of of Law was organized in 1903, as was a School of Fine the selection of the hearing committee, at which time the Arts and a medical school, which educated physicians committee will set the hearing date. Time is of the es- until 1913. During the next three decades structures such sence in scheduling and conducting the hearing. as the Mulvane Art Museum, Benton Hall and Whiting All committee members will serve without com- Field House were added to the campus. In June 1966, a pensation. Wage and hour Employees’ service on such tornado struck Topeka and several historic buildings on committee shall be deemed hours worked. campus were demolished. The Washburn community ral- Reasonable provisions will be made for individuals lied and financial support from friends and alumni made to appear as witnesses at the hearing. possible the rebuilding of many school facilities during A record will be kept of the proceedings of the the coming years. Today, university facilities offer more hearing. than one million square feet of modern academic and The committee will deliberate in private and render support space. its decision, normally within 10 days of the hearing. In 1941, the citizens of Topeka endorsed Washburn Legal counsel, on behalf of either party, may serve by voting to establish a municipal university, supported only in an advisory capacity, and may not represent nor in part by the city and governed by a local board of re- participate in the hearing. gents. In 1952, the Washburn Board of Regents officially The decision of a majority of the committee shall be changed the name of the school to Washburn University the decision of the whole. The decision shall be consid- of Topeka. In 1999, the university’s primary funding was ered final and binding upon both the complainant and the moved from city property tax to county sales tax sources, respondent. with the school retaining status as a municipal subdivi- Appeal Procedure. The decision of the committee sion of the state. In addition to local financial support, may be appealed by either party by filing a written notice Washburn has received state funds since 1961, which of appeal with the EOD specifying the basis for the ap- have been coordinated by the Kansas Board of Regents peal within 10 days of the decision. since 1991. Washburn is governed by its own nine-mem- The EOD shall promptly notify the Vice Presidents ber Board of Regents. of the University who shall serve as an appeals Washburn provides broadly-based liberal arts and committee. professional education through more than 190 certificate, The appeals committee shall consider the com- associate, baccalaureate, master’s and juris doctor pro- plete record of the hearing and render a decision, grams through the College of Arts and Sciences and the normally within 10 business days of receipt of the notice Schools of Law, Business, Nursing and Applied Studies. of appeal. It will not conduct a hearing. Its decision shall Eighty-six percent of the faculty holds a doctorate or the be final. highest degree available in their discipline. The hearing and appeal committees’ decision shall have no effect upon any other individual not Un i v e r s i t y As s e s s m e n t participating in the specific complaint, nor will it operate The assessment of student learning is an integral to change any University policy or procedure. part of the teaching and learning process and Washburn Each decision shall be reviewed in due course by University strives to create a culture of assessment sur- appropriate University policymakers to determine if any rounding all of the curricular and co-curricular activities in policy change should be made. which students participate. Full and complete documentation of any complaint Valid and reliable assessment is important for three shall be retained by the EOD for a minimum of 3 years. reasons: Hi s t o r y o f t h e Un i v e r s i t y • To improve student learning Washburn University was established in February • To provide accountability to stakeholders, such as 1865 as Lincoln College by a charter issued by the students, parents, legislators, accrediting agencies, State of Kansas and the General Association of and the public Congregational Ministers and Churches of Kansas. A • To assist in the process of accreditation, both of the two-story brick building on the northeast corner of 10th University and of individual programs and Jackson Streets was soon erected and the first In order to foster this culture of assessment, classes began in January 1866. In 1868, the school was Washburn University has created a university-wide renamed Washburn College, in recognition of a $25,000 assessment committee. The mission of the Washburn donation by Ichabod Washburn, a church deacon and University Assessment Committee is to aid the University resident of Worcester, Mass. community’s assessment efforts to ensure that student The university was granted a permanent location learning is a responsibility shared by the entire commu- in 1865 when Topekan Col. John Ritchie donated a 160- nity. The committee will support the collection, analysis acre site, which at the time was a considerable distance and dissemination of the evidence of student learning to southwest of the city. Construction on the first building make certain that changes in student learning goals and began in 1872, with occupancy taking place in 1874. For outcomes are based on evidence. The mission of the the next two decades, college President Peter McVicar Assessment Committee assists the University in provid- conducted an aggressive development campaign. His ef- ing evidence that the Select Mission of the University—to forts resulted in the establishment of numerous Victorian prepare qualified individuals for careers, further study limestone structures which characterized the campus for and life long learning through excellence in teaching and the next 90 years. scholarly work—is being met.

10 To help the University Assessment Committee • Kansas State Board of Nursing (Nursing – Master, satisfy its mission, the following are shared expectations: Baccalaureate) • Every program/unit/major has a mission statement. • Kansas State Department of Education (Education • The program/unit/major ensures the mission – Master, Baccalaureate) statement is shared with all constituents. • National Association of Schools of Art and Design • The program/unit/major periodically reviews the (Art) mission statement to ensure it is appropriate • National Association of Schools of Music (Music) and compatible with the University’s mission. • Every program/unit/major has student learning • National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Edu- goals. cation (Education – Master, Baccalaureate) • Each goal is supported by learning objectives (outcomes) which are measurable. Op e n Me e t i n g s a n d Re c o r d s • Evidence is consistently collected and acces- Washburn University is a public municipal institution sible to appropriate constituents. of higher education organized and existing under the pro- • Evidence is regularly analyzed i.e. the program/ visions of the Kansas Constitution (Article 6, Section 2) unit has an established schedule for review of and the Kansas Statutes Annotated (K.S.A. 13-13a03 et evidence. seq). As a public institution, the meetings of its govern- • The program/unit/major has an appropriate ing board are open to the public under the provisions of mechanism to institute changes which are sug- the Kansas Open Meetings Act (K.S.A. 75-4317 et seq) gested by the evidence. and the records of the University are subject to inspec- • Students share the responsibility for the evalua- tion as provided under the Kansas Open Records Act tion of student learning by completing assessment (K.S.A. 45-215 et seq). activities which provide the data required for reliable analysis of the curricular and co-curricular activities Ca mp u s & Facilities which are undertaken. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/main/about-wu/ Un i v e r s i t y Acc r e d i t a t i o n buildings-and-attractions/attractions.html Washburn University is located on a spacious, attrac- Washburn University is accredited or approved by the tive campus in the capital city of the state of Kansas. Higher Learning Commission: A Commission of the North Washburn is a municipally supported, state assisted Central Association of Colleges and Schools, 30 North university comprised of six major academic units; the LaSalle Street, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60602-2504. In College of Arts and Sciences, the School of Law, the addition, several academic programs are accredited or School of Business, the School of Nursing, the School approved by the following accrediting bodies: of Applied Studies and the Division of Continuing • AACSB – International (Business – Master, Bac- Education. There are approximately 7,000 students calaureate) enrolled in traditional undergraduate degree programs, • Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences (Certified – two-year associate degree programs and professional Master) graduate programs in Law, Business, Psychology, • American Association of Museums (Mulvane Art Education, Social Work, Criminal Justice, Liberal Studies Museum) and Nursing. Visit the website listed above to learn more • American Bar Association (School of Law, Legal about the campus. Studies) Special Facilities • American Chemical Society (Certified BS Chemis- Listed below are brief descriptions of special facilities try) available at Washburn. For information on classroom • Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy buildings please visit the website listed above. Education of the American Physical Therapy As- The Andrew J . and Georgia Neese Gray Theatre, sociation (Physical Therapist Assistant) seating 388, features a thrust stage, and is the site of • Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics productions by both the University Theatre Department and Information Management Education (Health and Community groups. Information Technology) Athletic Facilities The equipment and facilities for • Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care physical education provide an opportunity for every stu- (Respiratory Therapy) dent to participate in Kinesiology activities. • Commission on Accreditation of Athletic Training Carole Chapel was donated to Washburn in 2003 by Education (Athletic Training) the Menninger Foundation when the clinic relocated to Houston, Texas. Carole Chapel is open for meditation • Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education from 7:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and (Nursing – Master, Baccalaureate) noon to 5:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday when classes • Council on Social Work Education (Social Work – are in session. The chapel has reduced hours when Master, Baccalaureate) classes are not in session and is closed on university • Joint Review Committee on Education in Diagnostic holidays and when reserved for private events. Medical Sonography (Diagnostic Medical Sonogra- Whiting Field House, erected in 1928 and named phy) for Albe G. Whiting, was renovated in 2009 and provides • Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic strength and conditioning facilities for varsity athlet- Technology (Radiologic Technology) ics and Kinesiology classes; a large playing floor for 11 basketball, volleyball, wrestling, tumbling, and gymnas- The Law Library for Washburn University School tics work; office, classroom and laboratory space for of Law is located in the law building on the northwest the School of Nursing; and classroom space for other corner of the campus. The National Jurist (Oct. 2004, academic programs. p. 20) ranked the library in the top 30% among 183 U.S. Yager Stadium at Moore Bowl was completely law school libraries using a mix of categories measuring renovated in 2003. The first gift to the stadium renova- collection, facility and staff resources. The library con- tion was from former Ichabod defensive end Bernie tains over 395,000 volumes, including titles in microfiche, Bianchino, with substantial gifts from an anonymous video, and digital formats. It is an official depository for donor and others. The Bianchino Pavilion includes materials published by the U.S. Government Printing six suites, media facilities, restroom and concession Office and Kansas state agencies. Appellate case facilities, and meeting rooms. The new name of Yager reports and statutes from all fifty states are available Stadium at Moore Bowl is in honor of former Ichabod as is an extensive collection of briefs from the U.S. and running back Gary Yager. Kansas Supreme Courts. The online catalog provides Other playing fields are provided for other varsity direct access to selected Internet full text documents as sports, varsity practice, and intramural sports. A baseball well as to the holdings of the university’s Mabee Library diamond and two softball diamonds for intercollegiate and the 200,000 volumes held by the Kansas Supreme competition are available, and there are six excellent Court Law Library (located a five-minute drive from the cement tennis courts located near Petro Allied Health law school in the Judicial Center). Center. Washburn has a national reputation for leader- Petro Allied Health Center is a state of the art physi- ship in the use of new legal research technologies. Its cal education and athletic facility. This facility includes WashLaw Web Internet site (www.washlaw.edu) is a na- a six-lane swimming pool with two diving boards, a tionally recognized legal research portal. The law library large gymnasium with basketball, volleyball and bad- is host to a large number of law-related electronic dis- minton courts, as well as a running track. There is also cussion groups (listservs) on the Internet. The library’s a weight-training room, dance studio, athletic training extensive selection of electronic research resources room, exercise physiology laboratory, and Physical including Lexis and Westlaw is available for law student Therapist Assistant laboratory. and faculty use. Instruction in the use of these tools is Bradbury Thompson Center, which was funded available to each student in the first year. entirely from private sources, opened in April 1996. The The Washburn University School of Law has been Center houses the operations of the Washburn Alumni in continuous existence since 1903. The School was Association and the offices of the Vice Presidents for admitted to membership in the Association of American Academic Affairs and Administration/Treasurer. The Law Schools in 1905 and in 1923 was one of 38 law building was designed to serve the needs of alumni and schools (from among some 150 then in existence) on Washburn University, as well as provide meeting space the American Bar Association’s first approved list of law for many community groups and organizations. schools. For more information please visit http://www. Charles Bennett Computer Center, completed in washburnlaw.edu. 1988, houses the main offices of Information Systems The Memorial Union provides university students, and Services, and academic computing laboratories. faculty staff, alumni and guests with facilities, programs, International House, located near the center of and essential services to meet the needs of daily cam- the campus, is situated between the Student Union pus life. Dedicated in 1952 as a memorial to Washburn and Benton Hall. This Spanish-style structure, built in students and Shawnee County residents who lost their 1931 by Dr. and Mrs. Parley P. Womer, was the private lives in foreign wars, it serves today as the “living room residence of the former university president and his wife. of campus”. After their deaths, the home reverted to the University One of the first stops for students arriving on campus and serves now as the center of international activities. is the Ichabod Service Center on the Union’s mail level. The building features a magnificent great room, 44 by Students receive their identification cards and learn 22 feet with a balcony on two sides, huge fireplace and a about all the services and programs offered. beamed, vaulted ceiling. Hurricane shutters and wrought Union Market food court is open for breakfast, lunch, iron balustrade and chandelier enhance the Spanish and dinner and offers a variety of food options. The architecture. The House is furnished with American Corner Store, the Union’s convenience shop, serves cof- antiques and artifacts from around the world. fees, smoothies, and frozen yogurt, among other popular KTWU is a non-commercial television station licensed and nutritious items. to Washburn University and a member station of Public The University Bookstore, located on the Union’s Broadcasting Service (PBS). It began broadcasting lower level, provides a complete selection of new and in 1965 as the first public television station in Kansas. used textbooks. The university community shops here for KTWU’s broadcast center is located at 19th & Jewell their Ichabod gear and computer and other technology Ave. on the Washburn Campus. KTWU broadcasts three supplies, as well as a wide choice of Washburn imprinted distinct digital television channels for viewers: 11.1, 11.2, gifts. 11.3. Washburn Student Government Association offices The station serves a 70-mile radius in northeastern are also located on the lower level of the Union, as well Kansas as well as a 30-mile area in southeast central as the Campus Activities Board, Washburn Student Kansas. In addition, other communities in Kansas, Publications, and Student Activities and Greek Life Nebraska, Oklahoma and Missouri receive the KTWU Office. signal over various cable systems.

12 Fifteen modern conference rooms of various sizes Supreme Court Library, the Kansas State Library and and numerous comfortable lounges guarantee the the Kansas State Historical Society Library. In addition Memorial union is the favorite meeting place for campus to an expanding number of books and print journals, the and public gatherings and student leisure activities. Library also provides access to an expanding number The Mulvane Art Museum, founded in 1922 with a of electronic resources. The Librarians also provide bequest from Joab Mulvane, is one of the oldest muse- an online subject specific set of help tools (washburn. ums west of the Mississippi River. libguides.com), which extend public services beyond the Accredited by the American Association of Museums 90 hours that in-person research assistance that exists in 1998, the Museum houses a collection of approximate- each week. ly 3,000 objects from around the world including paint- Mabee Library is a selective depository for Federal ings, prints, drawings, sculptures, photographs and deco- and Kansas State documents. Special Collections in the rative art. While international in scope, the Museum’s Library include the Rare Book Collection, the University collection focuses on the works of artists from Kansas Archives, the William I. Koch Art History Collection, the and the Midwest and has a concentration in American art Thomas Fox Averill Kansas Literature Collection and a of the 20th century. In addition to showing works from the growing Digital Institutional Repository (digital.washburn- collection the Museum also hosts traveling exhibitions. law.edu) that displays the scholarly work of both faculty Following a tornado in 1966, that destroyed most of and students. the buildings on campus, the present complex was built. The Curriculum Resource Center, a branch of the Due to the nature of the Mulvane Trust, the original build- Mabee Library, is located in Carnegie Hall. It special- ing’s native limestone exterior was unchanged; however izes in teacher resources and is a representative pre the severely damaged interior was gutted and connected k-12 library. The CRC seeks to enhance the teaching to the new Garvey Fine Arts Center which also houses and learning initiatives of the Washburn Department of the Art History, Music and Theater Departments. The Education as it seeks to produce 21st century educators Mulvane Art Museum underwent another renovation proj- and to support its various communities, educators both ect, completed in 2006, that increased exhibition space on campus and in the Topeka area who seek to develop to 5,000 sq. ft., provided secure storage for the collec- 21st century learners. In addition to its physical collec- tion, art preparation areas, and significantly enlarged tions, the CRC website (www.washburn.edu/mabee/ the art education program with the creation of ArtLab, crc) provides access to an increasing number of digital a 1,500 sq. ft. hands-on art experience center and the resources. renovation of four education classrooms. White Concert Hall was completed in 1968. It A.R.T. (Art Resources for Topeka), the Museum’s edu- serves as the nucleus for the arts in Topeka. It is home cation program, provides extensive community outreach to all music department concerts, the Topeka Symphony to children at after school sites, public and private school Orchestra, the Community Concerts Series, the Festival classrooms and preschool centers throughout the region. Singers, the Sunflower Music Festival and many In-house art classes, public lectures, family events and University and civic events. community educational experiences for people of all ages and abilities are also offered. St u d e n t Ho u s i n g o n Ca mp u s Admission to the Museum and ArtLab is free and The Living Learning Center - The Residential Living open to the public. Office has four unique residence halls available for stu- Student Recreation and Wellness Center, SRWC, dents interested in living on-campus. To reach the goal facility components include a rock climbing wall, indoor of providing attractive on-campus housing that focuses track, gymnasium, cardiovascular and resistance training on the intellectual and social development of students, area, multi-purpose room, wellness suite, and locker the University committed its efforts and resources to rooms. Program offerings include informal, intramural, building this award winning facility. The Living Learning group exercise, climbing and wellness opportunities. Center serves students, faculty, staff, alumni, and com- The University Library: Mabee Library, located in the munity members by providing social and common areas, center of campus, is the intellectual and cultural heart of seminar rooms, dining services, a reading room, and the university. Its staff offers a wide variety of services, on-campus student housing. with a special focus upon educational programs that The LLC is a coed hall that includes 400 beds in promote the intelligent use of information resources and modern, four-bed suites grouped for privacy and per- information literacy. Ongoing physical improvements in sonal space. Wireless internet is avaliable throughout the Library continue to make it a place for 21st century the building. Students can experience the opportunities learning and allow the Library to host a growing list of of on-campus living and an atmosphere that encourages public exhibits and events—including the Day of Trans- learning. Rooms are arranged in clusters around commu- formation and Apeiron. nity spaces that include television lounges, kitchenettes The Library has three floors: One of which is a with ovens, sinks and microwaves; and spacious study dedicated quiet zone, a second is designated for group rooms at the end of every wing. study, while the main level is a mixed space that pro- Professional apartments are connected to the Living vides access to almost 100 computers to students and section of the Center. These accommodate the Faculty- faculty. The Library website (www.washburn.edu/mabee) in-Residence and professional staff. is designed for ease of use, and features the ENCORE Kuehne and West Halls- These coed residence halls search tool that allows researchers to access the col- consist of five self-contained units, housing eight persons lections of Mabee Library, the Curriculum Resources each, with a large living room and an outside entrance Center, the Washburn School of Law Library, the Kansas with a patio or balcony. Both halls house approximately 13 43 students. These halls have wireless internet access Of f -Ca mp u s Ho u s i n g and newly renovated bathrooms. There is a lounge in each building with a kitchenette and laundry facilities. Many students prefer to live in apartments and resi- Washburn Village- This option provides apartment- dences in the neighborhoods immediately surrounding style housing for students beyond the Freshman year. the University campus. Several apartment complexes Opened in the Fall of 2004, this 192-bed facility, located are within easy walking distance of campus, and Topeka south of KTWU, includes 2-, 3-, and 4-bedroom units. offers a large selection with easy access to campus. The apartments are fully furnished and the facility has re- Rental costs of approximately $450/month and up should cently been updated to provide wireless internet access be anticipated. These costs are often shared by two to for all residents. In addition, each unit has a bathroom four students thus reducing the per student cost. For with a shower/tub combination, a living room, and a small more information, contact the Residential Living Office, kitchenette. The commons building includes a confer- Washburn University, 1801 SW Jewell Ave., Topeka, KS ence room for study, a lounge area with a large-screen 66621. TV, a reception desk, mailboxes, and 24-hour access to laundry facilities.

A member of the move crew lends a hand to a fellow student.

14 ADMISSION

REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT

RESIDENCE QUALIFICATIONS

15 International students check the time on their way to class.

16 Ad m i s s i o n Conditional Admission Students not meeting one of the above standards will Washburn University welcomes applications from be granted admission together with a prescription for all interested students. As a public institution, the freshman success. University recognizes a responsibility to serve a variety This prescription may include for example: of educational needs manifested by its student clientele. • Mandatory Multi-Session Per Semester Advising. Prospective students are always welcome to the campus These three or four per semester sessions will and are encouraged to visit the campus prior to enroll- include academic assessment, program and degree ment. The Office of Admissions, Morgan 114, handles all planning. arrangements during students’ campus visitations. • Limit on Number of Semester Hours: 12 semester Admission Requirements credit hours per semester during their first year. From and after the 2000 Fall term, the following re- (Exceptions will be made upon approval by the quirements for admission will apply. counselor.) • Compulsory Enrollment in the IS 100 - Student Suc- Degree Candidates cess, Freshman Seminar - Course. Students who are graduates of accredited high • Menu of Courses Available to Students Specific schools and wish to fulfill the requirements for a de- list of General Education Courses High risk course gree will be admitted as regular classified students. enrollment limited to SIP sections Admission classification will depend upon the stu- • Required participation in study skills, career plan- dent’s academic credentials and admission test (ACT/ ning, test taking and other seminars offered by COMPASS) scores. CUSP. 1. An Application for Admission must be completed by all first time students and by former students who • Tutorials required as needed. were not in attendance during the prior semester. An Part-Time Students Application for Admission may be obtained by going to http://www.washburn.edu/admissions or upon Students taking less than seven hours per semester request from the Office of Admissions. are exempt from the above standards up to the point 2. Official high school or GED transcripts are required they have accumulated 18 hours of university credit. on all degree seeking applicants with fewer than 24 Home School Students hours of college work completed. The completion of the ACT test and receipt of the 3. Official transcripts of all previous college work must scores by the University is required for admission. An be submitted prior to enrollment by all degree seeking official transcript is also required and will be evaluated applicants. A transcript must be received from EACH on an individual basis by the Director of Admissions institution attended. for course content and completion. Home schooled 4. Entering freshmen or students who have not attained students with an ACT composite score less than 24 are sophomore standing (24 or more earned hours) required to submit a General Educational Development are required to submit ACT/COMPASS test scores. (GED) test score. These results will be used both to determine admis- sion status and by your advisor to select the proper Priority Admission for Home School courses of study. Students: 5. Fall enrollment, applications for admissions and • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR; transcripts should be on file in the Office of Admis- • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and GED Score sions by August 1st. Applicants for the spring should > 500. have applications and transcripts on file by January 2nd. Summer applicants should have applications Conditional Admission for Home School and transcripts on file by 10 business days prior to Students: Summer enrollment. ACT Composite Score < 20 and GED Score > 450 together with a prescription for freshman success Ad m i s s i o n Cr i t e r i a NOT Admitted: ACT Composite Score < 24 and GED < 450. Priority Admission Students meeting one of the following criteria will Graduates of non-accredited high schools will be be granted admission: evaluated on an individual basis. • High School GPA > 3.50 on a 4.00 scale OR; GED Students • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR; Students who are not graduates of a high school may • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and High qualify for admission by taking the GED. The University School GPA >2.60 on 4.00 scale OR; requires receipt of official GED diploma and official ACT • ACT Composite Score 18, 19 or 20 and High report of scores. School GPA > 2.90 on 4.00 scale OR; • ACT Composite Score 16 or 17 and High School GPA >3.20 on 4.00 scale.

17 Priority Admission for GED Students education are considered to have satisfied general • ACT Composite Score > 24 OR education requirements, and are therefore not required • ACT Composite Score 21, 22 or 23 and GED Score to meet Washburn’s specific general education require- > 500 ments. This includes all aspects of the general educa- tion degree requirements and the University require- Conditional Admission for GED Students ments. Courses satisfactorily completed in the Arts & • ACT Composite Score < 20 and GED Score > 450 Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences & together with a prescription for freshman success. Mathematics as part of an A.A. or A.S. will be accepted towards credit in the appropriate general education dis- NOT Admitted: GED Score < 450. tribution area. Washburn baccalaureate graduates who Transfer Students are returning to pursue an additional degree are consid- Transfer students who have completed 24 or more ered to have satisfied general education requirements in hours of college work must submit an official transcript the same manner as transfer students. from each college previously attended. To be official, Transfer students who have completed associates transcripts must be mailed directly from each school degrees prior to 1995, and who completed at least two to the Office of Admissions at Washburn University. If hours of physical education as part of their associates de- the student has completed fewer than 24 college hours gree program, are granted waiver of the KN 198 Lifetime and is degree seeking, he/she must also submit ACT Wellness requirement. scores that are not more than five years old. In addition, At least 60 hours of the 124 hours required for the students transferring with fewer than 24 completed hours baccalaureate degree must be taken at a 4 year college of college credit must submit an official copy of their high or university. school transcript. Provisional Status Entering degree seeking transfer students must have Provisional Status for enrollment may be extended an application, $20 processing fee, and all transcripts on to students who have been unable to submit complete file in the Office of Admissions by the respected begin- credentials by the beginning of the semester for which ning term deadline. Those students unable to meet the they have requested admission. Students enrolled in minimum admissions standards due to unusual circum- this status must have all credentials on file in the Office stances may be considered on a case-by-case basis by of Admissions no later than the end of the fifth week of the Director of Admissions. Transfer students desiring their first semester of enrollment at Washburn. Students additional information should call 785-670-1030. whose files are still incomplete at that time or who, A cumulative 2.0 G.P.A. (C=2.0) is the minimum upon evaluation of credentials submitted, do not meet required on all transferable course work of transfer stu- minimum admission requirements will not be allowed to dents seeking admission to the University. Credits and enroll for a subsequent enrollment period. In accordance grades earned in courses which are not acceptable from with federal regulations, students on provisional status a transfer school will not be counted in the final grade may not have any federal financial aid disbursed to them point average or total hours earned at Washburn. until all credentials have been received and evaluated Washburn will accept college-level courses from other to determine whether they meet satisfactory academic recognized colleges and universities for transfer credit progress requirements. as defined by “Transfer Credit Practices of Designated Educational Institutions,” published annually by the Academically Dismissed Students American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Academically dismissed former students must submit Admissions Officers (AACRAO). This publication divides a Petition for Academic Reinstatement to the Dean of schools into four categories and credit is given according Students if they wish to be considered for enrollment in a to the type of institution as follows: courses taken at AG subsequent semester. schools are transferred to Washburn with full credit within the University guidelines; courses taken at AP schools Non-Degree Seeking Students may be transferred to Washburn only after the student Non-degree seeking individuals for non-credit commu- involved has completed 15 semester hours of 2.00 or nity auditors are required to submit an application only. better work at Washburn and if courses are determined to be equivalent to Washburn courses. No credit is given New Student Registration for categories N and NP. Washburn will host organized registration sessions To determine whether transfer coursework has been for new freshmen, transferring and returning students approved as satisfying Washburn’s general education registration in late April and early June. Dates will be program, students can access the on-line transfer guide announced later. For further information, contact the links at http://www.washburn.edu/main/admissions/ Office of Admissions, (785) 670-1030 or (800) 332-0291, more-info/transfer-guide.html. A general education Morgan Hall 114. transfer application process is available to students who New Student Orientation believe a transfer course meets the spirit and intent of New students should attend New Student Orientation the Washburn general education criteria. The applica- in August, just prior to the start of fall classes. All admit- tion is available at http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/ ted students will receive specific information in June. forms/GenEdTransferPetition.doc. Students should work through their academic advisors to pursue this option. Transfer students who have completed a bacca- laureate degree at an accredited institution of higher 18 Program Admission Auditors must be at least 65 years old on or before Admission is required in the following programs: the first day of the semester/term in which the class is College of Arts and Sciences taught and need to be prepared to have their birth date Athletic Training (Bachelor of Science) verified by showing a driver’s license or birth certificate Art (Bachelor of Fine Arts) when they register. Registration forms will be processed Communication (Bachelor of Arts) only after the majority of fee paying students have Education (Bachelor and Master Degrees) enrolled which enables the identification of classes that Music (Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music) have space available. Master of Psychology By filling out a non-degree seeking application, Master of Liberal Studies auditors may apply in the Office of Admissions, and School of Business then they will enroll through the University Registrar’s Bachelor of Business Administration Office, MO 115. Registration instructions are available Master of Business Administration in the Registration Information Guide for each semester/ School of Applied Studies term under the title of “65 Years of Age and Over Audit Computed Tomography Program”. Magnetic Resonance HIGH SCHOOL SENIORS Diagnostic Medical Sonography Opportunity to accelerate an educational program Occupational Therapy Assistant (Pending Washburn while in secondary school is given and a student may University Board approval) take courses on campus before graduation. Upon the Physical Therapist Assistant written authorization of the high school principal or high Radiation Therapy Technology school counselor, junior and senior students with a 3.0 Radiologic Technology average or better may enroll in day or evening classes Health Information Technology for which they are qualified. Students are limited to a Respiratory Therapy maximum of two courses (6 credits) per semester. A Bachelor of Health Science Request to Enroll form may be obtained through the Master of Criminal Justice student’s local high school guidance office or Washburn’s Master of Social Work Office of Admissions website, School of Nursing http://www.washburn.edu/admissions. It should be Bachelor of Science in Nursing submitted to the Office of Admissions, along with a com- Master of Science in Nursing pleted Non-Degree Seeking application, 15 days before While program admission is required for degree can- enrollment. Students below high school junior standing didacy, some courses in these areas may be taken by or not presenting a 3.0 grade point average must also non-degree candidates with approval of an advisor from have permission of the relevant academic dean prior to the area. enrollment. AUDITING CLASSES ACT OR COMPASS SCORE Students who wish to attend classes, but do not wish Prospective students who are more than four years to receive credit, may audit classes. Students in this out of high school and who do not have an ACT score category must have the approval of the instructor at the may use the COMPASS test. This test is administered time they enroll and must pay the same fees as credit by the Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs. students. Audited courses are not assigned grades and students are not required to turn in class assignments or REGISTRATION AND ENROLLMENT write examinations. Students enrolled in an audited class may not convert to a credit status after the first week ADVANCE REGISTRATION of class. Students may not change a class from credit The University offers advance registration. Students status to audit after the third week of classes. who are currently enrolled will have the first opportunity to register for the following semester/summer term. The 65 AND OVER TUITION-FREE AUDIT PROGRAM appropriate Registration Information Guide will have Kansas residents 65 years of age and over may audit the advance registration dates, instructions, and regula- credit courses at Washburn University without pay- tions. Current students will be able to register during the ing University tuition, University fees, or activities fee alphabetical/classification schedule provided they have charges. Being able to audit a course is subject to avail- no holds. ability of class space and to the enrollment of a specified minimum number of fee-paying students. The costs of OPEN REGISTRATION materials and/or textbooks are the responsibility of the Open registration is available to all currently enrolled auditor. Washburn students who did not advance register during Auditors are not required to prepare homework as- the alphabetical/classification time frame, and all new signments or take examinations. They may participate in and former students who are admissible and have com- classroom discussion and laboratory and field work. No pleted the application or reapplication process. New and college credit will be awarded for courses, thus no tran- returning students will need to have obtained their WIN scripts will be generated. Auditors are expected to follow (Washburn Identification Number) and their MyWashburn University rules and regulations regarding parking, library Account information before they can register on the web. privileges, and other appropriate university regulations. Specific dates will be in the Registration Information Guide for each semester and summer term.

19 LATE ENROLLMENT are non-residents for fee purposes. Furthermore, in the Late enrollment is available for returning or admis- event the University does not receive state aid for the sible students who did not enroll before the first day of student because the state subsequently determines the classes. Students may enroll during the first week of student is a nonresident for tuition purposes, the student classes via the web. During the second and third week is automatically classified or reclassified a nonresident. If of classes, new enrollments and added courses will re- a student is classified by the University to be a resident quire permission of the instructor. No student may begin and the University subsequently reverses the classifica- an enrollment schedule after the third week of semes- tion, the University will bill the student for the difference ter classes. See the respective semester Registration between the nonresident rate and the resident rate for Information Guide for details. all applicable semesters except in cases of documented The summer term will have its own specific deadlines University error. Voting, payment of personal property according to the length of session or class. See the taxes, registering a vehicle or securing a driver’s license Summer Registration Information Guide for details. in another state may be considered sufficient evidence to show nonresidence. RESIDENCE QUALIFICATIONS RESIDENCE OF PERSONS UNDER 18 YEARS OF POLICY AGE The University charges two residency rates of tuition Generally, the residence of a person who is under 18 for undergraduate, graduate and law courses: (1) a years of age is determined by the residence of his or her resident of Kansas rate for students who can meet the parents. If the parents are both dead or are divorced or University’s residence requirements, and (2) a nonresi- legally separated, residence shall be determined by the dent of Kansas rate for those who do not qualify as a res- residence of the person to whom the court has granted ident of Kansas. No refund shall be made if residence custody or whom the court has designated as guardian. qualifications are met after the end of the fifth week. For the purpose of determining residence of a person who is under 18 years of age and who has been legally DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE FOR FEE PURPOSES adopted, the adoptive parents shall be considered to oc- Residence means a person’s place of habitation, to cupy the same position as natural parents. In other situ- which, whenever he or she is absent, he or she has the ations, residence shall be determined by the residence intention of returning. A person shall not be considered of the parents or other person providing the preponder- a resident of Kansas unless he or she is in continuous ance of support. A person under 18 years of age who residence and intends to make Kansas a permanent is legally emancipated will be considered an adult for home, not only while in attendance at the University but residence purposes. indefinitely thereafter as well. EQUAL TREATMENT OF MEN AND WOMEN REQUIREMENTS, FACTORS AND CIRCUMSTANCES In the application of these regulations, men and CONSIDERED IN DETERMINATION OF RESIDENCE women shall be treated the same. STATUS RESIDENCE OF MARRIED PERSONS Before a student can be considered to be a resident for tuition purposes, the student must prove that he or The residence of married persons shall be determined she has been a legal resident or has resided in the State separately for each spouse. of Kansas continuously for at least six months imme- MILITARY PERSONNEL diately prior to registration. Furthermore, the student The Board of Regents authorizes persons stationed cannot be a resident unless the student qualifies as a in Kansas pursuant to active military orders and or their Kansas resident for whom the University can receive spouse and dependent(s) to pay an amount equal to res- state aid. The following factors, while not conclusive, ident tuition. Persons who are eligible for resident tuition have probative value in support of a claim for resident rates under this policy must provide the University with classification (no single factor can indicate an intent to appropriate documentation which verifies their military maintain residence in a state other than Kansas): (a) status and their spouse/dependent status, if applicable, continuous presence in Kansas during periods when at the time of enrollment. not enrolled as a student; (b) employment in Kansas; (c) payment of Kansas State Income Taxes; (d) reliance on RESPONSIBILITY AND BURDEN OF PROOF OF Kansas sources for financial support; (e) acceptance of STUDENT FOR RESIDENT DETERMINATION an offer of permanent employment in Kansas; (f) owner- The responsibility of enrolling under the proper resi- ship of a home in Kansas; (g) voting or registration for dence classification for fee purposes is placed on the voting in Kansas; (h) employment in any position not student. If there is any possible question of residence normally filled by a student; (i) lease of living quarters classification under these regulations, it is the duty of in Kansas; (j) vehicle registration in Kansas; (k) acquisi- the newly admitted student to raise the question with tion of Kansas driver’s license; (l) payment of Kansas the Admissions Office and a current student with the personal property taxes. Registrar’s Office. The burden of providing clear and convincing proof of residency status rests with the stu- NONRESIDENT STATUS dent. Willful misstatement of any facts to influence the Persons enrolling at the University who, if adults, decision of resident status is cause for dismissal from the have not been, or if minors, whose parents have not University and subjects the student to proper charges for been residents of the State of Kansas for six months previous semesters. immediately prior to enrollment for any term or session 20 PROCEDURE FOR RESIDENT DETERMINATION APPROVED EXCEPTION Students are classified residents or nonresidents from The Board of Regents has approved the following information provided by the students prior to registration. exception to Residency policy. Where applicable, the fol- A Residency Determination Questionnaire may be com- lowing factors will allow payment of resident fees during pleted by any new or returning student who desires clari- the designated time frame. fication of residency status. These forms are available 1. Persons who are full-time employees of a state edu- through the University Registrar’s Office or Admissions cational institution; Office, and must be completed and returned for review at 2. Persons who are in active military service; least ten days prior to registration. 3. Persons who are domiciliary residents of the state, who were in active military service prior to becoming APPEAL PROCEDURE domiciliary residents of the state, who were present Students should raise questions of their resident in the state for a period of not less than two years status before registration because clearing the Business during their tenure in active military service, whose Office may not be postponed pending a decision on domiciliary residence was established in the state resident status. However, a student who is classified as within thirty (30) days of discharge or retirement from a nonresident for fee purposes shall be entitled to an ap- active military service under honorable conditions, but peal provided he or she files a Residency Determination whose domiciliary residence was not established at form with the Registrar’s Office within 30 days from the least six months prior to the first day of enrollment for day of registration. This appeal process is also appli- the semester in which the students are enrolling; cable to students who are classified as residents at the 4. Persons who are not domiciliary residents of the time of enrollment and who subsequently are classi- state, who have graduated from a high school in the fied as nonresidents, except that such students must state of Kansas within six (6) months of enrollment, file the Residency Determination form within 30 days who are domiciliary residents of the state at the time of notice of reclassification. Upon receipt of a properly of graduation from high school or within twelve (12) filed Residency Determination form, the Admissions/ months prior to graduation from high school, and who University Registrar’s Office may reverse its classifica- are eligible for admission to the University; tion or try to respond to the student in a manner that 5. Persons who are domiciliary residents of the state, satisfies the student as to why the classification cannot who are employed on a full-time basis and whose be reversed. In the event the student remains unsatisfied employment requires at least 1,500 hours of work per with the classification, the Admissions/Registrar person- year, whose domiciliary residence was not estab- nel shall refer the matter to the Residency Committee. lished at least six (6) months prior to the first day of If a student fails to file an appeal and supporting docu- enrollment for the semester in which the students are ments in the time and manner provided in this regulation, enrolling; the classification or reclassification determined by the 6. Persons who are residents of selected counties in the University Registrar’s Office shall, upon the expiration of state of Missouri who can document a cumulative 3.0 the appeal period, become final. or higher grade point average on a 4.0 scale. The RESIDENCE COMMITTEE high school grade point average will be evaluated for the first-time freshmen and the college grade point The Residence Committee shall hear and determine average will be evaluated for transfer students who all appeals concerning the status of students as resi- have more than twenty-four college hours completed. dents or nonresidents for tuition purposes as referred. The eligible counties in Missouri are: Andrew, Holt, Members of the Residence Committee shall consist of Buchanan, Platte, Clay, Jackson, Cass and Bates. the Vice President for Administration, the Vice President 7. Persons who are not domiciliary residents of Kan- for Academic Affairs and the Dean of Students. Decisions sas, but are the dependent children (legal children, of the Residence Committee shall not be subject to stepchildren or wards) of a graduate of Washburn further administrative review by any officer or board of University. For the purposes of this policy a graduate the University. is any person who has earned an associate, bach- elors, masters or Juris Doctorate degree at Washburn University. 8. The exception of the payment of out-of-state tuition rates granted in paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 6 and 7 shall be applicable only for the first six months such person is residing in the state of Kansas. Thereafter, he or she shall be eligible for in-state residence tuition rates only if he/she has established domiciliary residency in the state and can provide the indicia of residency in Kansas.

Recent renovations to Whiting Field House include a new gym area, strength and conditioning facility and offices. 21 “Topiary with a Twist,” an environmental sculpture created by Patrick Dougherty, is an outdoor feature of the Mulvane Art Museum.

A student relaxes at the Bubb Light Circle between classes.

22 STUDENT SERVICES AND ACADEMIC SUPPORT

Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs Tutoring Centers Information Systems and Services International Student Services Intercollegiate Athletics Office of Student Life Career Services Counseling Services Health Services Multicultural Affairs Residential Living Student Activities and Greek Life Washburn Student Government Association Campus Activities Board Greek Organizations Honorary Organizations Student Publications Student Recreation and Wellness Center Student Services (Disabilities) Student Services (Veterans Affairs) 23 A study group explores an assignment while in the Mabee Library.

Activities and comraderie add to the fun at WUFest which is part of Welcome Week.

24 Ce n t e r f o r Undergraduate St u d i e s need help in gaining and maintaining an adequate level of academic proficiency. The Center assists students in a n d Pr o g r a m s (CUSP) developing learning strategies and effective study skills through workshops, individual assistance, and virtual Morgan Hall, Room 122 libraries. Career Counseling services are available from 785 .670 .2299 8 to 5, Monday - Friday. Students may drop in or call The mission of the Center is to provide support for for an appointment 785.670.3069. Visit our website for Washburn University undergraduates to ensure success- more information, http://www.washburn.edu/services/ ful curricular and co-curricular experiences culminating in cusp. graduation. Educational Opportunity Program A cusp is a point at which two branches of a curve The Educational Opportunity Program is a tutoring meet; the Center is an academic meeting point. It pro- service avaliable to Washburn undergraduate students. vides an academic center for the programs that cross The tutoring center is located in Mabee Library while the disciplinary boundaries such as the Peace, Justice, and administrative office is located in Morgan Hall, Room Conflict Resolution Studies and Women and Gender 122. The program provides academic support and other Studies minors, as well as the academic support pro- services to promote student success. We seek to maxi- grams such as the College Experience, mentoring, tutor- mize students’ academic potential while improving the ing, career exploration and college success seminars. persistence, retention, and graduation rates of the under- The Center coordinates the iRead program that was graduate student population. Tutoring services are free of developed to enhance the participation in the intellectual charge.Our goal is to encourage students to be respon- life on campus and to encourage interdisciplinary collab- sible learners while incorporating the many aspects of oration through a common reading program and lecture. college that provide a positive and complete university Selections have included A Long Way Gone: Memoirs experience. Additionally, the EOP functions as a refer- of a Boy Soldier by Ishmael Beah, Three Cups of Tea: ral service to the many Washburn University offices and One Man’s Mission to Promote Peace.One School at a resources available that offer support for students. The Time by David Oliver Relin and Greg Mortenson, and EOP office is open from 8 to 5, Monday-Friday, although Nickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America by tutoring hours are often extended. Students are encour- Barbara Ehrenreich. Since sound advice is fundamen- aged to visit the website at tal to the success of any endeavor, the Center houses http://www.washburn.edu/services/eop to see a current Academic Advising to ensure that students who are at schedule regarding tutoring hours or email the beginning of their Washburn experience receive the [email protected] for more information. support and advice required for matriculation into specific academic programs, and eventually the Transformational h e a r l a n o c a a t h e m a t i c s Experience. In addition, the Center contributes to the T H J. K M fundamental mission of the University that all students En r i c h m e n t Pr o g r a m – Tu t o r Ce n t e r will fulfill their academic potential and provides career The Mathematics Tutor Center located in Morgan Hall counseling, testing, and support for University assess- 279 is a peer tutoring facility for students in MA 103, 104, ment initiatives. 110, 116, 117, 123, 140, 141, and 151. Hours of opera- Office of Academic Advising tion for the Fall and Spring semesters are typically 8 Academic Advising provides advising services for a.m. to 8 p.m. Monday through Thursday and 8 a.m. to 1 prospective, undeclared, transfer, probationary, and p.m. Friday. Summer hours vary and will be posted. No reinstated students and oversees the Academic Fresh appointment is necessary. The Tutor Center is staffed Start program. Professional advisors assist undecided by one or two student tutors at a time; most tutors are students with academic concerns; provide information math or science majors. Please visit the web link about university policies, regulations, and services; http://www.washburn.edu/cas/math/mathlab.htm for more assist students with course selection; guide students in information. the exploration of majors and investigation of potential En g l i s h De p a r t m e n t Wr i t i n g Ce n t e r transformational experiences. Advisors are available Monday-Friday from 8 to 5, so students may schedule MISSION STATEMENT: appointments by calling 785.670.1942. Daily drop in The Writing Center at Washburn University serves as times are also available. Visit a resource for individuals seeking to improve their writing http://www.washburn.edu/services/acadadv for more skills and develop effective communication via the written information. word. Office of Career Counseling, Testing and SERVICES: Assessment The Writing Center provides free tutorial services to As part of the counseling process, testing is available Washburn students and the Topeka community, assisting to aid students in the exploration of college and career with the development of ideas, organization of papers, interests and related personality characteristics and sentence structure and grammar, punctuation and spell- abilities. Occupational information, computer-assisted ing, clarity, and style. career exploration, and graduate school information The Writing Center is part of the Academic Success are also provided. Washburn students function within a Center located in Mabee Library. Students may drop in highly competitive intellectual environment and, due to the rigorous demands of study, the typical student may 25 for services, sign up at the Center, or call the Center at 3. GRE scores (GMAT scores for the MBA program) 670-1379 to schedule an appointment. 4. Two or three letters of reference depending on the program In f o r m a t i o n Sy s t e m s & Se r v i c e s 5. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee Website: http://www.washburn.edu/iss/ 6. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 550 (55, 56, 55, Information Systems & Services (ISS) provides com- 4.5 on TWE) or 213 (22, 23, 22) on the CBT or 80 puting, networking, video, wireless Internet access, and on the iBT with balanced sub-scores for students voice services at Washburn University’s main campus from non-English speaking countries. (Certain at 1700 College Avenue and at Washburn Institute of departments may have higher TOEFL requirement.) Technology at 5724 SW Huntoon Street. ISS has facili- Students who cannot meet this requirement will be ties in Bennett Hall, including the Technology Support admitted conditionally through the Intensive English Center providing walk-in support for services offered by Program. ISS. Here students can get help with user accounts, e- 7. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- mail, telephone, wireless connectivity, and other services mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies while Bennett Hall, Room 108 contains an open student while in the U.S. computer lab. 8. Official transcripts of any university level course work Students admitted to Washburn University are given International Transfer Student Admissions access to Washburn’s Web portal, MyWashburn (my. (from another U .S . school to Washburn) washburn.edu). Tools available in MyWashburn include campus announcements, e-mail, class registration, and A completed application includes the following: online materials related to coursework. MyWashburn 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- may be accessed from any Internet connection, on or off plication Form campus. Students can receive support for online courses 2. A completed Washburn University Transfer Form from the Online Education staff by sending e-mail to completed by current school international student [email protected] or calling 785-670-3000. advisor On campus, students may connect to the Internet and 3. A copy (pages 1 and 3) of the I-20 or DS 2019 form computing resources using equipment in computer labs issued by the current school or via wireless using a personal laptop near one of many 4. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee wireless access points. Residential Living students enjoy 5. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 520 (52, 56, 52, wired and wireless connections to the campus’ high- 4.5 on TWE) or 193 (19, 23, 19) of CBT or 69-70 (18, speed network from their rooms. for listening and speaking, 17 for reading, 22 for writ- ing, and 4.0 on essay rating) on the iBT for students International St u d e n t Se r v i c e s from non-English speaking countries (550/213/80) for graduate students. (Certain departments may have Heidi Staerkel, Coordinator higher TOEFL requirement.) Students who cannot 785-670-1051 meet this requirement will be admitted conditionally Undergraduate Admissions through the Intensive English Program. A complete application includes the following: 6. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies plication Form while in the U.S. 2. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee 7. Official transcripts of university level work 3. A balanced TOEFL score of at least 520 (52, 56, 52, School of Law Admissions 4.5 on TWE) or 193 (19, 23, 19) on the CBT or 69-70 First, please contact the Law School about admission (18, for listening and speaking, 17 for reading, 22 requirements using the following contact information. for writing, and 4.0 on essay rating) on the iBT for Then submit to the International Student Office require- students from non-English speaking countries. (Cer- ments 1, 5, and 7 of “graduate admissions” described tain departments may have higher TOEFL require- above. ments.) Students who cannot meet this requirement Washburn School of Law will be admitted conditionally through the Intensive 1700 College Ave. English Program Topeka, KS 66621, U.S.A. 4. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- Tel. 785-670-1185 mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies Fax. 785-670-8087 while in the U.S. http://www.washburnlaw.edu 5. Official transcripts of completed secondary education and of any university level course work ESL Program Admissions Graduate Admissions A complete application includes the following: Please contact the graduate program about require- 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- ments before submitting the international application, plication Form which includes the following: 2. $70 (USD) non-refundable application fee 1. A completed Washburn University International Ap- 3. Completed “Financial Disclaimer” and certified docu- plication Form mentation of the student’s ability to finance studies 2. A completed application form of the graduate pro- while in the U.S. gram

26 Transcript Requirement 4. Transfer students also must fulfill the English Profi- Applicants must provide original transcripts which ciency Requirement by TOEFL score or taking the should have detailed addresses of the issuing schools English proficiency test whether or not they have for verification. If originals cannot be submitted, attested completed Freshman Composition at another accred- certified copies of transcripts must be sent to Washburn ited institution. They must enroll in the IE courses as by the issuing school on the school’s official envelope early as possible if deficiency is determined. and stationary. 5. Full-time students in the IEP are NOT eligible to take All university level foreign transcripts must be evaluat- other academic courses. Students needing only ed by ECE. Application forms can be obtained by writing part-time enrollment in IEP can take other academic to ECE, P.O. Box 514070, Milwaukee, WI, 53203-3470, courses with IEP approval only. USA, by going on-line at http://www.ece.org, or by con- International Student Advisor tacting the Office of International Programs. The international student advisor is involved in the Note: If you have college credit from foreign coun- preliminary acceptance of international students, aids tries and wish to transfer it, you must arrange to have it the students in preparation of their academic programs, analyzed by a Washburn-recognized evaluating agency. counsels them in completion of their required visas and Washburn recommends the ECE (Educational Credential governmental records, and maintains contact with them Evaluators, Inc.) and requires a “course-by-course” during their academic careers. Call 785-670-1051 or e- report. Application forms can be obtained by writing to mail [email protected] for more information. ECE, P.O. Box 514070, Milwaukee, WI, 53203-3470, USA, by going on-line at http://www.ece.org, or by con- n t e r c o l l e g i a t e t h l e t i c s tacting the Office of International Programs. I A Washburn University offers a variety of athletic English Proficiency Requirement for programs for both men and women. Men’s Sports: undergraduate studies Baseball, basketball, football, golf and tennis. Women’s Students whose native language is not English must Sports: Basketball, soccer, softball, tennis and volleyball. meet Washburn’s English proficiency requirement. Washburn is a member of the National Collegiate Any one of the following can be used to satisfy this Athletic Association (NCAA) Division II and the Mid- requirement: American Intercollegiate Athletic Association . 1. A minimum balanced TOEFL score of 520 (52, 56, 52, 4.5 on Essay) or 193 (19, 23, 19) on the CBT, and Of f i c e o f St u d e n t Li f e 4.5 on the essay rating, or 69-70 (18, for listening and speaking, 17 for reading, 22 for writing, and 4.0 Student Life enriches the educational experience of on essay rating) on the iBT. Students are required to the Washburn community with an appropriate balance of take Intensive English courses in the deficient area (if challenge and support, through a commitment to learn- any) indicated by the section score. ing, student development and advocacy. We value all 2. A bachelor’s degree or higher earned at an accred- students and strive to create environments which foster ited institution of higher learning located in the U.S. the sustained development of well-balanced, civic-mind- (An associate degree alone does not satisfy this ed individuals. requirement.) The following Student Life units cooperate to play 3. Pass the English Proficiency Test administered at integral roles in achieving this mission: Career Services; Washburn University. The test includes listening Counseling Services; Multicultural Affairs; Residential comprehension, speaking, grammar/structure, and Living; Student Activities and Greek Life; Student Health reading. Services; Student Life Office; Student Recreation and 4. Complete Basic, Level I and Level II of all the Inten- Wellness; and Student Services. sive English courses with grades of “C” or better. a r e e r e r v i c e s 5. Complete an Intensive English Program in another C S accredited U.S.-based institution comparable to WU Career Services provides services for and oppor- Washburn’s. * tunities for interaction among students, alumni, employ- ers, and the university community to promote lifelong ca- *Washburn’s IEP staff will determine the reer development. From the freshman seeking part-time COMPATIBILITY . opportunities to the junior seeking an internship to the Please note: senior or alumnus seeking a full-time career opportunity, Career Services assists with the employment process. 1. Graduate students may have to fulfill different re- The Career Services staff members provide work- quirements. Please contact the department of the shops, class presentations, and individual counseling intended discipline for more information. on topics such as resume writing, interviewing skills, 2. Students who cannot meet the above guidelines will mock interviews, networking, and job search strategies. be placed in the intensive English classes by the staff Selected print materials on all aspects of the job search of the program based on their test scores, transcripts, are distributed at presentations and in the office. and other evidence. They must enroll in the required Through a secure online system, students and alumni IE courses as early as possible. may post their resumes for employers to access, allow- 3. First time students are required to take a Speaking ing Career Services to refer candidates to employers and Understanding class regardless of their TOEFL seeking Washburn students and alumni. Through the score unless the Intensive English Program (IEP) same system, candidates may search for and apply to grants a waiver. 27 jobs and internships posted by employers specifically Mu l t i c u l t u r a l Af f a i r s seeking Washburn students and graduates. Career Services sponsors career networking and interview- Multicultural Affairs promotes awareness of cultural ing events such as the fall and spring Career Fairs and diversity and multicultural issues. The office serves as a Interview Days. The comprehensive Career Services resource and referral center for University faculty, staff, website, with job-search information, leads, and tips, is students and the local communities. In addition, this of- located at www.washburn.edu/services/career. fice enhances educational development about diversity Career Services is located in Morgan Hall 123 and and multicultural issues, and advocates for students’ is open Monday-Friday, 8 a.m. – 5 p.m. including the needs on campus. The Multicultural Affairs Office (MAO), noon hour. Appointments for meeting with individual a unit of Student Life, serves any individual or group who staff members are encouraged and may be arranged by wants to develop an appreciation, respect, and under- calling 785-670-1450. Individual counseling, workshops, standing of the similarities and differences represented in events, and use of the online job search system are free Washburn University’s diverse community. MAO assists to currently-enrolled Washburn students. multicultural students (African American, Asian American, Hispanic American, Native American) in their overall Co u n s e l i n g Se r v i c e s development as they pursue a course of study. MAO also assists multicultural student organiza- The mission of Counseling Services is to help, in tions and the Topeka community with planning social, concert with faculty and staff, all Washburn University cultural, and educational activities throughout the year. students to reach their full academic potential by offering The Multicultural Affairs Office is located in Morgan Hall, student assistance with personal, social and intellectual Room 110. Contact information: phone, (785) 670-1622; issues. e-mail, [email protected], or Students experiencing difficulty at Washburn may find http://www.washburn.edu/mao. it desirable to utilize counseling services at an early date to address concerns such as adjusting to college; build- Re s i d e n t i a l Living ing self-esteem; establishing successful relationships; succeeding in college; coping with stress, loss or grief; The mission of the Residential Living Office is to sup- or a variety of other issues. Workshops and presenta- port the university community by providing a comfortable, tions are offered on a variety of topics relevant to student secure, diverse living and learning environment for stu- needs. Confidentiality is maintained for all types of dents that encourages community relations and personal counseling. and academic development. A new program, Student Athlete Support Services Washburn’s state-of-the-art living facilities have been (SASS), is facilitated by Counseling Services. The mis- recognized in national magazines for their comfort and sion of SASS is to facilitate resources and services for design. Students report that living on-campus is the the student athlete. Some of these services may include best way to make new friends, have fun and be healthy! academic assistance, career exploration, nutritional in- Descriptions of on-campus housing options can be found formation, conflicts with coaches, time management, and in the Campus and Facilities section of the catalog. personal counseling. For a housing contract or further information, please Counseling Services, located in Morgan 123, is open from visit http://www.washburn.edu/main/studentlife/resliv- 8 to 5 Monday-Friday. Students may drop in or call for an ap- ing or contact the Residential Living Office, Washburn pointment (670-1540). Visit our website for more information: University, 1801 SW Jewell Ave., Topeka, KS 66621 or e- http://www.washburn.edu/counseling mail [email protected]. The office phone number is 785-670-1065. He a l t h Se r v i c e s St u d e n t Activities a n d Gr e e k Li f e The Washburn University Student Health Service exists to optimize the health of the University commu- Student Activities & Greek Life, in conjunction with the nity, thereby enhancing the learning and development Student Life area, supports the Washburn community of University students (and staff), through provision of through the creation of co-curricular experiences that prompt whole-patient-centered medical care, with a enhance student learning, leadership development and strong emphasis on education, prevention, affordability campus involvement. Located in the lower level of the and patient advocacy. Student Health Services is locat- Memorial Union, the Student Activities and Greek Life ed in 170 Morgan Hall. Medical care, including physical Office provides a wide range of services and activities exams, care of acute injuries and illness, immunizations at Washburn designed to enhance campus life through and lab tests, and referral to outside providers as need- recreational, leisure, social, entertainment, cultural, and ed, is available to all enrolled students. The University service programs. physician, a nurse practitioner and a registered nurse With over 100 student organizations and clubs, are available for health care and counseling. A low cost Student Activities and Greek Life provides an opportunity health insurance program is available to all students to serve and get connected to the University and commu- registered for at least 5 credit hours. Information about nity. A list of these organizations can be found at http:// this plan is available at the Health Services and Student www.washburn.edu/getalife. The office assists student Life Offices. groups in program planning and leadership development. It provides information on existing student groups; estab- lishes guidelines for developing new organizations; offers advice on setting organizational goals and

28 objectives, fund-raising, or developing a constitution; as- on campus and are comprised of members from each sists in scheduling speakers, events and meetings. organization. Panhellenic Council sponsors fall for- mal recruitment activities where female students may Wa s h b u r n St u d e n t Go v e r n m e n t participate in formal membership recruitment during s s o c i a t i o n September. In addition, all students can participate A (WSGA) in open membership recruitment during the school The Washburn Student Government Association year. The sororities at Washburn are: Alpha Phi, Delta (WSGA) exists to serve the students and registered stu- Gamma, Kappa Alpha Theta, and Zeta Tau Alpha. The dent organizations with any problems or concerns they fraternities at Washburn are: Alpha Delta, Delta Chi, may have. Members of the student body are automati- Kappa Alpha Psi, Kappa Sigma Colony, Phi Delta Theta, cally members of WSGA. Delta Chi and Sigma Phi Epsilon. Five of our fraternities The WSGA Senate is the student government arm and sororities provide on campus living. For more infor- of the association. There are 34 senators: 27 that are mation on all of our ten chapters, visit our website www. elected by the student body in the spring and 5 fresh- washburn.edu/getalife or contact the Student Activities man senators that are elected by the freshman student and Greek Life office at 670-1723. body in the fall. One transfer senator and one interna- tional student senator is appointed by the executive staff Ho n o r a r y Organizations throughout the year as vacancies occur. Applications for Washburn University sponsors a Chapter of Phi appointment are available in the WSGA office. Senators Kappa Phi, a nonprofit honor society that promotes the must maintain a 2.0 GPA and be enrolled in at least three pursuit of excellence in all fields of higher education hours as an undergraduate. and recognizes outstanding achievement by students, The president and vice president of WSGA are faculty, and others through election to membership, and elected each spring by the student body. They in turn, through various awards for distinguished achievement. appoint an executive staff which is responsible for carry- Membership is open to scholars of sound character from ing out the decisions of the senate. all academic disciplines. There are several other honor The senate is funded by a portion of student activity societies at Washburn. Please contact the Student fees. These fees help provide student services such as Activities and Greek Life Office for information. the Collegiate Readership Program, the WSGA Lecture Series, Finals Week events and the annual student plan- St u d e n t Pu b l i c a t i o n s ner. All registered student organizations are eligible to request funding for their group’s activities from WSGA. Board of Publications For more information, please contact WSGA at 670-1169 The Board of Publications is an advisory committee or visit www.mywsga.com. that consists of three faculty members and four students. Ca mp u s Activities Bo a r d (CAB) The committee hires the editors of The Review and KAW, the business manager and advertising manager. The Campus Activities Board (CAB) is the student The board approves expenditures of the newspaper and organization directly responsible for planning, implement- yearbook and offers advice. Students are selected to ing, and providing university-wide student activities and serve on the board each spring. Contact the director of events at Washburn. Membership is open to all univer- Student Publications if interested. sity students. The organization regularly plans special programs, comedy nights, lectures, concerts, tourna- The Washburn Review ments, and a variety of other entertainment for Washburn The Review is the student newspaper. Publications students. CAB is funded by a portion of student activity are weekly during the fall and spring semester. fees and advised by the Office of Student Activities & Washburn’s award winning student publication has a Greek Life. The Campus Activities Board office is located long history of offering the student body and faculty cur- in the lower level of the Memorial Union. CAB can be rent news, interesting features, and lively opinions. The contacted at 670-1222 or at http://www.wuevents.com. Review staff is open to all interested students to apply; visit the office in the basement of Memorial Union. The Gr e e k Organizations paper is distributed free in all of the main buildings on campus. Washburn University is home to 6 fraternities and 4 sororities. The Greek community of Washburn University Kaw provides a comprehensive educational and social learn- Washburn University offers a unique opportunity for ing experience for all of its members through the promo- students to become involved with the annual student tion of academics, leadership and personal development, yearbook, the KAW. Both the Review and KAW provide brotherhood and sisterhood, and service to the University opportunities to learn marketing, computer layout and and the Topeka community. design, writing, editing, advertising, sales and leadership National statistics show that students who participate qualities. in fraternity or sorority life increase their chances of graduating; build long lasting relationships with friends Inscape: The Washburn and with their university; serve in more leadership roles Literary Arts Review on campus; and on the average obtain higher grade A student staff produces the annual Washburn literary point averages. magazine, Inscape. Short stories, drawings, photographs Panhellenic Council, Interfraternity Council, and and poetry by students, faculty, staff, and the surround- Greek Council are the governing bodies for the chapters ing community are considered for publication. Inscape 29 is published each spring, and is available for sale in Students may voluntarily identify themselves to the the Washburn Bookstore and the English Department instructor for a referral to the Student Services Office. throughout the year. Veterans St u d e n t Re c r e a t i o n a n d To apply and establish entitlement for Veterans Administration (VA) educational benefit programs, the We l l n e s s Ce n t e r applicant should contact the Student Services Office at The mission of the Student Recreation and Wellness Washburn, or call the VA at 1-888-442-4551. Program Center is to provide awareness, education, opportunities eligibility generally ceases ten years (15 years under the and support resulting in enduring healthy lifestyle habits. Post 9/11 GI Bill) from the date of the veteran’s release We strive to enrich the quality of campus life by promot- from active duty. ing and offering opportunities for physical and mental Eligible recipients of educational assistance must cer- growth, as well as social interaction in healthy surround- tify their enrollment each semester through the Student ings and superior recreational facilities. The SRWC’s Services Office to assure continuous benefits. When innovative co-curricular programs and offerings serve changes in enrollment occur, such as dropping courses, to provide a connecting link between students and the not attending class, or not formally withdrawing from the Washburn University experience. University, the student must submit a report of mitigat- ing circumstances. The VA expects veterans to pursue St u d e n t Se r v i c e s an educational objective, file a degree plan with Student Services, regularly attend classes, and make satisfactory Location: Student Services, Morgan Hall, Room 135 progress. Phone: 785-670-1629 If you wish to recieve full-time monthly benefits, TDD: 785-670-1025 enroll in 12 hours or more FOR THE ENTIRE TERM. E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment in short-term classes results in payment only for the duration of the course (This does not apply to The Student Services Office mission is to provide and Chapter 33-Post 9/11). Persons eligible under chapter coordinate relevant services that ensure students with 33 (Post 9/11 GI Bill) must be enrolled in 7 or more hours disabilities, veterans, and non-traditional students equel each semester (a portion of which must be in the class- access to Washburn University programs. room vs. all on-line) to recieve the housing benefit. DISABILITY SERVICES Reminder: Independent study courses must not The Student Services Office is responsible for as- exceed one/half of the total hours attempted for the sisting in arranging accommodations and for identify- semester. ing resources on campus for students with disabilities. military deployment withdrawl Qualified students with disabilities must register with the Students who are called ot active duty and must with- office to be eligible for services. The office MUST have draw from classes as a result should contact the Dean of current documentation on file in order to provide servic- Students, Student Life Office, Morgan Hall 104. Phone: es. Documentation should include a statement identifying 785-670-2100, or via email at meredith.kiddAwashburn. the disability, how and when it was diagnosed, and how edu. it affects the student’s academic performance. Services are tailored to meet the needs of individuals, based on Non-Traditional Students their specific disabilities, e.g. depression, physical or Going to college can be a huge challenge for the adult learning disability, and may include in-class note tak- student. It involves making significant changes in one’s ers, test readers/scribes, adaptive technology training, personal and family lifestyle. brailled materials, or other necessary accommodations. Contact the Student Services Office to share your Requests for accommodations should be submitted at questions, concerns, ideas, insights, and needs. least TWO MONTHS before services should begin; how- Conveniently located in Morgan Hall, Room 135, the of- ever, if you have a current accommodation need, please fice strives to provide services, support and referrals for contact the Student Services Office immediately. the adult learner at Washburn University.

30 Island attire is the fashion choice for Homecoming festivities.

31 A variety of drawing classes are offered each semester by the art department.

32 FEES AND FINANCIAL AID

33 34 Fi n a n c i a l Ob l i g a t i o n s loans received by the student will be used to reduce cur- rent term charges. Tuition and fees are established by the Washburn University Board of Regents and are subject to change Tuition at any time by the Board of Regents. All payments can The tuition charge is applicable to all terms of work be made online in IBOD (Ichabod Billing on Demand), such as regular semester, evening program, etc., which can be accessed through MyWashburn, Student whether taken for credit or as an auditor. tab. Payments may also be made by mail, by phone, or in person at the Business Office. Ca t e g o r i e s o f Ch a r g e s Once a student has enrolled in classes, she or he is liable for tuition and fee charges unless the stu- Tuition and fees vary by category of student. Current dent withdraws from all classes via the web before rates may be viewed at the end of the 100% refund period . http://www.washburn.edu/business-office All tuition and fees must be paid, or an installment Existing categories of students: plan set up, by the published “last day to pay without a late fee” to avoid penalties (more below). An install- 1. Undergraduate: ment plan may be set up in IBOD, accessed through • Resident of Kansas MyWashburn, Student tab. There is a $30 setup fee for • Nonresident of Kansas the installment plan. • PLAN 2+2 Electronic e-bills will be generated on a periodic basis • Distance Education and may be viewed in IBOD. NO PAPER STATEMENTS • Radiation Therapy OR REMINDERS WILL BE MAILED. 2. Graduate: Academic Status: Full-Time and Part-Time • Resident of Kansas Students • Nonresident of Kansas Students are defined to be full-time in the fall and • Distance Education (Non-resident) spring semesters if they are: • Masters in Nursing (Resident) • undergraduates enrolled in at least 12 credit hours; • Masters in Nursing (Non-resident) • graduate students enrolled in at least 9 hours; 3. School of Law: • law students enrolled in at least 9 hours. • Resident of Kansas Students are defined to be half-time in the fall and • Nonresident of Kansas spring semesters if they are not full-time and are: 4. WECEP (Washburn Early College Enrollment Pro- • undergraduates enrolled in at least 6 hours; gram) • graduate students enrolled in at least 5 hours; 5. Allied Health Online Programs • law students enrolled in at least 5 hours. • Radiation Therapy During the summer session, any student enrolled in • Diagnostic Medical Sonography at least 6 hours is considered full-time, while students • Bachelor of Health Science enrolled in at least 3 but fewer than 6 hours are consid- Information on tuition residence categories may be ered half-time. obtained from the section, “Residence Qualifications.” All traditional Undergraduate classes are billed as “resident” Installment Payments during Summer Session. Although all tuition and fee charges for any term are due in full at the time of registration, a student in good Fe e s financial standing who cannot pay in full by the published date that charges are due may set up a payment plan Current fee structure may be viewed at: via MyWashburn for a $30 fee. http://www.washburn.edu/business-office If an installment payment is not paid in full by the (tuition and fees link) installment due date, a late charge of $25 will be added. FEE CATEGORIES Installment payments may be made online in IBOD, by mail, by phone, or in person at the Business Office in Credit by Exam Fee 205 Morgan Hall. The Business Office is open between Per Credit Hour — 1/3 of current resident tuition fee 8AM and 5 PM Monday through Friday, except on rounded to the nearest dollar. Wednesday. On Wednesday office hours are 8:30AM to 5PM. A depository is located outside the door of the Student Activities Fee Business Office to receive payments after office hours. The Student Activities Fee is required of all students Students may set up scheduled payments in IBOD to attending the University who are enrolled in three or automatically pay installments from a bank account or more credit hours during the regular Fall and Spring credit card. E-mail reminders will be sent to students who semesters. This fee is charged only for courses taken schedule payments. on campus. There will be no activity fees charged for Washburn University accepts cash, checks, e-checks, students taking only distance education or off-campus VISA, MasterCard, Discover and American Express for classes. If a student is taking both on-campus and on- the payment of tuition and fee charges. The University line/off-campus classes, the number of hours of does not accept debit cards. Scholarships, grants and

35 “traditional” classes will determine the activity fee charge. Cap and gown use Activity fees are not assessed during Summer Session. The student is responsible for making arrangements Existing Categories of Activity Fee: and for paying the University Bookstore for use of cap and gown during commencement exercises. 1. UNDERGRADUATE and GRADUATE students taking 3, 4, or 5 hours per semester Laboratory usage 2. UNDERGRADUATE and GRADUATE students taking The student is expected to compensate the University six or more credit hours per Fall and Spring Semes- for laboratory breakage or damage to other University ters property due to negligence, carelessness, or failure to 3. LAW students taking in excess of six credit hours per follow instructions. Fall and Spring Semesters 4. There is a course materials assessment for students Course Materials Charge enrolled in Criminal Justice firearms courses, physical Students participating in Criminal Justice Firearms education courses, and the athletic training program. Training courses will be charged for the materials used in the class, to include ammunition, targets, and weapon Private Music Lessons cleaning supplies. A similar course materials charge will Students majoring in curricula that require private be assessed to students enrolled in KN 365 and Athletic lessons in music pay no additional fee for their lessons Training Clinical courses. if they enroll and remain enrolled in 12 credit hours for a full semester. All other students are charged for private Housing Payments lessons, in addition to the credit hour charge, according If a resident of University housing fails to make pay- to the categories listed below: ments according to the applicable housing agreement, the person will be subject to eviction from the housing in Semester Charges* which he/she is residing and the agreement cancelled. The per-semester-charges for private music lessons Proper notice of the delinquent payment will be given to vary as follows:** the resident/tenant and failure to pay by the date given • full-time music majors are charged an additional fee in the notice will result in eviction. Additionally a hold will for private lessons, but are provided a waiver for be placed on the person’s records. Advance registration that expense from the Music Department; and enrollment in subsequent terms will not be permitted • all other students must pay an extra fee at the until the financial obligation is paid in full. current resident undergraduate hour tuition rate for each hour they enroll. PARKING FINES Failure to pay a University parking fine within 5 days *For additional information contact the music of the due date results in a late payment fee of $10.00. department. If the student does not pay the fine and the late pay- **All private music lesson charges are rounded to the ment fee, a hold will be placed on the student’s records, nearest dollar. restricting registration in courses, the ability to obtain Private music lessons falling on legal and all-school transcripts and/or diploma. Enrollment in subsequent holidays will not be made up. Lessons missed by the terms will not be permitted until the financial obligation is student will be made up only if satisfactory arrangements paid in full. Parking and traffic regulations are distributed can be made with the instructor. Lessons missed by the each semester. instructor will be made up by the end of the semester. If a student withdraws from applied lessons after the “Last LIBRARY FINES/OTHER UNIVERSITY FINANCIAL day to enroll without a late fee,” there will be no reim- OBLIGATIONS bursement of fees. The only exceptions will be prolonged Failure to pay a library fine or any other University illness, administrative error, or death. financial obligation which has not been discussed above Private lessons are not available during the summer will result in a hold being placed on the student’s records, sessions. restricting registration and the ability to obtain transcripts and/or diploma. Enrollment in subsequent terms will not Mi s c e l l a n e o u s Ch a r g e s be permitted until the financial obligation has been paid Late Fees will be charged to those students who have in full. not completed the payment for tuition and fees, or set up an installment plan, by the date set and published as Liability f o r Institutional Ch a r g e s the last day to pay without a late fee. A single late fee, (Tuition, Fees, Housing, Fines, ETC .) based upon the number of credits in which they are Once a student has enrolled in classes , she or he enrolled, will be charged . is liable for tuition and fee charges unless the student withdraws from classes via the web. Tuition charges for Credit Hrs. Late Fee full-term classes from which a student has withdrawn 0.5-3.0 $ 25.00 will be removed from the student account according 3.5-6.0 $ 50.00 to the published refund schedule. Tuition charges for 6.5-9.0 $ 75.00 classes that are less than full term from which a student 9.5+ $100.00 has withdrawn will be removed according to a pro-rated schedule.

36 Having tuition charges removed from the student ac- and fees paid by these other sources, and any amounts count does not necessarily mean there will be a refund. due to the University, shall then be paid to the student. In fact, if withdrawal from one or more classes results in For students who completely withdraw from classes and having financial aid removed as well, the student may have received Federal Title IV funds, please refer to the owe a balance. Students considering withdrawing from Federal Return of Title IV funds policy available in the one or more classes need to be sure that the financial Financial Aid office or on the web at www.washburn.edu/ implications are clearly understood before withdrawing. financial-aid and select “Policies.” For students required If a student withdraws from one or more classes in to make repayment of a grant, scholarship or aid under which she or he has enrolled , it may be necessary to this policy, please refer to the forumala available at return all or a portion of the Title IV financial aid (e.g. http://www.washburn.edu/services/finaid/pdf/refund3.pdf. loans) that were received for the term, as required by If a student account has a credit balance, a refund federal regulations. This means that if the student was will be generated, except in the case of non-refundable refunded excess financial aid, the student will have to payments, such as from a third party. The preferred repay Washburn University for the amount of aid that has method of disbursement of excess financial aid is via been returned. direct deposit to a student checking or savings account, Please note that the student activity fee is refund- (which the student sets up via MyWashburn, Student tab, able up to the first day of class; and is non-refundable IBOD, Personal Profile, Payment Profile). The University once class begins, even if the student withdraws from all reserves the right to refund credit balances to credit classes. Refunds and/or charges that are due to a stu- card(s) used to make payment(s) on the student account. dent leaving campus housing are governed by the terms Parents will receive any excess funds for Parent PLUS of the housing contract. loans by mail. Failure to pay any tuition, late fees, or other charges Students may request that a check be mailed, or they when due may subject the student to: may pick up a check – specific dates, times and places • holds and non-release of the student’s records; for that process will be posted on MyWashburn, on the • holds and non-release of diplomas/certificates; and Business Office Web page • restrictions on advance registration and enrollment (http://www.washburn.edu/business-office/). The student in subsequent semesters. is responsible for ensuring that all contact information is correct and up to date. Students will be able to change • eventual collection activity and collection charges. their mailing address and other contact information Holds will be lifted only after the student has through their MyWashburn account. It is important to made full payment . make sure that address information is correct. Checks A student with a history of returned checks paying an are mailed to the current address on file with the Busi- outstanding balance with a personal check will not have ness Office. a hold lifted from the student’s account until the check Due to the unique nature of the various programs has cleared. Post-dated checks will not be accepted for offered, cancellations and refunds for non-credit offerings payments. Returned checks are subject to a $30 fee. may be different depending on the program or course. If No credit will be released by the University Registrar’s a student is unable to attend a course, she or he should Office until all accounts are paid. A student is not eligible refer to the cancellation and refund policies established to receive diplomas, certificates and transcripts, or to en- for each program as indicated in the program brochure, roll unless all financial obligations to the University have on the program web page, or contact the coordinator been paid. In cases where a student has received federal responsible for the program. If a policy is not specified, Title IV funds, all arrangements for making repayments the Division of Continuing Education must receive the to the University are to be completed prior to graduation. request for a refund no later than three (3) business days prior to the start of the program to receive a full refund. Re f u n d s The first official day of classes constitutes the begin- A student permitted to withdraw from a course or ning of the semester for tuition refunds. For courses courses in an academic session in which he or she is which are scheduled out of sequence of the regular Fall enrolled may be eligible for a refund of the University and Spring Semesters and Summer Session, the day tuition paid for that course or courses. No refunds will published as the official first class meeting for the course be made of the late registration fee or student activ- constitutes the beginning of the course for tuition refund ity fee unless such charges have been made through purposes, assuming the course is for a term of five or an error of the University. In the event the student is a more weeks and is subject to tuition refund. Withdrawal financial aid recipient, the refund will be made to the from a course and enrollment in another course are financial source used to pay such tuition, including but treated as separate transactions and there may be fees not limited to scholarships, grants, and Federal Title IV attached. funds. Withdrawal from a course or courses making the Refund Due to Death of a Student student ineligible for the grant, aid or scholarship paid shall require the student to make repayment of the grant, If a student should die during a semester/session in aid or scholarship pro-rated on the basis of the amount which the student is duly enrolled, the student’s estate of the student’s participation in the activity for which the will be refunded the tuition and fees based on the above grant, aid or scholarship was awarded. If the student stated policies, providing the student has no other out- has any unpaid account with the University, any refund standing University financial obligations. To initiate this from withdrawal may be applied to such an account. process, the family may contact the Dean of Students in Any amount paid to the University that exceeds tuition the Student Life Office.

37 Non-Credit-Hour Courses (ACADEMIC Fi n a n c i a l Aid OUTREACH) For cancellations or refunds registrants should Website: http://www.washburn.edu/financial-aid contact the Division of Continuing Education as soon as Washburn University provides financial aid assistance possible. A substitute may be sent at no additional cost through scholarships, state program, federal grants, or the fee may be transferred to another professional federal work study, and federal student loans. Washburn education program offered within a year of the intended University Academic Scholarships may be available to program. Unless otherwise stated, refunds can be issued undergraduate students who meet the minimum cu- for cancellations made at least 10 working days before mulative GPA requirement and the priority deadline of the program minus a 15% administrative fee; no re- February 15 based on availability of funds. In addition, funds will be issued for cancellations made less than 10 Washburn University academic departments award working days of the program. The Division of Continuing scholarships to students who have special talents or Education reserves the right to cancel a program due to skills. insufficient enrollment or other reasons deemed appro- Washburn Academic Scholarships are awarded for priate in which case a full refund will be issued. Liability one year and are renewable by applying each year is for registration fee only. before the February 15 priority deadline. Students Non-Credit-Hour Courses (Sponsored by must maintain a Washburn University cumulative grade Other Departments/Divisions) point average of 3.25. Applications are available in the Financial Aid Office or on the web at http://www.wash- For non-credit conferences, institutional seminars burn.edu/financial-aid. Washburn’s federal school code and community service offerings that are of more than is 001949. one-day duration and are not described in a separately Federal financial aid is awarded for one year with published brochure, the refund is 100% if the official its continuance based upon financial aid eligibility as withdrawal notice is received on or before the first day determined by the Free Application for Federal Student after the first class session. There is no refund for these Aid (FAFSA), and satisfactory academic progress which courses following the first business day after the first is evaluated at the end of each semester. Students need class session. to apply yearly by completing the FAFSA after January 1 on the web at http://www.fafsa.ed.gov. To receive the best financial aid package, students should have their federal FAFSA information in the Financial Aid Office by the priority deadline of February 15. Information is available by contacting the Financial Aid Office in Morgan Hall 267 or by calling 785-670-1151 or (800) 524-8447. Admission to Washburn University is a prerequisite for consideration of financial assistance.

The Ichabod joins in the fun at the Student Recreation and Wellness Center. 38 UNIVERSITY EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES AND INITIATIVES Washburn Transformational Experience Scholarly and Creative Endeavors Center for Community Service and Civic Engagement Leadership Institute International Programs Bonner Leaders Program University Honors Programs Interdisciplinary Studies Intensive English Kansas Studies Pre-professional Studies Center for Diversity Studies Peace, Justice, and Conflict Resolution Studies Women’s and Gender Studies Joint Center on Violence and Victim Studies Office of Academic Outreach Online 2+2 PLAN Bachelor Degree Programs Evening and Weekend Classes Summer Classes 39 Shopping for textbooks in the bookstore kicks off the start of a semester.

Ancient history creates a new learning opportunity for a student at Stonehenge.

40 Th e Wa s h b u r n Tr a n s f o r m a t i o n a l projects varies by discipline, the project should result in a significant commitment of scholarly/creative effort on Ex p e r i e n c e (WTE) a t Wa s h b u r n the part of the student, as judged by the student’s faculty mentor. n i v e r s i t y U Students will submit a preliminary proposal to a The Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) faculty member who serves as their project supervisor. provides Washburn University students with the oppor- (In many instances, the proposal will also be reviewed by tunity to do something truly amazing. The main objective other faculty members serving as a project committee.) of the WTE program is to transform students into a new The proposal should kind of individual. The WTE goes beyond the everyday • introduce the subject of the project and discuss the classroom experience by allowing students to choose background that led to the central question to be and create projects that reflect their interests. Students answered or goal to be accomplished; are responsible for making their WTE experiences as • describe how the project can contribute to the great and amazing as they want them to be. The WTE student’s scholarly or creative development and (for may be required by certain majors. Check with your scholarly work) how it may contribute to a field of department for more information. Students pursuing a study; baccalaureate degree have the opportunity to pursue • include relevant sources (where appropriate), one or more transformational experiences: (1) scholarly method of study or design of work, timeline, and or creative activity, (2) community service, (3) leadership, any resources or materials that would be needed; (4) international education. • indicate that Institutional Review Board approvals Students who are considering this option will be re- have been obtained where necessary; and quired to declare their chosen WTE. The specific requirements for each of the four WTEs • suggest the presentation format and audience for are outlined below, but the following are common to all the final product. four: The proposal will help ensure that the student is fo- • Every student will work under the supervision of cused and well prepared to complete this WTE. a mentor. One aspect of this mentorship will be to Students who choose the Scholarly and Creative assist the student to understand how the WTE fits Activity Transformational Experience must present their into the student’s overall educational goals. Upon work in a public forum appropriate for the type of work consultation with his or her mentor, the student will completed. Students will also submit a final report that submit a written proposal for the transformational describes experience to the mentor for approval before the • the process the student went through; work or activities are begun. • how the project involved discovery or creation (of • An essential component of every transformational ideas, subjects, connections) and reflects depth or experience is a report presented in a manner, and innovation; to an audience, appropriate to the project. The re- • the results of the project; port will address the significance of the project, the • where the work was (or will be) presented; and impact the experience had on the student, and the • how the project has affected them and fits into their extent to which the project has fit into the student’s educational goals. overall educational goals . (1) THE SCHOLARLY OR CREATIVE (2) The Community Service TRANSFORMATIONAL EXPERIENCE Transformational Experience Director: Dr. Rick Ellis, Benton Hall 405, Director: Dr. Mike Russell, Henderson Learning Center, 785-670-1950 Room 211E Purpose: Students who have engaged with faculty 785-670-1934 members and other students in significant, meaningful Purpose: Students who have engaged with faculty community service, and who have been guided to reflect members to advance knowledge, to create music or art on the power and purpose of these experiences, gradu- or literature, or to participate in other experiences that ate from the University as citizens who are not resigned require a high level of intellectual stimulation or achieve- to accepting the community as it is but have a vision for ment, graduate from the University prepared to solve how they can help make the community better. increasingly complex problems and to sort through com- Students participating in the community service plex and sometimes contradictory information in order to transformational experience are required to complete gain fresh insight. 150 hours of service. A mentor will guide each student The scholarly or creative activity transformational through this WTE. While engaged in direct service, stu- experience is a significant scholarly or creative project to dents will meet with a mentor and other students at least be completed under the tutelage of at least one faculty four times per semester to reflect on their experiences. member, and to be presented in public. The format of the These meetings will help students to develop a service project may vary but it must be an independent project focus complementing their interests and academic that is not part of a structured (faculty-planned) course. pursuits. Thus, the project can be part of a capstone course in which the students create or develop their own projects, but not a course in which the students simply follow the direction of an instructor. While the nature of these 41 Each student will conclude the experience with a final opportunities in, Belgium , Germany , the Nether- report that not only describes what took place but what lands , and Finland. was learned from the experience, and how the experi- • Type 2: Study in a program offered by another ence has affected the student’s view of the community accredited U.S. college/university or approved and his or her role in it. An oral presentation of these consortium/program. findings is also required. Typically, this oral presentation • Type 3: Participate in a study-abroad program or will be given to other students who are considering the internship coordinated and taught by Washburn community service WTE as a possibility for themselves. faculty or for Washburn credit, in programs offered (3) The Leadership Transformational occasionally by some schools or departments (e.g.: Experience School of Nursing, Department of Art, Department Director: Dr. Jeff Mott, Benton Hall 408, 785-670-2000 of Political Science, and others). Mostly, these are Purpose: Students who serve in leadership roles are short term programs (one to four weeks). transformed by improved self-understanding derived Besides these types, in some cases and under from practical experience and examination of inspiration- Washburn faculty supervision, students can also study al examples of selfless leadership service; they gradu- abroad in other foreign institutions with which Washburn ate from the University as citizens who recognize the does not have an agreement. Other types of foreign abundance of leadership opportunities and are ready to study or experience (for example, involvement in a hu- accept the mantle of responsibility that comes with these manitarian project abroad) would be considered as well. opportunities. To identify an appropriate experience, students will Students electing the Leadership Transformational work with a faculty member or the study-abroad coordi- Experience will 1) complete with a grade of “C” or better nator. Students will write a research paper on a relevant at least 3 semester hours of college coursework consist- topic prior to their international experience to help ing of an academic study of leadership (e.g., LE100, prepare for the experience. At the end of the experience, NU479 or any other course, provided that the unit offer- a written final report is expected. This report will describe ing the course endorses it as an academic study of lead- how the student’s experiences have impacted his or ership); and 2) serve in one or more functional leadership her view of the world. An oral presentation about the roles for a minimum of 150 hours. student’s experiences is also expected. Students will work with a mentor and Leadership WTE Committee to include in their functional leadership roles Le a r n i n g in t h e Co mm u n i t y (LinC): a specific focus on 1) how to assess the strengths and Th e Ce n t e r f o r Co mm u n i t y Se r v i c e weaknesses of their own leadership skills and 2) how a leader becomes an effective change agent. Students a n d Civic En g a g e m e n t will complete their experience by providing both written Learning in the Community (LinC): The Center for and oral reports that address what they learned about Community Service and Civic Engagement provides a themselves and their own leadership skills, and how wide range of opportunities to the Washburn University this learning has impacted their view of leaders and campus. Consistent with the mission of the university leadership. LinC promotes a life-long commitment to learning and (4) The International Education service among Washburn students, faculty, and staff Transformational Experience by serving as a resource and connecting members of the university community with meaningful service Director: Baili Zhang, International House experiences. 785-670-1051 In addition to providing general volunteer placements Purpose: Students who have studied abroad or been with a number of community agencies, LinC offers ongo- thoroughly exposed to the richness of history and culture ing opportunities including: beyond our shores graduate from the University ready to • Community Service Transformational Experi- contribute to a fast-paced global society in which infor- ence (CSTE): This is one of four opportunities for mation is delivered instantly around the world. students to meet the WTE opportunity. The CSTE The International Education WTE is most directly includes 150 hours of direct service, monthly men- satisfied by a study abroad experience. Washburn tored reflection sessions, a public presentation and University supports three types of study abroad a final project; programs • Type 1: Study in a foreign institution with which • Community Based Work Study: Students who qual- Washburn maintains exchange agreements. Wash- ify for Federal Work Study funds have the option of burn University currently has exchange agreements earning this money by working with a nonprofit in with some “sister” universities in such places as the community. LinC staff assist the Financial Aid Spain, France, Austria, Japan, England, Sweden, Office in the placement and supervision of all Com- Taiwan, China, South Africa, Thailand, Ireland, Aus- munity Based Work Study students; tralia, and Romania. In addition, Washburn belongs • LinC Scholar/Bonner Leader Program: This is to several consortia including CONAHEC, a group a community service scholarship program that of over 20 schools in Mexico and Canada, and requires 900 hours of focused service, monthly the Magellan Exchange, which provides additional mentored reflection meetings, and participation in

42 single day service initiatives. See page 41 for more Leadership Studies Certificate Program details; The Leadership Studies Certificate program is an • Literacy Education Action Project (LEAP): An early interdisciplinary program open to students in all majors childhood literacy program that involves Washburn and degree programs. This program combines aca- students in one-to-one reading instruction at early demic, co-curricular and community leadership experi- childhood centers; ences and is designed to be completed concurrently with • Student to Student: An adolescent literacy program earning a baccalaureate degree. The program provides that matches Washburn University students with graduates with the knowledge and skills necessary to be adolescent learners in one-to-one reading and writ- effective leaders in government, business, not-for-profit, ing tutoring; educational, and civic settings. (NOTE: Students who • Alternative Break Program: This involves Washburn earn a Leadership Studies Certificate will have satisfied students in focused service over winter and spring the Washburn Transformational Experience.) breaks away from campus, team planning and Student Learning Outcomes fundraising, and reflection meetings during service Washburn graduates who complete the Leadership experience; Studies Certificate Program will have successfully • Service Learning: LinC provides assistance to demonstrated: faculty in developing projects to be included in their • the ability to think critically and analytically about curriculum, introduction to service sites, and assis- the essence of leadership; tance in placement of students; • an understanding of the historical, psychological • Community Based Research: LinC staff will assist and social bases of leadership; faculty in developing classroom research projects • an appriciation for and acceptance of the ethics and that assist communities and organizations with pol- responsibilities of leadership; icy or program changes. The research is designed • an intellectual mastery of the skills and abilities to be Community driven and student directed with necessary for effective leadership; faculty support. • experience in converting leadership theory into For Information Contact: action. Phone: (785) 670-1950 Dr. Richard Ellis, 404 Benton Hall Types of CERTIFICATE Activities [email protected] • Leadership roles in the Institute Kristine Hart, 405 Benton Hall [email protected] • Leadership roles in campus organizations/teams • Leadership roles in community projects Le a d e r s h i p In s t i t u t e • Leadership roles in scholarly research Website: http://www.washburn.edu/leadership • Leadership roles in volunteer experience Benton Hall, Room 408 • Leadership roles in symposiums, seminars, work- (785) 670-2000 shops and lecture series sponsored by the Institute Jeff Mott, PhD., Director; Jaci Jenkins, Associate Director Leadership Core Curriculum CERTIFICATE OFFERED As cultivated at Washburn, leadership is broadly de- Leadership Studies fined and inclusive in scope in order to expose students VISION to many differing views of leadership. The Leadership Establish an innovative platform for leadership educa- Institute takes an integrative approach to the education, tion that is recognized as a pioneering model for the experience and empowerment of personal leadership development of future leaders and leadership methods. development Three multidisciplinary leadership courses and one leadership internship experience constitute the Mission core curriculum of the Leadership Studies Certificate To develop students into ethical, caring and diverse Program. Each course has a primary focus and empha- leaders prepared to immediately assume leadership sis, but all courses work toward the following interrelated roles in today’s changing society by cultivating the study goals: of leadership and facilitating transformational learning • To foster the ability to think critically and analyti- experiences designed to challenge, motivate, and inspire cally about leadership future leaders. • To advance the understanding of the historical underpinnings of leadership Washburn Transformational Experience • To advocate internalization of the ethical basis for (WTE) in Leadership leadership The WTE in leadership is administered by the Director • To promote the development of leadership skills of the Leadership Institute. Detailed information about • To aid comprehension of the theoretical compo- the WTE in Leadership may be found at the beginning nents of leadership of this section entitled “The Washburn Transformational • To enhance a self-reflective, self-assessing Experience (WTE) at Washburn University.” awareness of one’s own leadership potential • To cultivate the ability to convert leadership theory into action

43 CORE COURSES students and faculty within the university and businesses and organizations in the community. The Office strives LE 100 Exploring the Concept of Leadership to serve as the service and resource center for all things A survey of leadership theories and introduction to the international on campus and, to an extent in the commu- academic study of leadership using contexts of the nity, to promote the value of international awareness. leadership process and case studies; requires identifying The Office of International Programs is located at personal leadership potential, articulating a personalized the west end of the International House, directly west of leadership theory, and applying leadership concepts in a Memorial Union. Services coordinated by the director Campus Action Project. and staff include oversight of the International Washburn Transformational Experience, international student LE200 Ethical Responsibilities of advising, assistance with study abroad, assistance to Leadership faculty and administrative officials who wish to present A survey of the fundamental ethical responsibilities of papers or do short-term projects abroad, assistance to leadership; requires examination of obstacles to and international students, hosting of international guests to opportunities for ethical leadership, an understanding of campus, development and maintenance of relationships the cultural contexts of leadership and an articulation of with foreign universities and international programming a personal ethics statement as a foundation for applied on campus. The Director also serves as university liai- ethics in the leadership process. Prerequisite: LE100 or son to International Center of Topeka, Inc., a community appropriate HN 202 section or consent group of about fifty members interested and involved in international issues. LE300 Leadership Skills Development Students focus on developing individual and interper- International Washburn TransformationAL sonal leadership skills, teamwork and collaboration skills, Experience and an understanding that leadership is more than the For additional information, refer to the description of exercise of power; techniques for embracing and leading the Washburn Transformational Experience at the begin- change are practiced in a semester-long change project. ning of this section of the University Catalog. Prerequisite: LE200 or appropriate HN 201 section or Study Abroad consent Washburn University supports three types of study LE398 SPECIAL PROJECTS abroad programs: Students may choose: Independent study or project in leadership. The same • Type 1: study at one of the foreign institutions with project may be repeated up to 3 credits. Prerequisite: which Washburn maintains exchange agreements; Consent of instructor. • Type 2: participate in a program offered by another LE399 SPECIAL TOPICS accredited US college or university Special studies in leadership. May be repeated for differ- • Type 3: participate in a study abroad program or ent topics. See chairperson.and/or schedule for current internship coordinated and taught by Washburn offerings. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. faculty for Washburn credit, e.g., programs offered occasionally by the School of Nursing, Departments LE400 Leadership Internship of Art, Social Work, English, Criminal Justice or Students will practice a “change agent” leadership role Education. by implementing and evaluating an evidence-based Whatever type of program is chosen, students must change process, and produce a detailed record of the file an application for study abroad with the Study Abroad experience suitable for archiving. Prerequisite: LE300 or Coordinator, which includes an application for financial consent aid. Application forms are available in the Office of The Leadership Institute website (see above) is International Programs and the Department of Modern a source for more information about the Leadership Languages (Morgan Hall 375). Institute, its activities and programs; or contact the insti- tute director at [email protected] Financial Aid for Study Abroad The International Education Committee recommends International Pr o g r a m s financial aid from designated endowments and WTE funds for qualified students who wish to study abroad Website: http://www.washburn.edu/iip to fulfill the WTE opportunity and other purposes. To International House be considered for financial aid a student should have at Tel: (785) 670-1051 least a C average. (Extenuating circumstances will be Fax: (785) 670-1067 considered - check with the Study Abroad Coordinator.) E-mail: [email protected] Students may also apply most other types of financial Baili Zhang, Director aid, including student loans, toward the cost of their Bobbie Anderson, Intensive English Instructor and study abroad programs. Coordinator Heidi Staerkel, International Student Coordinator Transfer of Academic Credit Earned at Tina Williams, Study Abroad Coordinator Foreign Institutions Students participating in Types 1 and 2 study abroad The Mission of the Office of International Programs is programs are required to file a Study Abroad Credit to aggressively develop and maintain a level of inter- Transfer Form with the Study Abroad Coordinator prior national competence commensurate with the needs of to beginning their program. This form confirms that 44 the student consulted with his/her academic advisor 1. Social Justice – Advocate for fairness, impartiality and that the academic advisor approves the proposed and equality while addressing systemic social and program of study. This also serves as a guarantee to the environmental issues. student that his/her credits will be transferred to his/her 2. Civic Engagement – Participate intentionally as a Washburn transcript upon successful completion of the citizen in the democratic process, actively engaging program. A letter grade will only be posted if the course in public policy and direct service. is required for the student’s major or minor academic 3. Community Building – Establish and sustain a vibrant program. All other course work is posted as credit. community of place, personal relationships, and com- mon interests. Study Abroad Programs 4. Diversity – Respect and embrace the many different Washburn has study abroad programs in Austria, dimensions of diversity in our private and public lives. Belgium, Canada, China, Denmark, England, Finland, 5. International Perspective – Develop international un- France, Germany, Holland, Ireland, Japan, Mexico, derstanding that enables students to participate suc- Netherlands, Paraguay, Scotland, South Africa, Spain, cessfully in a global society. Sweden, and Taiwan. Programs in many other countries 6. Spiritual Exploration – Explore personal beliefs can also be arranged through other US schools and while respecting the spiritual practices of others. consortiums. Additionally, the program is rooted in the concept of Study Abroad Courses servant leadership. This refers to people who choose Students who are planning to participate in an to serve first, and then lead as a way of expand- approved program would enroll in the appropriate ing service to individuals and institutions. Servant Interdisciplinary Studies course after consultation with leadership encourages collaboration, trust, foresight, the Study Abroad Coordinator. listening, and the ethical use of power and empower- IS 201 Study Abroad in North America (1-18 hours) ment. IS 202 Study Abroad in Latin America (1-18 hours) Expectations for Bonner Leaders IS 203 Study Abroad in Europe (1-18 hours) One of the things that makes the Bonner Leader IS 204 Study Abroad in Asia (1-18 hours) Program unique is that it expects participating students IS 205 Study Abroad in Oceania (1-18 hours) to transition from volunteers to leaders in the commu- IS 206 Study Abroad in Africa (1-18 hours) nity during their two years of service. As this transition IS 301 Study Abroad in North America occurs, students are regularly asked to reflect on the IS 302 Study Abroad in Latin America service they are doing and to explore the issues that IS 303 Study Abroad in Europe necessitate the need for this service. IS 304 Study Abroad in Asia Additionally, the Bonner Leaders are expected to IS 305 Study Abroad in Oceania support each other, interact with each other at monthly IS 306 Study Abroad in Africa meetings, and engage in service together. Most impor- IS 420 Study Abroad-Internal Program (1-18) tantly, Bonner Leaders are expected to truly enjoy what IS 421 Study Abroad-External Program (1-18) they are doing as they work for meaningful, sustainable Bo n n e r Le a d e r Pr o g r a m change in the community. The Bonner Foundation provides service scholarships Leadership Opportunities to students at over 80 colleges and universities through Students accepted into the program are encouraged an AmeriCorps grant from the Corporation for National to choose a service site that complements their personal and Community Service. This scholarship is designed and/or academic interests and that addresses an issue to heighten the overall education students receive by in the community that they feel passionate about. The asking them to engage in ongoing service work and help- program currently has community partners in several ing them develop the experience, skills and knowledge Northeast Kansas communities that address a wide necessary to make that work meaningful and lasting. variety of issue areas. The program encourages student The mission of this nationally recognized program is to leaders to develop service projects of their own. transform the lives of students, their campuses, their In recent years students have participated in various local communities, and the world through service and service opportunities including: leadership. • Let’s Help – service opportunities include teaching/ The Bonner Leader Program at Washburn University tutoring in the Adult Education Center and assisting was established in Fall 2001 as a program of Learning with programs in the Emergency Services division. in the Community (LinC): The Center for Community • Big Brothers/Big Sisters - Bonner Leaders assist Service and Civic Engagement. This leadership program in matching children with appropriate mentors: provides scholarships to students willing to commit to 900 hours of service over a period of two years. Upon successful completion of their term of service, students receive an education award which can be used to pay tuition or federal student loans, or may be held for up to seven years to use toward future educational expenses. Foundation of Bonner Leader Program The Bonner Leader Program centers on six common commitments of service: 45 organize the Bigs in Schools program in addition to Student Learning Outcomes becoming Big Brothers or Sisters themselves. Washburn students who complete the University • Stone Nature Center - an environmental program Honors program, upon graduation, are expected to: providing wildlife rescue services, education, and • demonstrate the ability to read critically and analyze leadership activities to the community. academic texts and primary resources; • Peace Camp – students organize and run this two- • demonstrate the ability to defend both orally and in week camp devoted to non-violent conflict resolu- writing academic positions taken; tion, social justice, and civic education. • demonstrate the ability to design and carry out • Center for Safety and Empowerment – students independent research (or other creative scholarship provide crisis, advocacy, and outreach services to endeavors); and victims of domestic violence. • acquire an aesthetic appreciation for the arts, In addition, Bonner Leaders coordinate the following humanities, social sciences, natural sciences and programs in the community through partnerships with mathematics. various agencies: In pursuit of its mission the University Honors • Literacy Education Action Project (LEAP) - a one-to- Program at Washburn provides opportunities for highly one literacy education program tutoring reading to 3 motivated students to enrich their educations through to 5 year old Head Start students. special honors sections of existing courses, special hon- • Student to Student - an adolescent literacy pro- ors seminars and colloquia that satisfy general education gram that matches Washburn University students requirements, independent research projects or other with adolescent learners in one-to-one reading and creative scholarly projects, a close working relationship writing tutoring. with distinguished faculty, individual advising, and special intellectual, cultural and social activities. The program This is just a sample of the approximately 100 sites fits well with Washburn’s many four-year degree pro- and projects Bonner Leaders have done since the pro- grams. Students work with the Honors Dean to organize gram began at Washburn University. Washburn’s many resources to provide ample oppor- tunities to explore, relate, and assimilate many diverse PROGRAM ADMISSION learning experiences. As Linus Pauling said, “The best The Bonner Leader Program is open to any under- way to have a good idea is to have lots of ideas.” The graduate student at Washburn University. Because this University Honors Program is committed to providing program is funded by AmeriCorps, you must be a US students, faculty, and staff with opportunities to develop Citizen, US National, or Lawful Permanent Resident and implement good ideas. Alien to be admitted, and will be required to submit docu- Entering freshman students with an ACT of 28 (or mentation verifying this fact. higher) and an unweighted high school GPA of 3.5 (or Applications for admission to the Program are avail- higher) are especially encouraged to inquire about the able in the LinC office (Benton Hall 405) and are due by University Honors Program by submitting a completed April 1st. Admission is a competitive process. Applicants application (found on the University Honors website). are evaluated on their commitment to service and their Individuals may apply on their own initiative, or they may perceived fit with the program’s philosophy and financial be recommended by their high school or college faculty, need. While GPA is not the only factor considered for or they may be invited to apply by the Dean of University admission, it is used to help determine the level of com- Honors. Those students who demonstrate a strong mitment that a member can make to the program. probability for benefiting from, and contributing to, the If you are interested in applying to be a Bonner program will be invited to join the community of excep- Leader or learning more about the program, contact: tional learners. Richard B. Ellis, Ph.D. Although proven scholastic performance is important, Director, Bonner Leader Program the Honors Dean will place substantial emphasis on Washburn University student interest and motivation in pursuing an honors 1700 SW College Ave., BE 405 program. Students who complete an appropriate num- Topeka, KS 66621 ber of University Honors courses (24 hours) and satisfy (785) 670-1950 the thesis and GPA requirements will graduate with E-mail: [email protected] University Honors and have their transcripts so marked. Washburn is an institutional member of the National Un i v e r s i t y Ho n o r s Pr o g r a m Collegiate Honors Council. For more information on the University Honors Program, contact Dr. Michael Henderson Learning Center (HC) 101 McGuire, Dean, University Honors Program, or Dannah (785) 670-1342 Hartley, Honors Advisor, Center for Undergraduate Dr. Michael J. McGuire, Dean Studies and Programs. The mission of the University Honors Program is to *Applications should be submitted to Dr. Michael provide an exceptional educational environment that is McGuire (see above for contact information). both supprotive and responsive to the needs of highly COURSE OFFERINGS motivated and academically superior undergraduate students. (Courses marked with

46 EN 102 Freshman English Honors: Facts, COURSE OFFERINGS Plots, Arguments, and Principles (3) (Courses marked with

49 BI 280 Special Topics (when taught as Kansas The student desiring to pursue a degree in engineer- Amphibians, Turtles & Reptiles or Kansas ing can complete most of the course of study common to Birds) the first and second years at the majority of recognized BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance schools of engineering. Particular attention is directed EN 138 Kansas Literature to course work in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and EN 190 Film Appreciation (when taught as “Kansas writing and speaking skills. Washburn has a 3-2 program in the Movies”) in cooperation with the University of Kansas and Kansas EN 199, 299, 399 Special Topics (when taught as State University. This allows the student to earn two B.S. Kansas Characters, Kansas Folklore or degrees: the first at Washburn and the second, a B.S. in Mapping Kansas Literature) Engineering, from either of the other universities. GG 304 Kansas Geography For details about this program, see Engineering in the GL 103 Historical Geology index. A suggested schedule for the engineering transfer HI 300 Topics in History (when taught as Kansas program and the content of engineering courses may be Characters) found under the engineering section of the College of HI 322 Kansas History Arts and Sciences catalog. HI 397 Internship in Historical Agencies IS 400 Topics (when taught as Kansas Characters) Pre-Law LS 590 Mapping Kansas Literature Professor Steve Cann, Advisor & Coordinator MM 402 Kansas and the Media [email protected] KN 198K Lifetime Wellness (with Kansas emphasis) The student preparing to enter Washburn School of PO 107 American State and Local Government Law or any quality school of law should seek a broad PO 310 Kansas Politics undergraduate education which should include courses PO 307 Internship in State and Local Government in English, economics, history, political science, philoso- phy, and sociology. Basic courses in economics and Pr e -Professional St u d i e s accounting are desirable. Courses which develop the A broadly based liberal education has always been ability to write and speak clearly and correctly, as well accepted as the ideal preparation for graduate study. as those courses which will help to attain exactness of Pre-professional programs suggested by an increas- thought and the ability to make valid analytical compari- ing number of professional schools include from two to sons and differentiations, are desirable. Familiarity with four years of study in the liberal arts field. Washburn American and English history and the government of University emphasizes in its group requirements the type those countries is necessary in a proper background for of cultural foundation that professional and advanced the study of law. The student interested in pre-legal edu- technical schools prefer. Furthermore, Washburn’s wide cation should seek the advice of a pre-law advisor early range of elective courses affords specific introductions in his/her college career. Pre-law advisors may be found to a variety of professional and occupational fields. The in a number of departments including Political Science, following suggestions, while not intended to be exhaus- History, Criminal Justice, Philosophy, Psychology, tive, are indicative of the University’s offering of pre- English, Communication, Mass Media, and the School professional preparations. of Business. You should begin preparing for the LSAT at the start of your college career. For pre-law related Pre-Dentistry activities, pick up a pre-law brochure in the Admissions Biology Advisors office. Associate Professor John Mullican Pre-Medicine [email protected] Assistant Professor Paul Wagner Biology Advisors: [email protected] Associate Professor John Mullican Assistant Professor Tracy Wagner [email protected] [email protected] Assistant Professor Susan Bjerke [email protected] Chemistry Advisors Assistant Professor Paul Wagner Associate Professor Sam Leung [email protected] [email protected] Assistant Professor Tracy Wagner Students preparing to enter dental school should [email protected] consult an advisor during their first year in college. Chemistry Advisor: Additionally, students should consult the catalog of the Associate Professor Sam Leung school they plan to enter. Information on each dental [email protected] school may be found at http://www.adea.org. In general, the program for the pre-dental student is similar to that Students preparing to enter medical school should for pre-medical students. consult an advisor during their first year in college. Most medical schools prefer a four-year degree preparation Engineering Transfer Program with strong foundations in chemistry, biology, physics, Keith Mazachek, Lecturer and Coordinator and English. Additionally, pre-medical students should [email protected] acquire significant experience in a health care environ- Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 ment involving direct patient contact, and become active (785) 670-2263 in service activities. The Medical College Admission Test 50 is required for students applying to either an allopathic courses can be taken at Washburn. Practical experience (M.D.) or osteopathic (D.O.) medical school and is typi- with animals, especially in a veterinary context, is impor- cally taken shortly after the junior year in college. The tant in making successful application. Program details pre-medical student is urged to consult a chosen medi- are available from the pre-veterinary advisor. cal school before the junior year in college. The exact course of study applicable to any student’s background Ce n t e r f o r Di v e r s i t y St u d i e s can only be established in consultation with a pre-medi- Dr. Bruce Mactavish, Director cine advisor. Morgan 108 Pre-Nursing (785) 670-1636 Ms. Mary Allen, R.N., Director of Student Support Mission: Services Washburn University and the Brown Foundation for [email protected] Educational Equity, Excellence, and Research have Ms. Louisa Schurig, Advisor created the Washburn Center for Diversity Studies. The [email protected] Center, working out of the College of Arts and Sciences, Washburn University offers the four-year baccalaure- pursues the shared values of the Brown Foundation ate program in Nursing and pre-nursing course require- and the university. The Center Fellows share a commit- ments for students preparing to enter the Nursing Major. ment to educational excellence, to recognizing diversity The Bachelor of Science degree prepares the graduate in an open society, to supporting educational equality, to write the national licensure exam (NCLEX) to become to improved relations among diverse groups, and to our a registered nurse. shared heritage in Topeka and Shawnee County. Pre-nursing students interested in the Washburn Goals and objectives Bachelor of Science Degree in nursing should schedule • Building community: on the Washburn campus, in academic advisement in the School of Nursing (Petro the city of Topeka, in the state and beyond. Allied Health Center, Rm 203). • Increasing capacity for understanding and coopera- Pre-Pharmacy tion. Associate Professor Shaun Schmidt, Advisor • Combating ignorance and intolerance. [email protected] • Developing networks of intellectual exchange. Assistant Professor Matt Arterburn Students interested in diversity issues are encouraged [email protected] to enroll in courses which contain a significant compo- nent dealing with diversity. Explore campus activities Most students in the pre-pharmacy program transfer dealing with diversity by checking with the Multicultural to the School of Pharmacy at the University of Kansas, Affairs Office. which requires about 68 hours (approximately two years) of college level pre-professional studies prior to admis- e a c e u s t i c e a n d o n f l i c t sion to the professional program. The exact course of P , J C study applicable to any student’s background can only Re s o l u t i o n St u d i e s be established in consultation with the pre-pharmacy advisor. Degree Offered: Optional Minor Pre-Theology Professor Barry Crawford, Advisor Dr. Rachel Goossen, Advisor [email protected] Henderson 311 (785) 670-2060 Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 (785) 670-1542 Peace Studies is an interdisciplinary program of study, building on existing course offerings in a range of depart- The Philosophy Department recommends that pre- ments, that incorporates both international peace and theology students complete a broad course of study, in- justice issues and, through internship opportunities with cluding work in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural community-based agencies, local dimensions of conflict Sciences and in Creative and Performing Arts. The resolution. Philosophy Department offers courses in Religion and is Students who are interested in this optional minor happy to assist students in planning pre-seminary majors should refer to the College of Arts and Sciences sec- in either Religious Studies or Philosophy. tion of the catalog. This program is administered by the College of Arts and Sciences. Pre-Veterinary Medicine Professor Lee Boyd, Advisor Wo m e n ’s a n d Ge n d e r St u d i e s [email protected] Degree Offered: Most state schools of veterinary medicine have pre- Optional Minor ferred admission of residents of that state, and certain numbers of applicants from cooperating states lacking Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs veterinary schools. Private schools accept applications Morgan Hall, Room 122 from all qualified students. Kansas residents would ordinarily apply to the Kansas State University School of Veterinary Medicine. All of the required Pre-Veterinary 51 Mission Statement Required Courses The Washburn University Women’s and Gender IS 175 Introduction to Women’s Studies Studies Minor is an interdisciplinary program devoted to encouraging research on women and gender, sponsor- Courses which may be applied to the minor: ing events focused on issues relevant to women and AN 321 Anthropology of Women gender, and promoting outreach across the campus and CJ 314 Women in Criminal Justice: Offenders, Em- to the larger community. Women’s and gender studies ployees and Victims explores the connections between race and ethnicity, EN 214 Women and Literature class, sexual preference and gender as they impact EN 396 Topics in Women and Literature women’s and men’s lives in a variety of cultural contexts. HI 315 Women in US History Courses critically examine the social, historical, psycho- HI 300C Women & Gender in Early America (special logical, literary, artistic, philosophic, and biological roles topics) of women and gender while seeking to provide a fuller HI 380 Women in World History understanding of the multidimensional nature of person- IS 375 Women and Popular Culture hood. Emphasizing the connections between theory NU 382 Women’s Health Issues and practice, Women’s and Gender Studies encourages PY Psychology of Women applied learning through internships, community involve- For additional information or to begin developing your ment projects, research, and service learning courses. minor study plan, contact Academic Advising, Center for Learning Outcomes: Undergraduate Studies and Programs, 785-670-1942, MO 122 or [email protected]. Upon completion of the Women’s and Gender Studies minor students will be able to: Jo i n t Ce n t e r o n Vi o l e n c e a n d • discuss the multiple types of feminisms that cur- rently exist in the U.S. and internationally, as well as Victim St u d i e s their histories and development; Website: http://www.washburn.edu/ce/jcvvs • critically analyze and make connections between Benton Hall, Room 408D feminist theories and feminist practices; (785) 670-1242 • explicate the basic debates or areas of contention (800) 910-4308 within contemporary feminist thought; Thomas Underwood Ph.D., Executive Director • describe the multiple ways in which gender is The Joint Center on Violence and Victim Studies is an intersected by other social relations such as race, interdisciplinary affiliation between Washburn University, ethnicity, sexuality, class, and nation; California State University-Fresno, and the University of • identify the basic components that distinguish New Haven. Based at Washburn University, the JCVVS feminist methodologies from other approaches to addresses issues of violence and victimization through inquiry, and the ways in which women’s studies ap- service to professionals by offering nationally recognized proaches have transformed traditional disciplines; training and consultation, supporting the academic pro- and grams, and research and special projects. • design and implement a project demonstrating in- depth knowledge of one aspect of women’s experi- Of f i c e o f Ac a d e m i c Ou t r e a c h ence learned through (for example) a literary genre, Website: http://www.washburn.edu/ao/ a time period, a geographic region, or focus on a Benton Hall, Suite 408 very narrow topic. (785) 670-1399 Study Plan Tim Peterson, Ph.D., Dean To obtain the Optional Minor in Women’s and Gender Thomas Underwood, Ph.D., Asst. Dean Studies, a student must complete at least 15 hours of The Office of Academic Outreach coordinates and designated Women’s & Gender Studies course work, supports programs designed to increase student and with at least 6 of the hours at the upper division level. community access to “learning for a lifetime.” These in- These courses should include IS 175: Introduction to clude online and off-campus courses, summer sessions, Women’s Studies and a Capstone Project. The minor Early Start Options for high school students, and profes- will be supervised by the Women’s & Gender Studies sional development programs that have a direct connec- Advisory Committee, under the coordination of CUSP. tion to academic area and are generally considered to be Students may complete the minor in two ways. They may post-baccalaureate in terms of knowledge or skills. The (a) submit a study plan consisting of coursework formally Office also provides support for academic conferences identified as counting towards the WGSM or (b) they may and partnerships with other organizations. develop a study plan to request alternate coursework be Credit Option Policy for Professional accepted toward the minor. The minor plans will be re- Development Programs viewed by the WGSM Committee to ensure the program learning outcomes are met. Students wishing to com- Washburn University Sponsored Programs plete the minor must submit their study plan for approval Pending the approval of the appropriate academic before completing coursework in the minor. department, noncredit programs sponsored or con- ducted by the Washburn University Office of Academic Outreach may be eligible for an academic credit option.

52 Participants must pay one third of the applicable under- offers graduate courses leading to a Master of Arts de- graduate or graduate resident tuition rate in addition to gree with an emphasis in clinical skills. The Department the noncredit registration fee, the combination of which of Social Work offers a Master’s in Social Work degree must equal or exceed the regular credit tuition rate. with a focus on clinical practice. The Criminal Justice Participants must complete both the noncredit course Department offers a Master’s of Criminal Justice degree registration form and the (credit) Special Enrollment with majors in either Law Enforcement or Corrections. form. The School of Nursing offers a Master of Science in Nursing degree with four specialty tracks. Collaborative Organizational Programs In addition to offering a broad range of academic Academic credit may also be awarded for noncredit courses which may lead to certificates, associate training, in-service programs, and conferences offered degrees, or the baccalaureate and master’s degrees or sponsored by another organization (e.g., USD 501, from the College of Arts and Sciences, the School of state agencies, or professional associations) that involve Applied Studies, the School of Business, and the School Washburn University faculty, staff, consultation, or of Nursing, the University recognizes the responsibility other forms of collaboration. These programs may also to develop other instructional programs in areas where include contract or externally funded programs. Pending community needs are identified and the University has the approval of the appropriate academic department, resources to respond to those needs including non- program participants may earn academic credit by credit programs offered by the Division of Continuing completing the Special Enrollment form and paying the Education. negotiated tuition rate. The Academic Scheduling and Commencement Services Office annually produces three class schedules. n l i n e l a n a c h e l o r e g r e e O 2+2 P B D Fall and spring course listings are available online only at Co mp l e t i o n Pr o g r a m s www.washburn.edu/schedule and have a search feature for online, evening and weekend courses. The summer Website: http://www.washburn.edu/PLAN/ course listings are also available online as well as in a The online Partnership for Learning and Networking printed version in the main lobby of Morgan Hall. The (PLAN) is a collaborative set of 2+2 baccalaureate semester schedule can also be accessed on Washburn degree completion programs developed by Washburn University’s homepage at http://www.washburn.edu. University to expand access to higher education through- Select Academics in the left side of the drop down menu, out Kansas and beyond. then select Course Schedule from the options on the Students may complete an associate’s degree at any right side, and then choose the appropriate semester. of the partner community or technical colleges and then a bachelor’s degree online from Washburn in just two Su mm e r Se s s i o n years without traveling to Topeka, moving, or changing As the University continues to broaden the scope of jobs. its educational activities, the academic life of an increas- The programs include the Bachelor of Health Science, ing number of students extends into the summer months. the Bachelor of Integrated Studies, the Bachelor of The Washburn Summer Session includes day and Applied Science in Human Services, the Bachelor of evening classes, special summer institutes, short-term Applied Science in Technology Administration, and the foreign language workshops, travel and online course. Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice. The diverse summer program is planned for students For more information about the online 2+2 PLAN who wish to begin their college study, for those who wish degree programs contact the Washburn University to continue their regular academic programs, for high Admissions office at (800) 332-0291, or visit the program school youth who wish to pursue special interests, and web site listed above. for adults who wish to pursue studies on a professional level or for individual self-improvement. Ev e n i n g a n d We e k e n d Cl a s s e s Courses offered during late afternoon, evening and weekend hours compose a significant part of the University academic and continuing education program. Classes are organized to serve working adult members of the community as well as full-time students of the University. Students enrolling in these classes can begin a col- lege education, continue their education on a college level, improve occupational knowledge and skills, study for personal enrichment, or pursue avocational interests. Experienced teachers have the opportunity to pursue the master’s degree through courses scheduled in the Graduate Education Program. The College of Arts & Sciences offers a Master of Liberal Studies, designed to foster an integrative critical perspective. The School of Business Master of Business Administration program provides students the opportunity to continue their busi- A study abroad project in Swaziland proves ness education. The Department of Psychology also enjoyable for a nursing major. 53 Minature golf in the Mabee Library provides a fun afternoon during the Caddy Stacks fundraising event.

54 ACADEMIC POLICIES

Student Responsibilities Course Numbering System Degrees Student Records Diplomas Credit by Examination Credit Granted for Military Service Grading System Grade Appeal Procedure Academic Probation, Suspension and Reinstatement Academic Fresh Start

55 56 St u d e n t Re s p onsibilities in at least 12 credit hours, (2) graduate students enrolled in at least 9 hours, or (3) law students enrolled in at least 9 hours. Attendance Students are defined to be half-time in the fall and The value of a college education is enhanced by full spring semesters if they are not full-time and are (1) participation and attendance in class activities. Because undergraduate students enrolled in at least 6 hours, (2) classroom activities are intended to assist the students graduate students enrolled in at least 5 hours, or (3) law in the learning experience, it is expected that they will students enrolled in at least 5 hours. Students may be attend class sessions whenever possible. There are granted an exception and receive a scholarship or grant certain kinds of class sessions in which it is impossible to designated to go to full-time students if during their final carry on the work of the class unless the student is pres- semester prior to graduation they need less than 12 ent. For this reason, each member of the faculty has the hours to complete their degree. prerogative of establishing specific attendance regula- During the summer session, any student enrolled in tions which, in the instructor’s opinion, are best suited at least 6 hours is considered full-time, while students to the course. There is no University wide attendance enrolled in at least 3 but fewer than 6 are considered policy. half-time. An instructor, after due notice to the student, may request withdrawal of the student from a course because Official E-Mail Address of nonattendance through the same date as the last day The student’s Washburn University e-mail address a student may withdraw from a course. This would NOT will be the official address used by the University for absolve the student of financial responsibility for tuition/ relaying important messages regarding academic and fees for the course in question. financial information and the University will consider this medium as an official notification for important informa- Student Conduct tion. The student university e-mail address may also be The University expects conduct of all students which used by instructors to provide specific course informa- is consistent with the law and with generally accepted tion. Students who prefer to use an alternate e-mail principles of academic behavior. The University retains address to receive official University notices should make the right to secure the safety of individuals, the protection certain they have implemented the mail forward option of property, and the continuity of the educational process. in MyWashburn using the following process. Access Any interference with access to University facilities, inter- the MyWashburn e-mail account, choose the “Options” ruptions of educational activities, or damage to property tab, select “Settings,” scroll to the bottom of the screen, exceeds permissible bounds. Although remedies are click “Enable forwarding,” and enter the preferred e-mail available through local law enforcement bodies, the forwarding address in the “Mail Forwarding” area. Click University may elect to impose its own disciplinary sanc- “Add,” and then “Save Changes.” It is the student’s tions. Information regarding student rights and the rules responsibility to ensure that the official Washburn e-mail governing student behavior are found in the Washburn box does not exceed the message quota resulting in University Student Conduct Code. It is available online the inability of e-mail message to be accepted into the at www.washburn.edu/services/studentlife and in the mailbox. Student Life Office, Morgan Hall Room 104. Withdrawals Academic Impropriety Policy A student who wishes to withdraw from a course may Excerpts of this policy are printed each semester in do so on the web when it is available for registration/ the schedule of classes. For a complete copy of the enrollment. Specific instructions will be available in the Academic Impropriety Policy, contact the Vice President appropriate Registration Information Guide. for Academic Affairs Office, Bradbury Thompson Alumni When the web is not available, students must com- Center Suite 200. plete a Schedule Change Form and submit it to the Authorized Academic Load University Registrar’s Office where the information will Normally, the maximum number of hours permitted be processed and the form signed. The student will be is 20 per semester. Correspondence, extension, and given a copy documenting these transactions. The date evening courses taken concurrently are counted as a of withdrawal is determined by the day the withdrawal part of the total load. A freshman is limited to 17 credit form is processed in the University Registrar’s Office. hours per semester except upon approval by the faculty Students who cannot complete the withdrawal process advisor and the appropriate Dean. Superior Juniors and on campus must notify the University of their intent to Seniors, with the approval of their faculty advisor, may withdraw by sending an e-mail to enrollment@wash- petition the Dean to carry 21 or more hours. burn.edu or by mailing or faxing a signed request to the For summer sessions, the maximum number of hours University Registrar’s Office. To verify that the withdrawal permitted concurrently is 9, provided that no more than process has been successfully completed, students 6 are taken in the same early or late session or shorter should access their MyWashburn account on-line and term. Superior students may petition the appropriate view the “Detail Course Schedule” link on the Student Dean for permission to enroll in more hours. Normally Tab. The status will indicate withdrawn and the date the the term superior will be construed to mean a cumulative course was withdrawn successfully. grade point average of at least 3.0. The responsibility for initiating and clearing withdrawal Students are defined to be full-time in the fall and notices with the University Registrar’s Office rests with spring semesters if they are (1) undergraduates enrolled the student, not the faculty. Failure to officially with- draw results in the recording of “F” grades at the end 57 of the semester/term and responsibility for all assessed semester/session is not subject to Federal “Return of charges. Title IV Funds” policy, and is considered to have earned For semester courses a student may withdraw their Federal Title IV aid. through the second week with no recorded grade. From the third through the eleventh week a “W” is recorded Military Withdrawal for any dropped course. Beginning with the start of the Students who are called to military active duty and twelfth week, there are no withdrawals, and a grade will must withdraw from classes as a result should contact be assigned for the course. the Dean of Students, Student Life Office, Morgan Hall, Specific dates for withdrawal in the summer are listed Room 104, Phone: 670-2100, or via email at in the Registration Information Guide. The dates vary [email protected] prior to deployment. according to the length of session. Withdrawal proce- Declaring A Major dures/ regulations are the same as stated above. In order to ensure the early and proper selection of a Similar dates/deadlines for short term courses can be field of concentration, students seeking a baccalaureate found on MyWashburn by selecting the Student Tab and degree are required to file a declaration of major by the then selecting “Last Day” deadlines for courses under time they have completed 54 hours. Candidates for the the Registration section of Student Self-Service. associate degree must file the declaration of major at the For information on medical withdrawals, see the sec- completion of 24 credit hours. A student is free at any tion below. Complete withdrawals from the University time to change majors, or to add a second or third major, for non-medical reasons follow the same policies and by following the prescribed procedures. Declaration deadlines as course withdrawals. of a major is made on a Declaration of Major/Degree/ Medical Withdrawal Catalog Year form which the student secures on-line at The University Medical Withdrawal policy has http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/forms/advising. changed as of Fall, 2005. If a student is unable to com- html. The student fills out the form, in consultation with plete a semester or term due to serious illness or injury, the department chair of the department in which he or the student may withdraw him/herself from courses by she plans to major. The chairperson signs the form and the Last Day to withdraw from that semester. A Medical assigns the student an advisor. Either the chairperson Withdrawal DOES NOT CHANGE the student’s financial or the student then returns the form to the Office of obligation to the University. Enrollment Management. An additional form should be For withdrawals with a medical basis after the last day submitted for any change of major, change of degree, or to withdraw, the student must present an affidavit signed additional major. by a licensed health care provider, certifying the circum- Declaring an Optional Minor stances. This affidavit, as part of a Medical Withdrawal Students may complete a minor area of study from a information packet, is available in the University discipline other than his/her major degree field. Such a Registrar’s Office, Morgan 115. The completed forms minor is optional and not to be confused with any depart- should be directed to the Office of the Vice President for ment’s required minor or required correlated courses. Academic Affairs (VPAA), Bradbury Thompson Alumni A minor will consist of no less than 15 hours in one Center Suite 200, for consideration by the University discipline as specified by the department. Of these, 6 Medical Withdrawal Committee. If the request relates hours must be at the upper division level. Students must to a semester other than the current one, the Medical have a grade of C or better in each course in the optional Withdrawal Committee must also approve the academic minor. withdrawal request. To be eligible to apply for a medical The course content of the minor is selected in withdrawal, students must apply within the span of one consultation with an advisor in the minor department or calendar year from the end of the semester for which program. Prior to graduation, the department or program they are requesting a medical withdrawal. chair must certify the completion of the minor to the Based on an approved request, the student will be University Registrar’s Office. withdrawn from all his/her courses, and will receive a “W” on his/her transcript for those courses. There will be NO Monitoring Progress Toward Degree REFUND for this procedure. Only withdrawals pro- Completion cessed during the published refund schedule (see previ- Students are expected to monitor their progress ous section) will generate any kind of refund of tuition. A toward degree completion by conducting on-line degree student who believes the circumstances surrounding the audits through their MyWashburn account periodically withdrawal were unavoidable and extraordinary should throughout their tenure at Washburn University. ( For contact the Bursar. instructions on how to complete this process, click on If the student has received Title IV Federal Financial “Instructions to Process Degree Audits” on the Student Aid, the current “Return of Title IV Funds” policy will be Tab on MyWashburn.) If potential problems are identified applied according to PL 105-244, Sec 484B, 64FR59016. (e.g., missing transfer work, unposted course substitu- (Federal Pell Grants are only adjusted based on the tions, etc.), students should meet with their advisors student’s enrollment status during the first two weeks of as soon as possible to resolve these issues in a timely classes.) If the student completely withdraws from the fashion. university while still eligible for a tuition refund based on the published refund deadlines, the refunded tuition will first be applied to Title IV financial aid and/or uni- versity scholarships. A student eligible for a withdrawal from classes that occurs after completion of 60% of the 58 Co u r s e Nu m b e r i n g Sy s t e m Degree Audit Currently enrolled Washburn University students Students with fewer than 54 hours completed may are expected to monitor their progress toward degree take courses numbered 100-299. Students with more completion by accessing unofficial Degree Audits on the than 54 hours completed may take courses numbered web through their MyWashburn account. Students can 100-499. Courses numbered 400-499 are also open do this by following the “Generate a Degree Audit” link to graduate students. Courses numbered 500-699 are for their currently declared major and should discuss any open to graduate students only. Courses numbered 300- potential problems (e.g., missing transfer work, unposted 499 are open to students during the semester in which course substitutions, etc.) with their faculty advisors. they achieve junior standing, provided they have enrolled Students can also use this unofficial Degree Audit tool to in enough lower level courses during that same semes- explore different majors by using the “Explore Different ter to meet the requirements of junior rank. Exceptions Degree Programs” link. to this rule may be made by consent of the department The University Registrar’s Office will complete a final head and the Dean. Forty-five hours of junior-senior graduation check in the semester the student has applied work are required for completion of any baccalaurate for his/her degree. degree. Posthumous Degree De g r e e s Upon recommendation of deceased student’s major department or school, and upon approval of the Dean of Degree Conferment the College or School, the Vice President for Academic The University confers degrees three times a year to Affairs, the President, and the Board of Regents, a students who have met all requirements as of the last degree may be awarded posthumously provided that the day of final examinations for each semester/term: Fall student: semester, Spring semester, and the Summer term. The 1. Was in good academic standing at the time of death, summer term is comprised of several sessions or short and, courses, but the degree will be conferred at the end of 2. Unless exceptional circumstances exist, the term. All work not completed by the last day of finals a. had achieved senior status, if the student was for each semester/term will result in a graduation date of enrolled in a baccalaureate degree program; or the following semester/term or later if a previous “incom- b. was within one semester of completion, if the plete” has not been finalized. If a student is concurrently student was enrolled in an associate degree enrolled at another institution and intends to use the program; or work to complete graduation requirements at Washburn, c. was in the final year, if the student was enrolled in an official transcript from the institution must be received a graduate degree program. within two weeks of Washburn’s last final examination date of the graduating semester/term in order to have the St u d e n t Re c o r d s degree conferred in that same semester/term. The University holds two commencement ceremonies Policy, Procedure, and Records twice a year, at the end of the Fall and Spring semesters. Washburn University maintains various student Students who are scheduled to complete final require- records to document academic work and to record ments for a degree during the following Summer term interactions with University staff and officials. The may be permitted to participate in the Spring commence- Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 ment. Such candidates must have both the Declaration (FERPA) was enacted to protect each student’s right to of Major/Degree/Catalog Year form and Application for privacy and to provide each student the right to inspect Degree form on file in the University Registrar’s Office. and review his/her education records. This Act is also Additional information and ceremony details can be commonly known as the Buckley Amendment. A notice found at http://www.washburn.edu/commencement of this policy is published each semester/term in the Registration Information Guide. Application for Degree Students planning to complete an Associate, Directory Information Baccalaureate and/or Masters degree must file an In accordance with the Family Educational Rights Application for Degree form in the Office of the University and Privacy Act of 1974, the University may release to Registrar in order to initiate a graduation check. The the general public certain information about the student graduation check will be completed early in the semes- which has been identified by the institution as direc- ter/term in which the student plans to graduate. The tory information. Directory Information at Washburn form should be filed in September for the Fall semester University includes: student’s name, current address and and in February for the Spring semester and Summer phone number, permanent address and phone num- term (see the academic calendar for the exact dates). A ber, e-mail address, classification status (i.e. freshman, student is not a Candidate for Degree until the University sophomore, etc.), major field of study, date and place of Registrar’s Office has the Application for Degree form birth, dates of attendance, awards and academic honors, on file. Students who do not graduate in the semester/ degrees and dates awarded, enrollment status (full-time, term specified on the Application for Degree must file half-time, less than half-time), most recent educational another application for the subsequent semester/term institution attended, participation in officially recognized in which they plan to graduate. Forms are available in activities and sports, and height and weight of members the University Registrar’s Office or online by accessing of athletic teams. http:www.washburn.edu/registrar. 59 Campus Telephone Directory Information appropriate record custodian with the exceptions noted Listings in the online student directory are compiled below. The written request submitted to the record from information supplied by students to the university. custodian or appropriate University staff should identify • The student is responsible for updating and provid- as precisely as possible the record or records he or she ing correct information for online directory listings. wishes to inspect. The record custodian or appropriate • Information may be updated at any time during the University staff must comply within a reasonable period year. of time, not to exceed 45 days from the receipt of the request. When a record contains information about more • The online directory listings are updated daily. than one student, the student may inspect and review • To update online directory information, go to the only the records which relate to him or her. If any ques- View/Update Campus Directory Profile on the Stu- tion arises as to the identity of the requesting student, the dent tab of MyWashburn. student shall be asked to provide photo identification. In accordance with the Family Educational Rights Washburn University reserves the right to refuse to and Privacy Act of 1974, currently enrolled students may permit a student to inspect or have access to the follow- choose to withhold information from the online university ing records: directory. 1. The financial statement of the student’s parents. • Information may be excluded at View/Update 2. Letters and statements of recommendation for which Campus Directory Profile on the Student tab of the student has waived his or her right of access, or MyWashburn. which were placed in file before January 1, 1975. 3. Records connected with an application to attend Types, Custodians and Locations of Washburn University or a component unit of Wash- Education Records burn University if that application was denied. With the exception of Directory Information as 4. Medical and counseling records. These records may described above, student records are considered to be released, however, to other medical or psychologi- be confidential. Only the custodians of the records, cal professionals at the written request of the student; their designee, or their director/dean/vice president to and may be inspected by the patient at the discretion whom that person reports has the authority to release of the professional staff. the record. The following is a list of the types of records 5. Law enforcement records. that the University maintains, their custodians, and their 6. Private notes of staff, faculty, and administrators. locations. 7. Official transcripts of credit earned at other institu- a. (Official) Academic Records: University Registrar, tions which have been presented for admission or Morgan Hall 115 evaluation of credit and have become a part of the b. Academic Records: Deans of Schools/College and/or student’s permanent record are not reissued or cop- Departmental Offices, Specific Locations listed in the ies duplicated. Transcripts from other institutions, Campus Directory including the high school transcript and test scores, c. Academic Impropriety Records: Vice President for should be obtained from the original institution. Academic Affairs Office, Bradbury Thompson Alumni Copies of records accessible to the student will be Center 200 provided at the student’s expense. The charge to the d. Admissions Records: Director of Admissions, Morgan student for any such records is 25 cents per page. Hall 114 8. When a student is delinquent in a financial account to e. Business Records: Bursar, Morgan Hall 205 the University, has incomplete admission credentials, f. Career Services: Coordinator of Career Services, or about whom official disciplinary action has not Center for Learning and Student Success (CUSP), been resolved, the appropriate university official may Morgan Hall 122 request that the student’s record not be released. g. Counseling and Testing Records: Coordinator of The effect of this action is that grade reports, tran- Counseling and Testing, CUSP, Morgan 122 scripts, and diplomas/certificates are not released. In h. Financial Aid Records: Director of Financial Aid, addition to these documents not being released, reg- Morgan Hall 267 istration and enrollment at Washburn in subsequent i. International Student Records: Foreign Student Advi- semesters is not permitted. sor, International House j. Medical Records: Director of Student Health Ser- Disclosure of Education Records or vices, Morgan Hall 170 Personally Identifiable Information k. Placement Records: Coordinator of Career Services, The University will obtain written consent from the CUSP, Morgan Hall 122 student before disclosing records or personally identifi- l. Residence Hall Records: Director of Residential Liv- able information from education records of the student, ing, Living/Learning Center except in the cases of: m. Student Disciplinary Records: Dean of Students, 1. School officials who have a legitimate educational Morgan Hall 104 interest in the records. A school official is: n. Traffic and Security Records: Chief of Police, Morgan a. A person employed by the University in an ad- Hall 156 ministrative, supervisory, academic or research or o. Veteran Records: Student Services, Morgan Hall 150 support staff position. b. A person employed by or under contract to the Student Access to Education Records University to perform a special task, such Students may inspect, review and/or receive copies as an attorney or auditor. of their education records upon written request to the 60 c. A student serving on an official committee, such 13. School officials who have access to student as disciplinary or grievance committee or educational records should view only the records d. A student employed by the university (through associated with carrying out their responsibilities financial aid or departmental/administrative office) to the University. School officials will not disclose who assists another school official in performing non-directory information to other school officials his or her tasks. or university employees unless that person has A school official has a legitimate educational interest if a legitimate educational reason for knowing the the official is: information. a. Performing a task specified in his/her position description or by contract agreement. Notice to Third Parties b. Performing a task related to the discipline of a The University must inform the parties to whom a student. student’s education record or personally identifiable in- c. Providing a service or benefit relating to the formation is given that they are not permitted to disclose student or student’s family, such as health that information to another person (third party) without care, counseling, job placement, or financial the written consent of the student and that the infor- aid. mation is to be used only for the purpose(s) intended. 2. Officials of another school in which a student seeks Persons who receive a student’s education record or or intends to enroll. personally identifiable information about the student may 3. authorized representatives of the Comptroller Gen- disclose such information to other persons only if the eral of the United States, the Secretary of H.E.W., name of the additional persons and the legitimate inter- the U.S. Commissioner of Education, the Director of est of such persons is provided as a part of the original the National Institute of Education, and Assistant Sec- request. retary for Education and state educational authorities Maintaining Education Records and in connection with certain state or federally supported Records of Requests and Disclosures education programs. Each office that maintains education records shall 4. Financial aid personnel in connection with a student’s adopt its own policy with regard to destruction of educa- request for or receipt of financial aid as necessary to tion records. No education record, however, may be determine the eligibility, amount, or conditions of the destroyed if there is an outstanding request to inspect financial aid, or to enforce the terms and conditions and review the record. Also, the record of requests for of the aid. the disclosures of the education record and any explana- 5. State and local officials or authorities to whom tion that are a part of the record must be maintained for information is specifically required to be reported or as long as the education record to which it pertains is disclosed according to State statute adopted before maintained. November 19, 1974. Washburn University officials responsible for the vari- 6. Organizations conducting certain studies for or on ous types of records will maintain a record of all requests behalf of the University for disclosure of information from a student’s education 7. Accrediting organizations to carry out their functions. records. The record will indicate the name of the party 8. Parents of an eligible student who claim the student making the request, any additional party to whom it may as a dependent for income tax purposes. be redisclosed, and the legitimate interest the party had 9. Authorities to comply with a judicial order or a lawfully in requesting or obtaining the information. The record of issued subpoena. request is open to inspection of the student. 10. Appropriate parties in a health or safety emergency. Records of requests and disclosures may not be University Security Personnel shall have access to maintained or may be maintained for only a limited time student class schedules in an emergency situation for: 1) requests made by the student him/herself; 2) when knowledge of the information concerning the requests for which the student has given written consent; emergency, is considered necessary to protect the 3) requests made by school officials with legitimate edu- health or safety of students or other persons. cation interests; or 4) requests for directory information. • University Security Personnel will attempt to verify the identity of the person requesting information Student’s Right to Challenge Information and the emergency situation. The class schedule Contained in Education Records will not be released to the requesting individual but Students have the right to challenge the content of an a security officer will attempt to contact the student education record that they believe inaccurate, mislead- directly. ing, or in violation of their privacy rights. No hearing • A record of each disclosure request must be made under this policy shall be granted for challenging the and maintained. The record should include the underlying basis for a grade; however, the accuracy of its name and address of the requestor, date and time recording could be challenged. Following are procedures of request, and the nature of the emergency situ- for challenging the content of education records: ation. These records of requests are considered A student must ask the appropriate school official to part of the students educational record. change or modify the record by identifying the part of the 11. Individuals inquiring about directory information record they want changed and specify why the informa- designated by the University. tion is inappropriate. 12. The results of any disciplinary proceeding conducted After researching the request, the Washburn by the University against an alleged perpetrator of a University official may comply with the request and make crime of violence to the alleged victim of that crime. the changes wanted. If the school official decides not to 61 comply, the student will be notified in writing of the deci- with regard to requesting a transcript must have written sion and advised of his/her right to a hearing to challenge authorization from the student and will be required to the information believed to be inappropriate. show photo identification. All requests for a formal hearing by the student shall Transcripts may be requested in person upon show- be directed to the appropriate Area Head and shall ing some form of photo identification at the University contain a concise written statement of the specific facts Registrar’s Office, 115 Morgan Hall. Any transcript constituting the student’s claim. mailed, or faxed to, or picked up by the student will be The hearing will be conducted by a hearing officer marked “Issued to Student”. who is a University staff member but who does not have Transcripts may be requested through the mail or a direct interest in the outcome of the challenge and who by fax (785) 670-1104 or in person. A mailed request shall be appointed by the appropriate Area Head or his/ must be sent to the Office of the University Registrar, her designee. The hearing shall be held within a reason- Morgan Hall 115. The request should include the follow- able time of receipt of the student’s request and the ing information: current name and other names while student shall be notified reasonably in advance by the attending Washburn, student signature, identification hearing officer of the date, place and time of the hearing. number/social security number, return address for receipt At the hearing, the student shall be afforded a full and purposes, date of birth, date of attendance at Washburn, fair opportunity to present evidence relevant to his/her the number of transcripts requested, complete and ac- claim and may, at his or her expense, receive assistance curate address where each transcript is to be sent, and from any individuals of his/her choice. $3.00 for each transcript requested paid at the time of The hearing officer shall make a written recommenda- request. A faxed request form may specify that a tran- tion to the appropriate Area Head with written findings of script be mailed or faxed. If the transcript is to be faxed, facts concerning the student’s request within ten work- the request must include the information listed above as ing days of the hearing. The appropriate Area Head or well as the fax number, the name of the person who is his/her designee shall notify the student in writing of the to receive the fax, and the Company/Agency/Institution decision within an additional fourteen working days of name where it is to be faxed. Faxed requests will not receipt of the hearing officer’s report. The decision must have processing priority over requests received by mail include a summary of the evidence and the reasons for or in person. Some agencies or institutions will not ac- the decisions. cept faxed transcripts as official. If the appropriate Area Head is adverse to the stu- Checks which are mailed or given at the counter dent’s request, the student will be notified that he/she should be made payable to Washburn University. Fax has a right to place in the record a statement comment- requests must be paid by credit card. The University ing on the challenge information and/or a statement set- accepts Visa, Master Card, and Discover (Novus). A fax ting forth reasons for disagreeing with the decision. request must include the type of card, the number of the The statement will be maintained as a part of the card, its expiration date, and signature of the student. student’s education records as long as the contested Fax requests without complete information including portion is maintained. If Washburn University discloses credit card information cannot be processed. Please the contested portion of the record, it must also disclose include your phone number, in case there are questions the student’s summary statement. during processing your request. If the student’s challenge to the content of a given A Transcript Request form may also be obtained record is successful, the University shall amend the by printing it after accessing the University Registrar’s education record accordingly and so inform the student website (http://www.washburn.edu/registrar). It may be in writing. returned to the University Registrar’s Office by mail, fax, or in person by following the procedures described in this Complaints section. A student who believes the University has not com- Current students may view their academic records via plied with federal law or regulations should check first the web through their MyWashburn account. with the office involved or the Area Head to which it reports. If the student wishes to file a complaint with the Grade Reports federal government concerning the University’s failure to At the end of the Fall and Spring semesters and the comply with the Privacy Act, he/she may send a written early, late, and full sessions of the Summer Term, final complaint to The Family Educational Rights and Privacy grades are submitted by instructors via the web. The Act Office, 400 Maryland Avenue, S.W., Washington, grades become a part of the student’s permanent record. D.C. 20202. Grades will be made available for viewing on the web af- ter the University Registrar’s Office completes the end of Transcript semester/term processing. Grades will not be mailed A transcript is an official copy of a student’s perma- nor can they be secured by phone . Students may nent academic record. Official transcripts are avail- print their screen to have a written copy of their grades. able from the Office of the University Registrar. Each transcript costs $3.00. A transcript request must be written and the fee must be paid in advance. A transcript request will not be processed for students who have financial or other obligations to the university. Because a transcript contains confidential information, it cannot be released to anyone without a written request from the student. Any individual acting on behalf of the student 62 Dr u g Fr e e Sc h o o l s , Th e St u d e n t Cr e d i t b y Ex a m i n a t i o n Ri g h t t o Kn o w Ac t & Recognizing that many individuals gain knowledge through self-study which may be equivalent to that at- Ca mp u s Se c u r i t y tained through the completion of formal college courses, The Student Right To Know Act refers to the Washburn University has adopted a comprehensive Federally-mandated disclosure of information about program whereby college credit may be granted through campus security, graduation rates, retention rates, and means other than enrollment in and the successful athletic equity to students, upon their request. completion of prescribed college courses. The Washburn University’s annual security report The University may grant credit through two national includes statistics for the previous three years concern- examinations and university departmental examina- ing reported crimes that occurred on campus; in certain tions. The national exams are the College Entrance off-campus buildings or property owned or controlled by Examination Board (CEEB), Advanced Placement Washburn, and on public property within, or immediately Examinations, and the College Level Examination adjacent to and accessible from, the campus. Other Program (CLEP). The University Departmental reports include institutional policies concerning campus Examinations are administered on campus by individual security, such as policies concerning alcohol and other academic departments. drug use, crime prevention, the reporting of crimes, Students must be either currently enrolled at sexual assault, and other matters. A copy of the report Washburn University or former students of Washburn can be obtained by contacting the Office of Student Life University in order to have credit awarded and posted to (Morgan 104, 785-670-1010 ext. 1390) or by accessing their transcripts. Test scores must be submitted directly the following website: http://www.washburn.edu/admin/ from national testing companies in order to be consid- police/required-reporting.html. ered for credit. Specific information about the different Information on graduation and retention rates may be types of examinations is provided below. requested from the Institutional Research office located A . National Examinations in Morgan Hall, room 263, phone extension 1645. 1 . College Entrance Examination Board i p l o m a s D (CEEB): Advanced Placement Examinations The Advanced Placement exams are prepared, Diploma Distribution scored and reported by the College Entrance Diplomas will be available approximately two months Examination Board. Students should seek informa- after each semester/term. Diplomas may be picked up in tion and obtain registration materials through appropri- the Office of the University Registrar, Morgan 115, during ate high school counselors or other secondary school regular business hours. Photo identification must be pre- officials. sented to obtain your diploma. Students may have diplo- This program is designed for high school seniors mas mailed by completing the Diploma Mailing Request planning to enter college and is administered in conjunc- Form in the University Registrar’s Office. The fee for tion with Advanced Placement courses taught in the mailing a diploma is $5.00 if mailed to a U.S. address high schools. The scores are reported to the University and $10.00 if mailed to an outside the U.S. address. by CEEB. Appropriate credit or advanced placement Diplomas are not issued if the student has outstanding is awarded at the time of enrollment in the University. financial obligations to the University. When credit is awarded it may be applied to meet degree Diploma Replacement requirements. When advanced placement is awarded, A diploma may be replaced providing a request is a student is advanced to a higher level college course made in writing. The request may be mailed or sub- without being required to take a lower level prerequisite. mitted in person during regular business hours to the Depending on departmental policy and the examination Office of the University Registrar, Morgan Hall 115. The scores which are achieved, an academic department replacement processing fee is $30.00. may award either credit or advanced placement or both to a student. No entry is made on the college transcript Diploma Designations for scores which are lower than those determined to be Majors and minors are not designated on the diploma; satisfactory by the Washburn academic departments. however, they are reflected on the transcript. If a student Students may have Advanced Placement test scores adds a major/minor to a degree after the diploma is is- obtained in high school reported to the University for sued, the additional designation will be reflected on the evaluation. Credit and/or advanced placement are transcript. An additional diploma will not be issued. Only awarded to students who have received a score of three Latin honors (Summa Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude, (3), four (4), or five (5). Currently a student may be and Cum Laude) are designated on bachelor degree awarded college credit hours in the subjects listed below diplomas. In addition, Latin Honors, Stoffer Honors, as follows: Departmental and School Honors, and University Honors A .P . are posted on the transcript. Subject Score Award Hours Art 3-4-5 Consult Chair Biology 3-4-5 BI 100 3 Chemistry 5 CH 151 5 English 3 EN 135 3

63 A .P . IB Subject Score Award Hours Subject Score Award Hours English 4 EN 101 3 Biology 5-6 (SL) BI 100 AND 5 EN 101 AND BI 101 5 EN 135 6* 7 (SL) BI 102 5 Calculus AB 3 Consult Chair 4-5 (HL) BI 100 AND Calculus AB 4-5 MA 151 5 BI 101 5 Calculus BC 3 MA 151 5 6 (HL) BI 102 5 Calculus BC 4-5 Consult Chair 10> 7 (HL) BI 102 AND Mod. Foreign Lang 4-5 FR101 OR 4-8** (BI 105 OR GE 101 OR BI 110) 9** SP 101 Chemistry 5-7 (SL) CH 101 3 Music 3 MU 215 4 3 (HL) CH101 3 Music 4-5 MU 215 AND 8 4 (HL) CH 121 5 MU 216 5-7 (HL) CH 151 5 Physics 3-4-5 PS 101 3 Computer Science 4-7 (HL) CM 111 3 Political Science 4-5 PO 106 3 English A1 5-6 (HL) EN101 3 Psychology 3-4-5 PY100 3 7 (HL) EN101 AND Statistics 3-4-5 MA 140 3 EN 135 6 US History 4 HI 111 OR 3~ Foreign Language B5-7 (SL) FL 102 4 HI 112 5-7 (HL) FL 201 3 US History 5 HI 111 AND 6^ Geography 5-7 (HL) GG 101 3 HI 112 History 6-7 (SL) HI 102 3 World History 4 HI 100 OR 3# 4-7 (HL) HI102 3 HI 101 OR ITGS 4-7 (SL) CM 299 3* HI 102 4-7 (HL) CM 299 3* Department Chair and student. Mathematics 5-7 (SL) MA 116 3 *The 6 hours of English are to be selected by English 5-6 (HL) MA 151 5 Department Chair and student. 7 (HL) MA 151 AND **4 to 8 hours of credit will be granted after completion of MA 152 10 FR 211, GE 211, or SP 211 with a C or better. Music 5-7 MU 100 3 ~After completion of HI 111 or HI 112 with C or better. Philosophy 6-7 (HL) PH 100 3 ^After completion of Upper Division American History Physics 5-7 (SL) PS 101 3 course with C or better. 5-7 (HL) PS 261 5 # After completion of HI 100, or HI 101, or HI 102 with C Psychology 5-7 (HL) PY 100 3 or better. Theatre 4-7 (SL) TH 102 3 + After completion of Upper Division World History 4-7 (HL) TH 102 3 course with C or better. Visual Arts 5-7 (HL) AR 103 OR Art Studio Elect. 3~ 2 . International baccalareate (IB) diploma World Religions 6-7 (HL) RG 102 3 program Washburn University recognizes the International *The 3 hours of CM 299 Special Topics will be Software Babbalureate (IB) Program. Students should seek infor- Lifecycles. mation and obtain registration materials through appro- **The 9 hours of Biology are to be selected by Biology priate high school counselors or other secondary school Department Chair and Student. officials. This program is designed for high school jiniors ~AR 103 will be awarded for nonmajors; Art Studio elec- and seniors planning to enter college and is administered tive will be awarded for majors. in conjunction with Internation Baccalareate courses taught in high schools. 3 . College Level Examination Program At the time of enrollment in the University, official tran- (CLEP) scripts should be forwarded to the University Registrar in order to receive appropriate credit. Credit is awarded A . CLEP General Examinations on a course-by-course basis by academic departments A student may obtain credit which will be assigned depending on departmental policy and the examination to one or more of the General Education Divisions by scores which are achieved. No entry is made on the obtaining a satisfactory score on the appropriate College college transcript for scores which are lower than those Level Examination Program (CLEP) for Humanities, determined to be satisfactory by the Washburn academic Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences and History. departments. Washburn does not award credit for either the CLEP English or Mathematics General Examinations. The CLEP General Examinations are designed to award credit to students entering the University at the Freshman level. Therefore, a student must take the CLEP General Examination prior to his or her first collegiate semester of enrollment in any courses in that division. A student who has attempted credit in any one of the General Education 64 Divisions-Humanities, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences be determined by the department and posted on the tran- and History-either at Washburn or another university script. The exam may not be repeated; a student may is not eligible to receive credit from the CLEP General not take a departmental exam for any course more than Examination for that division. once. Credit by departmental examination may not be Four semester hours of credit are awarded for each used to repeat courses previously taken by the student. of the three CLEP General Examinations (Humanities, Credit given by departmental examination is consid- Natural Sciences, Social Sciences and History) which ered residential credit. is passed with a score at or above the 50th percentile. No credit is granted and no entry is made on the college Cr e d i t Gr a n t e d f o r Military Se r v i c e transcript for scores below the 50th percentile. The CLEP Credit awarded for military service is based upon the General Examinations do not require prior departmental recommendations of the Commission on Accreditation approval. of Service Experiences which was appointed by the B . CLEP Subject Examinations American Council on Education. Credit will be granted Some of the CLEP Subject Examinations are ac- to all military personnel in accordance with the rec- cepted by Washburn as a means of obtaining credit for ommendations of the ACE Guide to the Evaluation specific courses. These examinations require that the of Educational Experiences in the Armed Services. student gain approval of the appropriate Washburn de- Students should provide their military service record in partment prior to taking the CLEP Subject Examination. one of the following formats according to their branch Each department determines if the examination is ac- of service: DD 214 form, DD 295 form, Department of ceptable and designates the score level which is required Defense transcript, Community College of the Air Force for awarding credit. transcript, or the Army/American Council on Education A student who has attempted credit in the course to Registry transcript. Military credit is subject to the same be fulfilled by the CLEP Subject Examination either at limitations as regular transfer credit i.e. technical credit Washburn or another university is not eligible to re- limits and no credit awarded for course duplications. For ceive credit with the CLEP Subject Examination for that more information and to secure forms for making applica- course. There is no entry in the college transcript for tion, students should contact the Office of the University scores which the appropriate academic department has Registrar. determined to be unsatisfactory. Gr a d i n g Sy s t e m B . University Departmental Exams Grades and Grade Points When a student identifies a course which he or she Symbols Used feels qualified to “challenge” or “quiz-out of,” the student in Grading Description Grade Points should contact the chair of the department offering that A Excellent 4 course to determine whether a departmental examination B Well above average 3 could be accepted. If the academic department gives C Average 2 approval for the student to quiz out of a specific course, D Below average but passing 1 the student obtains a Credit by Examination registration F Failure 0 form in the University Registrar’s Office, MO 115. The AU Audit *0 University Registrar’s Office determines that the student CR Credit only-letter grade C or better *0 is either currently enrolled or a former student who is I Incomplete *0 not currently enrolled in the challenged class and is NC No Credit *0 free of all holds. The student completes the credit by IP In Progress *0 examination registration form and obtains signatures NR Not Recorded *0 as required on the form. The student must finalize this P Credit only-letter grade of D *0 process by taking the credit by exam registration form W Withdrawn passing *0 to the Business Office where he or she pays the fee for * Not included in grade point average challenging a course by examination. The fee for each credit hour is one-third of the current resident under- Awarding “Incomplete” Grades graduate per-credit-hour tuition rounded to the nearest The letter “I” indicates “incomplete work” which may dollar. After payment is made, the student returns the top be completed without repetition of the regular work of the copy of the form to the University Registrar’s Office. The course. The incomplete will not be used when a definite student takes his/her copy which has been marked “paid” grade can be assigned for the course. It will not be given to the department at the scheduled time of the examina- for the work of a student in any course except to indicate tion. Under no circumstances will the examination be that some part of the work, for good reason, has not administered prior to payment. No refunds will be given been completed, while the rest of the work has been sat- for exams not taken or not passed. isfactorily completed. The student must have completed After the student has taken the exam, the department three-fourths of the course requirements. The “I” grade evaluates it and determines whether or not the student is used only when in the opinion of the instructor there is receives credit. If the department determines that credit the expectation that the work will be completed. is to be awarded, credit for the course is posted to the The instructor lists the remaining requirements on the transcript. If the department determines based on the “Incomplete Grade Report Form” and a copy is provided exam that credit should not be awarded, no entry is to the student and Department Chairperson. When made to the transcript. If the course is taken to fulfill re- the requirements are met and evaluated, the instructor quirements in a major, a letter grade for the course may 65 submits the grade to the University Registrar’s Office in Fs are recorded can be retaken without departmental ap- order to remove the “I.” proval; courses for which a grade of C, or pass, or higher Unless an earlier deadline is stipulated by the instruc- are recorded will require departmental approval. The tor of the course, the incompletes in undergraduate transcript will contain a complete record of all courses courses must be completed by the last day of classes taken and grades earned. The repeated and not the and grades submitted to the University Registrar Office original grade will be included in determining the cumula- by the deadline of grade submission of the subsequent tive grade point average. However, after a student has Spring semester for Fall incompletes or the subsequent repeated the same course three times, or has repeated Fall semester for Spring and Summer incompletes; oth- three different courses, that student must have the per- erwise a grade of “F” will be recorded. mission of his/her academic dean before repeating any The above procedure applies to graduate Nursing course. and Psychology incomplete grades, except for PY 695 Students who are taking graduate courses (excluding and PY 699, which do NOT automatically turn to F. The Law courses) may repeat courses in which they received above procedure also applies to graduate Business a grade of C, D, or F if the repeat is granted by the dean/ Administration incomplete grades with the exception that chair of the department offering the course. The dean/ all course work must be turned in by the end of the regu- chair must provide a letter or e-mail to the Office of the larly scheduled classes within one year of the date the University Registrar indicating approval has been given incomplete was given or the grade will be recorded as an to the student to repeat a graduate course in which a C, “F”. Other graduate courses do not have a deadline ex- D, or F grade was received. The transcript will contain a cept all Washburn students must have all Washburn in- complete record of all courses taken and grades earned, completes made up before they can graduate. Students but only the last grade earned in the repeated course will transferring to Washburn with “Incompletes” on their be used to compute the cumulative grade point average. transcripts will have the courses designated with an “NC” instead of an “I”. Transfer students may have the des- Classification ignation changed by an officially revised transcript from An entering student with fewer than 24 semester the originating institution or by repeating those courses in hours of accumulated credit is classified as a Freshman. accordance with the Washburn University repeat policy. To be classified as a Sophomore, a student must have 24 semester hours of college credit. To be classified A/Pass/Fail Option as a Junior, a student must have 54 semester hours Under certain circumstances, undergraduate students of college credit. A student who has at least 88 se- have the option to elect to enroll in a course for a grade mester hours of college credit is classified as a Senior. or for A/Pass/Fail. A student may enroll in only one A/ Graduate students are those who have been formally Pass/Fail course per semester (not including KN 198). admitted to a graduate program. Law students are those To enroll in a course under the A/Pass/Fail option, a who have been formally admitted to the School of Law. student must have completed 24 semester credit hours with at least a 2.0 g.p.a. Courses in a student’s major Honors (including minor and correlate courses) cannot be taken Washburn has a variety of means to provide proper for A/Pass/Fail without written permission from the appro- recognition for successful application to college work and priate department chair or dean on file in the University several programs to encourage highly motivated and Registrar’s Office. talented students to undertake work at the honors level. If the student earns an A in the course, this is re- Latin Honors corded on the transcript. If the student earns a grade of Any student seeking a Bachelor’s degree who has B, C, or D this is recorded as CR or P on the transcript, met degree requirements by completing only Washburn and is not figured in the student’s cumulative grade point course work and by achieving a cumulative grade point average. If the student fails the course, a grade of F average of: is recorded, and this grade is figured in the student’s 3.4-3.59 receives a degree cum laude. cumulative grade point average. Students must pres- 3.6-3.79 receives a degree magna cum laude. ent a minimum of 84 graded hours (i.e., hours in which 3.8-4.0 receives a degree summa cum laude. an A/B/C/D, or F was received) for graduation with a Students who have transfer course work from any Bachelor’s degree, or a minimum of 42 graded hours for other university/college will have the following proce- an Associate’s degree. dures applied in calculating honors. If the student does Subject to the provisions above, a student may elect not have a baccalaureate degree from another university/ graded or A/Pass/Fail status for a course at any time dur- college, the cumulative grade point average of the trans- ing the period in which that student may elect to withdraw ferable course work will be used in calculating honors. If from that course. Please see the academic calendar at the student has a degree from another university/college, http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/calendars.html for the cumulative grade point average for the entire degree specific deadline dates. will be used in calculating honors. In either category, the Certain courses may not be taken for grade, but may honor awarded to a transfer student will be determined only be taken pass/fail. The above policy does not per- by the lower of the following two grade point averages: tain to such courses. 1) the overall (degree or transferable course work g.p.a. Repetition of Courses combined with the Washburn course work g.p.a.), and 2) Undergraduate courses may be repeated. The tran- the Washburn course work only. script will contain a complete record of all courses taken Transfer students must have completed a minimum and grades earned. Courses for which grades of Ds and of 24 graded hours at Washburn University to qualify 66 for a degree with honors. Latin honors are awarded for All the above School Honors require a recommenda- baccalaureate degrees only. All majors completed during tion of the department. Individual departments may also a single degree will be used in calculating honors. Any specify additional requirements. See Department Chair additional major acquired after the original degree is for more information. awarded will not be used in recalculating Latin honors for that degree. LINC Scholar/Bonner Leader PROGRAM This honor is open to any undergraduate student Dean’s Honor Roll enrolled part-time or full-time who is in good academic Students whose grade point average for the semester standing. LinC Scholar/Bonner Leader honors are award- is equivalent to 3.4 or better are honored by having their ed to students who have been accepted into the Bonner names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and they are Leader program and who have completed the required so notified by the Dean of the appropriate college or service commitment (see page 41). school. The completion of a minimum of 12 Washburn semester hours taken for letter grades is required. Gr a d e App e a l Pr o c e d u r e President’s Honor Roll The following grade appeal procedure applies to the Students whose grade point average is 4.00 for the College and the Schools, not the School of Law. The semester are honored by having their names placed obligation of the instructor to evaluate the performance upon the President’s Honor Roll and they are so noti- of students on sound academic grounds is basic to the fied by the President. The completion of a minimum of formal education process. A student who believes the 12 Washburn semester hours taken for letter grades is grade awarded him/her by an instructor is based upon required. reasons other than the student’s academic performance may appeal the grade received in a course. Students Departmental and School Honors utilize the procedure outlined below to appeal the grade In the College of Arts and Sciences, students are unless a student believes the grade was awarded based eligible to receive departmental honors upon graduation on illegal discrimination on the basis of race, color, if they fulfill the following minimum requirements: (1) a religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, sex, grade point average of 3.5 in the major, including a 3.5 in marital or parental status or sexual orientation/gender upper division work in the major; (2) successful comple- identity. Appeals based upon complaints of discrimina- tion of a research project or an equivalent deemed tion follow the University’s procedure for complaints of suitable by the department; (3) the recommendation of discrimination. (http://www.washburn.edu/main/academ- the department. Individual departments may specify ad- ics/academic-catalog/Academic_Catalog__Addendum__ ditional requirements. Grade_Appeal_Procedure_p586.html). In the School of Nursing, students who have a grade Consultation with the Instructor point average of 3.75 in nursing courses and who dem- onstrate outstanding clinical nursing performance and A student must first attempt to resolve his/her dispute are recommended by the faculty, are eligible to receive concerning the final grade received in a course through School of Nursing Honors upon graduation. consultation with the instructor of the class. Such con- In the School of Business, students are eligible to sultation normally shall take place following award of the receive School of Business Honors upon graduation grade but in no event shall such consultation take place who have a grade point average of 3.5 in all account- later than the fourth week of the next regular academic ing, business, and economic courses applied to the semester following the award of the grade. In the event B.B.A. degree, rank in the upper quarter of the Washburn the course instructor is no longer at the University or University graduating class, and demonstrate superior is on a leave of absence during the semester following research and/or independent study skills while enrolled the contested grade or the instructor shall have refused in a special research course. Students who do not com- to consult with such student, the student may proceed plete a research or independent study project, but who to the next stage, mediation by the Department Chair accumulate a 3.5 grade point average in all accounting, (where such exists). If no Department Chair exists, the business, and economics courses and rank in the upper next stage is mediation by the Dean of the College or quarter of the Washburn University graduating class School in which the course was offered. receive the special designation as School of Business Mediation by the Department Chair Scholar. If the student is dissatisfied with the result of his/ In the School of Applied Studies students may qualify her consultation with the instructor or the student shall for School Honors by fulfilling the following minimum have been unable to meet with the instructor because of requirements. Complete all appropriate course work for the instructor’s refusal to meet or absence, the student the appropriate Certificate of Completion with a minimum may seek mediation of the matter with the Department grade point average of 3.75 and all course work com- Chair in the unit in which the course was offered. The pleted at Washburn. For the Associate degree, com- Department Chair must be notified in writing by the stu- plete all appropriate major and correlate courses, with dent of his/her intention to continue the appeal process. a minimum of 30 hours completed at Washburn and a Such notification must be received within 10 working minimum grade point average of 3.5. For a baccalaure- days of the day on which the student/instructor consulta- ate degree, complete all appropriate major and correlate tion has been completed. The process shall be termi- courses with a minimum grade point average of 3.5, and nated if notification is not received within the 10 working complete a research project or a departmental approved days. The instructor shall make available to his/her equivalent project. Department Chair all of the materials and criteria which 67 entered into the determination of the student’s final grade required. If either the student or the instructor pres- in the course. The student shall provide the Department ents witnesses, he/she must provide to the Committee Chair, in writing, the grounds for contesting the grade by a written summary of the testimony expected of the the instructor. After receiving and reviewing these ma- witness(es) to the committee and to the other party not terials, the Department Chair shall meet with the student later than three days prior to the date of the hearing. and the instructor, either jointly or separately, to attempt The student or the instructor may be accompanied by an to mediate the dispute about the contested grade. advisor whose only role in the course of the hearing will be to render advice to the student/instructor. The amount Mediation by the Dean of the College or of time allotted to each party will be left to the discretion School in which the course was offered of the Committee. If the student is dissatisfied with the result of his/ her consultation with the instructor or the student shall Decision have been unable to meet with the instructor because of At the close of the hearing the Committee shall the instructor’s refusal to meet or absence, the student meet and determine, by a vote of four out of five of the may seek mediation of the matter with the Dean of the members, whether the student has proved the relief College or School in which the course was offered. The sought should be awarded for the reasons stated in his/ Dean must be notified in writing by the student of his/her her notice of appeal and the student’s grade changed. intention to continue the appeal process. Such notifica- The Committee shall report its decision in writing to tion must be received within 10 working days of the day the student, the instructor and to the Vice President for on which the student/Department Chair consultation Academic Affairs. The decision of the committee shall be has been completed. The process shall be terminated final. If it is the judgment of the committee that the grade if notification is not received within the 10 working days. be changed, then the Vice President for Academic Affairs The instructor shall make available to his/her Dean all of shall notify the Registrar, who will enter the changed the materials and criteria which entered into the deter- grade which will be initialed by both the Vice President mination of the student’s final grade in the course. The and the Registrar. student shall provide the Dean, in writing, the grounds for contesting the grade by the instructor. After receiving Ac a d e m i c Pr o b a t i o n , Su s p e n s i o n and reviewing these materials, the Dean shall meet with the student and the instructor, either jointly or separately, An d Re i n s t a t e m e n t to attempt to mediate the dispute about the contested I. A student in good standing is defined as one whose grade. cumulative grade point average is 2.00 or above. II. Any student whose cumulative G.P.A. falls below Appeal to Grade Appeal Committee 2.00 will be placed on academic probation for the If, after mediation with the Dean as provided above, next semester in which the student enrolls. the student is still dissatisfied with the result, he/she may III. Students will have their records evaluated at the end file a notice of appeal with the Dean which shall specify of the probationary semester with one of the follow- the relief requested and provide a written summary of ing outcomes: the grounds for appeal to the Grade Appeal Committee. A. a student whose cumulative grade point average Such notification must be received by the Dean within has been raised to 2.00 or above will be restored 10 working days of the day on which the student/instruc- to good standing; tor consultation has been completed. The process shall B. a student whose cumulative grade point average be terminated if notification is not received within the is still below 2.00 but who earned a semester 10 working days. Upon receipt of the notice of appeal, grade point average of 2.25 or above will be the Dean shall forward it and all materials submitted by maintained on probation; the instructor and student during the mediation process C. a student whose cumulative grade point average to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. The Vice is still below 2.00 and who earned a semester President for Academic Affairs, upon receipt of the notice grade point average between 2.00 and 2.25 may and materials, shall appoint and convene a committee be maintained on probation under the following of five persons, comprised of three faculty members conditions: (two from the same department or area, one faculty from 1. The student must submit a typewritten petition another department or area), and two students, to serve to the Committee on Undergraduate Probation as the Grade Appeal Committee. At its first meeting, the and Reinstatement demonstrating that there Grade Appeal Committee shall select its chairperson and were extenuating circumstances beyond the set the date, time and place for the appeal to be heard. student’s control, which resulted in the low The committee shall advise the student and the instructor level of academic performance. of the hearing date. 2. The student must present evidence that these circumstances no longer exist and that the Hearing student will be able to perform at a higher level The hearing will take place before the entire during the next semester. Committee. The burden of proof rests with the student D. a student whose cumulative grade point aver- who shall, during the course of the hearing on the con- age still does not meet the required standards tested grade, be responsible for presenting evidence to and who earned a semester grade point average support the claim. The hearing will be informal and the below 2.00 will be suspended for at least one formal rules of evidence shall not be applicable. Oral semester. Summer Sessions are not considered testimony of witnesses may be presented but is not as one semester. 68 IV. Reinstatement of academically suspended students • all previous academic work at any college or univer- is different than financial aid reinstatement, and sity will be disregarded with respect to Washburn neither is guaranteed. In order to be considered for University graduation requirements; academic reinstatement, the student must submit a • the prior academic record remains a part of the stu- typewritten petition to the Dean of Students no later dent’s overall academic transcript but is not carried than 30 calendar days prior to the beginning of the forward as part of the student’s program; semester in which the student wants to enroll. The • the transcript will indicate Academic Fresh Start and Dean will forward the petition to the Committee on the date granted; Undergraduate Probation and Reinstatement, which • the student will then begin college study again will approve or deny the petition for reinstatement. under the current catalog with no credits attempted, In making its decisions the Committee will consider: no credits earned, and no grade points earned; A. the extent to which a student demonstrates awareness of the causes of poor performance • this policy applies only to Washburn students. A during the previous enrollment; student transferring from Washburn University to B. evidence that the student has effectively dealt another institution will have to follow the receiving with the causes of previous poor performance institution’s policy; and and understands what will be required in order to • a person may receive Academic Fresh Start only achieve academic good standing; and once. C. any other evidence which would indicate that the At least three years must have elapsed between the student has the motivation and ability to under- end of the semester in which the applicant was last in take and succeed in a program of college study. attendance at any post-secondary institution and the Students who have been suspended and are beginning of the semester in which he/she intends to later reinstated will be readmitted on academic re-enroll. probation. A student granted Academic Fresh Start is an entering V. Any requests for exceptions will be referred to a freshman and as such is eligible for consideration for all designated committee member who will, after con- academic opportunities afforded by Washburn. sultation with the student, make a recommendation Granting of Academic Fresh Start does not mean the to the Committee. The student should be aware student is eligible for financial aid. An individual request that the recommendation must be approved by the for reinstatement of federal aid should be directed to the Committee as a whole. financial aid office in writing. VI. The transcript will contain a complete record of all Petitions are available through Academic Advising courses taken and grades earned, but only the last in Morgan Hall 122. For transfer students or former grade earned in a repeated course will be used to Washburn students who have subsequently attended compute the cumulative grade point average. another institution, an official copy of all transcripts must VII. When they enter, transfer students must meet the be on file in the Office of Admissions before the applica- retention standards of Washburn students, including tion is considered. Students must apply 30 days before entering on probation. each semester’s enrollment period. VIII. A grade of incomplete will, in no way, affect the GPA for the semester in which it is received. The grade, when it has been made up, or the F to which it has been converted, will affect the semester and cumulative grade point averages. IX. Students who have academic deficiencies are advised to enroll in no more hours than they have successfully (with C or better grade) completed in the preceding semester. X. No student will be reinstated more than twice . The third academic suspension is, in effect, the final academic dismissal, except that a student who has been academically dismissed may, three or more years after dismissal, apply for readmission under the Fresh Start Program . Ac a d e m i c Fr e s h St a r t Students, who have performed poorly in their first year or two at college and then withdraw or are dismissed, fre- quently return to school later to resume their education. Unfortunately their prior academic record often presents a major obstacle to their overall success. Persons in this The Washburn Flute Quartet prepares for the category who want an opportunity for a fresh undergrad- premier of the commission “Tall Grass,” uate start at Washburn University, without the handicap performed with orchestra. of their prior academic record, may apply for admission under Academic Fresh Start, subject to the following conditions: 69 Kuehne Bell Tower serves as a landmark in the center of campus.

70 PROGRAMS

DEGREES

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

71 Graduating seniors proudly display their honors regalia.

72 Gr a d u a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s need to have completed 54 credit hours to enroll in EN 300. Each candidate for a degree must meet the general • English 101, English/Honors 102, English 200, and requirements for graduation and the specific require- English 300 will not count toward the completion of ments for the degree desired. The ultimate responsibility the Arts and Humanities General Education require- for complying with degree requirements rests with the ment; however, transfer students who have com- student. In order to ensure the early and proper selec- pleted a second semester freshman composition tion of a field of concentration, every student seeking a course at another institution may use that course to baccalaureate degree is required to have filed a declara- fulfill three hours of the humanities General Educa- tion of major by the time the student has completed 54 tion requirement. credit hours. Candidates for the associate degree must • Candidates for the degree must earn at least a C file the declaration of major at the completion of 24 credit (or equivalent) in both Freshman and Advanced hours. A student is free to change or add majors at any Composition. time by following the correct prescribed procedures. Declaration of a major is made on a Declaration of Major/ Note: English 300 satisfies three hours of the forty– Degree/Catalog Year form which the student secures five upper division hours required for a four-year de- on-line at http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/forms. gree. Students who have completed English 102 or a The student fills out the form, in consultation with the comparable course at another college or university will department chair or assigned advisor of the department be able to use their second semester freshman com- in which he or she plans to major. The chairperson signs position credits toward Washburn’s graduation require- the form and either the chairperson or the student then ments, even though their English 102 does not satisfy returns the form to the office of Enrollment Management. Washburn’s upper division writing requirement. Candidates for the Baccalaureate or Associate Degree 3. Two hours of KN198 Lifetime Wellness are required must file an Application for Degree form in the Office of with an earned grade of at least a C. (The excep- the University Registrar in September for the fall semes- tion to this requirement are Washburn students who ter and in February for the spring and summer semes- completed an associate degree under a catalog prior ter. The University confers degrees at the end of each to 1995 (when the Lifetime Wellness requirement semester and at the end of the Summer Session. was initiated), who satisfied the previous physical education requirement as part of their associates Un i v e r s i t y Re q u i r e m e n t s Co mm o n t o degree program and are therefore granted a waiver of the KN 198 requirement. Transfer students who Al l Ba c h e l o r De g r e e s completed associates degrees prior to 1995, and 1. A minimum of 124 semester hours of credit is re- who completed at least two hours of physical educa- quired for graduation. tion as part of their associates degree program, are 2. All students graduating from Washburn must take six also granted waiver of the KN 198 requirement.) hours of composition courses, three at the freshman 4. Three hours of Mathematics are required. Students level and three at the junior level. must complete MA 110 or MA 116 with a grade of • Most freshmen will satisfy this requirement by C or better. This requirement will be waived if the taking EN 101: Freshman Composition. Freshmen student demonstrates appropriate competency whose names begin with A through K will enroll in as determined by the Mathematics and Statistics English 101 during Fall Semester and those whose Department. (Some acceptable waivers: completion, last names begin with the letters L through Z in with a C or better, of any Washburn mathematics the Spring Semester. For those students who do course or its equivalent numbered higher than MA not feel adequately prepared for 101, the English 116; an ACT score in mathematics of at least 28 or Department offers EN 100: Developmental English. an SAT score in mathematics of at least 640.) This course, taught by full-time faculty members, 5. A specified number of hours in General Education offers smaller classes and individual attention to is required (See General Education Groups and students who need additional preparation before Subject Areas) attempting EN 101. Students are allowed to decide 6. A cumulative grade average of at least C (2.0 grade for themselves whether they would feel more point) is required. comfortable with the supplemental support that 100 7. Forty-five hours of Junior-Senior work are required offers. This “directed self-placement,” however, (300-400 numbered courses). can be aided by consultation with members of the 8. At least 12 hours in the major must be in the upper English faculty, individual advisors, and advisors in division courses. CUSP. Students should be aware that EN 100 is 9. To count toward a major, minor, or required cor- considered a remedial course and does not count related area, work must be of C grade or better. A towards the 124 credits required for graduation. correlated area is defined as any course or courses outside the major discipline required for the comple- • The second required composition course is EN tion of that major. 300: Advanced Composition. This course, which 10. A/Pass/Fail option cannot be taken in the major de- is designed to be taken in the junior year, prepares partment, or correlated area unless written permis- students for advanced academic writing. Students sion is obtained from the head of the major depart- ment for that course and filed with the University Registrar’s Office.

73 11. For the bachelor degrees, at least 30 hours must be requirement may also be used to meet the distribu- earned in residence at Washburn, including 20 of the tion requirements for Math and Natural Sciences. last 30, or 40 of the last 60 presented for the degree. 5. Six hours in each of the distribution groups of At least 25 percent of the credit hours required for General Education (see General Education Groups the major must be taken at Washburn. and Subject Areas) with courses selected from at 12. At least 60 hours of the 124 hours required for the least two disciplines in each group. The individual baccalaureate degree must be taken at a 4 year col- student should check with the major department; in lege or university. many cases, correlated areas required by the major 13. A student may be awarded a degree after complet- department will fulfill some of the general education ing the requirements for that degree in effect when requirements. he/she first enrolled or, if he/she chooses, in effect 6. A cumulative grade average of at least 2.0 is in any subsequent year except that no degree shall required. be awarded based upon requirements not in effect 7. To count toward a major, minor, or required cor- within six years of the date of graduation. related area, work must be of C grade or better. A 14. A double major may be completed within the 124 correlated area is defined as any course or courses hour total by meeting all the requirements of the two outside the major discipline required for the comple- majors. tion of that major. 15. Any candidate for a second baccalaureate degree 8. A/pass/fail option cannot be taken in the major must meet the specific requirements for both de- department or correlated area unless written permis- grees and present a minimum of 154 hours of credit. sion is obtained from the head of the major depart- No more than 40 hours of this total can be ungraded. ment for that course and filed with the Registrar’s 16. For general elective credits for a baccalaureate Office. degree, no more than a combined total of ten hours 9. Twenty-four credit hours must be completed at of credit in physical activity courses (beyond the two- Washburn University; of these, 12 of the last 24 must hour graduation requirement) and music ensemble be Washburn University credits. courses will count. 10. Forty-two hours must be graded. (Cooperative pro- 17. No more than 12 hours of correspondence work grams with Kaw Area Technical School are exempt). may be offered toward any degree. This applies to 11. No more than 12 hours of correspondence study correspondence courses only and not to extension may be offered toward a degree. Courses failed by courses. Courses failed by a student in residence a student in residence may not be repeated by cor- may not be repeated by correspondence. Normally, respondence. Normally, courses offered on campus courses offered on campus may not be taken by may not be taken by correspondence. correspondence. 12. A student may be awarded a degree after complet- 18. While there is no specific limit to the total number of ing the requirements for that degree in effect when semester hours that may be taken on a non-graded he/she first enrolled or, if he/she chooses, in effect basis such as A/pass/fail, credit by examination, in any subsequent year except that no degree shall advanced placement, and/or military service, a mini- be awarded based upon requirements not in effect mum of 84 hours presented for graduation must be within six years of the date of graduation. on a graded basis. 19. Candidates for degrees other than the BBA degree Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n St a t e m e n t are limited to a maximum of 21 hours of Accounting The following statement on general education was (AC) and Business (BU) courses within the 124 mini- passed by the general faculty. The primary function of a mum required for graduation. liberal education is to teach those students who have the capacity and the desire to learn how to learn. Washburn n i v e r s i t y e q u i r e m e n t s o mm o n t o U R C University believes that a good education is the shared a l l As s o c i a t e De g r e e s responsibility of the primary and secondary schools and the university. The foundation for a liberal education 1. A minimum of 62 hours is required. must be developed in the pre-college years. The univer- 2. Three hours of English Composition (English 101 or sity must strengthen and build on this foundation. The its equivalent) are required (see 2.a. & 2.b. under goals of a liberal education can be divided into two areas Requirements Common to All Bachelor’s Degrees). --intellectual skills and areas of knowledge. 3. Two hours KN 198 with a grade of C or better are re- A graduate with a baccalaureate or associate degree quired. (See exception listed in #3 under University should have acquired the following skills: Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees.) The ability to: 4. Three hours of MA 110 or MA 116 with a grade of a) read intelligently; C or better. This requirement will be waived if the b) write effectively; student demonstrates appropriate competency c) listen sensitively; as determined by the Mathematics and Statistics d) speak clearly; Department. (Some acceptable waivers: comple- e) think creatively; tion, with a C or better, of any Washburn math- f) reason mathematically and understand nu- ematics course or its equivalent numbered higher merical data; than MA 116; an ACT score in mathematics of at g) process information both in terms of synthe- least 28 or an SAT score in mathematics of at least sis and analysis; 640.) Any mathematics courses taken to satisfy this h) interpret and assess human values; and 74 i) solve problems using the methods of analysis 6. Courses in the student’s major discipline do not fulfill considering evidence, relevance and validity. general education requirements. Since knowledge consists of more than random General Education Groups, Subject Areas and and unrelated facts, the university encourages broad Approved General Education Courses comprehension. The areas of knowledge needed by a graduate are listed below: ARTS AND HUMANITIES 1. The world of human ideas, aspirations, values and 1. English (Excluding: EN 100, 101, 102, 200, and 300; institutions -- an understanding of how ideas have however, transfer students who have completed a been developed and expressed in history, the arts, lit- second semester freshman composition course at erature, philosophy, religion and the social sciences. another institution may use that course to fulfill three This includes investigation into how human beings hours of the General Education requirement in the have existed at other times and in cultures other than Arts and Humanities) EN 110, EN 131, EN 133, EN our own. 135, EN 138, EN 145, EN 177, EN 178, EN 190, EN 2. The world of nature -- an understanding of the scien- 192, EN 205, EN 206, EN 208, EN 209, EN 210, EN tific method and the physical world, knowing some- 212, EN 214, EN 332 thing about the earth, the nature of human beings as 2. Honors a biological species, and comprehending the implica- HN 201 tions of science and technology in our society. 3. Philosophy A liberal education cannot be obtained by a student PH 100, PH 102, PH 104, PH 110, PH 115, PH 117, through enrollment in a few specially designed courses. PH 201, PH 202, PH 207, PH 214, PH 220, PH 315 The required skills and areas of knowledge must be pre- 4. Religion sented, explained, discussed and used throughout the RG 101, RG 102, RG 105, RG 106, RG 207 whole university curriculum. This statement is a guide 5. Music not only for the students to determine their expectations MU 100, MU 101, MU 102, MU 103, MU 104, MU of a college education, but also for each professor to 105, MU 106 help determine the extent that his or her course is meet- 6. Art ing the goals of general education. AR 101, AR 102, AR 103, AR 105, AR 114, AR 120, AR 140, AR 141, AR 301, AR 306, AR 307, AR 309, Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s AR 310, AR 314 Students who have completed baccalaureate degrees 7. Mass Media at accredited institutions of higher education are consid- MM 100 ered to have satisfied general education requirements, 8. Modern Language (FL 102, FR 102, GE 102, JP 102, and are therefore not required to meet Washburn’s SP 102 may not be counted toward fulfillment of the general education requirements common to all Bachelor general education requirement for the B.A. degree.) and Associate degrees. This includes all aspects of the FL 102, FL 201, FL 202, FR 102, FR 201, FR 202, FR general education degree requirements, such as EN 303, FR 307, FR 309, GE 102, GE 201, GE 202, GE 101, EN 300, KN 198, the math requirement, and the 307, JP 102, JP 201, JP 202, SP 102, SP 201, SP general education distributions. Students will, however, 202, SP 307, SP 380 be required to meet general education requirements that 9. Communication are specific to certain Bachelor and Associate degrees. CN 101, CN 150 Transfer students should also see “Transfer” section for 10. Theatre additional information. TH 101, TH 102, TH 103, TH 202 TH 206, TH 207, To fulfill general education requirements a student TH 301, TH 306 must complete the following: 1. Six hours of English Composition (EN 101 & EN 300). 2. Two hours of Physical Education (KN 198). (Note the exception to this requirement described under “University Requirements Common to All Bach- elor Degrees”) 3. Three hours of Mathematics (MA 110 or MA 116). (For additional information, see #4 under University Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees) 4. Nine, twelve or fifteen hours (depending on Bach- elor’s degree) in each of the three general education groups: Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Mathematics, to total 27 or 42 hours depending on degree (see Specific Degree Require- ments below). 5. Six hours for Associate degree in each of the general education groups: Humanities, Social Sciences, and The challenge of scaling the climbing wall Natural Sciences and Mathematics with courses se- provides entertainment at the Student Recreation lected from at least two disciplines in each group. and Wellness Center. 75 11. Interdisciplinary Studies Education credit from any one discipline except in IS 170*, IS 175, IS 375 Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up *This course may be used in any one of the three gen- to 8 hours may be counted if earned in two separate eral education areas. General Education courses. The student must also complete the 102 level course, NATURAL SCIENCES, MATHEMATICS AND or the equivalent, in one of the languages offered by the STATISTICS Department of Modern Languages. Students must earn 1. Biology a D or better grade, or CR/P credit, in order to fulfill the BI 100, BI 101, BI 102, BI 150, BI 202, BI 203 foreign language requirement. Course work taken to 2. Chemistry fulfill this requirement may not be applied toward general CH 101, CH 102, CH 103, CH 121, CH 151, CH 152 education requirements for the B.A. degree. Equivalents 3. Physics of the course work are defined as follows: PS 101, PS 102, PS 120, PS 126, PS 261, PS 281 • successful completion of a similar course of study 4. Astronomy in a foreign language taken at an accredited post- AS 101, AS 102, AS 103 secondary institution. 5. Geology • successfully challenging the departmentally ad- GL 101, GL 103 ministered 102 level examinations or a score of 6 Mathematics (Excluding: MA 110 or MA 116, if taken “4” or higher on the AP or CLEP foreign language for University requirements for baccalaureate degree. examinations. Note: Native speakers of a language MA 110 or MA 116 will count toward distribution re- other than English may not receive credit for any quirements for associate degrees.) MA 117, MA 123, 100 level courses in that language MA 140, MA 141, MA 142, MA 145, MA 148, MA 151, MA 206 • acceptance into a regular credit-bearing academic 7. Honors program of study by students whose native lan- HN 203 guage is not English. 8. Interdisciplinary Studies 2 . Bachelor of Business Administration, IS 170* Bachelor of Integrated Studies, and *This course may be used in any one of the three Bachelor of Public Administration general education areas. degrees SOCIAL SCIENCES A student must have 15 hours in Arts and Humanities 1. Political Science / Geography with at least 3 of those hours selected from the area PO 106, PO 107, PO 225, PO 235, GG 101, GG 102 of Art, Music, or Theatre and the remaining credit hours from at least two other disciplines. The student 2. History must also have 12 hours in Natural Sciences and HI 100, HI 101, HI 102, HI 111, HI 112 Mathematics. The credit hours must include courses 3. Psychology from at least two disciplines other than Mathematics. PY 100, PY 101, PY 210, PY 211, PY 231 The student must also have 15 hours in Social Sciences. 4. Economics No more than 6 hours may be counted for General EC 100, EC 200, EC 201 Education credit from any one discipline except in 5. Sociology Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up SO 100, SO 101 to 8 hours may be counted if earned in two separate 6. Anthropology General Education courses. AN 112, AN 114, AN 116, AN 120 Candidates for the Bachelor of Business 7 Honors Administration degree cannot use Economics courses HN 202 to fulfill the General Education social science require- ment. Candidates for the Bachelor of Integrated Studies 8. Interdisciplinary Studies degree cannot use courses identified as satisfying IS 170* the Individualized Study Program (ISP) or the Multi- *This course may be used in any one of the three gen- disciplinary Study Program (MDSP) to fulfill their General eral education areas. Education distribution requirement. Ge n e r a l Ed u c a t i o n Re q u i r e m e n t s 3 . Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in f o r Sp e c i f i c Ba c h e l o r ’s & As s o c i a t e Nursing, Bachelor of Health Science, De g r e e s or Bachelor of Music with a major in Education or PERFORMANCE . 1 . Bachelor of Arts A student must have 9 hours in each of the three A student must have 15 hours in Arts and Humanities distribution groups with courses selected from at least with at least 3 of those hours selected from the area two disciplines in each group, to include 3 hours in of Art, Music, or Theatre and the remaining credit Art, Music, or Theatre within the 9 hours of Arts and hours from at least two other disciplines. The student Humanities. The Bachelor of Science in Nursing has ad- must also have 12 hours in Natural Sciences and ditional specified course requirements that fall within the Mathematics. The credit hours must include courses distribution groups. from at least two disciplines other than Mathematics. NOTE: Bachelor of Science Degree Requirement - A The student must also have 15 hours in Social Sciences. thirty hour concentration (minor) chosen from the Natural No more than 6 hours may be counted for General Sciences and Mathematics Division in departments other 76 than the major, and with at least 20 of these hours in one Mathematics, and six hours in the Social Sciences, with department. All coursework taken to meet the concentra- courses selected from at least two disciplines in each tion in Natural Sciences must be a grade of “C” or better. distribution group. 4 . Bachelor of Education (majors in elementary education and physical Ac a d e m i c Pr o g r a m s education) . A student should consult with the appropriate depart- Co l l e g e o f Ar t s a n d Sc i e n c e s ment for specific course requirements. De g r e e Pr o g r a m s 5 . Bachelor of Social Work A student must have 15 hours in the Arts and CREATIVE AND PERFORMING ARTS Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, Music, Art (BA) (BFA) or Theatre, and 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Art Education (BFA) Mathematics with some specified courses. Fifteen hours Preschool-Grade 12 Education are required in Social Sciences with specific course re- Art History (BA) (BFA) quirements. No more than 6 hours may be counted from Mass Media (BA) any one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Advertising or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted Electronic Media if earned in two separate General Education courses. Media Writing & Publishing Please read the Social Work section of this catalog for Public Relations further information. Music (BA) Music Education (BM) 6 . Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice, General Bachelor of Legal Studies Preschool-Grade 12 Education A student must have 12 hours in the Arts and Music Performance (BM) Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, Music, Brass, Strings, Percussion, and or Theatre, and 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Woodwinds Mathematics with some specific course requirements. Piano or Organ Twelve hours are required in Social Science with some Voice specific course requirements. No more than 6 hours Theatre (BA) may be counted from one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up to 8 hours HUMANITIES may be counted if earned in two separate General Communication (BA) Education courses. Corporate Health 7 . Bachelor of Applied Science Legal A student must have 12 hours in the Arts and Political Humanities, three hours of which must be in Art, English (BA) Music, or Theatre, 12 hours in Natural Sciences and Literature Mathematics, and 12 hours in the Social Sciences with Writing specific course requirements in each of the distribution Secondary Education areas. No more than 6 hours may be counted from any Humanities & Creative Performing Arts (AA) one discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Modern Languages (BA) or Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if French earned in two separate General Education courses. German 8 . Associate of Arts, Associate of Science Spanish and Associate of Applied Science Preschool-Grade 12 Education Philosophy (BA) A student must complete six hours from the Arts Religious Studies (BA) and Humanities, six hours in Natural Sciences and NATURAL SCIENCES & MATHEMATICS Biochemistry (BA) (BS) Biology (BA) (BS) Secondary Education Chemistry (BA) (BS) Secondary Education Computational Physics (BS) Computer Information Science (BS) (BA) Computer Information Systems (AA) Forensic Chemical Science (BS) General Science (BS) Mathematics (BA) (BS) Mathematics A study abroad opportunity takes students and Actuarial Science Specialization faculty to Africa. 77 Secondary Education Specialization LPN to BSN Articulation (BSN) Clinical Laboratory Science (Formerly Medical Paramedic to BSN Articulation (BSN) Technology) (BS) Natural Science & Mathematics (AA) Sc h o o l o f App l i e d St u d i e s De g r e e Physics (BA) (BS) Pr o g r a m s Secondary Education Specialization SOCIAL SCIENCES ALLIED HEALTH Anthropology (BA) Diagnostic Medical Sonography (C) Economics (BA) General Sonography History (BA) Vascular Sonography Secondary Education Cardiac Sonography Political Science (BA) Health Information Technology (C) (AS) Non-Profit Management (C) Health Services Administration (BHS) Public Administration (BPA) Medical Imaging (BHS) Public & Non Profit Management (C) Occupational Therapy Assistant (AS) (Pending Psychology (BA) (MA) approval by Washburn University Board of Regents) Clinical (MA) Physical Therapist Assistant (AS) Sociology (BA) Radiation Therapy (C) Radiologic Technology (AS) EDUCATION and Kinesiology Computed Tomography (C) Early Childhood Education (AA) Magnetic Resonance (C) Elementary Education (BEd) Respiratory Therapy (AS) Building Leadership (MEd) Surgical Technology (AS)* Curriculum & Instruction (MEd) Technology Administration (BAS) # Special Education (MEd) Reading (MEd) CRIMINAL JUSTICE & Legal studies Athletic Training (BS) Criminal Justice (AA) (BSCJ) Physical Education (BEd) Corrections (BSCJ) P - 12 Teaching Emphasis (BEd) Law Enforcement (BSCJ) P- 12 Teaching (Licensure Only) Security Administration (BSCJ) Kinesiology (BA) Criminal Justice (MCJ) Exercise Physiology (BA) Legal Studies (C) (AA*, BLS) # Health Education and Promotion (BA) HUMAN SERVICES Physical Therapist Assistant (BA) Sport Management (BA) Human Services (AAS) (BAS) Flexible Option (BA) Addiction Counseling (C) Developmental Disabilities INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS Gerontology Integrated Studies (BIS) Mental Health Individualized Studies Victim/Survivor Services (C) Administrative Communication Youth Services Liberal Arts Program Morita Therapy (C) Web Technology Utilization Non-Profit Management (C) Liberal Studies (MLS) SOCIAL WORK Kansas Studies (Minor Only) Peace Studies (Minor Only) Social Work (BSW) (MSW) Women’s and Gender Studies (Minor Only) Dual Juris Doctorate/MSW Degree Special Programs Sc h o o l o f Bu s i n e s s Banking (AAS) De g r e e Pr o g r a m s Washburn institute of technology Accounting (BBA) associate programs Business Administration (MBA) Early Childhood (See Education Department) (AA) # Economics (BBA) Office Administration (AA) # Finance (BBA) Food Service (AA) # General Business (BBA) Surgical Technology (AS) # Management (BBA) Design Technology (AAS) # Marketing (BBA) Graphics/Printing Technology Dual Juris Doctorate/MBA Degree Photo Technology Technical Drafting Sc h o o l o f Nu r s i n g De g r e e Pr o g r a m s Industrial Technology (AAS) # Auto Technology Nursing (BSN, MSN) Building & Industrial Technology RN Articulation (BSN) Cabinet & Millwork 78 Collision Repair Certified Logistics Technician Commercial & Heavy Construction Certified Medication Aide Computer Repair and Networking Certified Nursing Assistant Diesel Mechanics Child Care Technology Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning Collision Repair Technology Electronics Technology Commercial and Heavy Construction Machine Technology Computer Repair and Networking Technology Welding Diesel Mechanics Note: Concentrations are italicized and indented. Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning C = Certificate of Completion Electronic Technology *See Associate Degree Programs with WIT in the Graphics/Printing/Photo Technology index HealthCare Technology # = WIT and Washburn University Associate Industrial Technology programs Legal Office Professional Machine/Tool Technology Washburn Institute of Technology Medical Office Specialist Automotive Technology Practical Nursing Building Technology Professional Cooking Business Administrative Technology Surgical Technology Cabinet and Millwork Technology Technical Drafting Welding

During Apeiron, a forum of research, scholarship and creativity, a student discusses her poster presentation.

79 80 COLLEGE OF ARTS & SCIENCES

Morgan Hall, Room 108 (785) 670-1636 http://www .washburn edu/cas. Gordon McQuere, Dean Bruce Mactavish, Associate Dean Laura Stephenson, Associate Dean

Division of Creative and Division of Social Sciences Performing Arts History Art Political Science / Public Mass Media Administration / Geography Music Psychology Theatre Arts Sociology / Anthropology

Division of Education and Division of Natural Sciences Kinesiology and Mathematics Education Biology Health / Kinesiology Chemistry Computer Information Sciences Mathematics & Statistics Physics / Astronomy / Geology

Division of Humanities Communication English Modern Languages Philosophy / Religious Studies

81 Student and faculty musicians gather on the White Concert Hall stage.

82 Ge n e r a l In f o r m a t i o n and Sciences graduates are accepted into prestigious graduate and professional schools. Year after year, Arts and Sciences graduates go immediately into interesting MISSION jobs and begin making important contributions to their The College of Arts and Sciences seeks to engage communities. students in a principled search for intellectual growth Arts and Sciences students inherit the values of the and development. In the same progressive spirit that liberal arts. Students who take courses in Arts and motivated its founders, the College aspires to educate its Sciences are drawn immediately into the “conversation of students in the liberal arts so they can acquire, create, humankind”: What is the meaning of experience? What communicate, and integrate knowledge to enrich their is the nature of the universe? What is our place in the own lives and to prepare them for positions of respon- world? sibility and usefulness as active citizens of their local Students learn information, but they also learn how communities and our global society. The college finds to think, how to ask questions, and how to pursue and supportive strength in its capital city location, its diverse evaluate answers. student body, its distinct academic units working to Success in every profession depends on the ability to fulfill a shared purpose, and its emphasis on both small think critically, recognize new trends, find the key ques- classes and individual instruction. tions in new contexts, and recognize the consequences History of new answers. Since many students will enter profes- From its inception, the College of Arts and Sciences sions unrelated to their major, the College provides stu- has been entrusted with the responsibility for providing dents with the skills necessary to meet future challenges. the liberal education central to the mission of Washburn Arts and Sciences departments reach out to the com- University. Maintaining a standard of excellence in all of munity through a wide range of activities that include: its programs, the College strives to motivate and chal- service activities, consulting, public events, internships, lenge students to develop creative thinking, aesthetic special activities for high school students. The College awareness, and discriminating judgment, as well as a of Arts and Sciences offers a broadly based liberal sense of purpose and a zeal for continued independent education for all students, regardless of their specific ob- and formal learning. jectives. In addition, it also provides for career-oriented Through its faculty, the College remains the advo- endeavors, including a number of terminal programs and cate for liberal education as a force for adaptation to an practical experiences in the field, and prepares qualified ever-changing world. Faculty commitment to the triad of students for graduate and professional schools. teaching, scholarship and service helps guide students r a d u a t i o n e q u i r e m e n t s in specialized ways while exposing them to broad areas G R of knowledge encompassed by liberal education. This Each candidate for a degree must meet the general combination of generalized and specialized learning requirements for graduation and the specific require- leads to the integrated understanding characteristic of an ments for the degree desired. educated person. De c l a r i n g A Ma j o r Why a College of Arts and Sciences Education? In order to insure the early and proper selection of a The College of Arts and Sciences promotes “learning field of concentration, students seeking a baccalaureate for a lifetime” across a variety of disciplines. Although degree are required to file a Declaration of Major/Degree/ the content and focus of course work may vary across Catalog Year form by the time they have completed 54 disciplines, several themes characterize all departments credit hours. Candidates for the associate degree must and programs within Arts and Sciences. Faculty pay file the declaration of major at the completion of 24 credit attention to students as individuals. Course offerings are hours. A student is free at any time to change majors, or designed to meet the needs of a diverse student popula- to add a second or third major, by following the pre- tion. Students work with Ph.D.’s from the beginning of scribed procedures. their academic careers. Majors are well-known as indi- In order to ensure the early and proper selection of a viduals and valued as members of a departmental family. field of concentration, students seeking a baccalaureate As Dr. William Langdon, former Director of International degree are required to file a declaration of major by the Programs commented, “All of our majors are hand-made. time they have completed 54 hours. Candidates for the There is no mass production here.” associate degree must file the declaration of major at the Alumni have gone on to do extraordinary things. completion of 24 credit hours. A student is free at any Among the 11,000 graduates of the college are time to change majors, or to add a second or third major, Nobel Prize winners, Governors, CEO’s, Members of by following the prescribed procedures. Declaration Congress, Presidential candidates, nationally recognized of a major is made on a Declaration of Major/Degree/ coaches, world-renowned scientists, entrepreneurs, Catalog Year form which the student secures on-line at academics, and writers. http://www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/forms/advising. Arts and Sciences students win honors. The debate html. The student fills out the form, in consultation with team has qualified for elimination rounds at the national the department chair of the department in which he or level for ten consecutive years. Math, science, and she plans to major. The chairperson signs the form social science majors regularly publish their scholar- and assigns the student an advisor. Either the chairper- ship. Humanities and performing arts students fre- son or the student then returns the form to the office of quently receive prestigious awards. Year after year, Arts Enrollment Management. An additional form should be

83 submitted for any change of major, change of degree, or Bachelor of Arts Degree additional major. Each candidate for the degree is required to complete A separate form should be submitted for any change the following: of major, change of degree, or additional major or • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must degree. be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300 or 400 level. p t i o n a l i n o r O M • A major consisting of no less than 24 hours of which An Optional Minor for the Bachelor of Arts degree 12 must be at the upper division level. in the College of Arts and Sciences shall consist of no • Eighty-four hours outside the major discipline. less than 15 hours in one discipline as specified by the • Mathematics 110 (MA 110) or Mathematics 116 (MA department. Of these, 6 hours must be at the upper divi- 116) or a course with MA 116 as a prerequisite with sion level. Students must have a grade of C or better in a grade of C or better. each course in the Optional Minor. The Optional Minor is • Six hours of English composition, three of which not to be confused with any department’s required minor must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and or required correlated courses. KN 198, Lifetime Wellness are required. Filing Fo r Gr a d u a t i o n • The 102 level course in one of the languages of- fered by the Department of Modern Languages, Candidates for the baccalaureate and associate or the equivalent. Course work taken to fulfill this degree must file an Application for Degree form in the requirement may not be applied toward general Office of the University Registrar in order to initiate a education requirements for completing the B.A. graduation check. (See the academic calendar for the degree. Equivalents of the required course work exact date.) are defined as follows: The University confers degrees at the end of each • successful completion of a similar course of study semester and at the end of the Summer Term. The in a foreign language taken at an accredited post- University has two commencements a year—at the end secondary institution. of the fall and the spring semester. Students who are scheduled to complete final requirements for the degree • successfully challenging the departmentally ad- during the following summer term may be permitted to ministered 102 level examinations or a score of participate in the spring Commencement. Such can- “4” or higher on the AP or CLEP foreign language didates need to have a Declaration of Major/Degree/ examinations. Catalog Year form and an Application for Degree form on Note: Native speakers of a language other than English file in the University Registrar’s Office. (See the appro- may not receive credit for any 100 level courses in that priate Registration Information Guide for date deadlines.) language. *acceptance into a regular credit-bearing academic De g r e e s An d Ma j o r s Of f e r e d program of study by students whose native language is not English. Requirements for All Arts and Sciences Distribution hours in Arts and Humanities, Social Baccalaureate Degrees Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Mathematics . To receive a B.A., B.Ed., B.F.A., B.I.S., B.M., B.P.A., Students must complete 15 hours in Arts and or B.S. degree from Washburn University, a student must Humanities with at least 3 hours selected from the area complete a minimum of 99 semester hours of credit in of Art, Music, or Theatre; the remaining credit hours courses that either are offered in the College of Arts and must be selected from at least two other disciplines. To Sciences or would normally be taught by a discipline meet the distribution requirement in the Social Sciences, in a college of arts and sciences. Exempted from this students must complete 15 hours, from this group, with policy is the existing articulation agreement between the no more than 6 hours counted from any one discipline Division of Education and Kinesiology and the Physical in Social Sciences. To meet the distribution requirement Therapist Assistant program. For general elective credit in Natural Sciences and Mathematics, students must for one of these degrees, no more than a total of ten complete 12 hours of Natural Sciences and Mathematics hours of credit in Kinesiology activities courses (beyond courses; the credit hours must include courses from at the two hour graduation requirement) and music en- least two disciplines other than Mathematics. No more semble courses will count. Certain other courses applied than 6 hours may be counted for General Education toward special certificates and associate degrees will not credit from any one discipline except in Biology, count for general elective credit for the baccalaureate Chemistry, Physics, or Mathematics where up to 8 hours degrees specified above. Among the courses offered in may be counted if earned in two separate General post-secondary institutions, some are of such a nature Education courses. Courses are selected in consultation that they will not be counted toward the degrees offered with an advisor from the approved courses in each of the in the College of Arts and Sciences. Such courses in- distribution groupings. clude, but are not limited to, those focusing on keyboard- Candidates must have a cumulative grade point ing, shorthand, drafting, coding, record maintenance, and average of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in manual skills. The Curriculum Committee of the College each course in the major, required correlate courses and of Arts and Sciences determines which courses will be the two required English composition courses, and the credited toward the degrees listed below. required lifetime wellness course. A double major may be completed within the 124 hour total by meeting all the 84 requirements of the two majors. Students may also elect Bachelor of Integrated Studies a minor in the College of Arts and Sciences. The minor The Bachelor of Integrated Studies requirements are shall consist of no less than 15 hours specified by the based on the assumption that the depth of experience department of which 6 must be at upper division level. component of a baccalaureate degree may be adequate- Candidates for a minor must have a grade of C or better ly provided by utilizing a multi-disciplinary approach. In in each course in the minor. This optional minor is not to particular, those students who do not plan to seek post be confused with any department’s required minor or re- baccalaureate education in a specific field still might quired correlated courses. See the General Information benefit greatly from a relatively brief exposure to funda- section of the catalog concerning hours transferred to mental aspects of selected disciplines relevant to their Washburn University. personal interests, goals, aspirations, or career path, Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree despite never completing the full set of major require- ments in a discipline. Each candidate for the degree is required to complete Multi-disciplinary plans of study within the Bachelor of the following: Integrated Studies may be created in one of two ways: • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must 1) Unique, customized plan created by a student and 2) be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 Standard multi-disciplinary plan created by a group of level. departments. • A major consisting of no less than 86 hours, 12 of Creation of a Customized Plan. To meet the depth which must be at the 300-400 level (See Art Depart- of experience component of the degree requirements, ment in index for specific requirements). the student designs and submits for approval an • Six hours of English composition, three of which Individualized Study Program (ISP). This ISP is formu- must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and lated by selecting courses from two (or more) Emphasis KN 198, Lifetime Wellness and 3 hours of MA 110 Areas, or by selecting courses which are consistent with or 116. a specific focus, theme, or unifying conceptual principle. • Nine hours in each of the three distribution groups A six-member Integrated Studies Advisory Committee (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural (ISAC) chaired by the College of Arts and Sciences Sciences and Mathematics) with courses selected (CAS) Dean or the Dean’s designee is charged with from at least two disciplines in each group, to the responsibility of reviewing and approving each BIS include 3 hours in, Music, or Theatre within the Individualized Study Program (ISP). Working with a 9 hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are member of the ISAC, students will develop and pres- selected in consultation with an advisor from the ent an ISP proposal. The committee will review ISPs approved courses in each of the distribution group- submitted, and approve or modify ISPs. Generally, an ings. ISP will have to be approved (by majority vote) at least • Candidates must have a cumulative grade point one year (24 credit hours) before expected graduation. average of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better In exceptional situations, the ISAC at its discretion may in each course in the major, in English Composi- consider appeals to approve an ISP one semester (12 tion, in lifetime wellness (pending Board of Regents credit hours) before graduation. approval) and in the course taken to satisfy the Uni- Completion of Departmentally-Generated Multi- versity Mathematics requirement. See the General Disciplinary Plan. As the world becomes more complex, information Section of the catalog concerning hours the need for interdisciplinary educational experiences transferred to Washburn University. increases. To respond to this trend, groups of depart- ments may design a Multi-Departmental Study Program Bachelor of Education Degree (MDSP) for approval by the six-member Integrated The Bachelor of Education degree is designed to Studies Advisory Committee (ISAC). Such Multi- meet the needs of those who want to teach at the early Departmental Study Programs require the approval of childhood, elementary school or middle school levels the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences as well as and those who plan to teach physical education and the Dean of any academic unit participating in such a business. program. Students who choose to pursue these “pre- The Bachelor of Education Degree requires at least approved” plans of study must complete the course-work 48 semester hours of credit in general education with identified by the participating departments. specific course requirements in Social Science, Natural Students interested in obtaining more information Science, and Humanities and Creative and Performing should contact the College of Arts and Sciences Dean’s Arts. The Department of Education requires regular office. academic advising to facilitate the student’s successful Each candidate for the Bachelor of Integrated Studies completion of degree requirements. degree is required to complete the following: To obtain a Kansas Teaching Certificate, the • ISAC approval of Individualized Study Program student must satisfy Kansas State Department of (ISP) at least one year before intended graduation Education Certificate requirements in addition to degree or completion of the requirements of a pre-ap- requirements. proved multi-departmental study program (MDSP); Majors in the P-12 Physical Education Teaching • Grade of “C” or better required for designated Emphasis must meet the specific requirements of the courses in ISP or MDSP; selected specialization as described in the Kinesiology • ISP/MDSP consists of at least 36 graded hours, section of this catalog. including 12 hours 300-400 level courses and a

85 capstone project (IS389 and IS390 or substitute Each candidate for the degree is required to complete approved by ISAC); the following: • The first 36 hours of the ISP/MDSP may not be ap- • One hundred twenty-four hours, 84 of which must plied to the 84 hour “non-major” requirement; and be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 • Courses applied to the General Education distribu- level. tion requirements may not also be utilized to meet • A major consisting of at least 30 hours, but not in ISP/MDSP requirements; and excess of 40 hours, in Political Science Courses. • All requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree At least 15 or these hours will be in upper division with the following exceptions: courses. See Political Science in the index.  No major requirements • Eighty-four hours outside the major.  No foreign language requirement. • Six hours of English composition, three of which must be at the upper division level (EN 300), and Bachelor of Music Degree KN 198 Lifetime Wellness with a grade of C or bet- Candidates for the degree, Bachelor of Music, may ter. choose a major in music performance or a major in mu- Distribution hours in Arts and Humanities, Social sic education. All students graduating with the Bachelor Sciences, and Natural Sciences and Mathematics . of Music degree will be expected to appear in recital. Students must complete 15 hours in Arts and Participation in two large ensembles or accompanying is Humanities with at least 3 hours selected from the area required during each semester of full-time enrollment. In of Art, Music, or Theatre; the remaining credit hours addition, all full-time students are required to attend recit- must be selected from at least two other disciplines. To als and programs. meet the distribution requirement in the Natural Sciences Music Performance Major and Mathematics, students must complete 12 hours of The major in music performance consists of a total Natural Sciences and Mathematics courses; the credit of 124 hours, including 24 hours in private lessons. hours must include courses from at least two disciplines Those electing the performance major must complete other than Mathematics. Students must complete 15 six hours of English Composition, three of which must hours in Social Sciences. No more than 6 hours may be at the upper division level (EN 300) and KN 198 be counted for General Education credit from any one Lifetime Wellness. In consultation with the advisor, the discipline except in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, or student must elect nine hours in each of the three dis- Mathematics where up to 8 hours may be counted if tribution groups (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, earned in two separate General Education courses. and Natural Sciences and Mathematics) with courses Courses are selected in consultation with an advisor selected from at least two disciplines in each group, to from the approved courses in each of the distribution include 3 hours in Art, Music, or Theatre within the 9 groupings. hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are selected in Candidates must have a cumulative grade aver- consultation with an advisor from the approved courses age of at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each in each of the distribution groupings. Music courses may course in the major, required correlate courses, English not be used in fulfilling the Humanities requirements. composition, and course taken to satisfy the University Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of Mathematics requirement. at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each course Bachelor of Science Degree in music, in English Composition, in lifetime wellness, and in course taken to satisfy University Mathematics Each candidate is required to complete the following: requirement. • One hundred twenty four hours, 84 of which must be graded and 45 of which must be at the 300-400 Music Education Major level. The major in music education is designed for those • A major consisting of at least 30 hours, and no who wish to teach in public or private schools. This more than 48 in one department, of which 12 must degree program amounts to 142 hours and may neces- be at the upper division level. Majors for the Bach- sitate work beyond the eight semesters shown in the elor of Science degree are limited to the following curriculum. Those majoring in music education will take disciplines: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Informa- the courses outlined in the catalog and choose their elec- tion Sciences, Mathematics, Medical Technology, tives to cover the general education requirements and Athletic Training, and Physics. the professional education requirements for the Kansas • A thirty hours concentration (minor) chosen from the Degree Secondary Certificate as specified in the catalog. Natural Sciences and Mathematics Division in de- Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of at partments other than the major, and with at least 20 least 2.5 and a grade of C or better in each course in the of these hours in one department. The thirty hours major, in lifetime wellness, and in English Composition. must be approved by the student’s major depart- A grade point average of 2.75 is required in music, gen- ment chairperson. eral education, and professional education categories. • Seventy-six hours outside the major discipline, 30 Bachelor of Public Administration Degree of which must be allocated to the required minor. The Bachelor of Public Administration (BPA) degree is • Nine hours in each of the three distribution groups designed to meet the needs of students seeking careers (Arts and Humanities, Social Sciences, and Natural in the public or quasi-public sector or seeking to continue Sciences and Mathematics) with courses selected their education in professional programs. from at least two disciplines in each group, to 86 include 3 hours in Art, Music, or Theatre within • Computer Information Systems the 9 hours of Arts and Humanities. Courses are • Early Childhood Education selected in consultation with an advisor from the • Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts approved courses in each of the distribution group- • Natural Science and Mathematics ings. See requirements common to all Associate degrees • Mathematics 110 (MA 110), Mathematics 116 (MA in the index. For specific requirements of the Associate 116) or a course with MA 116 as a prerequisite with degrees in Computer Information Sciences and Early a grade of C or better. Childhood Education, contact the appropriate depart- • Six hours of English Composition and KN 198 Life- ment; for the remaining degrees, see appropriate aca- time Wellness. demic department. Candidates must have a cumulative grade average of MAJORS OFFERED at least 2.0 and a grade of C or better in each course in Anthropology the major and minor and in English Composition, and in Anthropology - BA lifetime wellness. See the General Information section of Art this catalog concerning hours transferred to Washburn Art - BA University. Art - BFA In addition to offering the traditional Bachelor of Art Education - BFA Science Degree in Physics or Mathematics, Washburn Art History – BA, BFA University offers a 3-2 engineering program in coopera- Biology tion with Kansas State University and the University of Biology – BA, BS Kansas. Under this program a typical student will take Secondary Education – BA, BS three years of prescribed curriculum at Washburn and Chemistry then transfer to Kansas State University or the University Biochemistry -- BA, BS of Kansas. Upon completion of one year of prescribed Chemistry – BA, BS work at either of the institutions named, the student Forensic Chemical Science – BS will be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree from Secondary Education – BA, BS Washburn, and upon completion of the requirements of Clinical Laboratory Sciences the selected school, the appropriate engineering degree Clinical Laboratory Sciences - BS will be awarded by that school. Bachelor of Science can- Communication didates should meet with the chairperson of their major Communication – BA department no later than their third semester to complete Corporate Emphasis a declaration of major form. Health Emphasis Bachelor of Science in General Science Legal Emphasis An alternative program to the Bachelor of Science Political Emphasis described above is the Bachelor of Science in General Computer Information Sciences Science. A student may elect this program by substitut- Computer Information Systems – AA, BA ing the following requirements for the major and minor Computer Information Science – BS requirements listed above. The candidate must take at Economics least eight hours of course work in each of the subject Economics - BA areas of Biology, Chemistry, Computer Information Education Sciences, Mathematics and Physics/Astronomy. These Early Childhood Education – AA hours must be in courses that would count toward a Elementary Education – B.Ed major in each of the respective departments. Also, an Secondary - Licensure additional 20 hours of course work that would be ap- Graduate – M.Ed propriate for majors in the listed departments must be Reading completed by the student, at least 12 hours of which Curriculum and Instruction must be in upper division courses. Students desiring Educational Leadership middle school teaching certification in General Science Special Education should contact the certification office in the Department English of Education for specific requirements relative to that cer- English - BA tification. Candidates for this program should meet with Literature Emphasis the chairperson of the Natural Science and Mathematics Writing Emphasis division no later than their third semester to complete a Secondary Education - BA declaration of major. French French - BA The Associate of Arts Degree Secondary Education - BA The following Associate of Arts degrees are offered in General Science the College of Arts and Sciences: General Science – BS German German - BA Secondary Education - BA History History - BA 87 Secondary Education - BA Undergraduate Co u r s e s Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts - AA An d Pr o g r a m s Integrated Studies Each course description carries a statement of Integrated Studies - BIS conditions under which the course may be taken, and Liberal Studies - MLS the amount of credit given for its satisfactory comple- Mass Media tion. The absence of stated prerequisites in the course Mass Media – BA description implies that the course number indicates the Advertising Emphasis status of students eligible to take the course. Electronic Media Emphasis Public Relations Emphasis Am e r i c a n Citizenship Media Writing and Publishing Emphasis Mathematics and Statistics A Department of American Citizenship was made pos- Mathematics – BA, BS sible through the gift contributed, in part, by the George Mathematics I. Alden Trust. The Departments of History and Political (Secondary Education Specialization) Science administer the American Citizenship Program. BA, BS Specific courses are listed under History and Political Mathematics Science. (Actuarial Science Specialization) – The courses in the American Citizenship Program are BA, BS designed to offer students a study of history that will give Music them a broad view of what has happened in the past as Music - BA a basis for an adequate understanding of what is hap- Music - BM pening now and to give them, further, a study of political Music Education: science that will contribute toward their competence as Music Performance: effective citizens. The courses are organized to meet Piano, Organ, Voice, Strings, Brass, the needs of four specific groups of students: first, those Percussion, Woodwinds who want well-rounded training as part of a liberal arts Natural Sciences and Mathematics program; second, those who are preparing for graduate Natural Sciences and Mathematics –AA work in history and political science; third, those who Philosophy are preparing to go to a professional school; and fourth, Philosophy - BA those who plan to teach in secondary schools. Kinesiology The program for majors in history and/or political Athletic Training - BS science who plan to teach includes interdisciplinary co- Kinesiology (P-12) - B.Ed. operation in the study of the structure, key concepts, and Kinesiology – BA methodology of the various areas, work with new ideas in Exercise Physiology social studies curriculum projects, the inclusion of media Health Education and Promotion resources, the importance of current affairs, and the Physical Therapy Assistant study of education that is multicultural in nature. Sport Management Flexible Option An t h r o p o l o g y Physics and Astronomy Sociology and Anthropology Department Physics – BA, BS Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/anso/ Secondary Education - BA, BS Political Science Henderson Learning Center Room 218 Political Science- BA (785) 670-1608 Public Administration – BPA Professor Bruce Zelkovitz Psychology Associate Professor Cheryl Childers Psychology - BA Associate Professor Margaret Wood Psychology (Clinical)- MA Assistant Professor John Paul Religion Assistant Professor Sangyoub Park Religious Studies - BA Assistant Professor Sharla Blank Sociology Assistant Professor Mary Sundal Sociology - BA Lecturer Karen Kapusta-Pofahl Spanish Spanish – BA Degree Offered Secondary Education- BA Bachelor of Arts Theatre Anthropology Theatre – BA Minor Offered Anthropology Mission Consistent with the mission of the University and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Anthropology Department at Washburn University exists to introduce

88 students to the academic discipline of anthropology. As Majors are strongly encouraged to take courses such, we offer to a broad range of today’s students a in statistics and computer science; and to complete a variety of timely, lively, and applicable general educa- minor. tion and elective course work in which we stress the general education goals of an ability to intelligently read, THE MINOR effectively communicate, and assess distinctive human To minor in Anthropology, students must complete a values. minimum of 15 hours of credit in Anthropology. These In addition to our obligation to the overall university hours must include AN 112 and any other 4 courses curriculum, we further make the effort to identify, compre- in Anthropology, two of which must be upper division hensively support, and nurture anthropology majors. We courses. Students must have a grade of C or better in also offer a specialized curriculum to prepare our majors each course applied to the minor. Sociology majors are to pursue graduate studies in anthropology. Our depart- permitted to minor in Anthropology. ment transmits content and ways of thinking enabling COURSE OFFERINGS our majors to compete favorably with other liberal arts (Courses marked with

89 AN 300/400 Special Topics in Anthropology (1-3) AN 318 North American Archaeology (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be A non-technical survey course about the diversity of hu- announced in advance. May be taken for more than one man experiences in North America form earliest settle- semester. Prerequisite: AN112 or consent. ment on this continent to the present time. The course will also provide an opportunity to investigate ancient tool AN 302/SO 302 Culture and Human Sexuality (3) making techniques. Prerequisite: AN 112 or AN 114 or A theoretical and empirical survey of human sexual be- consent of instructor. liefs and activities in selected Western and non-western cultures. Prerequisite: AN 112 or SO 100 or consent of AN 319 North American Indians (3) instructor. Selected North American Indian cultures from Mexico to Alaska. Includes the major culture areas of North AN 303 Human Prehistory (3) America, such as the American Plains Indians, Pueblos, A nontechnical survey of human primate background, Eskimo, Northeast Woodlands, Southeast, and contem- fossil primates and fossil humans, and the growth and porary Mexican. Prerequisite: AN 112. differentiation of human cultures from the earliest begin- ning to the development of civilization. Prerequisite: AN AN 320 Olmec, Aztec, Maya (3) 112 or 114. This course is designed to provide students with an intro- duction to the people and cultures of ancient Mesoamer- AN 304/S0 304 The Family (3) ica. Throughout the semester students explore what Changes that have occurred in definitions of family and archaeologists know about the Mesoamerican past and family functions, the effects of the changes on status how they have come to know it. The course examines and roles of family members, and family disorganization, Mesoamerican (pre)history from the earliest hunting and with emphasis placed on the United States family and gathering occupants of the region to the colonial period. families in non-western societies. Prerequisite: SO 100 Throughout the semester we discuss the development or AN 112. of agriculture, the establishment of early village life and AN 311 Primate Social Behavior (3) growth of a variety of complex state societies. Students A comparative study of primate and social structures, will become familiar with the Olmec, Teotihuacan, Zapo- emphasizing free-ranging baboon, chimpanzee, and go- tec, Maya, Toltec, Aztec and others. Prerequisite: AN 114 rilla societies. The course will also survey recent labora- or consent of instructor. tory primate research and will also include observational AN 321/521 Anthropology of Women (3) studies at the local zoo. Prerequisite: AN116. The roles and statuses of women around the world are AN 312/S0 312 Culture, Health and Illness (3) examined in the three sub-systems of culture-material, Sociocultural causes of illness; health care delivery social and ideational- including in-depth studies of systems, patient-practitioner relationships; prevention women in horticultural, peasant, and modern societies. of illness. Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN 112 or consent of Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent of instructor. instructor. AN 322 Visual Anthropology (3) AN 313 Religion, Magic and Witchcraft (3) This course explores the production and reception A cross-cultural examination of the many ways in which of images among and between members of diverse human beings have conceived of the “supernatural”, cultures in the contemporary world and by anthropolo- including magic or religious beliefs and practices in both gists themselves. Topics to be covered include the use the non-Western and Western worlds. Major theories of photographs, film and video as a tool in ethnographic about the origins and social functions of such beliefs research; the ‘reading’ of photographs and film from and practices will be explored. Prerequisite: AN 112 or an anthropological perspective; and the creation of the consent. “other” through visual images. Prerequisite: AN 112. AN 316 Forensic Anthropology (3) AN 323/SO 323 The City and Urban Life (3) Forensic Anthropology introduces the student to osteol- Comparative study of the origin and development of cit- ogy and focuses on the identification of skeletal remains ies. Focuses on processes of development, rural-urban utilizing both laboratory analysis and literature. Hands migration, interrelationships between people, urban on laboratory exercises along with text questions chal- cultures, social institutions, use of space and competing lenge students to interpret crime scenes based on theoretical perspectives. Examines Latin American, Afri- physical evidence. Students read fictional accounts of can, European as well as American cities. Prerequisite: forensic practice and are encouraged to critically evalu- AN 112, SO 100, or consent. ate popular media presentation of forensic science. AN 324/524 History and Theory of Anthropology (3) This class can be useful to students in nursing, criminal The course explores the development of key themes in justice, prelaw, chemistry, biology, archaeology, and an- anthropology, such as the origins of the human species, thropology. Prerequisite: 3 credit hours in Anthropology the “nature-nurture” debate, the sources of cultural diver- or 3 credit hours in Biology. sity, and the direction of social change. The approaches AN 317/S0 317 Peoples and Cultures of Africa (3) of various influential thinkers are compared and con- A survey of the indigenous cultures and societies of trasted, and the major current “schools of thought” are Africa through the study of kinship, politics, economics, clarified. One of two capstone courses required of religion and contemporary socio-cultural change. Pre- Anthropology majors. Prerequisite: declared major, requisite: AN 112 or consent. junior/senior standing, or consent.

90 AN 325 Anthropology of the Caribbean (3) AN 363 Internship (1-3) This course examines cultural life in the Caribbean Field training to provide students with experience in an through the study of colonialism, slavery, race, class, operational or research setting through assignment to gender, tourism, and relision. Prerequisite: AN 112 local social agencies or museums approved and super- vised by a faculty member. May be elected twice for a AN 326/S0 326 Aging and Society (3) maximum of three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, The social position of the aged, paying particular at- senior standing and consent. tention to American society, using historical and cross- cultural considerations. The situation and problems of AN 370 Historical Archaeology (3) older persons will be examined from the vantage point of The major goal of this course is to examine the ways in sociological theories of aging and related empirical stud- which historical archaeologists combine documentary ies. Prerequisites: SO 100 or consent of instructor. evidence and material culture to understand how people in the past negotiated their everyday lives in an arena AN 333 Culture and Personality (3) of global-scale social interactions. Chronolgically the Cultural, social and psychological dimensions of signifi- course covers the period of colonialism and the spread cant relationships that affect personality development. of capitalism from 1400 AD to the present. Using the Attention will be given to cross-cultural studies of person- Americas and Caribbean as a geographical focus, the ality. Prerequisite: SO 100 and AN 112; PY 100. course devotes special attention to anthropological ap- AN 335 Applied Anthropology (3) proaches to colonialism and capitalism through the topics Uses of anthropology in, the modern world, and its of material culture, gender, ideology, ethnicity, race, iden- relationship to planned cultural change. Prerequisite: SO tity, labor, class and resistance. Prerequisites: AN 114 or 100, AN 112, or consent. consent of instructor AN 336/SO 336 Globalization (3) AN 371 Laboratory Methods in Archaeology (3) An examination of work, life, and culture in an increas- In this course, students will be introduced to laboratory ingly globalized world. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. methods through a project-oriented, hands-on format. This course will introduce you to many of the important AN 337/537 Creativity and Society: Anthropology and principles and concepts that archaeologists use to iden- “The Arts” (3) tify, analyze, manage and curate artifacts. In addition, An exploration of the relationship between the artist, “the students will have hands-on experience working with a arts”, and the wider society. Considers what constitutes real archaeological collection. Prerequisite: AN114 or “creativity” in different cultures, how the artist’s role var- consent of instructor ies, and the social functions served by visual art, music, literature, dance, drama, and other expressive forms. AN 372 Archaeological Field School (1-6) Cases are drawn from a wide range of culture, including Field experience in excavation procedure, laboratory the contemporary U.S. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. preparation and artifact analysis. Offerings include class- room instruction in regional and site prehistory. Prerequi- AN 338/SO 338 Strategies for Social Change (3) site: AN 112 and 114 or consent. This course examines possible solutions to major con- temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, AN 524 History and Theory of Anthropology (3) sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. The course explores the development of key themes in Theories of social change are explored and alternative anthropology, such as the origins of the human species, futures for American society are considered. Prerequi- the “nature-nurture” debate, the sources of cultural diver- site: SO 100, 101, or consent. sity, and the direction of social change. The approaches of various influential thinkers are compared and con- AN 340 Childhood and Society (3) trasted, and the major current “schools of thought” are A cross-cultural survey of how the phenomenon of “child- clarified. Prerequisite: Admission to the MLS program hood” is defined, viewed, and experienced in various and consent. societies around the world. Prerequisite: AN 112. AN 538 Strategies for Social Changes (3) AN 361 Supervised Study (1-3) This course examines possible solutions to major con- Under supervision, Anthropology majors may under- temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, take a research project or undertake extensive reading sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. in some aspects of the discipline or engage in a field Theories of social change are explored and alternative experience. May be elected twice for a maximum of futures for American society are considered. Not open to three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, junior /senior students with credit in SO 538. Prerequisite: Admission standing and consent. to the MLS Program and consent of instructor. AN 362/SO 362 Methods of Social Research (3) Specific research techniques employed by Sociologists, Anthropologists, and other social scientists are con- sidered, including polls and surveys, the interview and participant observation. Each student will complete an outside project. One of two capstone courses required of Anthropology majors. Prerequisite: declared major and 15 hours of Anthropology; or consent.

91 Ar t Both the B.A. and the B.F.A. degrees include elective art courses that allow a student to concentrate in a particu- Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/art/ lar media area or explore a range of artistic expression. See Degree Requirements and Course Offerings. Art Building, Room 101 (785) 670-1125 Art Department Scholarships The Art faculty award scholarships for BA and BFA art Professor Glenda Taylor, Chair majors each year. The Barbara L. Buzick Art Scholarship Professor Reinhild Janzen provides tuition, books, art supplies, and on-campus Associate Professor Azyz Sharafy room and board. It is awarded to an incoming freshman Assistant Professor Michael Almond art major and may be renewed through graduation. The Assistant Professor Marguerite Perret deadline for submission of portfolios and support materi- Assistant Professor Yeqiang Wang als is February 15. Contact the Art Department for more Lecturer Marydorsey Wanless information. Lecturer Michael Hager Catron Professor Stephanie Lanter Student Learning Outcomes Art majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, Degrees Offered are expected to have: Bachelor of Art • Acquired knowledge of the major movements and Art monuments in art history, Art History Bachelor of Fine Art • acquired the ability to express, understand, and Art (Teacher Licensure or Emphasis in Art History) interpret human values through visual arts and • acquired the ability to speak, think, and write criti- Minors Offered cally about art. Art Studio In addition, studio art majors at Washburn University, Art History upon graduation, are expected to have: Mission • Acquired the ability to create expressive artworks Consistent with the mission of the University and in a variety of media; the College of Arts and Sciences, the Art Department is • acquired the ability to create original visual art- dedicated to providing students with a strong foundation works; based on mastering basic concepts of art, design, art • acquired the ability to use elements and principles history and criticism, as well as learning the technical of design to communicate visual expression; and skills necessary to make art in a changing world. This • acquired the ability to use art media and techniques foundation is complemented by providing opportunities to skillfully. see the best of historical and contemporary original art, These abilities are assessed by the faculty at the interact with artists, and increase awareness of global begining, mid- and exit levels through critiques, papers, art. Working towards these goals challenges students to exhibitions, tests and class projects. express human values through the creation of art, and to think, speak, and write critically about art. BA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The Art Department serves those intending to prepare Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Art for a profession in the Visual Arts (BFA degrees), those (B.A.) students seeking a Liberal Arts education focused in the visual arts (BA degrees), as well as non-majors who The Bachelor of Arts in Art is a degree consisting of seek knowledge of the visual arts. Studio and art history forty (40) credit hours in Art plus the general education courses are open to anyone with proper prerequisites. requirements of the college. Faculty maintain active professional careers as content Foundation Courses - 22 hours for teaching and are exemplars of life-long learning in the AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) visual arts. AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) Department Description AR 120 Design I (3) The degree programs in art are designed to meet a AR 121 Design II (3) variety of student needs. The B.A. in Art is considered a AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) basic liberal arts degree, easily combined with other de- AR 140 Drawing I (3) gree programs in the college for purposes of obtaining a AR 300-level art history (3) double major. The B.A. in Art History is structured for the AR 402 Art Forum (1) student interested in museum studies or advanced work Elective Art Studio Courses - 18 hours in art history or related fields. The B.F.A. is a profession- Must include 12 hours upper division studio courses al degree program for students interested in a career in chosen in consultation with an art advisor. NOTE: art and advancement into graduate programs in art. The Senior BA majors must present a portfolio for faculty re- B.F.A with Teaching Licensure includes studio, art history view. All studio art majors must enter the juried student and professional education courses leading to Kansas art exhibition at least once during their academic career. P-12 Art Teacher licensure. The BFA with Emphasis in Art History includes 30 hours of art history courses in addition to 62 studio hours designed to meet the needs of students desiring strong backgrounds in each area. 92 Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts AR 300 Criticism (3) Degree in Art History (B A. ). or The B.A. in Art History is a degree consisting of forty AR 307 Art Since 1945 (3) (40) credit hours in the major plus the general education AR 243/343 Figure Drawing (3) requirements of the college. All students majoring in Art 300-level Art History elect. (3) History shall take the following required courses: 2-D Elective (3) AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) Printmaking Elective (3) AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) 3-D Elective (3) AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) Workshops (6) AR 140 Drawing I (3) Studio Electives (18) AR 142 Survey of Art Materials (3) 400 Senior Exhibit (1) AR 300 Art Criticism (3) 402 Art Forum (1) AR 312 Research in Art History (3) TOTAL =86 hours AR 402 Art Forum (1) 18 hours art history electives (15 hours must be upper NOTE: All studio classes meet twice the amount of division) time as a lecture class. 3 hours of credit = 6 hours per week of classroom instruction and 3 hours minimum of NOTE: A senior research paper is required of all BA- work outside of class. Art History majors (AR 312). All BA Art history students Admission to the B F. .A . Program (sophomore level) must take RG 105 Introduction to Old Testament, or RG In order to maintain high standards and encourage 106 Intro to New Testament or EN 210 Mythologies in successful completion of the BFA degree, we require Literature (3) as required correlate course in Humanities students to meet the following criteria for admission to (may count as General Education). the BFA program: BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE - B .F .A . • GPA of 2.8 or above in art courses. The Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees are regarded as • Completion of or concurrent enrollment in the fol- professional preparation programs. BFA graduates lowing art courses: exhibit expression, knowledge, and skill development AR 101 Survey of Art History I indicative of those entering the professional art world. AR 102 Survey of Art History II All BFA students prepare a senior exhibition of their AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media artwork as the capstone experience of their degrees. AR 140 Drawing I Additionally, BFA with teacher licensure students meet AR 141 Drawing II all competencies and requirements to teach art P-12 in AR 120 Design I the state of Kansas. BFA with Emphasis in Art History AR 121 Design II majors demonstrate a broad understanding of art history Two 200 level courses through additional coursework in this field. • Portfolio Evaluation: Each semester art faculty will meet to review port- Requirements for the BFA degree folios for BFA approval. Students being reviewed must The Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree (B.F.A.) is particu- submit the following support materials: larly suited to the student who intends to follow a career • a statement of professional intent in the visual arts, including graphic design, photography, web design, animation, fine arts or crafts. The degree • transcript of all college courses consists of 86 hours in Art, 6 hours English Composition • portfolio not to exceed 8 digital images on CD. 101 and 300, KN 198, 3 hours MA 110 or higher, 27 Portfolios will be evaluated for evidence of techni- hours general education (9 hours from each of the divi- cal proficiency, effective visual design, originality, and sions), and 45 hours in upper division work. Note: All 45 expression. Students will be notified of acceptance or hours of upper division credits can be obtained in Art. All non-acceptance prior to the subsequent semester’s BFA students must enter the Juried Student Exhibition at enrollment period. Candidates may reapply for BFA ad- least twice during their academic career. mission one time. Candidates are encouraged to apply to the BFA program as soon as they are qualified so they Major Requirements - BFA may better plan their course selections. AR 101 Survey of Art History I (3) Senior exhibition is an exit requirement for the AR 102 Survey of Art History II (3) B .F .A . and must be completed during the senior year . AR 120 Design I (3) AR 121 Design II (3) Studio Workshop Classes AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) Workshop classes are designed to allow independent AR 140 Drawing I (3) research and creative development for advanced stu- AR 141 Drawing II (3) dents, with faculty supervision. Students are expected AR 219 Introduction to Printmaking (3) to spend at least 3 hours per week working for each 1 AR 220 Darkroom Photography I (3) hour of credit. Students may complete Transformational AR 223 Graphic Design I (3) Experience opportunity through workshop classes. To do AR 240 Painting I (3) so, students must complete a written proposal, research, AR 339 Painting II (3) documentation and public presentation of results. AR 260 Ceramics I (3) Students may accumulate no more than 12 hours work- AR 262 Sculpture I (3) shop in any media area. 93 Requirements for the BFA with an Emphasis in Art Workshop (3) History AR 300 Art Criticism (3) The Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree with an emphasis AR 3xx Upper division art history (3) in Art History is particularly suited to students who desire Art electives (6) to further their art education with MFA or MA degrees, AR 380 Elementary Art Ed (3) or those interested in art conservation. The degree AR 381 Craft Techniques (3) consists of 38 hours of General Education and University AR 328 Meth/Phil Art Ed ( 3) Requirements, and 92 hours in the arts area. AR 400 Senior Exhibit (1) AR 402 Art Forum (1) Studio Courses AR 120 Design I (3) TOTAL = 65 hrs AR 121 Design II (3) Students must maintain a 2.8 GPA in the major AR 131 Basic Digital Art Media (3) throughout this program. Students must follow the de- AR 140 Drawing I (3) gree requirements for General Education required by the AR 141 Drawing II (3) department of Education and be formally admitted to the AR 219 Introduction to Printmaking (3) University’s Professional Teacher Education Program. AR 223 Graphic Design I (3) For admission requirements, see EDUCATION in this AR 240 Painting I (3) catalog. BFA-ED students must also meet admission AR 260 Ceramics I (3) requirements to the B.F.A. program. See above. AR 262 Sculpture I (3) Senior exhibition is an exit requirement for the AR 339 Painting II (3) BFA/ED, and must be completed during the senior 2 – D elective (3) year . 3 – D elective (3) Workshop (3) MINOR IN ART A minor in Art is designed to integrate art knowledge Studio Electives (12) with other disciplines of the University. It may be con- AR 400 Senior Exhibition (1) structed from courses in any area of the curriculum. The AR 402 Art Forum (1) minor must be planned with the aid of art faculty. A minor Total Studio Courses = 62 hours consists of 18 hours and includes study in art history and Art History Courses studio courses. In order for the minor to both provide AR 101 Survey (of) Art History I (3) an overview of the discipline and offer opportunity for AR 102 Survey (of) Art History II (3) proficiency in some aspect of it, the following guidelines AR 142 Survey (of) Art Materials (3) must be met: AR 300 Criticism or AR 307 Art since 1945 (3) • Studio: Must include AR 120 Design I or AR 140 Upper Division Art History Electives (18) Drawing I; AR 101, 102, or 103; and at least 6 hours Total Art History Courses = 30 hours of upper division studio courses. Total of 18 hours. • Art History: Must include AR 101, 102, and 142 and Total General Education and University Requirements 9 hours upper division Art History electives. (38) NOTE: Humanities General Education Courses COURSE OFFERINGS MUST INCLUDE RG 105 Old Testament, RG 106 New (Courses marked with

97 AR 391 Art Therapy (3) See AR 291. AR 399 Special Topics in Art (1-3) AR 580 Graduate Field Experience in Art Education Special media or content offerings not covered in other (1-3) art courses. May be repeated with different topics. Pre- Field work in educational setting, such as public school, requisites as specified for each offering. museum, community center, summer, or after school pro- grams. Application of personal research in studio and / AR 400 Senior Exhibition (1) or art history to educational settings. Prerequisite: Chair Preparation and presentation of an exhibit of student’s permission, Admission to M. Ed Program in Curriculum art work. Prerequisite: BFA-senior status, BA with De- and Instruction with concentration in Art. partment approval. AR 590 Graduate Thesis Art (3) AR 401 Internship (1-3) Culmination of artistic research in Art Studio and Art his- This course is designed to provide students with work tory as part of Master of Education degree in Curriculum experience in their chosen field. Pass/Fail basis only. and Instruction with Concentration in Art. Must include Prerequisite: Jr/Sr Art major and consent of Department written thesis relating art production/research to educa- Chair. tion. Must also include exhibition or project documenta- AR 402 Art Forum (1) tion. Prerequisite: Chair permission, completion of 30 Professional preparation for art majors. Topics include hours in M Ed in C&I w/ concentration in Art Degree portfolio preparation, marketing, gallery representation, Program. graduate schools, and other concerns of art profession- als. Required for all art majors. Prerequisite: Jr/Sr art As t r o n o m y major. Physics and Astronomy Department AR 403 Workshop in Art Media (3) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/physics Independent work under faculty mentor in studio area of Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 (785) 670-2141 choice. Must include written plan, research, and report. Students must present work for mid-term and final No major or minor is offered in Astronomy. The offer- critiques by all studio faculty. May be repeated for limit ings are administered by the Department of Physics and of 12 hours. Prerequisite: Junior or senior art major or Astronomy. minor and instructor permission. NOTE: WTE may be COURSE OFFERINGS completed through this course. (Courses marked with

98 biology as a subject necessary to their general educa- tion, those in the various allied health programs, those planning to teach biology or general science, and those AS 370 Special Subjects in Astronomy preparing for graduate work or for professional careers (Credit to be arranged) in biology or related fields. A BS degree with a Clinical Material to be chosen according to student interest from Laboratory Sciences major is offered through the Biology any one of a number of astronomical subjects. Offered Department; see catalog section titled Clinical Laboratory on demand as teaching schedules permit. Prerequisite: Sciences. Consent of instructor. Student Learning Outcomes i o l o g y B Biology majors at Washburn University, upon gradua- Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/biology tion, are expected to have: • acquired a comprehensive understanding of biologi- Stoffer Science Hall, Room 202 cal principles, including cell biology, genetics, or- (785) 670-2077 ganismal diversity, structure and function, ecology, Associate Professor John Mullican, Chair and evolution; Professor Lee Boyd • acquired the ability to understand and utilize the Associate Professor Ursula Jander scientific method; Assistant Professor Matthew Arterburn • mastered a variety of scientific techniques; Assistant Professor Sharon Ashworth • developed analytical skills; and Assistant Professor Susan Bjerke Assistant Professor Andrew Herbig • developed oral and written presentation skills. Assistant Professor Paul Wagner REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS Assistant Professor Tracy Wagner Lecturer Kellis Bayless All majors must take a 23-hour core consisting of BI Lecturer Bob Flahart 102, BI 105, BI 110, BI 301, BI 333, one semester of BI Lecturer Duane Hinton 390 and one semester of the Biology capstone course BI Lecturer Erica Jackson 395. The BA degree in Biology requires a minimum of 38 Secretary II Wendy Stafford hours in Biology: the 23-hour core and 15 additional Laboratory Supervisor Kyle Stueven hours; 12 of these 15 hours must be upper division BI courses. Degrees Offered The BS in Biology degree requires a minimum of 44 Bachelor of Arts hours in Biology: the 23-hour core and 21 additional Biology hours; 18 of these 21 hours must be upper division BI Bachelor of Science courses. The BS degree also requires a 30-hour minor Biology to be chosen from the Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Clinical Laboratory Sciences (see page 97) or Computer Information Science. This minor must be in departments other than the major, and with at least For information on department scholarships please see 20 hours in one department. Minors for the BS degree website above. are limited to these courses: Chemistry 151 or above, MISSION OF DEPARTMENT Physics 261 or above, Mathematics 116 or above, Computer Science 110 or above. The Department of Biology, located in the College of The following non-biology courses are required Arts and Sciences, provides a broad curriculum designed of all majors: to address the diverse interests of today’s students. • MA 140 or MA 142 or MA 151 Biology is closely tied to economic, political, philosophi- cal and social concerns, particularly those dealing with • One year of physics with lab (PS 261/PS262 or PS biotechnology and the environment. The mission of this 281/ PS282) Department is to provide a quality education for biol- • One year of general chemistry with lab (CH 151/ ogy majors, allied health/medical pre-professionals and CH152) general education students. The Department also takes • One semester of organic chemistry with lab (CH pride in serving as a resource of biological knowledge 340/CH342) for the community. Above all, the program encourages All majors must have a signed declaration of major students to be life-long learners and to use their knowl- form on record before taking upper division courses; edge of biology to become productive, active participants however, it is recommended that the major be declared in our society. In support of this mission, the Biology as early as possible after matriculation in order to be Department maintains a modern well-equipped facility eligible for Biology scholarships. Each semester all and a diverse, articulate, scholarly, and up-to-date faculty majors must meet with a department advisor to plan the dedicated to providing the best possible undergraduate appropriate course work for the next semester. education in biology. The Biology Major for Secondary DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM Education Teachers The courses in biology are designed to meet the To receive departmental approval as having compe- needs of four groups of students: those interested in tency for licensure in teaching biology at the secondary 99 level, majors must complete a minimum of a BA or a BS in biology. Four lectures and one three-hour laboratory in Biology as outlined above. The student’s curriculum period a week. Prerequisite: None. must include a course in behavior, evolution, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and sexually transmitted disease. BI 105 General Botany (4) An introduction to plants that examines their evolution, Completion of the 23-hour core, other major re- anatomy, and physiology. Biological principles as found quirements, and appropriate course work within the in the plant kingdom. Three lectures and one three-hour Department of Education in science teaching methods laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: BI 102. will satisfy the State competency requirements for licen- sure in biology. See the Department of Biology and the BI 110 General Zoology (4) Department of Education for details. The organ systems, taxonomy, and evolution of animals. Students seeking licensure to teach biology must be Biological principles as found in the animal kingdom. formally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a Education Programs. For admission requirements, see week. Prerequisite: BI 102. EDUCATION in this catalog.

COURSE OFFERINGS

100 BI 260 The Biology of Aging (3) Two three-hour class periods per week, and nearly all Mechanisms of aging processes with special reference to periods are devoted to field trips to local areas of inter- human gerontology. Unfavorable progressive changes in est. Prerequisite: BI 105. molecules, cells, systems, and organisms will be exam- ined. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: none. BI 325 Microbiology of Human Diseases (5) Basic principles involved in pathogenesis of human dis- BI 275 Human Anatomy (4) ease, host resistance, and epidemiology. Characteristics Designed primarily for students majoring in biology, and laboratory diagnosis of major bacterial pathogens. nursing or physical therapy. Lectures survey the organ Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a systems with emphasis on skeletal, muscular, nervous, week. Prerequisite: BI 301. circulatory and reproductive systems. Laboratory exer- cises include both animal and human cadaver dissec- BI 328 Plant Anatomy and Physiology (3) Examines the anatomy and physiology of the stems, tion. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a roots, leaves and reproductive organs of plants, from the week. Prerequisite: BI 100 and 101 or BI 102. molecular to the organismal levels. Prerequisite: BI 105. BI 280 Special Topics (1-3) Selected topics of general interest. Prerequisite: One or BI 330 Animal Physiology (4) A comparative study of the basic physiological processes more general biology course(s). occurring throughout the animal kingdom. Three lectures BI 300 Field Biology (3) and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequi- Identification and study of plants and animals in the field, site: BI 110 and CH 152. including their ecology. Prerequisite: One college course in biology or equivalent. BI 333 General Genetics (4) A course designed to cover basic genetic principles, BI 301 General Microbiology (4) including Mendelian Genetics, cytogenetics, popula- Characteristics of microorganisms with major emphasis tion genetics and an introduction to molecular genetics. on bacteria and viruses. Principle roles of microorgan- Laboratory experiments will be used to illustrate the isms in our environment. Laboratory introduces basic genetic principles covered in lecture. Three lectures and techniques used in microbiological studies. Three one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. BI 102. Prerequisite: BI 102 and CH 151. BI 340 Evolutionary Biology (3) BI 302 Entomology (4) The basic ideas of evolutionary biology will include clas- Designed to cover the general aspects of the anatomy, sical Darwinian evolution, and Neo-Darwinism. Specific physiology, taxonomy, and behavior of insects. Field topics covered are natural selection, sources of variation, trips will be an integral part of this course. Three lectures origin of life, paleobiology, speciation, sociobiology and and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequi- human evolution. Course will also include the historical site: BI 110. development of evolutionary ideas as well as a discus- sion of the impact of evolution on societal issues. Three BI 303 Invertebrate Zoology (4) lectures a week. Prerequisite: BI 105 or 110, or consent The invertebrate groups with emphasis on basic zoo- of instructor. logical principles. Field trips are an integral part of this course. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory BI 343 Human Genetics (2) period a week. Prerequisite: BI 110. Mechanisms of human inheritance in individuals, families, and populations. Subjects include prenatal BI 305 Parasitology (4) diagnosis and counseling, cancer genetics and societal Protozoan, helminth, and arthropod parasites of humans. issues raised by gene technology. Survey of genetic and Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a cytogenetic disorders. Two lectures a week. Prerequi- week. Prerequisite: BI 110. site: BI 333. BI 310 Ecology (4) BI 353 Molecular Genetics (3) Examines the interactions between organisms, their envi- The molecular basis of genetic systems including ronment, and their evolution; major topics include global chromosomal and extrachromosomal elements. Topics ecology, physical ecology, community ecology, species include manipulation of DNA, molecular techniques, clon- interactions, and biodiversity. Three lectures and one ing, methods for the study of gene expression, mutability three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites: BI of DNA, plasmid systems, prokaryotic and eukaryotic 105 and110. genomes, and practical aspects of biotechnology. Three BI 315 Vertebrate Zoology (4) lectures a week. Prerequisite: BI 301 or BI 333. A taxonomic approach to the study of vertebrate animals. BI 345 Molecular Biology Laboratory (3) Phylogeny, ecology and behavior will be discussed, as A laboratory course designed to introduce the student to will general structure and function relating to phylogeny. modern molecular biology techniques, including recom- The laboratory will include several field trips. Three bialnt DNA technology (gene cloning), DNA sequence lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. analysis, PCR, Southern hybridization, bioinforamtics, Prerequisite: BI 110. and more. This course is designed to mimic a real world BI 324 Systematic Botany (3) research experience. Two periods totalling 5 hours per Exploration of the flowering plants of Kansas and their week to include one hour for lecture/discussion. Prereq- habitats. Major principles of systematics are covered. uisite: BI 301 or BI 333 or BI 353 or consent of instructor. 101 BI 355 Developmental Biology (5) Ch e m i s t r y Topics in modern developmental biology will be covered in lecture and through readings so as to gain a working Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/chemistry/ knowledge of the analyses of developmental processes Stoffer Science Hall, Room 312 such as fertilization, embryonic cleavage, cell determina- (785) 670-2270 tion and cell differentiation in selected species. Empha- sis will be on experiments that reveal how these pro- Associate Professor Stephen Angel, Chair cesses are controlled at the molecular and cellular levels. Professor Emeritus Janice Barton Three lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a Professor Emeritus Sheldon Cohen week Prerequisite: BI 110. Associate Professor Sam Leung Associate Professor Shaun Schmidt BI 357 Histology (4) Assistant Professor Lisa Sharpe Elles Fundamental tissues and microscopic examination of Lecturer Roberta Sue Salem vertebrate organs. Two lectures and two two-hour labo- Lecturer Alan Shaver ratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BI 110. Degrees Offered BI 362 Immunology (3) Bachelor of Arts Molecular and cell biology of specific and nonspecific im- Chemistry mune responses in mammals, with special emphasis on Biochemistry human immune systems. Reviews experimental support Secondary Education for current immunological theories. Roles of immunology Bachelor of Science in human health and disease. Three lectures a week. Chemistry Prerequisite: BI 301 and 333 or consent of Instructor. Biochemistry BI 363 Immunology Laboratory (2) Forensic Chemical Science A laboratory course designed to introduce students to Secondary Education current clinical and research procedures in immunology. Minors Offered Includes techniques utilized in biological and biochemical Chemistry research as well as medical applications. Prerequisite: Forensic Chemical Science BI 362 or concurrent enrollment. MISSION BI 370 Virology (3) Consistent with the mission of the University and The structure and properties of bacterial, plant, and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of animal viruses. Molecular aspects of virus replication Chemistry is dedicated to providing a broad spectrum of and the role of viruses in disease states. Three lectures students with the necessary understanding of chemical a week. Prerequisite: BI 102 and 301. principles to become successful, contributing BI 380 Special Topics in Biology (1-3) members of their social, professional and/or occupa- A consideration of various emerging or advanced tional communities. specialty areas in biology, offered according to student Students entering chemistry come from diverse and staff availability. Prerequisite: BI 102 and consent backgrounds and will apply their acquired chemical of instructor (Additional prerequisites might be needed skills in equally diverse occupations. The Department of depending upon particular topic). Chemistry addresses this diversity by focusing on individ- ual student needs and goals through personal advising, BI 390 Biology Seminar (1) small class sizes, individual instruction, hands-on experi- Organization and oral presentations of the results of ence with scientific instrumentation, and guided under- current research in the biological sciences. Utilization graduate research for chemistry majors. The Chemistry of recent journal literature, abstracting techniques, and Department faculty is itself diverse and exemplifies oral communication of scientific data will be emphasized. commitment to learning and contributing by engaging in One semester is required of all majors. Up to three scientific research, presenting and publishing as well as credit hours may be applied toward meeting departmen- volunteering to improve the quality of living in the larger tal or university graduation requirements. Prerequisite: Topeka area. 15 hrs. of Biology and Jr. standing. Beginning courses are designed to give the student BI 395 Research in Biology (1-3) an awareness and understanding of scientific chemical This course is the capstone course in the Biology principles and problems. Advanced courses are planned degree, and open only to declared majors at Washburn to meet the specialized needs of students interested University. Independent, undergraduate research on in graduate work, forensic chemistry, work in private or some special problem in biology, the field to be chosen public laboratories, teaching, medicine and health related by the student in conference with the instructor. Open professional fields. In total, the program provides gradu- only to students from any discipline with at least fifteen ates with the appropriate knowledge and skill foundation hours of credit derived from core majors courses in Biol- in preparation for graduate study, professional schools, ogy. At least one semester is required of every Biology careers in education and the chemistry workforce. major. A maximum of six credit hours of research may be taken by any student, and no more than 3 credits in Student Learning Outcomes one semester. Chemistry majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, are expected to have:

102 • obtained a comprehensive understanding of the programming language courses are required as well as fundamental principles of chemistry--atomic and PS 281 and 282, and MA 151 and 152. molecular theory, reactivities and properties of BS in Chemistry not certified by the American chemical substances, and the states of matter; Chemical Society serves as a second major for students • obtained a comprehensive understanding of the with a first major in another science or mathematics — at fundamental principles of the primary subfields least 38 hours in the department are required, including of chemistry--analytical, biochemical, inorganic, the following courses and their prerequisites: Chemistry organic, and physical chemistry, appropriate to the 321, 343, two (or more) courses (for 3 cr) from 345, 346, degree sought; 347, 351; two courses from 350, 352, 360, 382, and 386; • acquired knowledge of mathematics sufficient to a choice of 380 or 381; 390 (2cr), 391; PS 261and 262 or facilitate the understanding and derivation of fun- PS 281 and 282. damental relationships and to analyze and manipu- BS in Biochemistry — at least 40 hours in the depart- late experimental data, appropriate to the degree ment are required, including the following courses and sought; their prerequisites: Chemistry 321, 343, 352, 353, 381, 390 (2cr) and 391. Cognate course requirements are BI • acquired knowledge of the fundamental principles 102, 301, 333, 353 and 354; MA 151; PS 281 and 282, of physics; and CM 111. • learned safe chemical practices, including waste BS in Forensic Chemical Science — at least 38 hours handling and safety equipment; in the department are required, including the follow- • demonstrated ability to problem solve and reason ing courses and their prerequisites: Chemistry 103, scientifically; 203, 321, 343, 346, 351, 390, and 391 or 393. Cognate • acquired the ability to read, evaluate, and interpret course requirements are BI 102, 255, 301, 353, 354, information on a numerical, chemical, and general 362; MA 140; CM 101 or 212; CJ 220, 230, 410; CN 150; scientific level in preparation for a lifetime of learn- PS 261 and 262 or PS 281 and 282. ing and contribution; Chemistry Major for Secondary Education Teachers • discussed issues of professional ethics; The teaching of Chemistry at the secondary level re- quires completion of a BA or BS in Chemistry. Courses • acquired the ability to assemble experimental that must be taken to meet the standards for licensure chemical apparatus, to design experiments, to in Kansas are CH 151, 152, 320, 321, 340, 342, 343, use appropriate apparatus to measure chemical 350, 351, 390, and 391. In addition, students must fulfill composition and properties, and to use computers the professional education course requirements of the in acquisition, analysis, modeling and presentation Education Department. Students seeking licensure to of data, appropriate to the degree sought — both teach must also be formally admitted to the University’s individually and in collaboration with others; Professional Teacher Education Programs. For admis- • acquired the ability to effectively use modern instru- sion requirements, see EDUCATION in this catalog. mentation in acquisition of information on chemical Additional Requirements for majors - Research (CH substances, appropriate to the degree sought — 390) must be initiated at least one semester prior to both individually and in collaboration with others; the semester of graduation. An oral presentation of CH • gained basic understanding and experience in the 390 research results is required of all BS majors. All process of chemical research or training in a profes- majors shall present a portfolio of results obtained with sional forensic laboratory; and departmental instrumentation prior to the semester of • demonstrated the ability to communicate results of graduation. scientific inquiries orally and in writing. Required Minors for the BS degree are limited to these disciplines and courses: Biology: BI 102 and THE MAJOR courses with BI 102 or higher as prerequisite; Computer BA in Chemistry — at least 30 hours in the depart- Information Sciences: CM 111 and courses with CM 111 ment are required, including the following courses and or higher as prerequisite, Physics: PS 281 and above for their prerequisites: Chemistry 343, two courses from the ACS certified major, PS 261 or 281 and above for the (320, 350, 352, 360, and 380 or 381), two courses from non-certified major; Mathematics: MA 116 and courses (321, 345, 346, 347, 351 and 353), 390 and 391; PS 261 with MA 116 or higher as prerequisite. and 262 or PS 281 and 282. BA in Biochemistry — at least 32 hours in the depart- THE MINOR in chemistry ment are required, including the following courses and The Chemistry minor must include: CH 151, CH 152, their prerequisites: Chemistry 343, 352, 353, 390 and CH 340, CH 341 and five additional hours of 300 level or 391. Cognate course requirements are BI 102, 301, 333 higher course work (25% of the total minor hours must and 354; PS 261 and 262 or PS 281 and 282. be taken in residence at Washburn University.) Credit BS in Chemistry certified by the American Chemical in CH 390 does not apply toward satisfying the 20 hour Society — at least 45 hours in the department are re- minimum requirement. quired, including the following courses and their prereq- the minor in forensic chemical science uisites: Chemistry 321, 343, 345, 346, 350, 362, 382, The Forensic Chemical Science minor must include: 385, 386, 390 (2cr) and 391. Students are encouraged CH 103, CH 151, CH 152, CH 202, CH203, Ch320, and to take additional chemistry courses beyond the 45 hour CH 340. minimum requirement. One year of German, Russian or French, or at least six credit hours in computer

103 COURSE OFFERINGS

104 Prerequisite: CH 341 or concurrent enrollment., and a CH 380 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3) grade of C or better in CH342. A non-calculus based physical chemistry class. Prereq- uisites: CH 152, PS 261 or PS 281. CH 345 Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory (2) Emphasis on inorganic preparations and analytical and CH 381 Physical Chemistry I (3) physical measurements on inorganic and organometal- Covers the properties of gases, kinetic principles, ther- lic compounds with computer assisted analysis of data. modynamics, state changes, equilibrium, and proper- One hour lecture and one three-hour laboratory period ties of solution. Prerequisites: CH 152, PS 282 (Highly per week. Prerequisites: CH 152 and CH 342. Recommended) or PS 262, and MA 151 or concurrent enrollment. CH 346 Instrumental Analysis (1) Advanced techniques, instrumentation, computational CH 382 Physical Chemistry II (3) analysis, and computer analysis are used to investigate Covers quantum principles with applications to atomic biological, inorganic, and organic compounds. One and molecular structure and spectroscopy, statistical three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: thermodynamics, and kinetic theory of gases. Prerequi- CH 321 and CH 343. site: CH 381 and MA 152. CH 347 Physical Chemistry Concepts Lab (1) CH 383 Physical Chemistry III (3) Techniques and interpretation of physical systems Application of quantum theory in spectroscopy, gas and measurements. One three-hour laboratory per week. solution phase molecular reaction dynamics, surface Prerequisite: CH 343. chemistry, and electrochemistry are investigated. Pre- requisite: CH 382. CH 350 Biochemistry I (3) Basic principles of the structure and chemistry of bio- CH 385 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1) chemical molecules, such as proteins, nucleic acids, Experimental measurements and data analysis empha- carbohydrates, lipids, enzymes, and vitamins. Prerequi- size the physics of chemical systems. One three-hour site: CH 340. laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CH 381 or concurrent enrollment. CH 351 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) Biochemistry from the laboratory aspect, with special CH 386 Inorganic Chemistry (3) emphasis on modern techniques and instruments. One Modern theories in inorganic chemistry, including atomic four-hour laboratory period a week One hour lecture and structure, molecular structure and bonding, symmetry one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: and point groups, acid/base definitions, and oxidation/ CH 342 and 350 or concurrent enrollment and consent of reduction concepts. These topics are applied to main instructor. groups, coordination compounds, and organometalic compounds and their respective reactions. Prerequisite: CH 352 Biochemistry II (3) CH 340 with a grade of C or better. A continuation of CH 350 emphasizing metabolism, regu- latory mechanisms, and DNA replication and expression. CH 390 Undergraduate Chemical Research (Credit Prerequisite: CH 350. According to Work Completed) Laboratory or theoretical computational research in any CH 353 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) of the fields of chemistry, a typed formal report is re- Emphasis on individual projects using the tools of bio- quired. Students may enroll for more than one semester chemistry from CH 351 and the biochemical literature. of research. No more than five credit hours may be ap- On four-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisites: plied toward meeting departmental or graduation require- CH 350 and CH 351. ments. Prerequisite: departmental permission. CH 355 Medicinal Chemistry (2) CH 391 Chemistry Seminar (1) A brief history of the development of medicinal chemistry Students must enroll for one credit of seminar and give and its social and political implications. Major emphasis oral and written presentations on subjects chosen from a will be placed on the methods of discovery and devel- list of supplied topics to meet the requirement of the ma- opment of drugs. Examples will be drawn from natural jor in chemistry. Prerequisite: departmental permission. products, including plants, animal, and microbiologi- cal sources, from organic synthesis, and from modern CH 393 Internship (3-6) physiochemical approaches. The mechanism of action, Experience training in a professional forensic laboratory. metabolism, and proof of structure of representative Prerequisites: chemistry, 25 credits; biology, 12 credits; drugs will be presented. Prerequisite: CH 341. chair approval. CH 360 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3) Cl i n i c a l La b o r a t o r y Sc i e n c e Descriptive chemistry of the inorganic elements based (Formerly Medical Technology) on the principles learned in freshman chemistry. Prereq- Biology Department uisite: CH 152. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/biology CH 362 Spectroscopy (2) Stoffer Science Hall, Room 202 An introduction to the interpretation of the spectra of (785) 670- 2077 organic compounds. Prerequisite: CH 343. On-campus advising in Clinical Laboratory Science is under the direction of the Biology Department. Dr. Susan Bjerke, Clinical Laboratory Science Advisor. 105 STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Clinical Microbiology (6-8) Washburn University students completing this degree are expected to have: Clinical Chemistry (6-10) • mastered an understanding of biological and chemi- Clinical Hematology (4-6) cal disciplines, including cell biology, genetics, human biology, microbiology, immunology, organic Clinical Immunology (2-6) chemistry and biochemistry; • mastered the laboratory skills necessary to per- Clinical Immunohematology (2-5) form diagnostic testing in clinical chemistry, clinical microbiology, clinical hematology, and clinical im- Topics in Clinical Laboratory Science (2-6) munology; • developed analytical skills; Co mm u n i c a t i o n • developed oral and written presentation skills; and Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/communication/ • qualified to take a national certification examination required to become a registered clinical laboratory Morgan Hall, Room 266 scientist (medical technologist). (785) 670-2230 The BS degree with a Clinical Laboratory Science major requires a 30 hour certified clinical program that Interim Chair Laura Stephenson includes the courses listed at the end of this section. A Associate Chair/Assistant Professor Tracy Routsong first minor in biology and a second minor in chemistry Assistant Professor Mary Pilgram are required. The biology minor must include Biology Assistant Professor Leslie Reynard 102, 110, 255, 301, 305, 325, 362. Biology 343, 353, Associate Professor Sarah Ubel and/or 370 are also recommended. The chemistry Director of Forensics/Lecturer Kevin O’Leary minor must include Chemistry 151, 152, 340, 342, 350, Assistant Director of Forensics/Lecturer Steve and 351. Chemistry 341 is recommended. In addition Doubledee Mathematics 116 and 140 along with either Physics 101 Mock Trial Coordinator/Lecturer Jim Schnoebelen or Physics 261 and 262 or Physics 281 and 282 are Professor Emeritus Meridith Moore also required. Students must successfully apply to and Degree offered complete an approved regional hospital clinical program. Bachelor of Arts These clinical course hours are then transferred to Communication Washburn to fulfill the major. Students who receive the baccalaureate degree in Mission biology from Washburn can also receive a Bachelor of Consistent with the mission of the University and Science in Clinical Laboratory Science after successful the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of completion of an approved clinical program, provided Communication provides a curriculum that focuses on that the required academic courses for the degree have the in-depth study of human communication, strength- been taken and that the student has a total of at least ens other majors, and enhances the general education 154 credit hours. Students may also apply for a BS offerings of the University. The faculty prepares students degree with a double major by following the University for success in a broad range of settings by providing the guidelines for a double major. necessary communication competence for a liberal arts Students with a BS or BA degree that includes and sciences education. Faculty excellence is main- the university courses required for the BS in Clinical tained through continuous growth in teaching, scholar- Laboratory Science will be qualified to apply for the ship and service. clinical program at most accredited schools of medical technology in the United States. Student Learning Outcomes The biology department can also provide the pre- Communication majors at Washburn University professional academic courses needed by students should, upon graduation: who wish to complete the clinical requirements at either • have developed an understanding of the nature the University of Kansas or Wichita State University. and importance of communication, and of their The prerequisite courses differ depending on the clini- own communication behavior, across a variety of cal program, so students should contact the Clinical interaction contexts; Laboratory Science advisor for additional information. • be sophisticated consumers and producers of effec- These students receive the B.S. in Clinical Laboratory tive and appropriate messages across a variety of Science from the university at which they complete the interaction contexts; clinical program. • be able to apply relevant theories to the communi- CLINICAL COURSE OFFERINGS cation behavior of themselves and others and thus The courses listed below are offered by the hospital schools of Medical Technology and are not a part of Washburn University’s curriculum. The variation in credit hours is due to unique differences between hospital programs.

106 solve problems related to common communication Skills (6 hrs): Choose two from the following difficulties across a variety of interaction contexts; CN 330 Conflict and Negotiation (3) • be able to critically evaluate the usefulness of CN 340 Interviewing (3) theories for enhancing their own communication CN 341 Persuasive Speaking (3) competence; CN 342 Small Group Communication (3) • be able to critically evaluate situations to deter- CN 365 Business and Professional Presentation (3) mine which skills and approaches are competent CN 370 Communication Training and Development responses to those situations; Theory (6 hrs): Choose two from the following • have a general understanding of communication CN 350 Persuasion (3) research; and CN 351 Interpersonal Communication (3) • have explored in depth at least one of four com- CN 361 Social Movements (3) munication emphases – corporate, health, legal, or CN 363 Intercultural Communication (3) political. CN 364 Gender and Communication (3) The Communication major prepares students for CN 366 Nonverbal Communication (3) professional and personal success. The organizational CN 369 Critical Studies (3) communication focus of the curriculum applies to fami- Electives: (3 hrs) lies, social groups, work or career contexts, governmen- Electives may be chosen from any course in the cur- tal and world affairs. The 36 hour major is designed to riculum including the following courses, which are not provide broad general theory and skills for application in part of the emphases. legal, corporate, health, and political arenas. Students CN 154/343 Forensics (1) Limit of 3 hours which may not who want to pursue graduate or professional school are count toward a CN major. well prepared to enter the most competitive programs. CN 295/395 Special Topics (1-3) - May serve as a Skills Students who take communication courses are provided or Theory Course strong general education skills, as well as in-depth CN 490 Directed Research (3) - May serve as a Skills or information about the theory and practice of human com- Theory Course munication. Three courses are specifically identified to CN 491 Internship ( 1-3) meet general education requirements, CN 101 Principles and Practices of Human Communication, CN 150 Public 18 hrs required courses = 18 hrs Speaking, and CN 341 Persuasive Speaking. Alumni 12 hrs in the emphasis = 15 hrs find employment as corporate trainers, lobbyists, small Electives in major = 3 hrs business owners, directors of non-profits, consultants, = 36 hrs and in a broad range of other careers. Majors are not limited to 36 hours. Careful advising Admission to the Communication major requires a 2.5 will allow a student to take up to 40 hours in the major. grade point average and sophomore status. The appli- Also, students are encouraged to consider a minor, but a cation form can be found on the department homepage minor is not required. or in the department office. THE MINOR (18 hours) THE MAJOR (36 hrs) Majors in other departments often find the The major consists of 18 required hours and one Communication minor a valuable addition. Minor re- emphasis. (Pending approval by the Board of Regents) quirements include the following: More than one emphasis can be earned with careful CN 101 Principles & Practices of Human Communication advising. (3) CN 150 Public Speaking (3) Required Courses (18 hrs) One of the Following: CN 306, CN 307, CN 308, or CN CN 101 Principles and Practices of Human Communication 309. (3) Two courses (6 hrs) from Skills Courses CN 150 Public Speaking (3) Two courses (6 hrs) from Theory Courses CN 302 Communication Theory (3) CN 304 Qualitative Communication Research Methods Minor forms are to be filed in the Communication De- (3) partment, and signed by the chair when the require- CN 305 Quantitative Comminication Research Methods ments have been met . (3) CN 498 Senior Capstone (3) Debate/Forensics The nationally ranked debate program offers oppor- Emphasis (3 hr): tunities in competitive forensics with an emphasis on An emphasis must be chosen from the following: parliamentary debate and NFA Lincoln-Douglas debate. CN 306 Health Communication for the Health Emphasis Scholarships are availiable.. CN 307 Communication in the Legal Process for the Legal Emphasis Mock trial CN 308 Advanced Organizational Communication for the Washburn University fields a highly competitive mock Organizational Emphasis trial team that competes at tournaments throughout the CN 309 Political Communication for the Political Empha- fall, with regionals and nationals typically in the spring. sis Students hone their legal presentation and critical think- ing skills by acting as witnesses and attorneys in trials. Scholarships are avaliable. 107 Internships employ to achieve their health care goals. Prerequisite: Internships are granted to only the most qualified CN 101 and academically prepared students. The student who CN 307 Communication in the Legal Process (3) has achieved maximum benefit from classroom experi- Explores the Practice of communication in the legal ences can then apply for 1-3 hours of internship credit. setting, including attorney-client interaction, the trial Students may seek internships in a variety of work process, attorney-jury interaction, and legal negotiation. settings such as a bank, non-profit agency, personnel Prerequisite: CN 101 department, governmental office, or political office for on- the-job experience. Internships must be approved by the CN 308 Organizational Communication (3) department for credit. Examines the organizations from a communication per- spective. Emphasizes how organizational variables affect COURSE OFFERINGS communication patterns. Topics include concepts, skills, (Courses marked with

108 CN 361 Communication in Social Movements (3) Major GPA of 3.5. Additionally, the student will select Assesses theories, models, practice, and criticism of pro- and work on a project under the direction of a primary test communication related to a variety of socio-cultural faculty member and submit a project proposal to be re- movements. Prerequisite: CN 101 or CN 150. viewed and approved by a committee of the faculty. The project can include but is not limited to: creative work, an CN 363 Intercultural Communication (3) original research paper, and/or an applied communica- Explores speech communication in and between different tion project. Upon completion of the project, the student cultures and communities. Prerequisite: CN 101. will present his/her work to the faculty committee. CN 364 Gender and Communication (3) Lambda Pi Eta Focuses on how gender influences communication This is the honorary society sponsored by the National patterns between and among men and women. Com- Communication Association, the Professional organiza- munication infleunces the creation of gender roles and tion of communication scholars. To be included in Lamb- identity. Prerequisite: CN 101 da Pi Eta students must attain a minimum of 60 credit Pending approval by the Board of Regents hours with a GPA of 3.0, have taken 12 credit hours of CN 365 Business and Professional Speaking (3) communication while maintaining a 3.25 G.P.A. in those Focuses on principles and practices of public speaking classes and be in good standing with the department. in corporate and professional settings such as reports, proposals, and meetings. Emphasizes clear speaking Co mp u t e r In f o r m a t i o n Sc i e n c e s and information processing in terms of synthesis and Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/cis analysis. Stoffer Science Hall, Room 304 CN 366 Nonverbal Communication (3) (785) 670-1739 Explores nonverbal communication by individuals and society. Prerequisite: CN 101 Associate Professor Bruce Mechtly, Interim Chair Pending approval by the Board of Regents Professor David Bainum Professor Cecil Schmidt CN 369 Critical Studies (3) Professor Gary Schmidt Examines cultural practices and their relation to com- Associate Professor Rick Barker munication as both the object of study and the location of Associate Professor Jack Decker political criticism and action. Prerequisites: CN 101 & CN Associate Professor Nancy Tate 302, or with consent of instructor. Associate Professor Nan Sun Pending approval by the Board of Regents. Lecturer Roberta Jolly CN 395 Special Topics (1-3) Degrees Offered Focuses on a topic not regularly offered, but that en- Associate of Arts hances the curriculum because of specialized faculty or Computer Information Science student interest. Prerequisite: Consent. Bachelor of Arts CN 401 Communication Training and Development Computer Information Science (3) Bachelor of Science Emphasizes the theory and practice of training and de- Computer Information Science velopment in organizations. Prerequisites: CN 150 & CN Mission 308, or with consent of instructor. Consistent with the mission of the University and CN 490 Directed Research (1-3) College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Selected research on communication topics not provided Computer Information Sciences is dedicated to providing in the curriculum. Majors only. Prerequisite: Chair ap- students, through a diverse learning environment, the proval. knowledge necessary to enter careers and the enduring skills required to be lifelong learners in the use of and ap- CN 491 Internship (1-3) Experience and training in professional settings related plication of computer science and information systems; to communication careers. Second semester junior or engaging in applied research, scholarly activity; and senior status. Majors only. Prerequisite: Chair approval. serving the University and the community. Description of Discipline CN 498 Senior Capstone (3) The Computer Information Sciences area provides Students design and execute an appropriate project a range of service courses to all disciplines requiring which provides a culminating experience for the under- computer-oriented courses in their degree programs. In graduate academic career and is presented in a depart- addition, the department offers three degree programs mental forum. Prerequisites: 27 hrs of communication designed to provide individuals capable of applying courses completed, including CN 302, CN 304, CN 305, computer technology to the solution of problems in many and one of either CN 306, CN 307, CN 308, CN 309, CN disciplines. 300, Foreign Language, and Instructor approval. The Bachelor of Science degree in Computer Pending approval by the Board of Regents. Information Science is designed for students who desire Departmental Honors a strong mathematical or science foundation for their de- To receive departmental honors, a graduating student gree. This degree requires a 30 hour minor in some area must have an overall university GPA of 3.0 and an overall of science or math. Any students planning on graduate 109 study in Computer Science or a closely related field Approved Elective CM Coursework – 12 hrs should take this degree. These courses should be selected in consultation with The Bachelor of Arts degree in Computer Information a departmental advisor. Minimum of 6 hours must be Science is designed for students who desire a traditional upper division liberal arts degree with less mathamatical emphasis. It requires the same Computer Information Science Correlated – 33 hrs PH220 Logic (3) coursework as the BS, with slightly different Math cor- EC200 Princ of Microeconomics (3) related requirements and with more General Education EC201 Princ of Macroeconomics (3) courses, and two foreign language courses. It does not One of: require a minor. BU342 Organization and Management(3) The Associate of Arts degree is normally completed in BU346 Organizational Behavior(3) a two year course of study. EN208 Business/Technical Writing (3) The department also offers an optional minor in CN150 Public Speaking (3) Computer Information Systems. See the CIS department One of: for details. CN 340 Professional Interviewing(3) or Program Outcomes: CN 341 Persuasive Speaking(3) The Computer Information Sciences Associate of MA140 Statistics (3) or MA343 Applied Statistics (3) Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Arts degrees MA141 Applied Calculus I (3) or MA151 are based on the guidelines provided by the Joint Task Calculus (5) Force on Computing Curricula 2001 Volume II Computer MA145 Math for Decision Making (3) Science and the IS Model Curriculum and Guidelines for MA206 Discrete Math – Computing (3) Undergraduate Degree Programs recommendations. For Bachelor of Science in Computer Information a detailed listing of the outcomes, please access the CIS Science website given above. Computer Information Sciences Core - 13 hrs Student Learning Outcomes CM111 Intro to Structured Programming (4) Computer Information Sciences majors at Washburn CM231 Computer Organization/Assembler (3) University, upon graduation, are expected to have CM245 Contemp Programming Methods (3) • developed analytical and critical thinking skills; CM261 Networked Systems I (3) • acquired knowledge of programming fundamentals; Computer Information Sciences Required - 21 hrs • mastered an understanding of different computing CM307 Data Structures & Algorithmic Analysis (3) environments; CM322 Operating Systems (3) • mastered an understanding of quantitative and CM331 Computational Intelligence (3) qualitative analysis; CM333 Software Engineering (3) • acquired knowledge of the role of technology in CM336 Database Management Systems (3) organizations; CM361 Network Systems II (3) • developed oral and written communication skills; CM467 CIS Capstone Project (2) and CM468 CIS Senior Seminar(1) • mastered the ability to integrate theory into practice. Approved CM Electives - 12 hrs Note: Before one is admitted as a CIS major, the These courses should be selected in consultation with student must satisfy a set of requirements. Please see a departmental advisor. Minimum of 6 hours must be the CIS department for details. upper division. THE MAJOR Correlated – 35 hrs PH220 Logic (3) Bachelor of Arts in Computer Information EC200 Princ of Microeconomics (3) Science EC201 Princ of Macroeconomics (3) Computer Information Sciences Core - 13 hrs One of: CM111 Intro to Structured Programming(4) BU342 Organization and Management (3) CM231 Computer Organization/Assembler (3) BU346 Organizational Behavior (3) CM245 Contemp Programming Methods(3) EN208 Business/Technical Writing (3) CM261 Networked Systems I(3) CN150 Public Speaking (3) One of: Computer Information Sciences Required - 21 hrs CN 340 Professional Interviewing or CN 341 Persuasive Speaking (3) CM307 Data Structures & Algorithmic Analysis(3) MA140 Statistics (3) or MA343 Applies Statistics (3) CM322 Operating Systems(3) MA151 Calculus (5) CM331 Computational Intelligence(3) MA145 Math for Decision Making (3) CM333 Software Engineering(3) MA206 Discrete Math – Computing (3) CM336 Database Management Systems(3) CM361 Network Systems II(3) Note: One must also meet the Bachelor of Science CM467 CIS Capstone Project (2) University Requirements. CM468 CIS Senior Seminar(1) 110 Computer Information Systems (A .A .) CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet (3) Programming of business applications forms the core Overview of computer hardware, software, applications, of this degree program. and social implications. Emphasis on literacy and hands- on experience as well as an introduction to the Internet, Computer Information Systems Requirements: (22 hrs) including history of the Internet, how the Internet works, CM 111 Introduction to Structured Programming (4) and using the tools to access resources on the Internet. CM 113 Visual Programming (3) The course provides an introduction to word process- CM 231 Computer Organization/Assembler (3) ing, spreadsheets, database, and presentation software. CM 245 Contemporary Programming Methods (3) This course does not apply toward CIS departmental One of the following two: major requirements. Prerequisite: Not eligible for credit CM 307 Data Structures and Algorithmic Analysis (3) if one has/is enrolled in CM110 or CM211. Not open to CM 335 Advanced Applications Programming and students with credit in BU250. Design (3) Approved CM Electives (6 hours): Approved List of CM 111 Introduction to Structured Programming (4) CM Electives available from the Computer Information Establish the basic logic foundation for computer pro- Sciences Department. (At least 3 of the 6 must be upper gramming. Examine programming paradigms, algorithm division) development, and object-oriented techniques. Study the syntax and semantics of a higher level language. Design Required Correlated Courses: (21 hours) and implement algorithms to solve problems using EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics (3) structured data types. Three credit hours of lecture and EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) a weekly two hour laboratory session. BU 250 Management Information Systems (3) CM 113 Visual Programming (3) MA 140 Statistics (3) or MA 343 (Applied Statistics (3) This course will present the fundamentals of program- MA 206 Discrete Mathematics for Computing (3) ming in a visual programming language. The syntax CN 150 Public Speaking (3) and semantics of a visual programming language will be EN 208 Business/Technical Writing (3) presented. The fundamental concepts of the design and Note: One must also meet the Associate of Arts implementation of object oriented event driven program- University Requirements. ming and interactive graphic user interfaces will be Computer Information Systems Minor (B . A .) covered. The particular visual programming language Minor programs in Computer Information Sciences may vary from course offering to course offering but the are individually designed by the student in consultation language will be specified in the course title listed in the with a departmental advisor and subject to departmental course schedule of the semester the course is offered. approval. A minor will consist of 21 hours of Computer Prerequisites: CM 111. Information Sciences coursework, including at least six CM 114 RPG Programming (3) upper division hours. Courses may be broadly selected AS/400 RPG programming for business applications. or may concentrate in an area of particular interest. Batch and interactive processing techniques using pro- Bachelor of Science Requirements grammer supplied logic and the RPG logic cycle. Data- A 30 hour minor in the Division of Natural Sciences base file definition and processing. Use of the program- and Mathematics is required and must be approved by ming utilities SEU and SDA. Prerequisites:CM111. the department chairperson. At least 20 of these hours CM 121 COBOL Programming (3) must be selected from one discipline. (NOTE: Transfer An introduction to programming typical business ap- students must complete at least nine upper division plications in COBOL. Emphasis on the fundamentals of hours in computer information sciences from Washburn structured program design, coding, testing, and docu- University.) mentation. Prerequisites: CM 111. Bachelor of Arts Requirements CM 170 FORTRAN Programming (3) NOTE: Transfer students must complete at least nine Analysis, design, documentation, coding, and testing upper division hours in computer information sciences structured programs written in the FORTRAN language. from Washburn University. Prerequisites: CM 111 and MA 116. NOTE: for the proposed partial schedule, see CIS Web- site or CIS Department. CM 212 Microcomputer Techniques (3) Concepts and techniques involved with the applica- COURSE OFFERINGS tions of microcomputers. Popular IBM PC compatible applications software will be used to demonstrate the CM 100 Basic Computer Concepts and Applications (3) topics presented. This course does not apply toward CIS This course is for the student who has little or no knowl- departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM edge of how to use a computer. General computer edu- 101 or CM 110. cation designed to provide students with basic computing and Internet knowledge and skills needed to understand, CM 229/AR 229 Web Graphics I (3) use, and analyze the application of computers in a world Design and publication of an attractive and effective engulfed with technology. This course does not apply homepage using graphic editing and web authoring toward CIS departmental major requirements. Prerequi- software. Focus will be on use of color, images, icons, site: None text and layout. This course does not apply toward CIS

111 departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM can normally be accessed as pre-existing routines. Top- 101 or consent of instructor. ics to be covered include: table and array processing; string processing; sequential, relative, and indexed se- CM 231 Comp . Organization/Assembler Language (3) quential file organization; linked and inverted lists; stacks Introduction to logical computer organization and archi- and queues; binary trees; full screen handling; embed- tecture. Topics include: Machine level representation ded SQL for database access. Prerequisites: CM 121. of data, Assembly level machine organization, Memory system organization and architecture, Interfacing and CM 307 Data Structures and Algorithmic Analysis (3) communications, and Functional organization. Prerequi- An introduction to basic algorithmic analysis and algo- sites: CM 111. rithmic strategies. Topics include mathematical analysis of the time/space complexity of algorithms, algorithmic CM 244 The C Programming Language (3) strategies such as greedy algorithms, divide-and- An introduction to the C programming language and the conquer, and dynamic programming algorithms, the use use of C for applications. All aspects of the C language of graphs, trees, priority queues, and other data struc- will be covered including syntax, data types, control tures in algorithmic problem solving, basic computability structures, operators, data structures, pointers, and file theory, and proof techniques. Prerequisites: MA 206 input/output. Prerequisites: CM 111. and CM 245. CM 245 Contemporary Programming Methods (3) CM 310/MA 310 Introduction to A study of programming methodology using an object- Operations Research (3) oriented language. Topics include design with classes, A study of the techniques and topics that are the founda- implementation of basic data structures, recursion, lan- tion of operations research. Topics will include: linear, guage design and translation, event-driven programming, integer and dynamic programming, queuing theory and fundamentals of 2-D graphics, and software testing. project scheduling. Prerequisites: CM 111 or CM 170, Prerequisites: CM 111. and MA 142 or MA 151, and MA 145 or MA 261. CM 261 Networked Systems I (3) CM 313 Business Data Communication and Theory and practice of networking: Network standards, Networking (3) ISO reference model, switching techniques, and proto- Terminology and concepts of data communications. cols LAN installation and configurations. Prerequisites: Hardware involved, protocols, networks, introduction to CM 231. layered architectures. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 225, CM 262 Data Communications and Computer EC 201, and 54 hours. Networks I (3) CM 322 Operating Systems (3) Theory and practical applications of local area networks. The basic principles of operating system function and Course will also cover the interconnection to other net- design and an in-depth study of the standard UNIX works. Prerequisites: CM 231 and (MA 141 or MA 151). shells and shell scripting. Topics include: processes CM 280 Operating Systems Job Control Language (3) and dispatching, kernels, virtual memory, concurrence, Operating systems, multi-programming, multi-processing, multithreading, memory management, file systems and multi-tasking, spooling, resource allocation, schedul- the UNIX shells. Prerequisite: CM 231. ing, virtual storage, and effective systems utilization via CM 325 Computational Methods (3) unique job control languages. IBM OS type operating The study of the use of the computer for simulation system for mainframe computers is the emphasis. Pre- models. The statistical and mathematical models most requisites: (CM 121 or CM 244) and CM 231. commonly used in simulation are discussed. Prerequi- CM 295 Web Graphics II (3) sites: CM 307. Continuation of CM220/AR229, Web Graphics I, focus- CM 331 Computational Intelligence (3) ing on the use of advanced features of programs and An introduction to the tools, techniques and problem languages such as Dreamweaver and Paint Shop Pro. areas of artificial intelligence. These topics include: Students will create original graphics for a web site final knowledge representation and reasoning; search and project. This course does not apply toward CIS depart- constraint satisfaction; history and ethical questions; mental major requirements. Prerequisites: CM229/ logic and deduction; uncertainty and planning. Prerequi- AR229. sites: CM 307. CM 298 Special Topics for Non-Majors (1-3) CM 332 Data Mining (3) Directed study in an area of information science at the The study of problem solving through the analysis of lower division level. This course does not apply toward data. Topics include ethical issues, input design, knowl- CIS departmental major requirements. Prerequisites: edge representation, and basic data mining algorithms Consent of instructor. including decision rules and trees, statistical and linear CM 299 Special Topics (1-3) models, and clustering techniques. Prerequisites: CM Directed study in an area of information science at the 307 and MA 140 or consent. lower division level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. CM 333 Software Engineering (3) CM 306 File Structures Using COBOL (3) Study of disciplined approaches to the production of Design and implementation of file structures commonly quality software products and an examination of some accessed in business application programming. Discus- social and professional issues related to software pro- sion of the function of theoretical data structures which duction and use. Topics covered: software requirements 112 and specifications, lifecycle models, design, validation includes LANs, Fiber Optic and Satellite Networks. The and evolution of software, project management, CASE course will be organized around the ISO model. Prereq- tools, as well as social and ethical considerations such uisites: CM 361. as intellectual property, risks and liabilities, and privacy. Prerequisites: CM 307 or CM 335. CM 370 Software Project Management (3) Exposure to project management software; review of CM 335 Advanced Application Programming and speakers for business area as well as completion of Design (3) multiple projects using project management software. Advanced topics in application programming and design Prerequisites: CM 307. using state of the art design techniques and implementa- tion language. Topics include design and implementation CM 371 Topic in Future Networks and Computers (3) This course will review the current status of networks and of alternative file structures and supporting data access computers and survey developments which will occur methods; user interface design and implementation; during the next five years. Prerequisite: CM 361. exception handling. Prerequisites CM 245. CM 336 Database Management Systems (3) CM 390 Special Topics in Computer Science (1-4) Conceptual and physical database design, database Directed study in an area of Computer Science or Infor- implementation, and database systems. Topics include: mation Systems. Prerequisites: 54 hours and consent of traditional file management systems versus database instructor. systems, information modeling, alternative data models CM 400 Systems Analysis Internship (1-6) such as relational and object oriented, data manipulation, Systems analysis, design, and programming in an transaction management, integrity and security. Prereq- information processing environment. Evaluation of uisites: MA 206 and (CM 307 or CM 335). performance will be the joint responsibility of the college CM 337 Systems Analysis and Design (3) and user supervisors. Enrollment requires real prom- The life cycle of a systems project and characteristics ise in the information systems area, a minimum grade of systems in general. Information gathering meth- point average of 3.2 in computer science courses, and a ods, communication techniques, and the nature of the well-rounded background in computer science. Prereq- decision making process. Defining logical and physical uisites: 21 hours in Computer Information Sciences with requirements through the use of various manual and a minimum of 12 hours earned at Washburn, Declared automated (CASE) documentation tools and techniques Major in Computer Information Sciences, and consent of such as data flow diagrams, entity relationship diagrams, instructor. decomposition diagrams, class models, behavioral mod- CM 401 Systems Analysis Cooperative I (1) els, and prototyping. Prerequisites: CM 336. Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- CM 341 Information Security: Technical Issues (3) mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- In-depth examination of technical issues associated with mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and information security. The tools and techniques neces- user supervisors. Consent for enrollment will be granted sary to provide information security will be discussed in only to those students who have shown real promise in class and investigated in the laboratory whenever pos- the computer science area, have a minimum grade point sible. Risks and threats to information security will also average of 3.2 in computer science courses, and have a be discussed. Prerequisites: CM 261 and CM322. well-rounded background in computer science. Prerequi- sites: 12 hours in Computer Information Sciences earned CM 342 Information Security: Managerial Issues (3) at Washburn, Declared Major in Computer Information An in-depth examination of the administrative aspects Sciences, and consent of instructor. of Information Security and Assurance. This course provides the foundation for understanding the key issues CM 402 Systems Analysis Cooperative II (1) associated with protecting information assets, determin- Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- ing the levels of protection and response to security inci- mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- dents, and designing a consistent reasonable information mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and security system, with appropriate intrusion detection user supervisors. Prerequisite: CM 401. and reporting features. Prerequisites: Junior standing or CM 403 Systems Analysis Cooperative III (1) consent of instructor. Systems analysis, design, and programming in an infor- CM 361 Networked Systems II (3) mation processing environment. Evaluation of perfor- Network security and management; encryption and mance will be the joint responsibility of the college and compression algorithms; wireless computing. Special user supervisors. Prerequisite: CM 402. emphasis on the TCP/IP protocol suite as used on the CM 410 Special Topics in Information Science (1-4) web. Prerequisite: CM 261. Selected topics, announced in advance, for in-service CM 362 Data Communications and Computer teachers, graduate students in Education and upper divi- Networks II (3) sion majors. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Provide an overview of emerging networking technolo- CM 416 Ethics and Information Technology (3) gies and services. Prerequisites: CM 262. In-depth examination of how ethical theories may be CM 363 Computer Networks (3) used to evaluate moral problems related to information A comprehensive introduction to computer networks, em- technology. Prerequisites: Senior standing or consent of phasizing network protocols and algorithms. Coverage instructor. 113 CM 431 Knowledge Based Information Systems (3) Ec o n o m i c s Knowledge Based Information Systems (KBIS) combine operational data with analytical tools to present complex Website: http://www.washburn.edu/business and competitive information to planners and decision- Henderson Learning Center, Room 114 makers. The objective is to improve the timeliness and (785) 670-1308 quality of inputs to the decision process. This topic will Professor Russell Smith be discussed from the perspective of DSS (Decision Professor David Sollars Support Systems) and its associated technology. Em- Associate Professor Jennifer Ball phasis will be placed on acquiring the skills necessary for Associate Professor Paul Byrne the effective and strategic application of DSS and KBIS Associate Professor Sungkyu Kwak technology to assist in the decision making process. Associate Professor Dmitri Nizovtsev Prerequisites: 54 hours and consent of instructor. Associate Professor Rosemary Walker CM 444 The UNIX Operating System (3) Degree Offered Introduction to the structure, commands and utilities Bachelor of Arts – Economics of the UNIX operating system. The development of shell programs, systems administration tasks, and the MISSION required hardware environment for UNIX will be covered. The mission of the economics program is teaching Prerequisites: CM 307. and instruction, supported by faculty involvement in basic and applied research as well as research that supports CM 463 Networking: Fundamentals and Design (3) the teaching mission. The economics faculty is commit- A comprehensive introduction to network design, ted to offering a high quality baccalaureate economics protocols, and implementation issues. This course is program that provides students with not only a broad designed primarily for graduate students and non-CIS general education background but also a thorough majors. This course does not apply toward CIS depart- professional education. The economics program offers mental major requirements. Prerequisites: ED 250 or courses in the University’s general education program as CM 101 or CM 211. well as required and elective courses in other programs CM 467 CIS Capstone Project (2) on campus, including those offered by the School of This course is designed to provide closure for Computer Business. Information Sciences majors. Group projects will be Learning objectives for the economics assigned which allow the student to analyze, design, concentration: and implement systems. The student will be provided Upon completion of the major in economics, students an opportunity to assimilate and synthesize those skills will be able: acquired during the course of study for the major. Credit/ • to find facts and interpret them consistent with eco- No Credit Only. Prerequisites: CM 333 and CM 336. nomic thinking; CM 468 CIS Senior Seminar (1) • to demonstrate an understanding of how decision This course is designed to provide closure for Computer makers allocate scarce resources to achieve eco- Information Sciences majors. The student will be provid- nomic efficiency; ed an opportunity to assimilate and synthesize the knowl- • to apply economic tools to analyze decisions made edge acquired during the course of study for the major, by consumers, firms, and policy makers; and culminating in a comprehensive written exam. Credit/No • to use economic models to analyze the impact of Credit Only. Prerequisites: CM 333 and CM 336. various fiscal monetary, and trade policies on a na- tion’s economy. CM 531 Computational Intelligence (3) An introduction to the tools, techniques, and problem THE MAJOR areas of artificial intelligence. These topics include: The economics major in the Bachelor of Arts degree knowledge representation and reasoning; search and is designed to provide the student with an understand- constraint satisfaction; history and ethical questions; ing of the principles and institutions governing economic logic and deduction; uncertainty and planning. Prerequi- decisions made by households, businesses, and govern- sites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. ments. This type of knowledge, combined with studies CM 532 Data Mining (3) in related areas, provides an appropriate background for The study of problem solving through the analysis of employment in financial and non-financial business firms data. Topics include ethical issues, input design, knowl- and governmental agencies. It also provides a solid ba- edge representation, and basic data mining algorithms sis for graduate study in economics, business and public including decision rules and trees, statistical and linear administration, urban planning, international studies, and models, and clustering techniques. Prerequisites: law. Graduate standing and consent of instructor. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics must meet the University require- ments for the degree and, in addition, take MA 141 Applied Calculus I or a higher level calculus course and take at least twenty-four (24) hours in econom- ics. At least fifteen of the twenty-four hours offered for the major must be represented by courses numbered 300 or above. The calculus course and the twenty-four hours of economics offered for the major must be taken 114 on a graded basis and a grade of “C” or better must be Ed u c a t i o n earned. The following courses must be included within the Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education/ twenty-four hours: Economics 200, 201, 211, 300, and 301. A grade point average of 2.0 is required before Carnegie Hall, Room 202 enrollment is permitted in Economics 300 and 301. (785) 670-1427 or 670-1437 Candidates for the degree are encouraged to elect Professor Gloria A. Dye, Chairperson courses in mathematics, political science, history, sociol- Professor Judith McConnell-Farmer ogy, psychology, and philosophy. Students planning Professor Michael Rettig graduate study in economics are strongly urged to take Professor Mary Shoop the BA degree with a minor field of concentration in Professor Sandra Winn Tutwiler mathematics. Associate Professor Timothy Fry THE MINOR Assistant Professor Carolyn Carlson The minor in economics can be earned by candi- Assistant Professor David Pownell dates for any bachelor’s degree offered by Washburn Instructor Lee Anne Coester University. The economics faculty has approved the Lecturer Bob Goodwin following requirements for the optional minor: (1) Lecturer S. Yvette Jenkins Economics 200 and 201, (2) nine hours of economics Lecturer Denise Salsbury courses numbered 300 or above, and (3) an approved Ms. Tara Porter, Licensure Officer course in statistics. Please see the current advising Degrees Offered: sheet for the minor in economics for further details. Associate of Arts Early Childhood Education Honors in Economics Bachelor of Education Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree, with Elementary Education a major in Economics, may qualify for Honors in Masters of Education (see graduate programs) Economics provided the following criteria are met: 1. accumulate a GPA of at least 3.50 in all economics Mission courses applied to the BA degree, and Consistent with the mission of the University and 2. demonstrate superior research and/or independent the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of study skills while enrolled in Economics 405, and Education is committed to preparing educators to work 3. be approved for honors designation by a two-thirds in rural, suburban, and urban settings, and to educating vote of the School of Business faculty. leaders and professional specialty practitioners for lead- In fulfilling conditions (2) and (3), the student will be ership roles in schools and other community settings. It expected to provide any academic data requested and is our goal to ensure that all preservice and inservice to provide the School with an extra copy of written work educators are provided with numerous clinical and field- prepared for credit in Economics 405. Written notice based experiences, are knowledgeable of curricula and of intent to graduate with honors must be submitted pedagogy, receive accurate advising, and are provided by the student to the Office of the Dean, School of with the educational supports necessary to be successful Business early in the semester in which the student and reflective practitioners. expects to graduate. This written notice is separate from DESCRIPTION OF THE DISCIPLINE any reporting requirements in place when Economics Education as a discipline is concerned with the 405 is taken as part of the Washburn Transformational professional and pedagogical knowledge required of Experience (WTE) program. effective and reflective teachers. In the process of COURSE OFFERINGS acquiring professional knowledge, candidates become Course offerings are listed in the School of Business aware of the psychological, historical, philosophical, and section of the catalog. social foundations upon which the discipline rests. From a pedagogical perspective, candidates become proficient Note: Both the economics major within the B.A. degree and the economics major area of concentration in the skills and knowledge that allow them to organize within the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) learning environments, and plan and implement instruc- degree program, as well as the minor in economics, are tion that ensure all children and youth have opportunities administered by the economics faculty within the School to learn. of Business. Course descriptions and further informa- Student Learning Outcomes tion are found in the School of Business section of the Washburn University professional education candi- catalog. See, also, the subdivisions under Economics in dates, upon graduation, are expected to have: the index. • demonstrated the ability to use the central con- cepts, tools of inquiry, and structures of each dis- cipline he or she teaches and create opportunities that make these aspects of subject matter mean- ingful for all students; • demonstrated an understanding of how individu- als learn and develop intellectually, socially, and

115 personally and provide learning opportunities that Bachelor of Education (B E. D .) in support this development; Elementary Education • demonstrated the ability to provide different ap- The K-6 teaching program prepares students to proaches to learning and create instructional teach in kindergarten through sixth grade classrooms. opportunities that are equitable, that are based on The program is organized so students are able to com- developmental levels, and that are adapted to di- plete a second license in one of five areas at the same verse learners, including those with exceptionalities; time they complete preparation for the K-6 license. • acquired the ability to understand and use a variety These areas include: of appropriate instructional strategies to develop Early Childhood Unified (Birth-Grade 3) various kinds of students’ learning including critical Middle School English/Language Arts (Grades 5-8) thinking, problem solving, and reading; Middle School Mathematics (Grades 5-8) • acquired the ability to understand individual and Middle School History (Grades 5-8) group motivation and behavior as a means to cre- As a final option, students may complete coursework ate a learning environment that encourages positive leading to a provisional license in Adaptive Special social interaction, active engagement in learning, Education Grades K-6. Candidates for degrees and and self-motivation; licenses in these areas are advised by the Faculty of the Department of Education. See an advisor for spe- • used a variety of effective verbal and non-verbal cific licensure requirements or visit the Department of communication techniques to foster active inquiry, Education website. collaboration, and supportive interaction in the http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education classroom; • planned effective instruction based upon the K-6 Licensure Requirements-Professional knowledge of all students, community, subject mat- Education ter, curriculum outcomes, and current methods of teaching reading; Pre-admission Courses ED 150 EPIC • acquired the ability to understand and use formal ED 200 Educational Psychology and informal assessment strategies to evaluate and ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (Can be ensure the continual intellectual, social, and other taken before or after formal admission) aspects of personal development of all learners; • evaluated the effects of his or her choices and Formal Admissions Courses actions on others (students, parents, and other Block A professionals in the learning community), actively ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum seek out opportunities to grow professionally, and ED 302 Exceptional Learners or SE 476 Psychology of participates in the school improvement process the Exceptional Student (Kansas Quality Performance Accreditation [QPA]); ED 330 Teaching Social Studies ED 337 Social Studies Practicum • fostered collegial relationships with school person- ED 335 Creative Experiences nel, parents, and agencies in the larger community ED 385 Foundations of Education or ED 472 Issues in to support all students’ learning and well-being; Modern American Education • demonstrated the ability to integrate across and within content fields to enrich the curriculum, Block B develop reading and thinking skills, and facilitate ED 305 Language and Literacy all students’ abilities to understand relationships ED 310 Teaching Mathematics between subject areas; ED 315 Teaching Science • acquired the ability to understand the role of tech- ED 317 Math/Science Practicum nology in society and demonstrates skills using KN 310 Elem/MS Health/PE instructional tools and technology to gather, ana- Block C lyze, and present information, enhance instructional ED 320 Teaching Reading practices, facilitate professional productivity and ED 325 Teaching Language Arts/Children’s’ Literature communication, and help all students use instruc- ED 327 Literacy Practicum tional technology effectively: and ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners • used the historical, philosophical, and social foun- dations of education to guide educational practices. Professional Semester ED 400 Understanding the School REQUIREMENTS FOR MAJORS ED 405 Classroom Management Students must meet degree and licensure requirements ED 420 K-6 Student Teaching and in place at the time they obtain formal admission to the ED 415 5-8 Student Teaching OR teacher education program. Students seeking a teach- ED 430 Student Teaching Birth-Grade 3 OR ing license will complete courses in three areas: general SE 456 Special Ed Practicum I education courses, professional education courses, and General Education Requirements specialty courses appropriate for a specific professional license. Arts and Humanities EN 101 Freshman Composition EN 300 Advanced Composition (Teaching Emphasis) CN 150 Public Speaking 116 Art, Music or Theatre Arts Elective (From the Approved ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level General Education List) MA 320 Math for Middle School English or Philosophy Elective (From the Approved Gen- ED 349 Middle Level Math Practicum eral Education List) Courses for Adaptive Special Social Sciences Education Emphasis (K-6) HI 111 U.S. History I OR SE 420 Educational Planning for Special Education HI 112 U.S. History II SE 430 Methods and Materials for Special Education HI 100 Early World History OR SE 440 Individual and Group Management HI 101 Changing World History OR HI 102 Modern World History Associate of Arts (A .A .) - Early GG101 Introduction To Geography OR Childhood Education GG102 World Regional Geography Professional Education PO 106 Government of the United States OR ED 150 EPIC PO 107 or American State and Local Government ED 160 Introduction To Early Childhood Education AN 112 Cultural Anthropology ED 161 Essentials of ECE I EC 100 Introdcution To Economics ED 162 Essentials of ECE II Mathematics and Natural Sciences ED 243 Infants and Toddlers in ECE Programs MA 116 College Algebra ED 245 Practicum in Infants and Toddler Education MA 228 Math for Elem. Educators ED 200 Educational Psychology PS 126 Physical Science for Elem. Ed. ED 267 Curriculum in Preschool Ed. BI 100 Introduction to Biology ED 269 Practicum in Preschool Ed. BI 101 Introductory Biology Lab ED 261 Techniques in Early Childhood Guidance and Classroom Management Kinesiology ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum KN198 Lifetime Wellness KN 271 First Aid Computer Information Sciences General Education Requirements CM 101 Computer Comp. Or Equivalent Arts and Humanities Courses for Early Childhood Unified Emphasis EN 101 Freshman Composition ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education CN 150 Public Speaking ED 343 Infants and Toddlers Art, Music, or Theater Elective (Fron the Approved Gen- ED 345 Practicum in Infants and Toddlers eral Education List) ED 367 Curriculum in Preschool Education Literature, Philosophy, or Foreign Language Elective ED 369 Practicum in Preschool Education (From the Approved General Education List) SE 460 Exceptionalities in Early Childhood ED 376 Family, School, & Community Social Sciences SE 420 Educational Planning for Children and Youth PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology ED 353 Assessment and Evaluation HI 111 U.S. History 1 OR HI 112 U.S. History 2 AN 112 Cultural Anthropology Courses for Middle School English/Language Arts Emphasis Mathematics and Natural Sciences Pending approval by the Board of Regents MA 116 College Algebra EN 330 Survey of American Literature PS 126 Physical Science for Elementary Education OR EN 133 Stories Around the World BI 100 Introduction to Biology (Gen Ed Emphasis) and EN 310 Modern English Grammar BI 101 Biology Lab EN 320 Young Adult Literature Kinesiology ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level KN 198 Lifetime Wellness ED 348 Middle Level English/Language Arts Practicum KN 271 First Aid Courses for Middle School History Emphasis Computer Information Sciences Pending approval by the Board of Regents CM 101 Computer Comp or Equivalent HI 111 U.S. History I OR HI 112 U.S. History II In cooperation with Washburn Insittute of Technology, the HI 100 Survey of Early World History OR following courses will be waived for students graduating HI 101 Changing World History from the WIT program in Child Care: HI 322 Kansas History ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education HI 303 Colonial America or Any 300 Level History ED 161 Essentials of ECE I ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in the Middle Level ED 162 Essentials of ECE II ED 346 Middle Level History Practicum WIT transfer credit – 14 credit hours Courses for Middle School Mathematics Emphasis Content-Specific Licensure Programs Pending approval by the Board of Regents Washburn offers course work and clinical experi- MA 140 Statistics ences leading to subject specific teaching licenses. MA 117 Trigonometry These programs are delivered collaboratively between MA 141 Applied Calculus I 117 the Department of Education where students complete Licensure Only professional education courses, and College of Arts and Students holding a baccalaureate degree from an Sciences Departments offering content in a teaching accredited institution may complete requirements lead- licensure area. Students major in the content area they ing to a specific teaching license without completing a wish to teach, and in most instances, receive a degree second baccalaureate degree. All general education from the specific content area department. Students requirements will be met, except those that are sup- should consult with their content area advisor for degree portive to and/or prerequisite for courses required by a requirements and the Department of Education advisor specific teaching license. Students with a baccalaureate for and licensure requirements. Content areas, level degree should meet with a teacher education advisor in of license, degrees and Department-contacts are listed the content area department of their interest, and/or the below. Licensure Officer in the Department of Education for an evaluation of transcripts and development of a plan for All Levels Prekindergarten - Grade 12 completion of courses leading to a teaching license. Art BFA Dr. Taylor French BA Ms. Vogel Transfer Students German BA Ms. Vogel Students transferring from a two or four year institu- Music (Vocal/Instru/Gen) BM Dr. Hunt tion should meet with a teacher education advisor in Physical Education B.Ed Dr. Miller the content area department of their interest, and/or the Spanish BA Ms. Vogel Licensure Officer in the Department of Education for an Early-Late Adolescence -Grades 6-12 (Secondary) evaluation of transcripts and development of a plan for Biology BA/BS Dr. Jander program completion. Transfer students will be expected Chemistry BA Ms. Salem to complete requirements for a Washburn baccalaureate English/Lang. Arts BA Dr. Faulkner degree. Additionally, all transfer students, regardless of History/Gov’t BA Dr. Goossen the number of credit hours accepted, will be expected to Math BA Dr. Mower or complete a residency requirement that includes enroll- Dr. LaLonde ment in ED 150, EPIC. Professional Education (Pre-admission Courses) Endorsements ED 150 EPIC Teachers who are licensed to teach in Kansas ED 200 Educational Psychology may pursue a second teaching license at Washburn. ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (Can be Interested teachers should contact the Licensure Officer taken before or after formal admission) in the Department of Education for a review of licensure requirements and the development of plan for program Formal Admissions Courses completion. ED 300 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum ED 302 Exceptional Learners OR Advising SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student Students seeking a B.Ed or A.A. degree should file ED 385 Foundations of Education OR a Declaration of Major form during their first semester ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education of coursework at Washburn or as soon as they decide ED 350 General Secondary Methods OR to pursue a teaching license with the Department of ED 3xx Methods of Teaching (in the specific content area) Education. Students pursuing an elementary licensure ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners only program should file a declaration of Certification/ RD 484 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas Teacher-Licensure Form with the Department of Education. Students seeking a degree at the P-12 or Professional Semester secondary levels should file a Declaration of Major form ED 400 Understanding the School with their content specific department (e.g., English, ED 405 Classroom Management Music, Mathematics, etc.). Students pursuing P-12 and ED 410 Secondary Student Teaching or secondary level licensure only programs should file a ED 440 P-12 Student Teaching Declaration of Certification/Teacher Licensure Form with General Education Requirements their content specific department. Completion of these Students should consult with an advisor in the content forms is followed by assignment of a content specific specific department to ensure that they enroll in general advisor and a Department of Education advisor who will education courses that meet both teacher licensure assist students through program completion. requirements, as well as general education courses Students may view the Suggested Program of Study required for graduation in the major. for all licensure programs on the Department of Major/Licensure Content Requirements Education Website: http://www .washburn .edu/cas/ Students should consult with an advisor in the content education/ specific department to ensure that they enroll in con- Admission to Teacher Education: tent specific courses that meet both teacher licensure requirements and course requirements for the major. In All students seeking a Kansas teaching license must addition, students should consult with a Department of be formally admitted to the teacher education program. Education advisor to ensure that the professional educa- See the Department of Education or the teacher educa- tion requirements are met. tion advisor in the content area of interest for an ap- plication. Applications are reviewed three times a year. Deadlines for submission of application materials are 118 April 1, August 1, and November 1. Upon review of the Washburn University Teacher Education Program application materials, the Undergraduate Admissions during the 2007-2008 academic year. Committee will either recommend or deny admission to a Pass Rate: professional teacher education program. Applicants will Principles of Learning and Teaching 100% be notified in writing regarding their admissions status. Content Area Tests 99% Candidates not admitted must resubmit an application for subsequent admission reviews. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS Students seeking a teaching license who have met Requirements: all requirements for formal admission to the Professional Degree Seeking Students Teacher Education Program are eligible to apply for 1. Completion of 24 credit hours of Approved General department scholarships. Scholarship application forms Education with a 2.75 grade point average. The are available in the Department of Education Office. 24 credits must include: EN 101, MA 116, a social See the Department Website for a complete list of science general education course, and a natural scholarships. science general education course. The additional DEPARTMENT AWARDS twelve hours should be selected from approved Each semester the Department of Education faculty general education courses. A minimum grade of C is recognize student achievements through the following required in EN 101 and MA 116. awards: 2. Completion of ED 150 and ED 200 with a grade of C Outstanding Early Childhood Education Student or better in ED 200. Award 3. Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher; and Julia Etta Parks Outstanding Elementary Student a C or better in all content specialty courses com- Teaching Award pleted by students seeking admission to all programs. Outstanding Secondary Student Teacher Award 4. Completion of the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) Annually , the Department of Education faculty recog- with minimum scores of: Writing 172; Reading 173; nize student achievements through the following award: and Mathematics 172. Robert R. Dunwell Award for an Outstanding Future 5. Submission of a University/Professional Reference Educational Administrator form and the EPIC Cooperating Teacher Evaluation. Licensure Only Students Recipients of these awards have their names en- 1. Completion of ED 150 and ED 200 with a grade of C graved on permanent plaques in the Department of or better in ED 200. Education Office and receive individual plaques in 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher; and recognition of their outstanding teaching performance. a C or better in all content specialty courses com- Each semester student teachers who have completed pleted by students seeking admission to all programs. the Professional Teacher Education Program with a 3.5 3. Completion of the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) GPA are recognized with the Reflective Education Award with minimum scores of : Writing 172; Reading 173; at the Student Teacher Tea. and Mathematics 172. COURSE OFFERINGS 4. Submission of a University /Professional Reference form and the EPIC Cooperating Teacher Evaluation. ED 150 Educational Participation in the Community (E .P .I .C .) (1) ADMISSION TO STUDENT TEACHING Supervised school-based field experience in Pre K - In order to receive appropriate consideration for secondary school settings designed for potential teacher student teaching and to facilitate placement of student candidates to investigate teaching as a profession. A teachers the deadline for student teaching applications minimum of 35 hours in an assigned school setting shall be the last Friday of the first full month of the regu- required. Orientation to the Washburn teacher education lar semester preceding the student teaching semester. program included during university classroom sessions. Applications will be accepted only from students who Concurrent enrollment in ED 200 required. Pass/fail have been formally admitted to the professional teacher only. education program. To be eligible for student teach- ing, students must a) have filed a Student Teaching ED 160 Introduction to Early Childhood Education (3) Application by the end of the first full month of the This course encourages students to explore their suit- semester prior to the student teaching semester; b) have ability for a career in early childhood education through completed all professional education requirements with academic class work and observation of children from a grade of C or better; c) have a cumulative professional birth through third grade. In addition to child develop- education grade point average of 2.75 or better, d) have ment, birth through age 10, students develop a working a specialty grade point average of 2.75, e) and an overall knowledge of the history, philosophy, theories, goals cumulative grade point average of 2.5; f) and must be and practices of educating young children in educational approved by the Department of Education. settings.. ED 160 is a prerequisite for all other early childhood education courses. PROGRAM COMPLETER PERFORMANCE Colleges which prepare teachers are required by the ED 161 Essentials of Early Childhood Education I (4) U.S. Congress to make public annual reports summariz- Six competency areas of the Child Development Associ- ing performance of program completers. The information ate (CDA) Program are covered: safety; health; learning below summarizes performance of students completing environment; physical development; cognitive skills; and communication skills. Both CDA and non-CDA students 119 will be required to participate in field experiences in early to support and encourage children in the development of childhood settings and to prepare individual portfolios cooperation, creativity, cognition (literacy, mathematics, that document proficiency in each of these areas. Pre- science and social studies), and motor skills in develop- requisite: ED 160. mentally appropriate curriculum. Prerequisites: ED 160, 200, 243/343, and 245/345. ED 162 Essentials of Early Childhood Education II (4) A continuation of ED 161 covering six additional compe- ED 269/369 Practicum in Pre-School Education (3) tency areas of the Child Development Associate (CDA) A supervised field experience in a pre-school setting Program (creativity; self-concept; social skills; guidance; and a seminar exploring child development issues. This family; program management; and professionalism). course includes planning, teaching, and assessing devel- Prerequisite: ED 160. opmentally appropriate activities for preschoolers in field placements. Prerequisites: ED 160, 200, 343, 345, and ED 200 Educational Psychology (3) permission of the instructor. Concurrent enrollment in The purpose of this course is for students to develop a ED 267/367 and 268/368. working knowledge of theories, concepts and models derived from the discipline of psychology, as they apply ED 300 Integrating Technology in the Curriculum (3) to teaching, learning, and other aspects of educational This course is designed to equip early childhood, el- practice. In addition to theories of learning, motivation, ementary, and secondary preservice teachers with the and intelligence, students study child and adolescent necessary skills to develop instructional practices that development. Students also address social, cultural, and will allow them to incorporate technologies successfully family influences on human behavior and human devel- in their classrooms. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher opment as well as the experiences of diverse student education, CM101 (or equivalent), MU123 or KN333, populations in school settings. Concurrent enrollment in ED200. ED 150 (EPIC I). ED 302 Teaching Exceptional Learners (3) ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (3) A survey of the characteristics and educational needs of An overview of professional expectations of teachers. all types of exceptional learners, with particular emphasis Students will be introduced to an overview of given to those students included into the regular class- professional expectations of teachers. Students will also room. Instructional strategies and appropriate resources be introduced to a variety of teaching models; processes for various exceptionalities are explored in detail. Pre- for developing short and long term teaching plans; and requisite: ED 200 and admission teacher education. strategies for assessing student learning. A review of influences of P-12 students’ individual, family, and ED 305 Language and Literacy (2) An overview of language development and the relation- community characteristics on the teaching and learning ship of oral language and literacy. Students learn to process will be explored. The process for developing a assess and stimulate oral language development and professional portfolio is also included. A minimum of 24 emergent literacy skills. Prerequisite: Admission to hours of school/community field experiences is required. teacher education. Prerequisite: ED 150 and ED 200. ED 310 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary ED 243/343 Infants and Toddlers in Early Childhood School (3) Education Programs (3) One course in the unified block in the teaching of math- This course integrates all aspects of developmental early ematics and science. Investigates general content and care and education of children from birth to age three, teaching strategies for each strand of the elementary which includes child growth, development, and learning. mathematics program. Problem solving and mental Prerequisite: ED 160; ED 200. Concurrent enrollment in computation will be integrated and the development and ED 245/345. use of manipulatives will be stressed. Current curriculum ED 245/345 Practicum in Infants and Toddlers trends and the role of will be explored. Prerequisites: Education (3) Admission to teacher education and a grade of “C” or This course provides students with opportunities to apply better in both MA 116 and MA 228. the knowledge and concepts of child development with children from birth to age three. Prerequisite: ED 160; ED 315 Teaching Science in the ED 200. Concurrent enrollment in ED 243/343. Elementary School (3) One course in the unified block in the teaching of math- ED 261 Techniques of Early Childhood Guidance and ematics and science. Methods and materials for teach- Classroom Management (3) ing knowledge, processes, and applications in physical, In this course students will learn ways in which healthy earth and life sciences will be developed. Emphasis will development is fostered within developmentally appro- be placed on activity-oriented programs. Prerequisites: priate child guidance. Techniques and typical guidance Admission to teacher education , PS 126, BI 100, and BI procedures appropriate for children from birth through 101. age eight will be explored through readings, class discus- sion, and observations in group settings. Prerequisites: ED 317 Math/Science Practicum (2) A supervised field experience in the teaching of math- ED 160 and ED 200 or permission of instructor. ematics and science in the elementary grades. Prereq- ED 267/367 Curriculum in Preschool Education (3) uisite: concurrent enrollment in ED 310 and ED 315, and The overall purpose of this curriculum development admission to teacher education. course is to explore teaching/learning strategies and how

120 ED 320 Teaching Reading in the that support an effective middle school program. Prereq- Elementary School (3) uisite: Admission to teacher education. The theory and practice of teaching reading including word attack, comprehension, and study skills. Special ED 346 Middle Level History Practicum (1) A supervised field experience in the teaching of history in emphasis is given to the use of basal and other instruc- the middle level classroom. Concurrent enrollment with tional materials in regular and special reading classes. ED 340. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. Pending approval by the Board of Regents ED 324 Curriculum and Methods of Elementary ED 348 Middle Level English/Language Arts School Physical Education (4) Methods in planning, presenting, and administering a Practicum (1) A supervised field experience in the teaching of English/ physical education curriculum in the middle and elemen- Language Arts in the middle level classroom. Concurrent tary schools. Cross-listed as KN 324. enrollment with ED 340. ED 325 Teaching Language Arts and Children’s Pending approval by the Board of Regents Literature (3) The theory and practice of teaching oral and written com- ED 349 Middle Level Math Practicum (1) A supervised field experience in the teaching of math- munication skills. Special emphasis is given to the inter- ematics in the middle level classroom. Concurrent enroll- relationship between literature for young people and the ment with ED 340. language arts skills of listening, speaking, reading and Pending approval by the Board of Regents writing. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. ED 350 General Secondary Methods (3) ED 326 Methods in Secondary School PE (3) Extensive laboratory and simulated classroom experienc- Methods in planning, presenting, administering, and es with field-based observation. All secondary majors evaluating physical education for middle and secondary are required to have at least one methods course, and school teachers. Cross-listed as KN 325. this course fills the basic requirement when a “special ED 327 Literacy Practicum (2) area” methods course is unavailable. All students who A supervised field experience in the teaching of literacy enroll in this methods course participate in a field-based skills in the K-6 classroom. Prerequisite: Admission to teaching experience at various secondary schools. Pre- teacher education. requisite: Admission to teacher education. ED 330 Teaching Social Studies through Integrated ED 352 Methods of Teaching Science in the Curriculum (3) Secondary Schools (3) This course includes content, methods, and learning Principles and philosophy of science education; develop- theory for effective social studies instruction. Methods ment of the secondary science curriculum; and organiza- for integrating social studies instruction with other con- tion, presentation, and evaluation of science in middle/ tent areas, including the arts will be addressed. Special secondary schools. Includes extensive laboratory and attention is given to methods which promote critical simulated classroom experiences as well as field based thinking abilities necessary for participation in a diverse observation and class-room participation. Prerequi- democratic society. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher site: Admission to teacher education and permission of education. instructor. ED 335 Creative Experiences in Elementary and ED 353 Assessment and Evaluation in Early Middle School (2) Childhood Education (3) This course explores various elements of aesthetics in- Students in this course will learn how to assess and eval- cluding art and music. The relationship of such activities uate young children’s development and learning. Typical to the teaching/learning environment is also developed. assessment procedures appropriate for children from The use of creative activities to enrich other content birth through third grade will be studied. Techniques areas is given special attention. Prerequisite: Admission will be developed to record children’s behavior individu- to teacher education and concurrent enrollment in ED ally and in group settings. Prerequisites: Admission to 330 and ED 337. teacher education. ED 337 Social Studies Practicum (1) ED 355 Principles of Vocational Education and One course in a unified block in the teaching of social Student Organizations (3) studies and aesthetics. This course requires students The development and role of vocational education in to develop and teach social studies lessons in the el- public education, the federal vocational education leg- ementary school classroom. Prerequisite: Admission to islation, and the development of student organizations. teacher education. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. ED 340 Teaching Adolescents in a Middle Level ED 362 Methods of Teaching English in the Environment (2) Secondary Schools (3) Understanding the unique nature of middle level educa- The study of and practice in the methods of teaching lit- tion will be the focus of this course. Based upon read- erature, language, and writing, in the secondary schools. ings, field experience, and class discussion, students will Major concerns include teaching theory; the relationship study the nature of adolescent development, curriculum between oral and written language; language develop- and instruction, programs and collaborative interactions ment; language used in various social, regional, and cultural settings; curriculum development and evaluation; 121 and the assessment of students’ progress in reading and ED 381 Craft Techniques in Middle and Secondary writing. Students participate in a field-based experience Schools (3) at various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to The artistic development of jr. and sr. high art students teacher education and permission of the instructor. and how it relates to technical/artistic skills. Safety and health hazards of the public schools art room. Hands-on ED 363 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in the experience with metalry, papermaking, fibers, and earth- Secondary School (3) enware craft processes. The philosophy, traditions, and Principles and methods of teaching the process and current position of crafts in the art world. Cross-listed as content of secondary school mathematics. Includes AR 381. emphasis and training in general mathematics, algebra, geometry, as well as advanced mathematics. All stu- ED 382 Methods and Philosophy in Art Education (3) dents who enroll in this course participate in field based Examination of historical and current theories or art teaching experiences at various secondary schools. Pre- education, the development of personal philosophy of art requisite: Admission to teacher education and permission education, and the determination of curriculum goals and of the instructor. objectives. Effective teaching methods for lesson plan- ning, presentation, and evaluation are studied. Cross- ED 366 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in the listed as AR 382. Prerequisite: Admission to program. Secondary School (3) Principles and methods of teaching the process and con- ED 385 Foundations of Education (3) tent of the social studies. Includes emphasis and training A survey course describing the social, cultural, historical, in locating information, developing instructional units, and philosophical bases of American education. Encour- and using instructional aids. All students enrolled in this ages students to develop a professional perspective course participate in field-based teaching experiences at based upon an understanding of essential educational various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to foundations. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher educa- teacher education and permission of instructor. tion. ED 368 Methods of Teaching Foreign Language (3) ED 400 Understanding the School (2) Principles and methods of teaching foreign languages. Seminar course taught in conjunction with Student Extensive laboratory and simulated classroom experi- Teaching (ED 410, 415, 420and 430). This course is de- ences with field experiences with field based observa- signed to help students to synthesize their understanding tion. Discussion of problem situations observed in the of schools, to reflect upon their student teaching experi- classroom. Emphasis given to proficiency oriented ence, and to integrate educational theory and practice. teaching of various target languages, developing instruc- Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching. tional units, use of multimedia resources, and principles of foreign language testing. Prerequisite: Admission to ED 402 Teaching Struggling Learners (2) This course is designed to assist the preservice teacher teacher education and permission of instructor. in understanding how to identify, assess, plan and teach ED 375 Teaching Science in the Middle School (3) individuals who are struggling in their learning. Pre- This course investigates basic content/pedagogy, and service teachers will survey problems that block some the importance of science in a middle school program. students from successful achievement in reading, writing, How students learn science and effective strategies math and general learning tasks. The preservice teacher including inquiry, use of technology, and laboratory will develop the knowledge and skills necessary to experiences will be investigated. Current curriculum assess and analyze problems and to provide appropriate trends will be explored and lessons will be developed instructional strategies for specific learning problems. based on national and state standards. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education and ED302 Admission to teacher education. or SE476. Concurrent enrollment in Language Arts Block for K-6 licensure candidates. ED 376 Family, School and Community Collaboration in ECE (3) ED 405 Classroom Management (1) Students will examine trends that promote inter-agency Various methods of managing classrooms and student and interdisciplinary approaches to serving the needs of behaviors within diverse learning environments. Prereq- young children and their families. The role of the teacher uisite: Admission to student teaching. or other education-focused entity of a program will be examined in terms of primary service providers and in ED 410 Secondary Student Teaching (12) Directed and supervised teaching of content in 6-12 terms of team membership at local, state and federal classrooms. Students are assigned to Topeka and levels. Skills that foster communication and cooperation neighboring schools for a period of twelve weeks. Not among families of various cultures will be studied. Pre- available for graduate credit. May be taken on a Pass/ requisites: Formal admission to teacher education. fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropriate ED 380 Elementary Art Education (3) professional education courses, and teaching specializa- Study of the artistic development of children, practice tion courses, and admission to student teaching. with art materials, techniques, and concepts appropriate to the elementary grades including planning and presen- ED 415 5th - 8th Grade Student Teaching (4) Directed and supervised teaching of content in 5-8 class- tation of art lessons. Production, aesthetics, criticism, rooms. Students are assigned to Topeka and neighbor- and history of artworks is emphasized as the basis for ing schools for a period of six weeks. Not available children’s growth in art learning. Cross-listed as AR 380. for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/fail basis

122 only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropriate profes- by the child. Relates various art experiences to the sional education courses, middle school teaching content student’s developmental and emotional level. Applies courses, and admission to student teaching. elementary, middle, and secondary art experiences to the “regular” classroom. Prerequisite: permission of ED 420 K-6 Student Teaching (8 or 12) instructor. Directed and supervised student teaching for a minimum 8 weeks in a K-6 classroom. Not available for graduate ED 450 ESL Methods and Cross-Cultural Communi- credit. May be taken on a pass/fail basis only. Prerequi- cations (3) sites: Completion of appropriate professional education Emphasis on practical methods of teaching English as a and K-6 licensure courses, and admission to student Second Language and strategies for working with speak- teaching. ers of other languages. Includes a review of resource materials, lesson planning, and in-class teaching practice ED 425 Observation and Supervision (1) as well as an analysis of problems posed by conflicting Supervised teaching in a P-12 classroom. This course cultural and language habits. May be taken for under- may be taken for graduate credit and may be repeated. graduate credit and EN 499 for graduate credit. May be It is required for students with a restricted teaching taken for undergraduate or graduate credit. Prerequisite: license who are completing licensure requirements at the Senior standing and permission of instructor. graduate level. Prerequisite: Permission of the depart- ment chair. ED 456 Advanced Children’s Literature (3) Advanced survey and analysis of the literature written for SE 420 Educational Planning for Children and children through middle school with instructional applica- Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Preschool/ tions. A variety of literary forms explored with emphasis Elementary (3) on evaluation and development of specific strategies to Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling enhance reader/listener comprehension and apprecia- procedures to structure the learning environment for tion. Emphasis given to planning lessons which incorpo- pre-school and elementary students with learning and rate children’s literature in instruction across the curricu- behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment lum. Prerequisite: senior standing. of procedures for laws and regulations, regular class integration, student and teacher time management, class SE 456 Special Education Practicum I scheduling, grading practices, and student/program Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences evaluation. Prerequisite: ED 302. with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa- tional settings which include pre-school/elementary age ED 430 Student Teaching in Birth - Grade Three (4) children. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education. Directed and supervised student teaching in a kinder- garten through grade three educational setting. Not SE 460 Assessment in Special Education (Pre- available for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/ School/Elementary School) (3) fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropri- Survey and analysis of individual tests, curriculum-based ate professional education and Birth-Grade 3 licensure and ecological measures applicable to diagnosing and courses, and admission to student teaching. planning instructional programs for children with mild/ moderate disabilities. Emphasis is on development of SE 430 Methods and Materials individual portfolios through data collection, adminis- for Special Education (3) tration and interpretation of multi-sources educational Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- information, test results, and personal records to develop al methods including affective and learning behaviors, appropriate curriculum. Stresses use of data in the selection and adaptation of materials to support student development of individual educational plans. (A fee may learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular be assessed to cover the cost of consumable materials.) education classroom. IEP development. Prerequisite: Prerequisites: ED 302. ED 302. SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student (3) ED 440 Student Teaching in Grades P-12 ( 12) Historical and current practices relating to the educa- Directed and supervised student teaching in grades Pre- tional characteristics, needs, and placement alternatives Kindergarten through grade 12 educational setting. Not for exceptional students. Emphasis placed on procedure available for graduate credit. May be taken on a pass/ and strategies for teaching exceptional students in the fail basis only. Prerequisites: Completion of appropri- regular classroom. Prerequisite: ED 200 or equivalent. ate professional education and Birth-Grade 3 licensure courses, and admission to student teaching. ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education (3) Critical analysis of contemporary problems and issues in SE 440 Individual and Group Management for American education. Consideration of historical, socio- Children and Youth with Mid-Moderate Disabilities (3) logical, and philosophical foundations affecting problems Principles and applications of individual and group and issues included. This course is part of the graduate management techniques for children and youth with mild/ core. It may also be taken for undergraduate credit. moderate disabilities. Topics addressed include various theoretical approaches, practical techniques, and as- ED 474 Special Topics in Education (1-3 hrs) (3) sessment procedures. Prerequisite: ED 302. Courses in special topics that will vary from semester to semester and will be announced in advance. ED 474 ED 444 Art in the Elementary/Middle School (3) may be taken for more than one semester. Prerequi- Understanding the purpose behind the creative process site: permission of the Department Chairperson and the as it applies to teaching and evaluating art produced instructor. 123 RD 484 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Student Learning Outcomes A study of the specific reading skills relating to the vari- Students participating in the engineering transfer ous disciplines found in middle and secondary schools. program at Washburn University, upon graduation, are This course addresses the philosophy that the effective expected to have: content teacher includes the teaching of reading as an • acquired an understanding of the different engineer- essential element for affecting the content. Emphasis ing disciplines and functions; is given to the importance of pre and post assessment • acquired a solid foundation in mathematics, the sci- of students’ reading skills and abilities, comprehension ences, and basic engineering necessary to further strategies, thinking and study skills, readability of materi- their engineering education; and als and collateral reading. This course is required for all • developed the ability to progress from observations middle school and secondary school majors in the State to logical conclusions, applying analytical and criti- of Kansas. This course may be taken for undergraduate cal thinking. and graduate credit. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher education and permission of instructor. A joint “3-2” dual degree program with Kansas State University and the University of Kansas enables a ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology (3) student to earn both a Bachelor of Science in Physics, Critical examination of historical, sociological, philosophi- Mathematics, Chemistry, or Computer Information cal foundations and implications of the implementation Sciences at Washburn University, and a Bachelor of and use of technology in an educational setting. Prereq- Science in Engineering at either of the other universities. uisites: ED 300 and permission of instructor. Three years are spent at Washburn University pursuing ED 494 Philosophy of Education (3) the B.S. in one of the majors above. Upon satisfactory An historical and contemporary analysis of philosophical completion of this work, the student will be eligible for perspectives concerning the educational process. Devel- transfer to KSU or KU. Upon satisfactory completion of ops and traces schools of educational thought in an effort additional work as agreed upon by the student, the advi- to help students clarify their own educational philosophy, sory committee, and the chairperson of the department the relationship between educational philosophy and involved, the student will receive the appropriate B.S. practice emphasized. May be taken for undergraduate from Washburn University. Upon satisfactory comple- or graduate credit. Prerequisite: senior standing and tion of the requirements of the engineering school, the permission of instructor. student will be awarded a B.S. in Engineering from that school. This program will normally take five years, but ED 497 Independent Study in Education (1-3) depending upon the particular field of engineering, the Intensive guided study in a special topic in education or time may vary. early childhood education. Independent Study in Educa- A typical program of study for the first two years tion is available only to candidates for teaching certifi- is given below, but the student must meet with the cates. Prerequisite: admission to an approved program Engineering Advisory Committee to secure program of study and written approval of the Chairperson of the approval. Department of Education. Freshman GRADUATE PROGRAM IN Fall Semester EDUCATION (MEd) MA 151 Calculus and Analytic Geometry I (5) CH 151 Fundamentals of Chemistry ((5) The Department of Education administers a Master EN 101 Freshman Comp (3) of Education program. See Education, Graduate EG 105 Introduction to Engineering (3) Programs, in catalog index. KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) En g i n e e r i n g Tr a n s f e r Pr o g r a m Spring Semester MA 152 Calculus and Analytic Geometry II (5) Physics and Astronomy Department CH 152 Fundamentals of Chemistry II (5) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/physics/ PS 281 General Physics I (5) EG 116 Engineering Graphics (3) Stoffer Science Hall, Room 210 Sophomore (785) 670-2263 [email protected] Fall Semester MA 153 Calculus and Analytical Geometry III (3) Lecturer and Coordinator Keith Mazachek PS 282 General Physics II (5) EG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) Engineering courses allow engineering transfer students CM Programming (Fortran or C++) to complete most of the program common to the first two CN 150 Public Speaking (3) years at most recognized schools of engineering. They Spring Semester also provide a background of application to theory for MA 241 Differential Equations (3) students majoring in mathematics and the physical sci- EG 351 Dynamics (3) ences. EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics (3) PS 334 Thermodynamics (3) Humanities or Social Science Electives

124 COURSE OFFERINGS Degrees Offered EG 105 Introduction to Engineering (3) Bachelor of Arts Introduction to the professional role of an engineer with English Literature an orientation to the academic requirements of engineer- Creative Writing ing studies, responsibilities of engineering students and English Education professionals, discussion of various engineering careers, Mission job site duties, professional development and registration Consistent with the mission of the University and the and engineering ethics. Included are problem definition College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of English and solution, engineering design and terminology and seeks to satisfy the needs and aspirations of three differ- the role of technology and its influence on society. ent groups of students: EG 116 Engineering Graphics (3) • those taking English to satisfy the University’s writ- Elements of geometry of engineering drawing with em- ing requirement phasis on spatial visualization and applications. Free- • those taking English to satisfy general education hand sketching, dimensioning, and graphs. Computer Humanities requirements aided design and engineering analysis. Prerequisite: • those taking English to satisfy major requirements EG105 or consent of instructor. in one of three undergraduate emphases: Litera- EG 250 Engineering Mechanics: Statics (3) ture, Creative Writing, and English Education. Vector notation; resultants of force systems; analysis of Description of Discipline force systems in equilibrium including beams, frames The department seeks to continue its rich history of and trusses; analysis of systems involving friction forces; excellence in teaching, to nourish noteworthy creative determination of centroids, centers of gravity, second and scholarly publication, and to confirm its active and moments of areas, moments of inertia. Prerequisite: MA ongoing commitment to service in school, community, 151 and PS 281. and profession. EG 351 Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics (3) English majors acquire skills and habits that serve Displacement, velocity, and acceleration of a particle; them well in all occupations and professions. They can relation between forces acting on rigid bodies and the read carefully, can write effectively, can exercise good changes in motion produced; translation; rotation; motion judgment in solving problems, and can flexibly adopt in a plane; solutions using the principles of force, mass different points of view. Familiar with great literature and and acceleration, work and energy, and impulse and writing, they can appreciate how human beings from dif- momentum. Prerequisite: EG 250 and MA 152. ferent cultures and/or from different times have used the literary arts to shape experiences thoughtfully and mean- EG 360 Mechanics of Materials (3) ingfully. English majors are encouraged to discuss career Elementary theories of stress and strain, behavior of possibilities with their advisor and with the chairperson of materials, and applications of these theories and their the department. generalizations to the study of stress distribution, defor- The English department sponsors the Phi Rho mation, and instability in the simple structural forms that chapter of Sigma Tau Delta, the national English honor occur most frequently in engineering practice. Prerequi- society. Students should contact the chairperson for site: EG 250 and MA 153. information regarding the Society. En g l i s h De p a r t m e n t Student Learning Outcomes English majors at Washburn University, upon graduation, Morgan Hall, Room 258 are expected to have (785) 670-1441 • acquired a knowledge of major developments in British, American, and World Literature; Professor Howard Faulkner, Chair • developed an understanding of the multi-cultural Professor Tom Averill dimensions of language and literature; Professor Jim Hoogenakker • developed an understanding of the grammars and Professor Virginia Pruitt other aspects of language as media for communica- Professor J. Karen Ray tion, literature, and culture; and Professor Margy Stewart Associate Professor Maureen Godman • mastered the ability to reflect this knowledge and Associate Professor Mary Sheldon these understandings in analysis, creative thought, Associate Professor Roy Sheldon and writing. Assistant Professor Erin Chamberlain UNIVERSITY WRITING REQUIREMENTS Assistant Professor Bradley Siebert Assistant Professor Sarah Smarsh All students graduating from Washburn must take six Assistant Professor Danny Wade hours of composition courses, three at the freshman Lecturer Karen Barron level and three at the junior level. Lecturer Dennis Etzel Most freshmen will take EN 101: Freshman Composition. Lecturer Eric McHenry For those students who do not feel adequately prepared Lecturer Raylene Hinz-Penner for 101, the English Department offers EN 100: Lecturer Israel Wasserstein Developmental English. This course, taught by full-time Lecturer David Weed 125 faculty members, offers smaller classes and individual One course from the following attention to students who need additional preparation Communication 150, 241, and 350; Theatre 101, 103, before attempting EN 101. Students are allowed to 203. Students in the Literature emphasis should consider decide for themselves whether they would feel more EN400 their capstone course. comfortable with the supplemental support that 100 offers. This “directed self-placement,” however, can Writing Emphasis I. Thirty-six total hours required, including core require- be aided by consultation with members of the English ments, but excluding English 101 and 300. The writing faculty, individual advisers, and advisers in CUSP. emphasis major’s field program should look as follows: The second required composition course is EN 300: Advanced Composition. This course, which is designed Core Requirements EN 206 Introduction to Poetry Writing (3) to be taken in the junior year, prepares students for EN 209 Introduction to Fiction Writing advanced academic writing. Students who have 54 EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) credit hours are eligible to enroll in EN 300; for those EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) students who feel that they need additional work berore EN 315 Reading as Writers 300, the department offers an intermediate composition EN 384 Publishing Lab (3) course, EN 200. Students are encouraged to talk to Two of the following: their advisors and to faculty members in the English EN 305 Advanced Fiction Writing department to determine which course is right for them. EN 306 Advanced Poetry Writing THE MAJOR EN 307 Creative Nonfiction Writing Students majoring in English have three options. They may major in English with a literature emphasis or in Choose four (at least one from each sequence) EN 325 English Literature I (3) English with a writing emphasis or in English Education, EN 326 English Literature II (3) where they will prepare to teach secondary English. The EN 330 American Literature I (3) requirements for each of the emphases are as follows: EN 331 American Literature II (3) Literature Emphasis EN 360 World Literature I (3) I. Thirty-three hours required, including core require- EN 361 World Literature II (3 ments, excluding English 101 and 300. The literature emphasis major’s field program should look as fol- Choose one from the following courses EN 210 Mythologies in Literature (3) lows: EN 337 The Short Story (3) Core Requirements EN 377 Science Fiction (3) EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) EN 378 Fantasy (3) EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) EN 382 Modern Novel (3) EN 400 Senior Seminar (3) or an equivalent approved by the chairperson Choose four (at least one from each sequence) EN 325 English Literature I (3) =36 total hours EN 326 Engllish Literature II (3) Students in the Writing emphasis should consider EN EN 330 American Literature I (3) 384 Publishing Lab their capstone . EN 331 American Literature II (3) II. Within the Humanities offerings, one course numbered EN 360 World Literature I (3) 102 or its equivalent in any modern foreign language. EN 361 World Literature II (3) One course from the following Group A - Literary Forms (Choose one) MM 202 Basic Media Writing or EN 337 The Short Story (3) MM 320 Advanced Ne2aywriting or an equivalent. See EN 380 Modern Poetry (3) chairperson. EN 381 Drama (3) EN 382 Modern Novel (3) English Education I. Thirty-six total hours required, including core require- Group B - Literary Periods (Choose one) ments, but excluding English 101 and English 300 EN 370 Medieval Literature (3) with the teaching emphasis. Students who plan to EN 371 Renaissance Literature (3) teach in secondary schools should consult with the EN 372 Restoration and 18th Century Literature (3) English Education advisor in the department at an EN 373 Romantic/Victorian Literature (3) early date. Students should also consult the Education EN 374 Modern Literature (3) Department section of the catalog regarding Admis- EN 375 Contemporary Literature (3) sion requirements and Professional Education course Group C - Major Authors requirements. The teaching major’s program should EN 345 Shakespeare or another major author course look as follows: approved by the departmental chairperson. (3) Core Requirements =33 total hours EN 325 English Literature I (3) II. Within the Humanities offerings, one course numbered EN 326 English Literature II (3) 102 or its equivalent in any modern foreign language. EN 330 American Literature I (3) EN 331 American Literature II (3) EN 360 World Literature I (3) EN 361 World Literature II (3) 126 EN 300 Advanced Composition (teaching emphasis) (3) allow the student, in consultation with the chairperson EN 310 Modern English Grammar (3) of the English Department, to assemble an effective EN 301 Critical Reading and Writing (3) grouping of courses. EN 320 Lit for Young Adults (3) COURSE OFFERINGS Group A - Literary Forms (Choose one) (Courses marked with

128 Prerequisite: EN 206 or EN 209. For 507, admission to on selected works of a single author from the period. MLS program or consent. The topic will be arranged in consultation with the in- structor. Prerequisite for 526: admission to MLS program EN 308 Technical Writing (3) or consent A pre-professional writing course for students entering technical fields. Prerequisite: EN 300 or equivalent. EN 330/530 American Literature I (3) The course provides a survey of early American litera- EN 309 ESL Methods and Cross-Cultural ture, from pre-Columbian legends through literature of Communication (3) 1850’s. Graduate students will be required to investigate Designed for those who work with non-English speakers. in depth one of the following areas: colonial literature, Special emphasis on improving intercultural understand- early national literature, or the literature of American ing, on the interaction of language and culture, and on Renaissance. Prerequisite for 530: admission to MLS language learning and language teaching. program or consent. EN 310/510 Modern English Grammar (3) EN 331/531 American Literature II (3) The course surveys different points of view about lan- The course is a survey of American literature from Civil guage, including a review of traditional grammar and an War to present in historical and generic contexts. It introduction to transformational grammar. The course stresses close readings of individual texts of fiction, po- also focuses on such topics as phonology, morphology, etry, and drama. Graduate students will select one major the history of the language, psycho-linguistics, language author and examine his/her treatment in literary criticism acquisition, dialects, syntax and sentence combining, during last fifty years. Prerequisite for 531: admission to and their implications for language learning at all levels. MLS program or consent. Graduate students must write a 12-page paper devel- oping in greater detail one of the topics covered in the

EN 400 Senior Seminar (3) This course is the capstone course for the literature em- GG 300 Special Topics in Geography (3) phasis of the English major. Students work together as a class with a faculty member on a specific topic of ongo- GG 302 Natural Resources Conservation (3) ing research in the faculty member’s area of expertise. A study of the principles of natural resource conservation Prerequisite: English major, senior status, and consent. and management, particularly as they relate to human populations, soil conservation and agriculture, water and EN 499 Spec . Topics: Teaching air pollution and energy resources. Human activities and Study of English (1-3) that affect preservation, conservation, and multiple uses Special topics of a varying nature for teachers doing and options in a sustainable economy and society are in-service work, for graduate students in education and emphasized. Prerequisite: GG 101. English education, and upper-division English majors. GG 303 Introduction to Land Use (3) Students are introduced to the conceptual basis of land use planning as it relates to the determinants, classifica- FRENCH tion and survey, and environmental and fiscal impact (See Modern Languages) analysis of the controlled use of land. The course also examines zoning and subdivision regulations in the ap- proaches to land use planning at local, state and national levels. Prerequisite: GG 101.

Ge o g r a p h y GG 304 Geography of Kansas (3) Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/polisci/ This course is a survey of the distributions and inter- relationships of various physical, cultural and economic Henderson Learning Center, Room 215 phenomena of the state. Topics include physiographic (785) 670-1737 regions, settlement patterns, agricultural and urban Professor Tom Schmiedeler geography. The High Plains, the Southeastern mining No major or minor is offered in Geography. The offerings areas, and the urban Northeast regional cultures are are administered by the Department of Political Sci- examined. Prerequisite: Second semester sophomore ence. Some Geography courses are part of the General status. Education curriculum and others are part of the Kansas Studies Program of Washburn University. Ge o l o g y COURSE OFFERINGS Physics and Astronomy Department (Courses marked with

132 by the department (United States, Europe, Non- Required Additional Courses in Social Science Western); and Selected upper division Political Science (6) • demonstrated mastery of the discipline’s scholar- Economics (EC 200) (3) ship. Anthropology 112 (3) Geography (GG 102) (3) THE MAJOR Students seeking certification to teach must also be for- Students majoring in history must have a minimum mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher of 33 hours in history with a grade of C or above, at Education Programs and adhere to the Education De- least 15 hours taken at Washburn. Students must take partment’s requirements for teacher certification. For ad- 15 hours of lower division history, which will consist mission requirements, see EDUCATION in this catalog. of the three World History courses (HI 100, 101 and COURSE OFFERINGS 102), and the two US surveys (HI 111 and 112). Upper division requirements are 12 hours with at least one (Courses marked with

THE MAJOR Mission For the Associate of Arts in Humanities and Creative Consistent with the mission of the University and the and Performing Arts, a student must complete 62 College of Arts and Sciences, the primary mission of semester hours with a minimum grade point average the Bachelor’s of Integrated Studies (B.I.S.) degree is to of 2.0. Twenty-four credit hours must be completed at allow students to use existing academic resources in a Washburn University; of these, 12 of the last 24 must sound and creative manner to individualize their aca- be Washburn University credits. Forty-two hours must demic experiences. be graded. A student may not take the pass/fail option The requirements of the B.I.S. degree are based on in the area of concentration without obtaining and filing the assumption that a multi-disciplinary approach is a with the Registrar’s office written permission from the suitable model for the depth of experience component of chairperson of the department offering the course. The an undergraduate student’s degree. In particular, those application for degree should be on file before enrolling students who do not plan to seek post baccalaureate for the last 15 hours. education in a specific field still might benefit greatly from a relatively brief exposure to fundamental aspects of Student Learning Outcomes selected disciplines relevant to their personal interests, Washburn University students completing this degree, goals, aspirations, or career path, despite never complet- upon graduation, are expected to have: ing the full set of major requirements in a discipline. • Acquired an introductory knowledge of the disci- The Program strives to meet student needs in a num- plines comprising the humanities and ber of ways. Students interested in a career field which • Acquired a foundation for continuing academic is rapidly evolving will find the flexibility to build a curricu- study. lum which meets these needs. A creative student whose Specific course requirements are as follows: interests bridge several disciplines can do so with this program. Those students whose interests follow a theme

136 that spans several departments select courses from CN350 Persuasion (3)* multiple departments. Students who have completed an * Prerequisite for these courses is CN101 - Principles associate’s degree from one of fourteen partner commu- and Practices of Human Communication. nity colleges can earn a Washburn degree through the 12 Hours of upper division Psychology courses to be PLAN 2+2 Program and online instruction. chosen from the following: Multi-disciplinary plans of study within the Bachelor of PY306 Cognition (3)* Integrated Studies may be created in one of two ways: PY309 Theories of Personality (3)* 1) Unique, customized plan created by a student and PY310 Social Psychology (3)* 2) Standard multi-disciplinary plan created by a group PY326 Health Psychology (3)* of departments. PY395 Psychology of Everyday Life (3)* Creation of a Customized Plan: To meet the * Prerequisite for these courses is PY100 or PY101. depth of experience component of the degree require- 12 hours of Business/Political Science/Sociology ments, the student designs and submits for approval an courses to be chosen from the following: Individualized Study Program (ISP). This ISP is formu- BU342 Organization and Management (3)* lated by selecting courses from two (or more) Emphasis BU345 Human Resources Management (3)* Areas, or by selecting courses which are consistent with BU360 Marketing (3)* a specific focus, theme, or unifying conceptual principle. BU 381 Finance (3)* A six-member Bachelor of Integrated Studies Advisory PO391 Public Personnel Administration (3) Committee (ISAC) chaired by the College of Arts and PO393 Public Budgeting Sciences (CAS) Dean or the Dean’s designee, is PO401 Program Evaluation OR charged with the responsibility of reviewing and ap- SO314 Organizations (3) proving each BIS Individualized Study Program (ISP). * Prerequisite for these courses include EC200, EC201, Working with a member of the ISAC, students will de- and AC224. velop an ISP proposal. The committee will review ISPs submitted, and approve or modify ISPs. Generally, an ISP will have to be approved (by majority vote) at least 3 Hours of upper division Integrated Studies course- one year (24 credit hours) before expected graduation. work to complete the required Capstone Project: In exceptional situations, the ISAC at its discretion may IS389 Capstone Project Development (1) consider appeals to approve an ISP one semester (12 IS390 Capstone Project (2) credit hours) before graduation. Liberal Arts Program Emphasis: Completion of Departmentally-Generated Multi- (Also available through on-line PLAN program) Disciplinary Plan: As the world becomes more com- Students must complete the following core coursework: plex, the needs for interdisciplinary educational experi- ences increases. To respond to this trend, groups of 12 Hours of upper division Communication courses: departments may design a Multi-disciplinary Study CN300 Organizational Communication (3)* Program (MDSP) for approval by the six-member CN301 Advanced Organizational Communication (3)* Integrated Studies Advisory Committee (ISAC). Such CN330 Conflict and Negotiation (3)* Multi-Departmental Study Programs require the approval CN350 Persuasion (3)* of the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences as well * Prerequisite for these courses is CN101 Principles and as the Dean of any academic unit participating in such a Practices of Human Communication. program. Students who choose to pursue these “pre- 12 Hours of upper division Psychology courses to be approved” plans of study must complete the course-work chosen from the following: identified by the participating departments. PY306 Cognition (3)* PY309 Theories of Personality (3)* Student Learning Outcomes PY310 Social Psychology (3)* Washburn University students completing this degree, PY326 Health Psychology (3)* upon graduation, are expected to have: PY395 Psychology of Everyday Life (3)* • integrated diverse disciplines through a multi-de- *Prerequisite for these courses is PY100 or PY101. partmental curriculum; • constructed appropriate research questions, con- 12 Hours of upper division coursework to be chosen duct research, develop a research argument; and from the College of Arts and Sciences • integrated diverse materials into the writing of a (Note: MS310 and MS340 from the School of Applied research project. Studies may also be used to partially satisfy this require- • The following pre-approved multi-departmental ment). study programs (MDSPs) are currently available: 3 Hours of upper division Integrated Studies course- Administrative Communication Emphasis: work to complete the required Capstone Project: (Also available through on-line PLAN program) IS389 Capstone Project Development (1) Students must complete the following core course- IS390 Capstone Project (2) work: Web Technology Utilization Emphasis: 12 Hours of upper division Communication courses: Students must complete the following plan of study. CN300 Organizational Communication (3)* 37 Hours of required courses: CN301 Advanced Organizational Communication (3)* AR223 Intro to Computer Graphic Design (3) CN330 Conflict and Negotiation (3)* 137 AR321 Digital Imaging (3) capstone project (IS389 and IS390 or substitute CM101 Computer Competency and the Internet (3) approved by ISAC); CM111 Introduction to Structured Programming (4) • the first 36 hours of the ISP/MDSP may not be ap- CM113 Visual Programming (3) plied to the 84 hour “non-major” requirement; CM229/AR229 Web Graphics (3) • courses applied to the General Education distribu- CM295/AR295Web Graphics II (3) tion requirements may not also be utilized to meet CM301/AR301 Web Tech and Art (3) ISP/MDSP requirements; and MM202 Basic Media Writing (3) • all requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree MM210 Beginning Video Technologies (3) must be met with the following exceptions: MM321 Publication Technology-(Desktop Publishing) no major requirements; (3) no foreign language requirement. IS389 Capstone Project Development (1) IS390 Capstone Project (2 COURSE OFFERINGS Approved AR/CM/MM Electives IS 389 Integrated Studies Capstone (21 hours-at least 18 must be upper division) from Proposal (1) below This course is the prerequisite course to the IS 390 AR120 Basic Design (3) Capstone Project course and must be taken the AR322 Computer Graphic Design II-(Desktop semester immediately preceding IS390. This course Publishing) (3) is designed to assist the student in developing an AR325 Digital Imaging II-(Digital Compositions) (3) appropriate capstone project. Topics will include: writing AR326 2 and 3 D Digital Animation (3) a research paper, constructing research questions, AR327 Workshop in Electronic Art (3) organizing a research paper, using proper writing style, CM245 Contemporary Programming Methods (3) making charts and graphs, and developing a research CM295/AR295 Web Graphics II (3) argument. Prerequisites: At least thirty completed hours CM300 LAN Configuration and Management (3) from either the Individualized Study Plan (ISP) or the CM302 Web Server/Domain Names/IP Addresses (3) Multi-Disciplinary Study Plan (MDSP). CM304 Web Databases/Forms/CGI/PHP (3) MM100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) IS 390 Directed Research (1-7) MM319 Public Relations (3) The thoughtful integration of diverse materials is a major MM322 Editing (3) demand on the student working toward a Bachelor of MM351 Mass Media Research (3) Integrated Studies. The format may vary in terms of the MM352 Advertising (3) student’s special interests, abilities, imagination, and cre- MM380 Online Publishing-(Design for the Web, ativity. May consist of a research paper, a comprehen- HTML, Graphics) (3) sive written examination on selected reading materials, Required Correlated Courses an oral presentation, or a special performance utilizing one or more art forms or modes of expression. MA116 College Algebra (3) MA140 Statistics (3) BU250 Management Information Systems (3) EN208 Business and Technical Writing (3) JAPANESE CN150 Public Speaking (3) (See Modern Languages) One of the following two: CN340 Professional Interviewing (3) OR CN341 Persuasive Speaking Students interested in obtaining more information about the Bachelor of Integrated Studies should contact the College of Arts and Sciences Dean’s office. Each candidate for the Bachelor of Integrated Studies degree is required to complete the following: ISAC approval of Individualized Study Program (ISP) at least one year before intended graduation or comple- tion of the requirements of a pre-approved multi-depart- mental study program (MDSP); • grade of “C” or better required for designated courses in the ISP/MDSP; • ISP/MDSP consists of at least 36 graded hours, including 12 hours 300-400 level courses and a

Washburn students make new friends while studying in the Dominican Republic.

138 Ki n e s i o l o g y education, meeting state standards for teacher preparation. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/kines • Students will display critical thinking skills appropri- Email: [email protected] ate to undergraduate education. Petro Allied Health Center, Room 201 The Major in Physical Education: Bachelor (785) 670-1459 of Education Degree Professor Roy Wohl, Chair The Bachelor of Education degree in Physical Assistant Professor Patti Bender Education requires satisfactory completion of 49 hours, Assistant Professor Ross Friesen of which 30 are considered core physical education Assistant Professor Margie Miller requirements. These courses include: HL 152, KN 133 Assistant Professor Park Lockwood or KN 134, KN 250, KN 257, KN 299, KN 306, KN 311, Lecturer John Burns KN 320, KN 321, KN 326, KN 340, and First Aid/CPR certification. In addition, twenty hours of coursework are DEGREES OFFERED required for P-12 certification including KN 260, KN 261, Bachelor of Arts KN 270, KN 324, KN 325, KN 360, KN 361, and Exercise Physiology KN 365. Additional requirements are listed under degree Health Education and Promotion requirements in the Education Department. Students Physical Therapist Assistant who select a concentration in Coaching should complete Sport Management the following courses: KN 257, KN 280, KN 300, KN 306 Flexible Option and 6 hours of coaching theory classes for a total of 17 Bachelor of Education hours. P-12 Teaching Emphasis (Leads to Kansas Teaching Licensure) Licensure in P-12 Physical Education P-12 Licensure Teaching Elective Option: Concentration in Coaching Students who have completed a non-teaching degree Bachelor of Science or a degree in another discipline may pursue a licensure Athletic Training program in physical education. For information call the department office at 670-1459 or view the department Please refer to Kinesiology Website listed above for website. information regarding departmental scholarships . The Major in kinesiology: Bachelor of Arts Mission Degree Consistent with the missions of the University and The Bachelor of Arts degree in Kinesiology prepares the College of Arts and Sciences, the mission of the students for future study in Kinesiology and movement Department of Kinesiology is to engage students in an science and/or careers in activity-oriented businesses. impassioned search for intellectual growth and personal This degree is NOT for students seeking teaching cer- fulfillment through study, from a liberal arts perspective, tification. Each student will take the general education in one or more of the disciplines encompassed by the do- requirements necessary for the Bachelor of Arts degree. mains of health and human movement. The Department The Kinesiology core requirements include the following promotes the acquisition and use of knowledge, fosters 19 credits: HL 152, KN 250, KN 299, KN 320, KN 321, critical thinking, participates in research, and supports KN 326, KN 496. Correlated requirements include KN students and faculty in discipline-related service to the 333, BI 250, and BI 255. Activity requirements are 4 university, the profession, and the global community. credits from the 100-level, one-hour activity course list- ing or from the following list: KN 260, KN 261, KN 357, Student Learning Outcomes KN 360, KN 361, KN 365, or KN 400. Students are also • Upon graduation, students will demonstrate required to take 12 interest area credits in Kinesiology, knowledge and skills in multiple sub-disciplines 6 of which must be 200+ level or higher, and 6 at 300+ within health and human movement studies level or higher. Interest area credits may be fulfilled by • All majors will demonstrate depth of preparation in concentration courses in Kinesiology but not more than a supplemental area of study. three credits of internship can be applied in this area. • Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science students The concentration in Exercise Physiology includes will demonstrate the knowledge and skills of their the following: KN 257 or KN 335, KN 300 or KN 318, KN chosen fields, meeting or exceeding the standards 308, KN 400, KN 410, KN 411 and KN 494 (internship 50 set by the appropriate academic and/or professional hours). Correlated requirements include: MA 140 or PY bodies. 150, CH 121, PS 101 or PS 102, and SO 315. • Bachelor of Education students will gain The concentration in Health Education and knowledge and skills in the application of human Promotion includes the following: HL 207, IS 170, HS movement studies to the teaching of physical 210, HS 270 or HS 371, HL 277, KN 308, AL 320, PY 326, KN 333, HL 377, KN 410, HL 477, and KN 494 (Internship 300-600 hours). For the concentration in Physical Therapist Assistant (PTA) students must complete all core re- quirements, correlated requirements, activity credits and

139 interest area credits for the BA degree in Kinesiology. to the AT Program Director to be considered for accep- Concentration courses are specified by the PTA program. tance into the program. Priority will be given to early and The concentration in Sport Management includes complete applications. Students may apply for openings the following: BU 360, AC 224, EC 200, EC 201, MM until the start of the fall academic semester or until all 100, SO 315, 3 credits from BU 342/BU 345/BU 346; 6 positions have been filled. A limited number of spaces credits (3 credits upper division) from: BU 250/BU 315/ are availavle, and therefore, selection is competitive. BU 363/BU 364/BU 470; KN 306, KN 370, and KN 494 Students will be granted provisional status in the (Internship 300-600 hours). Students who complete this ATEP after the submission of all initial application materi- concentration also qualify for a Minor in Business (see als. Initial application to the program does not constitute the School of Business for Certification of the Minor). program admission. Provisional admission shall be The Flexible Option concentration allows students based upon overall GPA, prerequisite course GPA, and to develop a unique program of study leading to spe- review of submitted materials. cialization in a field other than those currently offered in Students are fully admitted into the professional the BA program. This option is designed to satisfy the phase of the program in August prior to begining clini- needs of those who desire a kinesiology degree but wish cal experiences. Professional phase selection requires to combine it with a specialized interest within disci- the satisfactory completion of all remaining application plines outside the Department of Kinesiology. Students materials including health screenings and documented in the Flexible Option concentration must complete all completion of all prerequisite courses. core, interest area, correlated and activity requirements. Interested students should contsct the AT Program Concentration courses will be determined through com- Director for an application packet. mittee approval of a program of studies. An Internship To Apply: experience is a requirement for this concentration. 1. Submit the Initial Application materials and pro- Students considering a flexible option concentration cedures (faxed or emailed applications will not be should first consult with a Kinesiology faculty advisor accepted): to become familiar with the nature and overall require- a. Application Form ments of the concentration. The advisor will explain the b. Letter of Interest process to pursue this option. c. Personal Recommendation d. Transcripts off all colleges attended (unofficial The Major in Athletic Training: Bachelor of acceptable) Science Degree e. Pre-requisite Profile The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in f. Technical Standards athletic training is designed to meet the national stan- g. Academic Requirements and Discipline. dards of the Commission on the Accreditation of Athletic 2. Upon provisional acceptance, the following must be Training Education Programs (CAATE). The Athletic completed and submitted by August 10th Training Education Program (ATEP) is fully accredited by a. Attendance at a program orientation meeting. CAATE. Satisfactory completion of this degree qualifies b. Physical Exam (may be completed for no charge students to take the national certification examination through Washburn Student Health). administered by the Board of Certification (BOC). c. Proof of Hepatitis B Vaccination (available through ATEP is designed to provide students with theory and WU Student Health for a fee) or students must submit a practice in the athletic training profession. Students will declination form. learn to synthesize and apply knowledge of the athletic d. Current TB skin test results (available free of training domains as defined by the BOC toward the pre- charge through WU Student Health) and list of childhood vention, immediate care and rehabilitation of athletic inju- immunizations. ries. Students are required to complete Athletic Training e. Athletic Training Student Agreement. clinical experiences in a variety of settings. Clinical ex- f. Copy of CPR and First Aid Certification Cards periences will include upper and lower extremities, men’s (Professional Rescuer Level preferred) and women’s sports and general medical conditions. g. Copy of current medical insurance card (medical On-campus clinical sites include the University insurance coverage required). Athletic Training Room and Student Health Center. Off- h. Submit for background check and provide appropri- campus sites include local and regional hospitals, physi- ate release information. (All Athletic Training Students cian clinics, rehabilitation centers, and area high schools. accepted into provisional status must agree to and Students are required to provide their own clinical lab obtain a background check in accordance to Washburn attire, transportation to clinical sites, show proof of health University policy prior to begining clinical experiences.) insurance, first aid certification, and professional rescuer i. Submit documentation of completed prerequisite CPR. Professional liability insurance is provided by courses.Prerequisite courses (must be completed by Washburn University. As part of the admission process August 10th) students will be subject to criminal background checks, • General Biology (with Lab) (BI100/101 or equivalent at their own expense, prior to being placed into clinical -5 credits) settings. • Human Anatomy (with Lab) (BI275 or equvalent-5 Athletic Training Admission Requirements credits) The Athletic Training Program at Washburn University • Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (must have is a selective admissions program. Application screen- been taught by an ATC) ing begins March 1st. Students must be accepted to Washburn University and submit an initial application 140 3. Transfer students welcomed and encouraged to ap- COURSE OFFERINGS ply. Transfer students must adhere to all application requirements and additionally must: University Requirement - KN 198 - Lifetime Wellness All students are required to complete KN 198 Lifetime a. Apply for University admissions through the Office Wellness (2) as part of their University degree require- of Admissions and submit official transcripts from all col- ments. Students must complete KN 198 with a grade leges attended to the University Registrar. of C or better. KN 198 may not be repeated for credit. b. Submit all initial and provisional application materi- The position of the Department of Kinesiology is that als as listed above. the knowledge, skills, experiences and attitudes gained c. Submit Official Transcripts to the Athletic Training through the Lifetime Wellness course are essential to Education Program. individuals of all ages, conditions, and backgrounds. d. Transfer Students may be required to submit The benefits to be obtained are in no way diminished course syllabus or other documentation regarding previ- by the age, condition, ability level or previous activity/ ously completed athletic training courses in order to academic history of the student. Therefore, these factors establish transfer credit. should not exempt a student from this requirement. (The Course Requirements exception to this policy is those Washburn students who The Athletic Training core requirements include: completed an associate degree under a catalog prior HL 152, KN 250, KN 299, KN 256, KN 320, KN 321 and to 1995 when the KN 198 Lifetime Wellness require- KN 326. Athletic Training major interest area coursework ment was initiated, which satisfied the previous physical include: KN 257, KN 300, KN 308, KN 350, KN 355, KN education requirement [as part of their associate degree 357 and KN 455. program], and are therefore granted a waiver of the KN 198 requirement.) The clinical experience courses are: While the Department encourages the participation of KN 258, KN 292, KN 392, KN 393, KN 492, and KN 493. all individuals in physical activity, regardless of physical Correlated requirements include: condition, it wishes to remain sensitive to the individual NU 102, BI 255, BI 275, CH 121, PS 101 or PS 102 or needs and limitations of students at Washburn. Students PS 261, AL 315, AL 320, SO 315 and KN 333 with disabilities should enroll in a regular section of Lifetime Wellness and will have necessary adaptations The Minor in KINESIOLOGY made in that particular activity. Required Courses (18 credits) Transfer Policy HL 152 Personal and Community Health (3) Students may transfer similar wellness courses to KN 250 Introduction to Kinesiology (2) Washburn to fulfill the Lifetime Wellness requirement. In KN 260 PE Activity Techniques I (2) order to meet this requirement, students must have com- OR pleted a college course with a similar number of wellness KN 360 PE Activity Techniques III (2) lecture topics that parallel KN 198 Lifetime Wellness, KN 261 PE Activity Techniques II (2) as well as an appropriate activity component. A list of OR approved transfer courses appear in the Kinesiology KN 361 PE Activity Techniques IV (2) department office (PC 201) and on the Washburn web OR page. Other courses submitted for transfer credit must KN 365 PE Activity Techniques V (2) be approved by the Kinesiology Chair and the Associate KN 306 Administration of Athletics, Intramurals and Vice President for Academic Affairs. (Transfer students Physical Education (3) who completed associate degrees prior to 1995, and who KN 320 Motor Learning (3) completed at least two hours of physical education as OR part of their associate degree program, are also granted KN 311 Motor Development (3) waiver of the KN 198 requirement.) KN 324 Activity and Methods of Elementary Physical One-Hour Activity Courses Education (3) 100 Rhythmic Fitness I 146 Weight Training I OR 102 Archery 150 Judo II KN 325 Curriculum Development and Methods in Sec- 103 Badminton I 151 Karate II ondary Physical Education (4) 104 Step Aerobics 152 Kardio Kickboxing 105 Elementary Ballet 155 Elementary Jazz Dance The Minor in Health and Fitness (21 credits) 107 Basketball 156 Rhythmic Fitness II 1 . Required courses (15 credits): 109 Bowling I 157 Country and Western • HL 152 Personal and Community Health (3) 111 Canoeing Dance • KN 300 Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3 112 Cycling 158 Intermediate Jazz 113 Fencing I Dance • KN 308 Nutrition for Sport and Fitness (3) 114 Fencing II 159 Tap Dance • KN 326 Exercise Physiology (3) 117 Golf I 162 Beginning Skin/Scuba • KN 410 Fitness Testing and Exercise Prescription (3) 123 Judo I Diving 124 Karate I 165 Self Defense I 2 . Elective Courses - Choose at least 6 credits from 125 Lifeguard Training 166 Weight Training II any Kinesiology theory course not previously listed or 126 Elementary Modern Dance 169 Social Dance I SO 315 Sociology of Sport. 129 Racquetball I 170 Aqua Exercise I 132 Softball 171 Deep Water Walking 133 Swimming I 173 Water Safety Instructor 134 Swimming II 176 Tae Kwon Do 141 137 Tennis I 177 Individualized Exercise the following activities: Volleyball, Basketball, Soccer, 138 Tennis II 183 Advanced Tae Kwon Do Speedball, Softball and Flag Football. 139 Tai Chi 184 Self-Defense II 143 Soccer 189 Social Dance II KN 261 Physical Education Activity Techniques II: 144 Volleyball 190 Special Topics Recreational/Fitness Activities (2) 192 Marathon Training I This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of 193 Marathon Training II teaching progressions, including lead-up games/activi- KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) ties, instructional strategies and teaching methods for This course explores fitness and wellness concepts, the following activities: Weight Training, Aerobics, Floor which are important throughout one’s life. Each student Hockey, Team Handball, Tumbling/Stunts, Lacrosse and will participate in a selected activity, attend lectures, Track and Field. participate in fitness assessment, and develop personal KN 270 Instructional Strategies in Physical Education (3) fitness and behavior change plans. An introductory teacher education course that provides KN 250 Introduction to Kinesiology (2) an orientation to basic information that is reflective of This course examines the process of human movement successful teaching in physical education. Content as a unifying element in the study of the discipline of includes lesson planning, skill progressions, spectrum Kinesiology. Content areas include the scientific founda- of teaching styles, gymnasium management, systematic tions of human movement, the history and philosophy of observation, orientation to new and unique activities and physical education the role of physical education in the micro and peer teaching experiences. educational process, general purposes of Kinesiology KN 271 First Aid (2) programs, career orientation and the future of Kinesiol- General emergency first aid including sudden illness, ogy. musculoskeletal injuries, heat/cold emergencies, splint- KN 253 Fundamentals of Football Coaching (2) ing, bandaging and CPR. Opportunity is provided to Football fundamentals and techniques for those who earn both American Red Cross Responding to Emergen- plan to coach. cies First Aid and CPR certifications. KN 256 Sports Injury First Aid (2) KN 280 Sports Officiating I (2) This course is designed to prepare students to recognize Study and interpretation of current rules; field work for and manage breathing and cardiac emergencies, acute practicing officiating techniques. Prerequisite: Consent sports injuries, and life threatening illness. Students will of instructor. gain American Red Cross professional rescuer CPR, KN 292 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training – AED, and First Aid certification and gain experience in Basic Skills (2) preventing disease transmission, automated external Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical defibrillation, assessment of vital signs, spinal injury experiences in basic athletic training skills through management, contemporary splinting techniques, and structured laboratory sessions and natural settings. emergency action planning. Prerequisites: KN 256 or PE 256 and KN 257 or PE 257. KN 257 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (3) KN 299 Measurement and Evaluation in Kinesiology This course will instruct and evaluate contemporary (3) methods of athletic training including conditioning, pre- An understanding of measurement and evaluation in vention, recognition and acute care of athletic injuries. kinesiology including descriptive statistics, test construc- Educational competencies and proficiencies consistent tion, microcomputer software. Prerequisite: MA110 or with the NATA, and mainly from the Risk Management MA116. and Injury Prevention and Acute Care of Injury Domains of Athletic Training will be presented. The course is a KN 300 Psychology of Sport and Physical Activity (3) required part of the athletic training major and is also ap- The study of psychological processes related to sport propriate for kinesiology majors and students interested and exercise behavior. The course will provide a broad in coaching. overview of the major topics, including: motivation, arousal, goal-setting self-confidence, and imagery. KN 258 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: Introduction (1) KN 302 Advanced Basketball Coaching Techniques (2) This course is an introduction to athletic training clinical Advanced techniques involved in playing basketball. experiences in the Washburn University Athletic Train- Discussion of various systems or styles of basketball ing Education Program. There will be an application of now used; different types of team defenses; variation introductory skill modules through laboratory practice and of play against different defenses; planning of practice observational experiences in natural settings. Prerequi- sessions. Designed especially for those who intend to sites: KN 256 or PE 256, previous or concurrent enroll- coach basketball. ment in KN 257 or PE 257, or consent of instructor. KN 303 Coaching Track and Field (2) KN 260 Physical Education Activity Techniques I: Fundamentals and coaching methods in all events within Team Sports (2) the track and field program. Rules, records, and history This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of of track and field. teaching progressions, including lead-up games/activi- ties, instructional strategies and teaching methods, for

142 KN 304 Coaching Baseball and Softball (2) KN 324 Activities and Methods of Elementary School Individual fundamentals and team play in baseball and Physical Education (3) softball. Designed particularly for those who plan to Developmentally appropriate activities for preschool and coach. elementary school children, and practical, site-based experience in planning, teaching, and evaluating physi- KN 305 Coaching of Tennis and Volleyball (2) cal education programs for children. Prerequisites: KN Fundamentals and coaching techniques in tennis and 270 or PE 270 and KN 311 or PE 311 or permission of volleyball. Rules, strategies, and administrative require- instructor. ments to coach tennis and volleyball. KN 325 Curriculum Development and Secondary KN 306 Administration of Athletics, Intramurals and Physical Education Methods (4) Physical Education (3) Instructional methods, resources and curriculum devel- The theoretical and practical approach to the administra- opment (7-12) in planning, teaching and evaluating a tion of athletic, physical education, and intramural pro- secondary school physical education program. Prerequi- grams. Students will be assigned administrative projects sites: KN 270 or PE 270 and either KN 260 or PE 260 or in physical education, athletics and intramurals. KN 360 or PE 360, or permission of instructor. KN 308 Nutrition for Sports and Fitness (3) KN 326 Physiology of Exercise (3) This course will provide an understanding of nutrition and Process of scientific inquiry applied to physiological its relationship to physical fitness and sports perfor- systems engaged in exercise. Examination of the acute mance. Students will learn about nutrition guidelines and chronic effects of exercise on structure, function, and and the effects of nutrition on topics such as metabolism, performance. Prerequisite: BI 255. hydration, body composition, supplements, ergogenic aids, and sports specific training. In addition, students KN 333 Microcomputer Applications to Kinesiology will perform and analyze nutrition and energy assess- (2) ments and make recommendations to improve perfor- This course examines computer technology applica- mance. Prerequisite: HL 152 or KN 198 or PE 198, or tions and software related to kinesiology. Prerequisite: equivalent. Kinesiology Major. KN 310 Elementary/Middle School Health and KN 335 Human Factors and Ergonomics (3) Physical Education for the Classroom Teacher (3) This course examines human factors and ergonomics This course is designed to provide the elementary/ as the interdisciplinary study of humans interacting with middle school education major with fundamentals for the elements of systems in the workplace and other environ- development and implementation of effective health and ments. Thorough analysis, evaluation, and synthesis are physical education programs. employed in the application of design to optimize well- being and performance. Prerequisite: Junior standing or KN 311 Motor Development and Lab (3) consent of instructor. This course is designed to provide students with an examination of current theories of motor development KN 340 Adapted Physical Education (3) throughout the life cycle. Emphasis is placed on develop- Adapted and corrective programs and techniques for ment of fundamental motor skills, physical growth and students with developmental delays and/or mental and development, and assessment. Students will be required physical disabilities. Emphasis upon inclusion in the to conduct a variety of assessments on diverse individu- regular physical education program. Practicum within als. Prerequisites: Either KN 260 or PE 260, KN 261 the public school setting and the Special Olympics or PE 261, KN 360 or PE 360, or KN 361 or PE 361, or program are required. Prerequisite: KN 311 or PE 311 or permission of instructor. consent of instructor. KN 315 Special Topics in Physical Kinesiology (1-3) KN 350 Evaluation of Athletic Injuries (4) May vary from semester to semester. May be taken This course will instruct and evaluate contemporary more than one semester depending upon topic. methods of athletic training related to specific evaluation techniques and procedures for caring for athletic injuries. KN 318 Exercise Psychology (3) Educational competencies and proficiencies, consistent This course will introduce students to the basics and with the NATA, and mainly from the Orthopedic Clinical provide students with a solid foundation of psychological Examination and Diagnosis Domain of Athletic Train- consequences and adherence aspects associated with ing will be presented. The course is a required part of the psychology of exercise. The interconnection among the athletic training major and may alsobe appropriate theory, research, application, and intervention will be for other interested allied health majors with instructor utilized in order to apply the knowledge learned in this consent. Prerequisites: KN 257 or PE 257 and BI 250 or course to actual situations. BI 275. KN 320 Motor Learning (3) KN 355 Therapeutic Modalities and Exercise in Injury Application of motor learning and motor control concepts Management (4) to the acquisition of motor skills, with emphasis on struc- A course designed for students in the athletic training turing practice to optimize skill learning. major to provide theoretical basis, comprehension and KN 321 Anatomical Kinesiology (3) synthesis in the application of therapeutic modalities and The study of anatomical and mechanical principles in therapeutic exercise. The procedure portion is designed relation to human motion. Prerequisite: BI 250 or BI 275. to provide students hands-on experience with

143 application, procedures, and protocals related to thera- groups. Prerequisites: KN 321 or PE 321 and KN 326 or peutic modalities and therapeutic exercise. This includes PE 326. the use of heat, cold, photo and mechanical madalities, electrical stimulation, ultrasound, and therapeutic exer- KN 410 Fitness Testing and Exercise Prescription (3) Students will become familiar with current fitness testing cises in the management of athletic injuries. Prerequisite: procedures and exercise prescription methods. Prereq- KN 350 or PE 350 or consent of instructor. uisite: KN 326 or PE 326. KN 357 Sports Performance Training and KN 411 Current Literature in Exercise Physiology (3) Reconditioning (2) This course acquaints students with the processes by This course provides students with the knowledge and which research generates information and theoretical skills to design, measure, and instruct contemporary advances in the human movement sciences and also activity-specific functional training. It will emphasize introduces specific recent developments in the field of methods and progression of strength, flexibility, speed, exercise physiology. Prerequisite: KN 326 or PE 326. power, agility, balance, core and endurance training techniques using modern tools and exercise equipment. KN 455 Organization and Administration of Athletic Peer teaching, testing and the opportunity to participate Training (3) in clinical application of skills is included. Prerequisite: The theoretical and practical approach to the organiza- KN 326 or PE 326. tion and administration of athletic health care programs. It will follow the recommended content of health care KN 360 Physical Education Activity Techniques III: administration and professional development and re- Individual/Dual Sports (2) sponsibilities of entry-level athletic trainers. Prerequisite: This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, KN 257 or PE 257, Senior in Athletic Training Education knowledge of teaching progressions including lead-up Program. games/activities, instructional strategies and teaching methods for the following activities: Tennis, Golf, Archery, KN 492 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: Badminton/Pickleball and Bowling. General Medical (2) Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical KN 361 Physical Education Activity Techniques IV: experience in general medical and performance training Dance/Combatives (2) and testing techniques, through structured laboratory This course will emphasize the learning of basic skills, of sessions and natural settings. Prerequisites: AL 315 and teaching progressions including lead-up games/activities, AL 320. instructional strategies and teaching methods, for the following activities: Folk, Country/Western, and Ballroom KN 493 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: Dance; Self-Defense and Martial Arts. Capstone (2) Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical KN 365 Physical Education Activity Techniques V: experience on organization and administration issues, Outdoor Activities (2) and integration of athletic training skills, through struc- This course provides students with the foundational tured laboratory sessions and natural settings. Students knowledge and skills necessary to teach outdoor recre- will also complete a capstone project. Prerequisite: KN ational and educational activities such as camping, hik- 455 or PE 455. ing, climbing, backpacking, orienteering, cycling, skating and canoeing. KN 494 Internship I in Kinesiology (1-12) Each credit of internship requires 50 hours in a practical KN 370 Facility and Event Management (3) setting which is related to the student’s concentration. This course addresses the principles and procedures in- Students should check their concentration requirements volved in sports facility and event management. Special for the number of required internship credits. Prereq- emphasis will be given to sports event planning, produc- uisite: Completion of Core and Concentration courses tion and evaluation. (may take KN 496 or PE 496 concurrently) and proof of KN 392 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: current certification in First Aid and CPR Evaluation (2) Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical KN 495 Internship II in Kinesiology (1-12) This additional internship requires 50 hours in a practical experience in athletic training skills related to evaluation setting, which is related to student’s degree and con- and assessment, through structured laboratory sessions centration for each unit of credit awarded. Prerequisite: and natural settings. Prerequisite: KN 350 or PE 350. Completion of Core and Concentration courses (may KN 393 Clinical Experiences in Athletic Training: take KN 496 or PE 496 concurrently) and proof of current Rehabilitation (2) certification in First Aid and CPR. Students will receive laboratory instruction and practical experience in athletic training skills related to rehabilita- KN 496 Synthesis and Application in Kinesiology (2) With a seminar format, this class will use a problem- tion, through structured laboratory sessions and natural solving approach to synthesize and apply the major settings. Prerequisite: KN 355 or PE 355. concepts of the Kinesiology core curriculum. Students KN 400 Planning and Leading Exercise (2) will also consider issues related to their further academic This course applies scientific principles to the practical and professional development. Prerequisite: Completion exercise environment and develops necessary skills for of all Core Courses. planning and leading safe exercise for individuals and

144 Ma s s Me d i a additional 9 hours selected in consultation with a media advisor. A minor can be developed in advertising, elec- tronic media, public relations, media writing and publish- Advertising, Electronic Media, Public ing or a combination of these areas. Relations, Media Writing and Publishing Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/massmedia On-Campus Laboratories Mass Media majors have the opportunity to gain Henderson Learning Center, Room 316 hands-on experience in electronic media, advertising, (785) 670-1836 public relations, and print media at Washburn University. Instructional Media’s television studio, WUCT-CH 13 Professor Barbara DeSanto cable channel, and public TV station, KTWU, provide Professor Frank Chorba majors with broadcast experience. The Review newspa- Associate Professor Charles Cranston per and the KAW yearbook provide print media, advertis- Associate Professor Kathy Menzie, Interim Chair ing, and public relations opportunities. The writing and Associate Professor Maria Raicheva-Stover design courses are taught in the Stauffer Mass Media Lecturer Regina Cassell computer lab. DEGREE OFFERED Internships Bachelor of Arts Internships are required for most students. The Mass Mass Media Media faculty maintain a network of contacts with profes- MISSION sionals in radio, TV and cable companies, newspapers, Consistent with the mission of the University and the Col- advertising and public relations agencies, and business lege of Arts and Sciences, the Mass Media Department and professional organizations. Internships must be strives, through teaching, research, creative activities, approved by the chairperson, in consultation with the and service, strives to continuously improve teaching advisor. Twenty-four hours of credit in the major must be and advising, to meet community needs, and to contrib- completed prior to the internship experience. ute to the extension of knowledge. The department aims Advertising to promote media literacy, freedom of expression and The advertising emphasis in Mass Media prepares socially responsible communication. students to work in either the creative or the business STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES side of advertising. The curriculum is a combination of Mass Media students at Washburn University, upon mass media and business courses. In addition, students graduation, are expected to have: are expected to minor in one of three areas: Electronic • mastered the concepts of information gathering and Art, Business, Psychology. writing; MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) • acquired an understanding of the legal and ethical MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) concepts related to mass media; MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) MM 321 Publication Technology (3) • acquired an understanding of the basic principles MM 351 Mass Media Research (3) OR of mass media in a variety of environments; BU 362 Marketing Research (3) • acquired the ability to conceptualize and carry out MM 352 Advertising (3) information campaigns that meet specific organiza- MM 363 Promotions Writing tional needs; MM 400 Media Effects (3) • developed aesthetic awareness and values in the MM 432 Advertising Copy and Design (3) mass media field; and BU 360 Marketing (3) • developed the ability to make judgments appropri- MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) ate to the professional environment Department Electives (6) Supervised Learning Experience (3): (Any combination THE MAJOR of the following for a total of 3 hours) Majors must complete a total of 40 hours. This MM 294 (1-3) Campus Media Practicum includes a variety of core course requirements, courses MM 413 (1-3) TV Production Lab in a selected area of emphasis, and elective offerings chosen in consultation with an advisor. All majors must MM 494 (1-3) Internship complete a 15-22/hour minor. Upon completion of the Total Hours = 40 minor the student must fill out the appropriate minor form provided by the registrar’s office. Students must submit Electronic Media the list of courses in the minor to the media advisor prior The electronic media emphasis prepares students to the completion of the minor. That list should be signed who seek careers in production, performance, and by a minor advisor and be retained in the department file broadcast management. Students in other fields may for advising purposes. All majors must also complete CN wish to take courses in this area to prepare themselves 150 Public Speaking as part of their general education to serve as liaisons between members of their own field requirements. and professionals in the electronic media. The emphasis stresses hands-on production experience. THE MINOR MM 100 Introduction to Mass Media (3) The minor in Mass Media consists of 18 credit hours. MM 202 Basic Media Writing (3) Students must complete MM 100, 202, 300 and an MM 210 Beginning Video Technologies (3) 145 MM 300 Mass Media Law (3) MM 494 (1-3) Internship MM 309 Broadcast Writing (3) Total Hours = 40 MM 310 TV Production I (3) COURSE OFFERINGS MM 311 Broadcast Performance (3) MM 400 Media Effects (3) (Courses marked with

146 MM 410/510 Broadcast Programming and Sales (3) Study of the objectives of programming and sales in a MM 319 Public Relations (3) broadcast station, the strategies used to reach those Survey and analysis of organizational practices in com- objectives, and the relationship between programming municating and building relationships with internal and and sales. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. external publics. Prerequisite: MM 202. MM 411/511 Media Management (3) MM 320 Advanced Newswriting (3) Basic concept of managing a broadcast station, a study Study and practice of writing for the mass media. Writing of the various departments within broadcast organiza- styles include technical, editorial, opinion, promotional, tions and how they interrelate, and an overview of the critical, and analytical. Prerequisite: MM 202 or consent. regulatory and technological landscapes that face broad- MM 321 Publication Technology (3) cast managers. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. Learning design and layout functions using desktop MM 412/512 TV Production II (3) publishing techniques and software. Prerequisite: MM Writing program proposals and scripts, taping with small 202 or consent. format television equipment, and audio and video editing. MM 322 Editing (3) Prerequisite: MM 310. Evaluating and processing print and graphic materials for MM 413 TV Production Lab (1) publication. Includes copy reading, headline writing, and Assisting with major campus broadcast production in picture editing. Prerequisite: MM 202 or consent. association with the Instructional Media, WUCT channel MM 351/551 Mass Media Research (3) 13 and KTWU channel 11. Students may also undertake Study of quantitative and qualitative research techniques personal projects in consultation with a media advisor. and of the interpretation and reporting of research find- May be repeated for a total of 3 hours. Prerequisite: MM ings. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent. 310 or consent. MM 352 Advertising (3) MM 420 Public Relations Campaigns (3) Analysis of commercial persuasion. Examining mes- Design and use of communication messages in a sages, audiences, and settings. Prerequisite: MM 100 or comprehensive program of organizational persuasion. consent. Prerequisite: MM 319. MM 355 Sports and Media (3) MM 430 Feature Writing (3) Mediated sport is an important facet of modern life. Article writing for newspaper and magazines. Prerequi- Students examine relationships among media, sport and site: MM 202 or consent. society. By the end of this course, students should have MM 431 Publication Layout and Design (3) attained knowledge and understanding of: the histori- Producing periodicals associated with business, industry, cal development of the relationships of sport, media and and non-profit groups. Prerequisite: MM 321. society; career opportunities which involve media and sport; similarities and differences in the relationships of MM 432 Advertising Copy and Design (3) the various media and sport; and the ways media and Course involves planning, creation and production of sport affect life in the United States. advertising messages for various mass media. Prerequi- site: MM 352 or consent. MM 363 Promotions Writing (3) The course will provide a comprehensive overview of MM 485 International Media Systems (3) various kinds of writing that professionals produce in the Analysis of the development, structure, and functions of public relations and/or advertising fields. Students will media in other nations, and an examination of the role of learn how to use words and graphics to tailor messages communications in the international arena. Prerequisite: to specific audiences for specific purposes. Prerequi- MM 100, EN 300, or consent. sites: MM100, MM202. MM 490 Senior Seminar (1) MM 393/593 Special Topics (3) Discussion and preparation of portfolio, audition tapes Special subject courses not covered in the department and resumes for use in the job search and/or making ap- catalog listing. May be repeated when topics vary. Pre- plication to graduate programs. Area professionals will requisites: MM 100 or consent. be invited to class to offer insight into career possibilities and interviewing tips. Prerequisite: Majors only, senior MM 400/515 Media Effects (3) standing. The study of media effects theory and research. A review of media influence in the individual, social, and MM 492/592 Independent Study (1-3) political arenas. An examination of how media Investigates a mass media area of interest not covered in messages can have desired effects. Prerequisites: regular courses. Involves producing research or creative MM100, MM202 or consent. projects. Prerequisite: consent of faculty and chairper- son; majors only. MM 401 Media Analysis and Criticism (3) Discussion of various levels of media analysis and criti- MM 493/593 Special Topics (3) cism, including production analysis, sociological, feminist Special subject courses not covered in the department and ideological criticism of media form and content. catalog listing. May be repeated when topics vary. Pre- Emphasis on news analysis and television criticism. requisites: MM 100 or consent. Prerequisite: MM 100 or consent.

147 MM 494 Internship (1-3) Student Learning Outcomes Experience and training in professional setting related to Mathematics students at Washburn University, upon mass media careers. Students are supervised by mass graduation, are expected to have: media faculty member or chairperson and the sponsoring • demonstrated an understanding of calculus and its organization. Second semester junior or senior standing. use in problem solving; A minimum of 12 hours per week. Twenty-four credit • demonstrated knowledge of basic probability and hours completed in the major. Prerequisite: Chairper- statistics; son’s approval, majors only. • demonstrated an understanding of the concepts MM 592 Independent Study (1-3) of linear algebra and their application to problem Investigates a mass media area of interest not covered in solving; regular courses. Involves producing research or creative • demonstrated knowledge of and an appreciation for projects. Prerequisite: consent of faculty and chairper- the foundations of mathematics; son; majors only. • used mathematical modeling to solve problems in mathematics and other fields; MM 593 Special Topics (3) • acquired an understanding of the historical develop- Special subject courses not covered in the department ment of mathematics; and catalog listing. May be repeated when topics vary. Pre- • acquired knowledge of technology and be able to requisites: MM 100 or consent. use it appropriately to solve mathematical problems. Ma t h e m a t i c s a n d St a t i s t i c s THE MAJOR The Mathematics Department offers three specialties http://www.washburn.edu/cas/math/ Website: for mathematics majors. The course requirements for Email - [email protected] each specialty are listed below. Note: Transfer students Morgan Hall, Room 275 must complete at least nine upper division hours in math- (785) 670-1491 ematics from the Washburn Mathematics Department. Professor Kevin Charlwood, Chair Mathematics Professor Allan Riveland Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153), Discrete Mathematics Associate Professor Sarah Cook (MA 207), Linear Algebra (MA 301), Applied Statistics Associate Professor Donna LaLonde (MA 343), Modern Algebra (MA 354), Introduction to Real Associate Professor Mike Mosier Analysis I (MA 371), Introduction to Real Analysis II (MA Associate Professor Pat Mower 372), Logic for Programming (PH 110) or Logic (PH 220), Assistant Professor Hwa Chi Liang Mathematical Statistics (MA 344), Capstone Experience Assistant Professor Gaspar Porta (MA 387), and Capstone Research (MA 388). Assistant Professor Jennifer Wagner In addition, 10-15 hours of correlated courses ap- Lecturer H.C. Beckman proved by the department are required. The correlated Lecturer Bill Gahnstrom course requirement will be one of the following: Physics Lecturer Evelyn Pitts 261 and 262; Physics 281 and 282; EC 200, EC 201, Lecturer Janet Sharp BU 342, and BU 347; EC 200, EC 201, AC 224, AC 225, Degrees offered and BU 381; or a specially designed sequence to be ap- Bachelor of Arts proved by the Department Chair. Mathematics Mathematics (Secondary Education Specialization) Bachelor of Science Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153), Discrete Mathematics Mathematics (MA 207), Linear Algebra (MA 301), Applied Statistics MINOR OFFERED (MA 343), Modern Algebra (MA 354), Modern Geometry Mathematics and Statistics (MA 367), Introduction to Real Analysis I (MA 371), Logic for Programming (PH 110) or Logic (PH 220), History For department scholarships, please visit our of Mathematics (MA 381) or Philosophy of Mathematics website given above . (PH 325), Capstone Experience (MA 389), and Capstone Research (MA 388). Mission Students seeking certification to teach mathemat- Consistent with the mission of the University and ics must also be formally admitted to the University’s the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Professional Teacher Education Programs. For admis- Mathematics and Statistics is dedicated to ensuring that sion requirements, see EDUCATION in this catalog. all mathematics majors will obtain a comprehensive knowledge of mathematics in terms of content, problem Mathematics (Actuarial Science Specialization) solving, analytical skills, and abstract mathematical Calculus (MA 151, 152, 153), Mathematical Theory reasoning. All mathematics majors will be able to com- of Interest (MA 250), Linear Algebra (MA 301), Applied municate their skills and knowledge effectively in writing Statistics (MA 343), Mathematical Statistics (MA 344, and orally and will be able to make appropriate choices MA 345), Regression Analysis (MA 346), Time Series regarding the use of technology in the solution and pre- Analysis (MA 348), Stochastic Processes (MA 347), sentation of problems. Actuarial Mathematics (MA 385), Accounting (AC 224, AC 225), Economics (EC 200, EC 201), Business/ Insurance - BU 374, BU 381, and BU 483.

148 General Requirements equations. This course is not intended to prepare stu- General requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree dents for calculus. Not open to students with credit or the Bachelor of Science degree are listed in the cata- in any course numbered above MA 116 . Prerequisite: log. See pages listed in the index. Graphics calculators A grade of "C" or better in MA104 (or equivalent) or an are required in all courses MA110 to MA153 inclusive. acceptable (as determined by the Mathematics Depart- ment) ACT mathematics score or SAT quantitative score THE MINOR or Compass Mathematics Placement Test score. (optional minor for the Bachelor of Arts degree) Students who exercise the optional minor in math-

151 Mo d e r n La n g u a g e s a wide variety of topics with accurate pronunciation and intonation; French, German, Spanish, Other Foreign Languages • Ability to understand, interpret, discuss and explain Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/ml in the target language a variety of written and spo- Email - [email protected] ken non-technical topics; • Ability to use with accuracy the grammar, syntax, Morgan Hall, Room 375 basic vocabulary and idioms of the target language; Tel.(785) 670-1714 • A functional contrastive knowledge of the grammar, Professor Miguel González-Abellás (SP), Chair syntax and basic idioms of the target language and Assistant Professor Courtney Sullivan (FR) English. Assistant Professor Gabriele Lunte (GE) • Ability to understand relationships between histori- Assistant Professor Sophie DeLahaye (FR) cal and current practices and perspectives of the Assistant Professor Karen Díaz Reátegui (SP) culture(s) where the target language is used; Instructor Carol Vogel (GE) • Ability to understand the institutions, history, social Lecturer Georgina Tenny (SP) practices and literary tradition(s) of the country(ies) Lecturer Fernando Pezzino (SP) and culture(s) in which the language is spoken in DEGREES OFFERED their socio-historical background and/or their literary Bachelor of Arts significance; and French • A functional knowledge of the strategies for German independent and continuing learning of the target Spanish language. Licensure Secondary Education Placement Students beginning the study of a foreign modern lan- MINORS OFFERED guage who have had no more than 1 to 2 years in high French school should enroll in the 101 level. Those who have German had 2 years of recent high school foreign modern lan- Spanish guage instruction with a minimum grade of B are eligible Latin American, Caribbean, and Latino/a Studies to enroll in a 102 level class. Students with 3 to 4 years International Studies of recent high school foreign language with a minimum Mission: grade of B may enroll at the 201 level. Consistent with the mission of the University and the On the basis of examination scores and consultation College of Arts and Sciences to provide a liberal educa- with the student, the department may grant 0, 4 or 8 tion as a force for continual learning, the Department of credit hours for the CEEB Advanced Placement program. Modern Languages seeks to prepare students to be lin- Students should request that their examination scores be guistically competent and literate in the culture(s) of the forwarded to the department chair. countries studied. It offers majors and minors in French, If a student qualifies to enroll at a level higher than German and Spanish as well as two years in Japanese the 101, he or she can receive credit for the previous in order to meet the goals of our various constituencies. class(es) by departmental examination. In order to Thus, the Department aims to serve students who: do that, the student needs to discuss with the chair or • major or minor in a foreign modern language the corresponding faculty member which course(s) he/ she wants to challenge, and then follow the procedure • must fulfill the foreign language proficiency require- mentioned in the Credit by Examination section of this ment (BA degree) catalog. For example, if a student enrolls in FR201, he/ • wish to combine foreign language with a profes- she can receive credit for FR101 and FR102 (6 hours in sional program, e.g. business total) by departmental examination. However, in order • plan to teach; and to qualify, the student needs to do this during his/her first • plan to go on to graduate school. semester at Washburn. The Department of Modern Languages offers a Rules excluding freshmen and sophomores from Minor in International Studies and, in cooperation junior-senior courses (numbered 300 and above) do not with the School of Business, a Minor in International apply if the student’s preparation warrants placement at Business, and in cooperation with the History the upper division level. Department a Minor in Latin American, Caribbean, Study Abroad Opportunities and Latino/a Studies . The department offers semester or academic year Student Learning Outcomes direct exchange programs in Austria at the University of Modern Languages students at Washburn University, Klagenfurt, in France at the University Blaise-Pascal in upon graduation, are expected to have: Clermont-Ferrand, in Germany at the Fachhochschule • Ability to engage in conversation, provide and Osnabrück in Osnabrück, in Spain at the University of obtain information, express ideas and emotions Cantabria in Santander, and in Mexico at the University and exchange opinions in the target language, on of Monterrey (Magellan Exchange) Substantial scholar- ships are available for language majors and minors with a 3.0 GPA.

152 THE MAJOR Nine hours of correlated course work are required of Students who plan to major in a foreign modern all foreign language majors. These courses are selected language are encouraged to begin their language studies in consultation with an advisor. as soon as they enter Washburn University, and should All majors are required to present a portfolio after continue to enroll in at least one language course each the 202 level course in each language. They are then semester until graduation. Learning a foreign language required to keep updating their portfolio which is then is a cumulative process and any period of time away turned in as part of their grade in the 400 level course from the language is highly detrimental to develop- before graduation. This has the advantage of giving the ing and maintaining necessary skills in the language. department an initial assessment as well as an outcome The department also strongly recommends study for a assessment. period of time in a country where the foreign language is Transfer students and students desiring validation of spoken (a summer or a semester) as a component of the foreign language competencies for teaching certification student’s preparation for the major. Substantial scholar- normally must take a minimum of 6 hours in the target ships for study abroad are available each year from the language at the 300-level at Washburn. department and the International Education Committee. Students whose native language is one of those See INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS in this catalog. taught by the department may not enroll in or challenge In order to major in French, German or Spanish, 100 and 200 level courses by examination. students must complete 30 hours of course work beyond THE MINOR courses numbered at the 100 level. The 30 hours of A minor in French, German, or Spanish requires 18 course work must include: hours of course work beyond the 100 level. French majors: FR 311, 312, 331 and 400 plus 3 hours of upper division course work. (FR 324, 326 and Licensure to Teach ED 368 are required for majors planning to teach.); The department regularly prepares students to meet German majors: GE 311, 312, 331, and 400 plus state licensure requirements for teaching grades P-12. 3 hours of upper division course work. (GE 207 or GE In addition to the usual requirements of the depart- 214, GE 324 or GE 326 and ED 368 are required for ment, all students planning to teach must take ED 368 majors planning to teach.); Methods of Teaching Foreign Languages and be for- Spanish majors: SP 311, 312, 331, and 400 plus mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher 3 hours of upper division course work. (SP 324, 325 or Education Programs. For admission requirements, see 326, SP 331 and ED 368 are required for majors plan- EDUCATION in this catalog. ning to teach.) THE MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS The Minor in International Business provides students with the opportunity to gain an understanding of the special considerations and implications of operating a business in a global environment. Students completing the minor will have an introduction to the basic econom- ics, management, and marketing principles as applied by business today. Students will be exposed to the lan- guage and operation of business in a multinational and national environment. Required business and economics courses include: • Course work requirement (21 hours) BU 101 Introduction to Business* EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics BU 355 International Business EC 410 International Economics BU 466 International Marketing • One additional cross-cultural course approved by the international business advisor. • A grade of C or better must be earned in each course used to satisfy the requirements for the minor. Half of the hours used to satisfy these course requirements must be earned at Washburn Univer- A camel ride equals a study abroad memory sity. for a student in Spain. • AC 224 and AC 225 may be substituted for BU 101 for purposes of this minor. • EC 201 and EC 202 qualify for Social Sciences general education credit. Candidates for the BBA

153 degree cannot use Economics courses to fulfill the required coursework, students must complete at least general education requirement. 12 credit hours of elective courses from at least two • Foreign Language Requirement (10 hours) diciplines. A student will not be able to take more than Students are required to complete ten (10) credit six elective credits in a single dicipline. Some courses hours of a modern foreign language beyond the 101 require completion of prerequisites. course. Six hours of foreign language may qualify Required courses: for Arts and Humanities general education credit. • SP201/202 or above (3 credits) • Recommended International Experience • One of the following: HI100/101/102 or AN112 Students are strongly encouraged to participate Elective courses include, but are not limited to the follow- in a study abroad program offered by Washburn ing: University. • AN120/MU106 MINOR IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • HI360, HI361, HI 362, HI363, HI364/SP340, HI300 The curriculum for the Minor in International Studies (as pertinent to the minor, with permission of the consists of three components: a foreign language, study minor advisor). HI398 (as pertinent to the minor, abroad and course work. The specific requirements are with permission of the advisor) as follows: • SP290/390, SP307, SP325, SP326, SP331, SP370, • Foreign Language Requirement SP372, SP380, SP399 (as pertinent to the minor, A minimum of 10 credit hours of a modern foreign with permission of minor advisor) language beyond the 100 level. • PO362, PO366 (as pertinent to the minor, with • Study Abroad Requirement permission of minor advisor) Participation in at least a summer long study abroad • AN114, AN320, AN300 (as pertinent to the minor, program in the country of the language studied. with permission of minor advisor) • Course Work Requirement • IS400 (as pertinent to the minor, with permission of A minimum of 12 hours of course work chosen from minor advisor) the following collaborative departments: English, History, Art, Political Science, Religion, Philosophy, COURSE OFFERINGS Anthropology and Sociology, Mass Media and the (Courses marked with

155 consultation with their major advisor. Prerequisite: 2nd GE 202, two years of high school German or consent of year of university-level French (FR 201-202) or equiva- instructor. lent. GE 214 German Reading and Conversation (3) FR 399 Special Topics (3) Prose and poetry selected from German literature, folk Study of individual authors or literary topics. May be culture and public media form the topics for conversation. repeated. See chairperson and/or schedule for current Prerequisite: GE 202 or consent of instructor. offerings. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. GE 274 Independent Study (1-3) FR 400 Senior Thesis (3-6) Directed study. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Consent A major research project culminating in a thesis which of instructor deals with a literary topic, or other topics as approved by the thesis director. May be presented to the depart- GE 290 Study Abroad in a German Speaking Country mental faculty for consideration for departmental honors. (1-15) Students who are planning to study in a German speak- Prerequisite: Senior standing. ing country must enroll under this number after consul- FR 574 Independent Study (3) tation with their major advisor. Prerequisite: 1st year Directed study. May be repeated. Prerequisites: admis- university-level German (GE101-102) or equivalent. sion to the MLS program and consent of instructor.

156 beginning to the middle of the twentieth century. Prereq- Spanish uisite: GE 312 or consent of instructor. SP 101 Beginning Spanish I (4) GE 326 Contemporary German and Austrian Introduction to conversation, reading, grammar, and Civilization (3) composition. Development of oral/aural skills. Particular Continuation of GE 304;deals with the politics, the econ- emphasis on contemporary culture and social customs in omy, the social structures, the arts and the geography the Spanish-speaking world. A tape program to develop of these countries from the mid-twentieth century to the phonological skills is a component of this course. No present. Prerequisite: GE 312 or consent of instructor. prerequisite. GE 331 Introduction to German Literature (3)

157 course is taught in ENGLISH: Spanish majors may enroll instructor. in this course; however the course does not count as credit towards the fulfillment of the major in the Spanish SP 350 Spanish Peninsular Lit . Thru the 19th language. Prerequisite: sophomore status. Century (3) Readings of unabridged works from the Middle Ages SP 311 Spanish Grammar Review (3) through the 19th century. Written and oral discussion Comprehensive review of Spanish grammar with empha- of the literary significance of the works, as well as their sis on the development of free composition. Grammati- socio-historical background. Prerequisite: SP 312 or cal accuracy, clarity, and the appropriate use of idioms consent of instructor. and syntax are stressed. Offered fall semester only. SP 353 20th Century Spanish Peninsular Literature (3) Prerequisite: SP 202 or consent of instructor. Readings and discussion of unabridged novels and plays SP 312 Spanish Composition (3) as well as short stories and poetry of modern writers. Development of grammatical accuracy and proficiency Focus on the expression of contemporary problems and in composition. Use of readings to illustrate grammatical aspirations. Prerequisite: SP 312 or consent of instruc- points and form the basis for composition and discus- tor. sion. Offered spring semester only. Prerequisite: SP 311 SP 370 Latin-American Literature Thru the 19th or consent of instructor. Century (3) SP 315 Translation (3) Readings and discussion of unabridged novels, short Spanish-English and English-Spanish translation of a stories, plays and poetry of Latin American writers from variety of texts. Focus on techniques of translation and Pre-Hispanic to 19th century Latin America. Focus on improving Spanish grammar, syntax and idioms. Prereq- how the past has shaped the contemporary traditions. uisite: SP 212 or consent of instructor. The class will include discussion of Modern adaptations of classic works (i.e., movies). Prerequisite: SP 312 or SP 321 Spanish for Business (3) consent of instructor. Upper-level Spanish course applied to the world of business from a Hispanic cultural perspective, focusing SP 372 20th Century Latin-American Literature (3) on grammar review, vocabulary, cultural protocols and Readings and discussion of unabridged novels, plays, business concepts. Prerequisite: SP 312 or consent of short stories, and poetry of modern writers. Focus on the instructor. expression of contemporary problems and aspirations. Prerequisite: SP 312 or consent of instructor. SP 324 Civilization of Spain (3) Oral and written treatment of geography, history, art, SP 374 Independent Study (1-3) economy, and customs in order to understand present Directed study. May be repeated. Prerequisite: Consent conditions in this country. Use of slides and realia. Pre- of instructor. requisite: SP 312 or consent of instructor. SP 375 Spanish Seminar (3) SP 325 Civilization of Mexico (3) Application of the techniques of literary analysis to par- Oral and written treatment of geography, history, art, ticular authors or literary movements. May be repeated. economy, and customs in order to understand present Prerequisite: consent of instructor. conditions in this country. Use of slides and realia. Pre- requisite: SP 312 or consent of instructor.

158 departmental faculty for consideration for departmental phonological skills is a component of this course. Of- honors. Prerequisite: Senior standing. fered fall semester only. No prerequisite. SP 574 Independent Study (3)

FL 101 Beginning Foreign Language I (4) Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 211 Introduction to conversation, reading, grammar and com- (785) 670-1511 position in foreign languages not regularly offered, e.g., Chinese, Arabic. Development of aural/oral skills and Associate Professor Ann Marie Snook, Chair emphasis on contemporary culture and social customs of Professor Gordon McQuere the language area. No prerequisite. Professor/Artist in Residence James Rivers Associate Professor Shiao-Li Ding

161 PIANO OR ORGAN PERFORMANCE MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) General Education Requirements - 38 Hours Music Electives – 4 Hours EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Students may select any courses in Music to com- EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) plete a total of 81 hours in Music. KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) Mathematics 110 or above (3) General Electives - 5 Hours Courses from any department, including Music, will be Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) taken to complete a total of 124 semester hours. (In at least two disciplines excluding music) Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) Bachelor Of Music (in at least two disciplines) Requirements for the Major in: Social Sciences (9), (In at least two disciplines) [AN 120 Intro to World Music (3)] MUSIC PERFORMANCE IN VOICE Music Requirements -81 Hours (Minimum) General Education Requirements - 38 Hours EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Private Lessons - 24 Hours EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) Organ (MU 265/465) OR KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) Piano (MU 267/467) Mathematics 110 or above (3) Students normally enroll for 3 hours of private lessons Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) (In at least each semester. two disciplines excluding music) [3 hrs required in Art or Large Ensembles - 8 Hours Theater, 4 hrs required in either FR 102 or GE 102] All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music candi- Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) (in at least two dates are required to participate in two large ensembles disciplines) (University Choir, University Singers; Women’s Chorus, Social Sciences (9) (In at least two disciplines) [AN 120 WU Orchestra; WU String Orchestra; Accompanying; Intro to World Music (3)] Wind Ensemble; University Band; Marching Band; Music Requirements - 83 Hours Jazz Band I or Jazz Band II) each semester of full-time enrollment. For large ensemble requirements particular Orientation/Business - 4 Hours to each instrument, please consult the on-line Music MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) Department Handbook (www.washburn.edu/cas/music/ MU 305 Business of Music (3) handbook.html). Theory - 24 Hours Small Ensembles - 4 Hours MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 254/454 MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 206 Improvisation (2) Orientation - 4 Hours MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) MU 305 Business of Music (3) MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III(4) Theory – Pianists 22 Hours/Organists 24 Hours MU 316 Theory IV (3) MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 317 Orchestration (2) MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) MU 206 Improvisation (2) MU 443 Composition (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) Music History and Literature – 6 Hours MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) MU 325 Music History I (3) MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) MU 326 Music History II (3) MU 316 Theory IV (3) MU 317 Orchestration (2) [organists only] Voice Lessons – 24 Hours MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) Voice (MU 275/475) – 24 MU 443 Composition (1) Students normally enroll in 3 hours of Voice each semester. Music History and Literature - Pianists 12 Hours / Organists 8 Hours Group Piano - 4 Hours MU 325 Music History I (3) Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, MU 326 Music History II (3) 214) until the Piano Proficiency examination is passed. MU 335 Organ Literature (1) [organists only] Piano Lessons - 2 Hours MU 336 Organ Pedagogy (1) [organists only] Piano MU 267/467 MU 337 Piano Lit. I (2) [pianists only] MU 338 Piano Lit. II (2) [pianists only] Orchestral Instrument – 1 Hour MU 339 Piano Pedagogy (2) [pianists only] Specialization Courses – 7 Hours Conducting – Pianists 3 Hours / Organists 5 Hours MU 220 Vocal Diction for Singers (3) MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) [organists only] MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy (2) MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) [organists only] MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (2) MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1)

162 Large Ensembles - 8 Hours Performance Major Lessons – 24 Hours All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music candi- Students must complete 24 hours in their area of spe- dates are required to participate in two large ensembles cialty. Students normally enroll in 3 hours of lessons (University Choir, University Singers; Women’s Chorus, each semester. WU Orchestra; WU String Orchestra; Accompanying; Wind Ensemble; University Band; Marching Band; Group Piano - 4 Hours Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, Jazz Band I or Jazz Band II) each semester of full-time 214) until the Piano Proficiency examination is passed. enrollment. For large ensemble requirements particular to each instrument, please consult the on-line Music Voice Lessons – 2 Hours Department Handbook (www.washburn.edu/cas/music/ Voice (MU 275) handbook.html). Performance Minor – 3 Hours Small Ensembles - 4 Hours Any one orchestral instrument (3) MU 250/450 Music Theatre Workshop Large Ensembles - 8 Hours Conducting - 3 Hours All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music candi- MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) dates are required to participate in two large ensembles MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) (University Choir, University Singers; Women’s Chorus, MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) WU Orchestra; WU String Orchestra; Accompanying; Wind Ensemble; University Band; Marching Band; General Electives - 3 Hours Jazz Band I or Jazz Band II) each semester of full-time General elective courses from any department, including enrollment. For large ensemble requirements particular Music, will be taken to complete a total of 124 semester to each instrument, please consult the on-line Music hours. Department Handbook (www.washburn.edu/cas/music/ handbook.html). Bachelor Of Music Requirements for the Major in: Small Ensembles – 4 Hours Chamber Ensemble (MU 254/454) BRASS/STRINGS/PERCUSSION/WOODWIND PERFORMANCE Conducting - 3 Hours MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) General Education and University Requirements - 38 MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) Hours MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) EN 300 Advanced Composition (3) General Electives - 4 Hours KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) General elective courses from any department, including Mathematics 110 or above (3) Music, will be taken to complete a total of 124 semester Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) (In at least hours. two disciplines excluding music) Bachelor Of Music Degree In Music Natural Sciences and Mathematics (9) (in at least two disciplines) Education (141-145 Hrs .) Social Sciences (9) (In at least two disciplines) [AN 120 Accredited by National Association of Schools of Intro to World Music (3)] Music The Bachelor of Music Degree with a major in Music Music Requirements - 82 Hours Education qualifies the graduate to apply for teacher Orientation/Business - 4 Hrs licensure (PreK-12) in both instrumental and vocal music. MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) This degree program totals 141 hours for Instrumental MU 305 Business of Music (3) Emphasis and 145 hours for Vocal Emphasis. It will necessitate work beyond eight semesters. The student Theory – 24 Hours is urged to seek advisement from a Music Education MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) advisor on specific course requirements. A distribution MU 123 Computers in Music (1) of general education requirements for teacher licensure MU 206 Improvisation (2) is outlined. Degree requirements include both music MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) and professional education courses. Refer to the music MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) department handbook (online at www.washburn.edu/ MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) music) for further details concerning this degree and cor- MU 316 Theory IV (3) responding curriculum. MU 317 Orchestration (2) Students seeking licensure to teach must be for- MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) mally admitted to the University’s Professional Teacher MU 443 Composition (1) Education Program. Admission is conditional on recom- Music History and Literature - 6 Hours mendation by the Music faculty. For admission require- MU 325 Music History I (3) ments, see EDUCATION in this catalog. MU 326 Music History II (3) Bachelor Of Music Requirements for the Major in:

163 Music Education Department Handbook (www.washburn.edu/cas/music/ handbook.html). General Education Requirements - 38 Hours EN 101 Freshman Composition (3) Small Ensembles – 1 Hour EN 300 Advanced Composition (3)(Teaching Emphasis MU 254/454 Small Ensemble (1) Required) OR KN 198 Lifetime Wellness (2) MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (1) MA 116 College Algebra (3) Private Lessons – 12 Hours Humanities, Creative and Performing Arts (9) In the area of concentration [CN 150 Public Speaking (3) is required] [Elective in Literature, Language or Philosophy] Group Piano – 4 Hours Students must enroll in Group Piano (MU 133, 134, 213, [Elective in Fine Arts] (Art or Theatre – no music allowed) 214) until the Piano Proficiency is passed Natural Sciences and Math (9) [Elective in MA] (higher than MA 116) Voice Lessons – 1 Hour [Instrumental Emphasis Only] [Elective in Biology] [Elective in Natural Science] Professional Education Requirements - 43 Hours ED 150 Educational Participation in the Community (1) Social Sciences (9) ED 200 Education Psychology (3) [AN 120 Intro to World Music (3) is required] ED 225 Becoming an Educational Professional (3) [Elective in History] (HI 111 suggested) ED 300 Integrating Educational Technology (3) [Elective in Sociology or Psychology] ED 302 Teaching Exceptional Learners Music Requirements OR 60 Hrs-Instrumentalists SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student (3) 64 Hrs-Vocalists ED 402 Struggling Learners (2) RD 484 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) Theory – 20 Hours MU 313 Foundations of Music Ed (2) MU 121 Introduction to Music (1) MU 417 Elem./Sec. Music Education Vocal Methods (3) MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 418 Elem./Sec. Music Ed. Instrumental Methods (3) MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 420 Jazz Pedagogy (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 421 Marching Band Pedagogy (1) MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) Student Teaching Semester MU 316 Theory IV (3) ED 400 Understanding the Schools (2) MU 317 Orchestration (2) ED 405 Classroom Management (1) ED 440 PK-Secondary Student Teaching (12) Music History and Literature - Vocalists 11 Hours / Instrumentalists 6 Hours MUSIC MINOR MU 220 Diction for Singers (3) [Vocal Emphasis Only] The optional minor is available to non-music ma- MU 325 Music History I (3) jors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences. Nine MU 326 Music History II (3) credits are required (MU 100 - 3 credits; Large Ensemble MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and Lit (2) [Vocal Emphasis - 2 credits; MU 215 - 4 credits) and fifteen or more Only] Department of Music credits to be chosen by the student. Six credits must be chosen from upper division courses. Conducting – 5 Hours A maximum of eight credits of ensemble will be allowed MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) (including the two credits of ensemble required). MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) Instrumental Jazz Studies Minor MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) A minor in jazz studies is available to both music majors MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) and non-majors. The minor requires 25 hours including: MU 102 Jazz History (3) Techniques – 5 Hours MU 122 Rhythmic Perception (1) MU 207 Double Reed Techniques (1) MU 123 Computers and Music (1) MU 209 Single Reed/Flute Techniques (1) MU 206 Improvisation (2) MU 210 Brass Techniques (1) MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) MU 211 String Techniques (1) MU 254/454 Small Ensemble [jazz combo] (2) MU 212 Percussion Techniques (1) MU 249/449 Jazz Ensemble (4) Large Ensembles – 6 Hours MU 304 Intermediate Jazz Improvisation (2) All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music candi- MU 318 Jazz Arranging (3) dates are required to participate in two large ensembles 3 hrs of applied study are required in Applied music in (University Choir, University Singers; Women’s Chorus, Jazz WU Orchestra; WU String Orchestra; Accompanying; Non-Music Majors Wind Ensemble; University Band; Marching Band; Music courses in the Fine Arts are a vital part of the Jazz Band I or Jazz Band II) each semester of full-time General Education program which is the foundation for enrollment. For large ensemble requirements particular all of the University’s undergraduate degrees (please to each instrument, please consult the on-line Music 164 note the music courses which have been approved for MU 109/110 Piano for Beginners I and II (2 each) General Education Credit). In addition, non-majors may Development of basic piano techniques, sight reading, also enroll in performance ensembles and private les- improvisation, transposition, and keyboard harmony. sons with the consent of the instructor. Planned for non-music majors. No prerequisite for MU 109. Prerequisite for MU 110: MU 109 or consent of COURSE OFFERINGS instructor. (Courses marked with

165 ing minor repair and maintenance of these instruments. modes as well as diminished and whole tone scales. No prerequisite. Also includes ear-training, transcription, and study of pat- terns. Prerequisite: MU 206 or consent of instructor. MU 209 Single Reed/Flute Techniques (1) Study of pedagogy, tone production, embouchure, tech- MU 305 The Business of Music (3) nique, care, repair, and maintenance of the flute, clarinet An overview of the music industry, with specific attention and saxophone. No prerequisite. given to career development and opportunities, promo- tion and marketing techniques, contracts and negotiation, MU 210 Brass Techniques (1) and arts management. Prerequisite: Junior standing. The tone production, techniques, and problems of begin- ning brass instruments with particular emphasis on meth- MU 313 Foundations of Music Education (2) ods of teaching these instruments in the public schools. This course will examine the history and general No prerequisite. principles of aesthetic education, the position of music education in the historical and contemporary frameworks MU 211 String Techniques (1) of universal public education, administrative operation Tone production, techniques, and particular problems of of schools and music education programs, curriculum the beginning string instruments with particular emphasis design and implementation, the management of music on methods of teaching these instruments in the public material, human relations aspects of teaching music, and schools. aspects of the music educator’s professional develop- MU 212 Percussion Techniques (1) ment. Prerequisite: Accepted in Professional Education A practical study of the techniques and problems of per- program. cussion with particular emphasis on methods of teaching MU 314 Theory and Aural Comprehension II (4) these instruments in the public schools. No prerequisite. Study of four-part harmony, harmonic progression, MU 213/214 Group Piano III and IV (1 each) cadences, modulation, non-harmonic tones, phrase and Continuation of Group Piano II. Development of func- period forms, and baroque and classic style analysis. tional skills including transposition, score reading and im- Development of aural skills relating to these through provisation. Also includes study of the intermediate level rhythmic, melodic and harmonic dictation and sight-sing- piano literature from various style periods. For music ing. Prerequisite: MU 215. majors. Prerequisite for MU 213: MU 134. Prerequisite MU 315 Theory and Aural Comprehension III (4) for MU 214: MU 213. Study of chromatic harmony, larger forms and other top- MU 215 Theory and Aural Comprehension I (4) ics related to music before 1900. Development of aural Study of music notation, scales, modes, intervals, skills related to these through dictation and sight-singing. rhythm, triads, tonality, and figured bass. Development Prerequisite: MU 314. of aural skills related to these through the use of rhyth- MU 316 Theory IV (3) mic, melodic, and harmonic dictation, and sight singing. Analysis of twentieth century music and various analyti- Prerequisite: MU 123 or consent of instructor. cal methods, including Schenkerian analysis and Set MU 220 Vocal Diction for Singers (3) Theory. Prerequisite: MU 315. The study of lyric diction for singing in English, Italian, MU 317 Orchestration (2) Latin, French and German using the International Pho- Practical arranging of piano, choral and instrumental netic Alphabet. Prerequisite: Music major or consent of literature. Scoring for voices, strings, woodwinds, brass instructor. and percussion instruments including the study of tone, MU 237 Choral Clinic (1) timbre, ranges, transpositions and the blending of these The initial experience in secondary music education in elements. Prerequisite: MU 314 or consent of instructor. the area of choral work. No prerequisite. MU 318 Jazz Arranging (3) MU 238 Instrumental Clinic (1) Practical arranging in the jazz idiom, ranging from small The initial experience in secondary music education ensembles to big bands. Includes 2 to 4 part writing in the area of strings, woodwinds and percussion. No with drop 2, drop 2 and 4, and rhythm section consid- prerequisite. erations. Includes study of transpositions and ranges. Prerequisite: MU 314. MU 240 Beginning Conducting (1) Basic beat patterns, baton technique, score reading, MU 325/525 Music History I (3) philosophy and basic concepts of conducting. No Musical styles, composers, and forms in Western Music prerequisite. from 600 B.C.E. – 1800 C.E. including Greek, Roman, Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque and Classical music. MU 243 Composition (1-3) Prerequisite for MU 325: MU 215 or consent of instructor. Individual tutoring in music composition with emphasis Prerequisite for 525: MU 316 or consent of instructor. on the development and expansion of music materials. May be taken as an elective. May be repeated as an MU 326/526 Music History II (3) elective with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: MU 215 Musical styles, composers and forms in western music or consent of instructor. from 1800 to present. Prerequisite for MU 326: MU 215 or consent of instructor, prerequisite for MU 526: MU 316 MU 304 Intermediate Jazz Improvisation (2) or consent of instructor. Includes practical application through performance and utilization of tunes in major and minor keys and related 166 MU 330 Vocal Pedagogy and Literature (2) ment of instrumental performing groups. Prerequisite: Examines the anatomy and physiology of the vocal MU 313 or consent of instructor. mechanism and its application for the singer, voice teacher, and music educator. The second half of the MU 420 Jazz Band Pedagogy (1) This course will examine the various jazz styles, re- semester is devoted to song literature and its application hearsal techniques, and improvisation in jazz band. for the solo singer as well as the voice teacher. Prereq- Prerequisite: Pass Fourth Semester Jury or consent of uisite: Music Major status or consent of instructor. instructor. MU 335 Organ Literature (1) Study of organ literature from the Renaissance to the MU 421 Marching Band Pedagogy (1) This course will examine the various marching band present incorporation styles, registration, and instru- styles, marching fundamentals, rehearsal techniques, ment of each period. Prerequisite: Music Major status or show design principles and other facets of organization consent of instructor. for teaching High School Marching Band. Prerequisite: MU 336 Organ Pedagogy (1) MU 245/445 Marching Band. Study of various organ method books and relevant literature for use in teaching, plus knowledge of styles, MU 441 Advanced Choral Conducting (1) A practical opportunity to direct, under supervision, registration, and organs of each musical period. Prereq- voices under conditions approximating the rehearsal situ- uisite: Music Major status or consent of instructor. ation. Prerequisite: MU 240 or consent of instructor. MU 337, 338 Piano Literature I and II (2) Keyboard music from the Elizabethan virginal school to MU 442 Advanced Instrumental Conducting (1) A practical opportunity to direct, under supervision, the present time, designed primarily for piano majors and strings and woodwind instruments under conditions prospective piano teachers. Prerequisite: Music Major approximating the rehearsal situation. Prerequisite: MU status or consent of instructor. 240 or consent of instructor. MU 339 Piano Pedagogy (2) Examines learning theories, methods and materials for ED 442 Music in the Elementary School (3) General principles and specific instructional methods for private and group piano teaching at the elementary to musical activities in the self-contained elementary intermediate levels, including business and professional classroom or in recreational settings. This course is aspects of teaching. Prerequisite: Music Major status or designed for both the pre-service and in-service teacher. consent of instructor. A variety of instrumental and vocal activities are present- MU 398 Directed Study in Music (1-3) ed. Prerequisite: Accepted in Professional Education Directed study in performance-based music courses. Program. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. MU 443 Composition (1-3) Individual tutoring in music composition with emphasis MU 400 Special Topics in Music (2-3) on the development and expansion of music materials. A variable content course treating areas of interest to May be taken as an elective. May be repeated as an music majors. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: elective with consent of instructor. Prerequisite: MU 316 Consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. MU 411 Accompanying (1-2) A laboratory designed to develop proficiency in sight Performance Courses reading and accompanying at the keyboard. Required ENSEMBLES – 1 HOUR for keyboard concentrations and keyboard majors. Ensembles – Lower Division MU 244 – 254 Prerequisite: Pass the 4th Semester Jury. All students are invited to enroll in any of our performing ensembles. Some ensembles require an audition for MU 415 Tonal Counterpoint (2) admittance – please see individual ensemble listings. The study, analysis, and writing of inventions, canons Ensembles – Upper Division MU 444 - 454 and fugues in 18th century style, using works of J.S Bach Prerequisite: BM students must pass “4th semester as a model. Prerequisite: MU 316. Jury.” BA students and non-majors must pass “Double MU 417 Elementary - Secondary Music Education Jury.” Vocal Methods (3) MU 226/426 Wind Ensemble (0-1) This course will examine materials and specific in- The Washburn Wind Ensemble is comprised of the finest structional methods of teaching vocal music K-12, by woodwind, brass, and percussion students at Washburn a concept and skill-building approach, and emphasize University. The Wind Ensemble exposes students to the the organization and development of vocal performing highest quality of music written for wind instruments from groups for grades 7-12. Prerequisite: MU 313 or consent the Renaissance to the present. This repretoir, along with of instructor. visits by renowned artists and educators, give the stu- MU 418 Elementary - Secondary Music Education dents a unique opportunity to experience a wide range Instrumental Methods (3) of compositional techniques, rehearsal processes, and This course will examine materials and specific instruc- musical possibilities. Membership in the Wind Ensemble tional methods of teaching elementary and secondary is open to both music and non-music majors, through instrumental music, by a concept and skill building audition. approach, and emphasize the organization and develop- 167 MU 244/444 Accompanying (1-2) performed ranges from Baroque through contemporary A laboratory designed to develop proficiency in sight literature. The ensemble performs at least two concerts reading and accompanying at the keyboard. Required each semester including Christmas Vespers in the Fall for keyboard concentrations and keyboard majors. semester. Class participants may audition to perform solos with the orchestra. Selection and placement is by MU 145/345 Marching Band (1) audition. The Fighting Blues Marching Band is open to all majors and non-majors. The Fighting Blues take great pride in MU 252/452/552 Orchestra, String (1) entertaining and thrilling our fans in Yager Stadium with Enrollment in Washburn University String Orchestra is our precision marching and exciting music selections. open to music and non-music majors by audition only. The band also performs for other events, including bowl Repertory performed ranges fro Renaissance through games, pep-rallies, alumni, administrative and foundation contemporary literature. Selection and placement is by functions. Audition is not required. No prerequisites. audition. MU 239/439 University Band (0-1) MU 254/454/554 Small Ensemble (1) The University Band is an ensemble that performs works This class offers students a chamber music experience from the standard literature for wind band. The University with only one person on a part. Pre-existing chamber Band promotes the musical and intellectual growth of its groups may enroll, or students will be assigned to vari- members through careful selection of appropriate reper- ous chamber groups based upon current enrollment. toire. Membership in the University Band is open to both Recital performance is required. music and non-music majors, through audition. PRIVATE LESSONS (1-3 HOURS) MU 246/446 Women’s Chorus (1) Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. Lower Division MU 255 - 276 Private lessons are NOT for beginners. Only BM Per- Membership is based upon appropriate vocal range and formance majors may enroll for 3 hours. Prerequisite: quality, and not gender. The Women’s Chorus focuses Non-majors must have consent of instructor. on the fundamentals of proper choral singing and a wide range of literature. In addition, the ensemble performs on Upper Division MU 455 – 476 campus and off campus during the year. Prerequisite: BM students must pass “4th Semester Jury.” BA students must pass “Double jury.” MU 247/447 Choir, Singers (1) Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. The PRIVATE LESSONS Washburn Singers performs a variety of styles of music 1-3 HOURS from the chamber choir repertoire. In addition to partici- 255/455 Bassoon 266/466 Percussion pating in on-campus concerts each year, the ensemble 256/456/556 Cello 267/467 Piano also performs throughout the region for various high 257/457 Clarinet 268/468 Saxophone school choral programs and civic functions. 258/458 Euphonium 269/469 String Bass MU 248/448 Choir, Washburn (1) 259/459 Flute 270/470 Trombone Open, by audition, to both majors and non-majors. The 260/460 Guitar 271/471 Trumpet Washburn Choir excels in performing a wide variety of 261/461 Harp 272/472 Tuba styles of choral music. The choir performs regularly in 262/462 Harpsichord 273/473 Viola both on and off-campus concerts, including major works 263/463 Horn 274/474 Violin with the Topeka and Kansas City symphonies. Members 264/464 Oboe 275/475 Voice of the ensemble have the opportunity to partake in a 265/465 Organ 276/476 Jazz European concert tour every three or four years. Na t u r a l Sc i e n c e s An d Ma t h e m a t i c s MU 249/449 Jazz Ensemble (1) The Washburn University Jazz Ensembles meet for Morgan Hall, Room 108 the purpose of exploring the jazz style in rehearsal and (785) 670-1636 performance through the instrumentation of the jazz big band. Each ensemble will strive for the highest possible DEGREE OFFERED standards in performance. An emphasis shall be placed Associate of Arts on a wide array of styles, from the older big band styles Natural Sciences and Mathematics to newer Latin, rock, and swing arrangements. Selection and placement is by audition. The Associate of Arts degree in Natural Sciences and Mathematics is intended to give students a broad back- MU 250/450 Musical Theatre Workshop (0-3) ground in a particular area of liberal studies. Students Works from the Musical Theatre repertoire are rehearsed are required to take coursework in at least three disci- and performed workshop style. Practice and perfor- plines within Natural Sciences and Mathematics and to mance in solo and ensemble singing and staging in ma- take a concentration in one subject area. The credits terial ranging from modern and contemporary Broadway earned in this associate degree are all applicable toward and off-Broadway musicals and revues to classic opera a bachelor’s degree. For information and advising on and operettas. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. this degree, please contact the College of Arts and Sci- ences in Morgan Hall 108. MU 251/451/551 Orchestra (1) Enrollment in Washburn University Orchestra is open to music and non-music majors by audition only. Repertory 168 THE MAJOR Pe a c e , Ju s t i c e , An d Co n f l i c t For the Associate of Arts Degree in Natural Sciences and Mathematics, a student must complete 62 semes- Re s o l u t i o n St u d i e s ter hours with a minimum grade point average of 2.0. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/peacestudies Twenty-four credit hours must be completed at Washburn University; of these, 12 of the last 24 must be Washburn Henderson Learning Center 311, University credits. Forty-two hours must be graded. A (785) 231-2060 student may not take the A/pass/fail option in the area of Affiliated Faculty concentration without obtaining written permission from Associate Professor Deborah Altus, Human Services the chairperson of the department offering the course Associate Professor Alan Bearman, History and filing it with the University Registrar’s Office. The Associate Professor Bob Beatty, Political Science application for degree should be on file before enrolling Professor Emeritus Ken Cott, History for the last 15 hours. Professor Rick Ellis, Chair, Human Services Student Learning Outcomes Professor Gary Forbach, Psychology Washburn University students completing this degree, Professor Rachel Goossen, History upon graduation, are expected to have: Professor Chris Hamilton, Political Science • Acquired an introductory knowledge of the basic Professor Reinhild Janzen, Art History principles of science and mathematics; Associate Professor Donna LaLonde, Mathematics/Sta- tistics • Developed the ability to understand and utilize the Assistant Professor Kim Morse, History scientific method; and Professor Tom Prasch, Chair, History • Acquired a foundation for continuing academic Professor Karen Ray, English study. Associate Professor Mary Sheldon, English Specific course requirements are as follows: Assistant Professor Bradley Siebert, English I . General Education Assistant Professor Sarah Ubel, Communications A. English Composition (three semester hours, Eng- Associate Professor Iris Wilkinson, Human Services lish 101 or its equivalent) B. MA 110: Exploring Mathematics or MA 116: Col- MINOR OFFERED lege Algebra with a grade of C or better (3 semes- Minor in Peace, Justice, and Conflict Resolution Studies ter hours) C. Kinesiology: KN 198 Lifetime Wellness MISSION D. Humanities and Creative and Performing Arts (six Peace Studies is an interdisciplinary program of study, semester hours from at least two subject areas) building on existing course offerings in a range of depart- E. Natural Sciences (six semester hours from at least ments, that incorporates both international peace and two subject areas) justice issues and, through internship opportunities with F. Social Sciences (six semester hours from at least community-based agencies, local dimensions of conflict two subject areas) resolution. Students will combine core courses in Peace II . Area of Concentration Studies with elective courses from departments across (24 semester hours of Natural Sciences and Math- campus that share a common theme of peace, justice, ematics coursework does not include six hours of and conflict resolution. Natural Sciences and Mathematics general educa- To obtain the Optional Interdisciplinary Minor in tion.) Peace, Justice and Conflict Resolution, a student must A. The 24 hours of course work will include at least complete at least 18 hours of course work, comprised six hours each from a minimum of three subject of 15 hours of designated core courses and 3 hours of areas within the Natural Sciences and Mathemat- electives . Some of these courses require prerequisites. ics. The Minor will be supervised by a Committee of Advisors B. At least 12 hours will be from one subject area. and coordinated by the Dean of the College of Arts and These courses will be selected from a list devel- Sciences. oped by the faculty in that subject area and may Student Learning Outcomes include six hours of upper-division credit. The Students minoring in Peace, Justice, and Conflict department from which the student takes the Resolution, upon graduation, are expected to have: 12-hour concentration will be the effective admin- • shaped an effective thesis in written work about istrative home of the student. Peace Studies; C. A minimum of a C grade is required in all courses within the area of concentration, including the six • offered analytical interpretations of peace and con- hours of general education in the Natural Sci- flict in the world; ences and Mathematics. • integrated materials from multiple disciplines related III .At least 12 of the hours remaining for the degree to Peace Studies; and will be chosen from outside the area of concen- • used effectively organization, logic, and vocabulary tration . in writing about Peace Studies.

Requirements for the Minor Students will take 18 hours of coursework with Washburn faculty who have interest and expertise in 169 Peace Studies, with fifteen hours of core courses (listed • SO 306 Law and Society below) and 3 hours of electives. • SO 310 Social Class in the US Electives can be chosen from a wide range of desig- • SO/AN 338/538 Strategies for Social Change nated courses (see below). • SW 250 Social Welfare Core courses for the Peace Studies minor are: • IS 180 Introduction to Peace, Justice, and Conflict • SW 350 Social Welfare Policy Resolution • PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution Ph i l o s o p h y De p a r t m e n t • CN 330 Communication in Conflict and Negotiation Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/philosophy • CN 363 Intercultural Communication Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 • IS 380 Internship/Special Project (785) 670-1542 Courses which may be counted as elective credit for Peace Studies include, but are not limited to: Professor Harold Rood, Chair • AN/SO 336 Globalization Professor Barry Crawford • BI 203 Human Impact on the Environment Professor Russell Jacobs Professor Jorge Nobo • BI 310 Ecology • BI 343 Human Genetics DEGREES OFFERED • CJ 430 Criminal Justice Policy and Issues Bachelor of Arts Philosophy • CN 350 Persuasion Bachelor of Arts • CN 361 Communication in Social Movements Religious Studies • EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics • EC 443 Labor Relations MINOR OFFERED Philosophy • EN 133/333 Stories around the World Religious Studies • EN 399 Special Topics (when relevant to Peace Studies) Mission • GG 102 World Regional Geography Consistent with the mission of the University and the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of • GG 302 Natural Resources Conservation Philosophy is dedicated to providing high quality under- • HI 329 Civil Rights Movement graduate courses in philosophy and religion, to engaging • HI 300 Special Topics: War’s Impact on America in research and scholarly activities in these and related (or other special topics courses relevant to Peace areas and to serving the University and its various com- Studies) munities. The Department emphasizes excellence in • HI 311 Cold-War America teaching undergraduate students. • HI 398 Directed Readings (when relevant to Peace Description of Discipline Studies) Philosophy focuses on fundamental questions con- • HS 152 Personal and Community Health cerning the nature of reality, knowledge, and values: • HS 202 Victimology metaphysics seeks to understand the true nature of • HS 202 Survivor Services reality in general and of humankind in particular; logic • HS 302 Social Change and epistemology endeavor to determine valid methods • HS 307 Family Violence of reasoning and the limits and criteria of knowledge; and ethics attempts to formulate the basic moral norms • HS 390 Hate and Violence Crimes by which our choices and actions should be governed. • MS 140 Role of the Military Through the study of philosophy, students can improve • MS 330 International Conflict their understanding of themselves and the world in which • NU 306 Community Health Concepts they live; they can increase their command of intellectu- • PH 102 Introduction to Moral Problems ally responsible methods of establishing and evaluating beliefs and theories; and they can develop more effective • PH 312 Social-Political Philosophy ways of determining their moral duties. • PO 225 Introduction to International Relations In general, the study of philosophy helps to develop • PO 275 Introduction to Political Theory the ability to think clearly. If one understands how to • PO 310 Strategies of Community Development think clearly, one can apply the techniques of critical • PO 346 Special Topics (when relevant to Peace and constructive thinking to the study of any discipline Studies) or to the concerns of any occupation. The department’s • PO 351 International Organizations and Law curriculum provides an opportunity for all students, whether majoring in philosophy or not, to be educated • PO 365 Democratization and International Political in the methods of critical and constructive thought Economy through reflection on the fundamental presuppositions • RG 102 World Religions of knowledge in general and of individual disciplines— • SO/AN 207 Race and Ethnic Group Relations such as science, mathematics, law, religion, and art—in • SO 301 World Population: Growth, Hunger, and US particular. Foreign Policy The Philosophy Department offers a major and a 170 minor in philosophy and administers a major and a minor PH 101 Meditations on Human Nature (3) in Religious Studies. In addition, the department offers An introduction to the problems and theories of Philo- individualized philosophy majors for pre-law and pre- sophical Anthropology, the field of Philosophy concerned seminary students. with the study of the ultimate nature of the human being. Student Learning Outcomes for

171 PH 200 General Topics in Philosophy (1-3) PH 311/511 Issues in Ethical Theory (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be Specific issues in the philosophical study of morality; announced in advance. May be repeated for credit when e.g., the objectivity of moral judgments, the place of rea- topics vary. son in moral thinking, proof of basic moral principles, the status of moral language. Prerequisite: PH 100, or 102

173 Sophomore THE MINOR First Semester (15 hrs) Second Semester (13-16 hrs) To minor in Physics, the student must complete 20 Mathematics 153 (3) Mathematics 241 (3) hours in physics which will consist of PS261 and 262 or General Physics II 282 (5) Physics 334 (3) PS281 and 282 plus 10 hours of course work in Physics CIS 244 (3) Physics 335 (3) requiring PS261, 262 or PS281, 282 as prerequisites. To Electives (4) OR Electives 4-7 (3) count toward a minor work must be graded C or better and 25 percent of total minor hours must be taken in residence at Washburn University. Junior COURSE OFFERINGS First Semester (15-18 hrs) Second Semester (14 hrs) English 300 (3) Physics 321 (3) (Courses marked with

174 PS 282 General Physics II (5) PS 352 Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory (1) A continuation of General Physics I. Electricity and mag- Measurements of constants fundamental to atomic phys- netism optics, and modern physics. Lecture-recitation ics: Planck’s constant, electron charge and mass, speed and laboratory. Prerequisite: PS 281. of light, etc. Techniques of nuclear alpha, beta and gamma ray spectroscopy. Prerequisite: PS 350. PS 291 Elementary Computational Physics (2) An introduction to computer modeling of physics prob- PS 360 Experimental Physics (1 or 2) lems using spreadsheet programs, computer algebra Experimental design and techniques. Extensive use of systems, and other mathematical software. Prerequisite: technical literature will be necessary. Independent work MA 151 or concurrent. is encouraged. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. PS 310 Relativity (2) PS 365 Introduction to Theoretical Physics (3) Concepts of space and time, frames of reference, Application of ordinary and partial differential equations, Einstein’s Theory of Special Relativity and Elements of Fourier series, Laplace transforms, Gamma functions, General Relativity. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. and complex variables to problems in the fields of phys- ics and engineering. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282 or PS 320 Electromagnetic Theory I (3) concurrent enrollment. The basic theory of electro- magnetic fields and waves using the calculus and vector methods. Prerequisite: PS PS 366 Introduction to Computational Physics (3) 262 or 282; MA 153. Techniques and models in computational physics. Pre- requisite: PS 262 or 282, MA 153. PS 321 Electromagnetic Theory II (3) A continuation of Physics 320. Prerequisite: PS 320. PS 368 Computational Physics Research (3) Computational physics research in any of the areas of PS 322 Electrical Laboratory (2) physics. A written and an oral presentation of the work is Basic theory of semiconductors and the application of required. Prerequisite: departmental permission. this theory in electrical measurements. One-hour lecture and three hours laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PS 262 PS 370 Spec . Subjects in Physics (Credit to be or 282. Arranged) Offered on demand as teaching schedules permit. Mate- PS 330 Optics (3) rial is to be chosen according to student interest from Physical and geometrical optics. Lecture-recitation. any one of a number of fields of physics. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282. consent of instructor. PS 332 Optics Laboratory (1) Experiments with lens systems, mirrors, aberrations, the Po l i t i c a l Sc i e n c e a n d spectrometer, interference and diffraction, and polariza- Pu b l i c Ad m inistration tion. Prerequisite: PS 330 or concurrent enrollment. Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/polisci/ PS 334 Thermodynamics (3) A consideration of heat phenomena, the first and second Henderson Learning Center, Room 215 laws of thermodynamics, their principal consequences (785) 670-1737 and applications to simple systems, and the kinetic theory of gases. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282; MA 153. Associate Professor Mark Peterson, Chair Professor Steve Cann PS 335 Theoretical Mechanics I (3) Professor David Freeman A mathematical study of classical mechanics. Rigid Professor Chris Hamilton body statics and dynamics, kinematics and dynamics of Professor Bob Beatty particles and systems of particles, and conservative and Professor Tom Schmiedeler, Geography non-conservative force fields. Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282; MA153. DEGREES OFFERED Bachelor of Arts: PS 336 Theoretical Mechanics II (3) Political Science A continuation of Theoretical Mechanics I. Prerequisite: Bachelor of Public Administration: PS 335. Public and Non-Profit Management PS 340 Electronics (3) CERTIFCATE OFFERED Digital electronic circuits and devices with special em- Certificate of Non-Profit Management phasis on computer interfacing to instrumentation. Two one-hour lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Mission Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282, and MA 153. Consistent with the mission of the University and the PS 350 Modern Physics I (3) College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Political Phenomena specific to the extra-nuclear structure of the Science provides the curriculum for the Bachelor of atom; phenomena peculiar to the atomic nucleus; intro- Arts degree in Political Science and Bachelor of Public duction to quantum and wave mechanics, and relativity. Administration degrees. The department serves a Prerequisite: PS 262 or 282; MA153. clientele that enrolls in its courses for several different reasons including: (1) meeting general education require- PS 351 Modern Physics II (3) ments, (2) meeting major or minor requirements for other A continuation of Physics 350. Prerequisite: PS 350. departments and majors, (3) meeting the cognitive needs 175 of departmental majors, (4) assisting students in meeting any additional lower or upper division political science the professional development needs of their present or offerings. future employment, and (5) meeting the elective needs Designated lower division PO courses (106 or 107; of students who are interested in politics, political issues, plus any three from 225,235,245, or 275) are intended and/or public policy. to be pre-requisites or “gateway survey courses” for Majors to upper division PO courses within the same Description of the Discipline area. (Example: a Major must take 106 or 107 to be Political Science is the study of governments, public able to take 308), but a Major may take up to nine (9) policies and political behavior using both humanistic and total hours of upper division political science courses scientific perspectives and skills to examine the countries at Washburn (or have the transfer credit equivalent) and regions of the world. See http://www.apsanet.org without having met the pre-requisite or “gateway survey” The Political Science Department administers the required 100/200 level course. two degrees of political science (BA), and public admin- istration (BPA), a Certificate of Non-Profit Management Breakdown of the Requirements of the Major in (see also the Department of Human Services), and Political Science: Geography courses. I . The twelve credit hours of lower division work may be The Department of Political Science offers the satisfied by: Bachelor’s in Political Science (BA) which seeks to pre- a. PO 106 or PO 107 (3 hrs) pare well-rounded students who understand politics and b. Any three courses (9 credit hours) from among: policies domestically, internationally, theoretically, and PO 225, 235, 245, or 275 administratively. The BA in Political Science is for those II . The twelve hours of upper division work (300 or 400 who plan to go on to graduate or law school, careers level) must include at least one of the designated in public affairs or public employment, or who seek a courses in four of the five following areas (A to E). well-rounded liberal arts education in preparation for any number of life callings. The Department also offers a A . American Politics Bachelor of Public Administration degree which empha- Area prerequisite: PO 106, 107 or consent of instructor sizes public and non-profit management. We also offer • PO 304 Political Behavior the Certificate of Non-Profit Management. • PO 305 Policy* OR Student Learning Outcomes • PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies* Political Science students at Washburn University, • PO 306 Urban/Metropolitan Government upon graduation, are expected to have acquired knowl- • PO 320 The Legislative Process edge in four of the following five subfields: • PO 321 The Presidency • the political institutions and processes of the gov- • PO 339 Federal Institutions OR ernments of the United States; • PO 340 Civil Liberties • international political issues, significant internation- al organizations, and the world political economy; B . Political Theory • the ideas, concepts, and principles associated with Area prerequisite: PO 275 or consent of instructor political philosophers deemed by the discipline as • PO 333 Classical and Medieval Political Theory being most significant to the sub-field of Political Theory; • PO 334 Modern and Contemporary Political Theory • the field of comparative political institutions and • PO 356 American Political Theory political processes; and • the field of public administration, its processes, and C . Comparative Politics the general principles and problems of complex Area prerequisite: PO 235 or consent of instructor public organizations. • PO 360 China, Japan and Asian Politics In addition, all majors in the discipline should be able • PO 361 European Politics to interpret the meaning and significance of political data. • PO 362 Mexico and Latin American Politics • PO 365 Democratization and Int’l Political Economy DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 3.65 overall GPA and a 3.80 Political Science/ Public Administration GPA (All Political Science/Public D . International Relations Administration courses taken. Cognates for the BPA are Area prerequisite: PO 225 or consent of instructor not counted in the major GPA calculation, but must be C • PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution or better to count towards the degree). • PO 351 International Organizations and Law • PO 353 American Foreign Policy THE POLITICAL SCIENCE MAJOR Brief General Description: At least 34 credit hours • PO 354 Issues in International Politics and Security in Political Science are required, to be distributed as fol- lows: Twelve (12) hours of designated lower division PO E . Public Administration courses, PO 390 (3 credit hours), PO 450 (1 credit hour), Area prerequisite: PO 245 or consent of instructor 12 credit hours of upper division courses with at least 1 three-credit hour upper division course in four of the five sub-field areas, and six hours of elective courses from

176 • PO 305 Public Policy OR • the interaction between politics and policy which • PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies * makes administration necessary and defines its • PO 343 Administrative Law OR tasks; • PO 391 Public Personnel Administration • the theories, principles, and problems of complex organizations; • PO 393 Public Budgeting • the theories and practice of management; • PO 394 Public Management OR • the theories and concepts of organization staffing; • PO 395 Non-Profit Management • the means and methods by which governments raise, appropriate, expend, and account for funds; * NOTE: Students can pick PO 305 or PO 308 to apply and to ONE area. The same course may not be treated as satisfying two subfield requirements. • the limits of bureaucratic power under a constitu- III .Students must enroll in PO 390 Research Methods tional, democratic government. (includes both quantitative and qualitative research Degrees and Certificates methods) (3 cr. Hrs), and seniors must take PO 450 The Bachelor’s in Public Administration (BPA) Senior Political Science Capstone (1 hr). Seniors emphasizes Public and Non-Profit Management. The must also take the ACAT national political science as- Bachelor of Public Administration (BPA) degree leads sessment exam during their final semester. to employment in state or local governments, non-profit IV .Six (6) additional hours of lower or upper division agencies, the national government, or certain aspects political science courses. of business relating to human resources management, V . Optional Internship Credits PO 307 - Internships of up government relations or government regulations. The to 6 cr. hours that may be counted toward the major BPA degree requires 24credit hours of cognate courses are an available option for interested students. The 15 of which fulfill general education requirements, and prerequisite is PO 107. not more than 40 political science and public administra- THE POLITICAL SCIENCE MINOR tion credit hours as described below. The Department A minor consists of no less than 15 hours. Students is active in seeking internships in public and non-profit must take PO 106, PO 107, and select 9 hours of ad- agencies for Juniors and Seniors, leading in many cases ditional courses 6 of which must be from upper division to full-time employment. courses. Students must have a grade of C or better in I . Required Courses for the BPA Major (27 to 30 each course applied to the minor. A student cannot ma- credit hours): jor in either political science or public administration and PO 107 American State and Local Government receive a minor in the other area. PO 245 Intro to Public Administration Pi Sigma Alpha (sometime within the first 12 credit hours of the The national political science honorary society is rep- major) resented by a chapter chartered in 1983. Membership PO 305 Public Policy is conferred each year on advanced political science PO 307 Internship (3 or 6 credit hours) students whose grades meet the prescribed national and PO 390 Applied Political Research local requirements. PO 391 Public Personnel Administration PO 393 Public Budgeting BACHELOR’S DEGREE (BPA) IN PUBLIC PO 394 Public Management Techniques ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE OF NON-PROFIT PO 401 Program Evaluation MANAGEMENT OR HS 495 Admin. And Eval. Of Human Service Mission Programs The Bachelor of Public Administration Degree and the Certificate of Non-Profit Management are offered through II . PO Electives for the BPA (9 to 12 credit hours): the Department of Political Science. The principal func- PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan Government tion of these programs is to serve a clientele that seeks a PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies level of expertise and cognition sufficient to the profes- PO 343 Administrative Law sional development needs of their present or future PO 346 Special Topics ( 3 to 6 credit hours total) employment in either the public and/or non-profit sectors PO 395 Non-Profits Management of American society. The offerings of the discipline also III .Non-PO Cognate Courses for the BPA: meet the elective needs of students interested in the vari- Students must take the following courses in the ous aspects of public administration. General Education Curriculum: EC 200, EC 201, PY Student Learning Outcomes 100, CN 101, and SO 101. These courses also count Public Administration Students at Washburn University, towards fulfilling the General Education and elective upon graduation, are expected to have acquired basic requirements of the University. Students must also take knowledge in the following subfields: CM 101, AC 224 Financial Accounting, and CN 300 Organizational Communication OR CN 350 Persuasion (Prerequisite CN 101). The Certificate of Non-Profit Management is of- fered jointly with the Department of Human Services. The Certificate of Non-Profit Management is valuable 177 for individuals who seek manager positions or advance- supplier of services, the embodiment of values and the ment into the field of non-profit agencies (United Way, arbiter of conflict is stressed. YMCA, etc). The Certificate is offered in three ways: A. ON-LINE, B. to any on-campus student with any

178 PO 304 Political Behavior (3) politics is understandable only if traced to the roots of Study of the formation of public opinion, and participation it all in the near-revolutionary events of those earlier in governmental decision-making. Analysis of voter and decades. Course is taught using various media. Pre- interest group behavior by means of electoral and other requisite: 3 hours of political science, or consent of the data. Discussion of issues as related to the democratic instructor. process of public decision-making. PO332 Politics Through Film and Literature (3) PO 305 Public Policy (3) Exposes students to the nature and varied dynamics Examines the role of government as a supplier of ser- of politics through film and literature. Emphasis will be vices to its citizens. It will cover the following topics: the placed on classical, modern, and post-modern under- nature of politics and policy, social problem identification standings of politics as expressed in film and literature and articulation, interest groups and the formation of with the expectation of sharing an informed and inviting public policy, the analysis of policy content, policy imple- view of politics in the Western world. No prerequisites. mentation, and policy evaluation. PO 333 Classical and Medieval Political Theory (3) PO 306 Urban-Metropolitan Government (3) Analysis of Western Political Thought from the Classical Analysis of historical, political, economic, and social Greek period through the thirteenth century. Drawing development of urban America. Emphasis will be placed upon selected political philosophers particular emphasis on discussion of contemporary urban problems through will be placed on such concepts as: human nature, the investigation of the legal status of municipal and county nature of the state, political authority, political obligation, governments, machine, reform, and ethnic politics, so- citizenship, the nature of constitutions, justice, virtue, and cioeconomic class status and urban society, community political rights, to mention a few. power, forms of participation in urban politics, the prob- lems and politics of urban policymaking, and suggestions PO 334 Modern and Contemporary Political Theory for improving urban-metro governments. (3) Analysis of Western Political Thought from the fourteenth PO 307 Internship in State and century to the present. Drawing upon selected political Local Government (3-6) philosophers particular emphasis will be placed on his- Experience in an operating office of state or local govern- tory, literature, philosophy, science, social and religious ment in order to gain insight into government at these thought, and the paradigmatic structuring of both modern levels. Problem paper required. Prerequisites: Political and contemporary political thought. Science 107 and/or consent of instructor. Junior and Senior standing. PO 337 Religions and Politics (3) Describes the many current trends of religions and PO 308 Federalism and Public Policies (3) politics in the U.S. focusing on the major religions and A study of the nature, patterns, and impact of American their political teachings, considerable political power and federalism, including historical, fiscal, economics, policy activism in contemporary American politics, society and and political significance. life. Prerequisite: 3 hours of political science, or consent of the instructor. PO 309 Kansas Legislative Experience (3) Analysis of the Kansas legislature and governor, along PO 338 Contemporary American Politics (3) with other state-wide offices and the media -- how all Principal issues, trends, and personalities in current function within the governmental system of Kansas. American politics and election campaigns. Normally Along with an in-depth study of the a legislative session, taught in the first semester of even numbered years. the student will be required to attend legislative com- Prerequisite: PO 106. mittee meetings, floor debates, and gubernatorial press conferences. Students will also conduct participant ob- PO 339/539 Constitutional Law I: servation within a legislative or executive branch office. Federal Institutions (3) Analysis of Supreme Court cases dealing with the sepa- No prerequisites. ration of powers, federalism, and government regula- PO 320 The Legislative Process (3) tion of property. Conducted like a law school class, the Analysis of the special role of legislative bodies as they student is required to brief cases daily and the Socratic function within the American system of separation of method is the pedagogical approach. PO339/539 and powers and checks and balances. Emphasis is placed PO340/540 do not need to be taken in sequence. on Congress and its significance to our democratic system. PO 340/540 Constitutional Law II: Civil LIberties (3) Analysis of Supreme Court cases dealing with civil rights PO 321/521 The Presidency (3) and civil liberties. More specifically the subject matter The President in the American system of democratic gov- covers the 14th Amendment and the Bill of Rights. Con- ernment. His role as national and international leader, ducted like a law school class, the student is required to as chief of party and arbiter of interest conflicts. Com- brief cases daily and the Socratic method is the peda- parison between the American Presidency and beads of gogical approach. government of other states. PO339/539 and PO340/540 do not need to be taken in PO 322 Politics of the 1960s to Now (3) sequence . Covers the incredible changes in America rendered by the powerful political movements, reforms and issues of the 1960s and 70s. Virtually everything about current 179 PO 343 Administrative Law (3) of Mexico and Latin America. A specific emphasis on the The scope of the law as it applies to administrative agen- forces of political and economic change. cies of the government. Focuses on the powers of agen- cies, administrative rule-making, regulatory activities, due PO 365 Democratization and Int’l process, and judicial review of administrative actions. Political Economy (3) Describes the growth of democracy in world political sys- PO 346 Problems in Public Administration (3) tems, and the inter-relation of democracy, human rights, Problems and cases involved in administering public economic development, trade options, and their effects policy. on the nation states and populations in the modern world, especially in 3rd or southern world regions. PO 351 International Law (3) Nature, general principles and development of interna- PO 386/586 Directed Readings (1-3) tional law by examination of appropriate cases and ma- Readings in the selected fields of Political Science. terials. The development of international legal principles May be taken until three credit hours are earned. within the framework of cultural diversity, competing Prerequisite: Senior Political Science major or approval religious and value systems, and conflicting economic of the department head. and national expectations. PO 390 Applied Political Research (3) PO 352 Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution (3) Introduction to utilization of basic research techniques in A survey of the literature on peacekeeping, stable peace, public administration and political science. the kinds of peace and conflict resolution techniques, in diplomacy, and in case studies of nation-states relations. PO 391 Public Personnel Administration (3) The principles and techniques involved in managing pub- PO 353 American Foreign Policy (3) lic employees. Particular attention is given to staffing, Analysis and evaluation of post-World War II American separation, and administrative functions related to public foreign policy. Assessment of the sources and the sub- employment. stance of policy as well as some of the enduring issues in American foreign policy. PO 393 Public Budgeting (3) The politics of planning, financing, and managing govern- PO 354 Current Issues in Int’l mental budgets at the national, state, and local levels. Politics and Security (3) Analysis of selected foreign policy issues confronting the PO 394 Public Management Techniques (3) A study of the differences in the setting of the manage- U.S.A. in the 1990s. The focus of the course varies from ment of the various kinds of public organizations, and year to year. a survey of the basic techniques of strategic planning, PO 356 American Political Theory (3) fund-raising, decision-making, community inter-organi- An examination of the contrasting philosophies at work zation development, leadership, negotiations, mission in the discourse of the republic’s founding (Federalists definition, policy analysis and evaluation for maximum vs. Anti-federalists) and the subsequent development effectiveness in the public sector. of American political thought. Central questions involve issues of representative vs. direct democracy; what are PO 395 Non-Profits Management (3) A survey of the various forms and particular differences the appropriate institutions of government; the tension of the management and operation of Non-Profit orga- between the rule of the majority and the rights of the nizations as distinguished from traditional government dissenting minority; and the posture of the democratic administration. republic towards human rights and the use of state force. PO 401 Program Evaluation Methods (3) PO 360 China, Japan, and Asian Politics (3) The most vital methods of evaluating the effects of pro- A study of the governments, politics, policies and political grams and agency goals of government and non-profit cultures of China, Japan, and selected Asian countries. agencies. Analysis of the political process, government institutions, policies, political economy, cultures, interest groups, and PO 450 Senior Seminar (1) leaders that shape the political landscape of East, South- This is required for graduating Seniors majoring in east, and South Asia. A special emphasis on the forces political science. It is a capstone course offered every of political and economic change. semester. It is a review of the major theories in the ar- eas of Political Theories, American Politics, Comparative PO 361 European Politics (3) Politics, Public Administration, and International Rela- Study of the government and politics of selected Euro- tions, plus quantitative research methods. The course pean countries. Analysis of the political process and is team taught by the faculty. Student proficiency in the government policies of the United Kingdom, France, discipline will be measured by a national performance Germany, and Russia as well as the movement toward exit exam over areas of Political Science. European unity. PO 362 Mexico and Latin American Politics (3) A study of the governments, politics, policies and political cultures of Mexico and selected Latin American coun- tries. Analysis of the political process, government institutions, political economy, policies, interest groups, cultures, and leaders that shape the political landscape

180 Pr e -Th e o l o g y demonstrated information gathering and synthesis skills; demonstrated research and statistical skills; and devel- Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 oped an understanding of the ethics of psychology. The (785) 670-1542 requirements for a major in psychology are designed to meet educational goals of two distinct student popula- Professor Barry Crawford, Advisor tions: The Philosophy Department recommends that pre- 1. students who want to pursue a career in psychology; theology students complete a broad course of study, in- and cluding work in the Humanities, Social Sciences, Natural 2. students who want to study psychology because it Sciences and in Creative and Performing Arts. The is interesting, useful, and helpful to people in many Philosophy Department offers courses in Religion and is other careers. happy to assist students in planning pre-seminary majors For the first group, because the profession of psychol- in either Religious Studies or Philosophy. ogy usually requires a graduate degree for employment as a psychologist, the major provides the fundamental Ps y c h o l o g y knowledge, skills, and experience necessary to prepare students to apply for admission to graduate school in Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/psychology/ psychology. For the second group, the major is also de- signed to satisfy the interests of someone seeking more Henderson Learning Center, Room 211 than just a casual understanding of psychology, who also (785) 670-1564 needs practical knowledge and skills useful to students Associate Professor Dave Provorse, Chair planning to complete a B.A. degree and then pursue a Professor Joanne Altman fulfilling career in another field. Professor Gary Forbach The Psychology Department also administers a Associate Professor Barbara Bowman graduate program leading to a Master of Arts degree with Associate Professor Michael McGuire an emphasis in clinical skills. See Psychology, Graduate Associate Professor Michael Russell Programs, in catalog index. Associate Professor Laura Stephenson THE MAJOR Associate Professor Cynthia Turk It is recommended that students with a serious inter- Lecturer Meredith McKee est in psychology distribute their elected courses over as Emeritus Professor Ronald Evans many areas of psychology as possible in order to acquire DEGREES OFFERED a comprehensive picture of modern psychology. Bachelor of Arts Students must complete a minimum of 30 graded Psychology credit hours in psychology, earning a grade of C or better Master of Arts in each course. These hours must include: PY 100, 105, Psychology (see Graduate Programs section of 150, 250, and 299; 4 upper division courses from among catalog) PY 301, 305, 306, 307, 309, and 310; and a total of at least 3 hours selected from the set of courses which may MINOR OFFERED serve as the basis of a Senior Capstone Experience (PY Psychology 387, 389, and 390). Students should work closely with an advisor to Mission plan the required Capstone Experience. The Capstone Consistent with the mission of the University and the Experience should be taken during the junior or senior College of Arts and Sciences, the Psychology Department year. of Washburn University meets the educational needs of Some courses which meet psychology major require- several traditional and nontraditional student populations ments are not offered each semester, so students should through our undergraduate program which is designed always consult a Psychology faculty advisor when plan- to: (1) provide general education courses for students ning their course schedule. enrolled in various two- and four-year degree programs; At least 15 of the required 30 hours must be upper- (2) support students who choose an undergraduate division courses, and at least 9 hours (including 6 upper psychology minor or correlated area to complement their division hours) must be taken at Washburn. degree program; and (3) serve CAS students seeking a B.A. degree with psychology as their major. The psy- Department Honors chology major offers the study of the science of psychol- Psychology majors with a GPA of 3.5 or higher in all ogy and the general benefits of a liberal arts education, Psychology classes are eligible for departmental honors emphasizing the preparation for lifelong learning, and by demonstrating superior research skills or scholarship thinking and action based on both specific and general while enrolled in Psychology 389 or 390. Students are knowledge skills. encouraged to begin these projects no later than the first semester of their senior year. More information about Student Learning Outcomes honors is available from a department advisor. Psychology students at Washburn University, upon Psi Chi: The national honorary psychology society, graduation, are expected to have: Psi Chi, is represented at Washburn University by a acquired knowledge of the fundamental principles in chapter chartered in 1968. Membership is conferred psychology; developed critical thinking and reasoning each year upon advanced psychology students whose skills; acquired oral and written communication skills;

181 grades in psychology meet the prescribed national and PY 209 Psychological Dev . Through the Life-Span (3) local requirements. Psychological research and theories which describe and explain life-cycle stability and change in perception, Independent Work in Psychology cognition, language, psychomotor behavior, personality, The department encourages all interested and quali- interpersonal relationships, etc. Prerequisite: PY100 or fied students to pursue a program of independent work in 101. psychology by participating in one or more of the follow- ing three courses: PY 336 Field/Volunteer Experience; Community Psychology (3) of Sex and Gender (3) The study of community and organizational approaches Surveys historic and current experience of being male to intervention and prevention strategies for mental and female within changing Western society. The course will examine past ideas fostering distinctions between 183 sexes, as well as surveying current psychological DEGREE OFFERED research in this area. This course will be team taught Bachelor of Arts by an historian and a psychologist. Prerequisite: Three Religious Studies hours of Social Science or consent. Of PY 381 and HI 381, only one may be taken for credit. Mission Consistent with the missions of the University and PY 382 Zoo Research (3) the College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Exploration of methods of observational research used Philosophy is dedicated to providing high quality under- to study behavior. Students will conduct supervised graduate courses in philosophy and religion, to engaging observations of animals or people at the Topeka Zoo. in research and scholarly activities in these and related Prerequisite: PY 250. areas and to serving the University and its various com- PY 387 History and Systems of Psychology (3) munities. The Department emphasizes excellence in An examination of philosophical and empirical roots that teaching undergraduate students. led to the development of the discipline of psychology DESCRIPTION OF DISCIPLINE and the historical progression of ideas central to modern Religious Studies courses examine the nature and psychology. (May be used to meet Senior Capstone function of religious beliefs and practices in the develop- Experience requirement). Prerequisites: Psychology ment of human self-understanding and in the conduct Senior or Consent. of human affairs. The curriculum presupposes that the PY 388 Directed Collaborative Research (3) study of religion involves a great variety of subjects Supervised small group research project(s) designed which can be explored from the perspective of several to provide the opportunity to work collaboratively with different disciplines and in terms of multiple methodolo- peers. (May be used to meet Senior Capstone Experi- gies. Courses in the curriculum acquaint students with a ence requirement). Prerequisite: PY 250 and Consent of rich diversity of scholarship on religion and with critical instructor. methods employed in the interpretation of religious phe- nomena. Students of all backgrounds and fields of study PY 389 Independent Study (1-3) should find courses in religion helpful for understanding Individual problems planned and executed by the student how religious ideas and ideals have shaped the way under supervision. (May be used to meet Senior Cap- people live and think. stone Experience requirement.) May be repeated up to a total of 6 hours. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Student Learning Outcomes Religious Studies students at Washburn University, upon PY 390 Directed Research (1-3) graduation, are expected to have: Supervised independent research involving gathering, • acquired an understanding of the subject matter analysis, and reporting of empirical data. (May be used of, and methods used in the academic study of to meet Senior Capstone Experience requirement.) May religion; be repeated up to a total of 6 hours. Prerequisite: PY 250 and consent of instructor. • acquired an understanding of the various method- ological approaches to religion used by anthropol- PY 395 Special Topics (1-3) ogy, sociology and philosophy; Selected topics in psychology, announced in advance. • achieved an introductory understanding of the Can be repeated for credit under different topic areas. nature and diversity of world religions; Prerequisite: Specified for each topic. • attained knowledge beyond the introductory level of the diversity of religious beliefs and practices GRADUATE PROGRAM IN PSYCHOLOGY (MA) throughout the world; The Department of Psychology offers a Master of Arts • developed an understanding beyond the introducto- Degree in Psychology with an emphasis in clinical skills. ry level of a concentrated area of religious studies; See Psychology, Graduate Programs, in catalog index. • displayed an advanced competence (at the under- graduate level) to deal with the various concepts and materials central to the academic study of PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION religion; and • demonstrated the ability to conduct and present (See Political Science) research in written form, and orally defend positions taken in written work.

THE MAJOR The major in Religious Studies is a broadly based Re l i g i o u s St u d i e s program of instruction designed to meet the needs of the Philosophy Department following three groups of students: first, anyone wishing to gain a deeper understanding of the role of religion in Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/philosophy human experience and history; second, those interested in entering a seminary in preparation for a career in the Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 233 ministry; third, those planning to continue the academic (785) 670-1542 study of religion at the graduate level in preparation for Professor Barry Crawford a career of teaching and research. Religious Studies

184 majors desiring to earn departmental honors must suc- RG 300 Special Topics in Religion (2-3) cessfully complete the college requirements for depart- Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be mental honors. announced in advance. May be repeated for credit when topics vary. Prerequisite: three hours of Religion or PH The requirements for the major in Religious Studies 302. consist of the following: • RG 101: Introduction to Religion; RG 102: World RG 301/501 Old Testament Prophets (3) Religions; RG 331: Concepts of God, East and An examination of selected prophetic texts in the Old West; RG 398: Senior Thesis Research; RG 399: Testament (e.g., the books of Amos, Hosea, Isaiah, Jer- Senior Thesis; three additional upper division hours emiah, Ezekiel). Prerequisite: three hours of Religion. in Religion; PH 102: Ethics: Introduction to Moral Problems; PH 201: History of Ancient Western Phi- RG 303/503 Jesus in the Gospels (3) An analysis of the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, Luke and losophy; PH 302: Philosophy of Religion; AN 313: John. Emphasis is on the nature and function of the Religion, Magic and Witchcraft; SO 318: Sociology gospels within the context of New Testament Christianity. of Religion. Prerequisite: three hours of Religion. • Nine additional upper division hours in related courses to be selected in consultation with the RG 305/505 The Mission and Message of Paul (3) student’s advisor and approved by the Department An examination of Pauline Christianity and its place in of Philosophy. the early church. Focus is on the genuine Pauline letters • Two semesters of a Foreign Language. to determine the nature of Paul’s contribution to early Christian thought and its impact on developing Chris- • Nine hours in World History (HI 100, 101, and 102). tian beliefs and practices. Prerequisite: three hours of THE MINOR Religion. Minor programs in Religious Studies are individually RG 331/531 Concepts of God: East and West (3) designed by the student in consultation with a depart- The variety of concepts used to describe the nature mental advisor and subject to departmental approval. A and activity of God according to the philosophical and minor will consist of at least 15 hours, 12 of which must theological interpreters of the world’s major religions. be in Religion courses and six of which must be upper Prerequisite: three hours of Religion or Philosophy. division. COURSE OFFERINGS RG 386/586 Special Study (1-3) Individual study of specialized subjects pertaining to (Courses marked with

186 SO 300 Special Topics in Sociology (1-3) SO 310 Social Class in the U .S . (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be Stratification systems, including theories of stratification announced in advance. May be taken for more than one and historical and comparative studies of stratification semester. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. systems, with the primary emphasis on the American social class system, and its implication for contemporary SO 301 Social Demography (3) society and the individual. Prerequisite: SO 100. Social Demography is the study of population. The course examines societal trends and patterns that influ- SO 311 Juvenile Delinquency (3) ence and can be influenced by population size, structure, Characteristics and extent of youthful deviancy; possible or characteristics. The course focuses on the causes causes, concepts of treatment, and societal reaction. and consequences of populstion changes in the United Prerequisite: three hours in Sociology. States and the other nations of the world. Demographic changes (e.g. fertility, mortality, immigration) have sig- SO 312/AN 312 Culture, Health and Illness (3) Socio-cultural causes of illness; health care delivery nificant implications for diverse aspects of our lives (e.g. systems, patient-practitioner relationships; prevention marrige, divorce, the labor force). Prerequisite: SO 100 of illness. Prerequisite: SO 100 or AN 112 or consent of and AN 112 or EC 201. instructor. SO 302/AN 302 Culture and Human Sexuality (3) A theoretical and empirical survey of human sexual be- SO313 Sociology of Disasters (3) This course analyzes the phenomena we call “disaster” liefs and activities in selected Western and non-western using a sociological perspective. Some of the topics cultures. Prerequisite: AN 112 or SO 100 or consent of covered will include: What is a disaster? How do people instructor. behave in a disaster? Do disasters randomly affect SO 304/AN 304 The Family (3) populations, or are some groups more vulnerable than Changes that have occurred in definitions of family and others? How can disasters act as an agent for or against family functions, the effects of the changes on status and social change? What can we learn about society from roles of family members, and family disorganization, with studying disasters? Prerequisite: SO100 emphasis placed on the United States family. Prerequi- site: SO 100 or AN 112. SO 314/514 Organizations (3) Organizations are examined from the sociological per- SO 305 Criminology (3) spective with attention given to the formal and informal Theories of causation of crime and their relationships to components of organizations ranging from voluntary as- social structure and culture. Prerequisite: six hours of sociation, through professional organizations to modern Sociology including SO 100. bureaucracies. Special attention is given to organiza- tional theory and its implications for behavior within and SO 306 Law and Society (3) between organizations. Prerequisite: SO 100. The legal system is studied not in terms of the rules which make up the system, but in terms of the activities SO 315 Sociology of Sport (3) involved in creating, interpreting and enforcing these The emergence of organized sport in becoming a major rules. The primary concern is with the ways in which the social institution in American society. Prerequisite: SO legal system affects society and in which society is an in- 100. tegral part of the larger social system and not an isolated set of rules, procedures and activities. Prerequisite: SO SO316 Sociology of East Asia (3) The main objective of this course is to understand East 100 or consent of instructor. Asia through the sociological imagination. We will ex- SO 307 Penology (3) plore selective topics (e.g., culture, population, Han-ru) History of treatment of convicted adults and juveniles. through the eyes and works of sociologists and other Discussion of modern alternatives to prison: probation, social scientists. We will focus on China, Japan, and parole, and suspended sentence. Field trips to local Korea (CJK). Prerequisite: SO 100, AN 112, or consent institutions. Prerequisite: six hours of Sociology including of instructor SO 305. SO 317/AN 317 Peoples and Cultures of Africa (3) SO 308 The Sociology of Mental Health (3) A survey of the indigenous cultures and societies of Survey and sociological analyses of major theoretical ap- Africa through the study of kinship, politics, economics, proaches toward mental health and illness exploring the religion and contemporary socio-cultural change. Prereq- social factors associated with mental illness; examination uisite: AN 112 or consent. of the dynamics of societal reactions to mental illness. Prerequisites: SO 100 or AN 112. SO 318 Sociology of Religion (3) A comparative study of the phenomenon of religion with SO 309 Sociology of Deviance (3) special emphasis on the impact and future of religion Presentation, evaluation, and integration of sociologi- in the modern world. Concepts of such men as Weber, cal theories of deviance. Focus on the social processes Durkheim, Troeltsch, and Merton will serve as a basis producing and maintaining eviance. Consideration given for the approach to religious values, norms, institutional to a variety of deviant expressions. Prerequisite: SO 100 structures and changing religious practices. Prerequisite: or 101. SO 100/AN 112.

187 SO 323/AN 323 The City and Urban Life (3) SO 377 The Sociology of Education (3) Comparative study of the origin and development of This course examines theories and methods focusing on cities. Focuses on processes of urban development, the role of education in stabilizing and changing industrial rural-urban migration, inter-relationships between society particularly the United States. We describe and people, urban cultures, social institutions, use of space analyze how schools and universities figure into recurring and competing theoretical perspectives. Examines Latin crises and struggles-especially those related to the job American, African, European as well as American cities. market and to people’s concerns as to what constitutes a Prerequisite: SO 100, AN 112, or consent. rewarding life. Prerequisite: SO 100, SO 101 or consent of instructor. SO 326/AN 326 Aging and Society (3) The social position of the aged, paying particular at- SO 400 Special Topics in Sociology (3) tention to American society, using historical and cross- Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be cultural considerations. The situation and problems of announced in advance. May be taken for more than one older persons will be examined from the vantage point of semester. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. sociological theories of aging and related empirical stud- ies. Prerequisites: SO 100 or consent of instructor. SO 514 Organizations (3) Organizations are examined from the sociological per- SO 330 Collective Behavior: Crowds, Disasters and spective with attention given to the formal and informal Social Movements (3) components of organizations ranging from voluntary as- Collective behavior as a special form of social change. sociations through professional organizations to modern Topics investigated include crowd behavior, rumor, panic, bureaucracies. Special attention is given to organiza- fads and social movement. Prerequisite: SO 100. tional theory and its implications for behavior within and between organizations. Master’s component: Master’s SO 336/AN 336 Globalization (3) students will present the findings of an in-depth analysis An examination of work, life, and culture in an increas- of a formal organization, resulting in a 20-page formal ingly globalized world. Prerequisite: AN 112 or consent. report and oral presentation. Prerequisites: Admission to SO 338/AN 338 Strategies for Social Change (3) the MLS program and consent of instructor. This course examines possible solutions to major con- SO 538 Strategies for Social Change (3) temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, This course examines possible solutions to major con- sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. temporary social problems, including poverty, racism, Theories of social change are explored and alternative sexism, educational inequality, and environmental abuse. futures for American society are considered. Prerequi- Theories of social change are explored and alternative site: SO 100, 101 or consent. futures for American society are considered. Master’s SO 360/560 Sociological Theories (3) component: Master’s students will (1) identify one or Exploration of the development of sociological theory more aspects of a social problem in or around Topeka from its classical roots to the present. Central concepts and analyze it through several theoretical frame- works; are elaborated and interrelated within the context of the (2) volunteer with a local organization (through LINC) to work of particular theorists and the “schools of thought” propose and/or implement solutions; and (3) document they represent. One of two capstone courses required of their analysis and volunteer experience in a 20-page for- Sociology majors. Prerequisite: declared major, junior/ mal paper. Prerequisites: Admission to the MLS program senior standing, or consent. and consent of instructor SO 361 Supervised Study (1-3) Under supervision, Sociology-Anthropology majors may undertake a research project or undertake extensive SPANISH reading in some aspects of the disciplines or engage in a field experience. Prerequisite: declared major, junior/ (See Modern Languages) senior standing or consent. SO 362/AN 362 Methods of Social Research (3) Specific research techniques employed by sociologists, h e a t r e anthropologists, and other social scientists are con- T Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/theatre sidered, including polls and surveys, the interview and participant observation. Each student will complete an Garvey Fine Arts Center, Room 133 outside project. One of two capstone courses required of (785) 670-1639 Sociology majors. Prerequisite: declared major and 15 hours of Sociology, or consent. Professor Paul Prece, Chair Professor John C. Hunter SO 363 Internship (1-3) Associate Professor Tony Naylor Field training to provide students with experience in an Associate Professor Penny Weiner operational or research setting through assignment to Assistant Professor Sharon L. Sullivan local social agencies or museums approved and super- vised by a faculty member. May be elected twice for a DEGREE OFFERED maximum of three hours. Prerequisite: declared major, Bachelor of Arts senior standing and consent. Theatre

188 MINOR OFFERED MINOR IN THEATRE STUDIES Theatre A minor consisting of 18 hours may be taken in consultation with a Theatre faculty advisor. Approved MISSION courses for the minor will be filed in the Department and Consistent with the mission of the University and the with the University Registrar. College of Arts and Sciences, the Department of Theatre COURSE OFFERINGS is dedicated to providing students with a strong founda- tion in Theatre based on mastering basic concepts of (Courses marked with

189 TH 211 Stagecraft (3) TH 315 Set Design (3) Lecture and laboratory exploration of the concepts of Scenic design for the stage with emphasis on historical stage drafting, construction and painting. Crew assign- practice and contemporary trends. Crew assignment will ment will be required. be required. Prerequisite: TH102 or consent. TH 212 Acting II Text and Scene Analysis (3) TH 316 Costume Design (3) Play and character analysis will be incorporated in Historical and contemporary practices in costume design staged monologue and scene work. with practical application in costume construction. Crew assignment will be required.Prerequisite: TH 102 or

Nicole Perkhune and Angel Romero, Homecoming Queen and King 2009. 191 Faculty member Rusty Taylor provides instruction to respiratory therapy students.

192 SCHOOL OF APPLIED STUDIES Benton Hall, Room 306 (785) 670-1282 http://www .washburn edu/sas. William S . Dunlap, Dean & Professor Dan L . Petersen, Associate Dean & Professor Department of Allied Health Department of Human Services Bachelor of Health Science Addiction Counseling Health Services Administration Developmental Disabilities Medical Imaging Gerontology Diagnostic Medical Sonography Mental Health Cardiac Sonography Morita Therapy General Sonography Non-Profit Management Vascular Sonography Victim/Survivor Services Health Information Technology Youth Services Occupational Therapy Assistant Physical Therapist Assistant Department of Social Work Radiation Therapy Bachelor of Social Work Radiologic Technology Master of Social Work Computed Tomography Master of Social Work - Magnetic Resonance Imaging Juris Doctor Respiratory Therapy Associate Degree Programs with Surgical Technology Washburn Institute of Technology Technology Administration Design Technology Department of Criminal Justice Early Childhood Education (see & Legal Studies Education Department) Corrections Food Service Law Enforcement Industrial Technology Legal Studies Office Administration Security Administration Surgical Technology (see Allied Military & Strategic Studies Health Department) Master of Criminal Justice ROTC Army ROTC Special Program: Air Force ROTC Banking Navy ROTC 193 Department chairwoman Pat Munzer observes a demonstration by respiratory therapy students.

194 Sc h o o l Of App l i e d St u d i e s 3. complex thinkers who have the ability to problem solve, analyze, synthesize, and evaluate; GENERAL INFORMATION 4. informed individuals who are sensitive to cultural diversity; BRIEF HISTORY 5. effective communicators who have the necessary verbal and written skills to work in our global society; In the fall of 1981, a new academic division was 6. responsible individuals who demonstrate commitment established within the Office of Continuing and Special to professional values and ethics; and Instructional Programs to offer degrees in those areas 7. technologically literate Individuals with application not directly related to existing University departments. In skills relevant to their profession. the spring of 1983, the General Faculty of the University, the Board of Regents, and the Kansas Legislature recog- General Degree Requirements nized the importance of these growing applied programs The School of Applied Studies offers the following to the mission of an urban university like Washburn degrees: Associate of Arts (AA); Associate of Applied and established the School of Applied and Continuing Science (AAS); Associate of Science (AS); Bachelor Education. of Applied Science (BAS); Bachelor of Health Science In the spring of 1992, this academic unit was renamed (BHS); Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice (BSCJ); the School of Applied Studies. Continuing Education Bachelor of Legal Studies (BLS); Bachelor of Social became a separate unit. That same year the depart- Work (BSW); Master of Criminal Justice (MCJ); and ments of Criminal Justice and Social Work were trans- Master of Social Work (MSW). The School also offers ferred to the School, joining the existing departments of Certificates of Completion in selected programs. Allied Health, Human Services, and Office, Legal and In addition to University degree requirements com- Technology. Today the School of Applied Studies con- mon to all associate degree programs (see Degrees, sists of Allied Health, Criminal Justice & Legal Studies, Common Requirements), the student must complete all Human Services and Social Work offering over 20 pro- major and correlate courses specific to each program fessional programs and six associate degree programs (see specific program requirements). with Washburn Institute of Technology. For baccalaureate degrees, students must meet the Vision University degree requirements common to all baccalau- reate programs (see Degrees, Common Requirements) The School of Applied Studies will be an outstanding and complete all major and correlate courses specific to educational setting and resource center for the creation each program (see specific program requirements). of a learning community that embraces exemplary lead- ership, scholarship and integrity. Certificate Programs Values Guiding Our Vision A student seeking a certificate in the School of Commitment to Academic Excellence: To have highly Applied Studies must apply and be admitted to the qualified and talented faculty and staff as well as discern- program within the department in which they are seeking ing and productive graduates. the certificate. Application should be made during the Commitment to Scholarship: To engage in scientific semester in which the student expects to finish certificate research, innovative studies, and scholarly endeavors requirements. Certificate candidates must complete that has beneficial and practical consequences. all required hours at Washburn unless transfer credit is Commitment to Technological Empowerment: To fos- approved by both the department chair and the Dean. ter literacy in relevant technology in order to best utilize At least half the required hours for a certificate must be its importance and potential. earned at Washburn. Students with more than half the Commitment to Public Service: To strengthen our required hours earned at other institutions may take creative partnerships and outreach. more advanced classes at Washburn in specific content Commitment to Diversity: To strive for a vibrant areas to (a) advance their knowledge and skills and (b) and inclusive learning environment that respects and avoid duplicating coursework. embraces the many different dimensions of diversity and Students seeking a Certificate will take all courses on international perspectives. a letter grade basis. Commitment to Compassionate Professionalism: Accreditation and Approval To prepare dedicated and caring professionals, who Programs within the School of Applied Studies are ap- adhere to the highest ethical standards and performance proved or accredited by the following agencies: competencies. • Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Mission Education of the American Physical Therapy As- The School of Applied Studies has the primary func- sociation: Physical Therapist Assistant tion of offering quality professional programs in areas • Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care which respond to community and state needs. (CoARC): Respiratory Therapy The mission for the School of Applied Studies will be • Commission on Accreditation for Health Informatics accomplished when all graduates are: and Information Management Education: Health 1. lifelong learners who are committed to continuing Information Technology education and scholarship; • Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic 2. competent individuals who possess the necessary Technology: Radiologic Technology skills in their professional field of employment;

195 • Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health of Applied Studies. The objectives are to foster academ- Educational Programs, Joint Review Committee ic scholarship at the highest academic record, promote on Education in Diagnostic Medical Sonography: research and investigation in the radiologic and imaging Diagnostic Medical Sonography sciences and recognize exemplary scholarship. • Council on Social Work Education To be eligible, students must be enrolled at Washburn • American Bar Association: Legal Studies University and have a 3.5 grade point average after one full semester of a professional radiologic or imag- • Academy of Criminal Justice Sciences: Criminal ing program. Exemplary honors may be achieved upon Justice evidence of additional professional recognition (i.e., aca- Academic Advisement demic paper or poster presentation, publication, etc.). Students who have selected a major in the School of SAS Departmental Honors Applied Studies should be advised by a faculty mem- In the School of Applied Studies, students are eligible ber teaching in that area, the Department Chair, or the to receive School honors upon graduation if they fulfill Dean’s designate. The students should meet with their the following minimum requirements: advisor at least once each semester to ensure all pro- gram requirements are met. Baccalaureate Degree Honors 1. A grade point average of 3.5 in the correlate courses, Academic Standards including a 3.5 in upper division work in the major. Students with a declared major in the School must 2. successful completion of a research project or an maintain a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 equivalent deemed suitable by the department. in order to graduate or receive a certificate. To count 3. The recommendation of the department. Individual toward a major, minor, or correlate, work must be “C” or departments may specify additional requirements. better. Associate Degree Honors Students who fail to maintain the University minimum 1. A minimum grade point average of 3.5 in the major academic standards may be placed on probation or and correlate courses, with a minimum of 30-hours of suspended according to the University procedures. All degree courses completed at Washburn University students are expected to follow the established stan- 2. Grade point averages are calculated on all required dards of academic honesty and integrity. Failure to meet major and required correlated courses applied to the these standards may result in dismissal. Associate degree. Certain programs uphold additional academic stan- 3. The recommendation of the department. Individual dards for continuance in the program. Students are ad- departments may specify additional requirements. vised to contact their faculty advisors, Department Chair, or the Dean’s office for details. Certificate Honors 1. A minimum grade point average of 3.75 in the major. Scholarship/Financial Aid 2. Student must complete all required hours at Wash- Many alumni, friends and organizations have given burn, unless transfer work is approved by the Dean. generously to provide financial assistance through schol- 3. Student must take all courses for a letter grade. arships to outstanding students in The School of Applied 4. The recommendation of the department. Individual Studies. Information is available by contacting The departments may specify additional requirements School of Applied Studies, Deans Office, 785-670-1282, and on our website http://www.washburn.edu/sas/ or Dean’s Honor Roll Financial Aid 785-670-1151. To be considered for schol- Students who have achieved a semester grade point arships in The School of Applied Studies students must average of 3.4 or better are honored by having their make direct application to the School each year. The names placed on the Dean’s Honor Roll. They are so deadline for applications is February 15th. notified by the Dean of the School of Applied Studies. Completion of a minimum of 12-semester hours taken for Phi Theta Kappa a letter grade is required. Phi Theta Kappa is a nationally-organized and rec- ognized scholastic honor society, the Alpha Mu Omicron PART-TIME STUDENT DEAN’S HONOR ROLL chapter is sponsored by the School of Applied Studies. Students whose grade point average for the semes- The objective of the Alpha Mu Omicron chapter is to ter is between 3.40 – 3.99 are honored by having their recognize and honor those students in two-year degree names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and they are programs who have attained scholastic excellence in so notified by the Dean of the School of Applied Studies. their respective fields of study. Part-time students must complete a minimum of 12 hours To be eligible, students must be enrolled at Washburn in the combined fall and spring semesters of an aca- University; must have completed at least twelve credit demic year. hours at Washburn with grade point average of 3.5 or above. Only courses taken at Washburn are considered BANKING in determining eligibility. Letters of invitation are mailed The courses and program offered in cooperation with to eligible individuals the Kansas Bankers Association (KBA). The banking Lambda Nu Honor Society courses also are approved under the American Institute Lambda Nu is a nationally organized and recognized of Banking, the largest industry-sponsored adult educa- scholastic honor society. The Kansas Theta chapter is tion program in the world, serving 150,000 bankers who sponsored by the Allied Health Department in the School enroll in courses each year. The relationship between

196 Washburn University, the Kansas Bankers Association, BK 104 Economics for Bankers (2) and the American Institute of Banking ensures the con- Introductory course to the banking industry. Covers tent of the coursework incorporates the latest industry nearly every aspect of banking, from the fundamentals of standards. negotiable instruments to contemporary issues and de- The degree provides a core of general banking courses velopments within the industry. Serves as a foundation in accounting, economics, and business law. Interested for bank personnel who have not had a formal course in students should contact an advisor in the Dean’s Office, economics and who wish to increase their understanding School of Applied Studies. Prospective students may of economics as it relates to banking. also wish to contact the Kansas Bankers Association in Topeka, Kansas or a KBA/AIB representative at a local BK 105 Marketing for Bankers (2) bank. The focus of this course is how to develop a successful marketing plan by studying the motivation of custom- STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES ers who purchase financial services. Intended for bank Banking students at Washburn University, upon gradua- personnel who are responsible for conceiving or carrying tion, are expected to have: out any phase of a bank’s marketing efforts, including • Explained the role of banking in the U.S. economy; personnel in customer-contact and operations positions, • Compared how the various types of financial institu- management trainees, and persons entering banking at tions operate, the working of monetary and fiscal the mid-management level. policies, and the functions and power of the Federal Reserve; BK 106 Commercial Lending (2) • Identified the diversified services offered by the Providing an introductory overview of the commercial banking industry; and lending function, this course stresses the need for a solid • Analyzed financial statements and be able to relationship between a bank’s commercial customers handle consumer loans from application through and lending officer and the importance of commercial documentation, closing, servicing and collecting. loans to a bank’s portfolio.

Degree Requirements for the Associate BK 107 Money and Banking (2) of Applied Science with an Emphasis in A study of how money functions in the U.S. and world Banking: economies. Topics include the concept of money supply Major Courses (6 Credit Hours) and the role your bank plays as a money creator and BK 102 Principles of Banking participant in the nation’s payment mechanism. Also BK 110 Law and Banking Principles covers how the various types of financial institutions op- BK 112 Law & Banking Applications erate, the workings of monetary and fiscal policies, and Choose 8 hours from the following: the functions and powers of the Federal Reserve. BK 104 Economics for Bankers BK 105 Marketing for Bankers BK 108 Consumer Lending (2) BK 106 Commercial Lending A thorough treatment of the high profile bank function of BK 107 Money and Banking installment credit, including credit risk evaluation, setting BK 108 Consumer Lending policy, handling the loan from application through docu- BK 111 Analyzing Financial Statements mentation and closing, servicing and collecting, compli- BK 114 Supervision ance methods, portfolio management, and marketing. BK 290 Special Topics in Banking Required Related Courses (24 credit hours) BK 110 Law and Banking Principles (2) AC 224 Financial Accounting This course is a banker’s guide to law and legal issues CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet OR with special emphasis on the Uniform Commercial Code. OA 128 Computer Applications Includes summaries of law pertaining to contracts, real EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics estate, bankruptcy, and consumer lending. EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics EN 208 Business & Technical Writing BK 111 Analyzing Financial Statements (2) MA 116 College Algebra A practical introduction to financial analysis from the LG 200 Introduction to Law viewpoint of the commercial loan officer. Topics cov- CN 101 Principles & Practices of Human Communication ered: assessment of a borrower’s ability to repay loans; Electives (10 credit hours) analysis of income statements, balance sheets and pro FOR A SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLEASE SEE forma statements; calculation of key financial ratios for YOUR ADVISOR. use in comparing a company’s performance with that of the company’s industry; and use of advanced analytic COURSE OFFERINGS techniques such as sensitivity analysis, sustainable BK 102 Principles of Banking (2) growth, and operating leverage. Prerequisite: Account- The foundation for most other AIB courses, this course ing or consent. looks at nearly every aspect of bank functions. Providing a comprehensive introduction to the diversified services BK 112 Law & Banking Applications (2) offered by the banking industry today, it is essential for An introduction to the laws pertaining to secured transac- most new banking personnel. tions, letters of credit, bank collections process, and a broad range of legal issues related to processing checks.

197 BK 114 Supervision (2-3) DESIGN TECHNOLOGY The course is for both practicing and aspiring bank supervisors who have little formal knowledge of super- The Design Technology Associate of Applied Studies vision. Topics include: the characteristics of effective degree is offered with WIT. There are two areas of management; the benefits of training and development; concentration within this degree. Students who have working effectively with groups and teams; developing ef- completed all requirements of the WIT Technical Drafting fective communication and interpersonal skills; respond- and Graphic/Photo Technology programs (1,080-hour ing to grievances and handling conflict; and interviewing, certificates) are eligible for this degree. selecting, appraising, and compensating employees. Student Learning Outcomes Students completing the Associate of Applied Science BK 290 Special Topics in Banking (2) in Design Technology, upon graduation, are expected to Selected topics related to bank administration, which have: vary from semester to semester. Announced in advance. • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. gies essential to the design concentration; School of Applied Studies Shared Courses • developed relevant design techniques to produce applied outcomes; AU 300 Principles of Leadership (3) • demonstrated professional applications in applied This course provides a thorough review of established settings; and leadership and management theory, principles, and traits. The course also will focus on leadership skills • integrated skills and knowledge to situations or relevant to future leaders in a wide variety of professional environments other than standardized classroom fields. setting. AU 495/595 Proseminar (1) Degree Requirements for the Associate of Applied This course is designed as a forum for graduate and Science with an Emphasis in Design Technology faculty exchange of ideas related to scholarship and Concentrations (from WIT) creative activities. Faculty or faculty and their students Technical Drafting (37) will present each week on their scholarship or research. Graphic/Photo Technology (36) This is a forum for the exchange of ideas and provides a venue for graduate and select undergraduate students to learn about research and creative endeavors. This Technical Drafting Concentration forum can also provide an opportunity for collaboration, inquiry, critical analysis and collegial exchange of ideas. Major Courses (37 Credit Hours) For graduate and select undergraduate students this can Technical Drafting (from WIT) be an opportunity to present scholarly achievements to a Correlate Courses professional audience. A/Pass/Fail only. Course can be MA 116 College Algebra repeated. MA 117 Trigonometry ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS WITH TA 310 Technology and Society WASHBURN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (WIT) Washburn University offers a number of Associate Graphic/Photo Technology Concentration degree programs with Washburn Institute of Technology. Specific requirements for each area of concentration are Major Courses (36 Credit Hours) listed by program. Requirements for credit transfer from Graphic/Photo Technology (from WIT) WIT: Correlate Courses Students must successfully complete all program re- AR 120 Black & White Design quirements of WIT. OA 211 Editing & Grammar Students must begin coursework at Washburn within six TA 310 Technology and Society years of completing the WIT program. WIT credit is posted on the Washburn transcript as a FOOD SERVICE block of credits in the area of concentration, course grades are not used in Washburn GPA. The Food Service Associate of Arts Degree is offered Students are required to file a Washburn declaration of in conjunction with the WIT Professional cooking pro- major form. gram. Graduates with 1080 hours of coursework from the WIT students taking Washburn courses register for WIT program will receive 24 credits toward an Associate courses at WU through the Dean’s Office in the School of degree. Applied Studies. Students must complete a minimum of student learning outcomes 24 credit hours at Washburn. Students completing the Associate of Arts in Food Ser- WIT credit will not apply toward a baccalaureate degree vice, upon graduation are expected to have: at Washburn unless an articulation agreement is in effect with a Washburn department.

198 • demonstrated organized skills related to commer- Automotive Technology cial food service; • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- Major Courses (36 credit hours) gies and tools essential to food service production; Automotive Technology (from WIT) • explained food service preparation and delivery; Correlate Courses and OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications • demonstrated safe food handling techniques. TA310 Technology & Society Major Courses (24 Credit Hours) Building Technology Food Service (from WIT) Correlate courses Major Courses(30 credit hours) OA 128 Introduction to Computer Applications OR Building & Industrial Technology (from WIT) BU 250 Management Information Systems Correlate Courses TA 310 Technology and Society OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications TA Electives 6 hours TA310 Technology & Society INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY TA Elective Cabinet & Millwork The Industrial Technology Associate of Applied Science degree with the Washburn Institute of Major Courses (30 credit hours) Technology (WIT). Students who complete all require- Cabinet & Millwork (from WIT) ments of the WIT Auto Technology, Building Technology; Correlate Courses Cabinet & Millwork; Collision Repair; Computer Repair & OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Networking; Commercial & Heavy Construction; Diesel TA310 Technology & Society Mechanics; Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning; TA Elective Electronic Technology; Industrial Technology; Machine Technology; and Welding programs are eligible for this Collision Repair degree. No Industrial Technology credits will apply toward a baccalaureate degree at Washburn unless an Major Courses (32 credit hours) articulation agreement is in effect with another Washburn Collision Repair (from WIT) department. Correlate Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Student Learning Outcomes TA310 Technology & Society Students completing the Associate of Applied Science in TA Elective Industrial Technology, upon graduation, are expected to have: Commercial and Heavy Construction • demonstrated proficiency in the use of all technolo- gies and tools essential to the concentration; Major Courses (30 credit hours) Commercial & Heavy Construction (from WIT) • practiced techniques related to safety and health Correlate Courses concerns; OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications • compared basic theoretical concepts of the technol- TA310 Technology & Society ogy; TA Elective • demonstrated relevant technique to applied out- Computer Technology comes; and • integrated skills and knowledge to situations or Major Courses (30 credit hours) environments other than standardized classroom. Computer Repair & Networking (from WIT) Correlate Courses Degree Requirements for the Associate of Applied OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Science with an Emphasis in Industrial Technology TA310 Technology & Society Concentrations (from WIT) TA Elective Automotive Technology (36) Diesel Automotive Building Technology (30) Cabinet & Millwork (30) Major Courses (36 credit hours) Collision Repair (32) Diesel Mechanics (from WIT) Commercial & Heavy Construction (30) Correlate Courses Computer Repair & Networking (30) OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications Diesel Mechanics (36) TA310 Technology & Society Electricity, Heating and Air Conditioning (35) Electronic Technology (30) Industrial Technology (30) Machine Technology (34) Welding (36)

199 Electricity, Heating & Air Conditioning FOR A SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLEASE SEE YOUR ADVISOR, for course description see the Major Courses (35 credit hours) Criminal Justice & Legal Studies Department . Electricity, Heating & Air (from WIT) Correlate Courses OFFICE ADMINISTRATION OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications TA310 Technology & Society Students who have completed 1080 hours of course- Electronic Technology work in the Business Administrative Technology pro- gram at WIT receive 28 credits toward the AA degree. Major Courses (30 credit hours) Students earning the associate degree must have a Electronic Technology (from WIT) minimum of 62 credits. Correlate Courses TA310 Technology & Society Student Learning Outcomes TA Electives (6 hours) Office Administration students at Washburn University, upon graduation, are expected to have: Industrial Technology • demonstrated proficiency in composing, formatting, and editing written communications; Major Courses (30 credit hours) • demonstrated technical proficiency of all the skills Industrial Technology (from WIT) necessary to fulfill their professional discipline; Correlated Courses OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications • analyzed the basic principles of management TA310 Technology & Society theory in relation to the office environment; TA Elective • applied interpersonal skills to develop effective working relationships and to function as a member Machine Technology of the office team; • utilized problem solving and critical thinking skills in Major Courses (34 credit hours) performing office procedures; and Machine Technology (from WIT) Correlate Courses • applied appropriate business protocol, ethics, and OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications office etiquette. TA310 Technology & Society Requirements for the Associate of Arts Degree with Welding Concentration an Emphasis in Office Administration Major Courses Major Courses (36 credit hours) (from WIT - 28 hours transfer credit) Welding (from WIT) OA 211 Editing and Grammar Correlate Courses OA 235 Database Applications OA128 Introduction to Computer Applications OA 241 Office Management TA310 Technology & Society OA 242 Procedures for the Office Professional legal studies associate degree options COURSE OFFERINGS with washburn institute of technology Washburn University and WIT have entered into an OA 128 Introduction to Computer Applications (3) articulation agreement leading to an Associate of Arts An introduction to computer applications including word degree in the Legal Studies Program. Students who processing, spreadsheets, database, presentations, have completed 1080 hours of coursework in the Legal e-mail, and the Internet. A hands-on learning experi- Office Professional Program at WIT will receive 25 hours ence in class is emphasized. This course is designed of college credit toward the AA degree. At Washburn, for students with little or no prior computer applications they must complete an additional 44 hours of general knowledge. education/university courses and legal studies program OA 211 Editing and Grammar (3) courses to receive an Associate of Arts degree. A review of editing skills needed in writing, transcribing, To complete the degree, WIT graduates must com- and keyboarding. Students will review the wide range of plete the following courses at Washburn: potential problems likely to be encountered in punctua- tion, capitalization, number style, abbreviations, plural Major and Correlate Courses (21 hours) and possessive forms, spelling, compounds, word divi- LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism sion, grammar usage, and the format of letters, memos, LG 200 Introduction to Law reports, manuscripts, and tables. LG 250 Legal Research I LG 305 Litigation I OA 235 Database Applications (3) LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation Concepts related to creating databases for efficient data LG Elective access and retrieval using database software. Students TA 310 Technology & Society will learn to modify tables and forms, refine queries, use Note: Some required and correlate courses count toward advanced report functions, and define relationships. general education. Consult your advisor.

200 OA 241 Office Management (3) patient care through technical competency and profes- An emphasis on the role of office management in busi- sional conduct in their respective professional disciplines ness enterprises including information handling, office and areas of expertise, and to provide associate degree automation, and the fundamental functions of the man- health care graduates, via the bachelor of health science, agement process as they relate to office management. with knowledge and skills in the area of management and leadership for advancement in the health care arena. OA 242 Procedures for the Office Professional (3) A study of business office procedures as they relate to Student Learning Outcomes: the administrative or executive assistant. Attention is Allied Health students, upon completion of their re- given to the various duties of the executive assistant. spective professional programs, are expected to have: This course is complemented with a mixture of lectures, • demonstrated the ability to comprehend, apply, speakers, work assignments, and library assignments. and evaluate medical information relevant to their Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent. professional discipline; OA 260 Independent Study in Office • obtained the proficiency of all the skills necessary Administration(1-3) to fulfill their professional discipline; and In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects • demonstrated professional behavior consistent with for intensive study a specific area of concern related to employer expectations in their professional disci- office administration. Prerequisite: Consent. pline Al l i e d He a l t h De p a r t m e n t Bachelor of Health Science The Allied Health Department offers a Bachelor Website: http://www .washburn .edu/sas/ah/ of Health Science with a major in Health Services Benton Hall, Room 107 Administration or Medical Imaging. These two options (785) 670-2170 are designed to enhance the skills and marketability of Professor Pat Munzer, Chair health science associate degree graduates, and may Professor William S. Dunlap also serve as an excellent preparation for those who Associate Professor Linda Croucher wish to continue on to a graduate program. Associate Professor Jera Roberts Assistant Professor Don Kellogg HEALTH SERVICES ADMINISTRATION Assistant Professor Vickie Kelly There is a need for qualified managers in the health Assistant Professor Lori Khan care field. The Bachelor of Health Science (BHS) in Assistant Professor Michelle Shipley Health Services Administration is designed to provide Instructor Janice Bacon associate degree health care graduates with knowledge Instructor Becky Dodge and skills in the areas of health care management and Instructor Doug Jones leadership. Completion of a baccalaureate degree with Instructor John Kratina advanced coursework in health care management and Instructor Jean Lewis-Sanchez related areas will make graduates more marketable for Instructor Joe Loeb administrative positions. Instructor Faye Niesen Admission Requirements Instructor Terry Sorensen The program requires an associate degree in an Instructor Rusty Taylor allied health discipline. In addition, candidates must be DEGREES OFFERED credentialed in their Allied Health specialty and have Bachelor of Health Science achieved a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 Health Services Administration scale for the Associate degree. Interested students Medical Imaging should contact the Allied Health Department for more Associate of Science specific requirements or visit http://www.washburn.edu/ Health Information Technology sas/ah/bachelor-hs.html Occupational Therapy Assistant Degree requirements for the Bachelor of Health Physical Therapist Assistant Science, Health Services Administration Major Radiologic Technology Required Major Courses (30 Credit Hours) Respiratory Therapy AL 366 Legal & Regulatory Issues for the Health Surgical Technology Care Professional (3) Certificate of Completion AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) Computed Tomography AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) Diagnostic Medical Sonography AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) Health Information Coding AL 400 Supervisory Practices for the Health Care Magnetic Resonance Imaging Professional (3) Radiation Therapy AL 405 Financial Issues in Health Care (3) Bachelor of Applied Science AL 420 Current Issues in Health Care (3) Technology Administration AL 450 Knowledge Management in Health Care (3) Mission AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) To prepare qualified health care practitioners for the AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) people of Kansas and the region, who provide optimum 201 See Table of Contents for University Requirements, need for qualified medical imaging professionals con- General Education Graduation Requirements. tinues to rise. The medical imaging major is designed General Elective (3-12 credit hours of upper division to provide associate degree healthcare graduates with credit depending on the Allied Health Program) knowledge and skills in advanced imaging fields and management. Completion of the baccalaureate degree minor in health services administration makes graduates more marketable and eligible for super- for business majors visory positions. Students with a major in the School of Business may develop a specialization in health services by earning a Admission Requirements Minor in Health Services Administration by completing a The major in Medical Imaging requires an associate set of five specific upper-division courses in the health degree in a patient-care related field and prior ac- services administration field. Admission to the School of ceptance to one of the following certificate programs: Business and to the minor program is necessary before Computed Tomography, Diagnostic Medical Sonography, enrollment. Magnetic Resonance Imaging or Radiation Therapy. Candidates must be credentialed in their Allied Health Admission Requirements specialty and have achieved a cumulative GPA of Interested students must apply for admission to the 2.5 or higher on a 4.0 scale for the Associate degree. minor program with the Bachelor of Health Science Interested students should contact the Allied Health advisor in the department of Allied Health in Benton Hall, Department for more specific requirements or visit http:// Room 107. Admission to the minor program is available www.washburn.edu/sas/ah/bachelor-hs.html to students who have been admitted to the School of Degree requirements for the Bachelor of Health Business. The requirements for admission to the school Science, Medical Imaging major are 54 semester hours, a cumulative GPA of 2.0, and a completion with a grade of “C,” or better of the fol- Required Major Courses lowing courses: AC 224 Financial Accounting, AC 225 AL 320 Human Disease (3) Managerial Accounting, BU 250 Managerial Information AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) Systems, EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics, EC 210 AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) Principles of Macroeconomics, and EC 221 Statistics for See Table of Contents for University Requirements, Business and Economics. General Education Graduation Requirements. Required Courses for the Minor (15 semester hours) DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL SONOGRAPHY AL 366 Legal and Regulatory Issues for Health Care The Diagnostic Medical Sonography Program in- Professional (3) cludes three separate tracks which may be completed as AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) stand-alone certificate of completions programs, or may AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) be completed as a component of the Bachelors of Health AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) Science degree with a major in medical imaging. The AL 405 Financial Issues in Health Care (3) Cardiac and Vascular tracks are each 32 credit hours minor in health services administration and are 14 months in length. The General/Vascular for legal studies majors Sonography track is a two year program which consists Students with a major in the Legal Studies program of 57 credit hours. These programs provide a balance may develop a specialization in the health services by of didactic and clinical experience that will equip the earning a Minor in Health Services Administration by student with the knowledge and skills to be an entry-level completing a set of five specific upper-division courses in sonographer. The sonography program is online and the health services administration field. students must have access to the internet and possess basic computer skills. Admission Requirements Interested students must apply for admission to the Accreditation minor program with the Bachelor of Health Science The Diagnostic Medical Sonography program is ac- advisor in the department of Allied Health in Benton Hall, credited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied Room 107. Students must have completeda minimum of Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), upon recom- 15 hours in the Bachelor of Legal Studies Program with a mendation of the Joint Review Committee on Education minimum grade point average of 2.50 prior to applying. in Diagnostic Medical Sonography (JRC-DMS), 2025 Woodlane DR., ST. Paul, MN 85125-2998. Required Courses for the Minor (15 semester hours) AL 366 Legal and Regulatory Issues (3) Admission Requirements AL 367 Quality Improvement in Health Care (3) This program has special admission requirements. AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) The applicant should have an Associate degree or AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) higher, in a patient care related health field. Interested AL 405 Financial Issues in Health (3) students should contact the Allied Health Department for specific requirements or visit: http://www.washburn. MEDICAL IMAGING edu/ultrasound. In addition to a minimum of an associ- ate degree in a health care profession with direct patient The Bachelor of Health Sciences Medical Imaging op- care, the following course work must be completed prior tion allows students to choose from four concentrations: to entrance into the Diagnostic Medical Sonography Computed Tomography, Diagnostic Medical Sonography, Program: Magnetic Resonance Imaging or Radiation Therapy. The

202 MA 110 Exploring Mathematics or MA 116 College HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Algebra. This program leads to an Associate of Science (AS) EN 101 Freshman Composition degree in Health Information Technology. The program BI 250 Introduction to Human Anatomy features a sound base in general education in addition to BI 255 Human Physiology professional courses and professional practice experi- PS 101 Introduction to Physics-Health, or AL 230 ence designed to guide students in the development Radiographer Physics of the technical skills necessary to become a Health Requirements for Certificate Information Technician. Courses in the program major of Completion are on-line and students must have access to the inter- net and possess basic computer knowledge. Vascular Sonography Required Major Courses (32 Credit Hours) Health Information Coding (Certificate) AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) This 32 credit hour program leads to a Certificate in AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & Health Information Coding. Courses required to com- Instrumentation I (3) plete the Certificate include EN 101, AL 101, AL 141, AL AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & 243, AL 245, AL 246, AL 320, BI 100, BI 101, BI 250, and Instrumentation II (3) BI 255. All certificate course work may be applied to the AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) Associate degree in Health Information Technology. AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) Accreditation AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (4) The Health Information Technology Program is ac- AL 395 Vascular Sonography Clinicals I (5) credited by the Commission on Accreditation for Health AL 396 Vascular Sonography Clinicals II (5) Informatics and Information Management Education AL 397 Advanced Vascular Clinicals (3) (CAHIIM), 233 N. Michigan Ave. Suite 2150, Chicago, IL AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) 60601. http://www.cahiim.org Cardiac Sonography Admission Requirements Required Major Courses (32 Credit Hours) This program has special admission requirements. AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) Interested students should contact the Allied Health AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & Department for specific requirements or visit http://www. Instrumentation I (3) washburn.edu/hit AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & Instrumentation II (3) Degree Requirements for the Associate of Science AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) Major Courses (34 Credit Hours) AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring & Scanning (3) AL 141 Medical Terminology (3) AL 384 Cardiac Sonography Procedures II (4) AL 150 Principles of Health Information AL 385 Cardiac Sonography Clinicals I (5) Technology(3) AL 386 Cardiac Sonography Clinicals II (5) AL 155 Health Care Statistics for Health Information AL 387 Advanced Cardiac Sonography Clinicals (3) Technology (2) AL 388 Clinical Topics in Cardiac Sonography (2) AL 157 Specialized Health Records & Registries for Health Information Technology(2) General Sonography AL 240 Professional Practice I for Health Required Major Courses (57 Credit Hours) Information Technology (2) AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) AL 241 Professional Practice II for Health AL 320 Human Disease (3) Information Technology (3) AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & AL 245 Health Information Coding I (3) Instrumentation I (3) AL 246 Health Information Coding II (3) AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & AL 250 Seminar in Health Information Instrumentation II (3) Technology(1) AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) AL 366 Legal and Regulatory Issues for the Health AL 361 Sonography Clinical I (5) Care Professional (3) AL 362 Sonography Clinical II (3) AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) AL 363 Sonography Clinical III (5) AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) AL 364 Sonography Clinical IV (5) AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) AL 365 Sonography Clinical V (3) AL 371 General Sonography Procedures I (3) Correlate Courses (19 Credit Hours) AL 372 General Sonography Procedures II (3) AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) AL 389 General Sonography Procedures III (3) AL 320 Human Disease (3) AL 379 Clinical Topics in General Sonography (2) BI 250 Intro to Human Anatomy (3) AL 392 General Sonography Procedures IV (3) BI 255 Human Physiology (4) AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) EN 207 Report Writing (3) AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (4) OR AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) EN 208 Business and Technical Writing (3) CM 101 Computer Competency and the Internet (3)

203 Prerequisite (5 Credit Hours) AL 255 Level II Fieldwork (8) BI 100 General Biology (3) AL 256 Occupational Therapy Issues (1) BI 101 Biology Lab (2) AL 265B Applied Neurophysiology - Occupational See Table of Contents for University Requirements Therapy Lab (0) and General Education Requirements. * *Some correlate courses may count here; consult Correlate Courses (25 Credit Hours) AL 101 Introduction to Healthcare (3) your advisor. AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in A.H. (2) occupational therapy assistant AL 320 Human Disease (3) AL 265 Applied Neurophysiology (3) The Occupational Therapy Assistant Program leads to BI 255 Human Physiology & Lab (4) the Associate of Science (AS) Degree. Once accredita- BI 275 Human Anatomy (4) tion of the program has been obtained, its graduates will PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology (3) be eligible to sit for the national certification examina- SO 101 American Social Problems (3) tion for the occupational therapy assistant administered by the National Board for Certification in Occupational See Table of Contents for University Requirements and Therapy (NBCOT). General Education Requirements. * The program features general education and science requirements as well as occupational therapy procedure PHYSICAL THERAPIST ASSISTANT and systems courses and Level I and II Fieldwork educa- tion component. During fieldwork courses students may The Physical Therapist Assistant Program leads to be required to attend clinical sites outside the Topeka the Associate of Science (AS) degree. Upon completion area. All students in this program are required to provide of the program students are eligible to take the national their own transportation to clinicals as well as clinical examination through the Federation of State Boards in lab attire. Professional liability insurance is provided by Physical Therapy (FSBPT) to become Physical Therapist Washburn University, however, some clinical sites may Assistants (PTA). The program features general edu- require malpractice insurances. cation and science requirements as well as physical therapy procedure and systems courses and a clinical Accreditation education component. During clinical courses students The occupational therapy assistant program has may be required to attend clinical sites outside the applied for accreditation from the Accreditation Council Topeka area. All students in this program are required for Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the to provide their own transportation to clinicals as well American Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), as clinical lab attire. Professional liability insurance is located at 4720 Montgomery Lane, PO Box 31220, provided by Washburn University, however, some clinical Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. ACOTE’s telephone num- sites may require malpractice insurance. ber c/o AOTA is (301) 652-AOTA. Once accreditation of the program has been obtained, its graduates will be Accreditation eligible to sit for the national certification examination for The Physical Therapist Assistant Program is ac- the occupational therapy assistant administered by the credited by the Commission on Accreditation in Physical National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy Therapy Education of the American Physical Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this exam, Association. the individual will be a Certified Occupational Therapy Admission Requirements Assistant (COTA). In Kansas, Licensure to practice is This program has special admission requirements. based on passing the NBOCT Certification Examination. Interested students should contact the Allied Health Note that a felony conviction may affect a graduate’s Department for specific requirements or visit: http:// ability ability to sit for the NBCOT certification examina- www.washburn.edu/sas/ah/pt A maximum of twenty-four tion or attain state licensure. students are accepted for the fall of each year. Admission Requirements Physical Therapy Club This program has special admission requirements. The purpose of the Physical Therapy Club is to Interested students should contact the Allied Health provide an environment which facilitates professional Department for specific requirements. growth, creates a community of professionals for mentor- Degree Requirements for the Associate of Science ship and peer support, and develops a group that will provide community and educational leadership and Major Courses (32 Credit Hours) service at Washburn University and the surrounding AL 161 Foundations of Occupational Therapy I (2) geographical area. AL 162 Occupational Therapy Interventions I (3) AL 163 Foundations of Occupational Therapy II (3) Degree Requirements for the Associate of Science AL 164 Level I Fieldwork I (1) Major Courses (30 Credit Hours) AL 165 Special Considerations for OTAs in AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures I (3) Psychosocial Disorders (1) AL 171 Musculoskeletal Assessment in Physical AL 166 Occupational Therapy Interventions II (3) Therapy(3) AL 167 Foundations of Occupational Therapy III (3) AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied AL 252 Psychosocial Occupational Therapy (4) Health (2) AL 253 Level I Fieldwork II (1) AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities in Physical Therapy AL 254 Current Topics in Occupational Therapy (2) (3) 204 AL 264 Physical Therapy Clinical I (3) AL 381 Radiation Therapy Seminar (2) AL 265 Applied Neurophysiology (3) AL 268 Integumentary Assessment in Physical RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY Therapy (2) This program leads to an Associate of Science (AS) AL 271 Health Policy & Systems in Physical Degree in Radiologic Technology, with graduates eligible Therapy (2) to apply for examination through the American Registry AL 272 Current Topics in Physical Therapy (2) of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT). The program AL 273 Physical Therapy Issues (1) features general education as well as radiologic tech- AL 279 Physical Therapy Clinical II (6) nology courses. The program provides a balance of didactic and clinical education. Approximately twenty-six Correlate Courses (20 Credit Hours) AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) students are accepted for the fall of each year. AL 320 Human Disease (3) Mission BI 255 Human Physiology & Lab (4)** This Radiologic Technology (Radiographer) program BI 275 Human Anatomy & Lab (4)** is focused on development of qualified medical imaging KN 321 Kinesiology (3) technologists who provide optimum patient care through KN 326 Physiology of Exercise (3) competency and professional conduct. See Table of Contents for University Requirements and General Education Requirements. * Program Goals **No online Anatomy or Physiology courses are ac- 1. The program will graduate students with entry-level cepted by the PTA program. radiography skills. 2. The program will graduate students with the ability to RADIATION THERAPY problem-solve and think critically. 3. The program will graduate students with a lifelong The Radiation Therapy curriculum at Washburn desire for professional development and growth. University is a 35 credit hour, 1 calendar year, certificate of completion program. This program will provide the Accreditation knowledge and cognitive skills underlying the intelligent The Radiologic Technology program is accredited by performance of the major tasks typically required of a the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic staff radiation therapist at entry level. Graduates are Technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago registry eligible with the American Registry of Radiologic IL 60606-3182, (312) 704-5300, e-mail: [email protected]. Technologists (ARRT). Admission Requirements Accreditation This program has special admission requirements The Radiation Therapy program is accredited by due to limited enrollment, which includes Freshman the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools Composition and Introduction to Anatomy. Interested (NCA). students should contact the Allied Health Department for specific requirements or visit http://www.washburn.edu/ Admission Requirements xray. This program has special admission requirements. Interested students should contact the Allied Health Radiologic Technology Student Organization Department for specific requirements or visit: http://www. Students who are enrolled in or have an interest in washburn.edu/radiation-therapy. the radiologic technology program have the opportunity The Radiation Therapy program is on-line and to join the Radiologic Technology Student Organization students must have access to the internet and possess (RTSO). The purpose of the RTSO is to create an basic computer skills. awareness of the radiologic technology program to the University and community, to maintain communication Course Sequence with alumni and other Kansas programs, and to engage The Radiation Therapy program is a one calendar in campus, community and professional organization year program. In addition to the didactic portion, this activities to further the knowledge of the practice of radio- program includes a comprehensive clinical component. logic technology. Because of this, these courses may be out of sequence with other University course offerings. Consult program Degree Requirements for Associate of Science director for course schedule. Required Major Courses (39 Credit Hours) Requirements for Certificate of Completion AL 120 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care Required Major Courses (35 Credit Hours) I plus lab (3) AL 301 Clinical Radiation Therapy I (4) AL 121 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care AL 302 Radiation Therapy Topics I (3) II plus lab (3) AL 303 Radiation Therapy Physics I (3) AL 130 Radiographic Exposure I plus lab (3) AL 304 Therapeutic Radiobiology (3) AL 131 Radiographic Exposure II plus lab (3) AL 305 Radiation Therapy Physics II (3) AL 134 Radiology Clinical I (3) AL 307 Simulation and Treatment Procedures I (3) AL 135 Radiology Clinical II (3) AL 310 Radiation Therapy Topics II (3) AL 220 Radiographic Procedures III (2) AL 340 Clinical Radiation Therapy II (4) AL 321 Advanced Radiographic Imaging (2) AL 370 Simulation and Treatment Procedures II (4) AL 231 Radiation Protection and Biological Effects AL 380 Clinical Radiation Therapy III (3) (2)

205 AL 236 Radiology Clinical III (3) Requirements for Certificate of Completion (22 credit AL 237 Radiology Clinical IV (4) hours) AL 238 Radiology Clinical V (4) AL341 Sectional Anatomy and Imaging Applications AL 239 Radiology Clinical VI (2) (4) AL 321 Advanced Radiographic Imaging (2) AL347 Magnetic Resonance Physics I (3) AL348 MR Imaging I (3) Correlate Courses (13 Credit Hours) AL349 MR Clinical Experience I (3) BI 250 Introduction to Anatomy (3) AL350 Magnetic Resonance Physics II (3) BI 255 Human Physiology (4) AL351 MR Imaging II (3) AL101 Introduction to Health Care (3) AL352 MR Clinical Experience II (3) AL 320 Human Disease (3) COMPUTED TOMOGRAPHY (CT) RESPIRATORY THERAPY The CT curriculum at Washburn University is a 21 The Respiratory Therapy program leads to an credit hour, 1 calendar year certificate program. The Associate of Science (AS) degree in Respiratory certificate is designed to assist registered radiologic Therapy. Upon completion of the program, students are technologists in meeting the criteria for post-primary eligible to take the national credentialing examination certification through the American Registry of Radiologic to become a Registered Respiratory Therapist (RRT). Technologists (ARRT). The curriculum addresses both di- The program features general educational and science dactic and clinical education as outlined by the American prerequisites, as well as respiratory therapy courses. Society of Radiologic Technologists and the ARRT. The Interested students are required to make application CT program is on-line and students must have access to for admission to the Respiratory Therapy Program. the internet and possess computer skills. Eighteen students are accepted for the fall of each year. Admission Requirements: Accreditation This program has special admission requirements The Respiratory Therapy program is accredited by the which include ARRT registration in Radiography, Nuclear Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care (www. Medicine Technology or Radiation Therapy. Second-year coarc.com)” radiographer students are also eligible for CT didactic Commission on Accreditation for Respiratory Care coursework. Interested students should contact the 1248 Harwood Road Allied Health Department for additional information. For Bedford, Texas 7602-2835 more information: www.washburn.edu/sas/ah/computed- Admission Requirements tomography. This program has special admission requirements due Requirements for Certificate of Completion (21 credit to limited enrollment. Interested students should contact hours) the Allied Health Department for specific requirements or AL 341 Sectional Anatomy and Imaging Applications visit http://www.washburn.edu/respiratory. (4) Respiratory Therapy Student Organization AL 342 CT Procedure Protocols (4) The Respiratory Care Student Organization (RCSO) AL 343 CT Physics: Instrumentation and Imaging (4) is made up of any enrolled University student who has AL 344 Pathology Correlation in CT (3) an interest in health and promotion of the cardiopulmo- AL 345 Clinical Experience in CT (6) nary system. The purpose of the RCSO is to promote the purpose and program of respiratory care to the com- MAGNETIC RESONANCE (MR) munity to include but not limited to: asthma education, MR curriculum at Washburn University is a 22 credit smoking cessation, pulmonary function screening; and to hour certificate program, which is conducted on-line. compete in the academic contest at the annual Kansas The certificate is designed to assist registered tech- Respiratory Care Society’s conference. nologists in meeting the criteria for post-primary cer- tification through the American Registry of Radiologic Degree Requirements for Associate of Science Technologists (ARRT). The curriculum addresses both di- Major Courses (34 Credit Hours) dactic and clinical education, as outlined by the American AL185 Principles of Respiratory Therapy I (2) Society of Radiologic Technologists and the ARRT. AL 187 Respiratory Therapy Clinical I (3) AL 289 Respiratory Therapy Clinical II (5) Admission Requirements: AL 291 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures I This program has special admission requirements (5) which include ARRT registration in Radiography, Nuclear AL 292 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures II Medicine Technology, Radiation Therapy or Sonography. (3) Contact the Allied Health Department for additional AL 293 Respiratory Therapy Clinical III (5) information. AL 294 Respiratory Therapy Topics II (3) AL 295 Respiratory Therapy Clinical IV (5) AL 296 Respiratory Therapy Topics III (3) Correlate Courses (18 Credit Hours) AL 101 Intro to Health Care (3) AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied Health (2)

206 AL 315 Allied Health Pharmacology (3) AL 121A Procedures Lab II (0) AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring & Scanning (3) Required laboratory demonstrations include spine, BI 255 Human Physiology (4) contrast studies, cranium, bony thorax, and miscella- BI 250 Introduction to Human Anatomy (3) neous positions. A one hour session is held each week. Concurrent with AL 121. Prerequisite (5 Credit Hours) BI 100 Introduction to Biology (3) AL 130 Radiographic Exposure I (3) BI 101 Introduction to Biology Lab (2) Principles of radiographic image formation, as relat- See Table of Contents for University Requirements ing to primary factors. Physics of x-ray production and and General Education Requirements. * influences on image creation. The course provides an *Some related courses may count here, consult your understanding and analysis of the radiographic image. advisor. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radiologic Technology program and concurrent with AL 130A. SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY (Associate of Science with Washburn Institute of Tech- AL 130A Exposure Lab 1 (0) nology) Demonstrations will be directed towards the primary The Associate of Science degree in Surgical factors of radiograph (image) production. An energized Technology is offered in conjunction with the Washburn x-ray unit will be available for the one hour weekly ses- Institute of Technology. Students who complete all sion. Concurrent with AL 130. requirements of the Washburn Institute of Technology AL 131 Radiographic Exposure II (3) Surgical Technology program are eligible for this degree. A continuation of AL 130 emphasizing imaging principles. For WIT credit transfer criteria, see “Associate Degree Problem solving through mathematical application. Tech- Programs with WIT” listed in the index. To complete the niques of quality control. Prerequisite: AL 120, AL 130, degree at Washburn University, Washburn Institute of AL 134, and concurrent with AL 131A or consent. Technology graduates must complete the courses listed below. AL 131A Exposure Lab II (0) Demonstrations will involve the imaging systems, Major Courses (32 Credit Hours) computation of radiation dosages, and quality control Surgical Technology (from Washburn Institute of techniques. The one hour weekly session will utilize an Technology) energized x-ray unit. Concurrent with AL 131. Correlate Courses (13 credit hours) AL 134 Radiology Clinical I (3) AL 320 Human Disease (3) This course requires a specific number of hours of limited AL 375 Health Care Delivery Systems (3) radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Students BI 250 Intro to Human Anatomy (3) will achieve competency in simple procedures under BI 255 Human Physiology (4) direct supervision. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radio- University and General Education Requirements logic Technology program. See requirements common to all Associate Degrees AL 135 Radiology Clinical II (3) ALLIED HEALTH COURSE OFFERINGS This course requires a specific number of hours of limited radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. AL 101 Introduction to Health Care (3) This course builds on competencies achieved in AL An introduction to health care, including an overview of 134. Students will achieve competency in more complex the various health care professions and professional procedures with direct supervision. Prerequisite: AL 134 associations, ethical and legal responsibilities, commu- or consent. nication methods, patient assessment techniques, basic medical terminology and other fundamental skills. AL 141 Medical Terminology (3) This course covers word elements that form the base AL 120 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care I (3) on which the medical language is constructed, including Focuses on the principles of producing and evaluating commonly used abbreviations. Emphasis on competency radiographs of the skeletal, digestive, and urinary sys- in spelling, pronunciation, correct usage and meaning of tems. Discusses patient care procedures such as vital terminology related to all body systems, medical science signs, infection control, medical emergencies and aseptic and medical specialties. techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to the Radiologic Technology program and concurrent with AL 120A. AL 150 Principles of Health Information Technology (3) This course covers the organization, analysis, and evalu- AL 120A Procedures Lab I (0) ation of health records, methods of storage, retrieval and Required laboratory demonstrations will include chest, preservation, an introduction to computer and informa- KUB, upper extremity, lower extremity, spine, and tion systems in health care, and an overview of health contrast studies. A one hour weekly session is held on information department management. Prerequisite: AL campus. Concurrent with AL 120. 101, AL 141 or concurrent. AL 121 Radiographic Procedures and Patient Care II (3) AL 155 Health Care Statistics for Health Information Explores those procedures employed in the more compli- Technology (2) cated investigation of the human body. Continues to ex- This course covers the collection, computation, analy- amine present techniques necessary for the assessment sis, presentation and use of healthcare statistical data. and care of the sick and injured patient. Prerequisite: AL Prerequisite: AL 150. 120, AL 130, AL 134, and concurrent with AL 121A. 207 AL 157 Specialized Health Records and Registries posture, proper bed positioning, massage, postural for Health Information Technology (2) drainage, bandaging, wheelchairs, architectural barriers, This course explores health information requirements in ambulation, documentation, vital signs and safety. All non-hospital settings including long-term and ambulatory skills are reinforced and practiced in supervised sched- care, & functions and procedures for specialized health uled laboratories and open lab sessions. Prerequisite: information registries. Prerequisite: AL 150, AL 366 or Admission to the PTA Program. concurrent. AL 171 Musculoskeletal Assessment in Physical AL 161 Foundations of Occupational Therapy I (2) Therapy (3) This course is an introduction to the history and philo- This course follows AL 170 PT Procedures in the curricu- sophical base of occupational therapy. Areas of instruc- lum sequence and is designed to provide the Physical tion include: models of practice; frames of reference; the Therapist Assistant student with a foundation for muscu- role of the Occupational Therapist/Occupational Therapy loskeletal assessment and treatment. Emphasis is on or- Assistant; Code of Ethics; Core Values; Standards of thopedic physical therapy assessment, including manual Practice and the Delivery of Occupational Therapy muscle testing, cranial nerve testing, dermatomal and Services. Prerequisite: Formal Admission to the Occupa- myotomal assessment, special tests, joint mobilization tional Therapy Assistant Program. theory, therapeutic exercise, motor control theory, clinical decision making, according to the Physical Therapist AL 162 Occupational Therapy Interventions I (3) Plan of Care, identification of red flags, specific ortho- This lecture and lab course will discuss the dynamics pedic protocols and implementation of specific physical of the occupation to include the activity, performance therapy programs for various rehab clients. Prerequi- skills, and performance patterns from conception to age sites: AL 170 and concurrent enrollment in AL 261. 18. The student will exhibit the ability to analyze tasks and implement an intervention plan for the occupational AL 185 Principles of Respiratory Therapy I (2) therapy client. Prerequisite: AL 161 Specific modes of respiratory care are examined to un- derstand principles of application to patients, indications, AL 163 Foundations of Occupational Therapy II (3) hazards, contraindications, and evaluation of therapy. This lecture/lab course is a continuation of AL 161 and Emphasis is placed on detailed knowledge of equipment will allow the student to develop the ability to select and used in these modes. Modes of care include medical gas implement occupational therapy interventions related to therapy, humidity and aerosol therapy, lung expansion the activities of daily living. Prerequisite: AL 161, concur- techniques and basic diagnostic studies. Prerequisites: rent with AL 164. Consent and concurrent with AL185L. AL 164 Level I Fieldwork I (1) AL 185L Principles of Respiratory Therapy Lab (0) This course requires a specific number of hours of limited Explores the procedures for specific respiratory thera- occupational therapy assistant exposure in the health- pies. Students will practice skills and complete required care setting. Prerequisite: AL 161 and concurrent with AL competencies. Prerequisite: Concurrent with AL 185. 163. AL 186 Cardiopulmonary Assessment in Allied AL 165 Special Considerations for OTAs in Health (2) Psychosocial Disorders (1) This course is for Allied Health students and is designed This course will provide the student with the knowledge to provide the student with an understanding of the and understanding of the concepts of psyciatric disorders cardiopulmonary systems. Areas of study will include a and human behavior as it relates to the role of occupa- review and assessment of the anatomy and physiology tional therapy services. This course will focus on psycho- of the pulmonary, cardiac, and renal systems. Prerequi- social mental health occurring disorders with dementia, site: AL 171 or AL 185 or consent. physical injury, trauma, or neurological dysfunction. Prerequisite: AL 164 AL 187 Respiratory Therapy Clinical I (3) An introduction to basic respiratory therapy procedures. AL 166 Occupational Therapy Interventions II (3) Orientation to clinical practice, charting of records, infec- This lecture lab course is a continuation of AL 162 and tion control, emergency procedures, therapeutic proce- will discuss the dynamics of the occupation to include the dures and diagnostic procedures are emphasized. The activity, performance skills, and performance from early student will be introduced to routine respiratory care and adulthood to later maturity. Prerequisite: AL 162 equipment. Prerequisite: AL 185. AL 167 Foundations of Occupational Therapy III (3) AL 220 Radiographic Procedures III (2) This course is a continuation of AL 163 and will allow Presents cross-sectional anatomy as a background for the student to develop the ability to administer selected radiographic related imaging modalities. Develops an assessments, screening, evaluation tools, and skilled awareness of related areas including computed tomog- observations and to develop skills that relate to analysis raphy, sonography, nuclear medicine, radiation therapy, of movement, orthotic devices, superficial thermal and magnetic resonance, mammography, and interventional mechanical modalities. Prerequisite: AL 163 procedures. The investigation of alternative methods of AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures I (3) radiography of the atypical patient is included. Prerequi- This class features the development of early Physical site: AL 121 or consent. Therapy skills and the understanding of basic proce- dures. Specific emphasis is placed on range of motion, measurement of range of motion, aseptic techniques, 208 AL 230 Radiologic Equipment Operation (2) AL 245 Health Information Coding I (3) Focuses on radiography physics, electromagnetic radia- This course includes a presentation of current nomen- tion, and x-ray production. Emphasizes electrical con- clatures and classification systems, coding techniques cepts including electrodynamics, circuitry, electromagne- for diseases and operations according to recognized tism, rectification and the application of these principles systems & application of DRG principles. Prerequisite: to radiography. A working knowledge of basic algebraic BI 255, BI 250, AL 320, or concurrent enrollment. equations is required. Prerequisite: AL 131 or consent. AL 246 Health Information Coding II (3) AL 231 Radiation Protection and This course is a continuation of Coding I. This course Biological Effects (2) includes coding techniques for disease, operations, & Provides the knowledge and serves to develop the at- procedures according to recognized systems, and ap- titude necessary to intelligently protect the patient, them- plication of outpatient reimbursement principles. Prereq- selves, and others from the potentially harmful effects of uisites: AL 245. radiation. Includes an in-depth discussion of biological effects, cell and organism sensitivity, and somatic and AL 250 Seminar in Health Information Technology (1) This course includes an analysis of major trends and genetic effects of ionizing radiation. Prerequisite: AL 121 issues affecting health information, review of the funda- or AL 131 or consent. mental principles of health information technology & suc- AL 236 Radiology Clinical III (3) cessful completion of a simulated certification examina- This course requires a specific number of hours of direct tion. Prerequisite: Concurrent with AL 242. radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Students will demonstrate competence in a variety of procedures AL 252 Psychosocial Occupational Therapy (4) This lecture lab course discusses the role of occupational with indirect supervision. Prerequisite: AL 121, AL 131, therapy concerning therapeutic use of self, including AL 135, or consent. one’s personality, insights, perceptions and judgments AL 237 Radiology Clinical IV (4) as part of the therapeutic process in individual and group This course requires a specific number of hours of direct interactions. Prerequisite: AL 165 radiographic assistance in a healthcare setting. Stu- dents demonstrate competence in special procedures AL 253 Level I Fieldwork II (1) This course requires a specific number of hours in the utilizing positioning techniques covered in AL 220 with health care setting to allow the student to employ logical direct supervision. Rotations through specialized areas of thinking, critical analysis, problem solving and creativity radiology will begin. Prerequisite: AL 236 and concurrent as it relates to the occupational therapy clinical setting. with AL 220 or consent. Prerequisite: AL 164, AL 167 AL 238 Radiology Clinical V (4) Additional experience and expertise in routine and non- AL 254 Current Topics in Occupational Therapy (2) This course will allow the student to obtain the knowl- routine examinations is gained. Rotations through the edge and understanding of the systems and structures specialized areas of radiology will continue. Students that create federal and state legislation and regulation are under indirect supervision. Prerequisite: AL 237 and for occupational therapy. Topics include reimbursement, AL 220 or consent. national, international and state regulations for licensure, AL 239 Radiology Clinical VI (2) certification and/or registration for occupational therapy. A five week course which requires a specific number of Prerequisite: AL 167 hours of direct radiographic performance in a healthcare setting. Students will focus on completion of final com- AL 255 Level II Fieldwork (8) This fieldwork placement consists of two, full time, eight petencies. Prerequisite: AL 238, AL 320, or consent. week rotations and provides the student with the oppor- AL 240 Professional Practice I for Health Info Tech . tunity to develop into competent, entry-level occupational (2) therapy assistants. The student will be exposed to a This course includes simulated projects completed variety of clients across the life span and a variety of set- independently, and supervised clinical experience in the tings. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all previous technical aspects of health records in approved health coursework. care facilities and agencies. Eight hours per week. Pre- requisite: Admission to Health Information Technology AL 256 Occupational Therapy Issues (1) This course will emphasize issues that relate to consum- Program, AL 150 or concurrent enrollment. ers, potential employers, colleagues, third party players, AL 241 Professional Practice II for Health Information regulatory boards, policy makers and others the value of Technology (3) the occupational therapy profession. Prerequisite: Satis- Continuation of AL 240. Prerequisite: AL 240. factory completion of all previous coursework. AL 243 Coding Professional Practice for Health AL 260 Independent Study (1-3) Information Technology (2) In consultation with a selected faculty member, the stu- Simulated projects performed independently, and super- dent selects for intensive study an issue(s) of one of the vised clinical including inpatient and outpatient coding in following: Health Information Technology (HIT); Physical approved health care facilities and agencies. Prerequi- Therapist Assistant (PTA); Respiratory Therapy (RT); or site: AL 245, AL 246. Radiologic Technology (XR).

209 AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities developments in Physical Therapy, professional re- in Physical Therapy (3) lationships, research, employment, etc. The course This course follows AL 170 Physical Therapy Procedures may also feature guest speakers on topics relevant to I in the curriculum sequence and includes instruction on the profession. The course will broaden the student’s the various modalities of heat, cold, electrical stimula- understanding of professional responsibility and motivate tion, ultraviolet and infrared light, traction, hydrotherapy, them towards personal improvement, commitment and diathermy and other physical agent modalities and continuing competence in the Physical Therapy profes- treatments. Prerequisite: AL 170 and concurrent enroll- sion. Prerequisites: AL 170, AL 171, and AL 261. ment in AL 171. AL 272 Current Topics in Physical Therapy (2) AL 264 Physical Therapy Clinical I (3) This course emphasizes the characteristics, clinical This course involves observation of various types of problems, and physical therapy treatment of various patients in different clinical settings with the practicum of rehabilitation patients, including the physical, psycho- skills learned in AL 170 Procedures I and AL 171 logical, sexual and vocational problems encountered. Musculoskeletal Assessment in Physical Therapy, and Specialized areas of Physical Therapy such as Aquatics, AL 261 Therapeutic Modalities in Physical Therapy. This Wound Management, Oncology, Women’s Health Is- course will includes an on-going communication between sues, Pulmonary, Prosthetics/Orthotics, Sports Physical the clinical coordinator, the student and the academic Therapy and Chronic Pain Management are included in coordinator. The student is given the opportunity to work this course. Prerequisite: AL 170, AL 171, AL 261, AL with a variety of patients and to begin developing com- 264, and concurrent enrollment in AL 265. petence as a medical team member. The student also attends clinical labs prior to clinical placement to further AL 273 Physical Therapy Issues (1) In consultation with a faculty member, the student is develop his/her skills with patients and department pro- assigned for intensive study a specific area of concern cedures. Prerequisite: AL 186 & AL 261. related to physical therapy. This may include intensive AL 265 Applied Neurophysiology (3) reading and the preparation of patient and/or practitio- This course is designed to provide the Physical Therapist ner educational materials related to the subject. This Assistant with a foundation in applied neurophysiology will give the student an opportunity to develop an area concepts. This includes, but is not limited to, specific or topic of expertise by exploring various avenues of assessment and treatment techniques for patients in information and compiling those into one document. special populations, such as spinal cord injury, pediat- During this course the student will also be reviewing for rics, amputees, traumatic head injury, cerebrovascular the Program Comprehensive Final to be given during the accidents, as well as other neurological or cardiovascular second or third week of the spring semester. Prerequi- disorders. Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all site: AL 265, AL 272. previous coursework. AL 279 Physical Therapy Clinical II (6) AL 265B – Applied Neurophysiology - Occupational This course is clinical in nature and consists of two Therapy Lab (0) six-week full-time rotation following the completion of This lecture lab course is designed to develop the Oc- all didactic course work. The student will be involved in cupational Therapy Assistant and the Physical Therapist practicing all Physical Therapist Assistant skills in health Assistant with the skills to collaborate, develop and im- care facilities across the United States. The course will plement assessment/treatment techniques for individuals entail either on-site or phone communication between with neurological and/or cardiovascular disorders. This the clinical instructor, the student and the academic coor- includes specific assessment and treatment techniques dinator (at least once during each rotation). The student for patients in special populations, such as spinal cord is given the opportunity to practice advanced applica- injury, pediatrics, amputees, traumatic head injury, cere- tions with indirect supervision on a variety of patients brovascular accidents, as well as other neurological or and to develop competence as a full-time member of the cardiovascular disorders. Prerequisites: AL 167, BI 255 medical team. AL 268 Integumentary Assessment in Physical AL 289 Respiratory Therapy Clinical II (5) Therapy (2) Students are assigned to various clinical settings de- This course provides an overview of diseases and relat- signed to allow the student to complete procedural evalu- ed impairments of the integumentary system, which are ations in basic respiratory care. The student will also be most frequently found in physical therapy assessment introduced to critical care medicine. Prerequisite: AL 187. and intervention. Introduction to wound care including physiology of tissue healing, wound assessment tools, AL 290 Special Topics in Allied Health (3) Selected topics related to HIT, PTA, RT, or XR, which dressings and interventions commonly used in physical vary from semester to semester. Announced in advance. therapy will be included in course content. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. Satisfactory completion of all previous coursework. AL 291 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures I (5) AL 271 Health Policy & Systems Lectures and laboratory topics on cardiopulmonary in Physical Therapy (2) resuscitation, airway care and management, emergency This course emphasizes professional aspects of the care, mechanical ventilation and care of the critically ill Physical Therapist Assistant. Included in that realm are patient. Prerequisite: AL 289. topics such as reimbursement guidelines, legislative is- sues, health care delivery systems and policies, continu- ing education, code of ethics, current 210 AL 292 Respiratory Therapy Topics & Procedures II (3) utilization with linear accelerators and other high energy Lectures and group discussion of diagnostic procedures machines. Electronic beam dosimetry will also be dis- used by the pulmonary physician in evaluating patients cussed. with respiratory disease. Special emphasis will be placed on etiology, pathophysiology, clinical manifestations, AL 304 Therapeutic Radiobiology (3) Topics studied are normal tissue tolerance, tumor toler- and treatment of obstructed and restricted pulmonary ance, radiation reactions, fractionization, total tumor dose diseases. Prerequisite: consent. and tumor origin. Principles of radiobiological factors in AL 293 Respiratory Therapy Clinical III (5) the therapeutic energy range are studied. The disease An in-depth exploration of critical care medicine. The process called cancer with special focus on those char- student will execute procedures relating to care of the acteristics which distinguish malignant disease from the patient being mechanically ventilated. The student will normal state will be covered. also be given clinical experience in EKG’s and pulmo- nary function studies. The student will also be introduced AL 305 Radiation Therapy Physics II (3) A continuation in the study of basic physics concepts to neonatal critical care medicine. Prerequisite: AL 289. related to radiation therapy and treatment planning in- AL 294 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Topics II (3) cluding photon beam dosimetry. Parameters and clinical An introduction to medical microbiology. Special em- applications of treatment planning, brachytherapy tech- phasis on pathogens related to the cardiopulmonary niques, 3D CRT, IMRT, SRS, and other radiation physics systems. Students will also be exposed to new, current topics will also be covered. and advanced clinical respiratory therapy topics. Prereq- uisite: AL 292. AL 307 Simulation and Treatment Procedures I (3) This course will study the history and general principles AL 295 Respiratory Therapy Clinical IV (5) of radiation therapy treatment procedures including treat- Clinical rotations in pulmonary rehabilitation/home care, ment planning and treatment delivery techniques. This advanced ventilation techniques, hemodynamic monitor- course will also present current clinical radiation oncol- ing, and specialty rotations that the student is concerned ogy practices for specific malignancies commonly seen with related to respiratory therapy. Students will also in the clinical setting. Oncology topics pertaining to com- receive clinical experience in pediatrics and neonatology. mon tumor volume localization, tumor dose recommen- Prerequisite: AL 293. dations, dose to critical structure thresholds and external beam and brachytherapy treatments techniques. AL 296 Respiratory Therapy Clinical Topics III (3) Instruction in fields of obstetrics, neonatology and pediat- AL 308 Allied Health Portfolio (3) rics as related to respiratory care. Includes sections on This is a required course for Bachelor of Health Science medical ethics and department management. Prerequi- majors who are requesting credit for a radiographer, site: AL 382. sonographer or radiation therapist accredited program which was not completed at a University/College. Stu- AL 300 Introduction to Ultrasound (2) dents will develop a portfolio demonstrating completion An introduction to the Diagnostic Medical Sonography of appropriate education and registry examinations in profession. Topics include discussion of sonographic addition to retrospective and prospective self-evaluation. terminology, basic theories of equipment operation, body Prerequisite: Consent from the BHS Coordinator. imaging, seminars in patient care, professionalism, and information concerning clinical education. AL 310 Radiation Therapy Topics II (3) Provides the knowledge of the principles and concepts AL 301 Clinical Radiation Therapy I (4) of quality assurance in radiation therapy. Methods for Clinical introduction to mega-voltage therapeutic treat- performing the various tasks involved will be discussed. ment machines, simulators and computers for verifica- Ethical and legal issues of radiation therapy, radiation tion. Students learn patient monitoring systems, radia- safety and protection, infection control, billing procedures tion treatment record keeping, creation of custom field are discussed and various other radiation therapy topics shapes, treatment verification and delivering a prescribed will be covered. course of radiation therapy. AL 315 Allied Health Pharmacology (3) AL 302 Radiation Therapy Topics I (3) This course is for allied health students and is designed An introduction to the history of radiation therapy and the to familiarize the student with general classification of study of epidemiology, etiology, screening, detection and drugs, the mechanism of action, indications, contraindi- the diagnosis of cancer will be covered. Basic concepts cations, and major adverse effects. Principles of drug of patient care using a multidisciplinary approach will administration and pharmacokinetic are also presented. be identified. Factors influencing patient general health during and following a course of radiation treatment will AL 320 Human Disease (3) be discussed. Pharmacology, anatomy and electronic A study of diseases, their causes and complications, and charting will also be covered. the modern practices of diagnosis and treatment. Prereq- uisite: BI 250 or BI 255 or BI 275 or concurrent. AL 303 Radiation Therapy Physics I (3) The study of basic physics concepts related to radiation AL 321 Advanced Radiologic Imaging (2) therapy and treatment planning including x-ray produc- A continuation of disease concepts with a direct appli- tion and intensity, radiation interactions with matter, cation to patient assessment, patient care, selection of radiation measurement and detection. Course content radiation exposure factors and radiologic procedures. also includes high energy beam geometry and beam 211 AL 330 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & AL 343 CT Physics: Instrumentation and Imaging (4) Instrumentation (3) Content is designed to impart an understanding of the This course provides information concerning the basic physical principles and instrumentation involved in com- physical principles of sound waves, their applications to puted tomography. Physics topics include the character- the human body, the operation and physical character- istics of x-radiation, CT beam attenuation, linear attenu- istics of the transducer, the method by which the sound ation coefficients, tissue characteristics and Hounsfield waves are converted into an image. In-depth instruction numbers application. on physics principles and instrumentation will be presented. Topics include: image creation, hemodynam- AL 344 Pathology Correlation in CT (3) Content provides thorough coverage of common dis- ics of blood flow, quality assurance, biological effects, eases diagnosable via computed tomography. Each color flow Doppler, spectral Doppler and continuous disease or trauma process is examined from its descrip- wave Doppler. Prerequisite: Admission to Diagnostic tion, etiology, associated symptoms and diagnosis with Medical Sonography program or consent. appearance on CT. Terms associated with these patholo- AL 331 Ultrasound & Cardiovascular Physics & gies will be included. Instrumentation II (3) This course is a continuation of our journey through AL 345 Clinical Experience in CT (4) Assignment to a CT facility to provide the opportunity to the physics of sonography. It will continue the explora- observe, assist and perform CT procedures under the tion of the basic physical principles of sound waves, supervision and guidance of a qualified CT specialist. their applications to the human body, the operation and Establish eligibility for certification through the American physical characteristics of the transducer, the method by Registry of Radiologic Technologists. which the sound waves are converted into an image. An in-depth instruction on physics principles and instrumen- AL 347 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Physics I (3) tation will be presented. Topics include: image creation, Content is intended to impart an understanding of hemodynamics of blood flow, quality assurance, biologi- theories of magnetic resonance properties. Additional cal effects, color flow Doppler, spectral Doppler and concepts such as pulse sequencing, coils, gradient us- continuous flow Doppler. Prerequisite: AL 330. age and signal production will be covered. AL 332 Physics & Instrumentation Board Review (2) AL 348 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Imaging I (3) This course will review all of the curriculum related to Content is designed to provide a review of anatomy the physics of sonography and sonography instrumenta- involving selected body regions with an understanding of tion to prepare the student for the national credentialing MR tissue characteristics. Routine imaging of the abdo- examinations. men, pelvis, thorax, musculoskeletal system and central nervous system will be discussed. Common pathology as AL 340 Clinical Radiation Therapy II (4) demonstrated through MR imaging will be presented. An extended course to provide the student with in- depth experience in the safe handling of megavoltage AL 349 MR Clinical Experience I (3) therapeutic radiology equipment. Students will learn Assignment to a MR facility for application of theory and the controls on the console for megavoltage treatment development of competency in routine imaging. Establish equipment and the simulator. Students will gain hands- eligibility for certification through the American Registry on experience with the treatment console, simulator of Radiologic Technologists equipment and treatment planning concepts under direct supervision only. AL 350 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Physics II (3) A continuation of Physics I concepts including pulse AL 341 Sectional Anatomy and sequencing application, coil selection relating to scans, Imaging Applications (4) calculation of scan times as well as scan parameters and Detailed study of gross anatomical structures will be image factors. conducted systematically for location, relationship to oth- er structures and function. Gross anatomical structures AL 351 Magnetic Resonance (MR) Imaging II (3) are located and identified in axial (transverse), sagittal, A continuation of imaging methods with a focus on non- coronal and orthogonal (oblique) planes. Illustrations routine or specialized protocols of the abdomen, pelvis, and anatomy images will be compared with magnetic thorax, musculoskeletal system, central nervous system resonance (MR) and computed tomography (CT) im- and vascular system. ages in the same imaging planes and at the same level AL 352 MR Clinical Experience II (3) when applicable. The characteristic appearance of each Assignment to a MR facility for application of theory anatomical structure as it appears on CT and MR, when and development of competency in specialized imaging. applicable, will be stressed. Prerequisite: Consent. Establish eligibility for certification through the American AL 342 CT Procedure Protocols (4) Registry of Radiologic Technologists. Content provides detailed coverage of procedure AL 360 Independent Study in Allied Health (1-3) protocols for computed tomography imaging. Protocols A research project of extensive reading or research in include, but are not limited to, indications for the proce- one of the Allied Health Disciplines, or engagement dure, patient education, scan preparation, orientation in a field experience. May be carried on in absentia. and positioning, patient history and assessment, contrast Students will be required to prepare and gain approval media usage, scout image, selectable scan parameters, of both the department chair (Allied Health), and the filming and archiving of the images.

212 supervising faculty member, of a comprehensive learning AL 371 General Sonography Procedures I (3) contract. Prerequisite: Consent. Online didactic education concerning embryology, anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology related to abdomi- AL 361 Sonography Clinical I (5) nal sonographic procedures. Prerequisite: Admission to Students are assigned to various clinical settings to allow Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. the student to begin developing the technical scanning skills of sonography. Prerequisite: Admission to Diag- AL 372 General Sonography Procedures II (3) nostic Medical Sonography program. A continuation of AL 371 with a focus on “small parts” sonographic procedures. Prerequisite: AL 371. AL 362 Sonography Cllinical II (3) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital AL 375 Health Care Policy (3) and office settings. They will be exposed to an intermedi- An overview of the different factors which impact the ate level of complexity involving the various procedures health care delivery system. This course will address included in the general sonography curriculum, and they the social, legal, and economic questions that affect the will have active participation. Prerequisite: AL 361. delivery of health care. Prerequisite: Consent from BHS advisor. AL 363 Sonography Clinical III (5) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital AL 379 Clinical Topics in General Sonography (2) and office settings. They will continue to be exposed to The course will cover new and highly specialized pro- an intermediate level of complexity involving the various cedures in the realm of general sonography. Among procedures included in the general sonography curricu- the content will be neurosonology, breast sonography, lum. Prerequisite: AL 362. sonohysterography, and numerous biopsy and puncture procedures. Prerequisite: AL 374. AL 364 Sonography Clinical IV (5) Students will continue their clinical experience in hospital AL 380 Clinical Radiation Therapy III (3) and office settings. They will be exposed to an advanced Students will continue to demonstrate their clinical skills level of complexity involving the various procedures in treatment planning and dosimetry. Students will also included in the general sonography curriculum. Prerequi- learn management of machine malfunctions, machine site: AL 363. structure and minor emergency repair concepts and ap- plications. AL 365 Sonography Clinical V (3) The student will be participating in advanced general AL 381 Radiation Therapy Seminar (2) sonography procedures in both hospital and office set- Review of the fundamental principles and practical ap- tings. Prerequisite: AL 364. plication of radiation therapy. Successful completion of a simulated registry examination is required. AL 366 Legal & Regulatory Issues for the Health Care Professional (3) AL 382 Cardiovascular Monitoring and Scanning (3) This course includes legal terminology, antitrust laws, On-line lecture course for Respiratory Therapy and licensure, malpractice, liability for negligence, patient Cardiac Sonography students designed to provide the rights, legal standards of care, government regulation student with an understanding of cardiovascular monitor- and compliance issues, and other relevant federal and ing. Areas of study will include an introduction to heart state laws applicable to the health care field. Includes development, review of anatomy and physiology of the methods and procedures for the disclosure of confiden- heart, hemodynamic monitoring, effects on hemodynam- tial health information and the legality and security of ics due to disease states, and cardiac arrhythmia rec- computer-stored data. Prerequisite: Consent from BHS ognition. Prerequisite: Admission to Diagnostic Medical advisor. Sonography program or Respiratory Therapy program. AL 367 Health Care Quality Improvement (3) AL 384 Cardiac Sonography Procedures II (4) This course focuses on the key issues impacting the A detailed and in-depth exploration of various cardiac administration of today’s healthcare organizations and pathology and their echocardiographic manifestations. explores how those issues affect the delivery of care. Prerequisite: Admission to the Diagnostic Medical Examines the theory and development of total qual- Sonography program or consent. ity management in the healthcare industry. Includes a review of risk and utilization management programs. AL 385 Cardiac Sonography Clinical I (5) Students are assigned to various clinical settings to allow Prerequisite: Consent from BHS advisor. the student to begin developing the technical skills nec- AL 370 Simulation and Treatment Procedures II (4) essary to become an echocardiographer. Prerequisite: This is an advanced course covering radiation oncol- Admission to Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. ogy simulation terminology, design, operation, patient immobilization, clinical treatment planning techniques AL 386 Cardiac Sonography Clinical II (5) Students will continue their clinical experience at various and procedures. This course will present current clinical clinical settings including hospital and office facilities. radiation oncology practices for specific malignancies They will be exposed to an intermediate level of cardiac that were not addressed in AL 307. Radiation Oncology sonography procedures and will actively participate. Pre- topics discussed over these cancers will include epidemi- requisite: AL 385. ology, etiology, tumor staging, tumor volume localization, tumor dose recommendations, dose to critical structure thresholds, external beam and brachytherapy treatment planning and delivery techniques. 213 AL 387 Advanced Cardiac Sonography Clinical (3) the necessary technical skills. Prerequisite: Admission to The students will be participating in advanced cardiac Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. sonography procedures, again in a variety of clinical set- tings. Prerequisite: AL 386. AL 396 Vascular Sonography Clinical II (5) Students will continue their clinical experience at various AL 388 Clinical Topics in Cardiac Sonography (2) clinical settings, including hospitals and office facilities. The course will cover new and highly specialized proce- They will be exposed to an intermediate level of vascular dures in the realm of echocardiography, such as stress sonographic procedures and will actively participate. echo (treadmill and pharmacological), contrast Prerequisite: AL 395. echocardiography, diastology, and transesophageal echocardiography. It will also provide a review and Mock AL 397 Advanced Vascular Sonography Clinical (3) Students will be participating in advanced vascular Testing for Boards. Prerequisite: AL 384. procedures, again at a variety of clinical settings. AL 389 General Sonography Procedures III (3) Prerequisite: AL 396. This course content is sequential to AL 372 and will involve sonographic evaluation and diagnosis specific to AL 398 Clinical Topics in Vascular Sonography (2) The course will cover new and highly specialized proce- female anatomic structures and diseases. Prerequisite: dures in the realm of vascular sonography. Among the AL 372 or consent. content will be hemodialysis access, transcranial doppler, AL 390 Special Topics in Allied Health (3) and mapping procedures. It will also provide review and Selected topics related to allied health which vary from Mock Testing for Boards. semester to semester. Announced in advance. Prereq- uisite: Consent. AL 399 Health Information Systems (3) An overview of information technology issues for health AL 391 Chemistry Application in Respiratory Care (3) care managers. Includes health care computer applica- Introduction to medical chemistry. This course will dis- tions, infrastructure planning, information systems orga- cuss the basic aspects of chemistry and biochemistry as nizational structure, information technology procurement, related to cardiopulmonary physiology and therapeutic systems analysis and evaluation. Prerequisite: Consent intervention. This course includes atomic theory, chemi- from BHS advisor. cal bonding and acid-base balance. AL 400 Supervisory Practices for the Health Care AL 392 General Sonography Procedures IV (3) Professional (3) This course content is sequential to AL 389 and will This course examines methods of effective utilization of involve the sonographic evaluation of the obstetrical human and material resources to accomplish organiza- patient. Prerequisite: AL 389 or consent. tional goals within health care settings. Topics include various management theories, effective leadership tech- AL 393 Vascular Sonography Procedures I (3) niques and the importance of decision making. Prerequi- An in-depth discussion of the anatomy, physiology, and site: Consent from BHS advisor. pathophysiology of the peripheral and cerebral vascu- lar systems. The focus will be on the cerebrovascular AL 405 Financial Issues in Health Care (3) system and the arterial and venous systems of the This course explores financial issues in health care facili- lower extremities. Hemodynamics, Doppler waveforms, ties with a focus on the financial and regulatory environ- pressure measurements, plethysmography, appropriate ment. Special attention is devoted to reimbursement pharmacology, sonographic appearance, and scanning policies important to the health care industry. Prerequi- techniques will be discussed. This will include arterial site: Consent from BHS advisor. and venous systems, therapeutic intervention, and non- invasive testing-exam protocols. Prerequisite: Admission AL 420 Current Issues in Health Care (3) This course will explore current health care issues from to Diagnostic Medical Sonography program. the perspective of the Health Services Administrator. AL 394 Vascular Sonography Procedures II (4) Special emphasis will be placed on the impact of the Continuation of AL 393 to include discussion of the issue under study for the delivery, practice and organiza- anatomy, physiology, and pathophysiology of the ab- tion of the American Health care system. Prerequisite: dominal and peripheral vascular systems. The focus Consent of BHS advisor. will be on the abdominal vasculature and on the arterial and venous systems of the upper extremities. Hemody- AL 450 Knowledge Management in Health Care (3) This course provides an overview of the challenges fac- namics, Doppler waveforms, pressure measurements, pl- ing healthcare managers in generating, communicating, ethysmography, appropriate pharmacology, sonographic and leveraging their organization’s intellectual assets. appearance and scanning techniques will be discussed. The focus will not only be on information technology ap- Therapeutic intervention includes arterial and venous plications but also the human side of knowledge creation, systems, non-invasive testing, and exam protocols. Pre- diffusion of innovation, and the application of knowl- requisite: AL 393. edge. Additional topics will include the decision making AL 395 Vascular Sonography Clinical I (5) process, project management, change management, Skill development of ultrasongraphic procedures for and benchmarking. Emphasis is on providing the tools extremity arterial and venous, cerebrovascular, abdomi- to manage and lead staff in various dynamic healthcare nal vascular evaluation, and other special non-invasive settings. Prerequisites: AL400 or BU101 and consent of vascular procedures. Students are assigned to various BHS advisor. clinical settings to allow the student to begin developing 214 AL 460 Research in Health Care (3) solving complex and unpredictable situations where the This course will provide the student with the appropriate management of technology is a central issue. knowledge and skills to successfully conduct qualitative 8. Demonstrate oral and written communication skills, research in the health care domain. Special emphasis and the ability to work in teams. will be placed on developing a research problem and designing a study. Prerequisite: Consent of BHS advisor. Major The major for this degree consists of an integrative AL 480 Seminar in Health Care (3) core of technological and administrative courses. This A capstone course designed to provide integration and sequence of courses focuses on personnel manage- application of theory through the use of case study ment, accounting, finance, organizational systems, the analysis, guest lectures, internships, research papers, evolution and impact of technology, systems design and and other projects. Prerequisite: Consent of BHS advi- evaluation, safety issues and quality assurance, and a sor. capstone technology project. TECHNOLOGY ADMINISTRATION Minor Option Students who have successfully completed The Bachelor of Applied Science degree with a major the required, correlate and elective courses in the in Technology Administration is available for students Administration track of the BAS in Technology who have completed an occupational oriented associate Administration may qualify for a minor in Business degree and are interested in pursuing further studies to Administration. For assistance, please contact the advance in a technology-management related career. School of Business office in HC 114 or call (785) 670- The degree accommodates students from diverse disci- 1308. plines whose associate degree academic major does not easily lead to a bachelor’s degree. Applied Science/Technology Area The nature of the program affords the flexibility This section of the degree program relates to the to meet the needs of students from many technical major courses from the student’s associate degree. backgrounds who desire to develop or expand skills to Because of the diverse nature of associate degree enhance their career opportunities. The curriculum is programs, credit hour completion of technical related designed to complement the students’ technical and pro- courses could range up to 45 credit hours. fessional skills by providing foundation studies in techno- Admission Requirements logical and management topics. Courses are tailored to Candidates for admission to the Bachelor of Applied students’ diverse learning capabilities using instructional Science degree program with a major in Technology resources varying from traditional (e.g., classroom work, Administration must meet the following requirements: textbooks) to advanced technology (e.g., online courses). 1. completion of an associate degree from an accred- All of the courses for the TA major are available online or ited institution; by transfer from another college. 2. submission of all associate degree course work to Mission the university registrar’s office; The Technology Administration Program develops 3. a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher administrators, managers, team leaders, and other on a 4 point scale on the associate degree and with a professionals who understand technology; its impact grade of “C” or higher in all major and related courses; on humanity; and use tools, techniques, and systems 4. contact the Technology Administration Program to enhance their effectiveness in a global, competitive director for advising and completion of a declaration of environment. major form. Student Learning Outcomes Technology Administration Requirements for the Technology Administration students at Washburn Bachelor of Applied Science Degree University, upon graduation, are expected to have: Technology Core 1. Demonstrate the impact that technology has on the individual, society, and civilization. Required Courses (18 credit hours) 2. Apply the current legal decisions and organiza- TA 300 Evolution & Development of Technology tion policies to the development and management of TA 310 Technology and Society technology. TA 320 System Design, Assessment & Evaluation 3. Apply life cycle system development methods to TA 330 Safety Analysis and Quality Assurance reduce risks associated with management decisions. TA 400 Technology Administration 4. Demonstrate the application of process and TA 420 Technology Project behavior data to improve efficiency in a production Must Select two from the following (6 credit hours) environment. TA 340 Technology Policy 5. Identify the core competencies of effective project TA 360 Independent Study (1-4) management and demonstrate how skilled project man- TA 370 Technology Internship (1-4) agers are crucial to an organization. TA 380 Technology & the Future (3) 6. Select quality indicators that can be used to modify TA 390 Current Issues in Technology (1-3) inputs and impact measured system outputs in a man- agement operation. 7. Demonstrate competence in the use of the skills required for analyzing, communicating and problem

215 Administration (Integrated Core) socioeconomic development, environment, ethics, security, and others. Special emphasis is given to the Required Courses (15 credit hours) political process in which technology policies are shaped BU 250 Management Information Systems (or in private or public organizations. equivalent) AC 224 Financial Accounting TA 360 Independent Study (1-4) BU 346 Organizational Behavior Provides the opportunity for intensive study of a specific BU 345 Human Resources Mgmt area of concern in technology, working under the direc- BU 342 Organizational and Management tion of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent. Correlate Courses (Required) TA 370 Technology Internship (1-4) EC 200 Principles of Microeconomics Provides the opportunity to gain experience in a technol- EC 201 Principles of Macroeconomics ogy related field working under the direction of a faculty Must select up to 6 credit hours of professional devel- member and a business contact. Prerequisite: Consent. opment from Technology Administration, Business, or Public Administration with advisor approval. TA 380 Technology and the Future (3) Applications of a variety of prediction tools and tech- Applied Technology/Science niques to forecast future developments in their career Associate degree major courses - up to 45 credit related areas. Outcomes include the ability to implement hours. strategies for creating a desired future in an operation, production, or market. FOR UNIVERSITY AND GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS SEE THE INDEX IN THIS CATALOG TA 390 Current Issues in Technology (1-3) This series provides the opportunity for faculty to develop COURSE OFFERINGS focused courses which meet the needs of current stu- dents and employers. Popular courses are adopted into TA 300 Evolution and Development of Technology (3) the program. Examples include: Technology & Ecology, Provides an historical account of the development and Technology & Disaster Management, Database Adminis- innovation of technology. Emphasis is on the devel- tration, Technology & Terrorism, and Fire Investigation. opment of scientific knowledge and its relationship to inventions and their evolution. The focus is on the TA 400 Technology Administration (3) environment that fosters inventions and their impact on Reviews quality management techniques and applica- civilization. tions with a focus on the international marketplace. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. TA 310 Technology and Society (3) Provides a critical examination of selected areas of tech- TA 410 Technology Planning (3) nology and their impact on people. Topics will include Reviews the theoretical and practical issues of planning invention and product development, communications, in the area of technology. Outlines strategies to imple- construction, energy, transportation, biomedical, environ- ment planning procedures for technological development mental and future technologies. from the point of view of technical, economic, manage- rial, and environmental considerations. The focus is on TA 320 Systems Design, Assessment, and Evaluation the application of these planning methodologies in spe- (3) cific manufacturing or service industries. Prerequisites: Develops and provides practice in skills to assess and BU250, AC224, and TA320. evaluate systems using such techniques as flow charts, cause and effect diagrams, pareto charts, etc. The TA 420 Technology Project - Capstone (3) focus is on basic program evaluation procedures as well Students typically working in teams will complete projects as such issues as systems thinking, causal loops, and as assigned. These projects may take a variety of forms quality enhancement techniques. Concepts of quality but must integrate the student’s technical and profes- leadership and learning are practiced. Prerequisites: MA sional coursework. Student teams will be required to 110, or 116, or a college level statistics course. produce both written and oral presentations of their project. Both individual performance and performance as TA 330 Safety Analysis and Quality Assurance (3) a team member will be evaluated. Leadership skills will Reviews the organization of accident prevention pro- be studied and practiced. Prerequisites: Senior standing grams, job hazards, analysis, accident cost control, and and consent. planning and maintaining of a safe environment. In- cludes risk management and quality assurance issues Cr i m i n a l Ju s t i c e & Le g a l St u d i e s such as inspections, reports, external (federal, state, and local standards) and established internal standards De p a r t m e n t Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/cj/ for ensuring the health and safety of clients and agency personnel. Benton Hall, Room 201 (785) 670-1411 TA 340 Technology Policy (3) Study of policy issues in relation to technology. Reviews Professor Gerald Bayens, Chair technology policy at the basic economic units such as Professor Kay Rute firms, households, persons; and aggregated units, such Associate Professor Mike Manske as the state, the nation, and the international community Associate Professor Richard Martin as well. Reviews issues such as technological efficiency, Associate Professor Phyllis Berry 216 Instructor Harrison Watts Justice Association’s official website http://www.wash- Instructor Terry Knowles burn.edu/sas/cj/cja. Instructor Joe Ruskowitz Instructor Sam Newland The Associate of Arts Degree in Criminal Justice DEGREES OFFERED The Associate of Arts degree in Criminal Justice Associate of Arts requires completion of 62 credit hours. The program Criminal Justice provides students with the knowledge and technical skills Legal Studies required to pursue a wide variety of entry-level criminal Bachelor of Legal Studies justice positions. Including law enforcement, adult and ju- Bachelor of Science venile corrections, and private sector security. All criminal Corrections justice courses in the AA degree will also count toward a Law Enforcement baccalaureate degree in criminal justice and include: Security Administration CJ 100 Crime & Justice in America Legal Studies CJ 110 Introduction to Law Inforcement Master of Criminal Justice CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (See Graduate Section of this catalog for further informa- CJ 130 Public & Private Security tion on the Master of Criminal Justice). CJ 210 Criminal Law MINORS AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED CJ 220 Criminal Justice Communications Minors CJ 230 Principles of Investigations Criminal Justice CJ 270 Juvenile Justice Communications Military and Strategic Studies CJ 207 Race & Ethnic Relations Legal Studies Elective Criminal Justice courses (9 credit hours) Certificates MINOR Legal Studies Non-Criminal Justice majors may minor in criminal justice. A criminal justice minor must include a minimum Questions concerning the degrees or eligibility for enroll- of fifteen credit hours in criminal justice, not less than six ment should be addressed to the chairperson of the of which must be 300 level or above. department. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE Mission (Description of the Major in Corrections) The Department of Criminal Justice offers programs The Corrections major is designed to provide an to prepare students for productive careers in law en- academic and experiential learning environment that will forcement, corrections, and security administration. The prepare students for employment in federal, state, and program is designed to serve both local and distance local corrections agencies. Consequently, the curricu- learning students through web-based and other formats lum addresses the nature of both institutional and field and is intended to produce knowledgeable students who service corrections. The degree includes a participatory possess analytical and technical skills to compete in observation internship, which is intended to promote the today’s criminal justice job market. development of knowledge and skills for correctional Student Learning Outcomes practice while providing opportunity for professional networking, fostering professional socialization, and Criminal Justice students at Washburn University, upon personal growth. Students enrolling in this specialized graduation, are expected to have: internship are presumed to be committed to entering the • analyzed the nature of crime and justice in the field of Corrections. United States and other countries; The program content is designed to provide a broad, • evaluated the police, courts, and corrections sys- comprehensive introduction to the theoretical as well as tems in America; practical aspects of criminal justice, with greatest empha- • integrated the conceptual and theoretical sis being placed on the correctional function. This pro- • frameworks that form the study of criminal justice; gram is designed for both personnel already employed • acquired oral and written communication skills; in criminal justice and pre-service students interested in • integrated academic learning with field-based edu- criminal justice careers. cation by completing an internship; and Major Requirements (36 hours) • evaluated criminal justice research critically and CJ 100 Crime & Justice in America (3) systematically. CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) Criminal Justice Association OR The Criminal Justice Association is a student or- CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) ganization headed by an Executive Committee of 4-5 CJ 220 CJ Communications (3) officers and a faculty advisor. The Association was CJ 240 Law of Corrections (3) created in 1987 and maintains an annual membership OR of 50-100 undergraduate students who are majoring in CJ 270 Juvenile Justice (3) law enforcement, corrections or security administration. CJ 320 Correctional Treatment Strategies (3) CJA actively participates in WU events such as Bod CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) Blast, Homecoming and Career Days. Visit the Criminal CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) 217 CJ 420 Probation, Parole, and Community-Based Cor- Major Requirements (36 hours) rections (3) CJ 100 Crime and Justice in America (3) CJ 480 Corrections Internship (6) CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) OR Correlate Area – 9 hours “C” or better needed in CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) respective major: CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) Group I: A Diversity Course (3) CJ 220 Criminal Justice Communications (3) Group II: A Criminology Course (3) CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) Group III: CJ460 Correctional Administration (3), CJ 340 Crime Prevention (3) CJ 495 The Correctional Experience (3), or SO 307 CJ 350 Legal Issues in Security and Safety (3) Penology (3) CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) A Minor is required, and must Completion of a Minor: CJ 425 White Collar Crime (3) be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. CJ 450 Security Administration and Management (3) Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice (Description CJ 470 Internship in Security (6) of the Major in Law Enforcement) Correlate Area-9 hours “C” or better needed in respec- The Law Enforcement major is designed to provide a tive major balanced introduction to all aspects of the criminal justice Group I A Diversity Course (3) process with particular emphasis on the theoretical Group II: A Criminology Course (3) and practical aspects of law enforcement. The program Group III: A Technology Administration course (3) is interdisciplinary in content, utilizing courses in the social sciences as well as those more directly related to Completion of a Minor: A Minor is required, and must functions and programs in the criminal justice system. be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. This program is designed for both personnel already Major Emphasis employed in criminal justice and pre-service students A total of 36 hours must be completed in each major for interested in criminal justice careers. awarding the BSCJ degree. A maximum of 48 hours of credit in criminal justice courses may count toward Major Requirements (36 hours) graduation. Students majoring in Criminal Justice must CJ 100 Crime & Justice in America (3) earn a grade of “C” or better in all required criminal jus- CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) tice courses for credit. CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) OR Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) (The PLAN Program) CJ 210 Criminal Law (3) The Partnership for Learning and Networking is a OR 2+2 Bachelors Degree Completion Program offered by LG 345 Criminal Law and Procedure (3) Washburn University in cooperation with over fourteen CJ 220 CJ Communications (3) Community College partners. This high quality, flexible CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) program will allow you to complete a bachelor degree CJ 310 Police Problems/Practices (3) in two years through courses presented via the world CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) wide web. This program is designed for both person- CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research Methods (3) nel already employed in criminal justice and pre-service CJ 410 Criminal Procedure/Evidence (3) students interested in criminal justice careers who have CJ 490 L.E. Internship (6) completed an associate degree at one of the many Community College Plan Partners. All students partici- - 9 hours “C” or better needed in respec- Correlate Area pating in the PLAN Program must complete all degree tive major requirements, to include minor and correlate, as outlined Group I: A Diversity Course (3) in the law enforcement, corrections and security majors. Group II: A Criminology Course (3) Group III: CJ 365 Police & the Community (3) or CJ440 CRIMINAL JUSTICE COURSE OFFERINGS Enforcement Administration (3) UNDERGRADUATE COURSES

Completion of a Minor: A Minor is required, and must CJ 100 Crime and Justice in America (3) be approved by the Criminal Justice Department. This course introduces the student to the nature and ex- BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE tent of crime in America and provides an overview of the (Description of the Major in Security Administration) public understanding of the causes of criminal behavior. The Security Administration major is interdisciplinary In the second portion of the course, the role of the crime in nature, emphasizing practical issues and theoretical victim and the principal functions of criminal justice agen- concepts related to security, safety, fire, crime preven- cies are considered. tion, investigations, law enforcement and the social CJ 110 Introduction to Law Enforcement (3) sciences. This program is designed to prepare students This course examines the history and major functions for professional and managerial employment in security, of modern law enforcement agencies and personnel. investigations, loss prevention, and risk management Special attention to career opportunities and alternatives positions in business, industry, government agencies and in the field of law enforcement. non-profit organizations. This program is designed for both personnel already employed in criminal justice and pre-service students interested in careers in security. 218 CJ 120 Introduction to Corrections (3) CJ 303 Diversity in American Culture (3) Contemporary correctional activities and the functions This course is designed to explore the relationship performed by correctional agencies and personnel. In- between culture and the criminal justice system. Empha- cludes an overview of the functions performed by correc- sis is given to understanding the historical, theoretical, tional institutions and agencies for juveniles and adults. and structural perspectives of racial/ethnic and minority groups in society. CJ 130 Public and Private Security (3) History and philosophy of security, goals and measures CJ 305 Crime & Justice in Film (3) of businesses, security firms, military services, and gov- The course is intended to survey modern America’s at- ernmental agencies. titudes about our criminal justice system through analysis of several motion pictures dealing with various facets of CJ 210 Criminal Law (3) the system. Review of substantive criminal law theory and specific elements common to index offenses will be presented. CJ 310 Police Problems and Practices (3) Course will offer a brief synopsis of the historical de- Analysis of police functions and problems commonly velopment of penal codes, as well as application of the encountered in the performance of those functions. Model Penal Code. Special emphasis will include a re- Problem-solving methods and techniques are reviewed, view of established defenses to criminal liability such as discussed, and practiced. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or con- the insanity, self-defense and diminished mental capacity sent of instructor. defenses. CJ 315 Drug Abuse and Criminality (3) CJ 220 Criminal Justice Communications (3) Societal reaction to drug abuse in terms of legal sanc- Methods of gathering and reporting information essen- tions, treatment alternatives, and the Criminal Justice re- tial to effective criminal justice operations are reviewed, sponse (law enforcement, the courts, corrections). How discussed, and practiced. Emphasis is on developing substance abuse and criminal behavior are interrelated. effective interviewing skills and accurate reporting of information gathered by criminal justice practitioners. CJ 320 Correctional Treatment Strategies (3) Treatment strategies employed in adult and juvenile CJ 225 Jail Workshop (3) corrections programs, focusing on classification, types This course provides the student an overview of the his- of institutional programming, as well as community and tory, functions, design and operation of the American jail. aftercare facilities. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. CJ 230 Principles of Investigation (3) Gathering information; principles and procedures used CJ 325 Applied Criminology (3) for crime scene protection and search; collection and Applied criminology will examine various criminological preservation of evidence; interviewing and interroga- theories including delinquent subculture, differential as- tion of complainants, witnesses, suspects, and victims; sociation, and conflict theories, and their application by and scientific applications to a variety of investigations criminal justice professionals. In addition, the student will conducted in criminal justice setting. understand and practice the application of criminological theory in dealing with an individual offender. CJ 240 Law of Corrections (3) An examination of the legal system in the United States CJ 330 Judicial Process (3) with focus on prisoners’ rights and due process as ap- Historical development and contemporary structure of plied to the correctional environment; the relationship state and federal trial courts and courts of appellate between sanctions, sentencing, and corrections; and review will be presented. Constitutional and statutory au- principles of vicarious liability for correctional employees. thority for courts, court procedure, and defendant rights in the judicial process will be reviewed to include due CJ 260 Independent Study (1-3) process, public and speedy trial, jury composition, self- A research project of extensive reading on aspects of the incrimination, punishment and state and federal post- disciplines, or engagement in a field experience, which conviction relief and/or appellate review. Other statutory may be carried on in absentia. May be elected twice for and administrative/regulatory laws will be reviewed a maximum of six hours. pertaining to the Code of Professional Responsibility as CJ 270 Juvenile Justice (3) it applies to respective judicial officers. Close analysis The American system of juvenile justice, including the is offered of the respective roles, duties performed, and roles and relationships of law enforcement, courts, career paths for judicial officers such as judges, prosecu- probation and parole, diversionary programs, service tors and defense counsel. agencies, and correctional institutions. CJ 340 Crime Prevention (3) CJ 290 Special Topics (1-3) Situational crime prevention, environmental design, Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be physical security measures, defensible space, opportu- announced in advance. May be taken for more than one nity theories, crime displacement, rational choice theory, semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of and crime prevention studies. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or instructor. consent of instructor. CJ 345 Homicide Investigations(3) An in-depth examination of homicide investigation and the tools required to bring the case to a successful completion. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. 219 CJ 350 Legal Issues in Security and Safety (3) metropolitan area over a five-day period. Prerequisite: Civil and criminal liability of security officers and employ- Consent of instructor. ers, security laws of arrest/search/seizure, security regu- lations, security licensing and training, OSHA standards CJ 400 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course allows students to learn and demonstrate and legal requirements, and case studies. Prerequisite: knowledge of research methodology within the criminal CJ 130 or consent of instructor. justice system and become acquainted with the range CJ 355 Women in Criminal Justice (3) and scope of quantitative and qualitative tools available An overview of the theories and facts on female criminal- to the criminal justice researcher. Prerequisite: 12 hours ity, employment practices and on-the-job problems that Criminal Justice or consent of instructor affect female criminal justice workers, and factors relative to female victims of crime. CJ 410 Criminal Procedure and Evidence (3) Advanced analysis of the constitutional statutory founda- CJ 360 Independent Study (1-3) tions of modern criminal procedure will be emphasized, A research project of extensive reading on aspects of the with particular focus on the 4th, 5th, and 6th Amend- disciplines, or engagement in a field experience, which ments. The law of search and seizure, interrogations may be carried on in absentia. May be elected twice for and confessions, warrants, indictment/information, a maximum of six hours. Students complete a project pretrial suppression and exclusionary rule applications prospective that is approved by the supervising professor will be presented. Rules pertaining to obtaining, qualify- prior to enrollment. Prerequisite: 12 hours of Criminal ing and admitting evidence will be discussed, to include Justice and consent of the Department Chair. direct and cross examination, application of the hearsay rule, recognized privileged communications, and com- CJ 365 Police and the Community (3) mon evidentiary objections will be offered in the criminal Relevant literature and the scope of the problem, prosecution/defense perspective. psychological and sociological considerations; and vi- able programs that effectively improve communications CJ 415 Forensic Science in Criminal Justice (3) between the police and the public. Prerequisite: CJ 110 The course examines the role of forensic science in the or consent of instructor. investigation and solution of crime. Each type of physical evidence normally encountered in criminal investigations CJ 370 Fire Investigation and Prevention (3) will be studied with regard to collection and packag- This course will examine the principles of fire investiga- ing techniques which maximize the evidence value, the tion, burn patterns, arson, fraud, industrial and commer- current types of scientific analyses available, and the cial fire prevention, hazard recognition, fire control and significance and limitations of the scientific results. The suppression methods. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or consent of history of forensic science will also be briefly examined. instructor. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. CJ 375 Forensic Psychological & Criminal Profiling CJ 420 Probation, Parole, and Community-Based This course introduces students to the diverse ways in Corrections (3) which the forensic psychologist participates in the legal Probation and parole, including the administration, system. Particular attention is given to the role of the procedures, and techniques used in the treatment and forensic psychologist in criminal proceedings as it relates supervision of offenders. Also, the history and trends of to the state of mind of the offender. The course also probation and parole, and professional training in these introduces students to basic theories of criminal profiling fields. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. and ethical considerations in the use of profiling. Prereq- uisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. CJ 425 White Collar Crime (3) Occupational crime, fraud, theft, computer crimes, envi- CJ 380 Terrorism (3) ronmental crimes, business and governmental crimes, An exploration of the incidence and threats of terrorism and prevention measures. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or con- and an investigation of the security and law enforcement sent of instructor. measures needed to combat it. Topics such as assassi- nation, kidnapping, hijacking, extortion, sabotage, bomb CJ 440 Enforcement Administration (3) threats/searches, hostage negotiations, victims’ survival, This is a course for students and practitioners interested and medical/tactical reaction teams will be discussed as in police administration. The student will be required to they relate to executive protection and terrorism. participate in field and classroom experiences designed to expose and prepare the student for an administra- CJ 390 Special Topics (1-3) tive role in the criminal justice system. The student will Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be demonstrate through examinations, assigned papers, announced in advance. May be taken for more than one reports, and classroom participation his/her knowledge of semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of law enforcement administration principles and practices. instructor. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. CJ 395 Seminar in Metropolitan Criminal Justice CJ 445 Drug Enforcement Policies (Summer) (2-3) and Programs (1-3) An overview of the functions, interrelations and problems The role in establishing alcohol and other drug policy of metropolitan law enforcement, judicial and correctional and the development of regulation for the implementa- agencies is provided through lectures, assignments and tion of federal policy. Officials from federal, state, and agency visitations. Usually conducted in the Kansas City local agencies describe agency functions and effects at

220 addressing the drug problem. The course will also ex- trated in one agency or divided among several agencies. amine the impact of federal drug policy at the local level. Placement and continuation in the internship requires Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of instructor. approval of the law enforcement or security agency involved. Prerequisite: CJ 100, 110, 230, 310, 400, 410, CJ 450 Security Administration and Management (3) or consent of instructor. Advanced administration and management issues related to corporate security functions, including strategic CJ 495 The Correctional Experience (3) and operational management, risk management, contract This “impact course” is designed to provide the student security services, management of emergencies and loss with the opportunity to “experience” the correctional prevention. Prerequisite: CJ 130 or consent of instructor. institution and draw a unique insight into corrections. Students will visit correctional institutions, observe their CJ 460 Correctional Administration (3) operations, and interact with correctional practitioners This course provides an overview of the basic functions and confined offenders. Institutions have been chosen of correctional administration including activities such as for visitation to provide the student with as broad a cor- planning, forecasting, budgeting, organizing, training, im- rectional experience as possible, beginning with juveniles plementation, evaluation and direction of personnel. The through adults, including county, state and federal institu- special requirements for administration of a correctional tions. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of instructor. facility such as building public support and understand- ing, communicating results, informing policy decisions, and interacting with other criminal justice professionals Legal Studies are explored. Case studies from a variety of correctional Benton Hall, Room 201 (Criminal Justice Department) settings including institutional and field service organiza- (785) 670-1411 tions are analyzed to enhance understanding of admin- The Legal Studies program is approved by the istrative complexities. Prerequisite: CJ 120 or consent of American Bar Association. Students may pursue a instructor. Bachelor of Legal Studies (BLS), an Associate of Arts (AA) degree or a Certificate of Completion. Those CJ 465 Criminal Justice Planning (3) students wishing to become paralegals should be Criminal Justice planning, including analysis of crime aware that paralegals are not permitted to practice law. data and systems interrelations, forecasting, problem Paralegal’s may perform legal work only under the su- identification, establishing goals and objectives, and pervision of a licensed attorney. Courses concentrate on developing plans for implementation and evaluation. general topics such as terminology, legal research, legal CJ 470 Internship in Security (6) writing, civil procedure, and professional ethics, comple- Supervised practical internship in a security setting. May mented by various specialty courses selected by the stu- be taken for three hours for two semesters or six hours dent. Students also take correlated courses in computer in one semester. Placement requires agency approval. use, editing and grammar and technical writing. Prerequisite: CJ 100, 110, CJ 220, CJ 340, CJ 400, CJ Student Learning Outcomes 450 or consent of instructor. Legal Studies students at Washburn University, upon CJ 475 The Police Experience (3) graduation, are expected to: Travel to law enforcement agencies, guest lectures and • demonstrate proficiency in legal research and writ- class discussion. Prerequisite: CJ 110 or consent of ing; instructor. • apply general communication and interpersonal skills in a legal setting; CJ 480 Internship in Corrections (3-6) Participant observation in a correctional agency operated • demonstrate proficiency in interviewing and inves- by all levels of government, including participation in the tigation; treatment of offenders. May be taken in one semester, • explain and describe the organization and operation or over the course of two semesters. Experience may of the legal system; be concentrated in one agency or divided among several • analyze and interpret orally legal ethical obligations; agencies. Placement and continuation in the internship and requires approval of the corrections agency. Prereq- • explain and apply litigation procedures and legal uisite: CJ 100, 120, 220, 320, 400, 420 or consent of terminology. instructor. UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS (11 CREDIT HOURS) CJ 490 Internship in Law Enforcement (3-6) and GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS (36 Supervised observation and participation in the func- CREDIT HOURS) . tions of a federal, state, or local law enforcement agency through individual meetings and group seminars by the REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF LEGAL faculty. Supervision of the assignment will be received STUDIES from experienced agency personnel and orientation to agency operations provided. Students may participate Major Courses (31 Credit Hours) in specific activities such as patrol, records maintenance LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism and analysis, administration, research and planning, LG 150 Computers in the Law Office training, juvenile operations, investigations, and commu- LG 200 Introduction to Law nity relations. May be taken in one semester, or over the LG 250 Legal Research course of two semesters. Experience may be concen- LG 300 Legal Writing LG 305 Litigation I 221 LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration LG 405 Litigation II LG 315 Legal Research II LG 450 Internship (3 hours) LG 320 Elder Law LG 495 Legal Studies BLG Capstone (4 Credit Hours) LG 325 Personal Injury Law LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals Electives LG 345 Criminal Law Select eighteen credits from the following: LG 350 Professional Ethics LG 205 Corporate Law LG 355 Introduction to Contracts LG 210 Family Law LG 390 Special Topics (1-3) LG 215 Property Law LG 410 Bankruptcy & Collections LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration LG 450 Internship (3) LG 315 Legal Research II LG 320 Elder Law Correlate Courses (9 credit hours) LG 325 Personal Injury Law LG 150 Computers in the Law Office LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals EN 208 Business and Technical Writing LG 345 Criminal Law & Procedure OA 211 Editing and Grammar LG 350 Professional Ethics LG 355 Introduction to Contracts THE MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES The Minor shall include a minimum of eighteen (18) LG 390 Legal Studies Special Topics (1-3 hours) hours of coursework in Legal Studies, consisting of LG 410 Bankruptcy & Collections (3 Credit Hours) six (6) hours of lower division and twelve (12) hours of FOUNDATION COURSES upper division. Required courses are as follows: LG Select any fifteen credits from the following groups: 200, Introduction to Law; LG 250, Legal Research I; and LG305, Litigation I. Nine hours of electives may be A . Computer Skills selected, in consultation with an advisor, from the upper CM 101 Computer Competency & the Internet division course offerings. LG 390 Special Topics in Computer Software OA 225 Spreadsheet Applications CERTIFICATE IN LEGAL STUDIES OA 231 Word Processing Applications OA 235 Database Applications Requirements for Completion of the Legal Studies OA 290 Special Topics in Office Administration Certificate (36 credit hours). The Certificate of Completion in the Legal Studies B . Business/Professional Skills Program is available to those students who have already AC 224 Financial Accounting completed an associate, bachelor or graduate-level BU 101 Introduction to Business degree. CN 320 Communication in the Legal Process OA 211 Editing & Grammar Courses required to complete the Certificate include OA 241 Office Management the following (24 credit hours): EN 208 Business & Technical Writing TA 310 Technology & Society LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism C . Analytical/Reasoning Skills LG 150 Computers in the Law Office PH 107 Critical Reasoning LG 200 Introduction to Law PH 220 Logic LG 250 Legal Research I PH 315 Philosophy of Law LG 300 Legal Writing PO 106 Government of the United States LG 305 Litigation I PO 107 American, State & Local Government OA 211 Editing & Grammar PO 339 Constitutional Law I PO 340 Constitutional Law II Candidates for the Legal Studies Certificate must MM 300 Mass Media Law choose 12 credit hours from the following: LG 205 Corporate Law Unrestricted Electives (13 credit hours) LG 210 Family Law LG 215 Property Law Total Credit Hours: 124 LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE OF ARTS LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation DEGREE LG 315 Legal Research II LG 320 Elder Law Major Courses (18 Credit Hours) LG 325 Personal Injury Law LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals LG 200 Introduction to Law LG 345 Criminal Law LG 250 Legal Research I LG 350 Professional Ethics LG 300 Legal Writing LG 355 Introduction to Contracts LG 305 Litigation I LG 390 Special Topics (1-3) LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation LG 405 Litigation II Select fifteen credits from the following: LG 410 Bankruptcy & Collections LG 205 Corporate Law LG 450 Internship (3) LG 210 Family Law All certificate courses may be applied to the Legal LG 215 Property Law Studies Associate of Arts degree. 222 LEGAL STUDIES PROGRAM OPTIONS WITH principles, judicial decision-making, and the state and WASHBURN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY federal legal systems, as well as a survey of the law of Washburn University and the Washburn Institute torts, contracts, criminal law, property, and procedural of Technology (WIT) have entered into an articulation law. agreement leading to an Associate of Arts degree in the Legal Studies Program. Students who have com- LG 205 Corporate Law (3) A study of business organizations and the tasks a parale- pleted 1080 hours of course work in the Legal Office gal would be required to perform in setting up and main- Professional Program at WIT will receive 25 hours of taining those organizations. Topics covered include: law college credit toward the AA degree. At Washburn, of agency, partnership, limited partnership and corpora- they must complete an additional 44 hours of general tions. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, or consent. education/university courses and legal studies program courses to receive an Associate of Arts degree. LG 210 Family Law (3) Family law issues are the focus of this course, including For WIT credit transfer criteria, see Associate Degree the law of divorce, annulment and separate maintenance “Programs with WIT” listed in the index . actions. The gathering of information and preparation To complete the degree, WIT graduates must com- of pleadings are undertaken. Adoption and custody plete the following courses at Washburn: procedures are reviewed. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, Major and Correlate Courses (21 hours) or consent. LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism LG 200 Introduction to Law LG 215 Property Law (3) Procedural and substantive principles of real and per- LG 250 Legal Research I sonal property laws. Preparation of documents for com- LG 305 Litigation I mon real estate transactions, including deeds, contracts, LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation and mortgages. Personal property topics will include LG Elective bailments, possession, accession and gifts. Prerequisite: TA 310 Technology & Society LG 100, LG 200, or consent. Note: Some required and correlate courses count to- ward general education. Consult your advisor. LG 220 Wills & Estate Administration (3) Involves probating a will or administering an estate; FOR A SUGGESTED CURRICULUM PLEASE SEE assembling information necessary for collection and YOUR ADVISOR . evaluating assets; maintaining proper records for ac- Washburn Paralegal Association counting purposes; preparing pleadings for initial petition The Washburn Paralegal Association (WPA), the and appointment of an administrator and executor; sale, student organization sponsored by the Legal Studies mortgage, and lease of assets; and preparing estate tax Program, was formed for the following purposes: (1) returns, wills and trusts. Intestate succession and tax to promote and maintain high standards in the parale- implications are studied. Prerequisite: LG 100, LG 200, gal profession; (2) to foster creative expansion of the or consent. paralegal career; (3) to provide a forum for meeting and exchanging ideas; and, (4) to assist its members in LG 250 Legal Research I (3) Introduction to primary and secondary authorities, includ- realizing their career and educational goals. There are ing court decisions, legislation, annotations, digests, le- three membership categories: (1) active members: Legal gal periodicals and specialty texts and reports. Practical Studies majors enrolled at Washburn University; (2) research projects, including legal writing. Prerequisite: affiliate members; any student at Washburn University; LG 100 or 200 or consent. and (3) alumni members: graduates of the Legal Studies Program. LG 300 Legal Writing (3) The various forms of legal writing are the focus of this COURSE OFFERINGS course, including letters, memoranda, motions, and LG 100 Introduction to Paralegalism (3) briefs. Students will learn further research techniques, Introduction to the substantive skills required of a para- including an introduction to computerized legal research. legal. Focus is on the skills of persons who will function Practical writing projects are included. Prerequisite: LG under the supervision of an attorney. Course topics in- 250 or consent. clude interviewing, investigation, research, legal writing, LG 305 Litigation I (3) preparing for litigation, law office management systems, Analysis of the steps and procedures in preparing for and legal ethics and unauthorized practice of law. litigation. Course topics include a detailed study of the LG 150 Computers in the Law Office (3) preparation and use of discovery devices, the drafting Overview of computer technology applicable to law of pleadings and motions, and a detailed analysis of the office management, document production, scheduling, steps involved in trial preparation and procedure. Pre- research, litigation support and communication with other requisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. systems. Includes practice on computer terminals. LG 310 Interviewing & Investigation (3) LG 200 Introduction to Law (3) Study of basic interviewing techniques in various legal Introduction to legal terminology and legal principles. settings. Mock interviews of clients and witnesses. Vari- Study of course topics will include constitutional ous styles of interviewing covered, as well as question- asking and listening techniques. Factual and legal investigation theories, plans and techniques will be used. 223 Ethical concerns related to interviewing witnesses and LG 390 Special Topics in Legal Studies (1-3) clients covered. Rules of evidence are reviewed. Pre- Selected topics which vary from semester to semester. requisites: LG 100, 200, or consent. Announced in advance. Prerequisite: Specified on each topic. LG 315 Legal Research II (3) This course is designed to teach students further LG 405 Litigation II (3) research techniques, including the research of legisla- Analysis of the steps involved in criminal procedure. tive history and administrative law, both through library Constitutional principles and limitations will be studied. research and computer-assisted legal research. Prereq- Appropriate pleadings will be drafted relating to the uisites: LG 250 or consent. various stages of a criminal trial. Advanced civil litiga- tion topics will also be studied, such as class actions, LG 320 Elder Law (3) complex litigation, and various settlement devices, Introduction to laws that affect the elderly population. including alternative dispute resolution modalities. Stu- Study of course topics will include estate planning, dents will research and complete a comparative study guardianship and conservatorship, patients’ rights, of the criminal and civil litigation systems. Prerequisite: entitlement programs, managed care, social security, LG305 Litigation I. Medicare, Medicaid, and elder abuse. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. LG 410 Bankruptcy and Collections (3) Acquaints students with the legal foundations for meth- LG 325 Personal Injury Law (3) ods commonly used to collect delinquent accounts, Introduction to basic concepts in tort law, including ele- as well as the terminology of bankruptcy practice, and ments of various tort claims, defenses, privileges and the statutory framework of and proceedings under, the immunities. Prerequisites: LG 100, 200, or consent. Bankruptcy Act. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, and 250 or LG 330 Administrative Law for Paralegals (3) consent. An introduction to administrative law concepts. Top- LG 450 Legal Assistant Internship (2-3) ics covered in the course will include, but not be limited Special placement of a student in a law firm, agency, or to: delegation of authority to administrative agencies; other legal setting using paralegals. Specific learning limitations on agencies’ authority; due process of law in objectives established for each placement. Pass/Fail the administrative arena; informal versus formal agency only. Prerequisite: Students must apply with the program actions; rule-making; FOIA; the Privacy Act; open meet- director and be given consent to enroll. ings; adjudicative functions of agencies; Administrative Procedures Act; and judicial review. Practical application LG 495 Legal Studies BLS Capstone (4) of the concepts studied will occur through the completion Students who have completed all of their major course of exercises and drafting assignments. Prerequisites: LG work (or who are concurrently enrolled in their final 100, 200, or consent. semester and completing their major course work) may enroll in the capstone course with the consent of the pro- LG 345 Criminal Law (3) gram director. Students will complete a self-assessment Introduction to substantive criminal law and criminal by completion of a portfolio, using the core competencies procedure for the paralegal. Topics covered include ele- for the profession to determine if remedial work needs to ments of crimes against persons and property; burden be done in any area before graduation. In addition, stu- of proof; defenses and constitutional protection; com- dents may participate in resume-writing, job interviewing parison of Kansas law with common law, federal law, skills and networking. Mock interviews may be scheduled and selected other states. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or for each student. Each student will complete a research consent. project. LG 350 Professional Ethics (3) Students will attend two different paralegal organiza- An overview of the Kansas Rules of Professional Con- tion meetings and two court sessions. Report writing duct, which govern the practice of law in Kansas. Sub- will be included. Ethics will be emphasized by the use jects covered include: ethics in the law office, unauthor- of hypothetical situations which will be analyzed and ized practice of law, advertising of legal services, contact discussed. Students must participate in at least one pro with parties who are represented by counsel, impaired, bono activity (i.e., serve as a witness or juror in mock lawyers, competency, professionalism, and fees for para- trial or client counseling competitions at the law school legal work. Complaints, disciplinary proceedings, and or high schools; assist at the Washburn University Law possible sanctions are covered. The role of the Kansas Clinic; assist a not-for-profit organization in the provision Supreme Court and the duties of attorneys under the of legal services and assistance to low-income individu- rules are studied. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. als and/or children; or, any other approved volunteer effort). Prerequisite: Consent. LG 355 Introduction to Contracts (3) Overview of contract law in relation to the formation of contracts, the Statute of Frauds, third-party beneficiary Military & Strategic Studies contracts, assignment of rights and delegation of duties, Benton Hall, Room 201 (Criminal Justice Department) liability for breach of contract, termination, discharge (785) 670-1411 and other related issues. Practical drafting projects are Military & Strategic Studies included. Prerequisite: LG 100, 200, or consent. Military & Strategic Studies offers the student a Minor in Military and Strategic Studies, and to apply graduate course work toward the Master of Liberal Studies.

224 Mission preferences and personality traits in order to form an ef- The Military and Strategic Studies Program at fective personal leadership style. Washburn University offers students the unique opportu- MS 120 History of the American Military (3) nity to either take unrestricted elective courses that will Historical presentation of the evolution of the American broaden their general knowledge base or to complete a military from colonial period through the present. A minor in Military and Strategic Studies that will comple- survey of those aspects of organization, training and em- ment their major course of study. Graduate students ployment of military forces developed over time—either may also take courses in the Program, and apply those created in response to particular need or borrowed from graduate courses to their Master of Liberal Studies other international military examples—and presented as degree track. a means of providing foundation for an evolving military Student Learning Outcomes legacy. Military Studies students at Washburn University, upon MS 210 A Soldier’s Story (3) graduation, are expected to: A view of warfare from the bottom up, using the individual • explain the structure and doctrines of the armed soldier’s perspective as a means of de-emphasizing forces; national strategy in favor of the social, psychological and • analyze a wide range of national security issues; emotional impact experienced by those engaged in close and armed combat. Individual experiences reported from • integrate the fundamentals of military planning, or- news accounts, personal diaries, journals, letters, and ganization, and leadership being utilized in today’s autobiographies are used as the primary source materi- armed forces. als for the course.

The Minor in Military and Strategic Studies MS 215 America at War (3) Exploration of United States participation in the major 1. Requires 15 credit hours of which not less than 6 wars experienced through its history, with special empha- must be upper division. sis on the World Wars. Presentation is made on a broad 2. Subject to approval, students may elect to include perspective, to include national interests, mobilization up to 6 credit hours of military history or international of the home front, and the effect of wars on American policy courses from the related disciplines of History society, economy and government. and Political Science.* 3. Subject to approval, 3 credit hours of Military Sci- MS 301/MS 501 Great Battle Campaigns(3) ence, Naval Science, or Aerospace Studies may Examines the conduct of war through in-depth analysis be applied to a minor as lower division credit. (See of a particular battle or campaign shown to be pivotal to Military Science Section) the prosecution of a war. Students are allowed to select the battle/campaign of their choice, with advisement, and COURSE OFFERINGS proceed with customized research. Students taking the Undergraduate and Graduate Courses course for graduate credit will be assigned additional in Military and Strategic Studies course work commensurate with their level of study. Pre- requisites: Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; MS 100 Introduction to Military Operations (3) This course explores the use of the armed forces as an Graduate-six hours of MS. instrument of national power. Students will develop an MS 320/MS 520 National Security Policy (3) understanding of the doctrinal principles of war, funda- Study of the institutions, actors and processes that for- mentals of the offense and defense, just war doctrine, mulate and execute national security policy in the United rules of engagement, and how nations organize and States. Traces the historical and contemporary roles of execute military operations in pursuit of national objec- governmental branches, administrative agencies, civil- tives and vital interests. The course also examines ian consultants and contractors, and non-governmental the doctrine of Military Operations Other Than War organizations in the development and implementation of (MOOTW), focusing on the use of the military during policy. Also incorporates the development of intelligence peacetime. Historical case studies and examinations of analysis in the formulation of policy, to include the evolu- current events are presented as they relate to the course tion of intelligence assets. Students taking the course objectives. for graduate credit will be assigned additional course work commensurate with their level of study. Prerequi- MS 110 Fundamentals of Military Leadership (3) This course is oriented toward the college graduate sites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours of MS or entering the workforce in any profession. Fundamental permission. leadership principles developed by the United States MS 330/MS 521 International Conflict (3) military and Department of Defense are presented, Examination of contemporary international conflict. Is- including leadership traits, principles, styles, values, and sues addressed include the evolution of warfare within disciplinary strategies. Foundation for the course begins and between nation states, the interplay between conflict with individual self-evaluation, including the Myers-Briggs and international diplomacy, economic interdependence, Type Indicator and other personal tendency tests, and and foundational conflict theory. Students taking the progresses through selected group dynamics exercises, course for graduate credit will be assigned additional and in-depth case study analyses of historically effective course work commensurate with their level of study. leadership examples. The primary focus of the course Prerequisites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours causes students to become familiar with individual of MS or permission. 225 MS 335/MS 522 Elite Forces and Special Operations (3) MS 450/MS 645 Military Intelligence (3) This course examines the history, organization, and Comprehensive analysis of military intelligence opera- functioning of modern elite military forces. Analyzes the tions from tactical to strategic. Studies aspects of collec- counter-terrorist forces of the United States and other tion, analysis and dissemination of intelligence informa- countries, including the U.S. Army Rangers and Special tion, to include the use of national intelligence assets Forces, Navy Sea-Air-Land (SEALs), Air Force Task and strategic planning. Students taking the course for Force 160 (Night Stalkers), and Marine Corps Recon- graduate credit will be assigned additional course work naissance (RECON) units. Also exposes students to commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: foreign elite military forces, to include the British Special Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- Air Service (SAS) and Special Boat Squadron (SBS), six hours of MS. French Foreign Legion, Israeli Sayeret (Reconnaissance) units. Uses historical case studies illustrating the use MS 470/MS 655 Insurgency and Guerilla War (3) Overview of insurgent campaigns and guerilla warfare of elite forces in special operations, and follows current throughout history. Emphasis on popular political move- special operations in the war on terror. Students taking ments, opposition to recognized and existing govern- the course for graduate credit will be assigned additional ments, and transition of guerilla leadership into legitimate course work commensurate with their level of study. government. Presents topical coverage of significant Prerequisites: Undergraduate-none; Graduate-six hours historical examples of both successes and failures in of MS or permission. revolution and revolt. Students taking the course for MS 336/MS 533 Hollywood Goes To War (3) graduate credit will be assigned additional course work Examines of the dual role of filmmakers, the cinema, and commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: the motion picture industry to both entertain and inform. Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- Special emphasis placed on how cinematography can six hours of MS. shape popular perceptions and attitudes about warfare in general, as well as particular conflicts. Course makes MS 475/MS 675 Independent Study/Directed extensive use of film library materials in making thought- Readings (1-3) Extensive engagement in a significant field experience ful analysis. Students taking the course for graduate that meets academic objectives. Students are required credit will be assigned additional course work commen- to receive permission from the Director, and arrange for surate with their level of study. Prerequisites: Undergrad- a supervising instructor prior to approval. May be taken uate-none; Graduate-six hours of MS or permission. more than once under different topical areas, and may MS 390 Special Topics in Military and Strategic be taken for variable credit, depending upon the scope of Studies (1-3) research or experience. Students taking the course for Course titles and topics will vary from semester to graduate credit will be assigned additional course work semester, and will present current trends of interest in commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: the organization, equipment, training, and employment Permission of the Director and instructor. of military forces. May be taken more than once under different topical areas, and may be offered for variable MS 480/MS 680 Military Operations credit depending upon the scope, amount of material, or Other Than War (3) Explores the emerging role of military forces in non- course length. standard missions such as peacekeeping, humanitarian MS 420/MS 620 Combat Journalism (3) relief, non-combatant evacuation operations, and support Explores war reporting by the media in both historical to host nation military training. Also examines the rela- and political contexts, and demonstrates the balance tionship between and cooperation with non-governmental between open, fair reporting and the security required agencies and organizations through the use of case for military operations. Also presents the role of news studies. Students taking the course for graduate credit accounts in shaping popular opinion. Students taking will be assigned additional course work commensurate the course for graduate credit will be assigned additional with their level of study. Prerequisites: Undergraduate- course work commensurate with their level of study. Pre- none; Graduate-six hours of MS or permission. requisites: Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate-six hours of MS. MILITARY SCIENCE Lieutenant Colonel John Basso, Professor of Military MS 425/MS 625 Military Justice and the Law of War (3) Science, Battalion Commander, (785) 864-3311, basso@ Traces the development of modern international rules ku.edu pertaining to the conduct of war, and presents the vari- Major John Clark, Assistant Professor of Military Sci- ous treaties and conventions that govern the conduct ence, Executive Officer, MS I Advisor (785) 864-1110, of military operations. Course comprises a serious [email protected]. literature review within the context of actual war crime investigations and trials to present the geopolitical conse- ARMY ROTC quences of war conduct. Students taking the course for Under an agreement between Washburn University, graduate credit will be assigned additional course work the University of Kansas, and the U.S. Army, stu- commensurate with their level of study. Prerequisites: dents may participate in Army ROTC classes taught at Undergraduate-junior standing or permission; Graduate- Washburn by KU faculty. First and second year courses six hours of MS. are taught at Washburn; third and fourth years and all labs are at Kansas University. Army ROTC classes may be taken by any Washburn student and are available to 226 students at NO TUITION COST. For those that contract POC under Graduate students below) class and make into the program, the culmination of the ROTC program up the first 2 at Summer Field Training. is a commission as an officer in either the active army or who join AFROTC take the POC. in the Army Reserve or National Guard. Graduate students The Professional Officer Course teaches the cadet For those that choose to seek a commission while leadership and management, organizational patterns, participating in ROTC, students pursue an academic technologies, military policies and procedures, and pro- degree in any academic major of their choice. ROTC vides an in-depth study of national security affairs. The classes are broken into basic and advanced courses. cadet also learns and practices communication, leader- All necessary ROTC books and equipment are provided ship, and management skills. During the academic year, to the student free of charge. the POC cadet receives tuition and fees, $600 for books For those interested in scholarship opportunities, each year, and a nontaxable subsistence allowance. Army ROTC awards four-year, three-year, and two-year scholarships on a competitive basis. These scholarships Program Options: AFROTC offers a variety of pro- are competitive and pay full tuition, $1200 for books per grams leading to commissioning. Interested college stu- year, university fees, and a $350 - $500 monthly stipend. dents can enter the program as freshman, sophomore, For detailed scholarship information contact Major Ted junior, or graduate students. Some programs may not be Culbertson, Admissions and Scholarships Officer for available every year. Contact the AFROTC Detachments the KU Military Science Department, by calling (785) Unit Admission Office to learn what programs are avail- 865-1113. able to you. Leadership Laboratory: The Leadership Laboratory is AIR FORCE RESERVE OFFICER a noncredit, two-hour, once-a-week course taken every TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) semester throughout the cadet’s enrollment in AFROTC. Department of Aerospace Studies Instruction is conducted in the framework of an orga- Detachment 280, Military Science Bldg. nized cadet corps with a progression of experiences that 1520 Summerfield Hall Dr., Room 109 develop each student’s leadership potential. Such things Lawrence, KS 66045-7605 as proper wear of the uniform, military rank, and military (785) 864-4676,http://www.ku.edu/~afrotc drill and ceremony are also included in Leadership Lab. Cross Town Agreements: Students from Washburn Scholarships: Two-and three-year scholarships are University, St Mary’s University, Mid-American Nazarene available to college students. These are awarded University, Haskell Indian Nations University and Baker competitively. Scholarships generally cover full tuition, University currently attend the University of Kansas for laboratory and incidental fees, $600 per year for books, AFROTC classes enrolled as non-degree seeking stu- and the nontaxable subsistence allowance. Subsistence dents under various “cross-town” agreements. Allowance for contracted Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, Senior as of Oct.1, 2004 = $250, $300, $350, $400 re- General Information: The Air Force Reserve Officer spectively. All texts and uniforms for ROTC are provided Training Corps program provides qualified, energetic, free of charge. and dedicated men and women for service as second lieutenants in the United States Air Force. To accomplish Service Commitment: Upon commissioning (shortly this, the Air Force, with approval of KU, has established after graduation), the Air Force service commitment for a curriculum that allows commissioning in one (based on most cadets is four years of active duty. For cadets who needs of the AF each year) to five (approved high tech become pilots, navigators, or Air Battle Managers, the majors)-year programs. respective commitment is ten, eight, or six years of active duty. Four-year Program: The standard four-year program is divided into the General Military Course and the Profes- Further information can be obtained from the AFROTC sional Officer Course. Some students receive scholar- Detachment 280 office by phone at (785) 864-4676, ships as high school seniors; however, many first-year by e-mail at [email protected], or online at http://www. students enroll as college walk-ons to see if AFROTC is ku.edu/~afrotc. an appropriate choice for their education and career. All funding supports tuition and fees, along with a nontax- Aerospace Studies Courses able subsistence allowance and $600 per year for books. AIR 100 Leadership Laboratory (Fall and Spring)(0) The General Military Course (GMC, Foundations of the All ROTC cadets must be enrolled in Leadership Lab. USAF, Airpower History) is offered during the first two The AS 100 and AS 200 Leadership Laboratory courses years of college and constitutes an introduction to the (LLABs) include a study of Air Force customs and cour- present-day Air Force. The emphasis is on the role of tesies, drill and ceremonies, and military commands. military forces in world affairs, customs and courtesies, The LLAB also includes studying the environment of an officership, professionalism, the mission and organization Air Force officer and learning about areas of opportunity of the Air Force, and the history of air power. If the cadet available to commissioned officers. scores satisfactorily on the Air Force Officer Qualify- The AS 300 and AS 400 LLABs consist of activities ing Test, is medically and academically qualified, and classified as leadership and management experiences. successfully completes four weeks of Field Training, he They involve the planning and controlling of military or she may enter the POC during the junior and senior activities of the cadet corps and the preparation and years. Students joining in their Junior or Senior (5 yr) presentation of briefings and other oral and written com- years will take the 3rd and 4th years of AFROTC see munications. LLABs also include interviews, guidance, 227 and information, which will increase the understanding, Lawrence campus. On a case-by- case basis they may motivation, and performance of other cadets. be offered at Washburn if a scheduling conflict exists. The student receives 10 credit hours of Naval Science AIR 144 Foundations of the USAF (Fall)(1) and AIR instruction over a period of four years. Additionally, there 148 Foundations of the USAF (Spring)(1) is a one credit hour Naval Science laboratory meeting Survey courses designed to introduce students to the weekly each semester. Lab sessions integrate and apply United States Air Force and Air Force Reserve Officer knowledge gained from Naval Science courses to simu- Training Corps. Featured topics include: mission and lated tactical and strategic warfare situations, and include organization of the Air Force, officership and some close order drills, as well as lectures on naval top- professionalism, military customs and courtesies, Air ics. For more information call 1-800-JHK-NAVY. Force officer opportunities, and an introduction to com- munication skills. ARMY ROTC COURSE OFFERINGS

AIR 284 Airpower History (Fall) (1) and AIR 288 ARMY 101 The Army Today (1) Airpower History (Spring) (1) An examination of army organization, structure, customs, A course designed to examine general aspects of air and major legislation concerning the army and an introduction space power through an historical perspective ranging to leadership and management techniques. One hour of from the first balloons and dirigibles to the space-age lecture and one hour of laboratory per week. global positioning systems and Balkan War. Leaders, pivotal situations in peace and war, successes and ARMY 102 Introduction to Military Skills (1) failures are provided to extrapolate the development An introduction to a variety of skills required of army of Air Force capabilities (competencies), and missions leaders, including map reading, orienteering techniques, (functions) in shaping today’s USAF air and space first aid, mountaineering skills, marksmanship, and lead- power. In addition, the students will continue to discuss ership and management techniques. One hour of lecture the importance of the Air Force Core Values with the use and one hour of laboratory per week. of operational examples and historical Air Force leaders ARMY 201 Basic Military Operations I (1) and will continue to develop their communication skills. An introduction to aspects of individual and small group AIR 344 Leadership Studies (Fall) (3) and AIR 348 Lead- tactics. Emphasis on small group leadership and oral and ership Studies (Spring) (3) written communication skills. One hour of lecture and A study of leadership, management fundamentals, pro- one hour of laboratory per week. fessional knowledge, Air Force personnel and evaluation systems, leadership ethics, and communication skills ARMY 202 Basic Military Operations II (1) required of an Air Force junior officer. Case studies are A study of topographic map reading and its application used to examine Air Force leadership and management to military operations. An analysis of the principles of situations as a means of demonstrating and exercising war and modern tactical doctrine as applied to small unit practical application of the concepts being studied. operations. One hour of lecture and one hour of labora- tory per week. AIR 404 National Security Affairs (Fall) (3) and AIR 408 National Security Affairs (Spring) (3) ARMY 301 Theory and Dynamics of Tactical Course examines the national security process (from Operations (3) a military standpoint) from it ’s birth with the Founding Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per Fathers and the US Constitution to the joint war-fighting week. Conventional tactical operations. A basic ap- scenarios of today. It looks at the constitutionally estab- proach to learning the fundamentals of the squad in both lished roles of the legislative and executive branches of offensive and defensive operations to include: mission, government in dealing with the defense issues in peace- organization, principles of war, tactical control measures, time or when the nation is at war. It examines the current troop leading procedures, combat orders, planning and command and control structure within the Department conducting both types of operations, and techniques of of Defense and lays out the global responsibilities of the patrolling; to include their application in counter guerrilla military, and specifically the US Air Force. This course operations and planning. Prerequisite: ARMY 202 or also examines the development of National Security consent of department chairperson. policy and the interrelationship between the Air Force, sister services and the Air Reserve component. Addition- ARMY 302 Theory and Dynamics of Tactical ally, multiple classroom hours on formal military com- Operations II (3) munications skills (writing and briefing) are included. The Continuation of ARMY 301. Three hours of lecture and course culminates with a look at current political trends two hours of laboratory per week. Emphasis is placed on and U.S. defense policy decisions in some of the world’s putting into practice the knowledge gained in Operations major geographical areas. 1 in the application to the Platoon and Company level operations.. Prerequisite: ARMY 301. NAVY ROTC ARMY 303 Military Conditioning (1) The University of Kansas Naval ROTC Unit offers Introduction to the theoretical and practical aspects a cross-town enrollment program for those individuals of developing physical fitness programs for all Army interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Navy personnel. Provides an overview of total fitness, defines Nurse Corps. All Naval Science courses include both physical fitness, outlines the phases of fitness, discusses practical and theoretical instruction in subjects pertain- various types of fitness programs, and presents evalua- ing to the Navy. These courses are only offered at the tion criteria.

228 ARMY 401 Concepts of Military Management (3) AIR FORCE MS 409 Aerospace Studies 4A (3) Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per This course will examine the role of the professional week. Introduction to the military management system officer in a democratic society; socialization processes with special attention to the functions, organizations, within the armed services; the requisites for maintaining and operations of military training, logistics and admin- adequate national security forces; political, economic, istration. The use of standardized staff formats in the and social constraints upon the overall defense policy- development of plans and orders is emphasized from the making process. Three hours of class a week. standpoint of the leader with limited resources. Extensive use of standard staff procedures is empha- AIR FORCE MS 411 Aerospace Studies 4B (3) Focusing on the armed forces as an integral element of sized in problem solving scenarios. Prerequisites: Per- society, this course provides an examination of the broad mission of Department Chairperson. range of American civil-military relations and the environ- ARMY 402 The Military Profession (3) mental context in which defense policy is formulated. Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per Communicative skills are stressed. The role of contem- week. A seminar on the military profession as an object porary aerospace power, and current and future employ- of social inquiry. Focus is on the internal structure of ment of aero-space forces will also be examined. Three the profession, current problems, and interaction with hours of class a week. the larger American society. Seminar topics include but are not limited to the following: a historical perspective Hu m a n Se r v i c e s De p a r t m e n t on the military profession; civil-military relations; social Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/human-services/ and political impact of military activities; military justice; professionalism versus careerism. Prerequisite: Student Benton Hall, Room 311 must be in his or her last semester of ROTC. (785) 670-2116 AIR FORCE ROTC COURSE OFFERINGS Associate Professor Brian Ogawa, Chair Professor Deborah Altus AIR FORCE MS 105 Aerospace Studies Lab (0) Professor Rick Ellis The leadership laboratory for aerospace studies. Stu- Professor Dan Petersen dents will receive leadership training and experience Associate Professor Diane McMillen as well as training in Air Force customs and courtesies. Associate Professor Iris Wilkinson This lab is held at the Kansas State University Manhattan Assistant Professor Kayla Waters campus. One hour of class a week. Students must also enroll in MS 099. DEGREES OFFERED Bachelor of Applied Science AIR FORCE MS 110 Aerospace Studies 1A (1) Human Services A study of the mission and organization of the United Associate of Applied Science States Air Force and U.S. general purpose and aero- Human Services space support forces. One hour of class a week. MINOR AND CERTIFICATES OFFERED AIR FORCE MS 111 Aerospace Studies 1B (1) Minor A study of U.S. strategic offensive and defensive forces; Human Services their mission, function, and employment. One hour of Certificates class a week. Addiction Counseling AIR FORCE MS 210 Aerospace Studies 2A (1) Morita Therapy A study of the development of air power from its begin- Non-Profit Management nings to the end of World War II. Traces the develop- Victim/Survivor Services ment of various concepts of employment of air power. INTRODUCTION One hour of class a week. In line with, and support of, the overall University and AIR FORCE MS 211 Aerospace Studies 2B (1) School of Applied Studies missions, the Department of A study of the development of air power from the close Human Services stresses helping students achieve their of World War II to the present. It focuses upon factors highest potential, encourages lifelong learning, and pro- which have prompted research and technological change vides opportunities for career development. Accordingly, and stresses significant examples of the impact of air our mission and learning outcomes are presented as power on strategic thought. One hour of class a week. follows: AIR FORCE MS 309 Aerospace Studies 3A (3) Mission A study of U.S. Air Force professionalism, leadership, The mission of the Human Services Department is and management. Includes the meaning of professional- for students to attain the attitudes, skills, and knowledge ism, professional responsibilities, leadership theory, func- to become effective, ethical, and compassionate human tions and practices, management principles and func- service professionals who engage in creative approach- tions, problem solving, and management tools, practices, es to meet diverse individual, community, and societal and controls. Three hours of class a week. needs. AIR FORCE MS 311 Aerospace Studies 3B (3) Student Learning Outcomes A continuation of MS 310. Three hours of class a week. Upon graduation, Human Services students should be able to: 229 I. Knowledge: Mental Health, or Developmental Disabilities. Majors are A. Describe the historical roots of the Human Ser- encouraged to take OA 128 or CM 101, or show profi- vices field; ciency in working with computer applications. Students B. Apply the philosophy of the Human Services De- must receive a grade of C or better in each course ap- partment to social problems; plied to the major. C. Articulate the major policy issues and social conditions that are currently confronting human Bachelor of Applied Science in Human Services services; A minimum of 124 hours is required for completion D. Explain how conceptual frameworks guide human of the baccalaureate degree. The Bachelor of Applied service practice; and Science degree in Human Services (BAS) includes 47 E. Communicate various ways in which human credit hours of University and general education require- service programs are funded, organized, adminis- ments. Students majoring in Human Services must tered, and evaluated. complete a minimum of 66 hours of credit in the depart- II. Skills: ment. These hours must include HS100, 131, 250, 280, A. Demonstrate the ability to think critically, listen at- 281, 300, 302, 305, 325, 330, 380, 411, 445, 450/550, tentively, and communicate effectively; 481, 495/595, and 498. In consultation with a faculty B. Demonstrate the interpersonal skills necessary to advisor, a total of fifteen additional credit hours must be establish genuine, empathic, and ethical relation- selected to develop an area of emphasis. Possible op- ships; tions include, but are not limited to, Addiction Counseling, C. Demonstrate competence in evidence-based pre- Youth Services, Gerontology, Victim/Survivor Services, vention, intervention, and evaluation; and Mental Health, and Developmental Disabilities. Of these D. Demonstrate the behaviors of a healthy helping hours, at least 12 credit hours must be Human Services professional. coursework, 3 hours may be selected from another disci- III. Attitudes: pline relating to the area of emphasis, and a minimum of A. Recognize one’s strengths and limitations; 6 hours should be upper division courses. Students must B. Commit to lifelong learning with a willingness to be receive a grade of C or better in each course applied to self-reflective and seek assistance; and the major. C. Formulate a set of values consistent with the Hu- Certificates of Completion man Service perspective of acceptance of diver- sity, open-mindedness, and compassion. The Human Services Department is approved to offer the following Certificates of Completion upon successful Degree Requirements completion of approved course work and/or internships: Students combine general education, human services • Addiction Counseling - Awarded upon comple- coursework, and internships with a specific emphasis tion of an associate degree, and completion of 30 in one or more of the following areas as part of their credit hours as follows: HS210, HS211, HS212, individualized program of study: Addiction Counseling, HS312, HS325, HS411, HS415, HS445, HS450, Developmental Disabilities, Gerontology/Aging, Mental and HS280. Health, Youth Services, and Victim/Survivor Services. • Victim/Survivor Services - Awarded upon comple- The degree programs emphasize a multidisciplinary tion of an associate degree, and completion of 27 perspective, preparing students to assist people and credit hours as follows: HS100, HS131, HS201, their communities to function as effectively as pos- HS202, HS325, HS450, HS300-400 Elective, sible. Recommended and required coursework focus on HS445, and HS481. knowledge and skills in human behavior, group dynam- • Non-Profit Management - Awarded upon completion ics, organizational behavior, and community systems. of a bachelor degree, and completion of 27 credit Students should refer to the specific General Education hours as follows: HS100, PO245, HS302, PO393 or Requirements for the University and consult with their PO346, PO395, HS445, HS495 or PO401, 300/400 faculty advisor for specific Department requirements. HS or PO Elective, and HS481 or PO307. This cer- Coursework in psychology, sociology, communication, tificate is in collaboration with the Political Science biology, political science, mass media, business, or other Department. areas may be recommended or required. • Morita Therapy - Awarded upon completion of a Associate of Applied Science in Human Services Bachelor degree and completion of 15 credit hours A minimum of 62 hours is required for completion of as follows: HS 374/574, HS 376/576, HS477/577, the associate degree. The Associate of Applied Science HS 478/578 and HS481 or HS 360. degree in Human Services (AAS) includes 26 credit Requirements for Minor hours of University and general education requirements. A Minor in Human Services consists of no less than Students majoring in Human Services must complete a 18 hours of Human Services coursework selected in minimum of 27 hours of credit in the department. These consultation with a Department Advisor and must be hours must include HS 100, 131, 250, 251/305, 280 and approved by the Chair of the Department of Human 281. Nine additional hours must be selected, to develop Services. Students must attain a grade of “C” or better an emphasis area, in consultation with a faculty advisor. for each course applied to the Minor. At least six credit hours for the emphasis area must be taken in the Human Services Department. Possible op- tions include, but are not limited to, Addiction Counseling, Youth Services, Gerontology, Victim/Survivor Services, 230 Department Sponsored Co-Curricular Activities medical, legal, crisis intervention, and advocacy agen- cies, and organizations that provide victim assistance. Washburn Human Services Coalition (WHSC) (Faculty Emphasis is on current developments in the field. sponsor Dr. Diane McMillen). The purpose of the Coali- tion is to bring together students from different fields of HS 210 Introduction to Addictions (3) study that relate to human services. The Coalition pro- This course will cover the following: Knowledge of basic vides career development, professional education, and pharmacology, including routes of administration, drug networking opportunities for its members. metabolism, drug excretion, dosage and potency, ab- sorption and distribution, drug interactions, and fetal drug Tau Upsilon Alpha (TUA) (Faculty sponsor Dr. Diane effects. Knowledge of fundamental concepts of phar- McMillen.) The department is a chartered campus center macological properties and behavioral, psychological, of Tau Upsilon Alpha (TUA) National Organization of social, and health effects of all psychoactive substances. Human Services (NOHS) National Honor Society. TUA Knowledge of symptoms of intoxication, withdrawal, and is the acronym of the Greek transliteration of the slogan toxicity for all psychoactive substances. Knowledge of for the honor society: Excellence in Service to Humanity. toxicity screening - types, limitations, and legal implica- Each chapter evaluates qualified students and issues tions. Knowledge of similarity of symptoms of substance invitations to membership. abuse disorders and medical or psychological disorders, and methods for differentiating among them. Knowledge Morita Study Group (MSG) (Faculty sponsor Dr. Brian Ogawa) The purpose of the Morita Study Group is to of resources for help with drug reactions, withdrawal, and supplement the classroom study of Morita therapy violence. Knowledge of the health risks associated with through seminars, meetings, study abroad, and substance use and abuse, including HIV/AIDS, hepatitis, conference attendance and presentations. tuberculosis, and sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). Knowledge of factors that may be associated with the Course Offerings prevention or transmission of infectious diseases, espe- (Many of the following courses are offered both online cially as related to substance use and abuse. Knowledge and on campus, Students trying to complete the Human of community health and allied health resources. Knowl- Services curriculum online, however, are advised that edge of ways to teach or facilitate discussions of disease the courses they need may not be offered online every transmission and prevention, with clients and community semester.) members. Knowledge of confidentiality and legal issues regarding HIV/AIDS testing and counseling, as well as HS 100 Orientation to Human Services (3) testing procedures and their limitations. The content of This course serves as an overview of the historical this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the require- development of human services and gives an introduc- ments for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. tion to the philosophical framework, the major theoreti- cal models, and the interdisciplinary nature of human HS 211 Addictions Treatment (3) services. Students have the opportunity in this course This course describes the most generally accepted and to explore human service occupations and professional scientifically supported models of treatment, recovery, organizations, as well as learn about local and regional relapse prevention, and continuing care for addiction and community resources. A major component of the course other substance-related problems. Content of the course is the opportunity for students to participate in community will focus on the social, political, economic, cultural, and service learning projects by filling the requirement of 30 family context within which addiction and substance hours of volunteer work. abuse exist, including risk and resiliency factors that characterize individuals and groups and their living HS 131 Human Development (3) environments. Emphasis will be given to the behavioral, This course examines human development from a bio- psychological, physical health, and social effects of psy- psycho-social model and considers various theoretical choactive substances on the user and significant others perspectives that have influenced the study of human and the importance of research and outcome data and development across the lifespan. The course pays atten- their application in clinical practice. Knowledge of psy- tion to variability in human development and the factors choactive substance toxicity, intoxication, and withdrawal that appear to influence this variability, both individual symptoms; aggression or danger to others; potential and cultural. for self-inflicted harm or suicide; and coexisting mental HS 201 Victimology (3) health problems. Knowledge of principles and philosophy This course provides an introduction to the history, of prevention, treatment, and recovery. The content of development, theories, and major issues in the study of this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the require- persons who are victims/survivors of crime. Using an ments for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. ecological perspective of victimization, specific areas will HS 212 Addiction Services Coordination (3) be discussed, including domestic violence, sexual as- This course will include the following content: Knowledge sault, child abuse, and homicide. Current research data of methods of systematic data gathering from clients and will be discussed to enhance the understanding of victim collateral sources, using appropriate screening and as- trauma and recovery. sessment instruments. Understanding the limitations of HS 202 Victim/Survivor Services (3) assessment procedures. Understanding procedures for This course is an overview of the variety of human scoring assessment tools, analyzing and interpreting re- services provided to persons who are victims/survivors of sults, and communicating findings, verbally and in written crime. Settings to be studied are various criminal justice, form, to various audiences including the client, significant others, and other professionals. Understanding of mental 231 health status screening, including assessment of suicide and planning, overcoming communication deficits and risk, danger to others, and mental illnesses. Knowledge preventative and supportive health measures. Requires of stages of readiness to change, its assessment, and practical demonstration of skills at scheduled times the effect of stage of readiness to change on treatment outside of class. planning. Knowledge of current DSM or other accepted criteria for substance use disorders and criteria for client HS 243 Fundamental American Sign Language(3) This course is designed to provide students with a basic placement into levels of care. Ability to prepare accurate framework of knowledge regarding the nature of and concise screening, intake, and assessment reports, hearing loss and its extremely varied influence on the and write clear treatment plans, discharge and transfer lives of people who are deaf, hard of hearing, late-deaf- summaries, and other documentation. Understanding ened, and deaf with a dual diagnosis. Important issues the treatment planning process, including the continuum within the field of deafness will be addressed, namely: of care and interrelationship among client needs and Deaf culture, education of deaf people, technological problems. Understanding the role of the client and family advances, and political influences. Emphasis will be systems on treatment decisions and outcomes. Knowl- placed on learning the fundamentals of American Sign edge of how confidentiality regulations affect all stages of Language (ASL) while providing the student with a work- the assessment and treatment process. Understanding ing vocabulary of approximately 500 signs. The student the value of a multidisciplinary approach to treatment and can expect sign demonstration and practice as well as the role of other agencies, professionals, civic groups, lecture on various salient topics in deafness. etc. in helping to address client needs. Knowledge of ways of referring clients to other agencies and coordi- HS 250 Becoming a Helping Professional (3) nating treatment activities. Recognition of the value of This course is designed to address what it means to be- including family and other client support systems across come a professional in a field that is devoted to helping the entire continuum of care. Knowledge of constructive people who face critically important problems and issues ways to work with family members and others. The con- in their lives. Students are encouraged to consider the tent of this class is based on TAP 21 and meets the knowledge, skills, and education that are expected of requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. people serving in different human service careers. This course will also explore belief systems of effective and HS 220 Introduction to Youth Services (3) ineffective helpers, and discuss the positive and nega- This course is designed to introduce students interested tive effects that a variety of beliefs and assumptions in working with youth to the developmental and socializa- can have on one’s professional practice. Values are an tion influences that affect children. In addition, when one integral part of the consumer/helper relationship, and is concerned about children’s development, one must considerable attention will be given to an analysis of also be concerned with children, families, and communi- how values influence helping. An overview of the stages ties. This course will provide students the opportunity of helping, with discussion of the skills and knowledge to become sensitized to the many issues that confront necessary to be a successful helper at each stage, will today’s youth and critically look at what is being done. be presented. Special consideration will be given to Many current topics will be covered in a survey format understanding and working with diverse populations. and students will investigate one topic in-depth. Prerequisites: HS 100 and 131. HS 221 Community Methods with HS 251/305 Case Management (3) Children & Youth (3) This course is designed to enhance students’ ability to This course will address environmental intervention provide case management services. This course will with children and their families. Social networking and focus on serving children with severe emotional dis- ecologically oriented programs will be the focus. Prereq- turbance and adults with mental illness. In addition, uisites: HS 220 or consent. students will investigate issues and responsibilities of HS 231 Methods of Long-Term Mental Health Care (3) case managers, community resources, the family sup- This course will build on the theoretical issues of basic port perspective, client advocacy, the strengths approach health care, with emphasis on acquiring the skills to care when working with people, and the fundamental philoso- for the health and safety concerns of people in long-term phy and applications of wraparound community services. treatment programs. This course will be helpful for those students with the desire to work as case managers, social workers who HS 232 Introduction to Community Mental Health would like to expand their knowledge of case manage- Services (3) ment in community settings, bachelor level psychology This course is designed to familiarize students with the students wanting to work in community mental health, history and development of community mental health; and administrators/supervisors who have the desire to federal, state and local policies impacting the delivery of implement case management services within their agen- community mental health services; and methods utilized cies. Prerequisites: HS 100 and 131, or consent. in community mental health service delivery such as short-term counseling, crisis intervention, case manage- HS 260 Directed Study in Human Services (1-3) ment, prevention, education, and assessment of need for In consultation with instructor, the student selects for services. intensive study a specific area related to human services. Prerequisite: Consent of Faculty and Chair. HS 240 Introduction to Developmental Disabilities (3) This is a survey course designed to introduce the student HS 270 Theories of Aging (3) to a philosophy of services for people with developmen- This course provides an overview of the study of aging, tal disabilities, their rights, legal issues, assessment giving students an interdisciplinary introduction to the 232 aging process. An emphasis is placed on a bio-psycho- practice. Community organizing refers to a particular social model which considers biological, psychological, form of community participation in which “grassroots” and social theories of the aging process. The course people learn techniques to share in power. This implies also discusses approaches to the delivery of services that the model will focus on recruiting grassroots mem- that are informed by these theories. bership and target systems for change. The methods may include collaborative problem solving, strategic HS 273 Gerontology Skills and Methods (3) planning and confrontation. Targets for change may be This course will allow students to build skills for deliver- individuals, systems, and families. ing human services to elderly individuals and groups. Coursework will emphasize building relationships, HS 310 Human Sexuality (3) assessment, and approaches to treatment. Prerequisites: This course will provide students the opportunity to HS 270 or consent. develop a basic background knowledge of human sexual anatomy, response, behavior, developmental aspects, HS 280 Internship I (3) problems, and laws. Students will increase vocabulary in This course is the beginning internship required of all the area of human development to describe and identify majors in both the Associate and the Baccalaureate normal and problematic areas of human sexuality. degree programs. The internship consists of a minimum of 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the HS 312/512 Substance Abuse & Other Disabilities (3) community under the supervision of staff and univer- This course is designed to prepare addiction, vocational sity faculty. In addition, a weekly seminar is required to and rehabilitation counselors, social workers, and other integrate learning in the field with classroom instruction. human service providers to provide quality substance Emphasis will be given to basic competencies of direct abuse treatment services and programs for persons with care. Prerequisites: HS 100, 131, at least one course in cognitive and physical disabilities. The course will cover area of emphasis, and consent. the knowledge and skills needed to provide individual- ized treatment plans specific to the client’s biological, HS 281 Internship II (3) psychological, social, and spiritual needs; create alterna- This course is the second internship course required of tives to provide full access to services without barriers; all majors in both the Associate and the Baccalaureate and help to promote employment opportunities for people degree programs. The internship consists of a minimum living with coexisting substance abuse and other dis- of 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the abilities. The content of this class is based on TAP 21 community under the supervision of staff and university and meets the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS faculty. In addition, a weekly seminar is required, to inte- certification. grate learning in the field with classroom instruction. Em- phasis will be given to basic helping relationship skills, HS 313 Drug Abuse and Criminality (3) communication skills, observation, reporting, recording, This course is designed as an overview of the issues and assessment. Prerequisites: HS 250, 280, at least related to drugs and crime. Information will be presented two courses in emphasis area, and consent. on the many ways in which drug use and criminal behav- ior are linked. Special emphasis will be placed on treat- HS 290 Special Topics in Human Services (1-3) ment and intervention methods currently used to deal Selected topics related to human services are an- with alcohol and other drug problems among offenders. nounced in advance. See Schedules of classes for availability. HS 314 Relapse Prevention Planning (3) Courses numbered 300-499 are open to students dur- This course is designed as an overview of the process ing the semester in which they achieve junior standing of recovery from addictive disease, understanding the only (or a minimum 54 credit hours), provided they have relapse process, and relapse prevention. Concepts are enrolled in enough lower level courses during that same based on the Center for Applied Sciences (CENAPS) semester to meet the requirements of junior rank. Model of Treatment. HS 300 Prevention in Human Services (3) HS 318 HIV/AIDS and Drug Abuse (3) This course will examine the role of prevention in human HIV/AIDS has become a major epidemic in only twelve services. An emphasis will be given to alternatives to the years and the link between drug abuse and infection current health delivery system with particular attention to is becoming more apparent every day. This course is how people deal with their own health and approaches designed to give counselors the skills and understanding toward helping. Discussion will also address community necessary to provide effective treatment to those clients development activities and prevention. This course will who are both chemically dependent and HIV infected. provide students the opportunity to enhance oral and This course focuses on the special issues related to the written communication skills; practice critical and creative complications or persons who have HIV/AIDS and are thinking skills; and develop skills in systematic problem addicted to either alcohol or other drugs. Students have analysis and selection of appropriate prevention and the opportunity to learn skills in two areas related to HIV intervention strategies. disease and treatment: (1) Risk reduction techniques to assist alcohol and drug clients in reducing their risk for HS 302 Social Change & Advocacy in Human becoming infected with HIV; and (2) the special treat- Services (3) ment needs of persons already infected who are seeking This course is designed to familiarize students with com- treatment. munity organizing, mobilizing, and development. The content of the course will focus on an understanding of social action, change and advocacy in human service 233 HS 321 Youth and Violence (3) about best practices in behavior analysis with a variety of This course is designed to provide an overview of consumer populations and will gain experience in read- violence and youth, specifically the problems associ- ing and evaluating reports of behavior-analytic research. ated with it; including, but not limited to, such issues as definition, reporting, investigations, causes, treatment, HS355/555 - Peacemaking (3) The course will cover the need for peace education in the importance of family preservation and re-integration, our society. Peace education is pertinent for students institutional abuse, institutional neglect, parent training, majoring in human services with an interest in work- parent support, prevention, the roles of foster care, SRS, ing with violence and poverty prevention, social justice, the court system, the schools, etc. The role of the human the environment, youth, and sustainable communities. service worker in preventing and dealing with child abuse Other students will find value in the course through the and youth violence will be an area of special focus. Child experiential component of designing a peace education abuse will be viewed as a part of a continuum of per- presentation that can be used in their community. Topics sonal/family violence. include personal peacemaking, nonviolence, conflict HS 322 Child Advocacy (3) resolution, compassionate intentional living, civil rights, This course is an overview of the methods of child equity, education and the environment. advocacy and an individualized program to meet the interests of the student. This course is taught at CASA of HS 360 Directed Study in Human Services (1-3) In consultation with instructor, the student selects for Shawnee County and is designed to provide the student intensive study a specific area related to human services. with the opportunity to become an effective child advo- Prerequisites: Consent of Faculty and Chair. cate in the arena of the student’s choice. Prerequisites: Interview & consent. HS 370/570 Mass Victimization and Mental Health (3) This course will provide an overview of interventions HS 325 Group Work in Human Services (3) used with victims following mass violence and disasters. This course is designed to provide both knowledge Additionally, compassion fatigue effects and methods and practice skills in the management and conduct of used to assist emergency responders who become psycho-educational or other group experience. Students victims of disaster through their role in response and will be provided a variety of techniques and strategies recovery will be thoroughly discussed. Attention will focus designed to facilitate and direct group learning and psy- on mental health effects dealing with both immediate cho-social development. The course will approach the and long-term recovery issues for immediate victims and study and experience of group process work from both those responding to the incident. a developmental and a personal growth perspective. Understanding the difference between group counsel- HS 371 Aging and Mental Health (3) ing and other group activities, such as psycho educa- This course provides an overview of biological, psycho- tional groups and educational lectures. And developing logical, and social factors related to successful aging, understanding of ways to create, present and/or facilitate with an emphasis on the development and maintenance psycho educational groups and lectures, for clients, of mental health across the lifespan. The course con- significant others and other audiences will be stressed siders ways that HS professionals can support mental especially for students preparing to work as addiction health throughout the aging process. Students will also and recovery counselors. The content of this class is learn about mental health problems in relation to the ag- based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for ing process. Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. HS 372 Death and Dying (3) HS 330 Theories of Intervention This course will cover biological, psychological, social, in Human Services (3) and cultural issues surrounding death and the dying pro- This course focuses on the theories that guide the prac- cess. Topics will include stages of dying, approaches to tice and delivery of Human Services The course gives working with people who are dying and their families, the the student an understanding of how different theoretical bereavement process, cross-cultural practices related approaches have influenced the development of human to death and dying, services available to people who service interventions, and includes the family systems are dying and to their caregivers, and legal and ethical approach, the feminist approach, and the cognitive-be- issues surrounding end-life decision making. havioral approach. Students will evaluate the usefulness of the different theoretical approaches in addressing HS 373/573 Disaster Response and Recovery (3) important human problems. In addition, students will be This course will provide an overview of the hazard cycle, encouraged to explore their own views about human na- and basic concepts of disaster preparedness, response, ture and to understand how these views might influence and recovery. Additionally, this course will provide an their delivery of human service interventions. overview of the helping professional’s role during times of disaster, including the discussion of the specific emer- HS 341 Applied Behavioral Interventions (3) gency support functions assigned to groups and agen- This course is designed to familiarize with the his- cies as designated in the National Response Framework. tory, theory, and practice of applied behavior analysis. Emphasis will also be paid to concepts used when work- Emphasis will be on the “practice” side, with students ing with direct and indirect victims of disaster. learning how to define and observe behaviors, design effective and socially valid interventions to help con- sumers reach valued goals, and analyze the impact of interventions on important behaviors. Students will learn 234 HS 374/574 Eastern Therapies in Intervention and HS 411 Family Issues in Human Services (3) Treatment (3) This course will explore the role that family interaction This course highlights Eastern therapies in intervention plays in the various areas of Human Services. Differ- and treatment across the range of human service popu- ent theories of family functioning and intervention will be lations, including mental health, alcohol and drug abuse, reviewed, as well as major risk and resiliency factors. crisis and post-trauma, and crime victimization. The Specific attention will be paid to family issues using a focus will be on an understanding of Western adapta- strengths-based approach to domestic violence, youth tions, transcultural, and holistic approaches to suffering issues, aging family members, illness and disability, and and healing. Special emphasis will be on the Western addictions. For students preparing to work as addiction adaptations of Morita and Naikan therapies. The course and recovery counselors, knowledge of ways to teach or is highly interactive and experiential. facilitate discussions of how substance use and abuse affects families and concerned others will be empha- HS 375 Hate and Bias Crimes (3) sized. The content of this class is based on TAP 21 and This course provides an overview of hate and bias meets the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certifica- crimes in the United States. Focus will be on causative tion. factors, human service and criminal justice responses, and impact on victims/survivors and communities. Hate HS 415/515 Advanced Methods in Addiction violence based upon race and ethnicity will be a primary Counseling (3) focus, but discussion will also include hate violence This course will provide information on ways of estab- targeting persons because of gender, sexual orientation, lishing a helping relationship characterized by warmth, age, religion, and disabilities. respect, genuineness, concreteness, and empathy. A variety of counseling theories and their efficacy as HS 376/576 Morita Therapy Intensive (3) demonstrated by research which may include, but are This course is intended for those seeking to integrate not limited to: Person-centered, Cognitive-behavioral, Morita Therapy into their professional and personal lives. Behavioral, Motivational interviewing, Stages of change Through experiential/residential learning, students will theory, Crisis Intervention, Relapse prevention, Pharma- be able to identify how the concepts of the Morita lifeway cological, and Family Systems Theory will be reviewed in are actually practiced in daily living; how the principles this addiction counseling course. Discussion will include are applied to specific life situations; and how immer- the role of cultural factors in counseling. Applications sion in observation, timeliness, and efficiency produces of ways of helping clients establish realistic, achiev- a healthier and more productive helping professional. able goals, and maintain movement toward those goals Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor. along with the role of significant others in the counseling HS377 Personal and Community Prevention (3) process. The class will include discussion the role of the This course explores a principle-based model of profes- counselor, including issues of power and authority; trans- sional health and helping. It focuses on a new and inno- ference, counter transference, and projective identifica- vative approach to prevention and human services that tion; and ethical issues in counseling. The content of this changes lives, communities, and organizations from the class is based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for inside-out. Most recently known as Health Realization, Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. Prerequisites: HS 210 this approach emphasizes people’s innate health and recommended. resilience to foster the capacity for personal well-being HS 429/529 Adolescence and Substance Abuse (3) and the ability to function productively and success- This course is designed to cover the dynamics of sub- fully among colleagues and constituents. This course is stance abuse for children and youth, and the state-of- directed toward strengthening the student’s approach the-art of prevention and intervention. Special topics of to life and work, which is necessary for developing the the course will include growth and development, family capacity to serve others and respond to the consistent process, assessment, intervention, treatment, co-depen- demands of the helping profession. dency, education, cultural factors, at-risk populations, HS 380/381 Internship III (3) prevention, and resources. This is the third required internship course for baccalau- HS 445 Legal, Ethical, and Policy Issues in Human reate degree level majors within the Human Services Services (3) Department. The internship consists of a minimum of This course examines the social context of policy de- 180 clock-hours of experience in an agency in the com- velopment and implementation at national, state, and munity specific to the student’s area of concentration, local levels. Laws and ethical issues which impact the under the supervision of staff and university faculty, as delivery of services will be addressed, including codes of well as a weekly seminar to integrate learning in the field ethics, confidentiality, and the important of supervision. with classroom instruction. Students will be evaluated The content of this class is based on TAP 21 and meets related to their mastery of specific competencies in their the requirements for Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. concentration. Prerequisites: HS 281, 300, 302, and consent. HS 450/550 Multicultural Issues in Human Services (3) This course provides an overview of the major issues in HS 390/585 Special Topics in Human Services (1-6) providing human services to the increasingly pluralistic Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be population of the United States. Themes to be discussed announced in advance. May be taken more than one are: cross-cultural theories of intervention, communica- semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent of tion styles, definitions of suffering and recovery, and instructor. working with diverse individuals and groups. The range 235 of human service delivery systems, including mental objectives necessary to become a skilled human service health, alcohol and substance abuse, youth services, professional. This course will address additional issues gerontology, and victim/survivor services, will be ad- related to professional development and educational dressed from a multicultural perspective. Emphasis will advancement. Required for all Human Services majors. be on exploring provider attitudes and competencies as Prerequisites: Majors only. well as developing practical applications and solutions. For students preparing to work as addiction and recovery De p a r t m e n t o f So c i a l Wo r k counselors, special emphasis will be given to recognizing the social, political, economic, and cultural context within E-Mail: [email protected] which addiction and substance abuse exist, including risk Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work and resiliency factors that characterize individuals and groups and their living environments. The content of this Benton Hall, Room 412 class is based on TAP 21 and meets the requirements for (785) 670-1616 Kansas SRS-AAPS certification. Associate Professor Jay Memmott, Department Chair, HS 477/577 Morita Methods in Counseling (3) MSW Program Director This course applies the methods, principles, and theories Professor Nan Palmer of Morita Therapy to individual and group counseling in Associate Professor Mark Kaufman a variety of human service settings, including addictions Associate Professor James E. Smith treatment; victim/survivor assistance, mental health, and Assistant Professor Carl Myers grief and dying. Emphasis will be on intervention and Assistant Professor Bassima Schbley, counseling approaches for particular client populations. Assistant Professor, Kimberly Harrison BSW Program Director. HS 478/578 Morita Therapy Research Seminar (3) Instructor L. Ray McKamy This course offers the unique opportunity to conduct field Instructor Steve Spyres, Practicum Program Director research on the practice and efficacy of Morita Therapy Instructor Carolyn Szafran as it is applied in a variety of outpatient, hospital, and residential treatment settings. The major component DEGREES OFFERED of the course may be a study abroad whereby students Baccalaureate will participate in small group meetings with, and attend Social Work lectures by major Morita educators, researchers, and Master of Social Work (see Graduate Programs) practitioners. This is a rare opportunity for students to Mission learn first-hand from the leading Moritists. Current study Education for competence in social work practice is abroad sites include Japan, Canada, Australia, and Rus- the guiding mission of the Department of Social Work, sia. Prerequisite : Consent of Instructor. Washburn University. The baccalaureate program in HS 481 Internship IV (3) Social Work (BSW) provides a respectful, supportive This is the fourth required internship course for baccalau- approach to learning while maintaining high academic reate degree level majors within the Human Services De- standards. The program is committed to providing op- partment. The internship consists of a minimum of 180 portunities to students who may otherwise experience clock-hours of experience in an agency in the community barriers to higher education. Originating from the histori- specific to the student’s area of concentration, under cal roots of social work, the BSW program is inextrica- the supervision of staff and university faculty, as well as bly linked with the core values of the profession. The a weekly seminar to integrate learning in the field with program demonstrates its commitment to maintaining the classroom instruction. Practice will focus on advanced- integrity of its mission through the integration of content level skills specific to the individual area of concentration. throughout the entire curriculum relevant to the ongoing Prerequisites: HS 380, 325, 330, upper division level pursuit of social and economic justice: the value, worth, course in emphasis area, and consent. and dignity of all persons; the belief in client self-determi- nation. and the capacity for growth. HS 495/595 Administration & Evaluation of Human The BSW program is designed to prepare under- Service Programs (3) graduate social work students for generalist practice and This course introduces students to applied research to meet the multi-level needs of clients and other people in human services. The purposes and techniques of that social workers serve. Emanating from a strong program evaluation are explored, including qualitative liberal arts education, the BSW program integrates an and quantitative approaches. Students gain experience ongoing commitment to a lifetime of learning and profes- with the critical reading of research articles relating to the sional development. Individual courses are integrated evaluation of human service programs. Group projects within the foundation curriculum and are designed to fa- give students direct experience with program evaluation. cilitate students’ mastery of the generalist base of social Prerequisites: HS 300, 302. work practice. HS 498 Senior Human Services Capstone Seminar (3) Student Learning Outcomes This capstone course is meant to provide students BSW students at Washburn University, upon graduation, with the opportunity to assimilate and synthesize the are expected to have developed ten core competencies knowledge, skills, and attitudes they have acquired and their related sub-competencies (CSWE, 2008). through their coursework and field experiences in the major. Through the development of a portfolio, students will demonstrate the acquisition of the major learning 236 1. Identify as a professional social worker and conduct Specific goals, objectives, and outcomes for indi- oneself accordingly. vidual courses are available to students for review in the 2. Apply social work ethical principles to guide profess- Department of Social Work’s office, or from the respec- ional practice. tive faculty member responsible for an individual course 3. Apply critical thinking to inform and communicate pro- or sequence. For more information see the BSW Student fessional judgements. Handbook, at: http://www.washburn.edu/main/sas/so- 4. Engage diversity and difference in practice. cialwork/graphic_files/BSW%20STUDENT%20WEB%20 5. Advance human rights and social and economic just- HANDBOOK,%202009-2010.pdf. ice. 6. Engage in research-informed practice and practice- Licensure Eligibility All graduates of the BSW program are eligible to pur- informed research. sue licensure at the baccalaureate level (LBSW) in the 7. Apply knowledge of human behavior and the social State of Kansas and in other states that require social environment. work licensing or registration at the baccalaureate level. 8. Engage in policy practice to advance social and eco- This licensure is necessary for the practice of social nomic well-being and to deliver effective social work work, and satisfactory completion of an accredited social services. work program is necessary to be eligible for the LBSW 9. Respond to contexts that shape practice. (requirements vary from state to state). 10. Engage, assess, intervene, and evaluate with indi- viduals, families, groups, organizations, and comm- Program Accreditation unities. Washburn University’s BSW program is fully accred- ited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Program Information Students are also encouraged to review the Educational The BSW Program is designed to prepare social Policy and Accreditation Standards for social work work students for professional generalist practice. This degree programs in social work education as set forth by involves the application of an eclectic knowledge base, the CSWE. The full text of the CSWE Policies is avail- professional values, and a wide range of skills to target able in the Social Work office, or on the Internet at http:// systems of any size, for change within the context of four www.cswe.org. primary processes. First, generalist practice involves working effectively within an organizational structure Declaring Social Work as a Major and doing so under supervision. Second, it requires the It is the policy of the Washburn University Department assumption of a wide range of roles. Third, generalist of Social Work to assure equal educational opportuni- practice involves the application of critical thinking skills ties to qualified individuals without regard to age, class, to the planned change process. Fourth, it emphasizes color, culture, disability, ethnicity, family structure, marital client empowerment. In this regard, social workers utilize status, national origin, political perspective, race, religion, their knowledge and skills to assist individuals, fami- sex, sexual orientation, gender, gender identity, and/or lies, groups, communities and organizations to improve expression. A student may opt to declare a major in so- their social functioning, obtain the resources needed to cial work, declare additional majors, and/or subsequently accomplish identified goals, or effect social change to change majors at any time. The procedure involves the eliminate social and economic injustice. The framework student completing the Declaration of Major-Degree- for accomplishing these goals is centered in competent Catalog Year form, obtained through the Department, assessments of the person-in-the-environment, and the the Academic Advising Office, or the Registrar’s Office. subsequent skillful selection of multilevel interventions, in The academic advisor, the BSW Program Director, and keeping with social work values and ethical practice. the Department Chair are designated by the program to Careers in social work occur in a variety of settings, review and sign the declaration of major form. such as public/state social services, hospitals, schools, Most often, the declaration of major form is completed mental health agencies, courts, nursing homes, cri- when a student recognizes a significant interest in the sis centers, and children and family service agencies. social work profession and seeks academic advising Career options include direct practice with clients, admin- from the department of social work. When this occurs, istration, social planning, and legislative advocacy. the student is provided an academic advisor from among The BSW program may be completed in four years the core social work faculty. The student advisor assists by full-time students. Two lower division courses, the student in the selection of current semester courses, Introduction to Social Work and Social Welfare (SW 100) and develops a curriculum plan for graduation. A student and Generalist Social Work Perspectives (SW 250), are with a declared major in a field other than social work, recommended for the freshman year. Foundation theory or an undeclared undergraduate student, is allowed and skills courses may then be completed in the sopho- to enroll in all undergraduate social work department more and junior years. The culmination of the BSW courses with the exception(s) of the practice sequence, program is the Field Practicum Placement. Two practi- (SW 352, SW 353,) and the field practicum courses cum/seminar courses are required for majors. Students (SW 354 and SW 355). These courses are only open to develop their social work practice skills in a community declared social work majors. In order to proceed into the agency under the direct supervision of a licensed social field practicum, students must achieve formal admission worker. Field Practicum Placement is arranged by the to the BSW Program. Field Practicum Office (Steve Spyres is the director of this office); more information about the Practicum Program can be found online: http://www.washburn.edu/ main/sas/social-work/practicum-program.html 237 Criminal Record Procedure As part of the application process, each BSW 1. The prospective BSW student must meet with Program applicant is asked if he/she has a criminal her or his Social Work Department academic record, including a history of any misdemeanor and/or advisor, develop an academic advising file and felony convictions. Conviction of a criminal offense does plan, complete required forms, declare a major in not necessarily bar an individual from becoming a social social work (if this has not been done already), and worker or from making a major contribution to society. meet the requirements for admission into the BSW Applicants for admission to the Department of Social Program. Work are evaluated based on their overall qualifications. A transfer student who has previously completed However, applicants should be advised that a criminal courses equivalent to SW 100 and SW 250 should conviction could prevent them from being placed in elect to submit reference forms from one or more some practicum and agency settings. In addition, it may former professors, who are qualified to assess the prevent them from being licensed, certified, or registered applicant’s suitability for the study of professional to practice social work in some states and jurisdic- social work practice. tions. Students are also asked if they have ever been After the prospective BSW student completes the dismissed from an academic program. If the answer is BSW Program Application, the BSW Admissions affirmative, the student is required to provide additional Committee reviews the application and makes a information so his/her application can be evaluated in decision to accept or reject the student for formal light of all of the facts. admission to the BSW Program. Application forms BSW ADMISSIONS are available in the Social Work Office (Benton Hall, Room 412); in the Appendix of the BSW Student BSW Program Admission Policy Statement Handbook and online at http://www.washburn.edu/ BSW students shall obtain formal admission to the sas/social-work. BSW Program at the end of their sophomore year. Transfer students who have completed social work A transfer student who has previously completed courses courses at another university must obtain formal ad- equivalent to SW 100 and SW 250 should elect to submit mission to the BSW Program in order to establish their reference forms from one or more former professors, eligibility to apply for field practicum training. Typically, who are qualified to assess the applicant’s suitability for students who transfer to the department from another the study of professional social work practice. university in the summer or fall term will be considered 2. If required, applicants for admission to the BSW for formal admission before the end of the fall semester. Program will schedule a personal interview with the Requirements for Admission to the BSW Program Baccalaureate Program Director, or with the Chair 1. Acceptance as a student in good standing at Wash- of the Social Work Department or a social work burn University as defined in the current Washburn designee. University Catalog. 3. The BSW Admissions Committee will notify the 2. Declaration of Major in Social Work (verified using the student in writing regarding the admission decision. university’s SCT Banner System). 3. Successful completion of a minimum of 36 hours 4. In the event an applicant is not admitted to the BSW of General Education course credits with an overall Program, the Chair of the Social Work Department grade point average of 2.5 or above. and/or the BSW Program Director will be avaliable to 4. Successful completion of SW 100 Introduction to So- assist her or him consider a more suitable major. cial Work and Social Welfare, and SW 250 Generalist In accordance with the policies and procedure of Social Work Perspectives. Washburn University and the Department of Social 5. Successful completion of EN 101 (Freshman Compo- Work, any social work faculty and field instructors may sition or its equivalent) and EN 300 (Junior Com- request that the Social Work Department reassess position or its equivalent). In addition, students are student readiness for professional social work practice strongly encouraged to complete Math 110 (Exploring at any point in the program. Such a reasessment must Mathematics), Math 116 (College Algebra) or any be warranted by apparent infraction of the Washburn higher mathematics course (e.g., MA 140 Statistics) University Disciplinary Code, the University Academic before starting their field placements. Impropriety Policy, the NASW Code of Ethics, the State 6. Completion of a BSW Program Application Forms of Kansas Regulations defining professional misconduct, packet and a BSW Program Attestation Form with or by any observed pattern of recurring behavior that is a current academic advising plan developed with a not appropriate for social work education or practice social work department faculty advisor. BSW Applica- tion Packet Forms and the BSW Program Attestation Forms are available in the department and online at: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work/ 7. Positive recommendation from the Washburn Univer- sity social work teaching faculty. 8. If required, completion of an admission’s interview with the BSW Program Director, the Social Work department chair, or his or her designee.

238 BSW DEGREE REQUIREMENTS academic advisor for further information. For the Requirements for graduation with a BSW from Social Work Major, students must complete Cultural Washburn University include general education require- Anthropology (AN 112) and one course in both Sociology ments common across the University. The social work and Psychology. major consists of 51 hours of social work courses, includ- ing at least 9 hours of elective SW 390 courses. Credit General Education Electives A minimum of 20 hours of general elective courses is not granted for previous life experience. In addition must be completed to reach the 124-hour minimum to this core curriculum, the following correlated courses required for the baccalaureate degree. A grade of “C” are required: Anthropology 112 (Cultural Anthropology), or better is necessary for all required general education 3 hours of Psychology and 3 hours of Sociology, which courses. may or may not necessarily meet nine (9) credit hours of specified General Education requirements in the Social Washburn Transformational Experience (WTE) Sciences. As a component of the General Education Any student formally admitted to the BSW program requirements in the Math/Science category, social work is required to declare, at the time of admission, the students must take a course in human biology (either service component of the Washburn Transformational BI 100 [health emphasis], 150, 170, 202, 203, or other Experience (WTE), which he or she will complete to fulfill human biology courses [with prior department approval]). the graduation requirement. The requisite paperwork Applicants should refer to the Washburn University must be completed at the time of admission to the BSW Catalog of their entering year or the most current catalog Program. for more complete details of specified general educa- Social work is a service-oriented profession; the social tion requirements. They should also consult with their work faculty has created what has been called a “built-in” assigned academic advisors to determine classes that transformational experience. This means that a BSW stu- meet general education requirements. dent is able to fulfill the community service component of the WTE by successfully completing the BSW Practicum Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) Degree Requirements and Seminar I and II (SW354 & 355). SW 100 Introduction to Social Work and Social Wel- fare (3) A BSW student who wishes to graduate with depart- SW 250 Generalist Social Work Perspectives (3) mental honors is required to collaborate with a faculty SW 325 Micro Human Behavior and Social Environ- mentor on a scholarly and/or creative project. This ment (3) includes presenting his or her work at Apeiron or some SW 326 Macro Human Behavior and Social Environ- other public venue. The student may opt to declare his or ment (3) her project as a Scholarly/Creative Activity, thereby also SW 350 Social Policy and Program Analysis I (3) meeting the scholarly and/or creative activity WTE. SW 351 Social Policy and Program Analysis II (3) BSW students with questions about the WTE should SW 352 Micro Social Work Practice (3) check with their respective academic advisors, the SW 353 Macro Social Work Practice (3) Director of the BSW Program, or the Department Chair. SW 425 Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop (0) Online and Web-Assisted Courses SW 354 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum I (6) At present, three BSW sequences are offered SW 355 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum II (6) exclusively online; that is, Social Policy and Program SW 362 Generalist Quantitative Social Work Research (3) Analysis I and II; Micro and Macro Human Behavior and SW 363 Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research (3) the Social Environment; and Generalist Quantitative and SW 390 Contemporary Issues in Social Work x 3 (9) Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research. All social 51 hours total work faculty members utilize online course development Students must successfully complete Introduction to tools to offer some course content online in seated or Social Work and Social Welfare (SW 100), Generalist “seat time” classes. Students still meet face-to-face with Social Work Perspectives (SW 250), Micro and Macro the instructor, but in some cases, the seat time in a class Social Work Practice (SW 352 and 353), Micro and may be reduced in lieu of online course work. For ex- Macro Human Behavior and Social Environment (SW ample, in a typical web-assisted class the instructor may 325 and 326), and the Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop post the course syllabus online along with class notes, (SW 425) prior to beginning Seminar and Field Practicum handouts, PowerPoint or other multimedia presentations, I (SW 354). Students may complete Social Work Policy and reading materials. A number of faculty members I and II (SW 350 and 351), Generalist Quantitative and frequently use the within-course email and bulletin board Generalist Qualitative Social Work Research (SW 362 (i.e., messaging) functions. Some instructors prefer the and 363), and social work elective courses (SW 390) course calendar, online quiz/test, and discussion forum concurrent with the Field Practicum. components as well. Students who have not taken an online course at GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS Washburn University are required to sign up for and For University General Education Requirements participate in the online Student Orientation training. please refer to the Table of Contents of this Catalog. In The orientation is available in MyWashburn and is listed addition BI 150 Evolution; BI 202 Biology of Behavior or under the “My Courses” tab along with any other courses BI 203 Human Impact on the Environment must con- in which the student is enrolled. stitute three hours of the Social Work student’s Math/ Natural Science requirement. Other Biology courses may meet this requirement – please consult with your

239 Undergraduate Social Work Student Association justice through social policies and social programs. An The primary purpose of the Washburn Student Social important element of this course is placed on developing Work Association (WSSWA) is to encourage responsible a conceptual map to focus the student’s ability to student participation in the policy and decision-making critically analyze social policies and develop broad un- processes of social work education and to promote derstanding of the dynamics of social policy student cooperation and welfare. WSSWA is also formulation. In addition, the majority of the course responsible for the selection of student representatives content will focus on developing familiarity with specific on various Department of Social Work committees and social policies in areas including income maintenance, decision-making bodies. WSSWA seeks to provide its poverty, child welfare, health and mental health care, members with activities designed to inform them of the and other contemporary policy issues. Throughout the many opportunities in the field of social work, to enhance course, significant consideration is placed on the actual the students’ personal and professional lives, to provide delivery of social services and social work practice in opportunities for association with social work profession- micro, mezzo, and macro dimensions. Prerequisite: SW als and community providers, and to participate actively 100, 250 or consent. in community service. Members commit themselves to the organization by attendance at meetings, involve- SW 351 Social Policy and Program Analysis II (3) The primary purpose of this course is to prepare social ment in activities, and participation on BSW Program work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- committees. Membership in this organization is open to ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic all Washburn undergraduate social work students. For justice through advocacy in social policies and programs. more information contact the Social Work Department or A major feature of this course is development of knowl- website. edge about legislative procedures and processes in the COURSE OFFERINGS formulation of important social policies that impact the consumers of social work services. Students will observe SW 100 Introduction to Social Work and Social the dynamic legislative process and conduct analysis Welfare (3) of specific proposals or bills currently before the state The purpose of the course is to introduce interested legislature in “real time.” Beyond a mere theoretical students to the basic mission, values and ethics, knowl- understanding of this process, an expected outcome of edge base, methods, and services of the social work this course is for the student to develop practical skills profession. An overview of the United States’ historical in policy analysis and social advocacy. Prerequisite: SW response to human needs and the current status of pub- 100, 250, 350 or consent. lic social welfare policy will be explored. SW 352 Micro Social Work Practice (3) SW 250 Generalist Social Work Perspectives (3) The major purpose of this course is to prepare social This course presents an overview of Generalist Social work students for their field practicum work. The em- Work Perspectives. The emphasis of this course will be phasis is on the development of working knowledge of on introducing students to the integration of biological, the generalist practice model, interactional theories, and psychological and social contexts in order to prepare methods of facilitating change. In addition, there will be them for upper-level course work in social work theories an emphasis placed on developing skills for providing and practice. social work services. For social work majors only. Pre- requisites: SW 100, 250 or consent. SW 325 Micro Human Behavior and the Social Environment (3) SW 353 Macro Social Work Practice (3) The purpose of this course is to develop knowledge This second practice course will emphasize more ad- about human behavioral interactions, using a person-in- vanced theoretical material, and the application of the environment perspective. Bio-psycho-social aspects of generalist practice model to more complex systems. Skill individual, family and group development and interac- development will be emphasized for assessment of client tions will be emphasized. This course will provide the systems, and delivery of social work services. Audiovi- foundation for developing direct social work practice sual and other experiential techniques will be utilized. skills. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250 or consent. For social work majors only. Prerequisites: SW 352 or consent. SW 326 Macro Human Behavior and the Social Environment (3) SW 354 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum I (6) The purpose of this course is to develop knowledge This course integrates the Field Practicum component about human interactions relevant to large groups, or- and the Practice Seminar. Students will spend 16 hours ganizations, communities, cultures, societies, and other, per week in their field placements, with direct supervision larger systems. The emphasis will be to build upon the by a licensed professional social worker. Opportunities person-in-environment perspective, and to expand this for engaging in generalist social work practice at micro, model to encompass the effects of larger systems on mezzo and macro levels will be provided. In addition, individual functioning. This course will provide the foun- students will attend a three-hour seminar each week. dation for developing social work macro-level practice The seminar will emphasize the integration of their field skills. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or consent. experiences with the generalist practice model, and theories of change. Students must make application SW 350 Social Policy and Program Analysis I (3) The major purpose of this course is to prepare social for the field in their junior year by the posted deadlines. work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- Concurrent enrollment in SW 425 – Pre-BSW Practicum ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic Workshop is required. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250, 325, 240 326, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade point average overall; ad- exploring qualitative evaluation of programs and out- mission to the BSW program; and a practicum-director- comes of practice. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or con- approved placement in a Field Practicum. sent. SW 355 BSW Seminar and Field Practicum II (6) SW 390 Contemporary Issues in Social Work (3) This is the second semester of the field experience and A series of courses are designed to supplement the core field seminar required for social work majors. Prerequi- curriculum. Each course will focus on a contemporary sites: SW 100, 250, 325, 326, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade issue, and will emphasize the integration of core social point average in the major; 2.0 grade point average work values and ethics, the generalist practice model, overall; admission to the BSW program; and a practicum- and theories of human interactions and change. Specific director-approved placement in a Field Practicum. courses taught under this course number include: Child Welfare, Family Violence, Human Sexuality, Professional SW 361 Independent Study (1-3) Writing, Rural Social Work, Social Work and the Law, Social Work majors may pursue an independent re- Systems of Care. search project approved by the BSW Program Director in consultation with the Department Chair. For social work SW 425 Pre-BSW Practicum Workshop (0) majors only. In this mandatory one day workshop, BSW students will be oriented to the field practicum, expectations regard- SW 362 Generalist Quantitative Research (3) ing professional comportment, duties/responsibilities in Introduces students to the basic principles of general- completing tasks, required practicum program paper- ist quantitative social work research, including ethics, work, and other aspects of the practicum experience. problem formulation, and quantitative research designs Concurrent enrollment in SW 354 – Seminar and Field and methodologies. Emphasis is placed on becoming Practicum is required. Prerequisites: SW 100, 250, 325, a responsible consumer of quantitative research as well 326, 352, 353, and a 2.5 grade point average overall; ad- as exploring quantitative evaluation of programs and mission to the BSW program; and a practicum-director- outcomes of practice. Prerequisite: SW 100, 250 or approved placement in a Field Practicum. consent. GRADUATE PROGRAM IN SOCIAL WORK (MSW) SW 363 Generalist Qualitative Research (3) The Master of Social Work is administered by the Introduces students to the basic principles of general- Department of Social Work. For complete information ist qualitative social work research, including ethics, about the MSW program, see Graduate Programs in the problem formulation, and qualitative research designs index. and methodologies. Emphasis is placed on becoming a responsible consumer of qualitative research as well as

Physical Therapist Assistant students practice their craft.

241 Technology and curriculum combine for new learning opportunities in the Mayo Schmidt Finance Laboratory, a School of Business facility.

242 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Henderson Learning Resource Center Room 114 (785) 670-1308 Fax: (785) 670-1063

Bachelor Degree Seeking: bba@washburn .edu Master Degree Seeking: mba@washburn .edu www .washburn .edu/business David L . Sollars, Dean and Professor Russell E . Smith, Associate Dean and Professor Robert Boncella, MBA Director and Professor James S. Haines, Jr., Ned Eldon Clark Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor Distinguished Professor of Business Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor Robert Hull, Professor and C. W. King Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor Chair of Finance Norma Juma, Assistant Professor Robert A. Weigand, Professor and Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor Brenneman Professor of Susie Pryor, Assistant Professor Business Strategy James Martin, Lecturer W. Gary Baker, Professor Janice Schrum, Lecturer Richard Moellenberndt, Professor Kanalis Ockree, Professor Small Business Development Center William Roach, Professor Rick LeJuerrne, Director Michael Stoica, Professor Scott Taddiken, Assistant Director for Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor Training Paul Byrne, Associate Professor Karl Klein, Consultant Novella Clevenger, Associate Professor Mary Ann Reiderer, Consultant Thomas Clevenger, Associate Professor Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor Sungkyu Kwak, Associate Professor

243 Sc h o o l o f Bu s i n e s s that will prepare them for career success and life- long learning; Website: www.washburn.edu/business • creates and applies research that enhances our Henderson Learning Resources Center, Room 114 classroom teaching, assists practitioners, and ad- (785) 670–1308 vances knowledge in the business disciplines; Fax: (785) 670-1063 • fosters integrity, mutual respect, and ethical behav- ior as requisites to business practice; David L. Sollars, Dean and Professor • serves as a catalyst for economic development of Russell E. Smith, Associate Dean and Professor the region through our Small Business Develop- Robert Boncella, Professor and MBA Director ment Center, the Washburn Entrepreneurship James S. Haines, Jr., Ned Eldon Clark Distinguished Program, and other collaborative partnerships; Professor of Business • provides faculty, staff, and student services to pro- Robert Hull, Professor and C.W. King Chair of Finance fessional and civic organizations. Robert A. Weigand, Professor and Brenneman Professor of Business Strategy The Washburn University School of Business and W. Gary Baker, Professor its Bachelor of Business Administration and Master of Richard Moellenberndt, Professor Business Administration degree programs are accredited Kanalis Ockree, Professor by AACSB International - The Association to Advance William Roach, Professor Collegiate Schools of Business. Michael Stoica, Professor School of business values statement Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor Stakeholders of the Washburn School of Business Paul Byrne, Associate Professor including, but not limited to, faculty, students, and ad- Novella Clevenger, Associate Professor ministrators, should expect their interactions with other Thomas Clevenger, Associate Professor stakeholders and stake holder groups to be guided by Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor principles, including, but not limited to, honesty, trust, Sungkyu Kwak, Associate Professor fairness, respect, integrity and responsibility. Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor Honesty - Honesty is the cornerstone of the other fundamental program values. There can be no trust, fair- Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor ness, respect, integrity, or responsibility without honesty. Norma Juma, Assistant Professor Honesty creates the possibility for quality teaching, learn- Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor ing, academic research and communication between Susie Pryor, Assistant Professor individuals.

James Martin, Lecturer Trust - Trust results from a culture of honesty. Trust Janice Schrum, Lecturer provides the foundation for an environment that nour- ishes creativity and risk-taking in teaching, learning and DEGREES OFFERED scholarship, and is essential to Washburn University’s Bachelor of Business Administration pursiut of quality human development and “learning for a [email protected] lifetime.” Master of Business Administration [email protected] Fairness - A sense of fairness emerges when standards, CERTIFICATE OFFERED policies and procedures are equitable, clear, and in the Entrepreneurship best interest of all stakeholders. Without fair processes, the learning enviornment cannot sustain trust and Small Business Development Center honesty. Fairness ensures that all stakeholders have the Rick LeJuerrne, Director oppertunity to succeed, and provides a foundation for Scott Taddiken, Assistant Director mutual respect among stakeholders. Karl Klein, Consultant Mary Ann Riederer, Consultant Respect - A University environment focused on the cre- Mission ation and transmission of knowledge requires interaction and participation by all stakeholders. Quality interac- The Washburn University School of Business provides tion is facilitated when stakeholders display respect for a high quality business education, supported by research one another. When stakeholders are treated fairly and and service activities, that enhances the economic vitality honestly, they are better able to trust one another, which of the region. The School: leads to a culture of mutual respect. • offers current, student-centered degree programs at the undergraduate and graduate level for students Integrity - Stakeholders of the Washburn School of Busi- drawn primarily from the Northeast Kansas region ness conduct themselves with integrity when teaching, learning, research, communication, and other interac- tions areaconducted in accordance with the principles of honesty, trust, fairness and respect.

244 Faculty act responsibly when they: • Business Knowledge: Students will be able • Maintain currency in their field to demonstrate a broad knowledge of business • Freely share their knowledge with students constructs across all the basic, functional areas of • Develop coursework that is focused, relevent, business and economics. coherant and adds value to students’ care skills and • Written and Oral Communication Abilities: ambitions Students will be able to write with clarity, verbalize • Critically assess students’ work in a constructive concisely, and clearly present ideas. and rigorous manner • Teamwork and Interpersonal Abilities: Students • Challenge students to grow intellectually and pro- will have understanding of group dynamics and the fessionally ability to work effectively with others to set priorities, and organize and delegate tasks in order to meet • Create an environment that is conductive to learn- goals. ing. • Problem-Solving Abilities: Students will be able • Assist students in understanding the requirements to define and analyze diverse problems; and orga- and expectations of their degree programs. nize and interpret information in order to draw and Students act responsibly when they: support conclusions. • Properly prioritize their commitments to the program • Ethical Decision-Making Abilities: Students will • Manage their work and family responsibilities so be able to differentiate between ethical and unethi- they may attend class and be fully engaged in other cal behavior and integrate ethical understanding program activities and requirements and societal responsibility into decision-making. • Understand the requirements and expectations of • Global Awareness: Students will understand the their degree programs and plan their class sched- impact of participation in the global economy on ules consistent with these expectations business conduct and performance as well as the • Accept criticism in a professional manner and with effects of business actions on that economy. the understanding that such feedback is designed • Technology Abilities: Students will be able to ap- to improve their business skills and critical thinking ply technology in order to solve business problems • Arrive at each class session prepared and explain how technology supports the strategic • Contribute substantively to the classroom dialogue goals of organizations. • Approach the course material thoughtfully • Entrepreneurship: Students will understand the process of new venture creation and the roles en- Washburn University Academic Misconduct Policy trepreneurs play in dynamic organizations. All students are expected to conduct themselves ap- proprietly and ethically in their academic work. Inappro- Degree, Minor, and Certificate Programs priate or unethical becahiour includes (but is not limited The School of Business was established on July 1, to) giving or recieving unauthorized aid on examinations 1973, by action of the Board of Regents. In 1946, the or in the preparation of papers or other assignments, Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) degree was knowingly misrepresenting the source of academic work. created. The Master of Business Administration (MBA) Washburn University’s Academic Impropriety Policy degree, the School’s graduate-level program, was describes academically unethical behaviour in greater implemented in 1982. Undergraduate students may detail and explains the actions that may be taken when earn the Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA) such behaviour occurs. degree with a major in Accounting, Economics, Finance, • For guidelines regarding protection of copyright, Management, Marketing, and General Business, the consult www.washburn.edu/copyright/students Minor in International Business, and the Certificate in • For Academic Impropriety Policy, go online to: Entrepreneurship. Undergraduate students outside of www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/fachdbk/FHsec7. the School of Business may earn the Minor in Business html#VIII or the Minor in International Business, and the Certificate • For Student Conduct and Disciplinary Code, go in Entrepreneurship. online to: www.washburn.edu/admin/vpaa/fachdbk/ Scholarships FHsec7.html#VI In recognition of the quality of School of Business At the time of declaration of a major in the School of programs, many alumni, individuals, and organizations Business and at the time of application for admissions to have given generously to support worthy students with the School of Business, Students are asked to affirm that financial aid. For information and applications, please they have read and understand the Washburn School of contact the Director of Financial Aid or the Office of the Business Values Statement and agree to practice and Dean, School of Business, Washburn University. To abide by these values while they are stakeholders of the be considered for the scholarships administered by the School. School of Business, either as new or continuing recipi- ents, students must make direct application to the School Undergraduate Program Core Competencies of Business each year; the normal deadline is February To implement the mission of the School, the faculty 15. has adopted the following undergraduate program core competencies as broad instructional goals of the BBA program:

245 School of Business Honors In addition, Washburn University students not seeking Candidates for the Bachelor of Business a BBA degree are welcome to enroll in most undergradu- Administration degree may qualify for School of Business ate courses offered by the School of Business (unless Honors provided the following criteria are met: otherwise designated) provided they, like BBA students, • accumulate a grade point average (GPA) of at least meet the course, hours, and GPA prerequisites for the 3.50 in all accounting, business, and economics course as noted in the class schedule and Washburn courses applied to the BBA degree; and University catalog, up to a limit of 30 hours of course • demonstrate superior research and/or independent credit in accounting and business before being admitted study skills while enrolled in Business 405; and to the School of Business. Questions should be directed • be approved for honors designation by a two-thirds to an Academic Advisor in the School of Business office vote of the School of Business faculty. . Final determination as to whether prerequisites have been met resides in the dean’s office. In fulfilling conditions (2) and (3), the student will be expected to provide any academic data requested and 1 . The Minor in Business to provide the School with an extra copy of written work The business minor is designed to provide the non- prepared for credit in Business 405. Written notice of business student with an understanding of the essentials intent to graduate with honors must be submitted by the of business methods and practices. The requirements student to the Office of the Dean, School of Business are as follows: early in the semester in which the student expects to Accounting 224 Financial Accounting graduate. This written notice is separate from any report- Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics ing requirements in place when if Business 405 is taken Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics as part of the Washburn Transformational Experience One of the following: (WTE) program. • Business 342 Organization and Management • Business 345 Human Resources School of Business Scholars • Business 346 Organizational Behavior Students graduating with the Bachelor of Business Administration degree will be awarded the designation of Nine additional hours from accounting, business, School of Business Scholar provided they have accumu- or economics (in courses numbered 200 and above), lated a GPA of at least 3.50 in all accounting, business, including six hours at the upper-division level. and economics courses and rank in the upper quartile of EC200 and EC201 count as part of the University’s gen- the Washburn University graduating class. eral education program. Dean’s and President’s Honor Rolls for A grade of C or better must be earned in each Undergraduates course used to satisfy the requirements for the minor. In order to be included on the Dean’s Honor Roll, Half of the hours used to satisfy the requirements of the School of Business, a student must: minor must be earned at Washburn University. • have been admitted to, and be in good standing 2 . The Minor in International Business with, the School of Business, and The Minor in International Business provides students • have completed at least twelve graded semester with the opportunity to gain an understanding of the hours with a GPA of at least 3.40 during the imme- special considerations and implications of operating a diately preceding semester. business in a global environment. Students completing Students who have completed at least 12 graded se- the minor will have an introduction to the basic econom- mester hours with a GPA of 4.00 during the immediately ics, management, and marketing principles as applied by preceding semester will be included on the President’s business today. Students will be exposed to the lan- Honor Roll. guage and operation of business in a multinational and national environment. Required business and econom- Programs of Interest to Non-Business Majors ics courses include: The School of Business offers several academic • Business 101 Introduction to Business* programs for students whose bachelor degree or degree programs are not in business. These programs include • Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics 1) the Minor in Business, 2) the Minor in International • Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics Business, 3) the Certificate in Entrepreneurship, and 4) • Business 355 International Business the Master of Business Administration. • Business 466 International Marketing The Minor in Business, the Minor in International • Economics 410 International Economics Business, and the Certificate in Entrepreneurship can • One additional cross-cultural course approved by be earned by any student as part of any Washburn the International Business Advisor University bachelor degree program. The Master of Business Administration program is open to students with A grade of C or better must be earned in each a bachelor’s degree, or its equivalent, without regard to course used to satisfy the requirements for the minor. major, provided they meet the requirements for admis- Half of the hours used to satisfy these course require- sion. Admission to the MBA program is selective and ments must be earned at Washburn University. requires a separate application to Washburn University *AC 224 Financial Accounting and AC 225 Managerial as well as a separate application for admission to the Accounting may be substituted for BU 101 for the pur- MBA program. pose of this minor. Students are required to complete ten (10) credit hours of a modern foreign language beyond the 101 246 course. Six hours beyond the 101 course may qualify for Study Abroad Arts and Humanities general education credit. Juniors or seniors may satisfy part of their degree Students are strongly encouraged to participate requirements while spending one or two semesters in in a study abroad program offered by Washburn approved study abroad programs that place special University . emphasis on international business and economics. Washburn participates in the Magellan Exchange, a busi- For further information, please contact the Office ness school oriented program with about ten universi- of the Dean, School of Business, or the Study Abroad ties in Western Europe, and in the Consortium of North Advisor, Washburn University. American Higher Education Collaboration (CONAHEC), 3. The Certificate in Entrepreneurship a consortium of almost 50 schools in Canada, Mexico, The Certificate in Entrepreneurship program is de- and the United States. Washburn also has a number signed for the student who seeks to be an entrepreneur of other international partnerships, including exchange in a start-up venture, operate a family business, or work agreements with: as an entrepreneurial change agent within a corporate • Denmark International Studies (DIS), Copenhagen setting. For non-business students, the certificate pro- • Fukuoka University, Japan gram requires four three-credit-hour courses, including • Orebro University, Sweden two required core courses, BU 115 and BU 260, and two • SNSPA, Romania elective courses from the list of approved electives. For • Tongji University, Shanghai students in the BBA program who have taken BU 315, only BU 260 and two electives are required. • University of Claremont-Ferrand, France • University of Cambridge, England Required courses: • University of Klagenfurt, Austria • BU 115 Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Law • Wuhan University of Science and Technology, • BU 260 Business Plan Development China Additional coursework–two out of the following Programs of study in many other countries can be ar- courses: ranged. For further information contact the Office of the • BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance for Small Business Dean, School of Business or the Study Abroad Advisor, • BU 470 Entrepreneurship Clinic Washburn University. • HI 300 Comparative Perspectives of the Market Student Organizations Revolution The School of Business feels that in order for our • Other courses as they are added to the list of students to succeed they must develop communication electives. Please consult the program advisor and and networking skills. To cultivate these skills the School current advising literature for other options. of Business supports several student organizations that students can join for both camaraderie and learning. For 4 . The Master of Business Administration (MBA) a full listing, description, and contact information, please program at Washburn University consult the School’s web site at http://www.washburn. For information about the Master of Business edu/business. Administration (MBA) program, see Graduate Programs in the catalog index. Small Business Development Center The Washburn University Small Business Internships Development Center (SBDC) provides free, confiden- The School of Business has developed an intern- tial, one-on-one counseling for small business owners ship program that is constantly in demand by successful or potential owners in the Northeast Kansas coun- area businesses. School of Business students have the ties of Brown, Geary, Jackson, Marshall, Nemaha, opportunity to select from internships in many industries. Pottawatomie, Riley, Shawnee, and Wabaunsee. The Starting in their junior year, students may earn credit SBDC also offers low-cost seminars and training pro- toward their degree and also acquire job market skills for grams and utilizes a wide variety of resources including employment. Both the student intern and the employer online and Internet databases to help small businesses are required to file progress reports with the internship obtain the timely, detailed, and relevant information coordinator on a regular basis. Internship credit hours necessary to make sound business decisions. The are graded on a pass/fail basis only and do not count as services of the Small Business Development Center are electives to meet requirements for the majors. For further available to all start-up or existing small businesses. The information, interested students should consult with the Washburn SBDC is co-located with the Greater Topeka Director of Student Affairs in the School of Business. Chamber of Commerce in downtown Topeka at 120 S.E. Descriptions of the programs are provided in the course 6th, Suite 100, Topeka, KS and can be contacted at listings of this catalog under Accounting 499 -Internship 785-234-3235. In Manhattan, the Washburn SBDC is co- in Accounting, Business 499 -Internship in Business, and located with the Manhattan Area Chamber of Commerce Economics 499-Internship in Economics. The total num- at 501 Poyntz Avenue, Manhattan, KS 66502 and can be ber of credits for a School of Business internship may contacted at 785-587-9917. The Washburn KSBDC in not exceed six (6) semester hours; not more than three Glacial Hills is located at 334 2nd Street, Wetmore, KS hours may be taken during any semester. 66550 and can be contacted at 785-866-2095. The web site is www.washburn.edu/sbdc.

247 Academic Advising and Mathematics 343 Applied Statistics may be substituted for Economics 211. A minimum of 30 semester hours Admission Requirements must be earned after being admitted to the School of Students pursing a major within the Bachelor of Business. Admission to the School of Business is a re- Business Administration degree program have the ulti- quirement for enrolling in BU 449 Strategic Management, mate responsibility for understanding the requirements of the capstone course of the BBA degree as well as all their degree programs, for monitoring their own prog- 400-level accounting (AC) and business (BU) courses. ress in the program, and for ensuring that the program As part of the application for admission to the School of requirements, including course prerequisites, are met Business and prior to each semester’s advising, students in order and on a timely basis. Students are expected are asked to process a degree audit and to confirm that to understand the program requirements as outlined in all transfer credit is correctly posted. this catalog and in the advising materials. In planning The School of Business reserves the right to evaluate their class schedules, students are expected to observe any credit hours offered for transfer relative to the cur- basic advising principles, including course prerequisites, rent standards before accepting or rejecting such hours. as well as to consult with an advisor within the School of Students should file an application for admission with the Business to clarify any doubts. Students should process Office of the Dean of the School of Business as soon as a degree audit prior to every advising session and subse- the student becomes eligible to apply. quent enrollment. Other requirements are found in the 3 . Application for Degree Graduation Requirement section (below). Early in the semester of graduation, students plan- The basic advising principle is that among courses ning to graduate must file an Application for Degree required by the School of Business 100-level cours- form in the Office of the University Registrar in order to es should be completed before 200-level courses, initiate a graduation check. The form should be filed in which should be completed before 300-level courses, September for the Fall semester and in February for the which should be completed before 400-level courses. Spring semester and the Summer term. A student is not However, several general education courses should a Candidate for Degree until the University Registrar’s be saved until the end in order to be able to complete Office has the form on file and the candidacy has been a class schedule when business courses are of limited approved. availability. Advising An early goal should be prompt admission to the It is important that any student who intends to work School of Business. Requirements for admission are toward the Bachelor of Business Administration degree completion of 54 hours, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, and be advised by a member of the School of Business fac- the six admission courses in the School of Business. ulty or by an academic advisor in the School of Business. Upon admission to the School, students are permitted Faculty will assist students in selecting a major and in to take 400-level courses in accounting and business, planning their academic schedules. Freshman, sopho- subject to meeting the other prerequisites. more, and transfer students will need to consult initially Administratively, there are four steps in a student’s with an academic advisor in the School of Business of- progress to the Bachelor of Business Administration fice, especially with regard to transfer credit. The School (BBA) degree, apart from the course work and the sepa- of Business reserves the right to evaluate any credit rate applications for scholarships and financial aid, which hours offered for transfer relative to the current stan- need to be initiated by the student. These steps include dards before accepting or rejecting such hours. Once 1) declaration of major, 2) admission to the School of established in the program, these students may pursue Business, and 3) application for the degree. advising from School of Business faculty. 1 . Declaration of Major Area of Concentration / De- Students should have reviewed their academic gree / Catalog Year transcript and processed a degree audit through Early in their program of study, all students interested MyWashburn before visiting with their advisor. The in earning the Bachelor of Business Administration purpose of the degree audit is to identify for students the degree should declare their degree goal and major area remaining requirements necessary to complete their de- of concentration. This is done by submitting a declara- gree. While the degree audits are unofficial, they should tion of major form to the School of Business. The six be an accurate reflection of the student’s academic prog- concentrations available within the BBA degree are ac- ress. If the student believes his or her audit or transcript counting, economics, finance, management, marketing, is incorrect, the question should be brought promptly to and general business. Students interested in the BBA the attention of an advisor in the Dean’s office. All trans- degree but who have not yet decided on a concentration fer courses should be evaluated no later than the first initially can declare a concentration in general business semester of enrollment at Washburn. and then later change their declaration to align with their The School of Business provides advising literature final decision. and materials explaining program requirements and 2 . Application for Admission to the School of Busi- requires the student to consult with an advisor during the ness enrollment process. The student, however, has the ulti- Upon completion of 54 semester hours of col- mate responsibility for understanding the requirements lege credit, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, and the six of his/her degree program and for ensuring that the pro- required lower-division School of Business courses, gram requirements, including course prerequisites, are students should apply for admission to the School of met in order and on a timely basis. Program and advising Business. Each course must be taken for a grade and information is available through this catalog, the School’s a grade of “C” or better must be earned in each course. web site, and separate information sheets. 248 Prerequisite Policy for Students in School of be administered during regularly scheduled classes, or at Business Courses other times separate from class meeting times, including It is the responsibility of all students enrolled in School on Saturdays; an assessment fee may be charged. of Business courses, regardless of major or degree program, to observe the published prerequisites for the Graduation Requirements course. Students not majoring in one of the majors in the BBA degree may request permission in the Dean’s Office Graduation Requirements for the Bachelor of to enroll in 400-level accounting (AC) and (BU) courses Business Administration (BBA) Degree if they have achieved standing in their own programs 1 . Requirements Common to all Bachelor Degrees comparable to admission to the School of Business. For The student must meet the requirements common a prerequisite requirement to be met, the prerequisite to all bachelor degrees established by the University. course must be successfully completed with a grade of These requirements include the freshman and ad- “C” or better. A student not meeting course prerequisite vanced composition requirements, the lifetime wellness requirements is subject to administrative withdrawal from requirement, the mathematics requirement, and the the course at any time. Any questions should be directed general education requirements in the areas of Arts and to an advisor in the School of Business office. Humanities, Mathematics and Natural Sciences, and Repitition of Courses Social Sciences. For a description of these require- Undergraduate courses may be repeated. The tran- ments, see Requirements Common to all Bachelor script will contain a complete record of all courses taken Degrees in the index. and grades earned. Courses for which grades of Ds and 2. Specific Degree Requirements Fs are recorded can be retaken without departmental a. BBA candidates must complete at least 62 hours of approval; courses for which a grade of C, or pass, or coursework in the general education subject areas higher are recorded will require departmental approval. or coursework offered by the Computer Information Approval is required before enrollment. The transcript Sciences Department. Included in the 62 hours are will contain a complete record of all courses taken and courses used to meet the University English compo- grades earned. The repeated and not the original grade sition requirement (EN 101, 102, 300, and HN 102); will be included in determining the cumulative grade the University mathematics requirement; the Univer- point average. However, after a student has repeated the sity KN 198 Lifetime Wellness requirement; and the same course three times, or has repeated three different University general education requirements, as well courses, that student must have the permission of his/ as specific correlate courses required for the BBA her academic dean before repeating any course. In the degree. A maximum of six hours of Principles of Eco- School of Business, requests to repeat courses under nomics and three hours of Economic Statistics may these policies should be directed to the associate dean. be counted within the 62 hours in general education Transfer Course Preapproval Requirement subject areas. Washburn business majors who wish to take classes b. BBA candidates must complete the following required at another institution to meet their degree requirements correlate courses with a grade of “C” or better: MA at Washburn must receive prior approval. Guidelines 140 Statistics; MA 141 Applied Calculus I; one course and application forms are available in the School of in oral communication (CN 150 Public Speaking or Business Office. CN 365 Business and Professional Speaking); and two of the following: AN 112 Cultural Anthropology, Preparation for Further Study at the Graduate Level PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology, and SO 100 Students considering graduate study in accounting, Introduction to Sociology. Except for CN 365, all of business, or economics are encouraged to take math- these courses can be used to meet a University gen- ematics beyond the current minimum requirement, in- eral education group requirement as well. cluding MA 142 Applied Calculus II or appropriate higher c. The following School of Business courses must be level mathematics courses, such as MA151, MA152, or completed by all candidates for the BBA degree. MA153. These courses include six lower-division courses and six upper-division courses for a total of 36 semester Outcome Assessment and Assurance of Learning The Washburn University School of Business, as part hours. of its continuous improvement efforts and consistent with the requirements of Washburn University, the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, and AACSB International—The Association for the Advancement of Collegiate Schools of Business, at intervals administers surveys and tests to its students, graduates, staff, and external constituents. We encourage all of those contacted to support our continu- ous improvement efforts by participating in these surveys and tests. For currently enrolled students, the tests and surveys may be required as part of coursework, or as program and degree graduation requirements separate from coursework, and are independent of the catalog Results of a group project are presented by School of under which the student intends to graduate. Tests may Business students. 249 Lower division: Pass/Fail Policy • Accounting 224 Financial Accounting Candidates for the BBA degree in Business • Accounting 225 Managerial Accounting Administration must earn a grade of “C” or better in all re- • Business 250 Management Information Systems quired courses and may not take required courses pass/ fail. These required courses include required courses • Economics 200 Principles of Microeconomics offered by the School of Business, courses offered by • Economics 201 Principles of Macroeconomics the School of Business used to meet School of Business • Economics 211 Statistics for Business & Eco- requirements, and courses offered outside of the School nomics of Business required as correlate courses for the BBA degree including CN 150 Public Speaking, MA 140 Upper division: Statistics, MA 141 Applied Calculus I, AN 112 Cultural • Business 315 Legal Environment of Business Anthropology, PY 100 Basic Concepts of Psychology, • Business 342 Organization and Management and SO 100 Introduction to Sociology. In the event a • Business 347 Production & Operations Manage- student has pass/fail credit in a required course before ment admission to the School, the student may be required, • Business 360 Principles of Marketing as a condition of admission, to take an alternative course • Business 381 Business Finance or courses for regular credit to fulfill such requirements. Similarly, alternative courses might be required if a • Business 449 Strategic Management required course is taken pass/fail after admission to the d. A grade point average of at least 2.0 is a prerequi- School. site for enrollment in the six upper-division business courses required of all BBA students (BU 315, BU Second Bachelor Degrees and Second 342, BU 347, BU 360, BU381, and BU 449), as well Concentrations as for enrollment in EC 300 and EC 301. Prereq- Students who have already completed a BBA degree uisites are met only by successfully completing a from Washburn University may earn an additional major prerequisite course with a grade of “C” or better. A within the BBA. However, they must satisfy the specific student must have completed at least 54 semester BBA degree requirements under a catalog that is still in hours in order to enroll in accounting, business, effect at the time the additional major is awarded (which or economics courses numbered 300 or above. A may not be their original catalog). This includes all cor- student must be admitted to the School of Business relate, core, and major-specific courses listed under spe- to enroll in 400-level accounting (AC) and business cific degree requirements. Students who have a bachelor (BU) courses. degree in an area other than business must also present e. BBA candidates must complete an additional 24 a minimum of 154 hours of credit and will need to satisfy hours of upper-division coursework offered by the all the specific business degree requirements. School of Business. This may be done in either of If the student has completed a bachelor degree the following ways. A student may select courses in business outside of Washburn University, then the from a number of subject areas within the School of student must also satisfy the School’s residency require- Business and receive a BBA with a major in general ment. To meet School of Business residency, at least business. Alternatively, a student may complete one 50 percent of the accounting, business, and economics (or more) of the following concentrations within the 24 hours presented for the BBA degree must be completed semester hours. These concentrations are account- at Washburn University.All students will be required to ing, economics, finance, management, and market- complete the BU449 Strategic Management course, the ing. The specific requirements of each of these con- capstone of the BBA program, and the specific degree centrations are found below. requirements. When the previous business degree f. A grade of C or better must be earned in each course is from an AACSB International-accredited business required by the School of Business and in each ad- school, the business core requirements will be consid- ditional required course applied to a major area of ered to have been met with the exception of BU449; concentration, including courses used to meet the 24- in all other cases, transfer credit will be evaluated on a hour upper-division requirement noted above. course-by-course basis. Any candidate for a secon bac- g. BBA degree candidates will not be allowed credit for calaureate degree must present a minimum of 154 hours 100-level courses within the last 60 hours presented of credit. for the degree. Exceptions are permitted for courses In the case where the student holds an MBA degree, that could be used to satisfy the general education an additional 30 hours of undergraduate coursework requirements, Computer Information Science Depart- must be completed beyond the first bachelor degree ment courses, and those approved by the Dean of and the MBA degree. Previously taken MBA foundation the School of Business. coursework may be used to satisfy specific BBA require- h. At least 50 percent of the accounting, business, and ments; these hours will be evaluated on a course-by- economics hours used to meet requirements for the course basis. However, graduate level hours may not be BBA degree must be earned at Washburn University used to meet BBA residency, nor the 30 hours past the i. Candidates for the BBA degree may not use eco- MBA. Because of the uniqueness of these situations, nomics courses to fulfill the Social Science general students should seek early advice from the advisors in education requirement. the School of Business office.

250 Concentrations Students desiring to attempt the examination for the Certificate in Management Accounting must meet the Candidates for the BBA degree may choose a requirements of the Institute of Management Accoun- concentration from any of the following subject areas: tants. Information regarding the CPA examination and accounting, economics, finance, general business, the CMA examination may be obtained from the account- management, and marketing. With careful advising, two ing faculty. concentrations may be completed within the 124 hour total by meeting all requirements of two concentrations. Economics It may not be possible, however, to complete the specific The economics curriculum is designed to provide the requirements of two concentrations in the same semes- student with an understanding of the principles and ter. (The same warning applies to students seeking to institutions governing economic decisions made by earn the minor in international business or the certificate households, businesses, and governments. This type in entrepreneurship.) Any student seeking to earn a of knowledge, combined with studies in related areas, third concentration within the BBA degree must complete provides an appropriate background for careers in finan- at least 136 hours of credit. Each major consists of 24 cial and non-financial business firms and governmental graded upper-division hours in the School of Business agencies. It also provides a solid basis for graduate divided between required and elective courses. study in economics, business and public administration, urban planning, international studies, and law. Accounting There are many career choices within the profession Learning objectives for the economics concentration of accountancy. The four principal areas of employment Upon completion of a concentration in economics, stu- are in industrial concerns, public practice, non-profit dents will be able to: organizations, and governmental agencies. Industrial • find facts and interpret them consistent with eco- accountants assemble and interpret relevant business nomic thinking; information for interested parties within their employer’s • demonstrate an understanding of how decision firm. Public accountants provide professional services makers allocate scarce resources to achieve eco- primarily in three areas: income tax, auditing, and man- nomic efficiency; agement services. Governmental accountants perform • apply economic tools to analyze decisions made by services similar to those by industrial and public ac- consumers, firms, and policy makers; and countants for local, state, and national governmental • use economic models to analyze the impact of vari- agencies. ous fiscal monetary, and trade policies on a nation’s Learning objectives for the accounting concentration economy. Upon completion of a concentration in accounting, stu- The following courses are required for the dents will be able to: economics concentration: • perform the systematic transformation of data into • Economics 300 Microeconomic Analysis accounting information through the application of GAAP and income tax law; • Economics 301 Macroeconomic Theory • describe the uses, qualities, and roles of accounting • Six additional upper division economics hours information; • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in • explain the principles of internal control systems accounting, business, or economics and the importance of internal control systems to Finance organizations; The finance curriculum is designed to prepare students • apply current technology to the accounting process for (1) careers in government services, corporate finan- and the demand for information; and cial management, commercial banking, security analysis, • evaluate accounting issues and related behavior in insurance, real estate, and other finance fields, and (2) an ethical context, while reflecting an understand- graduate study. Students are encouraged to meet with ing of the public service nature of the accounting faculty advisors as early as possible in order to plan a function. program which will satisfactorily fulfill their goals. The following courses are required for the Learning objectives for the finance concentration accounting concentration: Upon completion of a concentration in finance, students Accounting 321 Intermediate Financial Accounting I will be able to: Accounting 322 Intermediate Financial Accounting II • demonstrate an understanding of interest rate de- Accounting 325 Cost Accounting termination and monetary policy; Accounting 330 Accounting Information Systems • demonstrate an understanding of agency issues in Accounting 423 Federal Income Taxation of finance; Individuals • calculate and apply present value concepts to finan- Accounting 425 Auditing cial decisions; Six additional upper-division elective hours in ac- counting, economics, or business • demonstrate an understanding of the risk-return tradeoff and of insurable risk; and Candidates for the Uniform Certified Public Accoun- tant Examination must also fulfill the subject matter requirements of the Kansas Board of Accountancy.

251 • analyze accounting information to support financial • conduct and present a comprehensive consumer decisions. behavior audit; The following courses are required for the finance • analyze a company’s existing product, determine concentration: its positioning in the marketplace, and develop a • Business 374 Principles of Risk and Insurance marketing mix strategy reflective of its positioning; • Business 483 Investments • prepare and defend a marketing plan for a company • Business 488 Financial Management by integrating appropriate concepts and methods; • Economics 485 Money and Banking • develop a marketing research plan and defend its • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in procedural soundness; accounting, business, or economics • demonstrate an understanding of the stages of the sales process and the way these stages are imple- Management mented; and Management courses in the fields of organization • demonstrate an understanding of the global market- theory, human relationships, administrative communi- place and how to design marketing strategies that cation, and related behavioral areas provide students are appropriate for various cultures and countries. with pertinent background for management careers in business and non-business organizations. Students may The following courses are required for the marketing focus their studies in the areas of personnel manage- concentration: ment, industrial relations, and industrial management • Business 362 Marketing Research by selecting appropriate elective courses in consultation • Business 364 Consumer Behavior with an advisor. • Business 471 Marketing Management Learning objectives for the management and concentration Three (3) additional hours from the following: Upon completion of the concentration in management, • Business 361 Principles of Retailing students will be able to: • Business 363 Promotion • describe the critical functions of human resource • Business 366 Sales management and how they fit with other organiza- • Business 466 International Marketing tional functions and strategy; • Business 473 Marketing Channels • demonstrate how an understanding of human be- • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in havior can solve interpersonal problems in organi- accounting, business, and economics zational settings; • demonstrate proficiency in written and oral commu- General Business nications; and The concentration in general business allows the • demonstrate how economic thought influences student flexibility to design a 24-hour upper-division management decision making. program using courses from several or all areas in the The following courses are required for the manage- School of Business in accord with his or her own inter- ment concentration: ests and needs. Candidates for the degree of Bachelor • Business 302 Business Communications of Business Administration with a concentration in • Business 345 Human Resource Management general business must: (1) meet the University require- ments, (2) meet the School of Business requirements, • Business 346 Organizational Behavior and (3) complete at least twenty-four (24) additional • Economics 341 Labor Economics graded upper-division hours in accounting, business, and • Twelve additional upper-division elective hours in economics beyond those named courses required for all accounting, business, or economics candidates for the BBA degree. Marketing The marketing curriculum involves analysis of the ways business firms plan, organize, administer, and control their resources to achieve marketing objectives. Through proper selection of courses, a student may prepare for a career in general marketing management, promotion management, personal selling and sales management, marketing research, channels management, and/or retail management. Learning objectives for the marketing concentration: Upon completion of a concentration in marketing, the students will be able to:

Business student completes an assignment in the Mayo Schmidt Finance Laboratory.

252 Learning objectives for the general business AC 325 Cost Accounting (3) concentration: A study of inventory valuation procedures in manufactur- Upon completion of a concentration in general business, ing concerns and the processing, analysis and interpre- students will be able to: tation of data for use by management in the planning and • apply quantitative and qualitative analysis and criti- control of operations. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU 250, cal thinking to business problems; and 54 hours, or consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. • explain how leadership capabilities affect the ability AC 330 Accounting Information Systems (3) to structure and manage business organizations; The study of the development and design of an account- • demonstrate knowledge of the application of ethical ing system. Emphasis on procedures necessary to meet concepts to business issues; generally accepted auditing standards and methods and • explain the impact of global markets on business techniques to evaluate internal control of an accounting operations; system. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU 250, and 54 hours. • apply technology to the solution of diverse business May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. issues and problems; AC 403 Special Topics in Accounting (1-3) • explain the impact of diversity on organizations; and Selected topics announced in advance. May be taken • explain the relationships among them. more than one semester. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business. Other prerequisites will be specified COURSE OFFERINGS for each topic. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. Each course is listed with number, name, semester AC 404 Independent Study in Accounting (1-3) hours of credit, and course description. Courses in Individual study of a topic in accounting. Activity must the 100-200 series are lower-division courses, nor- be supervised by a full-time School of Business faculty mally taken in the freshman or sophomore year. Some member with professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admis- courses in the 200 series require sophomore stand- sion to the School of Business and consent of directing ing (at least 24 hours completed) prior to enrollment. faculty member prior to enrollment. May not be taken A/ Upper-division courses are in the 300 and 400 series Pass/Fail. and require junior standing (at least 54 hours completed) prior to enrollment. 400-level courses require admission AC 421 Advanced Financial Accounting (3) to the School of Business as a prerequisite and may re- Accounting methods and procedures related to partner- quire senior standing (at least 88 hours completed) prior ships, branches, business combinations, and foreign to enrollment. Courses numbered 900 and above are exchange. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of reserved exclusively for graduate credit. Course prereq- Business and AC 322. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. uisites are listed at the end of each course description. Prerequisites are met when the prerequisite courses are AC 423 Federal Income Taxation of Individuals (3) successfully completed with a grade of “C” or better. Income tax laws, regulations, and procedures pertinent to individual taxpayer reporting. Prerequisites: Admis- UNDERGRADUATE COURSES sion to the School of Business and AC 224, AC 225 and BU 250 completed with grades of “C” or better and 88 ACCOUNTING COURSES hours, or consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail.

AC 224 Financial Accounting (3) AC 424 Federal Income Taxation of Business Entities (3) The study of accounting as a means of communicating Income tax laws, regulations, and procedures pertinent financial information about the activities of business en- to partnership, corporation, and fiduciary reporting. terprises. Emphasis is placed on concepts and principles Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and underlying the measurement of income and financial po- AC 225, BU 250 and 88 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/ sition and how this information may be used to evaluate Fall. the progress of a firm. Prerequisites: EN 101, MA 116 AC 425 Auditing (3) (recommended) or MA110, and 24 hours, or consent. The course covers essential processes of auditing AC 225 Managerial Accounting (3) including specific procedures and techniques usable The development and use of information in the account- in the public and private sectors. Technical standards ing system as a management decision tool. Prerequi- of these sectors receive attention with an emphasis on sites: AC 224, MA 116 (recommended) or MA110, BU ethics related to the profession of auditing. The course 250 or concurrent enrollment, and 24 hours. includes operational and compliance auditing in addition to auditing of financial statements. Other content areas AC 321 Intermediate Financial Accounting I (3) are the auditor’s role in society, the application of internal Financial theory and problems. Emphasis is on valuation control concepts, the understanding of accounting infor- and measurement problems of income determination and mation systems, the methods of statistical sampling and balance sheet presentation. Prerequisites: AC 225, BU the use of auditing software. Prerequisites: Admission 250 and 54 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. to the School of Business, 88 hours and AC321, AC322, AC325, and AC330 completed with grades of “C” or AC 322 Intermediate Financial Accounting II (3) better, or consent. (AC 322 may be taken concurrently.) A continuation of financial accounting theory and prob- May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. lems. Prerequisites: AC 321 and 54 hours. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail.

253 AC 427 Governmental & Institutional Accounting (3) management. Prerequisite: CM 101 or consent, EN 101, Methods and procedure used in fund accounting with MA 116 (recommended) or MA110, and 24 hours. emphasis on governmental units and not-for-profit organizations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School BU 259 The Business of Art (3) Explores and analyzes approaches to art valuation, art of Business AC 225, BU 250 and 54 hours. May not be appraisal, and entrepreneurship in the arts. Examines taken A/Pass/Fail. the art market, the art consumer, and the value of art. AC 428 Fraud Examination (3) Business problems and opportunities in the world of art Theory, techniques, methods and procedures for the are identified, analyzed, and assessed. Prerequisite: MA detection, investigation, and deterrence of fraud. Prereq- 110. uisites: Admission to the School of Business, AC 224, AC 225, and BU 250 or equivalent, and 54 hours, or BU 260 Business Plan Development (3) Concepts and principles helpful to the development of a consent. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. business plan. Examples of business plans. The stu- AC 431 Contemporary Issues in Accounting (3) dents will develop, as the main assignment, a business Current issues in accounting with emphasis on the plan for a local company or for a business idea that they releases of the American Institute of Certified Public develop. Accountants and the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Includes accounting theory to solving account- BU 302 Business Communications (3) Written communications including simpler types of busi- ing problems. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of ness messages. Emphasis is placed on positive planning Business and AC 322. May not be taken A/Pass/Fail. for effective human relations through management mes- AC 499 Internship In Accounting (3) sages. Prerequisites: EN 101 or EN 140 with grade of Professional work experience with a business firm or “C” or better, CM 101, or equivalent, CN 150 or CN 365, governmental agency in some phase of public, private, or equivalent. or governmental accounting. The work situation must create a new learning experience for the student. Credit BU 305 Contemporary Information Systems (3) Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) computer systems. hours in this course may be used only as elective busi- Understanding of business processes and their relation ness hours and will not count toward the minimum 62 to Integrated Information Systems. Advanced Computer hours of accounting, business, and economics hours Modeling. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 225, and 54 hours. required of the BBA candidate nor will they count toward the minimum twenty-four hours of accounting required BU 309 Business Data Communications and of accounting majors. Internship credit hours will be Networking (3) counted in the maximum School of Business hours an Understanding of the technical and managerial aspects accounting major may earn within a 124-hour program. of business data communications and networking to The student’s grade will be awarded on a pass-fail support business processes. Prerequisites: BU 250, basis, as determined by the supervising faculty mem- AC 225, EC 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Not open to ber. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business, students with credit in CM 313. consent of the accounting faculty, appropriate academic background, at least 75 semester credit hours, at least a BU 310 Entrepreneurial Finance for Small 2.5 overall grade average, and meet the general quali- Businesses (3) fications specified by the sponsoring business firm or The financial aspects of the management of small busi- governmental agency. ness and entrepreneurial firms (sole proprietorships, partnerships, small nonpublic corporations). Prerequi- BUSINESS COURSES sites: MA 110 or MA 116 or consent; BU 260 and junior status. BU 101 Introduction to Business (3) Designed to introduce the student to the American busi- BU 315 Legal Environment of Business (3) ness system, and to analysis of business organization Legal process, nature, and sources of the law, govern- and operation. ment regulation and administrative law as they affect business. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, and 2.0 GPA, BU 115 Entrepreneurship and Entrepreneurial Law (3) and 54 hours. Assists aspiring business owners and managers in rec- ognizing issues relevant to starting-up, maintaining and BU 319 Labor Law and Legislation (3) growing a company. The statutory, judicial and administrative law pertaining to labor-management relations. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC BU 180 Personal Finance (3) 201, and 54 hours. Personal and family financial planning. Topics include: consumer legislation, consumer finance, family budgeting, estate planning, insurance, individual income BU 342 Organization and Management (3) tax, home buying, mortgages, retirement pensions, and Management theory and practice, including fundamen- investments. tals of management; making things happen; meeting the competition; organizing people, projects, and processes; BU 250 Management Information Systems (3) and motivating and leading. Emphasis is given to the Concepts of information systems; analysis, evaluation development of management, organizational structures, and implementation of management information sys- organizational dynamics, the impact of environmental tems; data- base management; information systems and forces and use of analytical tools in the performance of

254 the management function. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC the relation of these findings to management decision 201; two out of three of the following: AN 112, PY 100, making. Industrial and consumer buying behavior will be and SO 100; 2.0 GPA; and 54 hours. considered within the context of the course. Prerequisite: BU 360. BU 345 Human Resources Management (3) The principles and practices of sound employee relations BU 366 Sales (3) with emphasis upon the selection, development and A detailed examination of the selling dimension of the morale of employees. Prerequisites: EC 200, EC 201, promotion mix. Topics include: personal communication; and 54 hours. personal selling; relationship-building; and sales strategy and management. Prerequisite: BU 360. BU 346 Organizational Behavior (3) Review of theory and research related to work behavior BU 374 Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) in organizations with focus on individual and group be- The study of risk and insurance, dealing with the princi- havior. Prerequisites: PY 100 or SO 100, and 54 hours. pal risks to which individuals are exposed, and the vari- ous means of dealing with risk, including insurance, risk BU 347 Production and Operations Management (3) retention, self- insurance, and loss prevention. Exam- Operations management in both manufacturing and ser- ines the responsibilities and activities for treating risk at vice organizations. Use of models to make operations three levels: personal and family, employer, and govern- management decisions in the areas of productivity, qual- ment. Prerequisite: 54 hours. ity, customer service, and product and process strategy. Implementation of models using appropriate software BU 375 Property and Liability Insurance (3) and explanation of results in non-technical language. An advanced insurance course of current financial, legal Prerequisites: BU 250, BU 342, EC 211 (or MA 343), AC and social problems involving property-liability insurance; 225, MA 141, 2.0 GPA, and 54 hours. analysis of legal problems involving insurance cover- age, financial aspects, and governmental regulation of BU 355 International Business (3) the property-liability insurance enterprise, and economic The global economic and political environment in which aspects of the insurance industry. Prerequisite: BU 374 international trade and investment activities as conduct- or consent. ed by multinational and national business organizations. Examination of the international dimensions of the areas BU 378 Life Insurance (3) of finance, management, marketing, operations, and The problems of and the alternative techniques for the business strategy. Prerequisites: AC 225 or BU 101, EC insuring of human life values from the differing view- 200, EC 201, and 54 hours. Not open to students with points of the company, the economy, and the consumer. credit for BU 466. Among the topics covered are: financial needs in the life cycle of the family, settlement options and the program- BU 360 Principles of Marketing (3) ming elements of business insurance, estate planning, Marketing concepts and their relevance to organizational probability theory mortality, rating and reserves. Prereq- objectives and methods of operation. Marketing environ- uisite: BU 374 or consent. ment, marketing mix, marketing planning, strategy imple- mentation, and assessment of marketing performance. BU 381 Business Finance (3) Emphasis on improving marketing performance in a Theory and techniques of financial management, de- socially and ethically responsible manner. Prerequisites: signed to provide the basic financial background needed EC 200, EC 201, 2.0 GPA, and 54 hours. by students in business, economics, or related fields. Topics include: capital budgeting, capital structure, BU 361 Principles of Retailing (3) dividend policy, the cost of capital, and working capital Structural organization for retailing and the functional management. Prerequisites: AC 225, EC 211 (or MA activities involved. Principles of site selection, staffing, 343, or MA 140, and MA 145), MA 141, 2.0 GPA, and 54 planning, pricing, buying merchandise, sales promotion hours. and expense management are included. Prerequisite: BU 360. BU 387 Credit Management (3) Principles and procedures involved in mercantile and BU 362 Marketing Research (3) consumer credit. The organization and operation of a Techniques by which industries and individual firms seek credit department, source of credit information, and col- to coordinate buying with consumer demand. Application lection procedure and policies. Prerequisites: EC 200, of research techniques to various marketing problems. EC 201, and 54 hours. Prerequisites: BU 360 and EC 211 (or MA 343). BU 390 Principles of Real Estate (3) BU 363 Promotion (3) A course that surveys the many areas of the real estate Examination of the promotion function of the marketing business and real estate investment. Financing, apprais- mix. Topics include: promotion strategy; management of al, loan closing, marketing, property management, land the promotion mix (advertising, sales promotion, public description, title transfer and other topics are included in relations); media strategy; and evaluation. Prerequisite: the course. Prerequisite: 54 hours. BU 360. BU 392 Real Estate Law (3) BU 364 Consumer Beh0avior (3) Elements of property laws, purchase contracts, listing The behavior of buyers of goods and services. An ex- agreements, estates and trusts. Prerequisite: BU 315. amination will be made of theories, concepts, methods and research findings of other disciplines and a study of

255 BU 393 Real Estate Appraisal (3) BU 460-461 Small Business Institute (3) An introduction to real estate appraising including the Student groups counsel and consult with small business market comparison, cost and income approaches to firms selected by the Small Business Administration and value with emphasis on house appraisal. Prerequisite: the instructor. Field work with the firms provides opportu- 54 hours. nities to identify and analyze problems, and to make rec- ommendations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School BU 403 Special Topics in Business (1-3) of Business, senior business major, and consent. Selected topics announced in advanced. May be taken more than one semester. Prerequisites: Admission to the BU 466 International Marketing (3) School of Business. Other prerequisites will be specified Analysis of marketing management problems, tech- for each topic. niques and strategies in international marketing; em- phasizing changes in competition and market structure BU 404 Independent Study in Business (1-3) abroad. Prerequisite: BU 360 or BU 355. Individual study of a topic in business. Activity must be supervised by a full-time School of Business faculty BU 470 Entrepreneurship Clinic (3) member with professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admission The capstone of the entrepreneurship program. Key to the School of Business and consent of directing faculty building blocks: in class debate, field cases, redefinition member prior to enrollment. and development of business ideas moderated by in- structors. Students will be expected to work for and with BU 405 Honors Research in Business (2-4) entrepreneurs and develop business models that can Restricted to those students seeking to qualify for honors be implemented. They will present a working model by in the major field and designed to provide an intellectual the completion of the course. Successful entrepreneurs challenge for superior students with a strong interest in will participate as speakers/ moderators and mentors for scholarship. Course activity must be supervised by a the participating students. Prerequisites: BU 115, BU member of the full-time School of Business faculty with 260 and junior status; or EC 201 and CM 335 and junior professorial rank. Prerequisites: Admission to the School status; or admission to the School of Business. of Business, 88 hours and consent. BU 471 Marketing Management (3) BU 406 International Business and Entrepreneurial Examination of the strategic marketing management Experience (3) process planning, implementation, and control. Top- First-hand business experience acquired in an interna- ics include: environmental, competitor, and customer tional setting. Analysis of business problems, ideas, op- analysis; market targeting; the marketing mix; and the portunities, techniques, and strategies in an international international aspects of marketing management. Case context. Emphasizes changes in competition and market analysis and marketing models are used. Prerequisites: structure abroad. Washburn students will work in teams Admission to the School of Business, BU 360 and 88 with foreign students to solve a problem for an overseas hours. company. With approval, this course may be taken for credit more than once. Prerequisites: Admission to the BU 473 Marketing Channels (3) School of Business, BU 315, BU 347, BU 381 (or concur- The distribution function of the marketing mix. Topics in- rent), and consent. clude: channel structure and function; strategic channel development; channel management and logistics; direct BU 416 Commercial Transactions (3) channels, service channels, franchising, and interna- Commercial law in the area of the Uniform Commercial tional distribution channels. Prerequisites: Admission to Code, suretyship, insurance, professional responsibili- the School of Business and BU 360. ties, etc. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Busi- ness and BU 315. BU 475 Theory of Insurance (3) The nature and cost of risk in our economic society, and BU 417 Legal Business Associations (3) of the methods of handling it. Prerequisites: Admission Examination of the law of agency, partnerships, corpora- to the School of Business, BU 375 or consent. tions, and security regulations. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of Business and BU 315 recommended. BU 477 International Finance (3) The financial management of a multinational business BU 419 Labor Relations (3) enterprise. Develops strategies for investing interna- Labor relations and collective bargaining including the tionally, including hedging exchange rate risk, adjusting history, structure, and policies of labor organizations. to client preferences and home currencies, evaluating Mediation and arbitration are considered. Prerequisites: performance, estimating a corporation’s exposure to Admission to the School of Business and EC 341 real exchange rate risk, strategies to hedge risk or to BU 449 Strategic Management (3) dynamically adjust to shocks, and reasons for a corpora- Integrate the functional areas of business in formulating tion to hedge. Also covers international capital budget- and implementing basic policy for business. Analytical ing, multinational transfer pricing, and international cash approach to strategic decisions applied to practical management. Prerequisites: Admission to the School of examples of problems faced by business firms. May not Business and BU 381, or equivalent (assumes account- be taken for graduate credit. Prerequisites: Admission to ing and statistics). the School of Business, BU 342, BU 347, BU 360, BU BU 483 Investments (3) 381, 2.0 GPA, and 88 hours. The theory and techniques of financial asset analy- sis including the fundamental, technical, and efficient

256 market approaches. The course is designed to provide at least a 2.5 overall GPA, and meet the general quali- background needed by individuals (regardless of major) fications specified by the sponsoring business firm or to make investment decisions. Topics include: market governmental agency. mechanism, mutual funds, the yield curve, fundamental common stock analysis, and portfolio theory. Prerequi- ECONOMICS COURSES sites: Admission to the School of Business, BU 381 and (Courses marked with an

258 Students present the results of a research project to classmates

259 A faculty member demonstrates to a nursing student how to check a syringe.

Nursing students take a break for fun in an assessment lab. 260 SCHOOL OF NURSING www.washburn.edu/sonu Bachelor of Nursing (BSN) Master of Nursing (MSN) Monica Scheibmeir, Dean and Professor* Marian Jamison, Associate Dean and Professor*

Ellen Carson, Professor* Finette Gress, Assistant Professor Cynthia Hornberger Professor* Debra Isaacson, Assistant Professor Karen Fernengel, Professor* Patricia Joyce, Assistant Professor Shirley Dinkel, Associate Professor* Maryellen McBride, Assistant Janice Dunwell, Emeritus Associate Professor* Professor Marilyn Masterson, Assistant Brenda Patzel, Associate Professor * Professor Crystal Acker, Assistant Professor Bonnie Peterson, Assistant Jane Carpenter, Assistant Professor Professor* Jeanne Catanzaro, Assistant Sue Unruh, Assistant Professor Professor Sue Washburn, Assistant Professor Nora Clark, Assistant Professor * Lara Price, Lecturer Annie Collins, Assistant Professor Laura Sidlinger, Lecturer Caren Dick, Assistant Professor Barbara Stevenson, Lecturer Lori Edwards, Assistant Professor Jane Tanking, Lecturer

*Graduate Program Faculty

261 General Information advantage of the School is its urban focus and access to Topeka’s extensive health care facilities that provide Mission Statement excellent learning environments for clinical learning experiences. Washburn University School of Nursing emphasizes excellence in teaching that prepares students to value Accreditation life-long learning as professional nurses. The BSN program is approved by the Kansas State Washburn nursing graduates collaborate with com- Board of Nursing and has national accreditation by the munities applying ethical leadership, critical thinking, and Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). technological skills to design caring, innovative health Student Learning Outcomes of the Baccalaureate solutions for diverse populations. Program Description of the Program student learning outcomes of the The baccalaureate program in nursing at Washburn baccalaureate program University is designed to prepare women and men as professional nurses. The focus of the program is the At the completion of the nursing program, the new study of the individual and family life process from graduate will: conception through aging, in varying stages of health • incorporat professional values in the delivery of car- within the context of community. Through use of the ing, ethical practice; nursing process, the student utilizes critical thinking and • design, coordinat, and manage innovative health a scientific approach to maximizing health for individu- care; formulate and evaluate nursing decisions us- als, families, and groups. The nursing curriculum builds ing critical thinking skills; upon and augments courses in the humanities and the • select and appraise effective professional and natural and social sciences and provides for application therapeutic communication patterns; of this general education throughout the nursing major. • evaluate the need for and the efficacious use of Emphasis is on the development of the student as an technology in holistic assessment; integrated professional person. The basic program is four • collaborate with community partners to establish academic years in length. health promotion goals and implement risk reduc- Clinical laboratory is coordinated with the theoreti- tion strategies; cal content in nursing and is planned to meet specific objectives. Clinical laboratory takes place in a variety of • design nursing measures to manage disease and community facilities including nursery schools, clinics, maximize health; and public health agencies, hospitals, physicians’ offices, and • participate in pandimensional efforts to influence private homes. The normal developmental processes of health care policy locally and globally. the individual and family in varying circumstances, and the health needs of individuals, families, and groups Admission Policies form the basis for the selection of learning experiences. Students may apply for admission to the School of Community resources are selected for different courses Nursing for Fall or Spring semester when meeting the according to their potential for illustrating principles and following criteria: theories students are studying simultaneously in the 1. Completion of 30 hours of Washburn University gen- classroom. Several resources may be used in any given eral education requirements and School of Nursing class in a given semester as deemed appropriate to prerequisite courses. meet the course objectives. 2. Have a cumulative grade point average of 2.70 (mini- Graduates of the program are prepared to function mum). as generalists in nursing. They assume professional The following items are required for application: responsibility for health promotion, for care of people in 1. School of Nursing application acute and chronic illness, and for provision of support- 2. Official transcripts from all colleges or universities at- ive and restorative measures for realization of optimum tended, sent directly to the School of Nursing health potential. Graduates of the baccalaureate program 3. Two letters of recommendation (forms provided) are eligible for examination for licensure as registered 4. Washburn University application if not already a stu- nurses and they have the foundation for graduate study dent at Washburn. in nursing. Applications are accepted September 1 to November BACCALAUREATE NURSING PROGRAM 1 for Fall admission and March 1 to May 1 for Spring The baccalaureate nursing program was established admission a year prior to expected date of entry into the at Washburn University in the Fall of 1974 as a depart- program. To qualify for the WU academic scholarship, ment within the College of Arts and Sciences. In 1982, the university application and updated transcripts are due the program was granted School of Nursing status and to the Admissions office by February 15. operates as one of the major academic units of the Students transferring from other nursing programs are University. required to submit syllabus for each completed nursing The School of Nursing has an enrollment of approxi- course. Transfer credit may be awarded for equivalent mately 300 undergraduate students majoring in nursing. coursework. In addition, pre-nursing students preparing to enter the The School of Nursing Admission Committee reviews nursing program are advised, and an articulation pro- applications and admits qualified applicants to fill avail- gram is available for registered nurses, licensed practical able positions. A personal interview with a member of the nurses and paramedics seeking the BSN degree. An faculty may be required of applicants for assessment of 262 qualifications. Students are selected for admission to the and communities. The deliberative and creative use of nursing major without discrimination in regard to race, knowledge for the betterment of human beings is ex- color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, pressed in the science and art of nursing. The nurse, an gender, marital or parental status, or sexual orientation. integral part of the client’s environment, is responsible for The School of Nursing adheres to policies of non-dis- assisting the client in recognizing and coping with health crimination as defined by various federal and state laws needs throughout the life process. Through application of and regulations. the nursing process, the nurse functions as a provider of The School of Nursing seeks applicants who exhibit care, a designer/manager/coordinator of care, and as a the interpersonal skills and behaviors that enable them member of the profession (AACN, 1986/1998)*. to work compatibly with others in both the classroom and Professional education in nursing, which is an integral the clinical area. Applicants seeking admission should part of higher education, begins at the baccalaureate demonstrate emotional maturity, personal integrity, and level. The purpose of professional nursing education is ethical responsibility. Applicants also should possess to provide the knowledge base and skills necessary for the flexibility to deal with unexpected situations and the student learner to become a professional practitioner should demonstrate a willingness to utilize constructive of nursing and to have the foundation for graduate edu- feedback to develop professional behaviors. The School cation. General education in the humanities and in the of Nursing reserves the right to withhold admission to or natural and social sciences provides a broad foundation withdraw students from the program who do not demon- for understanding and augmenting nursing theory and strate these professional attributes. facilitates the development and integration of the nursing Students with disabilities may voluntarily identify student as a professional person. themselves to their course instructors to request ac- Learning is a complex, mutual process of growth and commodations. The Office of Student Services, located development identified by changes in the behavior of the in Morgan Hall, Room 150, is available to students for learner. Each student is unique in life experiences, moti- assistance in arranging reasonable accommodations and vation for learning, and scholastic aptitude. The educa- identifying resources on campus. tional process is designed to provide opportunities for the Applicants who have been convicted of a felony may student to meet individual learning needs. The role of the be considered for admission only if, in the judgment of nurse educator is to facilitate the learning process. The the Admission Committee, the applicant has been satis- student is responsible for learning. factorily rehabilitated. However, applicants for admission The philosophy and purposes of the School of should be aware that current Kansas law provides that Nursing are consistent with the mission of Washburn no license, certificate of qualification or authorization to University. The School of Nursing is a major academic practice nursing as a licensed professional nurse, as unit within the University and is responsible for determin- a licensed practical nurse, as an advanced registered ing its own professional curriculum and instruction. The nurse practitioner or registered nurse anesthetist shall be richness of resources within the university and the com- granted to a person with a felony conviction for a crime munity provide the opportunities for faculty and students against persons as specified in Article 34 of Chapter 21 to make significant contributions to health care delivery of the Kansas Statutes Annotated, as amended. Newly in a changing, multicultural society. admitted students will complete a background check as *American Association of Colleges of Nursing part of clearance prior to beginning nursing classes. (1986/1998). Essentials of college and university educa- Students are advised that nursing licenses may be tion for professional nursing. Washington, D.C.: Author. denied or disciplined by the Kansas State Board of Nursing (KSBN). Possible grounds for such action may Conceptual Framework The conceptual framework upon which the nursing include being guilty of a felony or misdemeanor involving program at Washburn University is based, is the Science an illegal drug offense if the KSBN determines that such of Unitary Human Beings. The work of Martha E. Rogers person has not been sufficiently rehabilitated to warrant provides the foundation for the conceptual framework. the public trust. Also considered are patterns of practice The principles of Helicy, Resonancy, and Integrality and other behaviors exhibiting an apparent incapacity to provide the basis for understanding the mutual process practice nursing. All criminal history must be revealed between human beings and the environment and provide to and will be evaluated by the KSBN before licensure is for the organization of knowledge essential to the sci- granted or denied. Admission to and graduation from the ence and practice of nursing. School of Nursing does not guarantee that a student will A nursing curriculum is implemented to assist the be eligible for licensure. learner in viewing the human person and the environ- Philosophy ment as unified wholes. Students enter the nursing pro- The nursing faculty believe that each human being is gram with a foundation of life experiences and education a unitary, living open system and is continually engaged in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. in a mutual dynamic process with the environment. The program is designed to facilitate the professional Individuals are unique, have inherent worth, and strive to development of students and their integration of learning. maintain system integrity while progressing through the life process from conception through death. Individuals Professional Aptitudes, Abilities and Skills for form families and communities, which are also open Nursing The professional nurse is responsible for maintain- systems engaged in mutual dynamic process with the ing and promoting health, caring for people in acute and environment. chronic illness, alleviating suffering whenever possible Nursing is a health profession which is concerned and providing supportive and restorative measures for with promoting the quality of life in individuals, families, 263 individuals and families to realize their maximum health • initiating and maintaining a nurse client relation- potential. Inherent in nursing is respect for life and the ship; dignity and rights of all persons • sharing pertinent client information with members The School of Nursing Faculty has determined that of the health team; the following general categories address the aptitude, • giving verbal or written reports; ability, and skills needed by students in the School • documenting accurately and clearly in written or of Nursing in order to become prepared to function electronic form; as generalists in nursing as identified in the program description. • providing client/family teaching that results in 1. SENSORY AND MOTOR ABILITY: The use of motor mutual understanding. skills to perform client exams, laboratory procedures, 4. INTELLECTUAL, CONCEPTUAL, INTEGRATIVE, and other clinical maneuvers. AND QUANTITATIVE ABILITIES: Critical thinking, Students must be able to execute gross and fine problem solving and teaching skills necessary to pro- motor movements required to provide assessment, vide care for individuals. families and groups. general care and emergency treatment of clients. Ex- Students must have sufficient critical thinking skills to amples of such skills include but are not limited to: problem solve in the clinical setting and to synthesize • administering CPR; information in an analytical, deliberative, decisive, • using the assessment skills of inspection, palpa- and valuative manner. Examples of such skills in- tion, percussion, and auscultation; clude but are not limited to: • accurately identifying nursing problems from all • assisting in moving and lifting clients using proper relevant client data; body • analyzing data to determine client’s health care • mechanics; needs and nursing diagnoses; • demonstrating the ability to perform clinical skills • using judgment to develop a plan of care that will such as initiating intravenous therapy, catheter implement nursing interventions relevant to client insertion and dressing changes; needs; • determining changes in skin temperature. • developing an alternative plan of care if current plan 2. OBSERVATION: The use of assessment skills such is ineffective. as observing faculty demonstrations, obtaining a 5. BEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS: health history from the client, and directly observing a The ability to provide care that is client centered and client’s health condition. shows respect for human dignity and the uniqueness Students must be able to perform sensory skills of each individual, free from all bias and discrimina- (auditory, visual, and tactile) necessary to assess tion, and without consideration for personal attributes accurately the health status of clients. Examples of or the nature of health problems. Students must be such skills include but are not limited to: emotionally stable. Examples of such skills include • hearing with a stethoscope to assess blood pres- but are not limited to: sure, heart, lung and abdominal sounds; • possessing the emotional stability to enable them • seeing color changes in the skin and changes in to develop facilitative relationships and success- pupil reaction; fully communicate with individuals and groups • accurately reading calibrations on syringes and from a variety of social, emotional, cultural, and measuring utensils. intellectual backgrounds; 3. COMMUNICATION: Communication with client and • possessing the qualities of self-awareness, emo- members of the health care team about the client’s tional maturity, objectivity, flexibility, empathy, and condition in settings where communication typically integrity; is oral, in settings where communication typically is • possessing the ability emotionally to handle written, and in settings when the time span for com- demanding clinical assignments and to function munication is limited. effectively under stress. Students must be able to speak, to hear, and to observe clients in order to obtain complete and ac- Degree Requirements curate assessments of client status. Communication includes speaking, reading, writing, and non-verbal Requirements Common to All Bachelor Degrees behaviors that reflect sensitivity, clarity and compre- The student must meet the requirements common to hension. Examples of such skills include but are not all bachelor degrees established by the University. (See limited to: Requirements Common to all Degrees in the index.) Requirements for the Degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing The curriculum is designed to be completed in four academic years and leads to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN). Because of a required sequence for prerequisites and nursing courses, those interested in the program should contact the School of Nursing early in their program of studies for advise- ment. Application to the major generally is made the first 264 semester of the sophomore year for admission to the NU 313 Patho/Pharmacology I 4 nursing major in the first semester of the junior year. NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 Baccalaureate Nursing Curriculum NU 343 Patho/Pharmacology II 3 The following courses are required for all students NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 who seek a baccalaureate nursing degree, including NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 registered nurses seeking a baccalaureate degree. NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 I. General Education Requirements NU 385 Nursing II 4 A. Humanities Courses: 9 credit hours required in NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 at least 2 subject areas - Three hours of Music, NU 440 Technologies III 1 Art or Theater are required. NU 473 Nursing III 4 1. English (excluding composition courses) NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 2. Philosophy NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 3. Religion NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 4. Music NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 5. Art NU 483 Community Health Nursing Practicum 2 6. Mass Media NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 7. Modern Foreign Language NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 8. Theater NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 9. Communication NU Nursing Elective 2 B. Social Sciences: 9 credit hours Total Credit Hours Required (124) *1. General Psychology 3 General Education 65 hours *2. General Sociology 3 Nursing Major 59 hours *3. Cultural Anthropology 3 *Courses must be satisfactorily completed with a grade of “C” or better prior to nursing courses. C. Natural Sciences and Mathematics *1. Intro to Biology/Lab 4-5 GENERIC CURRICULUM PATTERN *2. Human Anatomy/Lab 4 *3. Human Physiology/Lab 4 FIRST YEAR *4. General Chemistry/Lab 4-5 BI 100 Intro. Biology 3 *5. Intro to Physics 3 BI 101 Biology Lab 2 *6. Microbiology/Lab 4. EN 101 Freshman Composition 3 *7. Statistics 3 PY 100 Basic Concepts in Psychology 3 II. Supporting Courses: 6 credit hours ______Humanities #1 3 *A. Nutrition 3 KN 198 Lifetime Wellness 2 *B. Principles of Human Development (Life Span) 3 TOTAL 16 NU 220 Nutrition 3 III. University Requirements Common to All Bachelor HS 131 Human Development 3 Degrees: CH 121 General Chemistry 5 A. Six (6) credit hours of English Composition: EN AN 112 Cultural Anthropology 3 101 and EN 300 ______Open Elective 3 B. Kinesiology - Lifetime Wellness– 2 hrs. C. Algebra 110 (Exploring Mathematics) or MA 116 TOTAL 17 (College Algebra) – Unless Exempt SECOND YEAR IV. Unrestricted Requirements BI 204 Microbiology 3 BI 205 Microbiology Lab 1 6 credit hours required – may include general edu- BI 275 Human Anatomy/Lab 4 cation courses, algebra courses, nursing elective SO100 Intro to Sociology 3 courses or independent study __ ___ Humanities #2 3 Pass/Fail Option __ ___ Open Elective 3 Humanities and elective courses may be completed TOTAL 17 on a pass/fail basis (see University policy on pass/fail BI 255 Human Physiology/Lab 4 option). PS 102 Intro to Physics--Health 3 Required natural and social sciences, mathematics, EN 300 Advanced Composition 3 supporting courses, English composition courses (listed __ ___ Humanities #3 3 above), and courses in the nursing major must be com- MA 140 Statistics 3 pleted for a letter grade. Please seek advisement with TOTAL 16 questions regarding pass/fail options. THIRD YEAR V. Nursing Major: 59 credit hours (total) credit hours NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 NU 304 Health Assessment 3 NU 304 Health Assessment 3 NU 307 Family Health 2 NU 307 Family Health 2 NU 309 Nursing Concepts 3 NU 309 Nursing Concepts 3 265 NU 313 Patho/Pharm I 4 last 30 hours, or 40 of the last 60 hours presented for the NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 degree. TOTAL 15 NOTE: If there is a question as to whether a course will transfer, please discuss with the nursing advisor in the NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 School of Nursing prior to taking the course. NU 343 Patho/Pharm II 3 NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 RN-BSN Nursing Major Requirements NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 Fifty-nine (59) credit hours are required in the nurs- NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 ing major. A maximum of 33 nursing credit hours may be NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 earned by the transfer/portfolio assessment. Six of the 33 NU 385 Nursing II 4 credit hours of supporting courses (NU 220 and HS 131) NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 may be earned by the transfer/portfolio assessment. Two TOTAL 15 articulation pathways are available: FOURTH YEAR 1. As a participant of the Kansas Articulation Plan (KAP), the WU School of Nursing will award a NU 440 Technologies III 1 minimum of 28 credits (44%) for the nursing courses NU 473 Nursing III 4 listed below to graduates of Kansas nursing pro- NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 grams. Entrance into this WU School of Nursing RN NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 to BSN Articulation Program must be within 5 years of NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 graduation from the initial nursing program. NU ___ Nursing Elective 2 2. Nurses who graduated more than five years before TOTAL 17 entrance into the WU RN Articulation Program and NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 nurses from outside Kansas may also earn credit for NU 483 Community Health Nursing Practicum 2 the courses listed below (See Advanced Standing/ NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 Transfer Credit). The following portfolio materials NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 should be submitted to the School of Nursing: NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 • official transcript(s) of all nursing courses, TOTAL 12 • description of all nursing courses (catalogue or course syllabus). Student Transfer from Other BSN Nursing Program Students transferring from another nursing program • detailed resume of your nursing experience. are required to submit the following additional documents Advance Standing/Transfer Credit to be considered for admission and/or placement in the A. Courses Available for Transfer Credit nursing curriculum: Nursing Courses Semester Credit Hours 1. A course syllabus for all completed nursing courses NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 so that transfer credit may be awarded for equivalent NU 315 Nursing I Practicum 2 nursing coursework. NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 2. A letter of recommendation from the Dean or Chair- NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families 2 person that clarifies: NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum 1 a. the student’s academic standing at time of transfer, NU 358 Nursing of Children 2 and NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum 1 b. the student’s ability to be successful in the Wash- NU 385 Nursing II (Adult M/S Nursing) 4 burn University School of Nursing NU 387 Nursing II Practicum 1 R .N . Articulation NU 440 Technologies III 1 NU 473 Nursing III (Adult M/S Nursing) 2 The RN Articulation Program at Washburn University NU 477 Nursing III Practicum 5 School of Nursing is designed specifically for registered NU 484 Mental Health Nursing 3 nurses seeking to earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum 2 (BSN) degree. The nursing courses can be completed TOTAL 28 in one calendar year if full-time study is pursued and all general education requirements are completed. Part Supporting Courses Semester Credit Hours time study is also available. NU 220 Principles of Nutrition 3 HS 131 Human Development 3 RN Articulation Program Curriculum Requirements TOTAL 6 One hundred twenty-four (124) credit hours are re- quired for the BSN degree. Sixty-five (65) of these hours Credit for the courses listed above will be posted on are general education requirements (see listing on previ- the Washburn University transcript after being officially ous page). General education hours may be taken at any accepted to the nursing major. Coursework will be posted accredited four-year or community college. Eighty-four on transcripts as “CR” for credit without a letter grade. hours of graded coursework are required for graduation. These courses will not count in computation of grade point average. Nursing Course Requirements: 59 credit hours. Forty-five hours (45) of Junior-Senior work are re- B. Required Nursing Courses quired for the bachelors degree. At least 30 hours must Nursing Courses Semester Credit Hours be earned in residence at Washburn, including 20 of the NU 304 Health Assessment 3*

266 NU 313 Pathophysiology & Pharmacology I 4* 4. provide to the School of Nursing transcripts of the NU 308 Family Health & Nursing Science 5 completed nursing program and of previous college NU 343 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology II 3 credits obtained; NU 475 Scientific Methods in Nursing 2 5. meet with a nursing faculty advisor prior to each NU 478 Complex Care Concepts 2 semester course enrollment; NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership 3 6. complete general education courses which are the NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing 3 requirements for the BSN. All science courses must NU 483 Community/Public Health Nursing be completed prior to enrollment in upper division Practicum 2 nursing courses. NU 490 Capstone Practicum 2 NU ___ Nursing Elective 2 LPN to BSN Articulation The School of Nursing facilitates educational mobility for TOTAL 31 the licensed practical nurse (LPN) seeking the BSN de- * Credit may be available for portfolio assessment or gree. Graduates from a State Board of Nursing approved credit by examination. practical/vocational nursing program may receive credit Summary of BSN Nursing Curriculum Requirements for the following general education/nursing courses: Nsg. Transfer Exam credits 28 credit hours Course Credit Hours Required courses 31 credit hours NU 220 Nutrition 3 TOTAL 59 credit hours HS 131 Human Growth & Development 3 Summary of Total BSN Program Requirements NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 General Education Requirements 65 credit hours NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 Nursing Major 59 credit hours NU 315 Nursing Practicum 2 NU 387 Nursing Practicum II 1 TOTAL 124 credit hours NU 102 Medical Terminology 1 R .N . Curriculum Pattern The LPN to BSN articulation student will need to The following course sequence will provide for complete the remaining general education courses and completion of BSN requirements in one additional aca- nursing requirements. Interested students need to make demic year. This sequence requires full-time enrollment. an appointment with the nursing advisor. Part-time study is also available. Some courses may be Credit for courses listed above will be posted on the available during summer session. Washburn University transcript after being officially ac- Semester 1 Semester 2 cepted to the nursing major. Course work will be posted NU 304 3 Hrs NU 343 3 Hrs on transcripts as “CR” for credit without a letter grade. NU 308 5 Hrs NU 475 2 Hrs These courses will not count in computation of grade NU 313 4 Hrs NU 479 3 Hrs point averages. NU 478 2 Hrs NU 482 3 Hrs NU elective 2 Hrs NU 483 2 Hrs Paramedic to BSN Articulation NU 490 2 Hrs The Paramedic to BSN Articulation program is spe- Total 16 Hours Total 15 Hours cifically designed for the paramedic seeking to earn a Bachelor of Science Degree in Nursing. Applications for R .N . Articulation Advisement and Admission paramedic to BSN students are accepted for Fall admis- Procedures sion only.

Registered nurse students seeking the Bachelor of Eligibility Requirements Science in Nursing degree are encouraged to meet with 1. Meet program and university admission require- the Academic Advisor or designated faculty advisor in the ments. School of Nursing. The advisor will assist the registered 2. Satisfactory completion of prerequisite and general nurse student in developing an individualized degree education requirements. plan. A final degree check is made by the Dean of 3. Have graduated from a Commission on Accredita- Nursing and the Registrar’s office prior to graduation to tion of Allied Health Education Program (CAAHEP) determine eligibility for graduation based on completion accredited program based on the National Standard of all general education and nursing requirements for the EMT-P curriculum or a Kansas approved program. degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Applications for 4. Possess current Kansas certification or National RN-BSN students are accepted for Fall admission only. Registration. Registered nurses wishing to complete requirements for 5. If graduation was more than three years ago, 1000 the BSN should proceed as follows: hours of documented EMT-P work experience within 1. obtain a copy of the Program of Study for Registered the last three years. Nurses (RN Articulation for the BSN) that is available Students will complete a bridge course (2 credit in the School of Nursing; hours) during the summer prior to admission as a nursing 2. schedule an appointment with a School of Nursing major. After successful completion of the bridge course, advisor; Washburn University School of Nursing will award eleven 3. apply for admission to the University by submitting to (11 credit hours) as listed: the Admissions Office the Degree Seeking Applica- tion for Admission to the University;

267 Course Credit Hours offered each year through the School of Nursing. College NU 305 Nursing Concepts for the Paramedic 2 credit nursing courses offered through the School of NU 303 Nursing Technologies I 1 Nursing also meet continuing education requirements for NU 340 Nursing Technologies II 1 R.N. re-licensure. NU 304 Health Assessment 3* NU 313 Patho/Pharmacology I 4 School of Nursing General Policies NU 335 Nursing Elective 2 Total 11 Equal Educational Opportunity *To receive credit for NU 304, the student is required It is the policy of Washburn University to assure equal to complete an adult and child health assessment. educational and employment opportunity to qualified Students may elect to enroll in NU 304 the first semester. individuals without regard to race, color, religion, age, national origin, ancestry, disability, gender, marital or Summary of Credit parental status, or sexual orientation. General Education/Prerequisite Courses 65 hrs. Credit for Nursing Courses 11 hrs. HIPAA Requirements NU 305 2 hrs. Students will receive HIPAA (Health Insurance Required Nursing Courses (enrollment) 48 hrs. Portability and Accountability Act) training prior to attend- Total 126 hrs . ing clinical. This training is mandatory for all nursing students. Graduation and Degree Requirements Completion of Prerequisite Courses All prerequisite courses must be successfully com- Eligibility for Graduation pleted with a grade of C or better before beginning the Each candidate for a degree must meet the general upper division clinical nursing courses. requirements for graduation and the specific require- ments for the degree desired. A student who fulfills the Clinical Placement University requirements for the Bachelor of Science Students are reminded that pre-enrollment does not Degree in Nursing and the School of Nursing require- guarantee clinical placement in exact section. Changes ments for the major in nursing is eligible for graduation in the schedule may need to be made based on student and for attainment of the degree, Bachelor of Science in numbers, clinical agency availability and faculty availabil- Nursing (BSN). ity. With increased class size, it is expected that stu- Candidates for graduation must have on file in the dents will travel to clinical experiences outside Topeka. University Registrar’s Office, 1) a major declaration form signed by the student and the Dean of the School Retention and Progression in the Major of Nursing; 2) a completed Application for Degree Following admission to the nursing major, a student’s form; and 3) a degree audit. The Dean of the School progress is evaluated by the Admission, Progression, of Nursing, in conjunction with the UniversityRegistrar, and Retention (APR) Committee upon completion of validates that prospective graduates have completed all each nursing course for both academic and clinical requirements for graduation. The Admission, Retention nursing performance. The School of Nursing follows the and Progression Committee presents the candidates University policy of requiring attainment of a minimum for graduation for vote by the faculty of the School of grade of C in all required nursing courses. Nursing at the close of each term. Repeating Nursing Courses The University confers degrees at the end of each se- A student who does not receive a minimum grade of mester and at the end of the summer session. Students C in a required nursing courses may receive one of three who are scheduled to complete final requirements for the courses of action determined by the APR Committee. degree and major during the following summer term may 1. The first time a student receives a final grade of D or be permitted to participate in the Spring Commencement. F in a nursing course, or withdraws from a course, RN Licensure or demonstrates a pattern of non-attendance in a Graduates of the nursing program are eligible to apply course, the student will receive a letter of Academic for licensure as a registered nurse from the Kansas State Warning from the APR Committee Chairperson. The Board of Nursing or other State Boards of Nursing. To student may then be allowed to repeat the course become licensed, graduates must complete the nursing under the following conditions (all must apply): program as verified by the Registrar and the Dean of a. It is the first time a grade of D or F or a withdrawal the School; submit required applications, photos, fees, was received in a nursing course; and transcripts; receive a passing score on the national b. approval is granted by the APR committee and licensure exam (NCLEX-RN) and meet all other require- notice is given to the student; ments stipulated by the Board of Nursing. Graduation c. the instructor grants permission for the student to from the nursing program does not guarantee licensure repeat the course; as a registered nurse. d. space is available in the course. 2. The second time a student receives a grade of D or F Nursing Continuing Education in either a repeated nursing course or another nurs- The School of Nursing is a Kansas State Board of ing course, or withdraws from any nursing course a Nursing approved provider of mandatory continuing second time, or continues to demonstrate a pattern of education for registered nurses and licensed practical non-attendance, he/she will receive a letter from the nurses. A series of workshops, seminars, and conferenc- APR Chairperson stating that the student has been es that provide continuing education contact hours are placed on Academic Suspension. The student may 268 not repeat the course or enroll in any further nursing Technology courses previously completed. The compe- courses unless approved by the APR Committee. If, tency exam must be successfully completed the week in semesters with multiple clinical courses (2 or 3), a prior to the beginning of the semester. The student may D or F is received in the first or second clinical course access the Learning Center resources for review of of the sequence, the student may not continue in skills. Any student who does not pass the competency subsequent clinical courses for that semester. To be exam will audit the technology class specified by the considered for continuation in the major, the student Admissions, Progression, and Retention Committee and must write a letter of petition requesting reinstate- will meet all requirements of the course. In the event ment. The letter must be submitted to the committee the student is not able to pass the skills competency chairperson by the first day of the month of the next test following the audit of the course, the student will be enrollment period. The letter must address the follow- dismissed from the program. ing: a. the student’s explanation for the situation in which Appeal Procedure for Students Denied Admission or the D or F grade or the withdrawal occurred Readmission to the Nursing Major A student who has been denied admission or read- b. rationale for continuing in the program mission to the Nursing major and who wishes to appeal c. a plan of action for preventing a similar situation in the decision of the Admission, Progression and Retention the future. (APR) Committee of the School, may seek recourse The request will be reviewed by the APR Committee through the following procedure: and determination made as to whether the student 1. The student should state in writing to the Chairper- should: son of the APR Committee the student’s reasons for • be allowed to repeat the course; disagreement with the decision of the committee and • be counseled to withdraw from the program; or should request reconsideration. • be dismissed from the program. 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the 3. The third time a student receives a grade of D or F in APR Committee proves unsatisfactory to the student, a nursing course or withdraws from a nursing course the student may seek mediation by the Dean of the a third time, or does not attend class or clinical, he/ School of Nursing. she will receive a letter of Academic Dismissal from 3. Should the student feel dissatisfied with the results the Dean. At that point, the student may not progress of these actions, he/she may request a review of the further in the nursing major. School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The decision of that body is final. Withdrawal From the Nursing Major A student who wishes to withdraw from the nurs- Attendance ing major should present to the Dean of the School of Regular attendance at all classes and clinical experi- Nursing a written statement of intent to withdraw. An ences is expected as a part of professional responsibility official University withdrawal must be completed by the and is required of all nursing majors. Students are ex- student on the computer Banner system. Re-application pected to notify the nursing course instructor in advance to the School of Nursing will be necessary should the when there is need to be absent from class or clinical student desire to re-enter the nursing program. laboratory. Students are required to make up missed clinical laboratory time. Students who have missed an Readmission to the School of Nursing excessive portion of a given course may be withdrawn Undergraduate students who have satisfactory from the course or receive a failing grade. academic status at the time of absence or withdrawal from the nursing program may request readmission. A Health Clearance Requirements letter requesting readmission is to be submitted to the A health examination, together with prescribed labora- Admission, Progression, and Retention Committee tory tests and immunizations, including Hepatitis B vac- before the application deadline established by the School cine (or signed waiver), is a requirement for entrance into of Nursing. Students will be considered for readmission the nursing major. The completion of this requirement is using admission criteria and as space is available in clini- each student’s responsibility. Under no circumstances cal courses. will a student engage in clinical study in nursing without a record of health clearance filed in the School of Nursing. Grades of Incomplete for Nursing Courses Health clearance is valid for one calendar year. The stu- Course grades of incomplete are given under specific dent is responsible for renewing this annually, by August conditions as outlined in the University catalog. In the 5 or January 5 (corresponding to the initial admission event that a grade of incomplete has been awarded to a date to the nursing major), with his/her personal physi- student, the student must complete course work in suf- cian or through the University Health Service. Forms ficient time so that a final course grade can be awarded for the Annual Health Examination are available in the one week prior to the next semester. Students may not Nursing Office. Any expenses associated with health progress to the next semester without special permission examinations or incurred during the course of study in from the Dean. Fourth semester courses; NU 482, 483, the nursing major are borne by the student. 484, and 486 must be completed by the eleventh week of All nursing students are required to carry personal the semester prior to progressing to NU 490 Capstone. health insurance and to show verification of a health Nursing Skills Competency Following an Absence insurance policy. A low cost group health insurance Students who have been absent from a baccalaure- program is available to all students on an annual basis. ate nursing program for more than one semester must All foreign students, unless they have evidence of other pass a skills competency examination for all Nursing health insurance, must participate in the University 269 sponsored insurance program which is available at each dependency is characterized by physical and psychologi- registration period. The cost of the health insurance is cal dependence on drugs/alcohol and if untreated causes the student’s responsibility. health, social and legal problems, and possibly death. The School of Nursing faculty believes it has a profes- CPR Certification sional and ethical responsibility to students and patients Current certification in Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation to provide a safe teaching and learning environment. (CPR for the Professional Rescuer) is required for all The School of Nursing faculty will confront students nursing students. Students are responsible for complet- who show signs of chemical dependency, or in whom ing the CPR requirement prior to entering the nursing there is suspicion of chemical dependency, and direct major and for keeping the certification current throughout them into further assessment and evaluation. Drug the nursing program. screening is required of all students in certain clinical set- Student Liability Insurance tings and also may be required at any time if suspicion A group liability insurance policy is provided through of alcohol and/or drug use exists. When there is evi- Washburn University at no cost to students admitted to dence of chemical dependency, students will be directed the nursing major. The policy protects nursing students into a treatment program. Continuation of chemically only when they are engaged in clinical learning experi- dependent students in the School of Nursing depends ences under Washburn nursing faculty supervision. on compliance with the treatment program and with the terms of a contract initiated by the Dean of the School Background Checks with the student. The faculty will maintain a supportive A criminal background check will be completed on attitude toward chemically dependent students during students admitted to the School of Nursing prior to onset their treatment program and in the follow-up period. The of first semester. Students must complete the process faculty believes that students who comply with treatment with the company designated by Washburn University and remain drug free can become safe practicing nurses. and are responsible for all costs related to completing the background checks. Background clearance must Student Academic Integrity Policy be completed and available to the School of Nursing by Academic integrity is essential for maintaining a stan- August 5 in the fall semester and January 5 in the spring dard of professional behavior expected of all students semester. Students who have not been cleared by this enrolled in the School of Nursing. Becoming a member date will not be permitted to begin the semester, regard- of the School of Nursing obligates implicit and explicit less of the outcome of the background check. adherence to academic integrity. Academic integrity implies honesty in all aspects of Nursing Students Employed by Clinical Agencies the educational process and is essential for promotion of Students working for clinical agencies must under- an optimum learning environment, and for the develop- stand that when they work for pay in a clinical agency, ment of personal and professional responsibility and ac- they do not represent the University, and therefore must countability in nursing students. Students in the School not wear anything that designates them as a Washburn of Nursing are expected to conduct themselves in a pro- student (such as caps, uniforms, name tags, or arm fessional manner according to the ANA Code for Nurses patches). Students are cautioned to perform only those (see Student Handbook) and to adhere to all School of duties outlined in the job descriptions for which they are Nursing and University policies in any endeavor associ- prepared and which are within the legal confines of a ated with School of Nursing activities, either on or off non-professional position. Washburn University liability campus. Dishonesty, disruption of learning experiences, insurance does not cover nursing students under em- or any other form of academic impropriety or misconduct ployment conditions. will not be tolerated. A partial list of proscribed behav- Policy Statement on Chemical Dependency iors pertaining to academic misconduct in the School The School of Nursing, as a unit within Washburn of Nursing is included below. See also the University University, prohibits the unlawful possession, use or Student Disciplinary code (both of which are included distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by students on in the University Catalog). A student shall be subject to University property or as part of any School of Nursing disciplinary action or sanction upon violation of any of the activities on or off campus. The School of Nursing fac- following conduct proscriptions: ulty will follow federal, state and local laws as indicated in 1. Disruption and disorderly conduct which interferes the Washburn University Student Disciplinary Code and with the rights and opportunities of other students to Drug Free Workplace policy. Violators will be subject to pursue their academic studies. disciplinary action by the University in accordance with 2. Academic impropriety including, but not limited to: University policies and procedures. a. Cheating on tests. The School of Nursing will require students apply- b. Copying from another student’s test paper. ing for admission to the School of Nursing to disclose c. Using materials during a test not authorized by the any current chemical dependency and the nature of person giving the test. treatment being received. The School of Nursing will d. Collaboration with any other person during a test communicate to students the requirements of the Kansas without authorization. State Board of Nursing for chemically dependent stu- e. Attempting to obtain, or knowingly obtaining, dents who apply for licensure. using, buying, selling, transporting or soliciting in The School of Nursing defines chemical dependency whole or in part the contents of an unreleased test as an illness in which alcohol and/or drug use interferes or information about an unreleased test. with the person’s ability to function safely and affects the f. Bribing any other person to obtain an unreleased person’s physical, emotional and social health. Chemical test or information about an unreleased test. 270 g. Substituting for another student or permitting any have a watch with a second hand, bandage scissors, other person to substitute for oneself to take a stethoscope, and other laboratory equipment. Laboratory test. packets are a required purchase. h. “Plagiarism,” which means the appropriation of any other person’s work and the unacknowledged Assessment Testing Nursing majors will be required to complete a compre- incorporation of that work in one’s own work of- hensive assessment and review program in preparation fered for credit. for registered nurse licensure. Students will receive cur- i. Submitting the same work for more than one ricular materials each semester and complete normative course, unless authorized to do so by the instruc- examinations in specific content areas in the second, tors of all the courses in question. third and fourth semesters of the curriculum. Students j. “Collusion,” which means the unauthorized col- must pass the RN Comprehensive Predictor Exam to laboration with any other person in preparing work successfully complete NU 490 Capstone Practicum. offered for credit. The minimum passing score on the RN Comprehensive 3. Filing a formal complaint with the Coordinator of Stu- Predictor Exam, as noted in the NU 490 syllabus, is sub- dent Discipline with the intention of falsely accusing ject to change as the exam is revised on a regular basis. another with having violated a provision of this code. 4. Furnishing false information to the Coordinator of Stu- Scholarships, Grants and Loans dent Discipline with the intent to deceive, the intimida- Students who have been admitted to the School of tion of witnesses, the destruction of evidence with the Nursing and have above average academic records and/ intent to deny its presentation to the Coordinator or or a demonstrated financial need may apply for nurs- the Disciplinary Appeal Board. ing scholarships/loans/grants through the University 5. Forgery, alteration, unauthorized destruction, un- Financial Aid Office and the School of Nursing. See authorized use or misuse of university documents, the General Information section of the Catalog. records, identification cards, or computer services. Application forms are available in the Financial Aid 6. Physically abusing, harassing, or intentionally inflict- Office and are submitted directly to the Financial Aid ing severe emotional distress upon a member of the Office. Nursing endowed scholarships are awarded by University community on or off campus; or physi- the Financial Aid Office upon recommendation of the cally abusing, harassing or intentionally inflicting School of Nursing. Deadlines for application for Fall and severe emotional distress upon a non-member of the Spring Scholarships are February 15 and October 15 university community on campus or while engaged in respectively. university activities off campus. 7. Intentional disruption or obstruction of teaching, Organizations and Activities research, administration, disciplinary proceedings, or STUDENT NURSES OF WASHBURN other university activities or programs whether occur- SIGMA THETA TAU INTERNATIONAL ring on or off campus or of activities or MULTICULTURAL CLUB programs authorized or permitted by the university to See description and membership eligibility in Student be conducted on campus. Handbook. 8. Unauthorized entry upon the property of the univer- Honors sity or into a university facility or any portion thereof, The Honor designation is received at the time of including a computer file, which has been reserved, graduation to recognize students who achieve aca- restricted in use, or placed off limits; unauthorized demic excellence with approval by Faculty Consensus presence in any university facility after closing hours; Commendation. Two honors categories are awarded: or unauthorized possession or use of a key to any School of Nursing Honors and School of Nursing university facility. Scholar. See the School of Nursing Student Handbook 9. Violation on campus of any state or federal law or for complete details. violation of any state or federal law off campus while participating in any university sponsored activ- Graduation Awards ity, including but not limited to sex offenses and/or Members of each graduating class are eligible to sexual assault as defined by the laws for the State of be nominated and selected by the faculty for School of Kansas. Nursing Awards. The recipients’ names are placed on a permanent plaque in the School of Nursing. Criteria FINANCIAL INFORMATION for each award is detailed in the Student Handbook. The awards include the ALETHA J. CUSHINBERRY Program Expenses PROFESSIONALISM IN NURSING AWARD; the ALICE Tuition and fees are established by the University JENSEN AWARD; and the SPIRIT OF NURSING Board of Regents and are subject to change at any time. AWARD. Nursing courses are assessed at a higher per credit hour tuition rate than other undergraduate courses. Nursing Dean’s Honor Roll students are assessed the same fees as other under- Students whose grade point average for the semester graduate students. Nursing students should anticipate is equivalent to 3.40 or better are honored by having additional costs for physical examinations, laboratory their names placed upon the Dean’s Honor Roll and tests, immunizations, health insurance, CPR certification, they are so notified by the Dean of the School of Nursing. laboratory supplies, textbooks, uniforms, transportation to clinical agencies, R.N. licensing fees, nursing pin, and graduation fees. Nursing students also are expected to 271 President’s Honor Roll system and legal aspects of nursing. The Science of Students whose grade point average for the semester Unitary Human Beings is used as the theoretical basis of is 4.00 are honored by having their names placed upon nursing practice to assist the student to explore concepts the President’s Honor Roll and they are so notified by the of health, illness and human development. Prerequisite: President. All nursing prerequisite courses and admission to Nurs- ing Major. ROTC Programs NU 313 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology I (4) ARMY ROTC Program for Nursing Students Introduces relationships between normal human body The University of Kansas Army ROTC Unit offers physiology and the alterations that disease can cause. a cross-town enrollment program for nursing students Builds on the learner’s background from normal Anat- interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Army omy, Physiology, and Biology. Discusses impact of Nurse Corps. disruptive mechanisms on cell adaptability, immunity and inflammation, the stress response, pain, sleep, oxygen- NAVAL ROTC Program for Nursing Students ation, and hormonal and neural regulation. Introduces The University of Kansas Naval ROTC Unit offers ways in which cellular and body functions are affected by a cross-town enrollment program for nursing students medication. General classes of medications are dis- interested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Navy cussed in relation to the appropriate physiologic concept. Nurse Corps. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and admis- AIR FORCE ROTC Program for Nursing Students sion to Nursing Major, or permission of instructor. Kansas State University Air Force ROTC Unit offers a NU 315 Nursing I Practicum (2) cross-town enrollment program for nursing students in- In this first clinical course, students care for select clients terested in obtaining a commission in the U.S. Air Force in community extended-care agencies in the area. De- Nurse Corps. velopment of a plan of care for each assigned client is Course Offerings based on a problem-solving approach as faculty guide students in their use of critical thinking, priority setting, and ethical decision-making. Students also have their Required Courses first experiences in the administration of oral and se- NU 220 Principles of Nutrition (3) lected topical medications. Prerequisite: NU 303. Principles of normal nutrition with emphasis on nutrient interrelationships, dietary assessment, and nutritional NU 340 Nursing Technologies II (1) Builds on concepts introduced in Technologies I. Em- needs through the life cycle. Prerequisite: BI 100/101. phasis is placed upon theory, rationale, and procedures NU 303 Nursing Technologies (1) for performing skills, and introduction of technologies Provides the student with the theory, rationale, and needed for entry level into Nursing of Children and procedure for performing the skills needed for entry level Childbearing Families and Adult Medical/Surgical Nurs- practice. It is also designed to introduce the student to ing. Prerequisite: NU 303, NU 304, NU 307, NU 309, NU the utilization of standard problem solving, critical think- 313, NU 315. ing, sound judgment, and selected communication skills in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequi- NU 343 Pathophysiology/Pharmacology II (3) Builds on the basic disruptive mechanisms/concepts and site courses and admission to Nursing Major. their impact on the human system and the basic under- NU 304 Health Assessment (3) standing of pharmacodynamics introduced in Pathophys- Basic skills necessary for assessing the total health iology and Pharmacology I. Focuses on in-depth learning status of the adult and child. Designed to involve the stu- of the disruptive mechanisms on the human systems. dent in theoretical concepts of health assessments and Specific diseases, the manifestations, the related labora- skill-oriented exercises ranging from practice in basic tory and diagnostic tests, and the medications used to interviewing and history-taking to skills in physical exami- manage these diseases are discussed in this course. nation. Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and Prerequisite: All nursing prerequisite courses and NU admission to the Nursing Major. 313. NU 307 Family Health (2) NU 355 Nursing of Childbearing Families (2) Explores the relationship between health and illness and Emphasizes basic theory and concepts related to family the impact on the family unit. The intent of this course development, the maternity cycle and care of the new- is to familiarize the student with family nursing concepts born. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 313, NU 315. that will facilitate assessment of the family and aid un- derstanding of family health. Traditional and contempo- NU 357 Childbearing Nursing Practicum (1) Considers the nursing care of individuals on a continuum rary social issues are discussed as they relate to family related to childbearing, evolving through the maternity health throughout the life span. Prerequisite: All nursing cycle and care of the neonate. Students apply the basic prerequisite courses and admission to Nursing Major. concepts in caring for childbearing families. Students’ NU 309 Nursing Concepts (3) knowledge and understanding of the family and how Introduces the basic concepts of professional nursing it is affected during the reproductive experiences is practice. An overview of the development of nursing approached in terms of basic health needs--physical, in the United States, roles and responsibilities of the psychosocial, and socio-cultural. Students are exposed nurse in contemporary society, the changing health care to concepts and techniques used in childbirth 272 preparation classes. Throughout the childbearing experi- NU 479 Professional Nursing Leadership (3) ence, students will provide nursing care to clients during Explores leadership, management and professional pregnancy, labor/delivery, and postpartum. Prerequisite: nursing issues. Opportunity is provided for students to NU 340, NU 355 or concurrent. utilize critical thinking skills to investigate a wide range of contemporary health care issues and trends and to pre- NU 358 Nursing of Children (2) pare the graduate for the management and leadership Emphasizes basic theory and concepts of children and responsibilities of the professional nurse. Prerequisite: adolescents in varying stages of health in a variety of NU 385, NU 387. settings. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 313, NU 315. NU 482 Community/Public Health Nursing (3) NU 359 Nursing of Children Practicum (1) Introduces basic tenets of public health theory and epide- Students provide care for children in the hospital and miology. Analyzes facts and beliefs about health, global community settings. Implementation of the nursing pro- health care services and health care delivery systems cess provides students an opportunity to identify needs related to community/public health. Examines social, and assist families in problem solving. Prerequisite: NU cultural, historical, professional and legislative issues and 340, NU 358 or concurrent. complex community systems and strategies for interven- NU 385 Nursing II Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing I (4) tion. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU 475, NU 479. Builds upon learning in previous nursing courses with NU 483 Community/Public Health an emphasis on the aging phase of the life process. As- Nursing Practicum (2) similation of intellectual, interpersonal and technological This population-focused clinical course uses public skills is stressed in caring for adults in varying stages of health science to emphasize an epidemiologic approach health in a variety of settings. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU in community health assessment and program planning, 313, NU 315, NU 343 or concurrent. implementation and evaluation to meet the health care NU 387 Nursing II Practicum (1) needs of high-risk aggregates. Focuses on providing Emphasizes the life process of adulthood and aging. culturally relevant care, addressing levels of prevention, Integration of nursing science into the problem solving identifying and reducing health risks and improving the process and extension of intellectual, interpersonal and health of aggregate groups and populations. Prerequi- clinical skills in the nursing care of older adults, in varying site: NU 473, NU 477, NU 482 or concurrent. stages of health, in the acute care setting. Prerequisite: NU 484 Mental Health Nursing (3) NU 340, NU 385 or concurrent. Focuses on mental health nursing across the life span. NU 440 Technologies III (1) Highlights basic theories and concepts related to the Builds on the two previous Technology courses. Empha- dysfunctional patterning of children, adolescents, adults, sis is placed upon theory, rationale, and procedures for and older adults as well as individuals, groups and performing advanced skills used in specialized settings, families. Emphasizes the varying health-illness needs of for example, critical care/emergency units. Prerequisite: clients and the role of the psychiatric-mental health nurse NU 340, NU 343, NU 355, NU 357, NU 358, NU 359, NU in mental health settings. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU 475, 385, NU 387. NU 479. NU 473 Nursing III Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing II (4) NU 486 Mental Health Nursing Practicum (2) Focuses on theory and concepts related to nursing care Focuses on application of the nursing process and of adult individuals, families and groups with varying knowledge of dysfunctional patterning. Operationalizing health-illness needs in a variety of settings. Emphasis is theoretical base and communication skills in meeting the placed on integrating knowledge obtained from natural varying health-illness needs of clients in mental health and social sciences, health assessment, pathophysiol- settings. Students implement preventive, supportive and ogy, pharmacology and therapeutic nursing interventions restorative measures. Prerequisite: NU 473, NU 477, to provide holistic health care. Prerequisite: NU 440 or NU 484 or concurrent. concurrent. NU 490 Capstone Practicum (2) NU 475 Nursing Research (2) This final upper-division nursing course is where stu- Focuses on scientific methodology and the research dents will integrate all previous theoretical and clinical process with emphasis on the contribution to nursing learning. The focus in clinical is on consolidation of practice. Elements of investigator’s design and ethical clinical and leadership and to practice coordination and considerations. Analysis and critique of nursing research delegation of care. The seminar groups will allow time studies. Prerequisite: MA 140 or equivalent, NU 315. to process the clinical experience and focus on ethical, leadership, management, and practice issues. Prerequi- NU 477 Nursing III (Adult Medical-Surgical Nursing II) site: NU 479, NU 482, NU 483, NU 484, NU 486. Practicum (5) Builds on skills the students learn and practice in previ- Nursing Electives ous and current courses. Students design, implement, and evaluate care of individual patients and their families NU 330 Independent Study in Nursing (1-3) Advanced study and/or guided learning experiences in in various health care settings. Prerequisite: NU 440, NU a selected area of nursing. Student defines objectives 473 or concurrent. and learning experiences and selects faculty preceptor. Prerequisite: Consent.

273 NU 331 Nursing in Addictions (2) NU 366 Perioperative Nursing (2) This is an upper division nursing course which provides A theoretical/experiential approach to the nursing care of the participant with a broad understanding of addiction as clients undergoing surgical procedures. Content focus a disease process. Application of nursing theoretical con- is on the nurses’ responsibilities during the preoperative, cepts in the care of clients with addictions. Students will intraoperative and postoperative phases of the surgical be expected to develop a variety of skills for nursing care experience. Observations and demonstrations included. of clients with addictions. Specific strategies for interven- Prerequisite: NU 315. tion, available treatment modalities, family dynamics and codependency issues are presented. Prerequisite: NU NU 368 High Risk Perinatal Nursing (2) A participative/observational course providing an over- 315. view of principles and essential concepts of high risk NU 332 Transcultural Nursing (2) infants during the perinatal period. Content includes An overview of cultural beliefs, values, and life styles prenatal screening and care, high risk labor care, neona- that influence health care delivery in a variety of cultures. tal resuscitation, neonatal care and community follow-up Historical development of the major non-western and of high risk mothers and infants. Exploration of ways western health systems with implications for nursing nurses can help prevent perinatal problems and provide practice. The influence of the cultural values of the nurse support and care for high risk families. Prerequisite: NU and the client as they affect the nursing process. Two 358/359. hours per week. Prerequisite: NU 315. NU 369 Integrative Healing (2) NU 333 Stress Management for Nurses (2) Overview course that examines popular health care Discussion of stress theory and the effects stress has on systems such as Chinese Medicine, Naturopathy and the nurse, professionally and personally. Introduction and Homeopathy which go beyond the traditional medical application of a variety of stress reduction interventions model and illness-focused care. The course explores will be incorporated into each class. Prerequisite: NU theories about beliefs and lets participants practice/expe- 315. rience different modalities, including progressive muscle relaxation, guided imagery, yoga, Tai Chi, acupuncture, NU 334 Interpretation of Laboratory Tests and biofeedback, therapeutic touch, massage, and herbal Diagnostic Modalities (2) and botanical medicine. Prerequisite: NU 315. Interpretation of results of laboratory tests and diagnostic procedures with implications for nursing care of clients. NU 374 Health Promotion of Children in Summer Exploration of new technology used in diagnostic modali- Camp(2) ties. Prerequisite: NU 315. Participation in health screenings and health promotional activities with children in summer camp. Didactic/experi- NU 335 Special Topics in Nursing (1-3) ential course. Includes health teaching, health clinic, and Selected subjects of relevance for nursing, announced in sports activities. Prerequisite: NU 304, NU 358, NU 359. advance. Prerequisite: Consent. NU 377 Nursing in Ireland (3) NU 337 Organizational Management for Nurses (2) This course provides an overview of medical-surgical Exploration of organizational management theories, and obstetric care in Dublin, Ireland. Students will styles, and principles and their application in professional compare the Irish health care delivery system with the nursing. Prerequisite: NU 315. US health care dilevery system. Clinical experiences in NU 338 Nursing for Pain Management (2) a variety of health care settings will be provided. Stu- Application of nursing theoretical concepts in the care dents will identify cultural, socioeconomic and lifestyle of clients with pain and comfort needs. Exploration considerations related to health care delivery in Ireland. of the nature of the pain experience, theories of pain Strategies used in Ireland to mediate culture, socioeco- transmission, types of pain and nursing interventions in nomic and lifestyle effects on health will be identified the management of pain. Upper division nursing course and compared with those in the united States. Cultural designed to supplement basic knowledge in the care of awareness experience opportunities will be integrated. patients with pain. Prerequisite: NU 315. Prerequisite: Consent. NU 339 Spanish for Nurses (2) NU 380 Oncology Nursing (2) Focuses on communication necessary to care for the Focuses on nursing care of clients and their families with Hispanic client and family in varying stages of health. a diagnosis of cancer. The role of the clinical specialist Culture and beliefs as it impacts health and health care. in oncology nursing and current nursing interventions for No previous experience with Spanish language neces- common malignancies. Prerequisite: NU 315. sary. Prerequisite: Consent. NU 381 Emergency Nursing (2) NU 364 Nursing of the Homeless (2) An introductory didactic experiential course in emergency Nursing care of the undeserved in relation to public nursing. The role of nursing in facilitating the client’s en- policy and the changing health care system. Domograph- try into health care via the Emergency Medical Services ics and characteristics of the homeless both locally and system. Emphasis is directed toward trauma nursing. nationally. Issues related to special polulations, such as Students apply nursing concepts to the care of clients single parent families, children, minorities, and chroni- during clinical experiences in the Emergency Department cally mentally ill, are explored. Examination of a nurse’s and pre-hospital transport. Prerequisite: NU 315. potentialto deliver health care to the homeless. Prerequi- site: NU 315. 274 prefixes, suffixes, and roots of medical terms are studied NU 382 Women’s Health Issues (2) in relation to body systems. Extensive use of audiovisual Broad perspective of contemporary women’s health media. One hour of theoretical content per week. Pre- concerns, including multidimensional factors influencing requisite: None. women’s health and the delivery of services; the self-help movement and nurses’ roles in providing women’s health NU 305 Nursing Concepts for the Paramedic (2) are examined. Prerequisite: NU 315. Provides skills and content necessary for transition to nursing practice; pathophysiology, pharmacology, health NU 383 Epidemiology and Prevention and Control of assessment, medication administration and fundamental Communicable Diseases (2) skills testing. Designed for EMT-P students accepted Overview of the scope and methods used in communi- into the nursing major. Prerequisite: admission to the cable and infectious disease control. Epidemiology and Paramedic to BSN program. prevention of specific diseases including Hepatitis, HIV/ AIDS and Tuberculosis. A variety of the more common Courses for Registered Nurse viral, bacterial, fungal and parasitic diseases are studied. (RN Articulation) Recent and current infectious disease outbreaks, as well NU 308 Nursing Science & Family Health (5) as trend and care considerations, are discussed in terms Provides the theoretical basis of nursing practice and of individuals, groups and communities. Prerequisite: NU the understanding of self as an adult learner and as a 315. participant in redefinition of professional identity. Empha- NU 384 Rogerian Applications (2) sis is on contemporary nursing roles, current concepts of Expansion of the knowledge of the Science of Unitary health, illness, family, the changing health care system, Human Beings with applications in the practice of nurs- legal aspects, cultural basis of nursing intervention, ing. Familiarization with published literature utilizing the stress management, crisis theory including grief and Rogerian framework in nursing practice, research, edu- loss. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse student or consent. cation and theory development. Elaboration of Rogerian NU 478 Complex Care Concepts (2) concepts through creative expressions of the art and Focuses on health care needs of clients and families with science of nursing. Prerequisite: NU 315. complex alterations in health patterning. Emphasis will Other Courses Offered be placed on the professional nursing role in planning care with clients and families with complex needs. Ethi- NU 102 Medical Terminology (1) cal, legal, economic, health policy and spiritual consid- Introduction to basic terminology used in medical reports erations related to complex client needs are addressed. and treatment recommendations. Word compositions, Prerequisite: Registered Nurse student or consent.

The School of Nursing’s Mobile Clinic provides an opportunity for students to provide education and screening services to the medically underserved in the area while in a supervised learning environment.

275 276 GRADUATE PROGRAMS

Business – MBA and MBA/JD Criminal Justice - MCJ Education - MEd Liberal Studies - MLS Nursing - MSN Psychology - MA Social Work – MSW and MSW/JD

277 GRADUATE PROGRAMS MBA Program Mission To provide management education of recognized high Washburn University offers graduate programs in quality through an evening MBA program for current and Business, Criminal justice, Education, Law, Liberal future business professionals in the area. Our goal is to Studies, Nursing, Psychology, and Social Work. The assure that our students have the knowledge and skills School of Business offers a Master of Business to enable them to succeed in general management and Administration degree program. The School of Applied leadership roles and to contribute to the success of their Studies offers two master degree programs, one admin- organizations and of their local and regional economies. istered by the Department of Criminal Justice and the Specifically, Washburn MBA graduates will be able to other administered by the Department of Social Work. identify, gather, and analyze relevant information, in The Department of Education administers the Master of order to make effective decisions and improve organiza- Education program. The School of Law offers a Juris tional processes. Doctorate Degree. The College of Arts and Sciences offers the Master of Liberal Studies. The Department of MBA Student Learning Outcomes Psychology administers a graduate program leading to a A student who has completed the MBA Program will be Master of Arts Degree in Psychology with an emphasis in able to: Clinical Skills. Washburn’s latest addition to the graduate • construct and explain effective business strategy to degree programs, the Master of Nursing, is administered stakeholders, which include employees, customers, by the School of Nursing. suppliers, financial markets, investors, etc.,

• demonstrate effective business communication and For complete information about the Law School program, presentation skills, both orally and in written cor- see the separate catalog for the School of Law respondence, Ma s t e r o f Bu s i n e s s Ad m inistration • demonstrate an understanding of the components of a good IT/IS system and how to use the system (m b a ) for effective management, Website: http://www.washburn.edu/business • perform analysis and interpretation of accounting E-mail: [email protected] statements for effective decision-making, • demonstrate knowledge of financial analysis, mod- The Washburn Master of Business Administration eling and forecasting, (MBA) program is designed for the business professional who desires to combine an existing career with formal • model other business processes and decisions educational development. Over 750 MBA degrees have such as production, supply chain, etc., been earned since the beginning of the program in 1982, • demonstrate an understanding of modern human presently at a rate of about 40 per year. Washburn MBA resource management – an understanding of what students and graduates can be found at all of the major different age cohorts find fulfilling, and how these employers in Topeka and many are employed outside the groups work effectively with more mature workers, region. International students compose about 10% of • demonstrate proficiency in identifying marketing is- the nearly 110 MBA student body. sues for a variety of firms and utilize current market- Broad in nature, the Washburn MBA program aims ing literature and thought in creating theoretically at producing general competence for overall manage- and practically sound business solutions ment of corporate enterprises, public and governmental • identify if an organization is “ethical” and how an organizations, health and educational institutions, and employee charts a smart course of action when he entrepreneurial ventures. Courses are taught in state- or she suspects unethical behavior of-the-art facilities by faculty who are academically and The MBA Program is composed of three distinct parts: professionally qualified. Admission and initial enrollment an orientation, a curriculum, and a closure experience. can be for the fall, spring, or summer. Each class meets Each of these there parts is explained in detail below. In one night a week for two and one-half contact hours, with addition student portfolios are used as an assessment occasional Saturday offerings. of learning methodology for the MBA Program and as a The Washburn University School of Business and requirement for the MBA degree. its Master of Business Administration and Bachelor of Business Administration degree programs are accredited MBA Program Orientation Experience by AACSB International - The Association to Advance Before the start of the fall semester, all students Collegiate Schools of Business. admitted for the previous spring, summer and current fall semesters are required to attend the MBA Program Inquiries should be directed to: Orientation. The purpose of this orientation is to set Director of Graduate Programs the expectations of students and faculty regarding School of Business the student’s MBA experience. This is accomplished Henderson Learning Resource Center, Room 114 through the presentation of the MBA Vision Statement, 1700 SW College Avenue the MBA Program Values Statement, and set of exer- Washburn University cises designed to promote interaction among students Topeka, Kansas 66621 and faculty. In addition, the students are encouraged to Tel: (785) 670-1307 form a cohort group through participation in WMBAA, the Fax: (785) 670-1063 Washburn MBA Student Association.

278 Finally, the orientation session provides an opportu- II . The Upper-level Program nity to explain the use of an academic portfolio to assess Thirty semester hours beyond the foundation-level student performance and how their portfolio will be used courses must be completed by all students. as part of their closure experience. The initial contribu- tion to the student’s academic portfolio is assigned at this Required Upper-level Courses EC 952 Managerial Economics time. This initial contribution is an attempt by the student BU 953 Product Systems to write out her or his expectations of the MBA Program. AC 954 Management Accounting Analysis As part of the closure experience, presented below, the BU 955 Financial Strategies student will be required to assess the extent to which the BU 956 Computer-based Information Systems MBA Program met his or her expectations. BU 957 Strategic Marketing Management MBA Program Curriculum BU 958 Managerial Skills and Professional The Washburn MBA curriculum combines opportuni- Experiences ties to develop one’s skills in communication, quantitative BU 959 Strategic Analysis analysis, computer technology, and teamwork with study Total Required Course Upper-level Hours 24 of accounting, economics, finance, information systems, management, marketing, legal and ethical issues, and Upper-level Elective Courses BU 971 Legal and Ethical Issues production and operations in the context of domestic and BU 972 Human Resources global environments of business. BU 974 International Business For the students without a prior business degree or BU 977 International Financial Strategy related course work, 58 semester hours (20 courses) BU 979 Investments are required, divided between the foundation-level level BU 983 Venture Creation (27 semester hours) and the upper level (30 semester BU 984 Mergers, Acquisitions, and Ethics hours). MA 116 College Algebra is prerequisite to the BU 985 Business Intelligence Systems program. Students are expected to acquire basic com- BU 996 Research Project in Business petence in the business use of spreadsheets either by AC 997 Research Project in Accounting course work or by self-study early in the foundation level BU 998 Special Topics in Business program AC 999 Special Topics in Accounting I . The Foundation-level Program Total Required Elective Course Hours 6 All students must show proficiency, normally through Students should consult with the Director of Graduate course work, in quantitative methods, accounting, and Programs/MBA Advisor as to the availability of these the core areas of business, including financial analysis electives. and markets, domestic and global economic environ- Total Required Upper-level MBA Program Credit ments, the creation and distribution of goods and ser- Hours 30 vices, and human behavior in organizations. Students in many other majors receive partial foundation-level credit. MBA Program Closure Experience The closure experience will provide the student an op- Students with baccalaureate degrees in business from portunity to synthesize the academic information that has schools following the national pattern will be given credit been contributed to their academic portfolio. The closure for much of the foundation-level program. At Washburn experience will take the form of both written and oral University, the MBA-level courses numbered 920 to 929 presentations requiring the student utilize the contents of and BU250 meet the foundation-level requirements. their portfolios. The writing component of the closure ex- Foundation-level Courses perience will be a reflective essay based on the contents BU 250 Management Information Systems of the portfolio. The purpose of this essay is described AC 924 Accounting Concepts below. Suggested scenarios for oral presentation include BU 922 Quantitative Methods I a mock job interview, formal presentations to graduate BU 923 Quantitative Methods II faculty, etc. Whatever the scenario given to the students, EC 925 Economic Environment they will have to rely on the contents of their portfolio in BU 926 Survey of Finance order to complete the experience. BU 927 Marketing Concepts BU 928 Production and Operations Systems Portfolio Contents A student’s portfolio will contain at least one sample of BU 929 Human Behavior in Organizations work selected by the course instructor for each upper- Total Foundation-level Hours 27 level course and elective. The student is free to select The Director of Graduate Programs will determine up to two additional samples of his or her work from the suitability of undergraduate or graduate course work upper-level and elective courses. These samples should to satisfy these foundation-level requirements. Final not be rewritten or revised beyond the version that was determination as to whether or not courses taken else- graded by the professor. where meet foundation-level requirements will be made only upon full admission to the MBA program. Students Reflective Essay: In a maximum of five pages, double-spaced, the planning to take additional course work prior to applica- student will describe how the portfolio’s contents demon- tion to the MBA program should consult with the Director strate the student’s success in achieving the vision of the of Graduate Programs/MBA Advisor to determine which MBA program. The student may write about how each courses at Washburn University and elsewhere meet contribution meets one or more of the “Competencies these requirements. for the MBA Program” implied by the vision statement. 279 Alternatively the student might write how they meet communication and college algebra or equivalent the AACSB MBA Competencies. There is no specific competency. (The program applied calculus requirement approach or format for the Reflective Essay. However, should be met in the first semester of enrollment.) To be it will be read as one of the student’s most mature and considered for admission, an applicant must: developed statements of their education. An additional 1. hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally ac- purpose of the reflective essay is for the student to credited institution of higher education; recognize that their work fits into a coherent whole and 2. submit a completed “Application to Washburn Univer- that upper-level courses and electives are not simply a sity”. random selection but do have an overall purpose. Also 3. submit a completed “Application for Graduate Study the student will evaluate how well their expectations, as in Business”. These applications are completed on specified in their initial contribution to their portfolio, were line and are found at www.washburn.edu/business/ met. mba under “Admission Requirements”;. The reflective essay will be completed during finals 4. request that official transcripts be sent directly to the week of the student’s graduation semester. Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, Washburn University, from all previously attended Portfolio Evaluation institutions; Each student’s portfolio will be evaluated by the MBA 5. earn an acceptable score on the Graduate Man- Portfolio Committee, which will be composed of three agement Admission Test (GMAT) administered by members of the MBA faculty. The contents (reflec- the Educational Testing Service (ETS), Princeton, tive essay & contributions) will each be evaluated as: NJ 08541. Request that scores be reported to the Unacceptable, Acceptable, or Outstanding. The contri- School of Business, Washburn University. The GMAT butions will evaluated as a whole and the reflective essay Code Number for Washburn University is 6928. will be evaluated on the basis of how well it succeeds 6. Arrange for two letters to be submitted by academi- in achieving its purpose. In order to receive the MBA cians, employers, or other persons who can attest to degree a student’s portfolio must be evaluated as at least the applicant’s potential for success in graduate study ”Acceptable” by the MBA Portfolio Committee. These in business. These letters should be sent to the portfolio evaluations will be completed during finals Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, weeks of the student’s graduation semester. Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas 66621; and Transfer Policy 7. submit an application fee to the MBA program of $40. A maximum of nine hours of graduate credit in the The check should be made out to Washburn Univer- upper-level MBA program may be transferred from sity and be sent to the School of Business. AACSB-accredited business schools and posted on the Provisional Admission Washburn University transcript. Requests to transfer By specific application and based on space availability courses must be made in writing. Requests to substitute and the applicant’s previous academic record, a limited transfer credit for required upper-level courses go to the number of applicants of outstanding promise, but whose designated faculty committee. applications are incomplete, may be granted provisional Law School Courses admission to the MBA program for one semester while Up to six hours of credit from an ABA-accredited law their application files are completed. During the semes- school may be applied towards the 30-hour upper-level ter of provisional admission, the applicant is required MBA requirement. The law school credit must be in to complete the application file and may enroll in up to business-related, non-required law school courses ap- two MBA courses for a total of no more than six semes- proved by the School of Business. Washburn University ter hours, with no more than one MBA course at the offers a dual JD/MBA degree. A statement of that degree upper-level. No further enrollment is possible without full is provided below. admission to the MBA program. Definite statements as to the length of the applicant’s MBA program, including Application Schedule final determination on waivers and transfer courses, can- Applications are processed on a continuous basis. not be made until after the applicant has been granted Priority for acceptance will be given to applicants whose full admission to the MBA program. file is complete by November 15 (for spring enrollment); April 15 (for summer enrollment); and July 1 (for fall International Admission enrollment). Files are considered complete when the International students must hold a university creden- applications and all supporting documents have been tial that is equivalent to a U.S. baccalaureate degree; received by the Director of Graduate Programs, School 1. submit a completed “Washburn University Interna- of Business. International applicants, or applicants ap- tional Application for Admission”. plying from outside of the United States, should start the 2. this application is completed on line and is found at application process early in order to meet the application www.washburn.edu/iip under “International Students”; deadlines. submit a completed “Application for Graduate Study in Business”. Admission 3. This application is completed on line and is found at Admission will be granted to students showing high www.washburn.edu/business/mba under “Admission promise of success in graduate business study as Requirements”; request that official transcripts be indicated by the applicant’s previous academic re- sent to the Director of Graduate Programs, School of cord, scores on the Graduate Management Aptitude Business, Washburn University, from all previously at- Test (GMAT), work experience, and letters of refer- tended institutions. Transcripts from non-U.S. institu- ence. Admission requirements include oral and written 280 tions submitted as part of an application for graduate Academic Status: Full-Time and Part-Time Graduate study in the School of Business must be evaluated Student by a Washburn University-recognized evaluation ser- Full-time and part-time status of graduate students vice. Cost of this evaluation is borne by the student. during the fall and spring semesters are calculated as Washburn University now requires a detailed report follows: from Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc. Appli- 9 or more semester hours=full time cations can be obtained by writing to ECE, PO Box 8 semester hours = three-quarter time 92970, Milwaukee, WI, 53202-0970, US (Web site is 5 to 7 semester hours = one-half time http://www.ece.org) or from the International Student 1 to 4 semester hours = one-quarter time Office at Washburn University; 4. earn an acceptable score on the Graduate Man- Grades The symbols used in grading areas follows: A, excel- agement Admission Test (GMAT) administered by lent; B, well above average; C, average; D, below the Educational Testing Service (ETS), Princeton, average but passing; F, failure. In computing grade NJ 08541. Request that scores be reported to the point averages: A equals 4; B equals 3; C equals 2; D School of Business, Washburn University. The GMAT equals 1; F equals 0. No grade below “C” is acceptable Code Number for Washburn University is 6928; for graduate credit. 5. arrange for two letters to be submitted by academi- To graduate, MBA students are required to have at cians, employers, or other persons who can attest to least a 3.0 grade point average in all graded upper- the applicant’s potential for success in graduate study level courses. At least 30 upper-level hours (courses in business. These letters should be sent to the numbered 950 and above) must be taken on a graded Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business, basis, including all required upper-level courses. For all Washburn University, Topeka, Kansas 66621; upper-level courses, a student will be allowed to have a 6. submit an application fee to the MBA program of $40, maximum of two courses with a grade of “C” included in as well as the $60 processing fee for international his or her MBA program. A student receiving a grade of students. The two checks should be made out to “C” in an upper-level MBA course may retake the course, Washburn University and be sent to the School of but only one time. Business and to International Programs respectively; 7. take the Test of English as a Foreign Language Incompletes (TOEFL) including the Test of Written English (TWE). In accordance with Washburn University policy, Request that scores be reported directly to the incomplete grades (“I”) may be given when most of the School of Business, Washburn University by the work for the course has been completed (approximately testing agency. Washburn University requires a bal- 75%). In order for a grade of incomplete (“I”) to be turned anced paper-based TOEFL score of 550, or 80 with into a letter grade, all the required course work must be the internet-based (iBT) format, or equivalent, includ- turned in by the end of the regularly scheduled classes ing a minimum of 55 on each of the three parts and within one year of the date the incomplete was given. a TWE (essay) score of 5.0, or the equivalent IELTS Otherwise, the incomplete grade will be converted to a scores of 6.5. Students without a TOEFL score or grade of “F”. Students must complete all “I” grades in with a low TOEFL score should first seek admission order to graduate from the University. to the Intensive English Program. Native speakers of English or students who have earned a 4-year degree Probation and Dismissal from a U.S. institution are exempt from the TOEFL Students are placed on probation whenever the requirement. upper-level grade point average falls below 3.0, or when- ever a grade below “C” is earned in a foundation level Academic Advising course or in a course being used for core foundation-lev- All academic advising for MBA students is done by el credit. Students on probation must work with the MBA the Director of Graduate Programs/MBA Advisor. MBA Advisor to develop a plan of study to be restored to good students are required to consult with the MBA advisor standing in the next semester, subject to course availabil- every semester to decide the student’s class schedule ity. Students who continue on probation for more than for the coming semester, in part to ensure that courses one semester may be dropped from the MBA program. are taken when available as well as timely graduation. Permission for enrollment in any class for which the Statute of Limitations instructor feels the student’s background and prepara- A student may be awarded a Master of Business tion are inadequate will be withdrawn. Foundation-level Administration degree after completing the requirements courses should be completed before upper-level courses for the degree in effect the later of (1) the semester when are taken. Students are expected to inform Washburn he/she first enrolled or (2) the semester when he/she University and the MBA program of any changes of their was fully admitted to the MBA program. The student permanent and current address and contact informa- may choose any subsequent catalog in effect within six tion. International students must inform the International years of the date of graduation. Students first admitted Student Office as well. Students are expected to check and enrolling beginning in the fall 2007 semester will be their Washburn University e-mail regularly, as official under the program as presented in this catalog, subject communications may be sent by e-mail. to any modifications approved by the School of Business prior to the first day of class of the fall semester.

281 WASHBURN UNIVERSITY DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM AC 920 Financial Accounting Concepts (2) The study of the development and communication of fi- School of Law (J .D .) & School of Business (M .B .A .) nancial information reported in general purpose financial Recognizing that legal and business studies comple- statements. These statements are primarily used by ment each other and that real-world problems often investors and creditors to assist in making investment require solutions from both legal and business perspec- and credit decisions and also by management to assist tives, Washburn University has developed a dual degree them in internal decision making. Prerequisite: College program to encourage students to obtain J.D. and M.B.A. Algebra. degrees during their course of study at Washburn. AC 921 Managerial Accounting Concepts (2) On its own, the J.D. program at the Washburn An introduction to basic managerial accounting and the University School of Law requires 90 credit hours; the related language necessary to support decision making M.B.A. program at the Washburn University School and analysis internal to the firm. Analytical skills for man- of Business requires 30 credit hours of upper-level agement planning, control, and performance evaluation courses.* Thus, pursued separately, the two degrees in the current business environment are emphasized. would require 120 credit hours. Under the dual degree Prerequisites: College Algebra and AC 920. program, certain courses are accepted for credit by both schools: six credit hours of business-related law school BU 922 Quantitative Methods I (3) courses may count toward the M.B.A., and six credit Linear algebra, calculus, spreadsheet use, and com- hours of business school courses may count toward the pound interest. Prerequisite: College Algebra. J.D. Students can therefore obtain both degrees with a BU 923 Quantitative Methods II (3) total of 108 credit hours. Business statistics, data analysis, quality control statis- Law school courses that transfer to the business tics, computer statistics, computer-based. Prerequisite: school are those that are business-related (as de- BU 922. termined by the business school); business school courses that transfer to the law school are upper-level AC 924 Accounting Concepts (3) required courses in which the student earns at least a Accelerated and in-depth introduction to conceptual ac- “B.” (Grades will not transfer between schools; for the counting foundations. Presents accounting as a dynamic transferee school, the courses will be treated as credit/ information system for communicating and measuring no-credit.) No credits for business school courses will use of financial data for planning and control purposes. transfer to the law school until the student has obtained Primary focus is to provide background for upper-level 12 credits of upper-level MBA (950 series) business graduate courses. Prerequisite: College Algebra. school courses. EC 925 Economic Environment (3) Students may choose to begin either their legal stud- The nature and scope of economics, the firm in a market ies or their business studies first. Whenever they start economy, level of economic activity, international as- the law school program, students must take the full first- pects, and policy alternatives. year curriculum, all of which consists of required courses, without interruption. Students will not be permitted to BU 926 Survey of Finance (3) take business school courses during the first year of law The principles and concepts of corporate finance. The school. After completing the first year of the law school emphasis is on developing the ability to understand and curriculum, if students simultaneously take courses in analyze financial information as it relates to the timing, both programs, the total number of credits enrolled in at magnitude, and risk factor of cash flows. Topics include one time must stay within the parameters required by the but are not limited to understanding financial statements, American Bar Association’s standards governing accred- time value of money, capital structure, capital budget- ited law schools. Students are also required to participate ing, dividend policy, and the risk versus return trade-off. in the various orientation and assessment activities of Prerequisites: AC 920 and AC 921. both programs. BU 927 Marketing Concepts (3) Students must separately apply to and be accepted The role and importance of marketing in our economy; by both schools. Students will indicate to each school, at principles, methods, and problems involved in the man- the time of application, that they are applying to the dual agement of marketing operations and activities. Prereq- degree program. Students will pay tuition for law school uisite: EC 925 or consent of instructor. courses at the normal rate for that school and will pay tuition for business school courses at the normal rate for BU 928 Production and Operations Systems (3) that school. Management of the production/operations function in * The M.B.A. program also requires up to 27 credit service, retailing and manufacturing. Discusses models hours of foundation-level courses. This requirement for strategic, tactical, and operational decisions. Prereq- is met either through the completion of undergraduate uisites: BU 923; BU 922 recommended or consent of courses or by taking 920 level courses offered by the instructor. School of Business. BU 929 Human Behavior in Organizations (3) GRADUATE COURSES Aspects of individual and group behavior as they affect the business environment. MBA Foundation Level Program Admission requirements: Oral and Written Communications, College Algebra’

282 MBA Upper-Level Program Upper-Level Elective Courses Admission Requirements: Students are expected to BU 971 Legal and Ethical Issues (3) have fulfilled all or most of the foundation level require- The influence of legal, ethical, political, social, and regu- ments before taking upper-level courses. latory issues on organizations. Required Upper-level Courses BU 972 Human Resources (3) EC 952 Managerial Economics (3) The roles of top management and line managers in Management problems from an economic point of view. shaping organizational success. Prerequisite: BU 929 Focuses on the application of economic theory to day-to- or consent of instructor. day managerial decision making. Prerequisite: EC 925 BU 974 International Business (3) or consent of instructor. The study of international business and the multinational BU 953 Product Systems (3) corporation. The environment of international business Management of integrated production and marketing is analyzed, including political and economic factors. systems. Prerequisites: BU 923, BU 927, and BU 928; Financial, marketing and human resource management BU 922 recommended. in the international context is addressed. Prerequisite: Completion of foundation-level requirements or consent AC 954 Management Accounting Analysis (3) of instructor. In-depth study of the uses of management accounting tools and their impact on the contemporary business or- BU 977 International Financial Strategy (3) ganization. Includes evolution of cost and decision mod- Theory, methods, technique, financial instruments, and els and the management accounting function, as well as practices of international corporate finance. Emphasis the application of fundamental methods. Emphasis is is placed on currency risk management, international on case studies and research and the development of banking, international trade finance, and international written and oral communication skills in a management investment. Prerequisite: BU922, BU923, and BU926 accounting context. Prerequisites: BU 250, AC 920, and BU 979 Investments (3) AC 921, or consent of instructor. Introduction to the theory of investment portfolio evalua- BU 955 Financial Strategies (3) tion. Topics include: Bonds, Preferred Stock, Common Analytical skills in corporate financial management are Stock, Puts, Calls, and Mutual Funds. Prerequisite: developed. Topics include security valuation, capital Completion of foundation-level requirements, or consent budgeting, capital structure, options, dividends, mergers, of instructor. and financial ratio analysis. Prerequisites: BU 922, BU BU 983 Venture Creation (3) 923, and BU 926. Covers the entrepreneurial process from conception BU 956 Computer-based Information Systems (3) to implementation of a venture, while concentrating on Computer-based systems for supporting management attributes of entrepreneurs and entrepreneurial teams, decisions. Prerequisites: BU 250, BU 922, & BU 923, or their search for and assessment of opportunities, and consent of instructor. the gathering of resources to convert opportunities into businesses. Students will learn how to evaluate entre- BU 957 Strategic Marketing Management (3) preneurs and their plans for new businesses. While the An analytical approach to the marketing function of the heart of entrepreneurship is opportunity assessment, a firm. Development of competitive marketing strategy in holistic approach to venture creation is taken. Students a dynamic environment. Prerequisites: AC 921 and BU will work in teams to a write a business plan for a new 927. venture. Prerequisite: Completion of foundation-level BU 958 Managerial Skills and Professional requirements or consent of instructor. Experiences (3) BU 984 Mergers, Acquisitions, and Ethics (3) This course will be composed of two components. The A study of the theory and techniques pertaining to first, Manager Skills, students will acquire a set of skills mergers, acquisitions, and related ethical decision mak- to manage the group and individual dynamics in organi- ing. Coursework will include analysis and application. zations. The second, Professional Experiences will con- Students will analyze successful and failed mergers and sist of local and regional CEOs, CIOs, CFOs, and middle related ethical issues. Requirements include student managers presenting seminars addressing managerial identification of potential merger parties and proposition issues they encounter in their professional lives. The of a structure and strategy for merger completion and emphasis of these seminars will be the legal and ethical integration. Prerequisite: Completion of foundation-level responsibilities of organizations requirements. BU 959 Strategic Analysis (3) BU 985 Business Intelligence Systems (3) Study of approaches for defining, analyzing, and resolv- Business intelligence systems combine operational data ing complex strategic problems facing the profit and with analytical tools to present complex and competitive not-for-profit organization. This course should be taken information to planners and decision-makers. The objec- during the last two semesters of the program and after tive is to improve the timeliness and quality of inputs to completion of most of the upper-level required courses. the decision process. BI (Business Intelligence) is used Prerequisite: BU 955. to understand the capabilities available in the firm; the state of the art, trends, and future directions in the mar- kets, the technologies, and the regulatory environment 283 in which the firm competes; and the actions of competi- • mastered advanced reading, writing, and verbal tors and the implications of these actions. Prerequisites: communications skills. Completion of foundation-level requirements and BU 956. Applications Applications for admission and accompanying forms BU 996 Research Project in Business (3) can be obtained from the Department of Criminal Justice Individual study of selected problems in the field of at Washburn University or downloaded at http://www. business or economics as conducted through extensive washburn.edu/sas/cj/mcj.htm. Correspondence regarding reading and research. Approval of the project proposal admission should be addressed as follows: must be obtained before enrolling in the course. Ap- Master of Criminal Justice Admissions proved project proposals are to be filed with the Director Department of Criminal Justice of Graduate Programs. Prerequisite: Enrollment by Washburn University consent of instructor only. 1700 SW College Avenue AC 997 Research Project in Accounting or Tax (3) Topeka, Kansas 66621 Individual study of selected problems in the field of ac- ((785) 670-1411 counting or tax as conducted through extensive reading Application Fee and research. Approval of the project proposal must be A $35 non-refundable fee must be submitted with the obtained before enrolling in the course. Approved project Application for Admission form. The check should be proposals are to be filed with the Director of Gradu- made out to Washburn University with the notation at the ate Programs. Prerequisite: Enrollment by consent of bottom of the check for MCJ Application Fee instructor only. General Requirements for Admission: BU 998 Special Topics in Business (3) 1. Complete and submit Graduate Admission application Special topics announced in advance. May be taken to the Criminal Justice Department. more than once. 2. Submit official transcripts of all undergraduate and AC 999 Special Topics in Accounting or Tax (3) graduate course work to both the Registrar’s Office Special topics announced in advance. May be taken and the Washburn University Criminal Justice Depart- more than once. ment. 3. Applicants for unconditional admission must have Ma s t e r o f Cr i m i n a l Ju s t i c e (MCJ) achieved a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better in the last two years (60 hours) of college Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/cj/ course work from accredited institutions. Mission Statement: The Master of Criminal Justice 4. Applicants who do not have a 3.0 GPA must submit (MCJ) Degree is designed to meet the needs of criminal evidence to the Criminal Justice Department that they justice professionals and pre-professionals who desire to have achieved an acceptable score on the Graduate enhance their knowledge, skills, and talents in the field Record Examinations (GRE). of criminal justice administration. The MCJ emphasizes 5. Applicants must submit a personal statement explain- organizational operations and management principles ing (a) personal philosophy of the criminal justice and practices within criminal justice related agencies. system and (b) reasons for entering the program. Courses are offered on campus weekdays, evenings, 6. Applicants must submit a completed Program of and weekends as well as on-line. Courses form for the appropriate degree option indi- cating any transfer credit to be applied to the degree. Student Learning Outcomes 7. Applicants must obtain the recommendation of the Master of Criminal Justice students, upon graduation, Graduate Program Director/Advisor and the Graduate are expected to have: Admissions and Retention Committee. • formulated administrative principles and practices found in criminal justice agencies; Nondiscrimination It is the policy of Washburn University and the • analyzed theories relating to crime causation and Department of Criminal Justice to assure equal educa- criminality; tional and employment opportunity to qualified individu- • summarized the interdisciplinary nature of the als without regard to race, color, religion, age, national criminal justice system; origin, ancestry, disability, sex, marital or parental status, • interpreted contemporary technologies used to or sexual orientation manage criminal justice information. Transfer of Academic Credits • acquired skills that enable the learner to conduct Students who are admitted as a “full-standing” student criminal justice related research; may transfer a maximum of 6 semester hours of relevant • demonstrated advanced problem-solving skills that graduate course work from another university or another allow the learner to identify, analyze, and solve Washburn department. These will be considered on a criminal justice operational problems that affect the case-by-case basis. The applicant must have received a delivery of criminal justice related services; and grade of “B” or better in the course(s) being considered for transfer. Life Experience Under no circumstances will academic credit be awarded for life experience. 284 Non-Degree Students NON-THESIS OPTION (42 HOURS) Non-degree seeking students wishing to enroll in Students pursuing the “Capstone” option must com- graduate criminal justice courses may do so with permis- plete 18 hours in the core curriculum, 21 hours of elec- sion of the Department Chair. tive courses, and 3 hours of Capstone. All courses are 3 hours each except where noted. Academic Advising Upon admission to the Master of Criminal Justice CORE (18 HOURS) program, all students will participate in at least one (1) CJ 500 Seminar in Criminal Justice Systems student orientation session. Likewise, all students will be CJ 520 Criminal Justice Research advised by the graduate program coordinator, who will CJ 530 Issues in Criminal Procedure assist students with selecting and scheduling courses. CJ 610 Corrections in the United States Students must see the graduate program coordinator for CJ 620 The Role of the Law Enforcement in the U.S. advising prior to enrollment. CJ 625 Seminar in Criminology Theory Master of Criminal Justice Degree Requirements: ELECTIVES (21 HOURS) 1. Complete all required coursework with no less than a CJ 510 Seminar in C.J. Organization and MGMT “B” (3.0) average. CJ 540 Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 2. Obtain no more than two “C (’s)” in the plan of study.* CJ 585 Special Topic 3. Maintain continuous enrollment each regular semes- CJ 630 Seminar in Correctional Admin ter (fall and spring). A minimum of ONE (1) semester CJ 635 Organized and White Collar Crime hour of graduate work will constitute continuous CJ 640 Seminar in Legal Issues in L.E. enrollments. CJ 645 Comparative Criminal Justice 4. Complete all program requirements within seven CJ 650 Seminar in Community Corrections (7) years of the date of entry into the MCJ degree CJ 655 Seminar in Juvenile Justice and Delinquency program. CJ 660 Seminar in Operational and Staff Planning Thesis Option: The completion of 36 hours of course CJ 670 Seminar in Correctional Law work, which includes CJ 699 Thesis. CJ 675 Problems and Practices in Judicial Admin Non-Thesis Option: The completion of 42 hours of CJ 680 Seminar in Staff Development course work, which includes CJ 692 Capstone. CJ 685 Special Topics in Criminal Justice PROGRAM CURRICULUM CJ 690 Directed Readings (1-3 hours) CJ 692 Analytical Research and Statistics CJ 693 Capstone (3 hours) THESIS OPTION (36 hours) Students pursuing the “Thesis” option must completed GRADUATE COURsES 21 hours in the core curriculum, 9 hours of elective NOTE: Enrollment in all graduate courses requires courses, and 6 hours of Thesis. graduate status or permission of Instructor, Program All courses are 3 hours each except where noted. Director or Department Chair. CORE (21 hours) CJ 500 Seminar in Criminal Justice Systems (3) CJ 500 Seminar in Criminal Justice Systems Professional graduate seminar designed to engage the CJ 520 Criminal Justice Research first-semester criminal justice graduate student in the CJ 530 Issues in Criminal Procedure analysis of the array of issues in the process of justice CJ 610 Corrections in the United States administration. Exploration of the origins and signifi- CJ 620 The Role of the Law Enforcement in the U.S. cance of key issues influencing the rise and development CJ 625 Seminar in Criminology Theory of the criminal justice administrative theory and practice CJ 692 Analytical Research and Statistics within the criminal justice system. Prerequisite: Gradu- ate status or permission of the instructor for senior level ELECTIVES (9 HOURS) undergraduate. CJ 510 Seminar in C.J Organization and MGMT CJ 540 Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice CJ 510 Seminar in Criminal Justice Organization and CJ 585 Special Topics Management (3) CJ 630 Seminar in Correctional Admin Application of organizational, administrative and man- CJ 635 Organized and White Collar Crime agement principles in law enforcement, courts, and CJ 640 Seminar in Legal Issues in L.E. corrections. Course will examine issues in organizational CJ 645 Comparative Criminal Justice structure, administration, problem solving, planning, and CJ 650 Seminar in Community Corrections budgeting. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission CJ 655 Seminar in Juvenile Justice and Delinquency of the instructor for senior level undergraduate. CJ 660 Seminar in Operational and Staff Planning CJ 520 Criminal Justice Research (3) CJ 670 Seminar in Correctional Law The student will be able to develop and implement basic CJ 675 Problems and Practices in Judicial Admin research designs and interpret findings. Both qualitative CJ 680 Seminar in Staff Development and quantitative methods will be examined. Instruction CJ 685 Special Topics in Criminal Justice and application will focus upon criminal justice issues CJ 690 Directed Readings (1-3 hours) and the impact of criminal justice research upon the CJ 699 Criminal Justice Thesis (6 hours) profession. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission of the instructor for senior level undergraduates.

285 CJ 530 Issues in Criminal Procedure (3) CJ 645 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems (3) Current significant issues in criminal procedure will be Study of the criminal justice systems of four major coun- addressed. Emphasis will be placed upon significance of tries. Each country’s different philosophical and practical recent judicial decisions to both enforcement and correc- approaches to criminal justice will be studied and com- tions. Additionally, the relationship between the judiciary pared. Field study will be utilized when possible. and the other segments of the criminal justice system will be examined. Methods for conducting legal research will CJ 650 Community Corrections (3) The course will examine the traditional practices of pro- be examined. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permis- bation and parole, as well as newer community methods. sion of the instructor for senior level undergraduates. The major focus will be on the organization and integra- CJ 540 Ethics in Criminal Justice (3) tion of community-based programs into the modern crimi- Examination of issues of professionalism and ethical nal justice system. behavior within the criminal justice profession. Key issues examined will include professional behavior of CJ 655 Juvenile Justice & Delinquency (3) A study of delinquency prevention, investigation of juve- the individual and the agency. Current topics, such as nile crime, disposition of offenders and juvenile courts. sexual harassment, accreditation, and maintenance of The Seminar will include an examination of the roles standards, and community relations will be significant and interaction of juvenile agencies’ operations and the topics of focus. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permis- administrative challenges to them as well as a review of sion of the instructor for senior level undergraduate. the due process considerations mandated by courts. CJ 585 Special Topics in Criminal Justice (3) Topics will vary from semester to semester and will be CJ 660 Seminar in Operational and Staff Planning (3) Examination of the principles and practical applica- announced in advance. May be taken more than one tion of operational and staff planning as applied to law semester for variable credit. Prerequisite: Consent from enforcement agencies. Emphasis will be placed on instructor. the development and implementation of organizational CJ 610 Corrections in the United States (3) goals and objectives, strategic, and tactical planning and A study of the policies which affect modern correctional operational needs assessment. Prerequisite: Gradu- agencies in the United States. Corrections will be exam- ate status or permission of the instructor for senior level ined from a historical prospective to provide a benchmark undergraduate. for the analysis of current and future trends. CJ 670 Correctional Law (3) CJ 620 The Role of Law Enforcement in the United An examination of correctional law as related to proba- States 3) tion and parole, juvenile and adult institutions, local jails, A study of the policies and human issues affecting legal liabilities, and legal research. law enforcement agencies in the United States. Law enforcement will be examined from a historical prospec- CJ 675 Problems & Practices in Judicial tive with analysis of current activities and expected future Administration (3) Examination of the problems that face judicial administra- trends. Prerequisite: Graduate status or permission of tion and how those problems affect other elements of the the instructor for senior level undergraduates. criminal justice system. CJ 625 Seminar in Criminological Theory (3) Theories of criminal justice are traced from the 1700’s CJ 680 Staff Development in Criminal Justice (3) A study of the role of staff development in the manage- through modern times. Theories of crime causation and ment of human resources in criminal justice, and effec- criminal behavior will be discussed. tive staff development methods and techniques. Em- CJ 630 Correctional Administration (3) phasis will be placed on training and human resources The course will develop students’ capacity to develop development in criminal justice, organizationally deter- and evaluate policies and procedures in all parts of the mined outcomes, training needs assessment, perfor- correctional administration arena. Judicial decisions mance standards, and assessment which impact the legal status of the operation of cor- rectional institutions and offender confinement will be CJ 690 Directed Readings in Criminal Justice (1-3) This course offers an opportunity for students to explore examined. topics of contemporary interest that are not covered in CJ 635 Organized and White Collar Crime (3) the standard course offerings. Examination of organized crime, white collar crimes, and gang activity in the United States. Focus will be on the CJ 692 Analytical Research and Statistics (3) Statistical methods and computer applications are cov- historical development of these criminal patterns with ered as they relate to survey research, agency evalua- an examination of current activities as well as proposed tion, and content analysis. Qualitative methods are also intervention theories. taught, and include field methods, historical research, CJ 640 Seminar in Legal Issues in Enforcement (3) and legal bibliography. Prerequisites: successful comple- Current significant issues in enforcement administration tion of CJ 520 Research Methods. will be addressed. Emphasis will be placed upon signifi- cance to federal, state, and local enforcement adminis- CJ 693 Capstone Experience (3) trators, their agencies, and their communities. Prerequi- The course is designed to integrate and synthesize all site: Graduate status or permission of the instructor for coursework in the criminal justice graduate program and senior level undergraduate. related areas so the student has a broad conceptual 286 and practical understanding of the criminal justice career • Adaptive Special Education (K-6 or 6-12) field. • Building Leadership CJ 699 Thesis (6) • District Leadership May be directed by any member of the criminal justice • Reading Specialist graduate faculty who accepts responsibility for supervis- M ED Curriculum and Instruction ing the thesis. The thesis topic must be pre-approved by • Educational Technology Emphasis the faculty advisor who serves as the student’s graduate • Literacy Emphasis committee chair. The student normally conducts original • Teaching Content Emphasis empirical research which involves the collection and analysis of new data, or re-analyzing existing data to • Mathematics arrive at certain conclusions. The written Thesis report • English and Communication is submitted to the student’s Thesis Committee. An oral • Social Sciences defense of the Thesis is required for graduation. • Music Ma s t e r o f Ed u c a t i o n (MED) • Art • Educational Foundations Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/education/ • Leadership in Early Childhood Education Aims and Objectives The Graduate Program is committed to preparing Reading Specialist educators to work in rural, suburban, and urban settings, The graduate Reading Specialist program is designed and to educating leaders and professional specialty to provide the graduate student seeking advanced practitioners for leadership roles in schools and other educational specialization with both theoretical knowl- community settings. It is our goal to ensure that all pre- edge and practical experience in the teaching of read- service and in-service educators are provided with nu- ing. The recipient of this degree has the competencies merous clinical and field-based experiences, are knowl- necessary to act as a Reading Specialist, a reading edgeable of curricula and pedagogy, receive accurate resource teacher or supervisor, or a reading specialist in advising, and are provided with the educational supports Pre-Kindergarten through 12th grade classrooms. This necessary to be successful and reflective practitioners. program fulfills the standards set forth by the Kansas The Graduate Program is primarily designed to Department of Education for licensure as a Reading provide regular and special education teachers with ex- Specialist and with the recommendations and guidelines periences that will directly improve instructional practice. of such professional groups as the International Reading The Department of Education also seeks to support the Association. professional development of teachers who wish to pur- Students seeking the M.Ed. in reading must complete sue licensure for educational leadership. It is our goal a thirty-six hour graduate program which includes a core to nurture educational leaders whose chief and abiding curriculum of graduate courses and twenty-seven credit concern is the improvement of instruction and who be- hours of specialized coursework in reading. Students lieve that administrative principles and procedures exist apply for a school specialist license upon completion of to facilitate instruction. the MEd. All degree-seeking students must complete a Licensure program requirements listed below are capstone experience. See your advisor for details. based on the Kansas performance-based licensure Student Learning Outcomes for MED - Reading system. Specialist Graduate Programs At the conclusion of the Reading Specialist program, The Department of Education offers graduate candidates are expected to have: courses, clinical experiences for teachers wishing to • acquired the ability to understand theories of the pursue the Master in Education degree. Teachers may reading process and the variables that may impact also enroll in graduate courses to work toward additional students engaged in the reading process; teaching endorsements, licensure renewal, or profes- • demonstrated the ability to select, administer, sional development. Teachers holding a master degree analyze, and use data from all forms of assessment may enroll in coursework leading to recommendation instruments to understand the learner’s literacy for licensure only in programs indicated below, without strengths and challenges; completing a second master degree. • acquired extensive knowledge of current, research- based instructional practices and interventions in Students may pursue the MEd in: literacy and be able to select and use them appro- Advanced Licensure Programs priately in meeting all struggling readers’ needs; • Reading Specialist • demonstrated the ability to create and implement • Special Education appropriate plans for all learners who struggle • Adaptive K-6 with reading and writing (P-12) and to monitor for • Adaptive 6-12 student progress towards literacy goals, and adjust • Building Leadership instruction as necessary; • developed the ability to provide staff development Licensure Only /Advanced Programs for teachers, paraprofessionals, administrators, Students holding a master degree from a regionally school boards, parents, the community, the media, accredited institution may pursue licensure only in:

287 and others who need to be informed about research Student Learning Outcomes for MED – Special and instructional practices in literacy; and Education • acquired the tools and the desire to continue to At the conclusion of the Adaptive Special Education grow professionally and to serve as a literacy Program, candidates are expected to have: leader. • acquired the ability to understand the philosophical, historical and legal foundations for special educa- Core tion; ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology • acquired the ability to understand and appreciate ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research child development, diversity and support for learner ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation needs; Reading Specialist Professional Course • developed the ability to give, score and interpret a RD 484 Reading in the Content Area broad range of formal and informal assessments RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction and use this information to plan and evaluate RD 512 Literature for Literacy Instruction instruction; RD 516 Teaching Writing • developed the ability to plan, implement and moni- RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading tor instruction and have good classroom manage- RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk ment skills; RD 526 The Reading Specialist • demonstrated effective communication with fami- RD 528 Language Development & Assessment lies, students and staff and have good collaboration RD 530 Literacy Practicum skills; and Special Education • acquired knowledge of appropriate legal and ethical Washburn University offers a Master’s Degree in issues in order to conduct activities professionally. Adaptive Special Education, K-6 and 6-12. The require- ments for provisional endorsement by the Kansas State Core Department of Education may be met prior to comple- ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research tion of the Master’s Degree. An added endorsement is ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation granted following successful completion of the approved RD 522 Readers at Risk sequence of courses. Adaptive Special Education Professional Courses Provisional licensure may be obtained with the com- SE 510 Learning & Behavior Problems pletion of nine specified hours of graduate credit, includ- SE 520/522 Educational Planning ing an appropriate practicum experience and admission SE 530/532 Methods & Materials to the Graduate Program. SE 535 Conferencing & Consulting in Special Education The Licensure Only Program in Special Education is SE 540 Individual & Group Management available for teachers with an elementary, secondary, SE 556/558 Practicum I or P-12 teaching license who wish to pursue a teaching SE 557/559 Practicum II license in adaptive special education without earning a SE 560/562 Assessment master’s degree. Candidates who already have a mas- SE 580 Resources for Families ter’s degree - or those not interested in obtaining a mas- ter’s degree - will be required to submit: 1) an application Building Leadership to the Department of Education, 2) a copy of their current Washburn University offers a Master’s Degree teaching license, 3) two letters of reference, 4) declara- program in Building Leadership for candidates seeking tion of graduate program form and 5) complete a plan administrative positions in Pre-Kindergarten – 12th grade of study with their advisor. Licensure-only candidates teaching and learning environments, as well as other can earn a provisional license which will be good for two positions of leadership within educational agencies of years and can reapply for a second provisional license government and industry, or within professional organiza- with successful completion of coursework. Candidates tions. This program fulfills the State of Kansas require- completing all coursework can apply for an added ments for initial school leadership licensure. endorsement in adaptive special education. Candidates The Licensure-Only Program in Building Leadership who are pursuing licensure-only can opt to apply for the is designed for students who already hold a Master’s master program no later than the date at which they ap- degree in other disciplines. To be eligible for admission to ply for the second provisional license. All degree-seeking the Building Leadership program, applicants must hold a students must complete a capstone experience. See Master’s degree from a regionally-accredited institution your advisor for details. and a teaching license. Three years of teaching experi- ence as a licensed teacher must be earned prior to the Candidates who wish to be considered for the MED completion of the Licensure Program. All degree-seeking program must: students must complete a capstone experience. See 1. achieve passing scores on the Department Gradu- your advisor for details. ate Admissions Test, GRE or MAT. Student Learning Outcomes for Leadership 2. have a GPA of 3.0 or better in graduate work at- At the conclusion of the Leadership Programs, candi- tempted, and dates are expected to have: 3. have the recommendation of their advisor. • developed the ability to apply appropriate manage- rial skills in the administration of schools;

288 • acquired the ability to understand child and adoles- EA 584 School Finance and Business Administration cent development; EA 586 School Law • developed the ability to apply skills and leadership EA 589 The Building Leader behaviors to administer preschool, elementary, EA 592 School Community Relations middle school, and high school and special educa- EA 594 Practicum in Education Administration tion programs and their associated environments; Licensure-Only District Level Leadership • developed the ability to design, implement, and Eligible candidates must hold a Building Level License evaluate curriculum and instructional practices in EA 595 Practicum in Educational Administration II schools; EA 596 Human Resources Management • developed the ability to correctly apply principles of EA 597 School Planning and Facilities school law, educational policy, and public institu- EA 598 The District Leader tional ethics; Curriculum and Instruction • developed the ability to plan, organize, manage, The Master’s Degree in Curriculum and Instruction and focus human, operational, material, and finan- is designed for classroom teachers wanting to increase cial resources of the school organization in effective discipline specific knowledge and skills. As such, the and efficient ways; Curriculum and Instruction degree offers a number of • acquired the ability to engage in productive plan- course options. Currently, students may choose the ning, goal setting, and use feedback in leadership Curriculum and Instruction option with an educational for school organizations; technology or literacy emphasis. A total of 36 credit hours • acquired the ability to plan, organize, develop, and is required for program completion. Students complete implement sound and appropriate community rela- a graduate core of courses of 12-15 credit hours, and tionships and organizational policies; select the remaining hours in consultation and approval • acquired the ability to apply effective principles of of an advisor. All degree-seeking students must complete school governance, administrative theory, leader- a capstone experience. See your advisor for details. ship, management and administration; and Student Learning Outcomes for MED – Curriculum & • acquired the ability to evaluate and diagnose Instruction environments, conditions and contexts using tools Candidates completing a Curriculum and Instruction of philosophy, history, and theory for data driven program, upon graduation, are expected to have: decision-making. • developed the ability to demonstrate the use of the central concepts, tools of inquiry, and structures MED – Building Leadership Core of the specific discipline area to create meaningful Pending Approval by Board of Regents learning opportunities for all students; ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education OR ED 494 Philosophy of Education • developed the ability to provide learning opportu- ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology OR nities within the discipline that address different ED 582 Leadership in Educational Technology approaches to learning and create instructional ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research opportunities that are equitable, based on devel- ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation opmental levels, and that are adapted to diverse SE 510 Learning and Behavior Problems learners, including those with exceptionalities; • developed the ability to plan effective instruction Building Leadership Professional Courses based upon the knowledge of all students, commu- EA 581 Basic Concepts of Education Administration nity, subject matter, and curriculum outcomes; EA 583 Supervision and Staff Development in Schools • acquired the ability to understand the role of tech- EA 584 School Finance and Business Administration nology within the discipline, and be able to demon- EA 586 School Law strate skills using instructional tools and technol- EA 589 The Building Leader ogy to gather, analyze, and present information, EA 592 School Community Relations enhance instructional practices, facilitate profes- EA 594 Practicum in Educational Administration sional productivity and communication, and help all Licensure-Only Building Leadership Core students use instructional technology effectively; Pending Approval by Board of Regents and Applicants must show evidence of completion of or enroll • acquired the ability to understand and use formal in the following core courses: and informal assessment strategies to evaluate and ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education OR ensure the continual intellectual, social, and other ED 494 Philosophy of Education aspects of personal development of all learners. ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology OR ED 582 Leadership in Educational Technology ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation SE 510 Learning and Behavior Problems Building Leadership Professional Courses EA 581 Basic Concepts of Education Administration EA 583 Supervision and Staff Development in Schools

289 Curriculum and Instruction – Educational All degree-seeking students must complete a capstone Technology Emphasis experience. See your advisor for details. The Curriculum and Instruction program with an Emphasis in Instructional Technology is designed for Literacy Core Courses ED 472 Issues in American Education educators interested in gaining knowledge about technol- ED 560 Advanced Education Psychology ogy integration to support teaching and learning. The ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research primary mission of the program is to develop educational ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation leaders (teachers, administrators, and other educa- tors) who are able to enhance curriculum and empower Required Literacy Courses students using appropriate and effective instructional RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction technologies. The program focuses on the appropriate, RD 512 Literature for Literacy Instruction effective, and creative integration of technologies in all RD 516 Teaching Writing content areas and at all levels. Graduate students in RD 518 Integrating Language and Literacy through the program develop skills and knowledge in the use of Inquiry * technology resources to support student learning. They examine how technology is changing the face of educa- Elective Literacy and Related Courses tion and how those technologies can address diverse RD 484 GA Reading in the Content Area learners and learning situations. Current and emerging RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading technologies demand that educators be reflective in the RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk choice of methods, materials, technologies, and assess- RD 528 Language Development and Assessment ments to enhance and improve the teaching and learning ED 580 Integrating Technology into the Curriculum process. The program provides a broad range of experi- ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom ences for developing the skills, attitudes, and values of a ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction reflective professional. All degree-seeking students must ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education complete a capstone experience. See your advisor for ED 474 GA Independent Study (1-3 credits) details. ED 597 GA Independent Study (1-3 credits) A capstone experience is required for all Curriculum Educational Technology Core Courses and Instruction graduates . ED 472 Issues in American Education *RD 518 requires the creation of an Integrated ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology Curriculum unit that must be implemented within a class- ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research room to be accompanied by an Action Research project ED 568 Curriculum Development and Evaluation to reflect teaching and learning. Required Educational Technology Courses Admission to Graduate Programs ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology Students should meet with either your advisor or ED 580 Integrating Educational Technology in Curricu- the department chairperson as soon as you decide you lum* would like to begin a program of study in the Department of Education. Elective Educational Technology Courses (minimum Before enrolling in any graduate courses, the student of 24 credit hours required) must (a) hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-ac- ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom credited institution, and (b) complete the online degree- ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction seeking application for admission to Washburn University ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education at www.Washburn.edu. In addition, a Washburn ED 582 Leadership in Educational Technology University senior within six hours of graduation may ap- ED 674 Special Topics in Educational Technology (1-9 ply to take graduate courses. hrs) All requirements for formal admission to an advanced CM 463 Networking, Fundamentals and Design degree or licensure program must be completed no later EA 581 Basic Concepts of Educational Administration than the completion of the first nine (9) semester hours of A capstone experience is required for all Curriculum graduate course work taken at Washburn University. and Instruction graduates . Admission requirements are subject to change. *ED 580 requires a clinical/field experience that allows Candidates for advanced degree and licenses must students to apply their skills and knowledge in a school check with their Graduate Program Advisor for require- or classroom setting. ments in effect at the time of admission to the Graduate Curriculum and Instruction – Literacy Emphasis Program. At the time of publication of this catalog, the The Curriculum and Instruction program with an requirements for formal admission to graduate degree emphasis in Literacy is designed for educators interested and licensure programs were: in gaining knowledge and skills about literacy to enrich 1. Submit a completed Application for Formal Admis- classroom teaching and learning. Students pursuing sion to a Graduate Program in the Department of this program may select between two strands: Literacy, Education. and Literacy for National Board Certification (NBC). 2. Complete declaration of Graduate Program Form. Students selecting the second strand would be working 3. Submit official transcripts of ALL undergraduate and toward National Board Certification along with the MEd graduate course work to the Department of Educa- in Literacy. Courses would support students pursuing tion Office. national certification using NBC Standards in Literacy. 4. Have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better in graduate coursework or in the last 60 290 hours of undergraduate college coursework from but passing; F, failure; I, incomplete. In graduate courses accredited institutions. in Education, a mark of an Incomplete does not automati- 5. Have achieved the required scores on the Graduate cally convert to a grade of F; however, all degree require- Admissions Test, Graduate Record Examination ments must be completed within a six-year time limit. (GRE) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). In computing grade point averages, A equals 4 points, 6. Submit two (2) letters of recommendation support- B equals 3 points, C equals 2 points, D equals 1 point, ing the applicant’s ability to succeed in a graduate and F equals 0 points. A student who has earned a program from such persons as (a) the applicant’s cumulative grade point average of 3.80 or better in a immediate supervisor, (b) a professional colleague, graduate degree program in Education is designated as and (c) a university professor a Stoffer Scholar at Commencement. Graduate students other than the Graduate Program Advisor. with a 3.80 cumulative grade point average in program 7. Submit a completed and signed Program of Study course work will also receive the Graduate Reflective form for the appropriate degree or licensure pro- Educator Award. gram identifying any transfer credit to be applied to the program. Academic Status: Full-Time Graduate Student Graduate students enrolled for 9 or more semester The Graduate Program Committee carefully consid- hours are considered to be full-time students. ers each application and makes the decision to formally admit or deny applicants. Students may reapply when all Department of Education Scholarships admissions criteria have been met. The student is noti- Students admitted to a graduate program are eligible fied in writing of the committee’s decision. Students may to apply for a department scholarship. Scholarship appeal any adverse decision by submitting a written peti- application forms are available in the Department of tion to the Chairperson of the Department of Education. Education Office. Upon receipt of such a petition, the committee will review Students may view the suggested Program of Study the case and inform the student of their decision. for all M Ed and licensure programs on the Department of Education website listed above. Advising All graduate students will be assigned to a faculty COURSE OFFERINGS advisor. The purpose of advising is two-fold: (a) to pro- Courses at the 400 level are open to both seniors and vide professional guidance and (b) to assist in academic graduate students; courses at the 500 and 600 level are course selection. Students are required to consult with open only to graduate students. their advisor about course selection to ensure that the departmental requirements of their program will be met. EA 581 Basic Concepts of Educational Administration (3) Degree and Licensure Requirements An introduction to the basic concepts underlying school To receive the Master of Education degree and/or li- building administration. The theory and practice of edu- cense, the student must complete the approved Program cational administration is analyzed and major concepts of of Study subject to the following conditions: formal organization, motivation, authority, leadership, de- All course work must be completed within six (6) cision making, conflict in organization, and organizational calendar years. change are analyzed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. 1. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 must be maintained in all graduate work. EA 583 Supervision & Staff 2. A maximum of six (6) semester hours of “C” credit Development in Schools (3) may be counted. This course has two purposes: to improve the instruc- 3. Any grade below C will not be accepted. tional competencies of teachers and to help those in 4. Correspondence courses will not be accepted. supervisory positions develop those competencies 5. A maximum of nine (9) semester hours of courses necessary to help others improve their instructional taken at another institution may be approved by performance. Major topics include the characteristics of the Graduate Admission Committee if the courses effective instruction, alternative instructional strategies, fall within the time limit, if the other institution is and alternative supervisory models. Prerequisite: Gradu- regionally-accredited, and if a grade of B or better ate standing. has been received. EA 584 School Finance& Business Administration (3) 6. A maximum of three (3) semester hours of Indepen- This course describes various forms of school revenue dent Study credit may be counted. including ad valorem taxation and bonded indebtedness; 7. A minimum of twenty-one (21) semester hours of appropriate methods of school accounting according to courses must be at the 500 level or above. the Kansas Department of Education; and models for 8. Licensure candidates must have three years of effective business management. Prerequisite: Graduate full-time licensed employment to obtain Institutional standing. Recommendation for licensure. 9. Degree candidates must complete one of the fol- EA 586 School Law (3) lowing capstone experiences: written comprehen- The legal rights, duties, and responsibilities of school sive examination, thesis, portfolio, comprehensive personnel. Specific topics in this course include due pro- paper, or action research project. cess, tort liability, negligence, and contracts. Basic legal relationships between employer, colleagues, pupils, and Grades adults are addressed. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. The symbols used in grading are as follows: A, excel- lent; B, above average; C, average; D, below average 291 EA 589 Building Leadership (3) EA 674 Special Topics in Educational The role and responsibility of the school principal in Administration (1-3) organizing, administering, and supervising the Pre-K - 12 Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- school. This course examines the multifaceted role of the nounced in advance. EA 674 may be repeated for credit. building administrator. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and Instructor. EA 592 School-Community Relations (3) Development of effective skills in communication, group ED 405 Classroom Management (1) facilitation, interpersonal relations, climate-building, Various methods of managing classrooms and student conflict resolution, and relationships to the public served. behaviors within diverse learning environments. Prereq- Prerequisite: Graduate standing. uisite: taken concurrent with student teaching. EA 594 Practicum in Educational Administration (3) ED 441 Language & Literacy Development in Early A series of structured, field-based experiences in an Childhood Education (3) elementary, middle or secondary school to demonstrate Students will identify speech and language behaviors competency in such administrative areas as: discipline, which are developmentally appropriate for young children scheduling, counseling, financial management, line/staff birth – age eight. Students will identify and practice relationships, professional personnel, and other leader- methods and techniques necessary to foster listening, ship skills. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. speaking, pre-writing, pre-reading, and pre-math skills in children birth to five years of age. Prerequisite: graduate EA 595 Practicum II in Educational Administration (3) standing. Supervised field-based experience for the superinten- dent candidate to demonstrate competencies identified ED 444 Art in the Elementary/Middle School (3) through the NCATE/ELCC categories. Field candidates Understanding the purpose behind the creative process will demonstrate competency in the area of finance, as it applies to teaching and evaluating art produced by facilitates, human resources, curriculum leadership, the child. Correlates various art experiences with the and other designated leadership skills. Candidates will student’s developmental and emotional level. Applies develop an experience portfolio to validate job skills. elementary, middle, and secondary art experiences to Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. the “regular” classroom. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. EA 596 Human Resources Management (3) This course deals with personnel policies and issues in ED 445 Introduction to Craft Techniques (3) the following areas of human resources: teacher recruit- Lectures and demonstrations covering a variety of craft ment, orientation, evaluation, promotion, termination, materials utilized in the elementary, middle, and second- tenure, retirement, and related areas. Included will be an ary schools. Includes experience and practice with block emphasis on adherence to legal aspects of the personnel printing, fabric art, casting and molding techniques, and function as well as dealing with professional organiza- safety standards associated with the craft production. tions. Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. EA 597 School Planning and ED 447 Pre-Kindergarten & Kindergarten Methods (3) Facilities Management (3) The primary focus of this course is on methods and ma- This course is designed for aspiring school superinten- terials that support physical, emotional, social and intel- dents and central office leaders. The course will prepare lectual needs of the kindergarten and Pre-Kindergarten school leaders to be proactive in developing educational child. Prerequisite: graduate standing. specifications for school buildings thereby enhancing the educational process. This course includes the planning ED 450 ESL Methods and Cross Cultural procedures for new buildings, remodeling and/or retrofit- Communication (3) Emphasis on practical methods of teaching English as a ting buildings. Community and school surveys, site selec- Second Language and strategies for working with speak- tion, design and maintenance and operations of school ers of other languages. Includes a review of resource buildings are also components of the course. Prerequi- materials, lesson planning, and in-class teaching practice site: Building Level licensure/certification. as well as an analysis of problems posed by conflicting EA 598 The District Leader (3) language and cultural habits. May be taken for under- This course is designed for individuals who wish to graduate or graduate credit. Prerequisite: senior stand- become central office administrators. The course em- ing and permission of the instructor. phasizes sound administration of financial, material, and human resources as necessary for optimal realization ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education (3) Critical analysis of contemporary problems and issues in of the goals of the school district. Effective public school American education. Consideration of historical, socio- administrators must understand the systems principles logical, and philosophical foundations affecting problems and leadership potential which are found in the area and issues included. This course is part of the graduate of central office administration. Relationships with the core. board, the community, staff, and students are a major focus. Prerequisite: Building Level licensure/certification. ED 474 Special Topics in Education (1-3) Courses in special topics which will vary from semester to semester and will be announced in advance. ED 474 may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and the instructor. 292 ED 486 Issues in Educational Technology (3) ED 580 Integrating Technology in Curriculum (3) Critical examination of historical, sociological, philosophi- Presents students with principles underlying selection cal foundations and implications of the use of technology and use of technology to enhance learning. The class in an educational setting. Prerequisites: ED 300 and examines software and multimedia technologies as they graduate standing. contribute to the instructional process. ED 494 Philosophy of Education (3) ED 582 Leadership in Technology (3) An historical and contemporary analysis of philosophical This course will provide guidance regarding varying as- perspectives concerning the educational process. Devel- pects of technology implementation, including software/ ops and traces schools of educational thought in an effort hardware acquisitions, funding, and staff development. to help students clarify their own educational philosophy. The relationship between educational philosophy and ED 584 Multimedia in the Classroom (3) Multimedia gives teachers and students powerful new practice will be emphasized. Prerequisite: permission of tools for teaching and learning by combining technolo- the instructor. gies such as video, audio, graphics, interactivity, and ED 518 Supervision of Student Teachers (3) text. Students in this course will learn how to identify, An analysis of problems, issues, and strategies of choose, plan for, produce, and integrate multimedia into student-teacher supervision. Different perspectives and instruction. Prerequisite: graduate standing. approaches to supervision are addressed. Issues of teacher education as they apply to supervision are ex- ED 586 Integrating the Internet into Instruction (3) The Internet is providing many educational opportunities plored. Designed for cooperating teachers and supervi- for the connected classroom. This course will investi- sors of student teachers. gate the various components of the Internet, such as ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology (3) the World Wide Web, telecommunications, and other The purpose of this course is to explore advanced topics resources for use in the classroom. Students will learn to in educational psychology as they apply to teacher prac- find, identify, evaluate, and utilize Internet resources for tice. Topics include learning theory, child and adolescent instruction. Prerequisite: graduate standing. psychology, theories of motivation and achievement, and social and cultural influences on learning and develop- ED 587 Emerging Technologies in Education (3) Technology is a constantly changing and ever-evolving ment. This course is part of the graduate core curricu- process. Students in this course will explore new tech- lum. nologies, evaluate them, and determine their applicability ED 562 Methods of Teaching English in the for the classroom. Prerequisite: graduate standing. Secondary Schools (4) The study of and practice in the methods of teaching ED 588 Using Technology with Special Needs literature, language, and writing in the secondary Students (2) Students will learn to use technology, including comput- schools. Major concerns include teaching theory; the ers to enhance the education of students with exception- relationship between oral and written language; language alities. development; language used in various social, regional, and cultural settings; curriculum development; and the ED 596 Thesis (3-6) assessment of students’ progress in reading and writing. Research design and analysis of action research or Students participate in a field-based experience at library research study. This project is the culminating various secondary schools. Prerequisite: Admission to activity for the graduate student interested in research teacher education or consent of the instructor. or advanced study. Professional laboratory experiences in child study, innovative problems constitute the typical ED 565 Introduction to Educational Research (3) projects for thesis designs. Prerequisite: ED 565 and The purpose of this course is to introduce graduate permission of Chairperson of the Department of Educa- students to basic information needed to understand tion. processes used to plan, conduct, and report research on education related issues and problems. The course ED 597 Independent Study in Education (1-3) focuses on increasing students’ appreciation of the field Independent research for graduate students investigating of educational research, while increasing their ability to a special problem in a specific area. Prerequisite: per- interpret and evaluate published research studies. Both mission of Chairperson of the Department of Education. qualitative and quantitative research methodologies are reviewed. This course is part of the graduate core cur- ED 674 Special Topics in Education (1-3) riculum. Topics vary from semester to semester and will be announced in advance. May repeat for credit. Pre- ED 568 Curriculum Development & Evaluation (3) requisite: permission of Department Chairperson and An examination of social and psychological influences Instructor. upon curricula design and implementation. Emphasis is placed upon study of the societal forces which affect RD 420 Literature for Young Adults (3) school curricula, prominent instructional models and The study of books read by young adults between the their supporting theoretical rationale, barriers of effective ages of 12 and 18, covering the history of young adult implementation of innovative curricula, and systematic literature, the relationship between children’s and young evaluation of educational programs. Students learn to adult literature, censorship and selection, and teaching review the process of curricular modification from a per- methods. spective which integrates theory and practice. 293 RD 484 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) RD 526 The Reading Specialist (3) A study of the specific reading skills relating to the vari- eminar in the role of the reading specialist as an instruc- ous disciplines found in middle and secondary schools. tional leader for students, parents, teachers, admin- Addresses the philosophy that the effective content istrators, professional colleagues and the community. teacher includes the teaching of reading as an essential Prerequisite: Admission to the Graduate Program in element for mastery of the content. Emphasis is given to Reading. the importance of pre and post assessment of student’s reading skills and abilities, comprehension strategies, RD 528 Language Development and Assessment thinking and study skills, readability of materials, and Development (3) Principles of the processes of language development collateral reading. Required for all middle school and including the social and cultural factors which affect lan- secondary school majors in the State of Kansas. guage acquisition, the stages of language development, RD 510 Classroom Reading Instruction (3) and the relationship between oral language and literacy. Theories of the reading process, current approaches The focus is on developing assessment procedures to instruction, and instructional practices across a P-12 and instructional strategies to facilitate development for curriculum. The focus is on improving instruction through language-challenged and language different learners. appropriate and thoughtful decision-making which sup- ports the development of process, content, and attitude RD 530 Literacy Practicum Supervised experience with learners who exhibit reading goals in a total reading curriculum. problems. Emphasis is on administering tests, analyzing RD 512 Literature for Literacy Instruction (3) data, determining a reader’s strengths and challenges, Survey of literature across P-12 levels with an emphasis developing instructional plans, selecting and implement- on how literature can be used in the development of ing appropriate strategies and materials, and assessing a readers and writers, and learners within all content fields. reader’s progress toward goals. Prerequisites: RD 510, A variety of literary genre and text types will be explored. 512, 520, 522, and 528. Students will learn strategies as well as create and implement plans using literature within a broad context of RD 674 Special Topics in Reading Education (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- instructional and learner needs. nounced in advance. RD 674 may be repeated for credit. RD 516 Teaching Writing in Classrooms (3) Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and Current approaches to teaching writing based on whole Instructor. language philosophy across a K-9 curriculum. Instruc- tional strategies for improving writing skills through a writ- SE 456 SPED Practicum I (4) Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences ing workshop and methods of evaluating writing including with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa- portfolio assessment will be emphasized. Course content tional settings which include elementary age children. will explore current issues and recent research findings Prerequisite: Admission to student teaching. relating to teaching writing. SE 460 Exceptionalities in Early Childhood (3) RD 518 Integrating Language and Literacy Through This course focuses on children with disabilities ages Inquiry and Assessment (3) birth through grade three. Emphasis is placed on under- An inquiry approach to integrating language and literacy standing assessment, uses of technology, working with across the curriculum. Emphasis is on the use of litera- families, development of IEP’s/IFS’P, legal and historical ture and technology as springboards to motivate and foundations, curriculum, and collaboration with school sustain student-centered inquiry. Instruction in language personnel. Prerequisite: ED 302 and literacy skills is integrated within purposeful learning. SE 476 Psychology of the Exceptional Student (3) RD 520 Assessment Procedures in Reading (3) Historical and current practices relating to the educa- Principles and techniques of assessment of reading for tional characteristics, needs, and placement alternatives the classroom or clinic. Current trends in naturalistic for exceptional students. Emphasis placed on procedure assessment procedures which emphasizes the use of and strategies for teaching exceptional students in the portfolios is included along with traditional assessment regular classroom. Prerequisite: ED 200 or equivalent. procedures which emphasize administering various as- sessment instruments, analyzing diagnostic data, and SE 510 Learning and Behavior Problems of Children evaluating strengths and weaknesses to determine goals and Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities (3) for instruction. Social, cognitive, behavioral, educational, medical aspects of development to establish etiology, character- RD 522 Instruction for Readers at Risk (3) istics, and best practice interventions for children and Principles and techniques of instruction for at-risk read- youth with learning and behavioral problems and theories ers, including the mildly handicapped student in class- of the causes of learning and behavioral problems. Em- room or clinic. Current trends in applying strategies phasis on identifying disabilities according to state guide- grounded in whole language philosophy are included, lines, utilizing appropriate assessment data, engaging in along with more traditional strategies. The focus is on multi-disciplinary planning, and developing appropriate selection of appropriate approaches, strategies and interventions. Prerequisite: ED 302 or SE 476. materials for readers who exhibit specific strengths and weaknesses.

294 SE 520 Educational Planning for Children and SE 557 Special Education Practicum II (Preschool/ Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Preschool / Elementary School) (3) Elementary (3) Interrelated teaching experiences with students with mild/ Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling moderate disabilities. Prerequisites: SE 556 and 18 procedures to structure the learning environment for hours graduate coursework. pre-school and elementary students with learning and behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment SE 558 Special Education Practicum I (Middle of procedures for laws and regulations, regular class School/Secondary School) (3) Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences integration, student and teacher time management, class with children with mild/moderate disabilities in education- scheduling, grading practices, and student/program al settings which include middle school and secondary evaluation. Prerequisite: SE 510. age children. Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520, or concur- SE 522 Educational Planning for Children and Youth rent enrollment in SE 522. with Mild-Moderate Disabilities Middle/Secondary SE 559 Special Education Practicum School (3) Introduction to programming, planning and scheduling II (Secondary) (3) Interrelated teaching experiences with students with mild/ procedures to structure the learning environment for moderate disabilities. Prerequisites: SE 558 and 18 middle and secondary school students with learning and hours graduate coursework. behavioral problems. Emphasis placed on establishment of procedures for regular class integration, student and SE 560 Assessment in Special Education (Pre- teacher time management, class scheduling, grading School/Elementary School) (3) practices, and student/program evaluation. Prerequisite: Survey and analysis of individual tests, curriculum-based SE 510. and ecological measures applicable to diagnosing and planning instructional programs for children with mild/ SE 530 Methods & Materials for Teaching Mild- moderate disabilities. Emphasis is on development of Moderate Disabled Children & Youth (Preschool/ individual portfolios through data collection, adminis- Elementary School) (3) tration and interpretation of multi-sources educational Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- information, test results, and personal records to develop al methods including affective and learning behaviors, appropriate curriculum. Stresses use of data in the selection and adaptation of materials to support student development of individual educational plans. (A fee may learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular edu- be assessed to cover the cost of consumable materials.) cation classroom. IEP development. Prerequisite: ED Prerequisites: SE 510 or SE 520. 302 or SE 510. SE 562 Assessment in Special Education (Middle SE 532 Methods & Materials for Teaching Mild- School/Secondary School) (3) Moderate Disabled Children & Youth (Middle School/ Survey and analysis of individual tests and curriculum- Secondary) (3) based measures applicable to diagnosing and planning Emphasis on selection and implementation of instruction- instructional programs for youth with mild/moderate al methods including affective and learning behaviors, disabilities. Emphasis is on development of individual selection and adaptation of materials to support student portfolios through data collection, administration and learning, behavior, and social adjustment in regular edu- interpretation of multi-sourced educational information, cation classroom. Prerequisite: IEP development, ED test results, and personal records to develop appropriate 302 or SE 510. curriculum. Stresses use of data in the development of SE 535 Conferencing and Consulting in Special individual educational plans. (A fee may be assessed to Education (3) cover the cost of consumable materials). Prerequisites: An introduction to conferencing, collaboration, and com- SE 510 or SE 520. munication skills to develop multidisciplinary approaches to work with parents and other professionals to secure SE 580 Resources for Families with Disabilities (3) A study of the local, state and national resources avail- supportive school/home environments for exceptional able to assist children with disabilities and their families children. Prerequisites: ED 302 or SE 476 or SE 510. is the focus of this course. Structural characteristics of SE 540 Individual & Group Management for Children families are presented to assist students in understand- & Youth with Mild-Moderate Disabilities (3) ing the needs of individuals with disabilities. Prerequi- Principles and applications of individual and group sites: ED 302 or graduate standing. management techniques for children and youth with mild/ moderate disabilities. Topics addressed include various SE 674 Special Topics in Special Education (1-3) Topics vary from semester to semester and will be an- theoretical approaches, practical techniques, and as- nounced in advance. SE 674 may be repeated for credit. sessment procedures. Prerequisite: permission of Department Chairperson and SE 556 Special Ed . Practicum I (Preschool/ Instructor. Elementary School) (3) Directed and supervised intensive teaching experiences with children with mild/moderate disabilities in educa- tional settings which include pre-school/elementary age children. Prerequisites: SE 510, SE 520, or concurrent enrollment in SE 520. 295 Ma s t e r o f Li b e r a l St u d i e s (MLS) Humanities, Social Sciences, Creative and Performing Arts, Natural Sciences, and Education. The Director of Website: http://www.washburn.edu/cas/liberal-studies the MLS program serves as Chair. The Committee ap- proves all core courses, individualized study programs, Mission and special topics courses. The Committee Chair signs Consistent with the mission of the University and off on all degrees. Each student will be assigned an the College of Arts and Sciences, the Master of Liberal advisor from among the graduate teaching faculty. A Studies program at Washburn University is designed to co-advisor from another academic field may be selected develop students who understand the integrated nature by the student. of learning. Through the combination of core interdisci- Although the MLS Advisory Committee has respon- plinary seminars and an individualized study program, sibility for determining which faculty members will teach students become increasingly proficient at moving from courses in the program, the faculty will usually consist of the specific to the general and at seeking solutions by full-time members of the faculty who are either tenured or integrating the various disciplines. The capstone experi- on a tenure-track contract. ence provides students with an opportunity to demon- strate these skills, as well as the broad humanistic goals MLS Degree Requirements of reading, writing, and thinking at a sophisticated level. Completion of the thirty hour (30 hour) requirement with a minimum GPA of 3.0 at graduation and completion Applications of a successful capstone project. Applicants to the program must have a minimum GPA Satisfactory Progress of 3.0 in the last 60 hours of undergraduate work, and a Students must maintain a GPA of 3.0 in graduate bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution. Those courses to remain in good standing. Upon completion who do not meet the minimum requirement may petition of six graduate hours, students will be required to select for probationary admission. To move from probationary an advisor who will assist them in creating an integrated to full admission, candidates must complete 9 hours of program with a clear rationale. The program of study graduate courses with a 3.0 GPA. Undergraduate stu- must be completed within a six-year time span. Students dents may petition for admission to graduate courses in who have not been admitted to the program may take the last six hours before completion of their undergradu- courses on a space available basis. ate program. The applicant should submit the following: Individualized Study Program • an application form In consultation with their advisors, students must • a three to five page essay defining what a liberal construct an integrated program that goes beyond their education means at the graduate level and specify- undergraduate experience. Students may not repeat ing how the general aims of a liberal education are for graduate credit a course they have already taken relevant to the applicant’s specific goals in pursuing for undergraduate credit. The individualized study the MLS degree. program must have a clear rationale and must include • three letters of recommendation which address the course work from at least two divisions. The program applicant’s accomplishments and ability to work at proposal must be approved by the MLS Committee. the graduate level. Courses in the ISP may be dual-listed in the 300/500 level. Students receiving graduate credit will have more • all undergraduate transcripts demanding course requirements and will complete an After reviewing the application, essay, recommenda- appropriate research project. In addition, students, with tions and transcripts, the committee may interview ap- the consent of the MLS Committee, may take a Special plicants for admission. Topics in Liberal Studies course, LS 590. Deadlines for application are October 1st, for the spring semester and March 1st, for fall semester Student Learning Outcomes Transfer credit from other accredited graduate pro- Master of Liberal Studies students, upon graduation, are grams will be considered on a case-by-case basis, but expected to have: in no case will more than nine hours of transfer credit • demonstrated the ability to complete graduate-level be accepted. Transfer credit will be granted only in the independent academic research using both primary individualized study component of the program. Twelve and secondary sources; hours of interdisciplinary seminars must be completed at • demonstrated a mastery of the formal conventions Washburn University. Correspondence regarding admis- of scholarly writing; sion should be addressed as follows: • acquired an understanding of the interconnection Dr. Maureen Godman, Director, MLS among the various academic disciplines so that College of Arts and Sciences “interdisciplinary” becomes an active approach to Washburn University understanding and interpretation; and 1700 SW College Avenue • acquired the ability to put these skills into practice Topeka, KS 66621 by writing a capstone project that carefully analyzes (785) 670-1917 a specific problem and that does so by placing that email: [email protected] problem in a context that transcends disciplinary Academic Advising and Graduate Faculty boundaries. The Master of Liberal Studies Advisory Committee comprises faculty representation from the divisions of

296 Core Disciplinary Seminars Sciences (3) These courses do not assume that students possess A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the natural professional-level proficiency in the disciplines that pro- sciences as it relates to either the humanities or the vide the courses. They are not offered in specific disci- social sciences; the course will be cross-listed with either plines such as Philosophy or Chemistry. Rather they are LS 501 or 502. Variable, but interdisciplinary subject offered as Liberal Studies courses designed to introduce matter. A student may repeat the course when it is of- students to the underpinnings of the disciplines. They fered on a different topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into are built around a considerable body of independent MLS program or consent of instructors. work and student presentations to the seminar as a whole. They are interdisciplinary and taught by faculty LS 590 Special Topics (1-6) With the consent of the advisory committee students may from two or more departments. These courses must be arrange with a member of the graduate faculty a special completed at Washburn University. Core interdisciplinary topics course in Liberal Studies. courses are regularly offered in the evenings or on week- ends. The Director works with individual departments to LS 599 Capstone Experience (3) ensure that a reasonable mix of upper-division courses Students will apprentice themselves to one faculty mem- are offered at times that are accessible to non-traditional ber to pursue a theme developed in the core interdisci- students. plinary program or individualized study program. The expectation is a research paper of 30 pages or an ap- Students must take four seminars: proved equivalent. Students will be strongly encouraged • LS 500 Introduction to Graduate Research in Lib- to develop creative alternatives. Regardless of the form eral Studies the project takes, it must in some significant way reflect • LS 501 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Humanities both an in-depth understanding of a specific subject mat- • LS 502 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Social Sci- ter and the interdisciplinary nature of learning. ences Papers or projects are defended before a three- to • LS 503 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Natural Sci- five-person committee consisting of the advisor and two ences to four other faculty members chosen by the student and Each seminar is offered for 3 hours credit. Students approved by the advisor and the MLS Director. may take LS 501, 502, or 503 more than once, though The Capstone course provides the final opportunity they will not be able to repeat a specific seminar. to evaluate the student’s mastery of the Liberal Studies In addition to the four required seminars, all students curriculum. The final project should reflect the student’s in the program will register for a three-hour capstone appreciation of the interdisciplinary nature of learning. course, LS 599: Capstone Experience. Working with a The following courses have also been identified as capstone advisor as well as with a committee composed meeting the criteria for the Master of Liberal Studies of other faculty members in the program, students will Program. research and write a paper that serves as the culmina- AN 521 Anthropology of Women tion of their MLS studies. AN 524 History & Theory of Anthropology AN 537 Creativity and Society LS 500 Introduction to Graduate Research in Liberal AN 538 Advanced Social Problems Studies (3) AR 500 Directed Graduate Studies Art Studio An introduction to the process, method, and style of AR 501 Directed Graduate Studies Art History graduate research in the humanities, natural sciences, CM 531 Computational Intelligence and social sciences. Prerequisite: Acceptance into the CM 532 Data Mining MLS program or instructor’s consent. ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education LS 501 Interdisciplinary Seminar in Humanities (3) ED 494 Philosophy of Education A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the humani- ED 560 Advanced Educational Psychology ties as it relates to either the social or natural sciences; EA 592 School-Community Relations the course will be cross-listed with either LS 502 or 503. EN 501 Critical Reading and Writing Variable, but interdisciplinary subject matter. A student EN 505 Advanced Fiction Writing may repeat the course when it is offered on a different EN 506 Advanced Poetry Writing topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into MLS program or EN 507 Creative Writing, Nonfiction consent of the instructors. EN 510 Modern English Grammar EN 515 Reading as Writers LS 502 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Social EN 520 Literature for Young Adults Sciences (3) EN 525 Survey of English Literature I A team-taught seminar on a special topic in the social EN 526 Survey of English Literature II sciences as it relates to either the humanities or the natu- EN 530 American Literature I ral sciences; the course will be cross-listed with either LS EN 531 American Literature II 501 or 503. Variable, but interdisciplinary subject matter. EN 536 Contemporary Theater A student may repeat the course when it is offered on a EN 545 Shakespeare different topic. Prerequisite: Acceptance into MLS pro- EN 560 World Literature I gram or consent of the instructors. EN 561 World Literature II LS 503 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the Natural EN 570 Medieval Literature EN 571 Renaissance Literature

297 EN 572 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century RG 531 Concepts of God: East and West Literature SO 514 Organizations EN 573 Romantic/Victorian Literature SO 538 Advanced Social Problems EN 574 Modern Literature SO 560 Sociological Theory EN 575 Contemporary Literature SP 574 Independent Study (Spanish) EN 580 Modern Poetry SP 599 Special Topics (Spanish) EN 581 Drama TH 506 Contemporary Theater EN 582 Modern Novel TH 507 Non-Western Drama EN 585 Directed Reading, Writing, Research EN 590 Aspects of Film EN 593 Literature of Popular Culture Ma s t e r o f Sc i e n c e In Nu r s i n g (MSN) EN 599 Special Topics in Writing and Research Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sonu FR 574 Independent Studies (French) E-mail: [email protected] FR 599 Special Topics (French) GE 574 Independent Studies (German) Degrees Offered: GE 599 Special Topics (German) Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) HI 500 Special Topics in History Post-graduate Certificate in Education HI 504 American Revolutionary Period (1763-1789) Petro Allied Health Center, Room 203 HI 507 The American Civil War: 1848-1877 785-670-1525 HI 511 Cold-War America: 1945-1990 Fax: 785-670-1032 HI 512 War’s Impact on America Mission HI 515 Women in U.S. History Washburn University School of Nursing emphasizes HI 517 Topeka and Urban American History excellence in teaching that prepares students to value HI 520 The American West life‑long learning as professional nurses. Washburn HI 522 Kansas History nursing graduates collaborate with communities apply- HI 525 American Religious History ing ethical leadership, critical thinking, and technological HI 528 African-American History skills to design caring, innovative health solutions for HI 536 History of Britain diverse populations. HI 538 Victorian Britain: c. 1830-WWI HI 543 The European Reformation Accreditation HI 544 The Holocaust: A Seminar The MSN program is approved by the Kansas State HI 560 History of Mexico Board of Nursing and has national accreditation by the HI 563 Borderlands and Beyond Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). HI 570 Modern Africa: c.1700-Present HI 580 Women in World History Description of the Program HI 598 Directed Readings The graduate program offers a nursing curriculum MM 500 Mass Media Law designed to prepare registered nurses as advanced MM 501 Mass Media and the Cinema practice nurses. The Master of Science in Nursing MM 510 Broadcast Programming and Sales (MSN) degree offers three specialty tracks: adult nurse MM 511 Media Management practitioner, family nurse practitioner, and clinical nurse MM 512 TV Production II leader. Adult nurse practitioner and family nurse practi- MM 515 Media Effects tioner meet the Kansas State Board of Nursing require- MM 551 Mass Media Research ments for ARNP. MM 592 Independent Study Students may complete the curriculum as a part-time MM 593 Special Topics or full-time student, with both online and on campus PH 500 General Topics in Philosophy courses. The curriculum adheres to guidelines provided PH 503 Topics in the History of Philosophy by pertinent credentialing and regulating organizations PH 511 Issues in Ethical Theory (American Association of Colleges of Nursing, 1996; PH 515 Philosophy of Law Kansas State Board of Nursing, 2004; National Task PH 525 Philosophy of Mathematics Force on Quality Nurse Practitioner Education, 2002; PH 530 Philosophy of Mind National Organization of Nurse Practitioner Faculty, PH 535 Metaphysics 2002) while creating a flexible and contemporary gradu- PO 521 The Presidency ate education. PO 533 Classical and Medieval Political Theory The graduate nursing curriculum builds upon the PO 534 Modern and Contemporary Political baccalaureate degree in nursing to develop an advanced Theory practice nurse with a high level of expertise in clinical PO 539 Constitutional Law I practice, and/or leadership. All graduates possess an ad- PO 540 Constitutional Law II vanced core of knowledge to assess and manage health PO 586 Directed Readings within complex systems. RG 500 Special Topics in Religion Adult nurse practitioners provide clients with health RG 501 Old Testament Prophets education, health promotion and maintenance interven- RG 503 Jesus in the Gospels tions. They assume responsibility with individuals and RG 505 The Mission and Message of Paul families to maintain and promote health, care for people with acute and chronic illness and provide supportive and 298 restorative measures for realization of maximum health NU 513 Advanced Pharmacology-Pediatrics 1 potential. NU 603 Primary Care Family 3 Family nurse practitioners provide clients with health *These courses plus ANP courses are required for FNP education, health promotion and health maintenance specialization. interventions. They assume responsibility with individu- Clinical Nurse Leader (CNL) Courses (19-20 als across the life span and their families to maintain and hrs) promote health, care for people with acute and chronic NU 517 Clinical Scholarship for EBP 3 illness and provide supportive and restorative measures NU 609 Administrative Leadership for the CNL 2 for realization of maximum health potential. NU 611 Care Continuity and Management 3 Clinical nurse leaders are prepared as a generalist. NU 612 Financial Management of Health Care 3 The role of clinical nurse leader was developed to ad- NU 613 CNL Practicum I 3 dress needs in healthcare for lateral integration of care NU 615 CNL Practicum II 4 at the bedside. Graduates of the clinical nurse leader NU 671 Graduate Project 1-2 track will provide and manage care at the point of care to individuals, clinical populations, and communities. Degree Completion Requirements/Graduation The clinical nurse leader specialty does not prepare the Satisfactory Completion of all core courses for one of graduate for eligibility as an Advanced Registered Nurse the specialty tracks is required for the awarding of the Practitioner (ARNP) in Kansas. MSN degree. The adult nurse practitioner track includes 660 clock hours of practicum/laboratory experience. Master of Science in Nursing End-of- The family nurse practitioner track includes 720 hours of program Outcomes practicum/laboratory experience. Students may not be At the completion of the nursing program, the learner will able to graduate with a cumulative grade point average be able to: of less than 3.0. Recommendation the master’s degree • provide organizational leadership demonstrating be granted must be made by the faculty of the School knowledge of health policy and health care sys- of Nursing to the Dean of the School of Nursing, the tems; University administration, and the Washburn University • integrated knowledge and theory into evidence- Board of Regents. based practice and research; To ensure that all requirements are met, students must meet with their faculty advisor the semester prior to • collaborate with interdisciplinary groups within the graduation to review their degree audit. All students must role and scope of advanced practice nursing; also submit an Application for Degree to the Registrar’s Office by September 15th (for Fall graduation) or • demonstrate sound critical thinking and clinical February 1st (for Spring graduation). decision-making; • provide holistic care that is culturally proficient with Education Certificate diverse groups and communities; The Certificate in Education prepares nurses at the • incorporate ethical and legal principles in health graduate level with expertise in educational theory, care policies; and teaching strategies, and curriculum development. Students with a previous graduate degree in nursing or • integrate effective communication in advanced those students currently pursuing a graduate degree nursing roles. may choose to complete the certificate in preparation for MSN COURSE REQUIREMENTS clinical nursing faculty role. The twelve hour curriculum is composed of two didactic courses, one practicum and Core Requirements (17 hrs) one education elective courses and provides a contem- NU 500 Theoretical Foundations for ANP 3 porary graduate education tailored to the interests of the NU 502 Advanced Nursing Practice Ethics 2 student. NU 504 Integrative Healing Therapies 2 Post-Masters Education Certificate (12 hrs) NU 508 Health Policy, Finance & Org 4 NU 680 Educational Foundations in Nursing 3 NU 514 Advanced Health Assessment 4 NU 682 Teaching and Learning for Nursing Practice 3 NU 516 Informatics in Health Settings 2 NU 684 Education Practicum 3 NU 686 Education Elective 3 Adult Nurse Practitioner (ANP) Courses (28-32 hrs) ADMISSION AND PROGRESSION NU 506 Advanced Pathophysiology 3 NU 510 Professional Role Development 2 Admission Criteria NU 512 Advanced Pharmachology 3 Students who meet the requirements noted be- NU 518 Advanced Nursing Research 3 low may apply for admission to the graduate nursing NU 600 Adult Health I 3 program. Students will be admitted to the program each NU 602 Adult Health I Practicum 3 year in the fall semester. Students make application to NU 604 Adult Health II 3 the School of Nursing and file the required credentials NU 606 Adult Health II Practicum 3 with the Nursing Office during the specified time period NU 608 Health Care Practicum III-Specialty 3 indicated in the application instructions available in the NU 670 Graduate Project or Thesis 2-6 School of Nursing. The requirements for admission include: Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Courses * (5 hrs) NU 507 Advanced Pathophysiology-Family 1 299 1. Graduation from an accredited BSN program, as Transfer Students evidenced by submitted transcripts; Students transferring from other nursing graduate 2. Currently licensed as an RN in Kansas; programs are required to submit course syllabi for all 3. Completion of a written application to include: completed nursing courses. Transfer of credits from a. Two Applicant Reference Statements from an another graduate nursing program is considered on a employer, previous faculty, or professional peer case-by-case basis. The applicant must have received a discussing potential for success in the program; grade of “B” or better in the course(s) being considered. b. A written statement on personal philosophy of In most instances, transfer of credit is granted for first nursing and potential for success in the program; year courses up to 12 credit hours. Academic credit is 4. Successful completion of an undergraduate nursing not given for life or work experience. research course with a grade of “C” or above; 5. Successful completion of undergraduate health as- Time Limit for Completion of the Program All students have six years from their date of entry sessment across the life span with a grade of “C” or into the program to complete the requirements of the above; graduate nursing program at Washburn University. Any 6. Successful completion of graduate inferential statis- student who cannot comply with this requirement and tics course with a grade of “B” or above; has a legitimate reason for being unable to do so may 7. 3.0 GPA in last 60 hours of college course work; petition for an extension. The petition for extension 8. Students with English as a second language must should be approved by the faculty advisor and sent to the demonstrate a TOEFL score of 550 (213). Informa- Chairperson of the APR committee. The petition should tion about the TOEFL exam may be reviewed at the state why the extension is being requested and it should website http://www.ets.org/toefl/ include a detailed timetable for completion of the require- If a student is not already enrolled at Washburn ments. The student will be notified of the committee deci- University at the time of applying for admission to the sion in writing by the Chairperson of the APR Committee. School of Nursing, an online Washburn University Admission application must be submitted to the Part-time and Full-time Students University Office of Admissions. The School of Nursing Both part-time and full-time scheduling options are Admission Progression Retention (APR) Committee available. All students begin the MSN program in the Fall reviews applications and admits qualified applicants to fill semester. Students who choose to attend full-time may available positions. A personal interview with a member complete the program in 5 semesters. The University’s of the faculty may be required of applicants for assess- requirement for full-time status as a graduate student is 9 ment of qualifications. Students are selected for admis- credit hours. Full-time students in the nursing graduate sion to the graduate program without discrimination in program will average 10-11 credit hours per semester. regard to race, color, religion, age, national origin, ances- Part-time students, averaging 5 to 8 credit hours each try, disability, gender, marital or parental status, or sexual semester, may complete the program in 7 semesters. orientation. The School of Nursing adheres to policies Full-time students are strongly discouraged from full-time of non-discrimination as defined by various federal and employment due to the rigor of the program and the time state laws and regulations. required for practicum. The School of Nursing seeks applicants who exhibit Conditional Admission the interpersonal skills and behaviors that enable them Students may be “conditionally” admitted to the MSN to work compatibly with others in both the classroom program as a part-time student for one academic year. and clinical areas. Applicants seeking admission should A student whose status is “conditional” may have one demonstrate emotional maturity, personal integrity, and prerequisite course not completed at the time of appli- ethical responsibility. Applicants should possess the flex- cation. A student admitted as “conditional” is expected ibility to deal with unexpected situations and should dem- to complete the admission requirement within a year, onstrate a willingness to utilize constructive feedback to preferably sooner. If the requirement is not met within develop behaviors characteristic of a professional per- academic year of conditional admission, the student may son. The School of Nursing reserves the right to withhold not enroll in graduate coursework and will be dismissed admission to or withdraw students from the program who from the program. The student may reapply to the MSN do not demonstrate these professional behaviors. program after the requirement is completed. Criminal Record Unrealized Admissions Students are advised that nursing licenses may be A student who has been admitted and subsequently denied or disciplined by the Kansas State Board of does not enroll in the first semester after admission will Nursing (KSBN). Possible grounds for such action may have their admission revoked. This student will not be include being guilty of a felony or misdemeanor involv- counted in the admission or dismissal numbers for the ing an illegal drug offense if the KSBN determines that respective academic year. such person is not sufficiently rehabilitated to warrant the public trust. Also considered are patterns of practice Non-degree seeking option and other behaviors exhibiting an apparent incapacity Students may complete up to ten (10) hours of non- to practice nursing. All criminal history must be revealed practicum coursework prior to acceptance to the MSN to and will be evaluated by the KSBN before advanced program. Please contact the Director of Student Support practice licensure is granted or denied. Admission to the Services advisor for enrollment assistance. School of Nursing does not guarantee that a student will be eligible for licensure.

300 Grading Policies failing grade in any course he/she will be dismissed from The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree the program. program at Washburn University provides students with If academic dismissal is necessary, the APR a rigorous course of study with a generalist foundation Committee Chairperson will notify the student, the and a clinical concentration. At a minimum, consistent Dean of the School of Nursing, and the Registrar’s attendance, punctuality, preparation, active participation office, in writing, of the dismissal. The student may in class (including online participation for web-assisted appeal academic dismissal, in consultation with his or classes), and above average performance in complet- her faculty advisor, according to Appeal Procedure for ing readings, assignments, quizzes, tests, and any other Students Denied Admission/Readmission published in course-related tasks translate to a letter grade of “B.” the University catalog. Grades within the MSN program consist of “A” (excellent performance), “B” (satisfactory performance), “C” (below Appeal after Dismissal Procedure A student who has been dismissed from the Graduate standards), “D” (significantly below standards) and “F” Program and who wishes to appeal the decision of the (failure). All courses are graded on this scale. APR Committee, may seek recourse through the follow- Academic Probation and Dismissal ing procedure: The APR Committee, in consultation with the Dean, 1. The student should submit in writing to the Chairper- has the authority to dismiss a student from the School of son of the APR Committee the student’s reasons for Nursing. The imposition of probation, suspension and/ disagreement with the decision of the committee and or dismissal is a very serious matter and shall not be should request reconsideration of the decision. recommended or imposed in the absence of compelling 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the and substantial reasons. APR Committee proves unsatisfactory to the student, To remain in good standing within the MSN pro- the student may then seek remediation by the Dean gram, students must maintain an average GPA of 3.0 of the School of Nursing. in all courses. Faculty will notify the APR Committee 3. Should the student still feel dissatisfied with the Chairperson when a grade of “C,” “D” or “F” (or compa- results of these actions, he/she may request a review rable failing or non-credit grade) has been earned by a of the School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The deci- student. A student whose cumulative grade point aver- sion of that body is final. age falls below 3.0 will be placed on academic probation for a minimum of two semesters. Notification of proba- Grade Appeal Procedure Students wishing to appeal a grade must follow the tionary status will be provided in writing to the student School of Nursing and University policies and procedures by the Chairperson of the APR Committee following for grade appeal as outlined in the University Catalog. review by the APR Committee. During the probationary period, the student is expected to raise his/her cumula- Progression after Failing Grade tive grade point average to 3.0 or higher. When a student Students receiving a failing grade or an incomplete in is successful, the Chairperson of the APR Committee any sequential core curriculum course will not be allowed will notify the student in writing that he/she is no longer to proceed to the next course in that sequence or to the on academic probation. A student who fails to raise his advanced practice core courses until the course has or her cumulative grade point average to 3.0 or higher been retaken (or, in the case of an incomplete, the work in the two-semester period will be dismissed from the has been completed and a change of grade has been graduate nursing program. Academic probation will only submitted to the Registrar’s Office). Given the design be granted one time. Any student whose cumulative and structure of the graduate program, this may mean grade point average falls below 3.0 a second time after the student must wait an entire year before he or she can he or she is released from academic probation will be resume taking classes in the graduate nursing program. dismissed from the program. Students receiving a failing grade or incomplete in didac- Students who receive a failing grade (e.g., “D,” “F,”) tic specialty courses may not proceed to the specialty in any course will be placed on academic suspension. practica until the course has been retaken (or, in the The student may not repeat the course or enroll in further case of an incomplete, the work has been completed and nursing courses unless approved by the APR Committee. a change of grade has been submitted to the Registrar’s To be considered for continuation in the major, the stu- Office). Likewise, an incomplete grade in any practicum dent must write a letter of petition to the APR Committee will prevent that student from moving forward in the requesting reinstatement. The letter must be submitted to practicum sequence. the committee chairperson by the first day of the month of the next enrollment period. The letter must address Grade of Incomplete the following: Unless an earlier deadline is stipulated by the instruc- The student’s explanation for the situation in which tor of the course, the incompletes in all courses must be the D or F grade or the withdrawal occurred, completed by the last day of classes and grades submit- Rationale for continuing in the program, and ted to the University Registrar Office by the deadline of A plan of action for preventing a similar situation in the grade submission of the subsequent Spring semester future. for Fall incompletes or the subsequent Fall semester for The request will be reviewed by the APR Committee Spring and Summer incompletes; otherwise a grade of and determination made as to whether the student “F” will be recorded. should (1) be allowed to repeat the course; (2) coun- Academic Withdrawal seled to withdraw from the program; or (3) be dismissed A student may withdraw from an academic course from the program. The second time a student receives a any semester with a grade of “W” up to and including 301 the date of the “last day to withdraw” as specified in the removed from the situation by the faculty. If such action published Washburn University calendar. The faculty ad- is taken, the faculty shall immediately notify the Dean visor and the SON Director of Student Support Services of the School of Nursing, the student’s faculty advisor, should be consulted prior to withdrawal. Withdrawal and any other parties (e.g., campus police, classroom from a practicum course anytime after the beginning or practicum instructors) involved in the situation. The of the semester requires the notification of the Course School of Nursing follows the reporting and disciplinary Coordinator, faculty advisor, and practicum preceptor. If procedures as presented in the Washburn University an agency requests a student to withdraw from a practi- Student Conduct Code. The Dean of the School of cum because of the quality of the student’s performance Nursing will also notify the Vice President for Academic in the practicum, the Course Coordinator will investigate Affairs. circumstances and take appropriate action. Leave of Absence Tuition Refund Students who must interrupt their education due to A student who withdraws from any course may be personal or professional reasons may ask for a Leave entitled to a partial refund according to the university’s of Absence from the APR Committee. A letter should be established refund policies. Students should consult the submitted as soon as the student realizes the need for “Tuition and Refund Schedule” published in the Class a leave, which describes the reason for the leave and a Schedule Bulletin for each semester. Cancellation of projected return date. Leaves will be granted on a case- registration that entitles the student to a tuition refund is by-case basis at the discretion of the APR Committee. If subject to approval by the Dean of the School of Nursing, the 6 year completion time limit is exceeded, decisions the Vice President for Academic Affairs (or his/her des- about the student’s placement and progression will be ignee), and other Washburn University administrators. made by the GEC. Typically, approval is granted only in rare and extraor- dinary circumstances such as a serious illness or death Withdrawal from the Nursing Program A student who wishes to withdraw from the gradu- in the family. The student is responsible for initiating the ate nursing program should present to the Dean of request for a tuition refund in writing and the request the School of Nursing a written statement of intent to must include sufficient written documentation to make withdraw. An official University withdrawal form must be rendering a decision possible. (See Medical Withdrawal signed by the Dean or SON faculty Advisor and filed with in this Catalog.) the University Registrar’s Office. Re-application to the Non-Academic Dismissal School of Nursing will be necessary should the student In order to remain in the MSN program at Washburn desire to re-enter the nursing program. University students must: • adhere to the nursing profession’s Code of Ethics; Readmission to the School Following interruption of the nursing sequence and • adhere to the School of Nursing Code of Profes- withdrawal from the nursing major, a letter requesting sional Conduct for Nursing Students located in readmission to the School of Nursing must be submitted Student Handbook; to the Dean at least one month in advance of the desired • adhere to the professional conduct requirements admission date. Applicants must meet the current admis- outlined in the rules and regulations of the Kansas sion requirements of the School of Nursing. Requests Nurse Practice Act; and for readmission are reviewed by the APR Committee. • adhere to Washburn University’s Student Conduct Consideration will be given to the length of absence, the Code and academic impropriety policy as described student’s ability to achieve, and the available spaces in the Washburn University Catalog and Student in the clinical courses in which the student will enroll. If Planner and Handbook. readmission is granted, the remaining program require- Students are expected to exhibit professional behav- ments will be re-projected according to the student’s ior in the classroom, on campus, and in the practicum needs and the current curriculum. settings. Such behavior must reflect the values and eth- Appeal Procedure for Students Denied Admission or ics of the nursing profession. Should a student be able Readmission to the Graduate Program to perform academically and in the field, yet demonstrate A student who has been denied admission or read- behaviors, values, or attitudes inconsistent with profes- mission to the graduate program and who wishes to sional nursing practice, every attempt will be made to appeal the decision of the APR Committee of the School, counsel the student out of the program by the student’s may seek recourse through the following procedure: faculty advisor. However, depending on circumstances, 1. The student should state in writing to the Chairper- primary responsibility may rest with the Dean of the son of the APR Committee the student’s reasons for School of Nursing, or relevant faculty. When a student disagreement with the decision of the committee and is not successfully counseled out of the program and is should request reconsideration. determined to be unsuited for advanced nursing prac- 2. If the result of the request for reconsideration by the tice, non-academic dismissal from the MSN program is APR Committee proves unsatisfactory to the student, governed by specific criteria, policies, and procedures as the student may then seek remediation by the Dean published in the University Catalog and Student Planner of the School of Nursing. and Handbook. 3. Should the student still feel dissatisfied with the If faculty determines that a student’s presence in the results of these actions, he/she may request a review classroom or practicum setting constitutes an immediate of the School of Nursing Faculty as a whole. The threat to the student and/or others, the student may be decision of that body is final. 302 Advisement commencement and hooding ceremony in May following Following acceptance to the graduate program, every their graduation. new student attends a mandatory orientation session to become familiar with the School of Nursing and the Licensure/Certification Students interested in applying for Kansas advanced graduate program. Each student is assigned a faculty registered nurse practitioner (ARNP) are responsible for advisor in the Nursing School. Faculty advisors assist making application on their own with the Kansas State students with program planning (schedules, selection of Board of Nursing. It is the student’s responsibility to en- concentration, elective course, etc.) and with registration sure that the Washburn University Office of the Registrar each semester. sends an official student transcript to the Kansas State Advisory conferences may be scheduled as requested Board of Nursing. The School of Nursing secretaries by the student. However, the student must meet with her/ can provide to the student appropriate transcript re- his faculty advisor at the time of each enrollment. The quest forms for the Office of the Registrar. Because University notifies students and faculty advisors of dates requirements for advanced practice vary from state to during which registration is to occur, and students con- state, students who desire to practice in other states are tact their faculty advisors to arrange mutually convenient responsible for identifying qualifications required for the times to confer. Faculty advisors help students select specific state by contacting the appropriate State Board appropriate courses, assign enrollment personal identi- of Nursing. fication numbers (PIN) for each enrollment period, and Graduates of the adult and family nurse practitioner provide other assistance as needed. Any subsequent tracks are eligible for a certificate of qualification as an changes in enrollment (e.g., adding, dropping, or chang- ARNP in Kansas. Graduates of the nurse practitio- ing courses) also begin by conferring with one’s faculty ner tracks and the administrative leadership track are advisor. Prior to graduation, faculty advisors, in consul- eligible to sit for certification exams administered by the tation with the Dean, complete a form verifying that the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC). The student has completed all requirements. Administrative Leadership specialty does not prepare the The student and faculty advisor will meet and develop graduate for eligibility as an ARNP in Kansas, however, a plan of study which is placed in the student file. Plans graduates of the Administrative Leadership specialty of study are to be submitted before completion of 9 credit may be eligible to sit for certification exams administered hours. Faculty advisors play an important role in help- by the ANCC, if they meet other eligibility requirements ing students select appropriate elective courses. The related to employment. selection of electives should be based upon the plan of study that has been discussed and mutually agreed upon COURSE OFFERINGS between student and advisor. In this way, students are able to tailor their courses of study to meet their particu- NU 500 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced lar educational objectives. Nursing Practice (3) If at some point during his/her period of study, a Examines the conceptual and theoretical bases of nurs- student wants to change faculty advisors, he/she must ing. Selected theories/conceptual models are analyzed submit the request in writing to the Dean. The student is and critiqued. Emphasis placed on the interrelationship expected to discuss this request with both his/her current of theory, research and practice and the implications of advisor and the prospective advisor. Whenever practical, theory for nursing practice. Prerequisite: Admission to such requests will be honored; however, there may be the MSN Program or consent. times or circumstances when a request of this type will NU 502 Advanced Nursing Practice Ethics (2) be denied. Ethical frameworks and moral reasoning presented in GRADUATION this course provides the underpinning for research and See Degree Completion Requirements on previous advance practice nursing. Healthcare situations that page. To ensure that all requirements are met, students present ethical dilemmas will be analyzed and discussed must meet with their faculty advisor the semester prior to in a seminar format. Local, national, and international graduation. All students also must submit an Application ethical and legal issues included. Prerequisite: Admis- for Degree to the Registrar’s Office by September sion to the MSN Program or consent. 15th (for Fall graduation) or February 1st (for Spring NU 504 Integrative Healing Therapies (2) graduation). Explores conceptual bases of integrative health and Commencement and Hooding Ceremony healing modalities within an holistic nursing framework, The University confers degrees at the end of each se- current research, standards and utilization of these mester and at the end of the summer session. Students modalities within the practitioner’s scope of practice is who are scheduled to complete final requirements for emphasized. Interdisciplinary, cultural and health policy the degree during the following summer term may be considerations are stressed. Prerequisite: Admission to permitted to participate in the Spring commencement the MSN Program or consent. and hooding ceremonies. Students who complete their NU 506 Advanced Pathophysiology (3) degree requirements in May are encouraged to partici- Focuses on application of basic pathophysiologic con- pate in the May commencement and hooding ceremony. cepts to situations found in ambulatory care with clients Students who complete their degree requirements in across the life-span. Emphasis is given to analysis of December may participate in the December commence- presenting manifestations with the intent to determine ment or may return to campus to participate in the cause. Provides a foundation for clinical decision-mak- ing in terms of diagnostic findings and the initiation of 303 therapeutic regimens. Application situations will be age- those settings. Interpretation of diagnostics is empha- specific and clinical diagnosis and management must be sized. Prerequisites: Admission to the MSN Program, NU made accordingly. Prerequisite: Admission to the MSN 506. Program or consent. NU 516 Informatics in the Health Care Setting (2) NU 507 Advanced Pathophysiology Family (1) Designed to give the advanced practice nurse the neces- Focuses on pathophysiology related to children and sary computing skills to critically assess, plan, intervene, infants for students in FNP track. Content includes condi- and evaluate health care delivery. Discussion topics will tions and diseases specific to pregnancy, post-partum, include how the advanced practice nurse gathers, stores, infancy and childhood. Application of principles from Ad- retrieves, and utilizes data. Additional information on vanced Pathophysiology course to age-appropriate case utilization of the computer to search for information and studies. Clinical diagnosis and management focuses on data will also be included within the course content. Pre- birth to 18 years of age. Prerequisite: NU 506 concurrent, requisite: Admission to the MSN Program or consent. or consent. NU 518 Advanced Nursing Research (3) NU 508 Healthcare Policy, Finance, and Organization (4) Focuses on advanced nursing research knowledge and Focuses on the complex dynamics between healthcare methodologies. Serves as the foundation for the devel- policy, finance and organization. Designed to prepare opment of a research project to meet the requirements the graduate to provide quality cost-effective care and to of the graduate program. Facilitates the participation and participate in the design and implementation of care in a use of evidence-based nursing research. Prerequisites: variety of health care systems through an understanding Admission to the MSN Program, an undergraduate level of the available human, fiscal, and organizational re- nursing research course, and a graduate level inferential sources. Prerequisites: Admission to the MSN Program statistics course. or consent. NU 560 Selected Subjects of NU 510 Professional Role Development (2) Relevance for Nursing (1-2) Designed to make the graduate aware of the develop- Selected subjects of relevance for graduate students, ment of health policy and economic issues affecting the announced in advance. Prerequisites: Admission to MSN scope of nursing practice specifically in relation to the Program, and consent. professional roles of the nurse. Roles of the nurse in a variety of health care settings including advanced prac- NU 600 Adult Health I (3) Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care tice nursing will be explored. Prerequisite: Admission to in multiple settings for culturally diverse adults. Clini- the MSN Program or consent. cal manifestations of and patient response to selected NU 512 Advanced Pharmacology (3) problems of cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, urinary, Emphasizes application of selected drug therapies to endocrine, and gastrointestinal systems are considered. meet the needs of adults from diverse cultural groups. Advanced health assessment knowledge, including func- Basic concepts of qualitative and quantitative drug ac- tional assessment, are applied in the determination of tions within the body are examined. Use of protocols, differential diagnoses and planning therapeutic interven- prescription writing and ethical, legal and economic tions. Interdisciplinary collaboration is integrated. Prereq- issues surrounding the advanced nurses’ role in prescrib- uisites: NU 500, NU 506, NU 510, NU 512, NU 514. ing, monitoring pharmacotherapies. Patient education and adherence are addressed. Application is made NU 602 Adult Health Practicum I (3) Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for through age-appropriate case studies. Prerequisite: NU diverse clients in multiple settings as they experience 506 or consent. select acute and chronic health conditions. Utilization of NU513 Advanced Pharmacology (1) diagnostic reasoning, nursing therapeutics, pharmaco- Focus on the application of selected drug therapies to logic therapeutics and interdisciplinary treatments in the meet the needs of diverse children from birth to age provision of holistic care. Primary, secondary and tertiary 18. Basic concepts of qualitative and quantitative drug levels of prevention are integrated. Emphasis is on the actions within the body are examined. Use of standards advanced nursing roles of primary care provider, con- of practice, prescription writing and ethical, legal and sultant, educator, and case manager. Course provides economic issues surrounding the advanced nurse’s 180 clock hours of practicum experience. Prerequisites: role in prescribing and monitoring pharmacotherapies is NU 500, NU 506, NU 510, NU 512, NU 514, NU 600 or addressed. Patient education and adherence are ad- concurrent. dressed. Application is made through age-appropriate case studies. Prerequisite: NU 506, 507, 512, or con- NU 603 Primary Care Family (3) Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care in sent. multiple settings for culturally diverse children from birth NU 514 Advanced Health Assessment, Health to age 18 and healthy pregnant and post-partum women. Promotion and Disease Prevention (4) Wellness and health promotion of families are empha- Emphasizes the knowledge and skills necessary for sized. Clinical management of specific disease pro- advanced health assessment of adults and families in cesses and patient responses are considered. Advanced acute care and community settings. Systematic holistic health assessment skills are developed and applied in approach to both history-taking and physical examination the laboratory/clinical setting. A minimum of 30 clock for the purpose of differentiating normal from abnormal hours will be completed in the laboratory setting and 30 assessments to promote health and prevent disease in clock hours are precepted experiences in community/ 304 family agencies. Prerequisites: NU 600, NU 602, NU NU 670 Graduate Project/Thesis (2-6) 507, NU 513 or concurrent. Substantive independent research, administrative or professional role project or thesis done under the super- NU 604 Adult Health II (3) vision of a School of Nursing faculty member integrat- Develops knowledge and skills to provide holistic care ing theory and skills from core curriculum. Focused in in multiple settings for culturally diverse adults. Clinical the student’s specialty track. Continuous enrollment is manifestations of and patient response to selected prob- required until completed. Prerequisites: One of the fol- lems of sensory, psychological, neurological, musculosk- lowing: NU 606, NU 612, or NU 632. eletal, dermatological, reproductive and immunological systems are considered. Advanced health assessment Education CErtificate Courses knowledge, including functional assessment, are applied (12 credit hours) in the determination of differential diagnoses and plan- ning therapeutic interventions. Interdisciplinary collabora- NU 680 Educational Foundations in Nursing (3) tion is integrated. Prerequisites: NU 600 and NU 602. Focuses on education theories, principles of learning and application to nursing. Curriculum development and di- NU 606 Adult Health Practicum II (3) dactic teaching will be the main emphasis of this course. Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for Prerequisite: graduate standing. diverse clients in multiple settings as they experience select acute and chronic health conditions, pregnancy NU 682 Teaching and Learning and lactation. Utilization of diagnostic reasoning, nursing for Nursing Practice (3) therapeutics, pharmacologic therapeutics and inter- Education theory related to experiential learning with disciplinary treatments in the provision of holistic care. special emphasis on the practice of nursing, clinical Primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention are teaching, mentoring and the supervision. Prerequisite: integrated. Emphasis is on the advanced nursing roles graduate standing. of primary care provider, educator, case manager, clinical NU 684 Education Practicum (3) researcher and quality improvement coordinator. Course Acquisition of teaching experiences in the classroom and provides 180 clock hours of practicum experience. Pre- clinical settings. Practicum provides 120 hours of teach- requisites: NU 600, NU 602 and NU 604 or concurrent. ing experience, half in the classroom and half in a clinical NU 608 Health Care Practicum III: Specialty Focus (3) setting, with 15 hours of seminar conferences for a total Implementation of skills and knowledge in caring for of 180 hours. Arranged to student area of practice inter- patients and their families from diverse cultural back- est. Prerequisites: NU 680 and NU 682. grounds as they experience wellness and acute and NU 686 Education Elective (3) chronic health conditions. Diagnostic reasoning, nursing Contemporary concepts and issues that address a therapeutics, pharmacologic therapeutics and inter- variety of classroom teaching strategies, use of technol- disciplinary treatments in the provision of holistic care. ogy in education, or diversity that increase the depth and Primary, secondary and tertiary levels of prevention breadth of education practice. The following Washburn are integrated. Integration of advanced practice roles. University courses are acceptable as education elec- Course provides 180 clock hours of practicum experi- tives: ED 472 Issues in Modern American Education; ED ence. Prerequisites: NU 600, NU 602, NU 604, NU 606. 486 Issues in Educational Technology; ED 494 Philoso- NU 609 Administrative Leadership for the CNL (2) phy of Education; ED 565 Introduction to Educational Students will examine the roles and responsibilities of Research; ED 582 Leadership in Technology; NU 584 the clinical nurse leader wihtin the larger context of the Multimedia in the Classroom; NU 586 Integrating the health care administration. Students will explore how Internet into Instruction; NU 587 Emerging Technologies leadership and organizational behaviour theories, ad- in Education. vanced practice nursing competencies, and knowledge of public and professinal policy are applied to improve MSW (Ma s t e r o f So c i a l Wo r k ) outcomes within clinical microsystems. Students will Email: [email protected] develop skills in strategic planning and complex change Website: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work management. Content on team performance enhance- ment including culturally competent communication, MSW (Master’s in Social Work) conflict management, and motovtion will be emphasized. JD-MSW Dual Degree Benton Hall, Room 412 NU 612 Financial Management of Health Care (785) 670-1616 Services (3) Financial management of nursing and health care de- (785) 670-1027 (Fax) livery emphasizing the role of information, the financial Associate Professor Jay Memmott, Department Chair, reporting systems, financial analysis and planning, cost MSW Program Director analysis, cost control, budgeting time value of money, capital project analysis, capital formation, the economic MSW Mission environment of health care, and market trends within The mission of Washburn University’s Master of nursing. Strategic planning skills are expanded using Social Work Program is to prepare graduate students for creating financing,utilization of computer technology, and the competent practice of clinical social work in order to critical analysis of the nursing labor market. Prerequisite: meet the multi-level needs of clients and other people NU 508. that we serve.

305 The MSW Program is committed to providing quality to maintaining a person-in-environment perspective for education for students with or without a baccalaure- multiple levels of practice. ate social work degree. Therefore, the curriculum may include liberal arts components and generalist social Advanced Standing Program (ASP) Students Applicants who have a baccalaureate degree from work preparation to maximize each student’s readiness a CSWE-accredited social work program may apply for entry into the clinical concentration. In addition, the for advanced standing status in the MSW Program program focuses on providing a supportive environ- at Washburn University. However, advanced standing ment for a diverse group of students, including those is not automatically granted to everyone who applies. who may otherwise experience barriers to educational Course waivers can be granted only for foundation opportunities. courses and they are determined on a course-by-course The MSW program has an overarching commitment basis. Course and/or credit waivers are dependent on to ensure that students understand, adhere to, and pro- the equivalency of the course content as determined mote the value base of the social work profession within by the MSW Program Director in consultation with the both generalist and clinical settings. department chairperson and Washburn social work fac- The conceptual centerpiece of the Clinical Curriculum ulty. At a minimum, applicants should provide a course is the integration of the Empowerment and Ecological syllabus/outline for each course for which a waiver is perspectives. The Clinical Curriculum emphasizes the being requested. Additional supporting materials may be extension of critical thinking skills and expansion of requested by the Director of the MSW Program. practice skills to the specific demands of clinical practice. A grade of “B” or better in the undergraduate course Upon completion of the MSW Program, graduates will considered for waiver is required. Full-time advanced be prepared and committed to providing direct clinical standing students begin their studies in the MSW social work services to individuals, families, and groups Program in the summer semester. Part-time advanced in inner-city, urban, and rural settings, with particular standing students begin their studies in the fall term. emphasis on those who are at-risk, unrepresented or under-represented, culturally diverse and oppressed. Regular Standing Program (RSP) Students Applicants who have a baccalaureate degree in a field MSW Student Learning Outcomes other than social work may apply for regular standing MSW students at Washburn University, upon graduation, status in the MSW Program at Washburn University. are expected to have developed ten core competencies Regular standing students typically start taking classes in and their related sub-competencies (CSWE, 2008). the MSW Program during the fall semester. However, there is one exception: regular standing students who 1. Identify as a professional social worker and conduct would like to lighten their academic loads during the first oneself accordingly. year may take Dimensions of Professional Social Work 2. Apply social work ethical principles to guide profess- (SW 599) during the summer semester following their ional practice. admission to the MSW Program. 3. Apply critical thinking to inform and communicate pro- fessional judgements. Part Time and Full Time Schedules 4. Engage diversity and difference in practice. Both part-time and full-time scheduling options are 5. Advance human rights and social and economic just- available. All ASP students begin the MSW Program in ice. the summer semester. ASP students who elect to go 6. Engage in research-informed practice and practice- full-time will complete the program in three semesters, informed research. including the initial summer semester. Part-time ASP 7. Apply knowledge of human behavior and the social students will complete the program in two full years, environment. including the summer semester between the first and 8. Engage in policy practice to advance social and eco- second year. nomic well-being and to deliver effective social work All RSP students begin the MSW Program in the services. summer or fall semester. RSP students who elect to 9. Respond to contexts that shape practice. go full-time can complete the program in two academic 10. Engage, assess, intervene, and evaluate with indi- years, including the summer semester between the first viduals, families, groups, organizations, and comm- and second year. Regular standing students attending unities. part-time must complete the program in four years. The Program Accreditation The primary goal of the Master of Social Work pro- The MSW program was granted full accreditation by gram at Washburn University is to prepare students to the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) in 1996 integrate the knowledge, values, and skills of the social and has been reaccredited for eight years through the work profession into the competent and sensitive prac- year 2010. tice of clinical social work. The MSW curriculum consists Licensure of both Advanced Standing and Regular Programs. For All graduates of the MSW program are eligible to pur- both programs, students enter the Clinical Concentration sue licensure at the master’s level in the State of Kansas following successful completion of all Foundation course and in all other states which require social work licensure work. The Clinical Concentration provides students with or registration at the master’s level. Social Work license, the theoretical knowledge and methodological and tech- registration, certification, and/or credentialing require- nical skills necessary for the practice of entry level clini- ments will vary from state to state. cal social work. The Clinical Concentration is dedicated 306 Admission Requirements humanities, and mathematics; and evidence of potential Complete admission requirements and application for professional development in clinical social work procedures are outlined in the application packet, avail- Anyone accepted provisionally will be limited to able from the Social Work Department Office Benton part-time status. Provisional status will be maintained Hall, Room 412; website: http://www.washburn.edu/main/ until the student has completed, at a minimum, 12 credit sas/social-work/masters-of-social-work.html . Admission hours or two (2) semesters in the MSW Program. At to the MSW Program is competitive and applicants are the end of this time, provisional students achieving encouraged to submit their completed applications well in a “B” or better in each course may petition the MSW advance of the initial review date (see below). Applicants Program Director requesting permission to be admitted must demonstrate that they possess the potential for pro- as a degree candidate in the MSW Program. Provisional fessional development in clinical social work practice. To students not achieving at least a “B” in each course will be admitted to the MSW Program, applicants must have be dismissed from the program and will not be permit- a baccalaureate degree from a college or university ac- ted to take additional classes in the MSW Program at credited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Washburn University. Secondary Schools, or a comparable accrediting body. Consistent with the importance ascribed to the liberal Non-Matriculated Status Depending on space availability, a person with a arts perspective by Washburn University and CSWE, the baccalaureate degree who is NOT formally admitted to applicant must present evidence of adequate preparation the graduate social work program may enroll in MSW to engage in graduate study, including the satisfactory courses as a nonmatriculating student. People in three completion of undergraduate course work in each of the categories may be able to take graduate social work following areas: the natural sciences, social sciences, courses in the department as nonmatriculating students: English composition, humanities, and mathematics. There must also be evidence of satisfactory comple- 1. An individual who was denied formal or provisional tion of coursework in human biology and human cultural admission to the MSW Program but who has been diversity. A minimum overall grade point average of 3.0 invited by the MSW Admissions Committee to on a 4.0 scale is required for full admission to the MSW demonstrate his or her potential to do graduate work; Program. Admission decisions are made by the MSW Admissions Committee, comprised of social work faculty 2. A person who already has an MSW degree and who members. The committee weighs all aspects of the wants to return to graduate school at Washburn completed application, including academic performance, to complete the School Social Work certification communication skills, commitment to the values underly- requirements as a nonmatriculating student; or ing the social work profession, and personal qualities 3. A master’s level social worker who wants to take necessary for effective clinical social work practice. a clinical core course or a clinical elective to earn Application Procedures continuing education units (CEUs) to satisfy LMSW Applications for admission may be obtained from or LSCSW license requirements. The Department the Department of Social Work at Washburn University Chair or the MSW Program Director may grant (Benton Hall, Room 412; website: http://www.washburn. permission for such enrollment. For more information edu/main/sas/social-work/masters-of-social-work.html about this option, contact the Washburn University ). Complete application instructions and deadlines are Department of Social Work at social-work@ included with this packet of materials. Official transcripts washburn.edu or (785) 670-1616. of all university and college work, three completed The social work faculty has established some guide- reference forms, a personal statement of interest, MSW lines that must be followed by those who have been Program application, and a non-refundable $25 applica- invited by the MSW Admissions Committee to demon- tion fee must be included when the application is submit- strate his or her potential to do graduate work. ted. An online Washburn University application must also 1. Regular standing non-matriculating students may be comlpeted, applicants are encouraged to make this take no more than a TOTAL of nine (9) credit the first step in their application process (to complete hours in the MSW Program, and the courses can this application, first, access http://www.washburn.edu/ be selected only from the MSW Foundation (i.e., admissions and then click on the “Apply Now” logo/link). SW 500, SW 501, SW 510, SW 511, SW 520, SW It is the applicant’s responsibility to submit all required 521, SW 599). Regular standing non-matriculating materials for consideration for admission into the MSW students cannot take SW 530 (Fundamentals Program. Incomplete applications will not be considered. of Social Work Practice) or SW 605 (Clinical The deadline for Summer/Fall applications is January 15. Assessment and Diagnosis). The deadline for spring applications is October 15. Early submissions of applications are encouraged. 2. Non-matriculating students with a conferred undergraduate degree in social work from a CSWE- Provisional Status accredited program may take no more than a TOTAL Individuals who have GPAs that do not meet the of six (6) credit hours in the MSW Program, and the standards for regular admission may apply for provisional courses will be limited to Foundation and/or Clinical status. All other requirements must be met, including a Core courses. bachelor’s degree from an accredited university or col- lege; a liberal arts background; coursework in the natural sciences (with human biology content); social sciences (with human diversity content); English composition,

307 Transfer Students regarding confidentiality, email , courtesy expectations, Transfer of credits from another MSW program is con- adherence to the writing style conventions contained sidered on a case-by-case basis. As a general rule, only in the American Psychological Association Publication courses taken in a Council on Social Work Education Manual (6th Edition); compliance with the Code of Ethics (CSWE) accredited Master of Social Work program will of the National Association of Social Workers (NASW); be eligible for transfer. The applicant must have received and participation in online training. The MSW Program a grade of “B” or better in the course(s) being consid- Attestations document is available online: http://www. ered. Each course must be deemed to be substantially washburn.edu/main/sas/social-work/masters-of-social- equivalent in content to an existing social work graduate work.html . course for which transfer credit is being considered. In most instances, transfer of credit is only granted for first COURSE OF STUDY year foundation courses. In accordance with accredita- Foundation Curriculum tion requirements, academic credit is not given for life Foundation Curriculum courses are designed to experience or work experience. prepare students for beginning generalist practice. All graduate transfer students must complete an ap- These courses are taken prior to and concurrently with plication packet (see Application, Procedures, supra). the practicum. The Foundation Curriculum includes One of the three letters of reference must come from the 27 credit hours of in-class instruction. Full-time regu- dean/department chair of the CSWE-accredited program lar standing students complete six (6) credit hours of from which the student is transferring. If the student was practicum in a community agency during the spring and in a practicum placement while in the other program, he/ summer semesters of the first year. A minimum of 400 she should obtain the second letter of reference from his/ hours of generalist practicum must be completed over her field practicum instructor. All other letters of reference a two-semester period. Applicants should note that this should be from teaching faculty in the host program, translates into 20 hours per week spent at the practicum who have had the student in his/her class. The MSW site. Advanced standing students may have some or all Admissions Committee will be convened to consider the of these courses waived. application. Students must take the foundation courses first,

followed by the four (4) clinical core classes (SW 605, Life Experience: 600, 601, 604), three electives and a clinical practicum The Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) paired with a clinical practice seminar the fall semes- specifically prohibits the social work department from ter. The foundation courses are sequential, offered in a granting credit for life experience. fall-spring format. Micro Human Behavior and the Social

Environment (SW 500), Foundations of Social Policy Financial Assistance: (SW 510), and Quantitative Social Work Research (SW Applications for financial aid are available in the 520) are offered in the fall semester. During the spring Financial Aid Office. Applicants should contact the semester, the department offers the second part of Financial Aid Office at (785) 670-1151; additional infor- each sequence: Macro Human Behavior and the Social mation is available on their website: http://www.wash- Environment (SW 501), Social Policy and Advocacy (SW burn.edu/financial-aid. Applications for specific social 511), and Qualitative Social Work Research (SW 521). work scholarships are sometimes available through Fundamentals of Social Work Practice (SW 530) is of- the Department of Social Work and School of Applied fered only during the fall semester. First year graduate Studies, Benton Hall, rooms 405 and 306. All admis- students may take Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis sions materials must be completed before a student may (SW 605), one of the four (4) clinical core classes, during access any available scholarship opportunity. A limited the spring semester along with Generalist Practicum I number of field practicum stipends are available through and the Generalist Practice Seminar I. Students finish some of the organizations that serve as field practicum Generalist Practicum II and the Generalist Practice settings (e.g., hospitals and clinics in the Veterans Seminar II in the summer. Course offerings depend on Administration Medical Center system). student enrollment. If enrollment is insufficient, a course MSW Student Handbook may be cancelled. Students should work closely with All students, at the time of initial enrollment into the their advisor to develop a flexible plan of study. MSW Program, are expected to read the MSW Student Foundation courses are offered in an all-day block for- Handbook completely and thoroughly. This handbook in- mat. A typical class session runs for 2.50 to 2.75 hours. cludes detailed information regarding the MSW Program A day long block consists of three classes, running and is available online: http://www.washburn.edu/main/ throughout the day and into the evening (i.e., 8:00-10:50 sas/social-work/masters-of-social-work.html . Policies am, 1:00-3:45 pm, and 5:30-8:00 pm). Every reasonable for course schedules, grading, graduation requirements, attempt is made to offer the second part of each founda- academic retention and dismissal, and practicum deter- tion sequence course on the same day and at the same minations are included. Students are expected to care- time during the spring semester. fully read this handbook and to comply fully with all of Clinical Concentration Curriculum its provisions. To this end, students are required to sign Following completion of the Foundation curriculum, all attestations indicating a willingness to comply with rules students begin the Clinical Concentration. This consists and policies contained in the student handbook. In addi- of 24 credit hours of in-class instruction, including four tion, students admitted to the MSW Program are required (4) core courses: Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis to sign attestations concerning the university’s Academic (SW 605), Clinical Social Work Practice with Individuals Integrity and Honesty Policy; the department’s policies 308 (SW 600), Clinical Social Work Practice with Families the area of mental health, children and youth, family (SW 601), and Clinical Social Work Practice with Groups relations, and the elderly, they will also possess the (SW 604). Students complete classroom work with nine knowledge and skills necessary to work in any area (9) credit hours of clinical social work practice electives where the legal system interacts with the social ser- (three hours of which may be required through SW 599 vices delivery system (e.g., criminal and juvenile justice Dimensions of Professional Social Work). All students administration, legal services to disadvantaged persons, must also complete six (6) credit hours of clinical practi- housing and community development). The program cum plus three (3) credit hours of clinical practice semi- curriculum meets all applicable American Bar Association nar (fall semester only). A minimum of 720 clock hours and Council on Social Work Education accreditation are required for completion of the clinical practicum. guidelines. Applicants should note that this translates to 24 hours If pursued separately, the two-degree programs would per week spent at the practicum site. require a total of 153 credit hours (i.e., 90 hours for Law Advanced clinical electives will be clearly labeled and and 63 hours for Social Work). However, in the Dual designated as such. Only regular standing students who Degree Program, certain courses are accepted for credit have completed all the Foundation courses or advanced by both schools. This reduces the total number of credit standing students who have completed the clinical core hours to 141 credit hours (a reduction of 12 credit hours). classes will be allowed to enroll in and take advanced Students must apply separately to and be accepted by clinical electives. Exceptions to this policy can be made both academic programs. Students are asked to indicate only by the teaching faculty (i.e., the instructor teaching to each school, at the time of application, that they are the specific course in question) in consultation with the applying to the JD–MSW Dual Degree Program. MSW Program Director and the chairperson of the Social Each fall semester, JD–MSW Dual Degree students Work Department. will be required to attend a “Law School and Social Work Clinical Core classes are offered in an all-day block Colloquium.” Other Law and graduate social work stu- format on Wednesdays. Classes usually run for 2.50 to dents may attend as well. This two to three clock-hour 2.75 hours. A day long block consists of three classes, colloquium will focus on either a topical area of relevance running throughout the day and into the evening (i.e., to Dual Degree students, or on relevant career opportu- 8:00-10:50 am, 1:00-3:45 pm, and 5:30-8:00 pm). nities. Guest speakers may include prominent judges, Compared to the fall semester, the order in which clinical public policy experts, political officeholders, practicing core classes are offered in the spring may be different. attorneys, practicing social workers, and social service administrators. School Social Work Track Every effort will be made to place students in practical Within the clinical concentration, students may opt settings that will contribute to their individual goals in the to receive specialty training in school social work. This Dual Degree Program. Practical training opportunities entails taking three (3) specific electives: Social Work are available through a variety of agencies, programs, Practice in Schools (SW618); clinical Social Work and services offered at the local, county, state, and Practice with the Exceptional Child (SW585)or its equiva- federal levels. lent. SW 618 should be taken concurrently with Clinical Practicum I (SW 650) and Clinical Practice Seminar I Online and Online-Assisted Courses (SW 655) during the fall semester. In addition, the two- At present, the Social Work Department at Washburn semester clinical practicum must be in a school setting University offers three online graduate sequences. under the supervision of a school social worker. Foundations of Social Policy (SW 510) are offered in the fall and Social Policy and Advocacy (SW 511) is offered Certificate Programs in the spring. Quantitative Social Work Research (SW Any applicant who would like to earn a certificate 520) is taught in the fall and Qualitative Social Work in Addiction Counseling, Victim/Survivor Services, or Research (SW 521) is taught in the spring. Micro Human Morita Therapy may do so while working on his/her Behavior in the Social Environment (SW500 is taught MSW degree. The certificate program is managed in the fall and Macro Human Behavior in the Social by the Department of Human Services at Washburn Environment (SW501 is taught in the spring. Traditional University. Some course work in the MSW Program may “seat time” sections of these courses are also available count toward the certificate, but any waivers can only to our students. be approved by the chair of the Department of Human Social Work faculty members utilize online and the Services. More specific information about certificate pro- MyWashburn course development tools to offer some grams can be found at the department web site: http:// course content online, even in traditional “seat time” www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work or by contacting the classes. Students will meet face-to-face with the instruc- Department of Human Services at (785) 670.2116. tor, but in some cases, the seat time in a class may be Dual JD–MSW Degree Program reduced in lieu of online course work. For example, in a The Department of Social Work and the Washburn typical online-assisted class the instructor may post the University School of Law are offering the dual JD–MSW course syllabus online along with class notes, handouts, Degree Program beginning in the Fall of 2007. The goal PowerPoint or other media presentations, and reading of the JD–MSW Dual Degree Program is to prepare materials. A number of faculty members frequently use students with combined skills in both social work and law the within-course email and bulletin board (i.e., messag- for professional practice with complex social and legal ing) functions. Some instructors prefer the course calen- issues, in areas where social work and law converge. dar, online quiz-test, and discussion forum components Although graduates of this program will be particularly online as well. well-prepared to work with clients having problems in 309 Students who have not taken an online course at SW 501 Macro Human Behavior in the Social Washburn Universtiy are required to sign up for and Environment (3) participate in the online Student Orientation training. The Students are exposed to concepts and substantive infor- online Orientation is avaliable in MyWashburn and is mation about persons-in-environment transactions. Em- listed under the “My Courses” tab along with any other phasis is placed on the structure and dynamic processes courses in which the student is enrolled. of organizations, communities and societies. Spring Additional information about online courses and semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students web-assisted coursework at Washburn University can only or consent. be found by going to: http://www.washburn.edu/online- education. SW 510 Foundations of Social Policy (3) The major purpose of this course is to prepare social MSW Degree Requirements work students as social work practitioners to serve as Completion of 66 credit hours or its equivalent, based knowledgeable and committed participants in efforts to on a combination of graduate hours and appropriate achieve social and economic justice through social poli- course waivers, is required for the awarding of the MSW cies and social programs. An important element of this degree. These hours include 54 credit hours (or equiva- course is the development of a conceptual map to focus lent) in the classroom and 12 credit hours, 1120 clock the student’s ability to critically analyze social policies hours (or equivalent), in field practicum. Students must and develop broad understanding of the dynamics of maintain a 3.0 grade point average on a 4.0 point scale. social policy formulation. In addition, the majority of the Students will not be allowed to graduate with a cumula- course content will focus on developing familiarity with tive grade point average that is less than 3.0. specific social policies in areas including income main- Recommendation that the master’s degree be granted tenance, poverty, child welfare, health and mental health must be made by the faculty of the Department of Social care, and other contemporary policy issues. Throughout Work to the Dean of the School of Applied Studies, the the course, significant consideration is placed on the ac- University Administration, and the Washburn University tual delivery of social services and social work practice in Board of Regents. micro, mezzo, and macro dimensions. Fall semester only Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only or consent. Graduate Social Work Student Association The primary purpose of the Washburn University SW 511 Social Policy and Advocacy (3) Graduate Social Work Association (WUGSWA) is to The primary purpose of this course is to prepare social encourage responsible student participation in the policy work students to serve as knowledgeable and commit- and decision-making processes of social work educa- ted participants in efforts to achieve social and economic tion and to promote student cooperation and welfare. justice through advocacy in social policies and programs. WUGSWA is also responsible for the selection of student A major feature of this course is the emphasis placed representatives on various Department of Social Work on developing knowledge about state legislative pro- committees and decision-making bodies. WUGSWA cedures and processes in the formulation of important seeks to provide its members with activities designed to social policies that impact the consumers of social work inform them of the many opportunities in the field of so- services. Students will observe the dynamic legisla- cial work, to enhance the students’ personal and profes- tive process and conduct analysis of specific proposals sional lives, to provide opportunities for association with (bills) currently before the state legislature in “real time.” social work professionals and community providers, and Beyond a mere theoretical understanding of this process, to participate actively in community service. Members an expected outcome of this course is for the student commit themselves to the organization by attendance at to develop practical skills in policy analysis and social meetings, involvement in activities, and participation on advocacy. Spring semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW Program committees. Membership in this organi- MSW students only and successful completion of SW zation is open to all Washburn graduate social work stu- 510, or consent. dents. For more information see the web site, which can be accessed via a link on the Social Work Department’s SW 520 Quantitative Social Work Research (3) Introduces students to the basic principles of quantitative homepage: http://www.washburn.edu/sas/social-work. social work research, including ethics, problem formula- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS tion, and quantitative research designs and method- Department consent, or admission to the MSW ologies. Emphasis is placed on teaching students to program, is required for enrollment in all graduate level become critical thinkers and responsible consumers of courses. quantitative research. In addition, students will learn how to utilize various quantitative research strategies and Foundation Courses methodologies to evaluate social service programs and practice outcomes. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: SW 500 Micro Human Behavior in the Social Admitted MSW students only or consent. Environment (3) Presents a bio-psycho-social perspective on the devel- SW 521 Qualitative Social Work Research (3) opmental processes of human personality and behavior. Introduces students to the basic principles of qualitative It also examines human interactions within the social en- social work research, including ethics, problem formu- vironment, concentrating on interactions occurring within lation, and qualitative research designs and method- families and groups, while emphasizing the ecological ologies. Emphasis is placed on teaching students to perspective. Fall semester only Prerequisites: Admitted become critical thinkers and responsible consumers of MSW students only or consent. qualitative research. In addition, students will learn how 310 to utilize various qualitative research strategies and SW 561 Generalist Practice Seminar II (3) methodologies to evaluate social service programs and This seminar, taken concurrently with SW 560, provides practice outcomes. Spring semester only. Prerequisites: students with further opportunities to integrate academic Admitted MSW students only and successful completion coursework with the practice of generalist social work. of SW 520 or consent. Concurrent enrollment in SW 560 is required. Summer only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and SW 525 Pre-Generalist Practicum Workshop (0) completion of SW 525, SW 550, and SW 551. In this mandatory one day workshop, regular standing MSW students will be oriented to the generalist field SW 599 Dimensions of Professional Social Work practicum, expectations regarding professional comport- Practice (3) ment, duties/responsibilities in completing tasks, required In this course, students will become familiar with the practicum program paperwork, and other aspects of the history and development of the social work profes- practicum experience. Concurrent enrollment in SW 550 sion, the history of social welfare, the work ethic of the and SW 551 is required. Spring semester only. Prerequi- social work profession, the various roles and related sites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of at least responsibilities of social workers in the many different 15 graduate hours in the MSW Foundation including SW fields of practice that the profession embraces, career 530, and a practicum-director-approved placement in a opportunities in social work nationally and internation- Field Practicum. ally, the practical aspects of the NASW Code of Ethics, and selected portions of state rules and regulations that SW 530 Fundamentals of Social Work Practice (3) govern the practice of social work in Kansas. In addition, Presents concepts and skills of generalist social work students will have an opportunity to develop sensitivity practice and includes the ecological and empower- to, and respect for, human diversity and the value base ment framework. Attention is given to preparation for that underlies the social work professions. An advanced the clinical concentration. Included is an examination of standing student may be required by the MSW Program multi-level systems practice, and development of cultural Director to complete this course. MSW students must competency is emphasized and integrated throughout complete this course or its equivalent before enrolling in the course. MSW students must complete this course SW 525, SW 550, and SW 551. Prerequisites: Admitted or its equivalent before enrolling in SW 525, SW 550, MSW students only or consent. Required of all regular and SW 551. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted standing MSW students who have not taken an intro- MSW students only or consent. ductory course to social work and social welfare at the SW 550 Generalist Practicum I (3) undergraduate or graduate level. Students will gain supervised generalist level social work experience in selected community agencies. A minimum Clinical Concentration Courses of 16 hours per week (240 clock hours) will be spent in mastering the knowledge and skills for multi-level client SW 600 Clinical Social Work assessment, planning, intervention and evaluation. Con- Practice with Individuals (3) current enrollment in SW 525 and SW 551 is required. Students are expected to develop an understanding of Spring semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW theories, and development of skills, relevant to assess- students only, completion of at least 15 graduate hours in ment and intervention with individuals, consistent with the MSW Foundation including SW 530, and a practi- social work values and ethics. Special consideration cum-director-approved placement in a Field Practicum. is given to developing cultural competency and provid- ing services to individuals who are vulnerable and/or SW 551 Generalist Practice Seminar I (3) oppressed. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only This seminar, taken concurrently with SW 550, provides and completion of all MSW foundation coursework. students with the opportunity to integrate academic course-work, including values and ethics, with their SW 601 Clinical Social Work field practicum experiences. Concurrent enrollment in Practice with Families (3) SW 525 and SW 550 is required. Spring semester only. Students are expected to develop an understanding of Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion theories, and development of skills, relevant to assess- of at least 15 graduate hours in the MSW Foundation ment and intervention with families, consistent with social including SW 530, and a practicum-director-approved work values and ethics. Special consideration is given to placement in a Field Practicum. developing cultural competency and providing services to family units who are vulnerable and/or oppressed. SW 560 Generalist Practicum II (3) Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and comple- This Generalist practicum provides the student further tion of all MSW foundation coursework. opportunities to gain supervised social work experience in selected community organizations and programs for a SW 604 Clinical Social Work Practice with Groups (3) minimum of 20 hours per week (160 clock hours). The Students are expected to develop an understanding of focus is on refining generalist practice skills, and apply- theories and development of skills relevant to assess- ing them to more complex social work situations, with ment and facilitation of small group interactions, consis- multi-level systems. Concurrent enrollment in SW 561 tent with social work values and ethics. Special consid- is required. Summer only. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW eration is given to developing cultural competency and students only and completion of SW 525, SW 550, and providing services to vulnerable populations. Prerequi- SW 551. sites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of all MSW foundation coursework.

311 SW 605 Clinical Assessment and Diagnosis (3) SW 656 Clinical Practice Seminar II (3) Presents an in-depth analysis of assessment techniques Clinical Seminar II must be taken concurrently with and diagnostic tools, including the DSM-IV, guided by Clinical Practicum II. This online seminar/online course social work values and ethics. Focus is on developing provides students with further opportunity to integrate the knowledge and skills for competent, multi-cultural academic course work, including values and ethics, with assessment of client functioning, within societal and the actual practice of clinical social work, and to think environmental contexts. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW critically about their clinical work with clients. The semi- students only and completion of all MSW foundation nar/online course allows students to continue with peer coursework or consent. clinical case consultation format. In addition, the seminar/ online course permits students to focus on creating a Clinical Practica and Seminar portfolio that will be reviewed by peers and the instructor The clinical practicum sequence is the culmination of at the end of the semester. Spring semester only. Prereq- the MSW educational experience. Students are placed uisites: Successful completion of SW 625, SW 650, and in selected community agencies, under the supervision SW 655. of qualified clinical social work instructors. Students complete a minimum of 16 hours in placement each SW 660 Clinical Practicum II (3) week, and over two or three semesters, complete a total This field experience is a continuation of Clinical Practi- of 720 clock hours. If the practicum is completed in two cum I. Students are expected to further develop their semesters, then the average number of hours per week clinical skills for assessment and intervention with is 24. Students who work part or full time should plan individuals, families, and groups. Spring semester only. accordingly. There are very few evening, night, and/or Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion weekend practica. As such, special arrangements are of SW 625, SW 650, SW 655, and a practicum-director- not guaranteed. In the practicum setting, students are approved placement in a Clinical Field Practicum. expected to develop clinical skills for assessment and intervention with individuals, families, and groups, while Clinical Elective Courses maintaining a person-in-environment approach. This Students should select elective courses in concert development rests firmly on the integration of theoretical with their social work advisor and based on their par- clinical approaches, based on social work values and ticular area of practice interest. Nine credit hours of ethics. Concurrent enrollment in the Pre-Clinical Practi- clinical social work electives are required. Dimensions of cum Workshop is mandatory. Professional Social Work (SW 599) counts as an elective for those students who are required to take it. SW 625 Pre-Clinical Practicum Workshop (0) All elective courses will not be offered every semester. In this mandatory one day workshop, MSW students will Other clinical electives may be added to fit client/com- be oriented to the clinical field practicum, expectations munity needs. regarding professional comportment, duties/responsibili- ties in completing tasks, required practicum program SW 585 Special Topics (1-3) paperwork, and other aspects of the practicum experi- Using a (1-3) credit hour format, a variety of clinical so- ence. Concurrent enrollment in SW 650 and SW 655 cial work electives may be offered. These are meant to is required. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted introduce a specific topic or intervention skill to students. MSW students only; completion of all MSW foundation Elective courses that are currently listed under the spe- coursework, and a practicum-director-approved place- cial topics number include but are not limited to: Bowen ment in a Clinical Field Practicum. Family Systems Therapy, Cognitive Therapy, Couples Counseling, Intensive Structural Family Therapy, Play SW 650 Clinical Practicum I (3) Therapy, Psychodynamic Group Therapy, Psychoedu- This first semester of Clinical Practicum is taken concur- cational Groups. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students rently with SW 655 Clinical Seminar. In this semester, only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or students begin their professional development in commu- consent. nity agencies. Small case load and close supervision is expected. Concurrent enrollment in SW 625 and SW 655 SW 610 Clinical Social Work Practice with Children is required. Fall semester only. Prerequisites: Admitted and Youth (3) MSW students only, completion of all MSW foundation Students in this course are expected to develop the coursework, and a practicum-director-approved place- knowledge and skills necessary for effective assessment ment in a Clinical Field Practicum. and treatment of children and youth. Effects of environ- ment, culture, family, and developmental influences are SW 655 Clinical Practice Seminar I (3) emphasized. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students In this seminar, taken concurrently with the Clinical only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or Practicum I, students are expected to integrate academic consent. course work, including values and ethics, with the prac- tice of clinical social work, and to analyze and evaluate SW 612 Clinical Social Work Practice with Diverse their effectiveness with clients. Concurrent enrollment Populations (3) in SW 625 and SW 650 is required. Fall semester only. Students in this course are expected to develop the Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion knowledge and skills necessary for effective assessment of all MSW foundation coursework, and a practicum-di- and treatment of ethnic minorities, women, and other rector-approved placement in a Clinical Field Practicum. disenfranchised groups. The psychological and socio- logical implications of discrimination are examined from a local, national and international framework, as well as the 312 development of specific skills, including advocacy and SW 632 Mental Health and the Law (3) empowerment, in working with disadvantaged groups. This elective course is designed to acquaint social work- Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and comple- ers and other human service practitioners with the basic tion of a minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation legal principles and procedures relevant to their work. coursework or consent. The course also focuses on the impact which the legal system has on professional practice, with an emphasis SW 615 Psychopharmacology (3) on the following areas: the structure of the legal system; Students in this course are expected to develop the relation of ethics and law; informed consent; guardian- conceptual background needed to understand current ship; family law; laws and the severely mentally ill; basic pharmacological interventions used with clients. An principles of malpractice; and testifying in court. Prereq- emphasis is placed on the social worker’s role in direct uisites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of a service with the client, the family, and other providers. minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation course- Ethical issues involved with medications and medication work or consent. compliance are stressed. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit SW 633 Survival Spanish and Cultural Issues (3) hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. This an elective course which consists of an integrated program of printed and audio instructional materials SW 617 Human Sexuality and Clinical Social Work focused on learning generic Spanish designed for the Practice (3) workplace (i.e., requesting personal information of a lim- Students in this course are expected to develop the ited nature) and content introducing students to the his- knowledge and skills necessary for effective clinical tory and experiences of Latino and Hispanic populations social work services to clients experiencing difficulties in throughout the U.S. Students will be exposed to the rich the area of sexual functioning. Prerequisites: Admitted diversity, strengths as well as challenges, of immigrating MSW students only and completion of a minimum of 15 populations. Issues of social injustice and oppression credit hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. are explored including immigration and social welfare SW 618 Clinical Social Work Practice in Schools (3) policies. Through case examples and assignments, stu- Students in this course are expected to develop the dents will have an opportunity to critically think about ap- knowledge and skills necessary for effective practice plication of course context to social work practice. Active of school social work. An emphasis on the impact of participation of students is required. Graduates taking policies for student and family functioning is included. this course will have different assignments and additional Concurrent placement in a school-based clinical practi- learning objectives than undergraduates. Both groups cum is required. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students of students will learn the same generic Spanish material. only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or Learning is facilitated through the use of some on-line consent. Concurrent with SW 650. discussion and instruction. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit SW 619 Clinical Social Work Practice with Survivors hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. of Trauma (3) Students in this course are expected to develop the Ps y c h o l o g y (Ma) knowledge and skills necessary for effective clinical or Website: http://www.washburn.edu/ systemic interventions for children, adolescents, and cas/psychology/ma_program.html adults who have survived a traumatic event. Prerequi- Master of Arts, Psychology, emphasis in Clinical Skills sites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of all MSW foundation coursework or consent. Henderson Learning Center, Room 211 (785) 670-1564 SW 620 Brief Intervention in Clinical Social Work Practice (3) Mission Statement Students in this course are expected to develop the The graduate program of the Psychology Department knowledge and skills necessary for effective application of Washburn University serves a small, carefully of brief intervention, including current models of brief screened group of post-baccalaureate students pursu- therapy in clinical social work practice with individu- ing graduate study in clinical psychology. The M.A. in als, families, and groups. Prerequisites: Admitted MSW Psychology with an emphasis in clinical skills offers students only and completion of a minimum of 15 credit professional training to prepare program graduate for hours of MSW foundation coursework or consent. licensure and practice under Kansas statutes. SW 630 Independent Study (1-3) This opportunity for study is designed for students wish- Student Learning Outcomes ing to complete an in-depth project in a specific area. Upon completion of the Master of Arts degree in The study must be approved by and coordinated with an Psychology with an emphasis in Clinical Skills, graduates individual member of the core social work faculty. Pre- should: requisites: Admitted MSW students only, completion of a . • be eligible to sit for the licensing exam in the state minimum of 15 credit hours of MSW foundation course- of Kansas; work, and approval of both the MSW Program Director • be prepared to pass the licensing exam; and the Department Chair. • have appropriate skills and training needed in the Kansas mental health care delivery system; and • have a foundation for pursuing doctoral training in clinical (or another area of) psychology in the future. 313 Admission Policy Degree Requirements In order to be admitted to the graduate program, In order to meet graduation requirements, the student the candidate must have a bachelor’s degree from an must: accredited college or university, and a minimum of 15 1. complete a minimum of 60 hours including: a) Core hours of undergraduate psychology courses including Courses (12 hours) PY 501, 502, 510, 560; b) Clinical a statistics course, an experimental laboratory course, courses (21 hours) PY 520, 521, 540, 550, 551, 650, and a course in abnormal psychology. Students lacking 660; and c) Seminar (3 hours) PY 620; required courses may be admitted on a provisional basis 2. demonstrate satisfactory performance on a com- with the understanding that they make up any deficien- prehensive exam after successful completion of all cies before they are fully admitted into the program. required 500 level courses; Students are required to submit to the Psychology 3. complete 6 hours of practicum and 12 hours of intern- Department Admissions Committee a copy of all under- ship; and graduate transcripts, three letters of recommendation, 4. complete an acceptable thesis. scores on the Graduate Record Exam (general test), Grades and completed admission forms. Deadline for submis- The symbols used in grading for graduate courses sion of all application materials for fall admission is are as follows: A, excellent; B, satisfactory; C, unsatisfac- March 15. Late admission requests will be considered on tory; F failure; W, withdrawn; I, incomplete. Practicum, a space-available basis. Further information concerning Internship, Independent Research and Thesis will be the program, including admission forms and application graded Pass/Fail. Grades of B or better are required in procedures, may be obtained by contacting the depart- all core and clinical courses. ment chairperson. Students with two C’s or one F will have their status Official transcripts of all college work should be on reviewed by the Department faculty to determine whether file with the Office of Admissions before the student or not they will remain in the program. enrolls in his or her first graduate class. It is the student’s SUGGESTED SCHEDULE FOR THE MASTER OF responsibility to see that transcripts are transferred, and ARTS DEGREE the University may drop a student whose transcripts First Year are not on file within six weeks from the date of initial Fall Semester (9 hrs) Spring Semester (9 hrs) enrollment. Psychology 501 Psychology 502 Academic Status: Full Time Graduate Student Psychology 510 Psychology 540 Graduate students enrolled for 9 or more semester Psychology 660 Psychology 560 hours are considered to be full-time students. Second Year Fall Semester (9 hrs) Spring Semester (9 hrs) Special Student Admission Psychology 550 Psychology 551 Several graduate courses are available to social Psychology 590 Psychology 591 workers, nurses, teachers, and members of other profes- Psychology 520 Psychology 521 sional groups eligible for continuing education credit. In Psychology 580 Psychology 581 addition, the department accepts students as part-time, non-degree candidates, or students presently enrolled Third Year in other graduate programs who need graduate courses Fall Semester (12 hrs) Spring Semester (12 hrs) in psychology. Students who wish to enroll with special Psychology 650 Psychology 620 student status need to acquire the short application form Psychology 601 Psychology 601 from the Psychology Department. Students may enroll Psychology 699 Psychology 699 for a total of only six credit hours as special students. Students interested in pursuing an accelerated course Admission to Candidacy of study with the possibility of completing the master’s After completion of all required 500 level courses degree in two years should contact the department chair. and the comprehensive exam, the student’s work will be COURSE OFFERINGS evaluated by the faculty. If the student is considered to be a mature, emotionally stable, and a potentially compe- Prerequisite for admission to all professional courses tent master’s level professional in psychology, he or she is graduate standing in the Psychology Department. will be admitted to candidacy status and will be permitted Only those courses with prerequisites listed as consent to begin internship training. are open to senior psychology majors and students with special student status. Consent may be obtained Post-Candidacy Enrollment by contacting the Psychology Department prior to Subsequent to admission to candidacy, the candidate registration. must be continuously enrolled until all requirements for the degree are completed. Candidates who have com- PY 501 Experimental Foundations I (3) pleted all requirements, including enrolling in six hours of Survey of fundamental areas of psychology including PY 699, but who still need to complete their thesis, must learning, perception, physiological, motivation, emotion, enroll in PY 695 each semester, including summer ses- research design, etc. Prerequisite: Consent. sions. The number of hours of enrollment each semester PY 502 Experimental Foundations II (3) will be determined by the candidate’s advisor and must Continuation of PY 501. Prerequisite: Consent. reflect as accurately as possible the candidate’s demand on a faculty member’s time and university facilities.

314 PY 510 Intermediate Statistics (3) PY 581 Assessment Practicum II (1 .5) Survey of basic statistical principles including paramet- Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a ric and non-parametric hypothesis-testing techniques, variety of clinical techniques involving assessment skills correlation, and an introduction to computer statistical being taught concurrently in PY 521. Prerequisite: Must packages. Prerequisite: Consent. be taken concurrently with PY 521. PY 520 Intellectual and Diagnostic Assessment of PY 590 Psychotherapy Practicum I (1 .5) Adults (3) Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a Introduction to administration, scoring, and interpretation variety of clinical techniques involving therapeutic skills of tests of intellectual and neurological function, objective being taught concurrently in PY 550. Prerequisite: Must personality tests, projective techniques, and screening be taken concurrently with PY 550. measures. Emphasis on assessment of adults. Must be taken with PY 580. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. PY 591 Psychotherapy Practicum II (1 .5) Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a PY 521 Intellectual & Diagnostic Assessment of variety of clinical techniques involving therapeutic skills Children (3) being taught concurrently in PY 551. Prerequisite: Must Continuation of Psychology 520, with emphasis on as- be taken concurrently with PY 551. sessment of children and adolescents. Must be taken with PY 581. Prerequisite: PY 520. PY 601 Internship (6) (To be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours credit toward PY 540 Advanced Psychopathology (3) the degree) Field training experience oriented toward Theory, research, and clinical approaches to problems of the development of skills in assessment and therapeutic adulthood and childhood. Prerequisite: Consent. intervention, consultation experiences, preventive appli- cations, and group and family interventions. Prerequisite: PY 550 Introduction to Psychotherapy Techniques (3) Admission to candidacy status and consent of instructor. Theory and practice of basic interviewing and therapy skills, with an emphasis on the Cognitive Behavioral ap- PY 620 Seminar in Psychology (3) proach for treatment of anxiety disorders. Must be taken (May be repeated with different topics) Selected topics of with PY 590. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and relevant psychological, clinical, and professional issues. concurrent enrollment in (or completion of) PY 520. Prerequisite: Consent. PY 551 Individual Adult Psychotherapy (3) PY 650 Child, Family and Marital Therapy (3) Theory and practice psychotherapeutic intervention skills Theory and practice of interventions in marital, family, with an emphasis on interpersonal, cognitive, and brief and child management problems. Prerequisite: PY 551. therapy approaches for treatment of mood disorders. Must be taken concurrently with PY 591. Prerequisites: PY 660 Theories of Psychotherapy (3) Survey of the major psychodynamic, humanistic, and be- PY 520 & PY 550. havioral schools of psychotherapy. The historical devel- PY 560 Ethics, Diversity, and Professional Practice (3) opment, therapeutic applications, and empirical support This course will explore contemporary aspects of profes- of each will be discussed. Prerequisite: Consent. sional practice germane to masters level psychologists. The primary focus will be on the understanding and PY 695 Independent Research (1-3) Independent supervised research. Does not count application of the APA Ethics Code, with a secondary toward graduation. Prerequisite: Completed 6 hours in emphasis on the development of sensitivity, expertise, PY 699 Thesis. and competencies for working with clients with diverse beliefs, values, heritages, and preferences. Special PY 699 Thesis (3) topics such as domestic violence and substance abuse, (To be repeated to a maximum of 6 hours credit toward as well as other professional issues such as require- the degree) Independent supervised research. Prerequi- ments for licensure and career path options, may also be site: Admission to candidacy status. explored. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. PY 580 Assessment Practicum I (1 .5) Students will be expected to demonstrate and master a variety of clinical techniques involving assessment skills being taught concurrently in PY 520. Prerequisite: Must be taken concurrently with PY 520.

315 Bonner Leader Traci Nigg lends a hand at the VIDA Community Garden during the national Day of Service.

316 Board of Regents 2009-2010

W.U. Administrative Officers

Washburn Alumni Association 2009-2010 Officers & Directors

General Faculty

Faculty Emeriti

317 THE BOARD OF REGENTS WASHBURN ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 2009-2010 Officers and Directors OFFICERS OF THE BOARD 2008-2009 Website: http://www.washburn.edu/alumni Ben Blair, Chair Bradbury Thompson Alumni Center Maggie Warren, Vice-Chair 1700 SW College Avenue MEMBERS OF THE BOARD Topeka, Kansas 66621 William W. Bunten, Mayor of Topeka (785) 670-1641 James P. Lagerberg OFFICERS Dan Lykins President Ann Adrian Christal Marquardt Vice President Roger VanHoozer Blanche C. Parks Past President Leo Taylor James R. Roth Director Susie Hoffmann Bob W. Storey DIRECTORS EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY Kirsten Allen Dennis Bohm Jerry B. Farley, President Jami Bond Stacey Calhoon Kenneth P. Hackler, Secretary Tara Cunningham Armond Enclarde Wanda B. Hill, Treasurer Amy Garton Bill Marshall Erin Menard Linda Parks ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS Cindy Rogers Mark Ross Jerry B. Farley, Ph.D., President Leo Taylor John Ybarra Robin Bowen, Ed.D., Vice President for Academic Affairs Wanda B. Hill, M.B.A., Vice President for Administration and Treasurer Denise C. Ottinger, Ph.D., Vice President for Student Life David Monical, M.P.A., Executive Director of Governmental Relations Carol Vogel, M.A.T., Director, Equal Opportunity Richard Liedtke, Executive Director of Enrollment Management Loren Ferre, M.A., Director, Athletics Gordon McQuere, Ph.D., Dean, College of Arts and Sciences William Dunlap, Ph.D., Dean, School of Applied Studies David Sollars, Ph.D., Dean, School of Business Thomas Romig, J.D., Dean, School of Law Monica Scheibmeir, Ph.D., Dean, School of Nursing Meredith Kidd, M.S., Dean of Students Michael McGuire, Ph.D., Dean, University Honors Program Tim Peterson, Ph.D., Dean, Division of Academic Outreach Alan Bearman, Ph.D., Interim Dean, University Libraries

A Washburn student becomes acquainted with a Japanese tradition while studying at Fukuoka University.

318 General Faculty W . Gary Baker, Professor of Finance, 1975. B.S., Ohio State University, 1965; M.A., Wichita State University, Crystal Acker, Assistant Professor of School of Nursing, 1967; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1975. 2007. B.S.N., Emporia State University, 2003. Jennifer Ball, Associate Professor of Economics, 2001. Aida M . Alaka, Associate Professor of Law, 2006. B.A. , B.S., California State University-Long Beach, 1989; M.A., University of Wisconsin – Madison, 1981; Layola Univer- ibid, 1994; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 2000. sity Chicago School of Law, 1993. Rick J . Barker, Associate Professor of Computer Infor- Rebecca Alexander, Librarian, School of Law, 1996. mation Sciences, 1981. B.S.E., Northeast Missouri State B.A., University of Kansas, 1984; M.S., University of Il- University, 1974; M.A., ibid, 1975; M.S., Kansas State linois at Urbana-Champaign, 1993. University, 1981 Michael Almond, Assistant Professor of Art, 1988. Karen Barron, Lecturer of English, 2006. B.A., Kansas B.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute, 1981; M.A., University of State University, 1979; M.F.A., Bennington College, Iowa, 1984; M.F.A., ibid, 1986. 2005. Joanne Altman, Professor of Psychology, 1991. B.A., Gerald Bayens, Chair and Professor of Criminal Justice Franklin and Marshall College, 1984; M.A., Temple Uni- & Legal Studies, 1996. B.A., Washburn University, 1989; versity, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. M.A., University of Alabama, 1995; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1998. Deborah Altus, Professor of Human Services, 2000. B.A., University of California, 1982; M.A., University of Kellis Bayless, Lecturer of Biology, 2006. B.S., Univer- Kansas, 1984; Ph.D., ibid. 1988. sity of Kansas, 2001, Ph.D., ibid, 2007. Kelly Anders, Associate Dean of Students, School of Alan Bearman, Interim Dean of Mabee Library, 2008; Law, 2005. B.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1989; Associate Professor of History, 2003. B.A., Murray State J.D., Pepperdine University, 1996. University, 1998; B.S., University of Kentucky, 1999; M.A., Murray State University, 2000; Ph.D. Kansas State Bobbie Anderson, Lecturer in International Programs, University, 2005. 2001. B.A., Phillips University, 1964; M.S., Kansas State University, 1990. Robert J . Beatty, Associate Professor of Political Sci- ence, 2000. B.A., Carleton College, 1988; M.A., Univer- Stephen Angel, Chair and Associate Professor of sity of Kentucky, 1993; Ph.D., Arizona State University, Chemistry, 1991. B.A., Inter-American University, 1976; 2000. B.S., University of California, 1984; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 1989. Harry C . Beckman, Lecturer of Mathematics and Sta- tistics, 2001. B.S., Kansas State University, 1961; M.S., Matthew Arterburn, Assistant Professor of Biology, Emporia State University, 1967. 2006. B.S., George Mason University, 2001; Ph.D., Washington State University, 2006. Patricia A . Bender, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology, 1986. B.A., Trinity University, 1976; M.S., University of Sharon M . Ashworth, Assistant Professor of Biology, Illinois, 1980; Ph.D., University of Southern California, 2008. B.A., Smith College, 1987; M.S., University of 1987. Wisconsin-Madison, 1992; PhD., University of Kansas, 2003. Phyllis E . Berry, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice & Legal Studies, 2004. B.G.S., Wichita State University, Michael W . Averett, Lecturer of Music, 2008. B.A., 1991; M.A.J., Wichita State University, 1993; Ph.D., Lenoir-Rhyne College, 2002; M.A. Ball State University, Oklahoma State University, 1999. 2006.. Sean Bird, Instructional Librarian, Mabee Library, 2010. Thomas Fox Averill, Professor of English, Writer in B.A., Washburn University, 1991; M.A., University of Residence, 1980. B.A., University of Kansas, 1971; Oklahoma, 1994; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2008. M.A., ibid, 1974; M.F.A., University of Iowa, 1976. Susan Bjerke, Assistant Professor of Biology, 2005. Janice Bacon, Program Director Occupational Therapist B.S., University of Idaho, 2000; Ph.D, University of Iowa, Assistant/Lecturer of Allied Health, 2010. A.A., Interior 2005. Designers Institute, 1998; B.S., University of Kansas, 1981. Steven Black, Chair and Assistant Professor of Physics and Astronomy, 1983; B.S., Emporia State University, Rory Bahadur, Associate Professor, School of Law, 1976; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 1982. 2007. B.S., University of the West Indies, 1990; M.A., University of Miami, 1992; J.D., St. Thomas University, Sharla A . Blank, Assistant Professor of Sociology & 2003. Anthropology, 2007. A.B., Occidental College, 1991; M.A., University of California-San Diego, 1996; Ph.D., David W . Bainum, Professor of Computer Information ibid, 2005. Sciences, 1985. B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology, 1968; M.S., George Washington University, 1972; Robert J . Boncella, Professor of Business, 1983. B.A., M.S., Ohio University, 1974; Ph.D., ibid, 1977. Cleveland State University, 1971; M.A., ibid, 1974; M.S., University of Kansas, 1982; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. Tammy K . BakerTechnology Librarian, Mabee Library, 2008; B.A., University of North Carolina at Greensboro, Bradley T . Borden, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. 1989; M.S., North Carolina Central University, 1995. B.B.A., Idaho State University, 1995; M.B.A., Idaho State 319 University, 1996; J.D., University of Florida College of Frank J . Chorba, Professor of Mass Media, 1984. B.A., Law, 1999; LL.M., University of Florida College of Law, West Liberty College, 1965; M.A., West Virginia Univer- 2000. sity, 1968; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University, 1975. Robin Bowen, Vice President for Academic Affairs and John E . Christensen, Library Director and Professor of Professor of Education, 2007. B.S., University of Kansas, Law, 1979. B.S., Brigham Young University, 1971; J.D., 1982; M.Ed., University of Arkansas, 1983; Ed.D., Texas University of Utah College of Law, 1975; M.L.S., Univer- Tech University, 1988. sity of California at Berkeley, 1976. Barbara Bowman, Associate Professor of Psychology, Nora K . Clark, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1991. 1994. B.A., Washburn University, 1989; M.A., University B.S., Pacific Union College; B.S.N., Walla Walla College; of North Dakota, 1991; Ph.D., ibid, 1994. M.N., University of Kansas, 1986; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 2004. Lee E . Boyd, Professor of Biology, 1982. B.S., St. Mary’s College of Maryland, 1977; M.S., University of Wyoming, Novella Noland Clevenger, CPA, Associate Professor of 1980; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1988. Taxation, 1988. B.S., Southeast Missouri State Univer- sity, 1962; M.A., ibid, 1977; M.B.A., ibid, 1982; J.D., John Burns, Program Director Athletic Training/Lecturer University of Memphis, 1985; LL.M., College of William of Kinesiology, Kinesiology, Clinical Coordinator, Athletic and Mary, 1987. Trainer, 2003. B.A. Washburn University 1992, M.S. University of Arizona, 1994. Thomas Benton Clevenger, CPA, Associate Profes- sor of Accounting, 1988. B.S., University of Missouri, Paul F . Byrne, Associate Professor of Economics, 2003. 1970; M.B.A., Southeast Missouri State University, 1981; B.A., University of Montana, 1996; Ph.D., University of D.B.A., University of Memphis, 1987. Illinois, 2003. Lee Anne Coester, Lecturer of Education, 1998. Karen D . Camarda, Associate Professor of Physics and B.S.Ed., Emporia State University, 1972; M.S.Ed., ibid, Astronomy, 2002, B.S., University of California at San Di- 1980. ego, 1991; M.S. University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign, 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 1998. Anna L . Collins, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 2002. A.A., Penn Valley Community College, 1972; B.S.N., Fort Michelle R . Canipe, Distance Education Librarian, Hays State University, 1994; M.S.N., ibid, 2001. Mabee Library, 2010. B.A., Louisiana Tech University, 2002; M.A., McNeese State University, 2006; M.F.A., Heather Collins, Curriculum Resources Librarian, Ma- ibid, 2006. bee Library, 2004. B.M., Kansas State University, 1999; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2004. Steven J . Cann, Professor of Political Science, 1985. B.S., North Dakota State University, 1970; M.S., ibid, James M . Concannon, Professor of Law, 1973. B.S., 1972; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1977. University of Kansas, 1968; J.D., ibid, 1971. Carolyn Carlson, Assistant Professor of Education, Sarah Cook, Associate Professor of Mathematics & Sta- 2007. B.A., University of Kansas, 1999; M.A., ibid, 2003; tistics, 1998. B.S., Emporia State University, 1992; M.S., Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Kansas State University, 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1998. Jane H . Carpenter, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Dean Corwin, Catalog Librarian, Mabee Library, 1996. 1993. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1980; M.S., Univer- B.M., University of Kansas, 1971; M.S., University of Il- sity of Kansas, 1993. linois, 1977; M.A., West Chester University, 1987. Ellen Carson, Professor of Nursing, 2003. B.S.N., Pitts- Charles M . Cranston, Professor of Mass Media, 2004. burg State University, 1978; M.N. University of Kansas, B.A., Texas A & M University, 1968; M.S., Texas A & M 1987; Ph.D., University of Arkansas, 1994. University, 1972; Ed.D., ibid, 1982. Regina Cassell, Director of Student Publications and Barry Crawford, Professor of Religion, 1978. B.A., Lecturer of Mass Media, 2003. B.A., Northwest Missouri Catawba College, 1969; M.A., Wake Forest University, State University, 1996; M.S., University of Kansas, 1998. 1971; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 1978. Jeanne Catanzaro, Associate Professor of Nursing, Linda Croucher, Clinical Coordinator Radiation Technol- 2008. B.S. Saint Louis University, 1981; M.S. University ogy and Associate Professor of Radiologic Technology, of Missouri, 1993; PhD., Saint Louis University, 1993. 1983; Stormont-Vail School of Radiologic Technology, 1968; B.S., Pittsburg State University, 1985; M.S., Kan- Erin D . Chanberlain, Assistant Professor of English, sas State University, 1987. B.A., Hanover College, 2000; M.A. Ohio University, 2002; PhD., Purdue University, 2007. Martha Crumpacker, Associate Professor of Manage- ment, 1977. B.A., Boise State University, 1968; M.S., Kevin Charlwood, Chair and Professor of Mathemat- Oregon State University, 1971; D.B.A., Louisiana Tech ics & Statistics, 1997. B.S., Carroll College, 1986; M.S., University, 1980. University of Minnesota, 1988; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, 1994. Jack L . Decker, Associate Professor of Computer Infor- mation Sciences, 1984. B.S., Kansas State University, Cheryl Childers, Associate Professor of Sociology & 1969; M.S..Lehigh University, 1973. Anthropology, 1996. B.A., Southeastern Oklahoma State University, 1976; M.A., Texas Woman’s University, 1993; Sophie Delahaye, Assistant Professor of Modern Ph.D., ibid, 1996. Languages, 2008. D.E.U.G de Lettres et Arts, Université 320 de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris III, 1994; Licence de Richard B . Ellis, Director, Learning in the Community, Littérature Générale et Comparée, ibid, 1995; Maîtrise and Professor of Human Services, 1991. B.S., Kansas de Lettres Modernes, Université Michel de Montaigne, State University, 1973; M.S., ibid, 1976; Ph.D., ibid, Bordeaux III, 1996; D.E.A. de Littérature et Civilisation 1997. Françaises, Université de la Sorbonne Nouvelle, Paris III; Linda Henry Elrod, Distinguished Professor of Law, PhD. University of Kansas, 2007. 1974. B.A., Washburn University, 1969; J.D., ibid, 1971. Karen Diaz Reategui, Assistant Professor of Modern Dennis Etzel Jr . Lecturer of English, 2007. B.A., Wash- Languages, 2008; M.A. University of Georgia, 2004; burn University, 1999; B.A., ibid, 2004; M.A., Kansas PhD., Arizona State University, 2008. State University, 2006. Caren D . Dick, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1996. Andrew Evans, Head of Reference and Government. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1984; M.S.N., University of Documents Librarian, School of Law, 2002. B.S., Nation- Kansas, 1999, of Toledo, 1970. al American University, 1995; J.D., Washburn University, Shiao-Li Ding, Associate Professor of Music, 1992. 2001, M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2007. B.M., Central Conservatory of Music, Bejing, 1980; M.M., Howard J . Faulkner, Chair and Professor of English, University of Michigan, 1982; D.M.A., Boston University, 1972. B.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1966; M.A., 1991. University of Oklahoma, 1968; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. Shirley Dinkel, Associate Professor of Nursing, 2002. Linda Fell, Program Director of Clinical Laboratory Sci- B.S.N., Marymount College, 1979; M.S.N., University of ence Program and Associate Professor, 2009. B.S.M.T., Kansas, 1990; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 2005. Creighton University, 1969; M.S., University of Nebraska Becky Dodge, Clinical Coordinator and Lecturer of Allied Medical Center - Omaha, 1976. Health, 2002. A.S., Washburn University, 1994; B.A., Karen Fernengel, Professor of Nursing, 2008. B.A., Ottawa University, 2001; M.E.T., Mid America Nazarine Augustana College, 1973; M.N., University of Kansas University, 2006. School of Nursing, 1986; PhD., ibid, 1994. Steven Doubledee, Assistant Director of Forensics and Liviu Florea, Assistant Professor of Management, 2006. Lecturer of communication, 2006. B.A., Missouri South- M.B.A., University of Missouri-Columbia, 2000; Tran- ern State University, 2000; M.A., Central Misouri State sylvania University, 1999; Ph.D., University of Missouri- University, 2005. Columbia, 2007. Judy Druse, Interim Assistant Dean and Curriculum Gary B . Forbach, Professor of Psychology, 1973. B.A., Librarian Mabee Library, 1987. B.S., Northwest Missouri University of Denver, 1969; M.S., Oklahoma State Uni- State University, 1968; M.L.S., Emporia State University, versity, 1972; Ph.D., ibid, 1973. 1974. John J . Francis, Director, Washburn Law Clinic, and Myrl L . Duncan, Professor of Law, 1977. B.A., University Professor of Law, 1999. B.A., Lafayette College, 1985; of Kansas, 1970; J.D., Georgetown University School of J.D., The American University, 1989. Law, 1975; LL.M., Columbia University School of Law, 1981; J.S.D., ibid, 1988. David A . Freeman, Professor of Political Science, 1988. B.A., Univ. of Kentucky, 1969; M.A., Eastern Kentucky William S . Dunlap, Dean, School of Applied Studies Univ., 1972; M.A., Univ. of South Carolina, 1984; Ph.D., and Professor of Allied Health, 1983. B.S., Wichita State The Claremont Graduate School, 1977. University, 1967; M.S., Pittsburg State University, 1976; Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia, 1981. Ross Friesen, Assistant Professor of Health, Kinesiol- ogy, 1995. B.S., Bethel College, 1976; M.Ed., University Gloria Dye, Chair and Professor of Education, 1994. of Missouri-Columbia, 1980; Ed.D., University of Kansas, B.A., Walsh University, 1978; M.S., University of New 1992. Mexico, 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 1994. Timothy Fry, Associate Professor of Education, 2002. Lenora Edwards, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1998. B.S., Emporia Sate University, 1977; M.S., ibid, 1982; B.S.N., Washburn University, 1988; M.S.N., University of Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1995. Kansas, 1998. William Gahnstrom, Lecturer of Mathematics & Statis- Tambra L . Eifert, Lecturer of Physics and Astronomy, tics, 1998. B.A., University of Kansas, 1973; M.S., Naval 2009. B.S., Southeast Missouri State University, 1987; Postgraduate School, 1986. B.S., ibid, 1996; M.S., Baylor University, 1999; Ph.D., Missouri University of Science and Technology, 2009. Norman A . Gamboa, Director of Orchestra and Lecturer of Music, 2004. B.M., Baylor University, 2001; M.M., Larissa Mitrophanova Elisha, Artist in Residence in University of Nevada, 2003. Music, Violin, 1999. B.M., Lunatcharsky Academy of Music, Belorussia, 1986; M.M., ibid, 1989; Doctorate, K. Barbara Ginzburg, Assistant Classroom/Teaching Tech- Lipinski Academy of Music, Poland, 1997. nology Librarian, School of Law, 2005. B.A., Kansas University, 1993; MLS, Emporia State University, 1998. Steven Elisha, Lecturer of Music, Director of String Studies, 2001. B.M., Indiana University School of Music, Alex Glashausser, Associate Dean and Professor of 1983; M.M., Yale University, 1985. Law, 1999. B.A., Harvard College, 1990; J.D., Duke University School of Law, 1995.

321 Maureen Godman, Associate Professor of English, 1978; M.S., University of Kansas, 1989; M.B.A., ibid, 1999. B.A., University of Leicester, 1982; M.A., Univer- 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. sity of Kansas, 1990; Ph.D., ibid, 1997. Robert M . Hull, Professor of Finance and Clarence W. Deborah Goering, PT Mobile Health Clinic Nurse King Chair of Finance, 1990. B.A., University of Kansas, School of Nursing, 2009. BS., College of Charleston, 1971; M.B.A., ibid, 1983; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. 1984; BSN., Montana State University, 1990. Catherine A . Hunt, Associate Professor and Director of J . Lynn Entrikin Goering, Associate Professor of Law, Music Education, 2003. B.M., Millikin University, 1977; 2003. B.G.S., University of Kansas, 1977; M.P.A., ibid, Diploma in Voice, Hochschule für Musik, Salzburg, 1982; J.D., Washburn University, 1987. Austria, 1980; M.A., University of Iowa, 1981; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 2000. Miguel Gonzalez-Abellas, Chair and professor of Mod- ern Languages, 1997. Diplomatura, Universidade de John . C . Hunter, Professor of Theatre, 1975. B.E., Santiago de Compostela, 1987; Licenciatura, ibid, 1990; Wisconsin State University, 1969; M.F.A., Florida State M.A., University of Kansas, 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 1997. University, 1975. Robert Goodwin, Lecturer of Education, 2007. B.S., Kathy Hupp, Director of Clinical Laboratory Science Kansas State Teachers College, 1968; M.S., Emporia Student Affairs and Lecturer, 2003. A.S., Washburn State University, 1976; Ph.D., Kansas State University, University 1998; B.A., ibid, 1998. 1984. Martha Imparato, Special Collections Librarian, Ma- Rachel Goossen, Professor of History, 2000. B.A., bee Library, 1989. A.A., Northern Virginia Community Bethel College, 1982; M.A., University of California, College, 1978; B.A., Radford University, 1980; M.S., 1984; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1993. University of Tennessee, 1981. Nancy Gray, Circulation & Faculty Services Librarian, Debra Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1998. School of Law, 1996. B.A., Kansas State Teachers Col- B.S.N., Fort Hays State University, 1990; M.S., University lege, 1971. of Kansas, 1997. Finette Gress, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Erica Jackson, Lecturer of Biology, 2009. B.S., Emporia 2007.R.N., Stormont-Vail, 1986; BSN Washburn Univer- State University, 2006; M.A., ibid, 2008. sity, 2004; MSN FNP Clarkson College, 2007. Janet Thompson Jackson, Associate Professor of Law, Ronald C. Griffin,Professor of Law, 1978. B.A., Hamp- 2004. B.A., Wittenberg University, 1984; J.D., Howard ton Institute, 1965; J.D., Howard University, 1968; LL.M., University School of Law, 1988. University of Virginia, 1974. Jeffrey Jackson, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. Michael Hager, Lecturer of Art, 2007. B.F.A., Washburn B.B.A., Washburn University, 1989; J.D., Washburn Uni- University, 1992; M.A., University of Iowa, 1997; M.F.A., versity, 1992; LL.M., Georgetown University Law Center, ibid, 1999. 2003. James Haines Jr ., Ned Eldon Clark Distinguished Pro- Russell A . Jacobs, Professor of Philosophy, 1975. B.A., fessor, School of Business, 2008; A.A. Jackson Commu- Midland Lutheran College, 1969; Ph.D., University of nity College, 1966; B.A. University of Missouri-Columbia, Texas, 1976. 1969; J.D. ibid, 1975. Marian Jamison, Associate Dean and Professor of Chris Hamilton, Professor of Political Science, 1997. Nursing, 2007. BSN, University of Kansas, 1978; MA, B.A., Wichita State University, 1973; M.A., University of ibid, 1986; MBA, ibid, 1990; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. Missouri, 1976; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1983. Ursula Jander, Associate Professor of Biology, 1985. Kimberly Harrison, Assistant Professor of Social Work, M.S., University of Freiburg, Germany, 1964; Ph.D., 2005. B.A., University of Kansas, 1991; M.S.W., ibid, University of Freiburg, Germany, 1965. 1993; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. Reinhild Janzen, Professor of Art, 1996; B.A., Padago- Andrew Herbig, Assistant Professor of Biology, 2007. gische Hochschule in Germany, 1963; M.A, University B.S., Truman State University, 1995; Ph.D., Cornell of Chicago, 1967; M.Phil, University of Kansas, 1975; University, 2001. Ph.D., ibid, 1978. Duane A . Hinton, Lecturer of Biology, 2004. B.A., S . Yvette Jenkins, Lecturer of Education, 2008. B.A., Washburn University, 1986; Ph.D., University of Kansas, Rutgers University/Livingston College, 1978; M.A., Uni- 1991. versity of Michigan, 1991; PhD., ibid, 1997. Raylene J . Hinz-Penner, Lecturer of English, 2003. Roberta A . Jolly, Lecturer of Computer Information B.S. Kansas University, 1970; M.A., ibid, 1972; M.F.A., Sciences, 1999. B.S.E., Emporia State University, 1971; Wichita State University, 1995. M.S.E., ibid, 1977; A.A., Washburn University, 1985; Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1995, Professional Devel- James L . Hoogenakker, Professor of English, 1963. opment Certificate in Distance Education, University of B.S., Iowa State University, 1961; M.A., State University Wisconsin-Madison, 2001. of Iowa, 1963; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1975. Douglas H . Jones, Clinical Coordinator and Lecturer of Cynthia Hornberger, Professor of Nursing, 1989. B.A., Diagnostic Medical Sonography, 2000. B.A., University University of Kansas, 1976; B.S.N., Washburn University, of Kansas, 1974. 322 Patricia A . Joyce, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 1994. James V . Landrum, Associate Professor of Biology, B.S.N., Washburn University, 1977; M.S., University of 1997. B.S., Mississippi State University, 1988; M.S., Kansas, 1994; S.N.C., ibid, 1994. University of Southern Mississippi, 1990; Ph.D., Univer- sity of Texas, 1997. Norma Juma, Assistant Professor of Management, 2005. B.B.M., Mysore University, 1995; M.B.A., Pondich- Stephanie Lanter . Catron Professor of Art, 2008. B.A., erry University, 1997; Ph.D., University of Texis-Arlington, Xavier University, 1998; M.A., Ohio University, 2002. 2005. Richard LeJuerrne, Jr., Director of SBDC and Lecturer Karen Kapusta-Pofahl, Lecturer of Sociology & Anthro- of Business, 2006. B.B.A., Washburn University, 1991; pology, 2008. B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1998; M.A. J.D., University of Kansas School of Law, 1996. Texas Women’s University, 2001; Ph.D., University of Sam Leung, Associate Professor of Chemistry, 1997. Minnesota, 2008. B.S., California State University-Stanislaus, 1990; Ph.D., Mark Kaufman, Associate Professor of Social Work, University of California-Davis, 1995. 1998. B.A., Washington University, 1975; M.S.W., ibid, Jean Lewis, Coordinator and Lecturer in the Physical 1977; M.B.A., St. Louis Univ., 1984; J.D., Washington Therapist Assistant Program, 2009. A.S., Washburn Univ. School of Law, 1979. University, 2006; B.H.S., ibid, 2007. Michael Kaye, Professor of Law, 1979. B.A., Case- Hwa Chi Liang, Assistant Professor of Mathematics and Western Reserve University, 1963; J.D., Cleveland-Mar- Statistics, 2004. B.A., Soochow University, 1979; M.A., shall College of Law, 1966; LL.M., New York University, University of Texas at Austin, 1987; Ph.D., University of 1967. New Mexico, 2003. Kevin Kellim, Associate Professor of Music, Director of Park A . Lockwood, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology, Choral Studies, 1992. B.M., Southwest Baptist Univer- 2001. B.A., University of Kansas, 1987; M.S., University sity, 1977; M.M., Kansas State University, 1979; D.M.A., of Kansas, 1989; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 2003. University of Kansas, 1998. Joseph Loeb . Instructor of Allied Health, 2008. A.S., Don Kellogg, Coordinator of the Bachelor of Health Washburn University, 2004; B.S., ibid, 2008. Sciences Program and Assistant Professor, 2005. B.S., Wichita State University, 1975; M.S., ibid, 1978; B.S., Robert Loehr, Clinical Instructor of Nursing, 2007. University of Kansas, 1995; Ph.D., ibid, 2007. B.S.N., University of Kansas, 1987; M.S.N., ibid, 1998. Vickie Kelly, Program Director of Technology Adminis- Gabriele Lunte, Assistant Professor of Modern Lan- tration and Assistant Professor, 2008. B.S., Washburn guages, 2003. M.A., University of Kansas, 1992; Ph.D., University, 1981; M.S., Central Michigan University, ibid, 1998. 1991; Ed.D., Baker University 2009. Bruce Mactavish, Associate Dean, College of Arts and L . Ali Khan, Professor of Law, 1983. B.Sc., Punjab Uni- Sciences and Assistant Professor of History, 1998. B.A., versity, 1969; M.A., ibid, 1973; LL.B., ibid, 1976; LL.M., Furman University, 1983; M.A., University of Mississippi, New York University, 1980, J.S.D., ibid, 1983. 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 1993. Lori M . Khan, Director of Physical Therapist Assistant Keith Mallory, Director of Athletic Bands and Lecturer of Program and Assistant Professor, 2006. B.S., Andrews Music, 2005. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1992. University, 1993; M.S.P.T., ibid, 1995; D.P.T., Creighton Michael W . Manske, Associate Professor of Crimi- University, 2005. nal Justice & Legal Studies, 1994. B.S. University of Terry Knowles, Instructor of Criminal Justice & Legal Nebraska, 1980; M.A., University of Kansas, 1998; J.D., Studies, 2005. B.A., Kansas State University, 1961; University of Nebraska, 1987. M.CJ., Washburn University, 1999. James A . Martin, Lecturer of Business, 2004. B.B.A., Tonya Kowalski, Associate Professor of Law, 2006. Washburn University, 1979; M.Prof. Acc., University of B.A., University of Florida, 1992; J.D., Duke University Texas, 1983. School of Law, 1995. Richard Martin, Associate Professor of Criminal Justice John Kratina, Program Director of Radiation Therapy & Legal Studies, 1993. B.S., Colorado State University, and Lecturer, 2001. B.M.Ed. Washburn University, 1982; 1964; J.D., Washburn University, 1970. A.S. in Radiologic Technology, RT(R), Washburn Uni- Marilyn K . Masterson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, versity, 1988; Washburn University Radiation Therapy, 1998. B.S.N., Washburn University, 1978; B.A., ibid, RT(T), 1989. 1978; M.S.N., University of Utah, 1982. Associate Professor of Economics, Sungkyu Kwak, Nancy G . Maxwell, Professor of Law, 1979. B.A., Uni- 2001. B.A., Seoul National University, 1985; M.A., Uni- versity of North Dakota, 1972; J.D., ibid, 1975; LL.M., versity of Minnesota, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, 2001. Harvard University, 1979. Associate Professor of Mathemat- Donna E . LaLonde, JuliAnn Mazachek, CMA, Associate Professor of Ac- ics, 1991. A.B., Colgate University, 1980; M.A., University counting, 1992; B.S., University of Missouri-Rolla, 1984; of Kansas, 1985; Ed.D., University of Massachusetts, M.B.A., University of Kansas, 1987; Ph.D., University of 1991. Kansas, 1993,.

323 Keith D . Mazacheck, Coordinator of Pre-Engineering Kansas State University, 1991; Ph.D., University of Kan- and Lecturer of Physics and Astronomy, 1999. B.S., sas, 2006. University of Missouri-Rolla, 1982; M.S., University of William Merkel, Associate Professor of Law, 2005. B.A., Missouri-Columbia, 1986; Ph.D., University of Kansas, John Hopkins University, 1988; J.D., Columbia University 1992. School of Law, 1996. Glen McBeth, Classroom/Teaching Technology Librar- Creighton J . Miller, Librarian for Research & Biblio- ian, , School of Law, 2004. B.B.A., Washburn University, graphic Instruction, School of Law, 2009. B.A., Tulane 1999; J.D., Washburn University School of Law, 2003. University, 1994; J.D. Tulane University of Law, 1997; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 2007. M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University, 1998. Maryellen McBride, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Margie L . Miller, Assistant Professor of Kinesiology, 1988. B.S., Arizona State University, 1979; M.N., Univer- 2009. B.S., Kansas State University, 1975; M.S.E., Uni- sity of Kansas, 1987. versity of Kansas, 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 1997. Judith McConnell-Farmer, Professor of Education, Richard A . Moellenberndt, CPA, Professor of Account- 1994. B.S., University of Kansas, 1970; E.D., Columbia ing, 1976. B.S., Northwest Missouri State University, University, 1982; E.D.D., ibid, 1984. 1964; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1968; Ph.D., ibid, Michael McGuire, Dean Honors Program and Associate 1973. Professor of Psychology, 2002. B.A. Wabash College, John Thomas Morgan, Associate Professor of Music, 1993; M.S., Idaho State University, 1995; Ph.D., Texas Percussion, 1988. B.M., University of Northern Colorado, Tech University, 2000. 1978; M.M., ibid, 1984; D.M.A., University of Oklahoma, Eric H . McHenry, Assistant Professor of English, 2009. 1993. B.A., Beloit College, 1994; Boston University, 1997. Cindi Morrison, Director of Mulvane Museum, 2008. Lawrence Ray McKamy, Field Practicum Coordinator A.A., Keystone Junior College, 1974; B.A., Edinboro and Instructor of Social Work, 2006. B.A., Texas Chris- University, 1977; M.A. ibid, 1979. tian University, 1961; M.S.S.W., University of Missouri, Kimberly J . Morse, Associate Professor of History, 1967. 2003. B.A., University of Kansas, 1992; M.A., Indiana Meredith McKee, Lecturer of Psychology, 2008. B.A., University, 1995; Ph.D., University of Texas, 2000. Washburn University, 2000; M.A., Uinversity of Kansas, Michael C . Mosier, Associate Professor of Mathemat- 2004; PhD., ibid, 2006. ics and Statistics, 2001. B.S., Emporia State University, Lori McMillan, Associate Professor School of Law,2007. 1983; M.S. ibid, 1985; Ph.D., Colorado State University, B.A., University of Toronto, 1992; LL.B., Queen’s Univer- 1992. sity at Kingston, Ontario, 1995; M.L., New York University Jeffrey Mott, Director/Lecturer of Leadership Institute, School of Law, 1999. 2008. B.A., Boston College, 1988; M.A., University of Diane McMillen, Associate Professor and Clinical Co- Michigan, 1995; PhD., University of Massachusetts, ordinator of Human Services, 1990. B.S., Kansas State 2009. University, 1975; M.S.W, University of Kansas, 1981; Patricia Mower, Associate Professor of Mathematics & Ph.D., ibid, 1998. Statistics, 1995; B.S., Dickinson State University, 1987; Gordon McQuere, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences M.S., University of North Dakota, 1989; Ph.D., ibid, 1995. and Professor of Music, 2002. B.M., University of Tulsa, John C . Mullican, Chair and Associate Professor of Bi- 1971; M.A., University of Iowa, 1973; Ph.D., ibid, 1978. ology, 1999. B.S., Missouri Western State College, 1987; Rebecca Meador, Associate Professor of Music, Flute & Ph.D., University of Nebraska Medical Center, 1995. Music Theory, 2000. B.S., University of Missouri-Colum- Pat Munzer, Chair and Professor of Allied Health, 1984. bia, 1991; B.M., ibid, 1991; M.M., University of Cincin- A.S., Quinnipiac College, 1976; B.S., Pittsburg State nati, 1993; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Con- University, 1986; M.S., ibid, 1990; D.HSc., Nova South- servatory of Music, 2000. eastern University, 2006. Bruce Mechtly, Interim Chair and Associate Professor of Carl S . Myers, BSW Program Director and Assistant Computer Information Sciences, 1999. B.A., Gettysburg Professor of Social Work, 1977. B.A., Colorado State College, 1979; M.S., Penn State University, 1982; Ph.D., University, 1973; M.S.W., University of Utah, 1976. ibid, 1988. Bryan A . Naylor, Associate Professor of Theatre, 1989. Cal Melick, Public Service Librarian, Mabee Library, B.F.A., University of Kansas, 1981; M.A., Southwest 1984. B.A., New York State University College-Geneseo, Texas State University, 1988; M.F.A., University of Kan- 1969; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1982. sas, 1993. Jay Memmott, Chair and Associate Professor of Social Samuel J . Newland, Instructor of Criminal Justice & Work, 2002. B.A., University of Utah, 1974; M.S.W., Legal Studies, 2007. B.A., Evangel College, 1963; M.A., University of Kansas, 1977; Ph.D., ibid, 1984. Pittsburg State University, 1966; M.Ph., University of Kathy A . Menzie, Chair and Associate Professor of Kansas, 1980; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1982. Mass Media, 1998. B.A., Baker University, 1973; M.S.,

324 Faye Niesen, Lecturer of Radiation Therapy, 2004. B.A., Mark Peterson, Chair and Associate Professor of Politi- University of Illinois, 1974; A.A.S., Chicago City-Wide cal Science, 1998. B.A., University of Wyoming, 1970; College, 1983; M.A., University of Phoenix, 1999. M.P.A., University of New Mexico, 1991; Ph.D., ibid, 1996. Dmitri Nizovtsev, Associate Professor of Economics, 2001. M.S., Leningrad Institute of Electrical Engineering, Timothy Peterson, Dean of Academic Outreach, 1998. 1984; M.S., Purdue University, 1997; Ph.D., ibid, 2001. B.A., University of Northern Iowa, 1975; M.Ed., Texas A&M University, 1978; E.D.S., George Washington Uni- Jorge Luis Nobo, Professor of Philosophy, 1972. B.A., versity, 1987; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1991. University of Miami, 1966; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1973. Lynette Petty, Associate Professor of Law, 1992. B.A., Southwestern University, 1972; M.A., University of Texas Mark A . Norman, Director of Bands & Lecturer of Music, at San Antonio, 1978; J.D., Washburn University, 1987. 2009. B.M., University of North Carolina at Greensboro, 2005; M.M., ibid, 2007. Fernando Pezzino, Lecturer of Modern Languages, 2008. B.A., Universidad Nacional de Tucuman, 2000; Kanalis A . Ockree, CPA, CMA, Professor of Accounting, M.A., Arizona State University, 2005; Ph.D., Texas Tech 1992. B.B.A., Washburn University, 1982; M.Acc., Kan- University, 2006. sas State University, 1983; Ph.D., Univ. of Kansas, 1993. David E . Pierce, Professor of Law, 1989. B.A., Pittsburg Brian K . Ogawa, Chair and Associate Professor of State University, 1974; J.D., Washburn University, 1977; Human Services, 2001. B.A., University of California at LL.M., University of Utah, College of Law, 1982. L.A., 1967; M.Div., Fuller Theological Seminary, 1972; D.Min., San Francisco Theological Seminary, 1979. Mary Pilgram, Assistant Professor of Communication, 2007. B.A., William Jewell College, 1985; M.A., Univer- Kevin M . O’Leary, Director of Forensics and Lecturer of sity of Kansas, 1988; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Communication, 2003. B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1992, M.A., St. Louis University, 1994, Ph.D., Southern Evelyn Pitts, Lecturer of Mathematics & Statistics, 1996. Illinois University, 1999. B.A., Evangel College, 1970; M.A., University of Kansas, 1972. Aliza Organick, Associate Professor of Law, 2004. B.U.S., University of New Mexico, 1992; J.D., University Gaspar Porta, Assistant Professor of Mathematics, of New Mexico School of Law, 1996. 2007. B.S., University of Illinois-Urbana, 1987;M.S., ibid, 1989; Ph.D., University of Illinois-Chicago, 1999. Joleyn Owen, Lecturer of Nursing, 2007. B.S.N., Univer- sity of Northern Colorado, 1988; M.S.N., ibid, 2000. David Pownell, Assistant Professor of Education, 2002. A.A., Hutchison Community College, 1989; B.S., Nan Palmer, Professor of Social Work, 1991. B.A., Cali- McPherson College, 1993; M.S., Kansas State Univer- fornia State University Fullerton, 1969; M.S.W., Univer- sity, 1998; Ed.D., ibid, 2002 sity of Kansas, 1979; Ph.D., ibid, 1991. Thomas Prasch, Chair and Professor of History, 1997. Sangyoub Park, Assistant Professor of Sociology & B.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1974; M.A., ibid, Anthropology, 2006. B.A., Korea University, 1993; M.A., 1977; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1995. University of South Carolina, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. Paul Prece, Chair and Professor of Theatre, 1982. B.A., Brenda Patzel, Associate Professor of Nursing, 2004. Catholic University of America, 1972; M.F.A., Florida B.S.N., Washburn University, 1988; M.S.N., University of State University, 1975; Ph.D. University of Kansas, 2008. Kansas, 1991; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 2001. Lara Price, Lecturer of Nursing, 2010. B.S.N., University John Paul, Associate Professor of Sociology & Anthro- of Kansas, 2003. pology, 2003. B.S., East Central University, 1997; M.S., University of North Texas, 1999; M.F.A., Goddard Col- Dave Provorse, Chair and Associate Professor of Py- lege, 2009; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University, 2003. chology, 1991. B.A., Midland Lutheran University, 1982; M.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln, 1987; Ph.D., ibid, Xiaofeng Peng, Assistant Professor of Accounting, 1996. School of Business, 2007.B.S., Nankai University, 1987; M.S., Kent State University, 1996; M.S., Michigan State Virginia D . Pruitt, Professor of English, 1974. B.A., University, 2002, Ph.D., Kent State University, 2008. Saint Olaf College, 1965; M.A., University of North Caro- lina, 1966; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1974. Marguerite Perret, Associate Professor of Art, 2003. B.A., William Paterson University, 1980; M.A., Montclair Lynne Ann Pryor, Assistant Professor of Marketing, State University, 1983; M.F.A., Southern Illinois Univer- School of Business, 2007. B.A., MidAmerica Nazarene, sity, 1986. 1995; M.B.A., ibid, 1999; Ph.D., University of Nebraska- Lincoln, 2006. Dan L . Petersen, Associate Dean, School of Applied Studies and Professor of Human Services, 1993. B.A., Mary Kreiner Ramirez, Professor of Law, 2001. B.S., North Central College, 1971; M.A., University of Kansas, University of Missouri-Columbia, 1983; J.D., St. Louis 1977; Ph.D., ibid, 1981. University School of Law, 1986. Bonnie Peterson, Assistant Professor of Nursing, 2008. J . Karen Ray, Professor of English, 1996. B.A., Austin B.S., University of Kansas School of Nursing; M.S., ibid. College, 1967; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1970; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin, 1977 .

325 Michael Rettig, Professor of Education, 1994. B.A., Bassima Schbley, Assistant Professor of Social Work, University of Kansas, 1974; M.Ed., University of Wichita, 2003. B.A., Wichita State University, 1995; M.A., ibid, 1978; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1984. 1997; M.A., Newman University, 1999; Ph.D., University of Utah, 2004. Leslie Reynard, Assistant Professor of Communication, 2007. A.A., Tulsa Junior College, 1987; B.S., University Monica Scheirmeir, Dean, School of Nursing and Pro- of Kansas, 1990; M.A., ibid, 1992; Ph.D., ibid, 2006. fessional Nursing, 2009. B.S.N., University of Arizona, 1986. Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1999. William Rich, Professor of Law, 1977. B.A., Oberlin College, 1970; J.D., University of California at Berkeley, Cecil Schmidt, Professor of Computer Information Sci- 1975. ences, 1994. B.S., Kansas State University, 1984; M.S., Wichita State University, 1993; Ph.D., Kansas State A . Allan Riveland, Professor of Mathematics and University, 2005. Statistics, 1971. B.A., Minot State College, 1962; M.A., University of Wyoming, 1964; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. Gary E . Schmidt, Professor of Computer Information Sciences, 1973. B.A., Fort Hays State University, 1968; James C . Rivers, Professor of Music and Artist Pianist M.S., Kansas State University, 1971; Ph.D., ibid, 1972. in Residence, 1969. Artist Diploma, The Julliard School for the Performing Arts, 1965; B.M., North Texas State Shaun E . Schmidt, Associate Professor of Chemistry, University, 1966; M.M., ibid, 1968. 2001. B.S., Florida Southern College, 1991; M.S., Uni- versity of South Florida, 1995; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. William L . Roach, Professor of Business, 1983. B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1966; M.B.A., Northwestern Tom Schmiedeler, Professor of Geography and Director University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1973. of Kansas Studies Program, 1996. B.A., St. Mary of the Plains College, 1971; M.A., University of Kansas, 1985; Jera J . Roberts, Associate Professor of Radiologic Ph.D., ibid, 1991. Technology, 1983. Stormont-Vail School of Radiologic Technology, 1972; B.A., Ottawa University, 1979; M.S., James Schnoebelen, Mock Trail Coordinator and Pittsburg State University, 1986; Ed. Spec., Pittsburg Lecturer of Communication, 2001. B.S. Central Missouri State University, 1989. State University, 1999; M.A., ibid, 2001. Jane M . Robinson, Lecturer of Nursing, 2009. B.A., Uni- Janice Schrum, Lecturer of Business, 2005. B.A., Wichi- versity of Arizona, 1981. B.S.N., University of Saint Mary, ta State University, 1995; M.A., University of Missouri- 1993. M.S.N., University of Kansas, 2009. Kansas City, 2000; M.P.A., ibid, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2002. Keith A . Rocci, Information Literacy Librarian, Mabee Li- Michael Schwartz, Professor of Law, 2006. A.B., Univer- brary, 2008. B.S., Arizona State University, 2001; M.Ed., sity of California at Berkeley; J.D., University of California Northern Arizona University, 2003; ibid, 2004; M.A., at Hastings College of the Law, 1987. University of Arizona, 2006 Azyz Sharafy, Associate Professor of Art, 1998. M.A., Thomas J . Romig, Dean of the School of Law and Pro- Concordia University, 1995; M.F.A., University of Baroda, fessor, 2007. B.S., Kansas State University, 1970; M.S., India, 1983. National Defense University, 1996; J.D., Santa Clara Janet Sharp, Lecturer of Mathematics, 2008. B.A., University Law School, 1980. Wichita State University, 1984; M.E., ibid, 1986; M.S., Harold J . Rood, Chair and Professor of Philosophy, Emporia State University, 1990; Ph.D., Kansas State 1970. B.A., Michigan State University, 1963; M.A., ibid, University, 1992. 1968; Ph.D., ibid, 1974. Lisa Sharpe Elles, Assistant Professor of Chemistry, Tracy Routsong, Interim Associate Chair and Assis- 2009. A.B., Ripon College, 2001. Ph.D., Northwestern tant Professor of Communication, 2007. B.S.S., Cornell University, 2008. College, 1998; M.A., University of Northern Iowa, 2000. Alan Shaver, Lecturer of Chemistry, 2005. B.S., North- Ph.D., Universtiy of Iowa, 2007. ern Arizona University, 1967; M.S., Arizona State Univer- Joseph Ruskowitz, Instructor of Criminal Justice & Le- sity, 1970; Ph.D., Seton Hall University, 1978. gal Studies, 2005. B.A., Wichita State University, 1973; Mary Sheldon, Associate Professor of English, 1988. M.S., ibid, 1976. B.A., Gannon College, 1973; M.A., ibid, 1974; Ph.D., Michael Russell, Associate Professor of Psychology, Purdue University, 1984. 2001. B.A., University of Connecticut, 1987; M.A., ibid, Roy Sheldon, Associate Professor of English, 1982. 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1999. B.A., Kent State University, 1974; M.A., Bowling Green Kay Rute, Professor of Criminal Justice & Legal Studies, University, 1976; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1982. 1989. B.A., Washburn University, 1971; J.D., ibid, 1980. Michelle L . Shipley, Assistant Professor of Health In- Denise E . Salsbury, Field Placement Coordinator and formation Technology, 1996. B.S., University of Kansas, Lecturer of Education, 2009. B.M.E., Baker University, 1990; M.S., Pittsburg State University, 2000. 1974; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 2002. Mary Shoop, Professor of Education, 1982. B.S., Wit- Roberta Sue Salem, Lecturer of Chemistry, 1999. B.S., tenberg University, 1969; M.A., University of Michigan, Baker University, 1970; M.S., Iowa State University, 1974; Ph.D., Kansas State University, 1979. 1973. Ph.D., Kansas State Universtiy, 2009.

326 Laura Sidlinger, Learning Center/Mobile Health Clinic Courtney A . Sullivan, Assistant Professor of Modern Coordinator - Nursing, 2007. B.S.N., Washburn Univer- Languages, 2003. B.A., Loyola University, 1993; M.A., sity, 1993. M.S.N., ibid, 2007. University of Texas, 1996; Ph.D., ibid, 2003. Bradley Siebert, Assistant Professor of English, 1995. Sharon Sullivan, Assistant Professor of Theatre, 2002. B.A., Bethel College, 1979; MA, University of Arizona, A.A., North Lake College, 1986; B.A., Smith College, 1983; Ph.D., ibid, 1990. 1992; M.A., Washington University, 1994; Ph.D., Univer- sity of Kansas, 2004 Charles A . Silvestri, Lecturer of History, 2009. B.A., Loyola Marymount University, 1987; M.A., University of Wenying “Nan” Sun, Associate Professor of Computer Southern California; 1991. Ph.D., ibid, 1995. Information Sciences, 2002. B.A., East China Normal University, 1989; B.A., Washburn University, 1994; Sarah Smarsh, Assistant Professor of English, 2008. M.S.E., Kansas State University, 2002. B.S., University of Kansas, 2002; B.A., ibid, 2002; M.F.A., Columbia University, 2005. Mary B . Sundal, Assistant Professor of Sociology & Anthropology, 2009. B.A., Ohio State University, 1999; James E . Smith, Associate Professor of Social Work, M.A., University of Kansas, 2002; PhD., ibid, 2009. 2008. B.A., Hampton University, 1975; M.S.W.,Virginia Commonwealth University, 1988; Ph.D., Kansas State Carolyn Szafran, LSCSW, Field Coordinator and Lec- University, 2000. turer of Social Work, 1999. B.A., Washburn University, 1975; M.S., Kansas State University, 1979; M.S.W., Mark Allen Smith, Coordinator of Astronomy Outreach University of Kansas, 1987. Program and Lecturer of Physics & Astronomy, 2009. B.S., Washburn University, 2001; Ph.D., Kansas State Jane Tanking, Lecturer of Nursing,2007. B.S.N., Mary- University, 2009. mount College, 1982; M.S.N., Fort Hays State University, 2006. Russell E . Smith, Associate Dean, School of Business, and Professor of Economics, 1984. B.A., University of Nancy A . Tate, Associate Vice President for Academic California, 1969; M.A., San Francisco State University, Affairs and Associate Professor of Computer Information 1978; M.S., University of Illinois, 1981; Ph.D., ibid, 1985. Sciences, 1985. B.S., University of Kansas, 1975; M.S., Pittsburg State University, 1979; Ed.D., Oklahoma State Ann Marie Snook, Chair and Associate Professor of University, 1983. Music, 1991. B.M., Millikin University, 1976; M.M., Michi- gan State University, 1990; D.M.A. University of Kansas, Glenda M . Taylor, Chair and Professor of Art, 1987. 2000. B.A., Bethany College, 1976; M.A., Emporia State Uni- versity, 1979; M.F.A., Kansas State University, 1985. Lee E . Snook, Associate Professor of Music, 1990. B.A., Michigan State University, 1972; M.A., ibid, 1976; Harry Russell Taylor, Director of Clinical Education and D.M.A., ibid, 1995 . Instructor of Respiratory Therapy Program, 2005. B.S., William Jewell College, 1981; M.Ed., Washburn Univer- David L . Sollars, Dean, School of Business, and Profes- sity, 1997. sor of Economics, 2003. B.B.A., Ohio University, 1986; M.A., ibid, 1987; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1991. Georgina Tenny, Lecturer of Modern Languages, 2004. B.A., Brigham Young University, 1997; M.A., University of Terry Sorensen, Program Director of Diagnostic Medical Kansas, 1999. Sonography and Lecturer, 2009. A.S., Washburn Univer- sity, 2002; B.H.S., ibid, 2005. Brian C . Thomas, Assistant Professor of Physics & Astronomy, 2005. B.S., University of the Pacific, 1999; Stephen Spyres, Director of Practicum and Lecturer M. S., University of Kansas, 2002; Ph.D., University of of Social Work, 2004. B.A., University of Texas, 1973; Kansas, 2005. M.S., University of Texas, 1986. Janet O . Todwong, School of Law Librarian, 2008. Laura Stephenson, Associate Dean, College of Arts B.S., Makerere University, 1992; M.L.S., Emporia State and Sciences, Associate Professor of Psychology, 1985. University, 2006. A.B., Goucher College, 1978; M.A., University of Kansas, 1982; Ph.D., ibid, 1985. Craig Treinen, Instructor of Music, 2006. B.M.Ed. & Performance, Washburn University, 1990; M.M., Kansas Barbara A . Stevenson, Simulation Director and Lecturer State University, 2000. of Nursing, 1997. B.S.N., Marymount College, Salina, KS, 1971; M.S., Kansas State University, 1985. Cynthia L . Turk, Associate Professor of Psychology, 2005. B.A., University of Kansas, 1991; M. S., Okla- Margaret E . Stewart, Professor of English, 1990. A.B. homa State University, 1992; Ph.D., Oklahoma State Radcliffe College, 1967; M.A., University of Denver, University, 1996. 1975; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1981. Sandra Winn Tutwiler, Professor of Education, 1999. Mihail Stoica, Professor of Management, 1999. M.E., B.A., Northwestern Illinois University, 1970; M.S.E., University Politechnica Bucharest, 1975; Ph.D., Institute Illinois State University, 1978; Ph.D., University of Texas- for Atomic Physics, 1985; M.B.A., Washington State Austin, 1992. University, 1994; Ph.D., ibid, 1995. Sarah E . Ubel, Assistant Professor of Communication, Maria Raicheva-Stover, Assistant Professor of 2003. B.A., Baker University, 1995; J.D., University of Mass Media, 2003. B.S., Southern Illinois University, Kansas, 1998, Ph.D., ibid, 2003. 1998;M.A., ibid, 2001; Ph.D., ibid, 2005. 327 Thomas Underwood, Assistant Dean of Academic Penny Weiner, Associate Professor of Theatre, 1998. Outreach and Director of JCVVS, 2004. B.A., Washburn B.S., University of Kansas, 1974; M.F.A., University of University, 1982; M.A., Kansas University, 1990; Ph.D., Missouri-Kansas City, 1982. Kansas State University, 2001. Amy Westbrook, Associate Professor of Law, 2009. Sue Unruh, Assistant Professor School of Nursing, A.B., Harvard College, 1987; J.D., Harvard Law School, 2006. B.S.N., Pittsburg State University, 1973; M.S.N., 1992. University of Texas at El Paso, 1989. N . Iris Wilkinson, Associate Professor of Human Ser- Carol Lyon Vogel, Director of Affirmative Action and vices, 1979; B.A., University of Kansas, 1975; M.S.Ed., Instructor of Modern Languages, 1969. B.A., Washburn ibid, 1979. Ed.D., ibid, 1988. University, 1967; M.A.T., University of Kansas, 1969. David Winchester, Serials Librarian, Mabee Library, Danny G . Wade, Assistant Professor of English, 2008. 1982. B.A., Bethel College, 1970; M.A., University of B.S., University of Oklahoma, 1997; M.Ed., ibid, 2002; Kansas, 1979; M.L.S., Emporia State University, 1979. Ph.D., ibid, 2008. Martin Wisneski, Assistant Director Head Tech Servic- Jennifer Wagner, Assistant Professor of Mathematics es, Law Library, 1986. B.A., Western Michigan University, and Statistics, 2006. B.A., Grinnell College, 1995; M.A., 1979; M.S., ibid, 1980. University of California at San Diego, 1997; Ph.D., ibid, Royal E . Wohl, Chair and Professor of Kinesiology, 2000. 1994. B.S., East Stroudsburg University, 1976; M.S., Paul G . Wagner, Assistant Professor of Biology, 1999. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1982; Ph.D., B.S., St. Andrews Presbyterian College, 1982; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1996. University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill, 1990. Margaret C . Wood, Associate Professor of Sociology Tracy L .E . Wagner, Assistant Professor of Biology, Anthropology, 2002. B.A., University of Michigan, 1987; 1999. B.S., Marshall University, 1992; Ph.D., University M.A., Syracuse University, 1996; Ph.D., ibid, 2002. of Kentucky, 1998. Kerry Wynn, Assistant Professor of History, 2006. B.A., Rosemary Walker, Associate Professor of Economics, Bradley University, 1998; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1999. B.A., Saint Cloud State University, 1992; M.S., Champaign-Urbana, 2006. University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana, 1995; Ph.D., Bruce M . Zelkovitz, Chair and Professor of Sociology & ibid, 2000. Anthropology, 1978. B.A., Temple University, 1966; M.A., Yeqiang Wang, Assistant Professor of Art, 2007. B.F.A., Washington University, 1970; Ph.D., ibid, 1976. Sichuan Institute of Fine Arts, 1991; M.F.A., University of Windsor, 2000. Faculty Emeriti

Mary Dorsey Wanless, Lecturer of Art, 2000. B.S., James R . Ahrens, B.A., J.D., Distinguished Professor of University of Missouri-Columbia, 1971; M.A., ibid, 1972; Law, 1948-1988. M.F.A., Kansas State University, 2009. Gunnar Alksnis, B.A., B.D., S.TM., Ph.D., Associate Susan Washburn, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Professor of History, 1968-1997. 2002. B.S.N., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire, 1974; M.S.N., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1979. Dale N . Anderson, B.A., M.A., Ed.D., Manager KTWU, 1967-1998. Israel Wasserstein, Lecturer of English, 2007. B.A., Washburn University, 2003; M.F.A., University of New Ronald J . Ash, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, Mexico, 2005. 1987-2007. Kayla Waters, Assistant Professor of Human Services, Lyle D . Baker, B.S., M.A.T., Ed.D., Associate Professor 2008. B.A. and B.S., Truman State University, 1998; of Education, 1987-1998. Ed.S., University of Iowa, 2002; Ph.D. ibid, 2004. Michael A . Barbara, B.S., J.D., Professor of Law, 1980- Harrison J . Watts, Instructor of Criminal Justice & Legal 1992. Studies, 2008. BAAS, Midwestern State University, 1996; Janice Sweeny Barton, B.S., Ph.D., Professor of Chem- M.A., ibid, 1998; M.A., Sam Houston State University, istry. 2004. J . Wendell Bayles, B.S., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, Kelley A . Weber, Reference and Instruction Librarian, 1983-2003. Mabee Library, 2005. B.A., Occidental College, 1984; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Profes- M.B.A., University of South Florida. 1989; M.L.S., Univer- Larry D . Blumberg, sor of Mathematics and Statistics, 1967-2009. sity of Washington, 1996. Terry Booth, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Assistant Professor of David Weed, Lecturer of English, 1997. B.S., Univer- Anthropology, 1969-2002. sity of Kansas, 1981; M.A., ibid, 1990; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1996. Rodney Carney Boyd, B.M.E., M.S.M.E., Associate Pro- fessor of Music, 1968-1999. Robert A . Weigand, Professor of Finance and Bren- neman Professor of Business Strategy, 2005. B.S., Don R . Boyer, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, University of Arizona, 1989; Ph.D., Ibid, 1993. 1958-1999.

328 John Frederick Buckner, B.A., M.M.E., Ph.D., Profes- Paul David Gilkison, B.S., M.B.A., D.B.A., Professor of sor of Music, 1970-1993. Marketing, 1981-1993. Barbara Burgess, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Director of Kansas Lois Rimmer Glazier, Ph.D., R.N., Professor of Nursing, Studies and Assistant Professor of Mass Media, 1986- 1974-2000. 2003. John L . Green, Jr ., B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Busi- Glenn Cafer, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of Health ness Administration, 1981-1993. and Physical Education, 1967-1996. Emory A . Groves, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Professor of Edu- Emanuel Calys, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Math- cation, 1961-1982. ematics, 1964-66, 1968-1997. Oliver F . Guinn, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eco- Barbara K . Clark, B.A., M.N., Ph.D., Associate Dean nomics, 1961-1988. and Associate Professor of Nursing, 1981-2003, 2004- Larry J . Halford, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Associate Professor 2009. of Sociology, 1972-2001. Sheldon Cohen, B.S., Ph.D., Executive Director of Plan- G . Daniel Harden, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Edu- ning and Professor of Chemistry, 1960-1999. cation, 1987-2009. Betty Cole, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Theodore L . Heim, B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology, 1979-2006. Criminal Justice, 1971-1998. E . Marjorie Moore Colton, B.Ed., M.Ed., Assistant Pro- Mary Alice Hines, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., C. W. King Profes- fessor of Education, 1970-1982. sor of Real Estate and Finance, 1982-2004. Donovan W . Cook, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Associate Profes- Susan J .W . Hsia, B.S., M.S., M.N., Ph. D., Associate sor of Education, Coordinator of Student Field Experi- Professor of Nursing, 1975-2002. ence. 1987-2009. Harold Hula, B.A., M.S., Assistant Professor of Educa- Kennett Cott, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair and Professor of tion, Associate Dean and Director of Counseling and History, 1969-2003. Testing, 1965-1994. Aletha J . Cushinberry, B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., R.N., As- John L . Iltis, B.M., M.M., D.Mu.Ed., Professor of Music, sociate Professor of Nursing, 1974-1993. 1965-1986. Joan E . Denny, B.S.N., C.N.M., M.S.N., Lecturer of Walter F . James, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Nursing & Learning Center Coordinator, 1983-2008. Accounting, 1973-1997. David L . DePue, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor Alyce Jessop, R.N., M.S.N., Assistant Professor of of Technology Administration, 2003-2008. Nursing, 1997-2004. Judy H. Diffley,B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Program Director Ross E . Johnson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor Biology, and Professor of Office Administration, 1982-2007. 1961-1997. Jean Dimmitt, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Simone A . Johnson, Bac.-es-lettres, M.A., Ph.D. Chair English, 1990-2008.. and Professor of French, 1965-1986. Nancy L . Dinneen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant Profes- Audrey H . Kennedy, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of sor of Spanish, 1972-1999. Nursing, 1976-1997. Lee Dodson, B.S., Ed.D., Vice President and Dean of Thomas Kennedy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eng- Students, Associate Professor of Education, 1966-1989. lish, 1972-2008. Richard Driver, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Letcturer of Math- Robert B . Kerchner, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Pro- ematics and Statistics. 1996-2009. fessor of Economics. 1976-2009 Janice Dunwell, B.S., B.S.N., M.S.N., Ed.D., Associate Harlan J . Koca, B.S., M.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of Professor of Nursing, 1989-2003. Mathematics and Statistics, 1967-1995. Robert R . Dunwell, B.S.Ed.,M.S.Ed., Ed.D., Professor Paul H . Kopper, A.M., Ph.D., Chairperson and Professor of Education, 1986-2001. 2007-2010. of Biology, 1956-1979. James Robert Eck, B.S.C., M.B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Laurine Kreipe, School of Applied Studies, Assistant Finance. 1979-2009. Professor of Legal Studies, 1983-1992. Ronald G . Evans, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psy- Robert N . Lawson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Eng- chology, 1976-2008. lish, 1963-1994. David Feinmark, B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Coordinator of Col- Bruce Levine, B.B.A., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, lection Development, Mabee Library. 1981-2009. 1956-1971. Karen Field, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of Sociology & Teresita S . Leyell, Lic., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Busi- Anthropology, 1979-2008. ness Administration, 1982-2006. Marilyn L . Geiger, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of His- Donna T . Love, B.A., M.S.W., Chairperson and Associ- tory, 1962- 2000. ate Professor of Social Work, 1967-1992. 329 Margaret McCausland, A.B., A.M., Assistant Professor Sheila Reynolds, B.A., J.D., Professor of Law, 1979- of English, 1963-1983. 2010. (Pending BOR Approval.) James H . McCormick, B.S., M.A., P.E.D., Professor of Wilma Rife, B.A., M.A., M.L.S., Director of Mabee Li- Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1981- brary, 1977-1994. 2009. Clifford Roberson, B.A., J.D., Ph.D., L.L.M., Professor Mary McCoy, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Biology, of Criminal Justice, 1997-2006. 1976-2008. Donald S . Rueschhoff, B.S.B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Professor Lawrence E . McKibbin, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Profes- of Accounting, 1984-1993. sor of Business, 1991-1998. David L . Ryan, B.A.,J.D., LL.M. Distinguished Professor Carolyn Y . Middendorf, B.A., M.N., Assistant Professor of Law, 1968-2005. of Nursing, 1983-1997. Michael Sarkesian, B.S., M.Ed. Professor of Health, Susan Miller, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1966-1997. Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, 1984.- Richard Shermoen, B.S., M.S., M.A., Ed.D., Chair- 2005. person and Professor of Mathematics, Statistics and Billy E . Milner, B.S., M.S., M.A., D.A., Professor of Computer Information Sciences, 1967-1993. Mathematics, 1970-2001. J . Elwood Slover, B.S., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Law, Loretta W . Moore, B.A., J.D., Professor of Law, 1991- 1968-1983. 2005. Charlene Smith, B.A.; M.A., J.D., LL.M., Professor of Meredith A . Moore, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chair and Profes- Law, 1982-2003. sor of Communication, 1976-2009. Virgie Smith, B.S., M.L.S., Librarian, School of Law, Carl Monk, B.A., J.D., Professor of Law, 1974-2009. 1976-2008. (Pending BOR Approval.) Robert Soppelsa, B.A., M.A., Ph. D., Director of Mul- Edward W . Navone, B.A., M.A., Professor of Art, 1964- vane Art Museum and Professor of Art, 1981-2002. 2007. William G . Sparks III, B.S., M.S., Ed.S., Ph.D., Profes- Janet R . Nuzman, B.S., M.S., Assistant Professor of sor of Health, Physical Education and Exercise Science, Physical Education, 1962-1995. 1997-2008. Ken Ohm, B.S.;M.S.,Ed.D., Lecturer of Mathematics & Robert D . Stein, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair and Professor Statistics, 1992-2009. of English, 1973-2006. Richard E . Olson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Professor of Reed Stolworthy, B.S, M.S., Ed.D., Associate Professor Economics and Business Administration, 1980-2001. of Education, 1965-1994. Adebisi Otudeko, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Sociol- Ronald Tannehill, A.S., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Assistant ogy & Anthropology, 1982-2007. Professor of Criminal Justice, 1996-2006. Thomas James Ouellette, B.A., Ph.D., Associate Pro- Robert Thompson, B.S., M.A., D.SC., Associate Profes- fessor of Chemistry, 1970-2001. sor of Mathematics, 1967-1989. Marie-Luce Parker, License es Lettres, M.A., Ph.D., Rita Tracy, B.S.N., M.S., M.N., Assistant Professor of Chair of Modern Languages and Professor of French, Nursing, 1976-2000. 1986-2008. Sara Waitstill Tucker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D, Professor of Julia Etta Parks, B.Ed, M.Ed., Ed.D., Professor of Edu- History, 1975-2009. cation, 1964-1992. Ann Ellen Ukena, B.S., M.A., Assistant Professor of Darrell Parnell, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Professor Mathematics and Statistics, 1965-1996. of Physics, 1962-2001. William O . Wagnon, Jr ., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Gregory Pease, B.A., J.D., Professor of Law, 1979- History, 1968-2008. 2010. (Pending BOR Approval.) Thomas Wolf, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Professor of Biology Joanne Ramberg, R.N., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of 1971-2006. Mental Health, 1976-1993. Linda L . Woolf, B.S., M.A., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Pro- Paul B . Rasor, B.Mus., J.D., Professor of Law, 1978- fessor of Economics, 1969-1999. 1993. Donald C . Wright, B.S., M.A., Professor of Economics Gerald Reed, B.B.A., M.B.A., Lecturer of Computer and Business Administration, 1949-1984. Information Sciences. 1997-2009 Jack E . Wright, B.F.A., M.F.A., Professor of Art, 1957- Patricia Renn-Scanlan, B.A.; M.L.S.; M.A,. Instruction 1988. Librarian, Mabee Library, 1993-2008. (Pending BOR Gene Wunder, B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Associate Profes- approval). sor of Marketing, 1991-2009.

330 Delphine Yelen, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psychol- ogy, 1963-2001. Donald R . Yelen, B.A., Ph.D., Professor of Psychology, 1963-2001. Alice Adam Young, B.S., M.S.N., Ph.D., Dean and Pro- fessor of Nursing, 1973-2000.

A ribbon cutting event sympolizes the reopening of Whiting Field House, following a major renovation.

331 Leadership Institute students use teamwork to lead each other through a low ropes course at the Leadership Institute Orientation in August, 2009.

332 In d e x A academic policies ...... 54 community college credit...... 18 A/Pass/Fail ...... 65 credit by exam...... 62 Academic credit hours, maximum (authorized advising, undeclared...... 25 academic load) ...... 56 attendance...... 56 declaring a major...... 57 course numbering system...... 58 degree application form...... 58 fresh start...... 68 double degree...... 73 grade appeal...... 66 double major...... 73 impropriety policy...... 66 enrollment...... 19 load, authorized...... 56 English composition requirement ...... 74 policies...... 54 failed courses ...... 65 probation...... 67 grading system ...... 64 programs...... 76 international students ...... 26 reinstatement...... 67 upper-division hours required...... 73 status, full- and part-time...... 35 withdrawals...... 56 student responsibilities ...... 56 Affirmative Action...... 8 suspension ...... 67 AG (Accepted General Schools)...... 18 withdrawal...... 56 Allied Health ...... 200 withdrawal, medical...... 57 Alumni Association ...... 318 withdrawal, military ...... 57 American Citizenship...... 87 Academic Policies and Regulations ...... 54 American College Test (ACT)...... 17 A/Pass/Fail ...... 65 Anthropology...... 87 application for degree...... 58 AP (Advanced Placement) ...... 62 classification, student ...... 65 AP (Accepted Provisional Schools)...... 18 declaring a major...... 57 Appeal, Grade...... 66 degree audit...... 58 Application degrees...... 58 for admission, freshman ...... 17 general education requirements...... 74 for admission, transfer student ...... 18 graduation requirements...... 72 for degree form...... 58 participation in commencement...... 58 for enrollment as high school student...... 19 posthumous degrees...... 58 for graduation form ...... 58 repetition of courses ...... 65 for major ...... 57 requirements common to all associate degrees. . . 73 Applied Studies, see School of...... 194 requirements common to all bachelor degrees. . .72 Art, program and courses...... 91 Academic Programs ...... 76 Associate Degrees, requirements...... 73 Accounting, courses ...... 253 Applied Studies...... 194 Accreditation, General...... 11 Arts and Sciences...... 80 ACT ...... 19 Astronomy, program and courses...... 97 Activities, campus...... 29 Athletic facilities...... 11 Activity fees...... 35 Athletics, Intercollegiate...... 27 Add/Drop and withdrawal ...... 56 Attendance regulations...... 56 Addiction Counseling...... 228 Audit ...... 19 Administrative Officers...... 318 degree audit...... 57 Admission...... 17 tuition free for 65 and over...... 19 ACT...... 19 auditing...... 19 B auditors, 65 and older...... 19 Banking...... 195 COMPASS scores...... 19 Biochemistry...... 102 Fresh Start Program...... 68 Biology, program and courses...... 98 high school students...... 19 Board and Room Payments ...... 35 international students ...... 26 Board of Regents...... 318 program admission...... 19 Board of Student Publications...... 29 provisional status...... 18 Bonner Leaders Program ...... 45 registration and enrollment...... 19 Bookstore ...... 12 requirements, admission...... 17 Botany, see Biology...... 98 tests, admission...... 17 Buildings...... 11 transfer students...... 18 Business, see School of ...... 242 Advanced Placement...... 62 Minor in Business...... 246 Advance registration...... 19 Minor in International Business...... 246 Advising...... 25 see graduate program...... 278 academic advising, undeclared...... 25 academic load...... 56

333 Business, see Small Business Development career counseling, testing, & assessment. . . . 25 Center...... 247 educational opportunity program...... 25 C D CAB ...... 29 Dean’s Honor Roll...... 66 Campus...... 11 Declaration of Degree form, for commencement. . . . 58 Campus Activity Board ...... 29 Declaring a Major ...... 57 Campus Facilities ...... 11 Degree...... 57 Campus Map...... 339 application...... 57 Career Services...... 27 audit...... 57 Catalog candidate...... 57 Class Cancellations...... 1 conferment...... 57 Purpose of this Publication ...... 1 declaration form ...... 57 Statement of Responsibility...... 1 diploma ...... 62 CEEB...... 62 non-degree special student...... 18 Center For Undergraduate Studies & Programs posthumous...... 58 (CUSP) ...... 25 request for record analysis...... 59 Cheating ...... 56 Degree Requirements...... 70 Chemistry, program and courses...... 101 Associate...... 73 Class Attendance...... 56 Bachelor...... 72 Classes, drop/add (also see withdrawal)...... 56 General Education...... 74 Classes, maximum load ...... 56 Posthumous...... 58 Classification codes & definitions ...... 65 Degrees and Programs...... 70 CLEP...... 62 Dentistry, pre-professional...... 50 Clinical Laboratory Sciences...... 104 Design Technology ...... 197 College Credit by means other than Completion of Diploma...... 62 Prescribed College courses...... 62 Disabled Student Services ...... 30 College Entrance Advanced Placement, Disciplinary code...... 56 Examination...... 62 Discrimination, non-discrimination Policy, College Level Examination Program...... 62 see Equal College of Arts and Sciences...... 80 Opportunity ...... 8 declaring a major...... 82 Dismissal, for Third suspension...... 68 degree programs...... 83 Double degree...... 73 filing for graduation ...... 83 Double major...... 73 history and mission ...... 82 Drama, see Theatre...... 188 majors offered...... 86 Drop/Add and withdrawal ...... 57 optional minor ...... 83 undergraduate courses...... 87 E Commencements ...... 58 Economics...... 114, 251 Communication programs and courses...... 105 Education, undergraduate program and courses . . 115 COMPASS Scores...... 19 see also Graduate Programs, Education...... 287 Composition requirement, University...... 74 Emeriti Faculty...... 328 Computed Tomography...... 205 Engineering, pre-professional...... 50 Computer Center...... 26 Engineering, program and courses...... 124 Computer Information Sciences, English, The Intensive English Program...... 48 programs & courses ...... 108 English, as second language...... 27 Conduct, student...... 56 English composition, University requirement ...... 72 Core values of the University...... 7 English Proficiency requirement, non-native. . . . 26 Corrections, see Criminal Justice...... 216 English, programs and courses...... 125 Correspondence work, limits...... 73 Enrollment...... 19 Counseling Services...... 28 advance...... 19 Course load...... 56 auditors ...... 19 Course numbering system...... 58 Enrollment (cont.) Course repetition...... 65 for students in high school ...... 19 Course requirements, general education ...... 74 late...... 20 Courses, upper division...... 73 provisional ...... 18 Credit by exam ...... 62 Entrepreneurship ...... 244 advanced placement...... 62 Equal Opportunity and Affirmative Action ...... 8 Credit Change from audit ...... 19 Evening and Weekend Classes...... 53 Credit hours, maximum...... 56 Exams...... 64 Criminal Justice, program and courses...... 215 Advanced Placement ...... 62 Cumulative grade point average...... 65 CLEP subject exams ...... 63 CUSP...... 25 Exams (continued)...... 62 academic advising...... 25 credit by ...... 62 334 subject exams for specific course credit . . . . .62 Grades and grade points...... 65 TOEFL ...... 26 Grading System...... 65 Executive Officers to the University...... 318 academic impropriety policy...... 57 academic probation, suspension, F and reinstatement ...... 68 Facilities ...... 11 grade appeal...... 67 Faculty...... 319 grades and grade points ...... 65 Emeriti ...... 328 honors...... 66 General ...... 319 Graduate Education, Special Education...... 277 Failed courses ...... 64 Graduate Programs Fees ...... 35 Business ...... 284 Categories...... 35 Criminal Justice...... 224 failure to pay ...... 37 Education...... 287 miscellaneous ...... 36 Liberal Studies...... 296 music lessons, private...... 36 Nursing...... 298 student activity...... 36 Psychology...... 313 FAFSA...... 38 Social Work...... 305 FERPA...... 58 Graduate Student Status, full-time ...... 35 Finance...... 251 Graduation application form ...... 55 Financial Aid ...... 38 Commencement...... 59 Financial Information ...... 35 graduation requirements...... 73 board and room ...... 36 Greek life...... 28 deferred payments...... 36 Grievance, academic (see grade appeal)...... 67 failure to pay fees ...... 37 H fees ...... 35 financial aid ...... 38 Health, courses (Division of Education and Kinesiology) fines...... 36 ...... 132 free tuition for 65 and over...... 19 Health Information Technology...... 203 installment payments...... 35 Health Insurance...... 28 miscellaneous charges ...... 36 Health Services Administration Program. . . . . 201 private music lessons...... 36 Health Services, University Physician...... 28 refunds...... 39 High school student, enrollment application . . . . 19 residency...... 20 History of the University...... 10 Student loans...... 38 History, program and courses...... 132 Title IV funds ...... 37 Honors...... 66 tuition and fees...... 35 Dean’s Honor Roll...... 67 unpaid accounts...... 37 Departmental...... 67 Financial obligations...... 36 Latin Honors...... 66 Fines...... 36 LinC Scholar/Bonner Leader Program...... 67 library ...... 36 Presidential ...... 67 parking ...... 36 Honors Program, University ...... 46 traffic ...... 36 Honors Organizations...... 29 Food Service ...... 197 Housing...... 13 Foreign Languages (See Modern Languages). . . . 151 off-campus...... 14 Foreign Students, see International Programs. . . . . 26 on-campus...... 13 Fraternities ...... 29 facilities ...... 13 French, program and courses...... 153 payments...... 36 Freshman classification...... 65 Human Services, program...... 229 Fresh Start, academic...... 68 Humanities & Creative & Performing Arts, Full-time student and Part-time student...... 35 program...... 136 G I GED...... 17 Ichabod Washburn ...... 10 General Education Requirements...... 74 Incomplete grade...... 65 course requirements ...... 74 Industrial Technology...... 199 group and subject areas ...... 74 Information Systems and Services (ISS)...... 26 group requirements - specific for degrees. . . . 76 Insurance, health...... 28 transfer students ...... 18 Integrated Studies...... 136 Geography, courses ...... 131 Intercollegiate Athletics...... 27 Geology, courses ...... 131 Interdisciplinary Studies, courses...... 47 German, courses...... 156 International Business Minor...... 239 GPA, grade point average...... 69 International Programs ...... 44 Grade appeal procedure...... 67 admissions...... 26 Grade reports ...... 62 study abroad ...... 44 335 International Programs (continued)...... 44 N English Proficiency requirement ...... 27 Natural Sciences & Mathematics, program. . . . 168 student services...... 30 New Student Orientation...... 18 J Non-Profit Management, program...... 177 Non-resident, see residency...... 20 Japanese, courses ...... 159 Nursing, pre-professional ...... 51 Joint program with KATS, see KATS...... 190 Nursing, see School of ...... 261 Junior classification...... 66 Journalism, see Mass Media...... 145 O K Off-Campus Housing...... 14 Office of Administration, program ...... 200 Kansas Studies, programs ...... 49 Office of Academic Outreach...... 52 KATS articulation agreement...... 190 Officers of the University...... 313 Kaw Yearbook...... 29 Open Meetings and Records...... 11 Kinesiology ...... 139 Optional minor...... 58 KTWU Channel 11...... 12 see specific department for required minor L Organizations, student...... 29 Orientation...... 18 Late fees...... 36 Out-of-State, see Residency...... 20 Law Enforcement (See Criminal Justice) ...... 215 Law Library...... 12 P Law, pre-professional ...... 50 Parking violations ...... 36 Law School...... 12 Part-time student...... 17 see Law School catalog Pass/Fail policy...... 66 Leadership Studies...... 43 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . 51,169 Learning in the Community (LinC): The Center for Petition Community Service and Civic Engagement ...... 42 fresh start...... 69 Legal Studies...... 221 general education transfer...... 18 Library Facilities...... 12 grade appeal...... 67 Lincoln College...... 10 reinstatement...... 68 Literary Magazine...... 29 Pharmacy, pre-professional...... 51 Loans, student...... 38 Philosophy, program and courses...... 170 M Physical Education, facilities...... 11 Physical Therapist Assistant...... 204 Mabee Library...... 13 Physician, University...... 28 Magnetic Resonance...... 200 Physics, program and courses ...... 173 Major PLAN 2 + 2 ...... 53 and General Education Requirements...... 75 Political Science, program and courses ...... 175 declaration...... 58 Posthumous degree ...... 59 double ...... 69 Pre-Professional Programs...... 50 Management...... 252 dentistry...... 50 Marketing...... 252 engineering ...... 50 Mass Media, program and courses...... 145 law...... 50 Mathematics and Statistics, medicine...... 50 program and courses...... 148 nursing...... 51 M.B.A. Graduate Program...... 278 pharmacy...... 51 Medical, see Health Services ...... 28 theology...... 51 Medical Imaging, program...... 202 veterinary medicine...... 51 Medicine, pre-professional ...... 50 Presidential Honors...... 67 Meetings, open...... 11 Probation, academic...... 68 Mental Health, program...... 213 Probationary semester ...... 68 Military Science...... 226 Programs, Special...... 37 Military Service, credit awarded...... 65 Bonner Leaders Program...... 45 Military Strategic Studies...... 224 Center for Undergraduate Studies and Programs. 25 Minor, optional...... 58 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 53 also, see specific department for required minor Diversity Studies ...... 51 Mission of University...... 7 Evening/Weekend Classes...... 53 Modern Languages...... 152 Honors Program, University...... 46 Morita Therapy Certificate...... 230 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 47 Multicultural Affairs ...... 28 International Programs...... 44 Music, private lesson fees...... 36 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 52 Music, programs and courses...... 159 Kansas Studies...... 49 Leadership Institute...... 43 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . .51 336 PLAN 2 + 2 Degree Programs...... 53 accounting concentration...... 251 Pre-Professional Studies...... 50 accounting courses...... 251 Study Abroad...... 44 baccalaureate degree requirements ...... 253 Programs, Special (continued) ...... 37 School of Business (continued)...... 243 Summer session ...... 53 business courses...... 254 Women’s Studies...... 51 economics concentration...... 251 Psychology economics courses ...... 257 undergraduate program and courses...... 181 finance concentration...... 251 graduate program and courses...... 313 general business concentration...... 253 Public Administration, program and courses. . . .175 general information ...... 244 Publications, student...... 29 graduate program ...... 278 Public Relations, see Mass Media...... 145 management concentration...... 252 marketing concentration...... 252 R School of Law...... 12 Radiation Therapy...... 205 School of Nursing ...... 261 Radiologic Technology...... 205 School Nurse Certification...... 303 Records Schools access to...... 60 Applied Studies...... 195 student...... 60 Business ...... 243 transcript policy...... 62 Law ...... 12 Refunds for withdrawal...... 37 Nursing...... 261 Regents, Board of...... 318 see College of Arts and Sciences ...... 81 Registration and enrollment...... 19 Security Administration (see Criminal Justice) . . . . 210 Reinstatement, academic...... 68 Sexual Harassment Policy...... 8 under fresh start...... 69 Sixty-five and over tuition free program...... 19 Religious Studies...... 184 Small Business Development Center...... 244 Repeat courses...... 66 Social Work, program and courses...... 236 Requirements common to degrees...... 71 masters program...... 305 Associate degree...... 74 Sociology, program and courses...... 185 Bachelor degree...... 73 Sororities...... 29 general education requirements ...... 75 Spanish, program and courses...... 157 Transformational Experience...... 72 Special Education, see Graduate Education. . . .287 Requirements for Admission ...... 17 Special Programs ...... 37 Requirements for graduation...... 73 Bonner Leaders Program...... 45 application form...... 59 Center for Undergraduate Studies & Programs. . 25 Residency...... 21 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 49 appeal procedure...... 21 Diversity Studies ...... 51 married persons...... 20 Evening/Weekend classes...... 53 military personnel...... 20 Honors Program, University...... 46 non-resident status ...... 20 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 47 qualifications ...... 20 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 52 Residence Committee...... 21 Kansas Studies...... 49 resident status...... 20 Special Programs(cont.) tuition...... 35 Leadership Institute...... 43 Residential Living ...... 28 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. . .51 Respiratory Therapy...... 206 PLAN 2 + 2 Degree Program...... 53 Room and Board...... 36 Pre-Professional Studies...... 50 ROTC Study Abroad...... 44 see Military Science...... 226 Summer Session...... 53 Nursing Students...... 272 Women’s Studies...... 51,190 Special Students...... 18 S Statement of Responsibility...... 1 Schedule of classes...... 1 Student Publications...... 29 Scholarships, see Financial Aid...... 38 Student Records...... 60 School of Applied Studies...... 195 Student Responsibilities ...... 57 academic standards...... 196 academic impropriety policy...... 57 accreditation...... 195 academic load, maximum ...... 57 certificates of completion...... 195 attendance...... 57 degree requirements...... 195 conduct ...... 57 general information ...... 195 declaring optional minor...... 58 history ...... 195 declaring a major...... 58 joint programs with KATS...... 190 withdrawals ...... 57 mission...... 195 withdrawals, medical...... 58 School of Business...... 243 withdrawals, military...... 58 337 Student Right to Know Act...... 63 V Student Services...... 30 Veteran Affairs...... 30 Study Abroad...... 44 Veterinary Medicine, pre-professional...... 51 Subject Examination, for specific course credit. . . 65 Victim/Survivor Services...... 230 Summer Session...... 53 Vision of the University...... 7 Summer Session, tuition and fees...... 36 Surgical Technology, program...... 207 W Suspension...... 68 Washburn Alumni Association...... 318 T Washburn Review...... 29 Washburn Student Government Association. . . . 29 Technology Administration...... 215 Washburn Transformational Experience...... 72 Testing, subject exams for specific courses ...... 65 Weekend Classes...... 53 Testing, career exploration ...... 25 Withdrawal and Drop/Add...... 57 Tests, see Credit by Exam...... 63 Women’s Studies Minor...... 51,190 Theatre, program and courses ...... 188 Work Study...... 42 Theology, pre-professional ...... 51 Writing requirement, university...... 73 Title IV funds...... 37 TOEFL...... 26 Z Traffic regulations ...... 36 Transcript...... 62 Zoology, see Biology...... 99 Transfer Credit...... 18 Transfer Student...... 18 Transformational Experience...... 72 Tuition...... 36 and fees...... 36 categories of charges...... 37 late payment fee ...... 36 refunds...... 37 residence qualification...... 20 tuition free, 65 and over...... 19 unpaid account...... 37 U Union, Student...... 12 University accreditation...... 11 core values...... 7 history ...... 10 University (cont.) library...... 13 mission...... 7 mission, select...... 7 open meetings...... 11 vision...... 7 University Educational Opportunities/Initiatives. . . . . 39 Bonner Leader Program ...... 45 Center for Undergraduate Studies & Programs. . 25 Continuing Education, Division of ...... 49 Diversity Studies ...... 51 Students explore the sights of Spain during a Evening/Weekend Classes...... 53 study abroad project. Honors Program, University...... 46 Interdisciplinary Studies...... 47 International Programs...... 44 Joint Center on Violence & Victim Studies. . . . 52 Kansas Studies...... 49 Leadership Institute...... 43 Peace, Justice, & Conflict Resolution Studies. 51,169 PLAN 2+2 Degree Programs...... 53 Pre-Professional Studies...... 50 Study Abroad...... 44 Summer session ...... 53 Women’s Studies...... 51,190 University Honors Program...... 46

338 339 340